Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 18, 2021

Registration No. 333-259963

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Informatica Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372  

61-1999534

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 385-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Amit Walia

Chief Executive Officer

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 385-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey D. Saper

Steven V. Bernard

Andrew S. Gillman

Michael A. Moesel

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Bradford Lewis

Bridget Logterman

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 385-5000

 

Gordon K. Davidson

Michael A. Brown

Michael S. Pilo

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

   Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

   Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Amount to be
Registered(1)
 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

Per Share(2)

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  33,350,000   $32.00   $1,067,200,000   $98,930

 

 

(1)

Includes 4,350,000 shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the registrant.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

The registrant previously paid $9,270 of the registration fee with the initial filing of this registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant will file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement will become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated October 18, 2021

Preliminary Prospectus

29,000,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Informatica Inc.

Informatica Inc. is offering shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares of Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $29.00 and $32.00 per share.

After giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions (as defined herein) and the completion of this offering, we will have three classes of common stock: Class A common stock; Class B-1 common stock; and Class B-2 common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock are identical in all respects, except that our Class B-1 common stock will not vote on the election or removal of our directors. The rights of the holders of our Class B-2 common stock differ from the rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock in that holders of our Class B-2 common stock have no rights (voting or otherwise), except for the right to vote on the election or removal of our directors.

Following this offering, Permira and CPP Investments (each as defined herein and, collectively, our “Sponsors”) will control approximately 88.5% of the voting power of our common stock (or approximately 87.2% of the voting power if the underwriters exercise in full, their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock). As a result of this ownership, they will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). See the section titled “Restructuring Transactions” and “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

 

 

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INFA.”

 

 

See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses

   $        $    

 

(1) 

See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 225 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

GIC Private Limited (GIC) has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $150.0 million in shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, GIC may decide to purchase more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering to GIC. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of Class A common stock sold to GIC as they will from any other shares of Class A common stock sold to the public in this offering.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase from us up to 4,350,000 additional shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                 , 2021.

(Lead Bookrunners listed in alphabetical order)

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan

 

BofA Securities   Citigroup

 

Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets

 

UBS Investment Bank   Wells Fargo Securities
Nomura   LionTree  

Macquarie Capital

Academy Securities   Siebert Williams Shank

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Informatica Cloud First. Data Always.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Pioneered the Intelligent Data Management Cloud Platform Best of Breed Products AI-powered Intelligence & Automation Metadata System of Record DATA INTEGRATION API & APP INTEGRATION DATA QUALITY MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT CUSTOMER & BUSINESS 360 DATA CATALOG GOVERNANCE & PRIVACY Cloud Hybrid Self-Managed Intelligent Data Management Cloud Informatica


Table of Contents

LOGO

Unique Architecture Behind Intelligent Data Management Cloud IoT Cloud SaaS Hybrid Data Ingestion Data Integration Data Quality amazon S3 Google Cloud Storage Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 snowflake databricksLanding Zone Data Enrichment Enterprise Zone CLAIRE: Intelligence and Automation Governance and Privacy Data Catalog API & Application Integration Stream Processing Stream Storage Google Cloud Pub/Sub Data Delivery and Marketplace IDMC Governance Data Line of Data Business Manager Scientist Engineer Business Analyst User Informatica Data Integration Data Science/AI Amazon SageMaker Azure Machine Learning Customer & Business 360 MDM kafka amazon kinesis Stream Storage Google Cloud Pub/Sub


Table of Contents

LOGO

High Growth Subscription ARR at Scale 34% Q2 2021 YoY Growth Dollars in millions. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, net loss was $168 million, $183 million, and $168 million, respectively Informatica


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Success by the Numbers $1.24B 16% Q2 2021 Total ARR Q2 2021 YoY Total ARR Growth $686M 34% Q2 2021 Q2 2021 YoY Subscription ARR Subscription ARR Growth $264M 39% Q2 2021 Cloud ARR Q2 2021 YoY Cloud ARR Growth $44B 21.6T Total Addressable Cloud Transactions Market Per Month as of Q2 2021 Informatica


Table of Contents

LOGO

Destination of Choice for Leading Enterprises and Hyperscaler and GSI Partners 5 84 5,000+ Gartner Magic Of Fortune 1002 Customers2 Quadrant Leader Categories1 116 55% >$1M Subscription Net New Subscription ARR Customers2 Customers2 ECOSYSTEMS GLOBAL SYSTEM INTEGRATORS 1 As of Q1 2021; Gartner Magic Quadrants including: Enterprise Integration Platform as a Service, Data Quality Solutions, Master Data Management Solutions, Metadata Management Solutions, Data Integration Tools. 2 As of Q2 2021 Informatica


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     23  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     76  

Industry and Market Data

     78  

Use of Proceeds

     79  

Dividend Policy

     80  

Restructuring Transactions

     81  

Capitalization

     82  

Dilution

     84  

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

     87  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     96  

Business

     140  

Management

     170  

Executive Compensation

     183  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     219  

Principal Stockholders

     223  

Description of Capital Stock

     226  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     232  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     235  

Underwriting

     240  

Legal Matters

     253  

Experts

     253  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     253  

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

 

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Informatica,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to (i) Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods prior to the completion of the Restructuring Transactions described in the section titled “Restructuring Transactions” and (ii) Informatica Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods subsequent to the completion of the Restructuring Transactions. The term “Permira Funds” refers to EvomLux S.à r.l. and the affiliated investment entities that own an interest in EvomLux S.à r.l. and the term “Permira” refers to the global investment firm that advises the Permira Funds. The term “CPP Investments” refers to Canada Pension Plan Investment Board. The term “Sponsors” refers collectively to Permira and CPP Investments, together with the Permira Funds.

Informatica Inc.

Overview

We have pioneered a new category of software, the Intelligent Data Management Cloud, or IDMC. IDMC is our AI-powered platform that connects, manages, and unifies data across any multi-cloud, hybrid system, empowering enterprises to modernize and advance their data strategies.

Data is foundational to how digital enterprises run their businesses and make strategic decisions, including, creating new offerings, serving their customers and driving operational efficiency. Our platform enables enterprises to create a single source of truth for their data, allowing them to create compelling 360-degree customer experiences, automate data operations across enterprise-wide business processes like supply chain management, financial planning and operations, and provide governed and secure data access to their employees. It also enables our customers to pursue holistic data-driven digital strategies by accelerating workload migrations to the cloud, thus enabling all the advantages of cloud analytics.

As enterprises embrace data to modernize their business, data fragmentation has proliferated across a myriad of systems, including cloud and on-premise data warehouses, data lakes, databases and applications. This fragmentation is compounded by the increasing number of data consumers who require access to data from these heterogeneous data systems to perform their jobs. Legacy approaches to data management were simply not built to address the growing complexity and scale of the digital enterprise.

To address these challenges, we have pioneered a new way for businesses to accurately track where their data resides, understand what relationships exist across their different data repositories, and understand who is accessing the data and how it is being used – all at enterprise scale. Our cloud-native platform continuously scans our customers’ data to create rich and highly contextualized metadata to create and manage a metadata system of record that acts as a single source of truth about their data. This allows our AI engine, CLAIRE, to help customers access better data faster, make contextual recommendations about data relationships, uncover novel insights about their business and automate previously manual tasks.


 

-1-


Table of Contents

Our platform also consists of a wide range of interoperable data management products, including data integration, API and application integration, data quality, master data management, customer and business 360, data catalog and governance and privacy. These products leverage our platform’s shared services and can be consumed from our SaaS-based cloud offering, which is run on AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform, and can also be deployed as a self-managed service in our customers’ cloud, hybrid, or on-premise environments.

CLAIRE benefits from powerful network effects. As more customers adopt our platform, CLAIRE continuously analyzes new transactions, configurations, rules, and decisions and uses this increased intelligence to drive further automation and deliver better insights to our customers. We believe CLAIRE’s network effects will continue to accelerate the adoption of our platform as it drives efficiency, productivity, and intelligence gains for both existing and prospective customers, leading to better business outcomes.

In 2015, we set out an ambitious strategy to transform from an on-premise software company to a cloud-based company. As part of our transformation strategy, we undertook an innovation-led approach to build a novel and comprehensive cloud-native data management platform and develop new products to solve a growing set of data management challenges. Additionally, we re-engineered existing products to integrate with our cloud-native platform, creating interoperable data management capabilities that leverage the shared services and metadata of the underlying platform. The growth and adoption of our cloud platform has led to the number of cloud transactions on our platform, which is a measure of data processed, increasing from 0.2 trillion per month in 2015, to 17.0 trillion per month in 2020 and to 21.6 trillion per month as of June 30, 2021. Our cloud annual recurring revenue (ARR) as of June 30, 2021 was $264 million, compared to $189 million as of June 30, 2020, representing year-over-year growth of 39%.

We also transformed from a primarily perpetual license and maintenance revenue model to a primarily subscription-based revenue model supported by our new cloud products. As a result of this strategy and our efforts to rapidly expand our product offerings, we increased our addressable market significantly and scaled our subscription revenue from $118 million in 2016, to $594 million in 2020 and to $324 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 31% of our total software revenue in 2016, to 90% in 2020 and to 95% during the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our subscription ARR has correspondingly scaled from $99 million at December 31, 2015, to $139 million at December 31, 2016, to $607 million at December 31, 2020 and to $686 million at June 30, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 42% over this time frame. To underscore the expansion of our business via growth in new products, as of June 30, 2021, $581 million in subscription ARR, or approximately 85% of our total subscription ARR, was derived from products other than our traditional PowerCenter offering. This $581 million in subscription ARR from new products at June 30, 2021 represented year-over-year growth of 36%.

As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately 5,700 customers1 in over 100 countries and territories worldwide. Such customers include 9 of the Fortune 10, 84 of the Fortune 100, and 923 of the Global 2000, which customers collectively accounted for approximately half of our revenue in 2020 and are representative of our overall customer base. As our customers generate more data, they typically increase their usage of our platform by adding new use cases, adopting more products, or adding more

 

1 

We compute the number of customers by assessing when we have a subscription contract or perpetual license maintenance contract sold to a unique entity. If we sell to several different divisions, segments or subsidiaries inside a company, we count each division, segment or subsidiary as a separate customer. If a customer has both a maintenance contract and a subscription contract, we count this as a single customer.


 

-2-


Table of Contents

users. Our ability to expand within our customer base has been demonstrated by our subscription net retention rate, which was 114% for the quarter ended December 31, 2020 and 116% for the quarter ended June 30, 2021.

We are a strategic partner to our customers in their modernization and digital transformation initiatives, which we believe is reflected by the number of customers that spend more than $1 million in subscription ARR with us, which has increased from 27 to 66 to 104 to 116 as of December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively. Customers matter to us. We have an overall customer rating of 4.5 out of 5 in the 2021 Gartner’s Peer Insights ‘Voice of Customer’: Data Integration Tools report.

We go to market through a combination of our global direct sales team and a network of strategic partners. Our strategic partners, including cloud hyperscalers, cloud data platforms, global system integrators and value-added resellers, help extend our sales presence and accelerate the adoption of our platform. We collaborate with cloud hyperscalers and cloud data platforms to help our shared customers accelerate their migration to the cloud and modernize their data and analytics strategies.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $1,228 million, $1,307 million, and $1,323 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6% and 1%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, revenue was $619 million and $676 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 9%. Total ARR, which consists of subscription ARR plus maintenance ARR, was $906 million, $1,021 million and $1,160 million at December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 13% at December 31, 2019 and 14% at December 31, 2020. Total ARR was $1,070 million and $1,240 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 16% at June 30, 2021. Subscription ARR was $310 million, $446 million, $607 million, $510 million, and $686 million as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in subscription ARR of 44% at December 31, 2019, 36% at December 31, 2020, and 34% at June 30, 2021. Maintenance ARR was $596 million, $575 million, and $553 million, $560 million and $554 million as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, net loss was $168 million, $183 million, and $168 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was $337 million, $335 million, and $400 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, net loss was $103 million and $36 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was $168 million and $175 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” for a description of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP).

Industry Overview: The Data-Driven Digital Enterprise

Challenges Facing Data-Driven Digital Enterprises

Businesses face a number of challenges in their drive to become data-driven digital enterprises. These include:

 

   

Data volumes are exploding, which leads to massive complexity.     The rise of cloud computing, low cost data storage and the proliferation of applications that generate and access data, combined with the increasing volume of data from mobile, social and IoT, creates opportunities to generate greater business insights and pursue new market opportunities, but is overwhelming for organizations to manage, aggregate and normalize.


 

-3-


Table of Contents
   

Workloads are moving to the cloud, creating a multi-cloud, hybrid world.     As enterprises undertake the massive transition to cloud, we believe a majority of their workloads will remain on-premise for the foreseeable future due to the mission-critical processes they support. As a result, we expect enterprises will require new technologies purpose-built to connect, analyze, manage and normalize data anywhere it resides using modern, cloud-native architectures that can seamlessly be deployed in any IT environment.

 

   

Data fragmentation is making data management more complex.     As businesses leverage more cloud-based services, data is being generated and stored across a fragmented landscape of SaaS applications, cloud storage repositories, cloud databases and cloud data lakes. This continued fragmentation magnifies the challenge of bringing together data from across the enterprise to derive new insights and inform critical business decision making.

 

   

The need to democratize data access creates a greater need for data governance and privacy support.     As more employees use data to perform their jobs, enterprises are struggling to provision user access to data, track and monitor who is accessing data, and protect sensitive data.

 

   

Mainstream adoption of AI and machine learning requires reliable and accurate data.     AI and ML technologies promise to influence nearly every facet of business operations. Automated data management technologies are critical to allow enterprises to reliably and accurately train data science models, enabling them to pursue AI-driven business strategies.

Limitations of Existing Approaches to Data Management

Historically, companies have utilized existing approaches to data management for tactical and discrete use cases, which only addressed a limited part of the data management lifecycle. These existing approaches to data management include the following:

 

   

Manual and custom hand coding by in-house or outsourced engineering resources to integrate data and applications for narrowly defined use cases;

 

   

Legacy on-premise tools designed primarily for structured data types from internal on-premise business systems;

 

   

Application-specific and platform-native data management tools designed only to work within their own native products and data formats; and

 

   

Point solutions that only address discrete data management use cases, such as data and application integration, data catalog, data governance or master data management.

These existing approaches to data management suffer from some or all of the below limitations:

 

   

Not natively built for the cloud.     Many legacy data management approaches have inherent flexibility, scalability, and capacity constraints as they were not originally designed for the adoption of cloud-based workloads. The inflexible and incompatible nature of non-native cloud approaches frequently results in knowledge loss, unwieldy and insecure data and slower innovation.

 

   

Lack of AI-driven automation.     Legacy data management approaches lack the AI capabilities necessary to automate data management tasks, accurately identify and emulate human actions, and automatically classify data assets, significantly limiting the applicability of AI technologies to basic data management processes.

 

   

Inability to scale and support new data types and processing frameworks.     Legacy data management approaches were designed for a limited set of structured data types. With


 

-4-


Table of Contents
 

enterprises generating and utilizing large volumes of disconnected, disorganized semi-structured and unstructured data, created by many users globally, enterprises struggle to scale and support their data management.

 

   

Inability to support the end-to-end data management lifecycle.     Legacy data management approaches are generally point solutions designed to address narrow aspects of data management.

 

   

High cost of ownership.     Manual, custom hand coding, legacy on-premise tools, and point solutions are often time-consuming, costly to operate and require extensive manual data preparation prior to use. Their architectures frequently require maintenance of the underlying infrastructure, upgrades and patches, and system configuration.

 

   

Inability to support hybrid multi-cloud environments.     Application-specific and platform-native data management approaches are generally only intended to run on specific environments and for a limited set of data types and use cases. These approaches limit the organization’s flexibility and can lead to vendor and technology lock-in and an inability to optimize functionality by selecting the best platform, application or infrastructure of choice for each use case.

 

   

Lack of extensibility to incorporate future technologies.     Organizations using proprietary or open source code can be forced to continually rework their data management architectures to accommodate constantly changing technologies and architectures, leading to substantial costs, risks, and increased time to market.

 

   

Inability to address the expanding breadth of data users.     Many existing solutions do not typically make their functionality accessible to all data management constituents within an organization, resulting in fragmented products and tools for an organization’s data management capabilities, which become a strong impediment to enterprise-wide digital transformation initiatives.

The Need for an Intelligent Data Management Cloud

Data has become one of the most valuable assets for enterprises. As data has become more mission-critical, the explosion of data volumes has led to massive complexity and fragmentation, creating challenges for enterprises that are looking to extend the use of data within their business as they drive their digital strategies.

In order for organizations to successfully become data-driven digital enterprises, we believe they must manage this growing scale, complexity and proliferation of data from a single platform that serves as a central data management layer that leverages AI and machine learning to unify data management across their ever-expanding number of clouds and enterprise systems. To address these challenges, we have pioneered the industry’s first AI-powered Intelligent Data Management Cloud (IDMC).

Our Platform: The Intelligent Data Management Cloud

Our platform is a new layer in the enterprise stack that allows our customers to connect, manage, unify, govern, and secure data across multi-cloud, hybrid environments. We offer our platform as a SaaS offering deployed on all major public cloud platforms (AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform) and also sell our products that customers deploy in their own self-managed private and public cloud environments.

Our platform is deployed across the enterprise data landscape to create a unified system of record of metadata, which is highly rich and contextualized information about enterprise data. Our


 

-5-


Table of Contents

platform leverages AI-powered algorithms to help customers utilize their data faster, make contextual recommendations about data relationships, uncover novel insights about their data and automate previously manual tasks. This helps our customers modernize and scale their data and analytics strategies, migrate their mission critical workloads to the cloud, create 360-degree business profiles across their customers and supply chains, and democratize data access to everyone in a secure and governed way.

Our platform consists of a series of shared services combined with a wide range of interoperable data management products and is designed to be extensible to avoid vendor and technology lock-in.

IDMC Platform Services

 

   

Metadata System of Record.     Our platform enables organizations to create a metadata system of record for all data within an enterprise. Organizations can also understand who is using the data, the quality of the data, where the data resides, and how it is moving through applications, systems, databases and other data sources.

 

   

CLAIRE: AI-Powered Intelligence and Automation.     CLAIRE is our AI engine that powers intelligence and automation across our platform. CLAIRE’s AI algorithms automate tasks and data processes to deliver thousands of hours of time and cost savings for our customers.

 

   

Low Code / No Code Design Environment.     Our platform offers a low code / no code user interface that makes it quick and easy for non-technical users and technical users to design data pipelines, build integrations, deploy data quality checks and quickly bring disparate data sources together to build a single source of truth, with minimal IT support.

 

   

Single Pane of Glass.     Our platform includes a comprehensive, holistic and integrated Operations Insights monitoring service that, when combined with our extensive data connector libraries, allows for comprehensive monitoring of all data management workloads operated on our platform. Data users and business leaders have an in-depth view of all data pipelines and data management operations across the enterprise, and a single pane view of the health of their data processes.

IDMC Platform Products

Our platform includes a comprehensive suite of interoperable data management products that leverage the shared services and metadata of the underlying platform.

 

   

Data Integration products allow users to ingest, transform and integrate data; readying it for analytics, data science and enterprise reporting.

 

   

API & Application Integration products enable users to create and manage APIs and integration processes for app-to-app synchronization, business process orchestration, B2B partner management, application development, and API management.

 

   

Data Quality products allow users to profile, cleanse, standardize, and enrich data to deliver accurate, complete, and consistent data sets for analytics, data science, governance, and other initiatives.

 

   

Master Data Management products enable users to create an authoritative single source of truth of business-critical data to reduce data related errors and remove redundancies.

 

   

Customer and Business 360 products allow users to rapidly create, visualize and browse comprehensive 360-degree views of business-critical data that help drive customer experience, ecommerce, supply chain management, and other digital initiatives.


 

-6-


Table of Contents
   

Data Catalog products enable consumers of all experience levels to quickly find, access, and understand enterprise data using a simple Google-like search experience.

 

   

Governance and Privacy products help users govern data, enable compliance with regulatory and corporate policies, and drive broader data consumption.

Key Benefits to Our Customers

Our platform enables our customers to:

 

   

Embrace the full benefits of the public cloud.     Our platform modernizes customers’ applications and data management capabilities to accelerate migrations to the cloud; allowing them to embrace innovation, create digital-first business models, reduce operating costs, and generate new revenue streams.

 

   

Deliver rich 360-degree business experiences.     By enabling our customers to aggregate, consolidate and normalize their data to build a single source of truth, we empower them to deliver highly engaging and personalized customer experiences and modernize their supply chains by intelligently matching supply with demand patterns.

 

   

Democratize secure, governed data across the organization.     Our platform helps our customers provide their data consumers with governed, secure, and high-quality data for their business analytics or other use cases.

 

   

Transition from reactive and tactical to proactive and strategic data management.     Our approach to data management allows our customers to shift from deploying reactive tactical solutions to a proactive data management strategy.

 

   

Operationalize AI into business processes.     By eliminating data silos, reducing the complexity of data fragmentation and delivering trusted data, we enable our customers to build AI-powered and resilient business operations.

 

   

Faster time to market and lower total cost of ownership.     We allow organizations to standardize their enterprise data management needs on a single extensible platform with a unified metadata view, thereby accelerating their data-driven strategies and providing a cost-efficient, highly automated solution relative to a combination of unrelated vendor tools.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

We pioneered the industry’s first Intelligent Data Management Cloud.     We took a fundamentally different approach than the market by applying AI and machine learning algorithms to metadata to help customers discover, recommend, and automate data management. As CLAIRE analyzes more data and business rules, its recommendation engine becomes more accurate and the sophistication of its automation increases.

 

   

We offer best of breed products with a rich history of innovation.     We have a singular focus on the data management category and have dedicated significant resources, including a cumulative $1 billion in R&D spend over the last five years. We are a leader in all five of the Gartner’s Magic Quadrant reports relating to data management, including Enterprise Integration Platform-as-a-Service, Data Integration Tools, Data Quality Solutions, Master Data Management Solutions, and Metadata Management Solutions.

 

   

Independent platform vendor across multi-cloud, hybrid environments.     Since our inception, we have designed our platform and products to optimize performance across any


 

-7-


Table of Contents
 

database, data source, or third-party application. We believe this provides us with a sustainable competitive advantage in a world where almost every company is embracing a multi-cloud, hybrid strategy and where data fragmentation is a significant barrier to bringing together the breadth of an enterprise’s data to make intelligent decisions.

 

   

Strong, longstanding customer relationships with the largest global enterprises.     Our relationships with approximately 5,700 customers, including 9 of the Fortune 10 and 84 of the Fortune 100, as of June 30, 2021, are a competitive advantage as it demonstrates our ability to meet the most complex and demanding data management needs.

 

   

We have a robust ecosystem of partnerships including cloud hyperscalers.     We have strong strategic relationships with the three leading cloud hyperscalers—AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform—and sell our products on their marketplaces. We also partner with Snowflake and Databricks and our product integration and joint go-to-market deepens our position as a market leader in enterprise data management.

 

   

Ability to assist the full span of data users.     Our platform allows all key stakeholders throughout an organization to easily leverage the power of our comprehensive data management capabilities. We offer a user experience that reduces the technical skills required of users, driving the ubiquity of our platform throughout an organization as employees across departments and job functions leverage data to improve their performance.

Our Opportunity

Over the last five years, we have significantly expanded our addressable market by investing in our platform and launching several new products. Our products address the markets for Analytics Data Management and Integration Platforms, which IDC estimates at a value of $31 billion by the end of 2021 and $56 billion by the end of 2025, which represents a CAGR of 16%.

We estimate that our current global market opportunity is approximately $44 billion by estimating the 90th percentile of potential Informatica ARR per company and multiplying by the number of companies worldwide across all industries.

Our Growth Strategies

We are pursuing our large market opportunity with growth strategies that include:

 

   

Continue to advance IDMC by building new cloud products.

 

   

Expand within existing customers.

 

   

Expand our total customer base.

 

   

Continue to grow and develop our partner ecosystem.

 

   

Continue to expand our international business.

Preliminary Estimated Financial Results for the Three Months ended September 30, 2021

The data presented below reflects our preliminary estimated financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2021 based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. This data is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2021. The preliminary results of operations are subject to revision as we prepare our financial statements and related disclosures for the three months ended September 30, 2021; however, such revisions are not expected to be significant.


 

-8-


Table of Contents

While we currently expect our results for the three months ended September 30, 2021 to be within the ranges set forth below, the review of our financial statements for the three months ended September 30, 2021 has not been completed. During the course of the preparation and review of our financial statements and related notes for the three months ended September 30, 2021, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial results presented below may be identified. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to this preliminary financial data and, accordingly, does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. We caution you that such preliminary estimates are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual results may differ materially from the estimates described below. See “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding factors that could result in differences between the preliminary estimated ranges of certain of our financial results presented below and the actual financial results and other information we will report for the three months ended September 30, 2021. These estimates are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of fiscal 2021 or any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2020     2021 Preliminary
Estimate
 
           Low      High  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 327,243     $ 349,400      $ 375,200  

Operating expenses

     241,409       246,500        256,500  

Operating income

     8,138       25,200        35,200  

Net income (loss)

     (32,309     2,500        4,500  

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure

The following are our key business metrics and Non-GAAP financial measure for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and preliminary estimated key performance indicators and Non-GAAP financial measure for the three months ended September 30, 2021.

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2020     2021 Preliminary Estimate  
           Low     High  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 1,099,637     $ 1,264,000     $ 1,304,000  

Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 541,289     $ 719,000     $ 749,000  

Subscription Net Retention Rate

    
113

    115     116

Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue

   $
199,994
 
  $ 278,000     $ 298,000  

Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)

   $ 106,512     $ 95,000     $ 110,000  

 

-9-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and estimated net income to estimated Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2020     2021 Preliminary
Estimate
 
           Low     High  
     (in thousands)  

GAAP net income (loss)

   $ (32,309   $ 2,500     $ 4,500  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (9,899     —         2,000  

Interest income

     (1,254     —         (1,000

Interest expense

     37,108       35,000       37,500  

Loss on debt refinancing

     1,299       —         —    

Other income (expense), net

     13,193       (10,500     (9,500

Stock-based compensation

     2,879       3,000       5,000  

Amortization of intangibles

     72,586       59,500       64,000  

Equity compensation payments

     392       —         —    

Acquisition transaction fees

     564       —         —    

Legal settlements, restructuring costs and executive severance

     14,982       —         —    

One-time impairment on restructured facilities

     —         —         —    

Sponsor-related costs

     500       —         1,000  

Depreciation

     6,471       5,500       6,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 106,512     $ 95,000     $ 110,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe adjusted EBITDA is an important metric for understanding our business to assess our relative profitability adjusted for balance sheet debt levels. For more information regarding why we believe the non-GAAP financial measures to be beneficial, please refer to the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


 

-10-


Table of Contents

Revenues

The following table sets forth our revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and preliminary estimated revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2020      2021 Preliminary
Estimate
 
            Low      High  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 148,278      $ 186,100      $ 201,100  

Perpetual License

     13,693        3,000        3,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Software Revenue

     161,971        189,100        204,900  

Maintenance Revenue

     141,358        133,800        142,000  

Professional Services

     23,914        26,500        28,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Maintenance and Professional Services

     165,272        160,300        170,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 327,243      $ 349,400      $ 375,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should consider before investing in our company. These risks are described more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

If we are unable to attract and retain customers, our future results of operations could be harmed.

 

   

If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

   

If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their maintenance contracts, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

   

A network or data security incident may compromise the integrity of our products, create service outages for our hosted products, or allow unauthorized access to our network or our customers’ data, harm our reputation, create additional liability and adversely impact our financial results.

 

   

We have experienced rapid subscription revenue growth in recent periods, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.

 

   

If we do not successfully manage our strategy and business model transition for our cloud- and subscription-based offerings, our business may become more difficult to predict and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

   

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to scale our operations and enhance our internal systems, processes, and controls.

 

   

Our business and revenue have been adversely affected and could in the future be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.


 

-11-


Table of Contents
   

If we do not compete effectively, our revenues may not grow and could decline.

 

   

If we are unable to successfully respond to technological advances and evolving industry standards, we could experience a reduction in our future product sales, which would cause our revenues to decline.

 

   

Our current research and development efforts, including the introduction of new products, the integration of acquired products, and the enhancement of existing products, may not be successful or result in significant revenue, cost savings or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media and others should note that, following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, and webcasts.

The information disclosed through the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Our Sponsors

Permira is a leading global investment firm founded in 1985 that invests in successful businesses with growth ambitions. The firm advises the Permira Funds with total committed capital of approximately US$50 billion (44 billion) and makes long-term majority and minority investments. The Permira Funds have made over 250 private equity investments in four key sectors: Technology, Consumer, Services and Healthcare. The Permira Funds have an extensive track record in tech investing, having invested US$13.4 billion in 52 companies across enterprise cloud, SaaS, fintech and online marketplaces. The Permira Funds have previously backed and helped scale some of the largest and fastest-growing internet and technology businesses globally, including Informatica, Genesys, G2, Klarna, Legalzoom, Allegro, Teamviewer and Zwift. Permira employs over 350 people in 15 offices across Europe, North America, and Asia.

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (CPP Investments) is a professional investment management organization that manages the amounts transferred by the Canada Pension Plan (CPP) in the best interest of the more than 20 million contributors and beneficiaries of the CPP. In order to build diversified portfolios of assets, investments are made around the world in private equities, public equities, real estate, infrastructure and fixed income. At June 30, 2021, the fund totaled CAD$519.6 billion. In addition to Informatica, current and previous technology investments include Asurion, BGL Holdings, GlobalLogic, IMS Healthcare, Lytx, Refinitiv, Sportradar, Suddenlink, UKG, Unity Technologies, Virtusa, Waymo and Waystar.

Summary of the Restructuring Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have participated in certain transactions, which collectively had the net effect of reorganizing our corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in our


 

-12-


Table of Contents

corporate structure—the entity that is offering Class A common stock to the public in this offering—is a Delaware corporation rather than a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions.

We previously operated as a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions under the name Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (Ithacalux). Following the Restructuring Transactions, Informatica Inc. became the owner of Ithacalux and Informatica Inc. indirectly holds all the property and assets of Ithacalux and assumes all the debts and obligations of Ithacalux. Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Ithacalux and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Restructuring Transactions did not have a material effect on the results of our operations. In this prospectus, we refer to these transactions as the “Restructuring Transactions.” For more information regarding the reorganization of our corporate structure, please see the section titled “Restructuring Transactions.”

Corporate Information

Informatica Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in June 2021 in connection with the proposed restructuring of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. and its subsidiaries which was completed on September 30, 2021. Informatica Inc. has no material assets and has not engaged in any business activities except in connection with this offering and the Restructuring Transactions described above. Our principal executive offices are located at 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063, and our telephone number is (650) 385-5000. Our website address is www.informatica.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

Informatica, the Informatica logo and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Informatica Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


 

-13-


Table of Contents

The following chart shows our simplified organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

LOGO


 

-14-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

29,000,000 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us

4,350,000 shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

229,613,193 shares (233,963,193 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full)

 

Class B-1 common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

44,085,414 shares

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

273,698,607 shares (278,048,607 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $825.9 million (or approximately $951.2 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our First Lien Credit Agreement and our Second Lien Credit Agreement, as described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, as well as the acquisition of, or investment in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses, although we have no present commitments or


 

-15-


Table of Contents
 

agreements to enter into any material acquisitions or investments. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

Shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally.

 

  Shares of our Class B-1 common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, except that shares of our Class B-1 common stock will not be entitled to vote in the election or removal of directors.

 

  Shares of our Class B-2 common stock will have no votes per share on any matters presented to our stockholders generally, except for the right to vote in the election or removal of directors.

 

  CPP Investments will beneficially own all outstanding shares of Class B-1 common stock and Class B-2 common stock.

 

  See the sections entitled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Conversion rights

Each share of our Class A common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class B-1 common stock and one share of our Class B-2 common stock at any time and from time to time, at the option of the holder, so long as such holder holds one or more shares of Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock at the time of conversion. Each share of our Class B-1 common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at the option of the holder; provided, that, as a condition to such conversion, the holder of the shares of Class B-1 common stock to be converted must direct a holder of Class B-2 common stock to surrender an equal number of shares of Class B-2 common stock to us. No public stockholders will have conversion rights because they will not be eligible to hold shares of our Class B-1 common stock or our Class B-2 common stock.

 

Controlled company

Because our Sponsors will beneficially own 198,390,476 shares of Class A common stock


 

-16-


Table of Contents
 

and 44,085,414 shares of Class B-2 common stock, which are the only classes of our common stock entitled to vote on director elections and which represent in the aggregate approximately 88.5% of the voting power with respect to director elections, we will be a controlled company as of the completion of this offering under the NYSE rules. See the section titled “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed trading symbol

“INFA”

 

Indication of interest

GIC has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $150.0 million in shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, GIC may decide to purchase more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering to GIC. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of Class A common stock sold to GIC as they will from any other shares of Class A common stock sold to the public in this offering.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 200,613,193 shares of our Class A common stock and 44,085,414 shares of our Class B-1 common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

24,948,147 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock that were outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted average exercise price of $15.70 per share;

 

   

2,211,143 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $25.30 per share;

 

   

38,334,600 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

32,858,200 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2021 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and


 

-17-


Table of Contents

 

   

5,476,400 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2015 Equity Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, including the exchange of ten Ithacalux shareholder interests for one share of Class A common stock of Informatica Inc. or one share of Class B-1 common stock and one share of Class B-2 common stock of Informatica Inc., as applicable;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding stock options subsequent to June 30, 2021;

 

   

no conversion of shares of Class B-1 common stock into shares of Class A common stock; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering.


 

-18-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth the summary consolidated financial and other data of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (Ithacalux), a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions, for the periods presented and at the dates indicated below. Following the completion of the Restructuring Transactions, Ithacalux will be considered our legal predecessor.

The consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial data set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

         

Revenues:

         

Subscriptions

  $ 302,519     $ 471,707     $ 593,834     $ 259,516     $ 324,265  

Perpetual license

    241,237       143,392       63,126       23,889       16,239  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    543,756       615,099       656,960       283,405       340,504  

Maintenance and professional services

    684,606       691,431       666,136       335,923       335,034  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,228,362       1,306,530       1,323,096       619,328       675,538  

Cost of revenues(1):

         

Subscriptions

    37,294       46,867       54,454       25,404       37,067  

Perpetual license

    4,570       3,350       3,876       1,803       2,187  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software costs

    41,864       50,217       58,330       27,207       39,254  

Maintenance and professional services

    158,769       173,166       161,197       82,218       80,282  

Amortization of acquired technology

    143,769       115,544       98,458       48,066       37,095  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    344,402       338,927       317,985       157,491       156,631  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    883,960       967,603       1,005,111       461,837       518,907  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development(1)

    203,071       234,879       230,151       111,870       123,831  

Sales and marketing(1)

    431,538       486,298       451,839       222,280       220,938  

General and administrative(1)

    87,644       101,638       93,548       46,842       55,178  

Amortization of intangible assets

  $ 226,607     $ 208,082     $ 189,309     $ 94,343     $ 86,386  

 

-19-


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    22,517       749       3,001       2,270       128  

Restructuring charges

                16,476              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    971,377       1,031,646       984,324       477,605       486,461  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from operations

    (87,417     (64,043     20,787       (15,768     32,446  

Interest income

    5,059       4,062       2,254       742       534  

Interest expense

    (146,338     (161,877     (149,445     (75,860     (72,183

Loss on debt refinancing

    (23,628     (1,085     (37,400     (36,101      

Other income (expense), net

    40,385       16,722       (26,404     2,496       14,779  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (211,939     (206,221     (190,208     (124,491     (24,424

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (44,256     (22,996     (22,321     (21,673     11,900  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

  $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares, used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted, before the completion of the Restructuring Transactions(2)

    24,343,951,397       23,205,811,514       21,989,820,781       21,986,803,847       22,019,215,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(3)

      $ (0.63     $ (0.08
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(4)

        271,096,998         271,423,607  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020          2020              2021      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 649      $ 1,724      $ 916      $ 403      $ 480  

Research and development

     1,689        4,367        2,531        894        1,804  

Sales and marketing

     1,542        3,341        3,035        1,293        1,870  

General and administrative

     3,057        5,977        5,562        4,058        1,731  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 6,937      $ 15,409      $ 12,044      $ 6,648      $ 5,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) 

Refer to Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our historical basic and diluted net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of historical per share amounts before the completion of the Restructuring Transactions. For the purpose of providing a more meaningful comparison of equivalent weighted outstanding shares before and subsequent to the Restructuring Transactions, if the Restructuring Transactions had been completed on January 1, 2018, our historical weighted-average shares in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted, would have been 243,439,513 shares, 244,271,700 shares, and 244,331,342 shares for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and 244,297,820 shares and 244,657,951 shares for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

(3) 

The unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic, and diluted gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under “Restructuring Transactions,” including the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the planned change in our equity structure; (iii) the adjustments related to this offering, including the achievement of performance criteria in relation to our unvested performance-based option awards upon completion of this offering, the sale and issuance by us of


 

-20-


Table of Contents
  29,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iv) the repayment in full of the total indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility and the payment of a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility, from the issuance of a new term loan facility (“New Term Loan Facility”), the proceeds from this offering and the use of available cash and cash equivalents, as described in “Use of Proceeds.” The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028.
(4) 

Pro forma weighted-average shares includes Class A and Class B-1 shares to be owned by existing stockholders and the Class A shares of common stock assumed to be issued in the offering to new stockholders to be used for the repayment of debt, at an assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The issuance of such shares is assumed to have occurred as of the beginning of the period.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma(2)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 408,553     $ 290,845  

Working capital(1)

     139,864       24,485  

Total assets

     4,850,846       4,733,138  

Total liabilities

     3,727,171       2,809,660  

Contract liabilities, current and non-current

     524,709       524,709  

Long term debt, current and non-current

     2,773,895       1,870,210  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,933,761       2,993,619  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     33,194       33,194  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,063,509     (1,106,072

Total stockholder’s equity

     1,123,675       1,923,478  

 

(1) 

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(2) 

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under “Restructuring Transactions,” including the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the planned change in our equity structure; (iii) the adjustments related to this offering, including the achievement of performance criteria in relation to our unvested performance-based option awards upon completion of this offering, the sale and issuance by us of 29,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iv) the repayment in full of the total indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility and the payment of a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility, from the issuance of a new term loan facility (“New Term Loan Facility”), the proceeds from this offering and the use of available cash and cash equivalents, as described in “Use of Proceeds.” The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $27.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $28.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.


 

-21-


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measure to help us evaluate our business and operating performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 906     $ 1,021     $ 1,160     $ 1,070     $ 1,240  

Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 310     $ 446     $ 607     $ 510     $ 686  

Subscription Net Retention Rate

     106     113     114     113     116

Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 140     $ 167     $ 227     $ 189     $ 264  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 337     $ 335     $ 400     $ 168     $ 175  

 

(1) 

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information regarding our use of this measure and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure” for a description of Annual Recurring Revenue, Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue, Subscription Net Retention Rate, Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA.


 

-22-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become factors that affect us. If any of the risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to attract and retain customers, our future results of operations could be harmed.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain customers. To do so, we must persuade decision makers at enterprises and other organizations that our products offer significant advantages over those of our competitors. Other factors, many of which are out of our control, may now or in the future impact our ability to attract and retain customers, including:

 

   

our failure to generate sufficient awareness and demand for our products;

 

   

potential customers’ commitments to existing vendors;

 

   

potential customers’ greater familiarity and/or comfort with our competitors’ products;

 

   

real or perceived switching costs;

 

   

real or perceived complexity deploying our products;

 

   

our failure to help our customers successfully deploy and use our products;

 

   

our failure to satisfy customer demand for new features, products and services;

 

   

our failure to expand sales via additional new products with existing customers;

 

   

potential customers’ failure to appreciate the benefits of our platform relative to their existing data management products;

 

   

our competitors’ product offerings and pricing strategies being considered favorable to ours;

 

   

our failure to expand, retain and motivate our sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

our failure to develop or expand relationships with existing sales partners or to attract new sales partners;

 

   

the adoption of new, or amendment of existing, laws, rules and regulations that negatively impact the utility of our products;

 

   

the perceived risk, commencement or outcome of litigation against us; and

 

   

deteriorating general economic conditions.

If our efforts to attract and retain customers are not successful, our revenue and rate of revenue growth may decline, we may not be able to achieve, or successfully sustain, profitability, our business may become more difficult to predict, and our future results of operations could be materially harmed.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our subscription ARR from our existing subscription customer base. In the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, approximately 85% and 94% of our total subscription ARR was generated from existing subscription customers, respectively. As a result, achieving a high renewal rate of our subscriptions is critical to our business. Our customers typically have no contractual obligation to renew their subscriptions after the completion of their then current subscription term, which is typically one to three years, and certain of our customers have a right to terminate during the subscription term. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate, and termination rates may increase or fluctuate, as a result of a number of factors, including their lack of satisfaction with our platform or our customer support, our products’ inability to integrate with new and changing technologies, the perception of frequent or severe subscription outages, delays or lags in our product uptime or latency, and a mismatch in the pricing of our products and competing offerings.

Even if our customers renew their subscriptions, they may renew for shorter subscription terms than we anticipate, they may not expand the usage of our products at the rate we are expecting, or they may insist on other renewal terms that are less economically beneficial to us. We cannot be certain that our customers will renew their subscriptions or expand their subscriptions nor can we be certain that our customers will not terminate their subscriptions in whole or in part. If our customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, our subscription renewal rate and subscription net retention rate may decline, and we may not accurately predict future revenue from existing customers.

If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their maintenance contracts, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In 2020, we had $561 million of maintenance revenue, which was 42% of our total revenue of $1,323 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had $283 million of maintenance revenue, which was 42% of our total revenue of $676 million. Achieving a high renewal rate on our maintenance contracts is critical to our business. Our customers have no contractual obligation to renew their maintenance contracts after the completion of their then current contract term, which is typically one to three years, and certain of our customers have a right to terminate during the term. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate, and termination rates may increase or fluctuate, as a result of a number of factors, including their lack of satisfaction with our products or our customer support, our products’ inability to integrate with new and changing technologies and a mismatch in the pricing of our products and competing offerings.

Even if our customers renew their maintenance, they may renew for shorter terms than we anticipate or on other terms that are less economically beneficial to us. Customers may also not renew their maintenance if they want to move their perpetual licenses to a cloud architecture and we are unable to accommodate them with an acceptable migration plan. We cannot be certain that our customers will renew their maintenance nor can we be certain that our customers will not terminate their maintenance in whole or in part. If our customers terminate or do not renew their maintenance, or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, our maintenance renewal rate may decline, and we may not accurately predict future revenue from existing customers.

 

-24-


Table of Contents

A network or data security incident may compromise the integrity of our products, create service outages for our hosted products, or allow unauthorized access to our network or our customers’ data, harm our reputation, create additional liability and adversely impact our financial results.

We make significant efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our product source code and the computer systems that are used to develop and host our products. However, the threats to computer systems, networks and data security are increasingly diverse and sophisticated. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” ransomware attacks, malicious code (such as viruses and worms), employee theft or misuse, and denial of service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in intrusions and attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions), and fundamental software vulnerabilities add to the risks to our products and computer systems, including our internal network, and the information they store and process. Despite significant efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is virtually impossible for us to entirely mitigate these risks. Like all software products, our software is vulnerable to such incidents. The impact of such an incident could disrupt the proper functioning of our products, create a service outage for our cloud services, cause errors in the output of our customers’ work, allow unauthorized access to sensitive, proprietary or confidential information of ours or our customers, and cause other destructive outcomes. If this were to occur, our reputation may suffer, customers may stop buying our products, we could face lawsuits and potential liability and our financial performance could be negatively affected. 

In addition, as we continue to devote more resources to evaluate our computer systems, networks and products for security vulnerabilities, the cost of addressing these vulnerabilities could reduce our operating margins. If we do not address security vulnerabilities or otherwise provide adequate security features in our products and cloud services, certain customers, particularly government and other public sector customers, may delay or stop purchasing our products and cloud services. Furthermore, we expect the risks related to computer system, network or security incidents to increase as we continue to develop our cloud products and services, which may store, transmit and process our customers’ sensitive, proprietary or confidential data, including personal or identifying information, in cloud-based IT environments. We also engage third-party vendors and service providers to store and otherwise process some of our and our customers’ data, including sensitive and personal information. Our vendors and service providers may also be the targets of cyberattacks, malicious software, phishing schemes, and fraud. Our ability to monitor our vendors and service providers’ data security is limited, and, in any event, third parties may be able to circumvent those security measures, resulting in the unauthorized access to, misuse, disclosure, loss or destruction of our and our customers’ data, including sensitive and personal information. For example, in October 2019, Informatica’s travel and expense management service provider notified Informatica that data fields from nine Informatica employees’ travel profiles may have been mixed into other users’ profiles. The service provider restored the profiles and indicated that the risk of harm was low because there was no way to link mixed data back to the original profile. Informatica nevertheless notified all of the impacted employees as well as the applicable European supervisory authorities.

In addition, we have acquired a number of companies, products, services and technologies and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, we may inherit additional IT security issues when we integrate these acquisitions. Throughout our 25-year history, our on-premise products have accrued historical potential security vulnerabilities. As we migrate these products and underlying features and components to our cloud platform, many of these vulnerabilities are addressed, but some may persist. These potential vulnerabilities are reviewed according to our risk-based process that considers the residual risk based on compensating controls and other factors. Within our on-premise products, some existing vulnerabilities may become more impactful over time and some vulnerabilities may be newly discovered along with the normal course of security vulnerability disclosure. These vulnerabilities may create significant unplanned engineering effort and cost to resolve and redistribute to customers who remain on the on-premise version of our software.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to computers systems or networks are constantly evolving and, in some instances, are not identified until launched against a target. We and our service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques, react in a timely manner, or implement adequate preventative measures. Further, we cannot assure that any limitations of liability provisions in our customer and user agreements, contracts with third-party vendors and service providers or other contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim relating to a security breach or other security-related matter. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms, if at all, or will be available in sufficient amounts, if at all, to cover claims related to a security incident or breach, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results, and reputation.

We have experienced rapid subscription revenue growth in recent periods, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.

We have experienced rapid subscription revenue growth in recent periods. We recognized subscription revenues of $302.5 million, $471.7 million and $593.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 56% of total software revenue in 2018, to 77% in 2019 and to 90% in 2020. We recognized subscription revenues of $259.5 million and $324.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 92% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2020, to 95% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2021. This subscription revenue growth may not be indicative of our future subscription revenue growth and we may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with recent history, or at all. We believe our ability to continue to increase our subscription revenue depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

our ability to attract and retain subscription customers;

 

   

our ability to expand within our existing subscription customer basis;

 

   

our ability to continue to expand customer adoption of our platform;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively against a variety of different vendors who offer data management products;

 

   

continued growth of cloud-based services; and

 

   

our ability to continue to develop new products to expand the offerings in our platform.

If we are unable to achieve any of these requirements, our subscription revenue growth may decline, and our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If we do not successfully manage our strategy and business model transition for our cloud- and subscription-based offerings, our business may become more difficult to predict and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

The continued adoption of cloud services, the increasing customer demand for subscription-based licensing, the accelerating volume and diversity of data creation, and the critical importance of data security continue to redefine business computing. We offer our products on a subscription-based license model including our cloud data management products that provide our customers with functionality within a cloud-based IT environment. Our strategy and business model for these

 

-26-


Table of Contents

subscription-based offerings, which differs from our legacy perpetual license-based model, continue to evolve and are subject to risks and uncertainties. It is difficult to forecast the revenue mix for our new sales and this makes it challenging to predict what portion of our new sales will be recognized as revenue in the current period versus recognized ratably over multiple periods.

We have continued to build on our cloud-focused strategy with the development of our Intelligent Data Management Cloud (IDMC) platform. As a result, we are deriving an increasing portion of our revenues over time from our subscription-based offerings. For example, we are aggressively investing in our go-to-market strategies and customer success organization for our cloud- and on-premise subscription products. These go-to-market strategies and efforts may differ from those we have used for perpetual license software products, may be temporarily disruptive and result in reduced sales productivity in addition to increased costs. The market for subscription-based offerings is not as mature as the market for perpetual license products and it may not develop as anticipated. In addition, market acceptance of subscription-based offerings, particularly cloud-based solutions, may be affected by a variety of factors, including concerns regarding the data security, privacy, cost, reliability, performance and perceived value associated with such offerings. Many customers have invested substantial resources on traditional, perpetually licensed, on-premise software solutions, and the related ongoing support services, and they may be unwilling or reluctant to migrate to cloud-based solutions or other subscription-based offerings. We may not be able to compete effectively or generate significant demand for or revenues from our subscription-based offerings. Also, we expect demand for our subscription-based offerings to unfavorably impact demand for certain of our other products and services, such as support services on perpetually licensed products. In addition, our subscription offering strategy will require continued investment in product development and operations, including cloud-based IT infrastructure. Additionally, our future success depends in part on the growth of the market for cloud data management solutions and an increase in the desire to ingest, store and process data in the cloud, and the market for cloud data management solutions and applications may not grow as expected and, even if such growth occurs, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all. We may incur costs at a higher than expected rate as our subscription business continues to expand, adversely affecting our financial performance. In addition, we will incur costs associated with the investments in our subscription business in advance of our ability to recognize the revenue associated with our subscription offerings, which will have an adverse impact on our margins. If we are unable to successfully establish our subscription offerings and navigate our business model transition in light of the foregoing risks and uncertainties, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to scale our operations and enhance our internal systems, processes, and controls.

We continue to experience growth in our customer base and operations, which may place a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate that additional investments in our infrastructure will be necessary to scale our operations and increase productivity. These additional investments will increase our costs and may adversely affect our operating margins if we are unable to sufficiently increase revenues to cover these additional costs. If we are unable to successfully scale our operations and increase productivity, we may be unable to execute our business strategies. Our business has grown in recent years, as evidenced by headcount growth in India, Japan and EMEA, through internal expansion and through acquisitions, and we expect such growth to continue. As a result, we may need to enter into additional lease commitments, expand existing facilities, or purchase new facilities or undeveloped real estate, which may adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. We moved our existing data center from our corporate headquarters to an external third-party facility, and also utilize other third-party data center facilities and public cloud providers, including Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud, to host certain of our services, systems and data. Each of our commercial agreements with AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud have 3-year terms through 2024 and will remain in effect until

 

-27-


Table of Contents

terminated by us or the respective counterparty. AWS may terminate the agreement for convenience by providing us at least 30 days advanced notice or for cause upon a material breach of the agreement, subject to AWS providing prior written notice and a 30-day cure period. Microsoft Azure may terminate the agreement without cause upon 60 days’ notice or for material breach, subject to such party providing 30 days’ notice and a 30-day cure period. Google Cloud may terminate the agreement for material breach with a 30-day cure period, if we cease operations or become subject to insolvency proceedings and the proceedings are not dismissed within 90 days, or we are in material breach more than twice notwithstanding any cure of such breaches. While we believe that we could transition among these cloud infrastructure providers or to alternative providers on commercially reasonable terms if needed, in the event any of these third-party facilities or public cloud providers become unavailable due to outages, interruptions or other unanticipated problems, or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms or prices, our costs may increase and our operations may be impaired, which would adversely affect our business.

In addition, we need to continue to enhance our internal systems, processes, and controls to effectively manage our operations and growth. We are continually investing resources to upgrade and improve our internal systems, processes and controls, human resources information systems and our enterprise resource planning systems, in order to meet the growing requirements of our business, but we cannot guarantee we will do so effectively or efficiently.

Upgrades to our internal systems, processes, and controls may require us to implement incremental reconciliation or additional reporting measures to evaluate the effectiveness of such upgrade or improvement, or to adopt new processes or procedures in connection with the upgrade or improvement. We may not be able to successfully implement upgrades and improvements to our systems, processes, and controls in an efficient or timely manner, if at all, and we may discover deficiencies in existing systems, processes, and controls, which could adversely affect our business. We have licensed technology and utilized support services from various third parties to help us implement upgrades and improvements. We may experience difficulties in managing upgrades and improvements to our systems, processes, and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could disrupt existing customer relationships, causing us to lose customers, limit us to smaller deployments of our products, or increase our technical support costs. The support services available for such third-party technology also may be negatively affected by mergers and consolidation in the software industry, and support services for such technology may not be available to us in the future. In addition, we use both on-premise and cloud resources, and any security or other flaws in such resources could have a negative impact on our internal systems, processes, or controls.

We may also need to realign resources from time to time to more efficiently address market or product requirements. To the extent any realignment requires changes to our internal systems, processes, and controls or organizational structure, we could experience disruption in customer relationships, increases in cost, and increased employee turnover. Furthermore, as we expand our geographic presence and capabilities, we may also need to implement additional or enhance our existing systems, processes and controls to comply with U.S. and international laws.

Our business and revenue have been adversely affected and could in the future be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Continuing concerns over economic and business prospects in the United States and throughout the world, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the global economy. These factors have had a material impact on the global economy and have adversely impacted and may further impact our workforce, our operations, and the operations of our customers, which could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition. Our customers have experienced, and may continue to experience, disruptions in their

 

-28-


Table of Contents

operations, which have resulted in delayed, reduced, or canceled orders and requests for renegotiation or extended payment terms. Due to our subscription-based business model, the effect of COVID-19 may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Work-from-home and other measures we have undertaken for our global workforce have affected the way we conduct our product development, customer support, and other activities. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to impact our operations outside the United States even if local containment efforts are successful. For example, we have a significant number of research and development, customer support and general and administrative personnel located in India, which continues to be heavily impacted by the pandemic.

The full extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operational and financial performance remains uncertain and will depend on many factors outside the Company’s control. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects the Company’s business, results of operation, and financial condition, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this section.

If we do not compete effectively, our revenues may not grow and could decline.

The market for our products is highly competitive, quickly evolving, and subject to rapidly changing technology, which may expand the alternatives available to our current and potential customers for their data management requirements. Our competition consists of:

 

   

hand-coded custom-built solutions developed by internal IT teams;

 

   

point solution vendors that compete with one of our products, such as Talend and Collibra;

 

   

cloud service providers (CSPs) with limited platform-specific capabilities in data management, such as AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud Platform; and

 

   

stack vendors that compete across in many of our markets with data management solutions, such as IBM and Oracle.

From time to time, we compete with business intelligence and analytics vendors, such as Alteryx, that offer, or may develop, products with functionalities that compete with our products.

Certain of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources, greater name recognition, specialized sales or domain expertise, broader product portfolios and stronger customer relationships than we do and may be able to exert greater influence on customer purchasing decisions. New or emerging technologies, technological trends or changes in customer requirements may result in certain of our strategic partners, including CSPs, becoming potential competitors in the future. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies, technological trends and changes in customer requirements. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products obsolete, unmarketable, or less competitive. In addition, new products or enhancements of existing products that we introduce may not adequately address or respond to new or emerging technologies, technological trends or changes in customer requirements. Moreover, competition from new and emerging technologies and changes in technological trends, particularly the shift to cloud-based solutions, has increased market confusion about the benefits of our products compared to other solutions.

We expect competition to increase as other established and emerging companies enter the data management and data integration software market, as customer requirements evolve and as new products and technologies are introduced. Our ability to compete depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

ability to offer a comprehensive platform with best of breed products;

 

-29-


Table of Contents
   

interoperability with multi-cloud, hybrid environments and applications;

 

   

ability to embed advanced AI and machine learning in our platform;

 

   

performance, reliability and security;

 

   

ease of deployment and ease of use by the full breadth of data practitioners;

 

   

elasticity and ability to quickly scale services;

 

   

strength of cloud ecosystem partnerships;

 

   

responsiveness to evolving customer needs and use cases;

 

   

success of sales & marketing efforts;

 

   

quality of customer support; and

 

   

brand awareness and reputation.

We may have difficulty competing on the basis of price in circumstances where our competitors develop and market products with similar or superior functionality and pursue an aggressive pricing strategy. For example, some of our competitors may provide guarantees of prices and product implementation, offer data management products at no cost in order to charge a premium for additional functionality, or bundle data management products with other products at no cost to the customer or at deeply discounted prices for promotional purposes or as a long-term pricing strategy. These difficulties may increase as larger companies target the data management markets. A customer may be unwilling to pay a separate cost for our data management products if the customer has a bundled pricing arrangement with a company that offers a wider variety of products than us. As a result, increased competition, alternate pricing models and bundling strategies could seriously impede our ability to sell additional products and services on terms favorable to us.

In addition, consolidation among vendors in the software industry is continuing at a rapid pace. Our current and potential competitors may make additional strategic acquisitions, consolidate their operations, or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with other solution providers, thereby increasing their ability to provide a broader suite of software products or solutions and more effectively address the needs of our current and prospective customers. Such acquisitions could cause potential customers to defer or not proceed with purchasing our products. Our current and potential competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic partners, thereby limiting our ability to sell products through these channels. If any of this were to occur, our ability to market and sell our software products would be impaired. In addition, competitive pressures could reduce our market share or require us to reduce our prices, either of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Furthermore, during periods of U.S. or global economic uncertainty, our customers’ capital spending may be significantly reduced. As a result, there is significantly increased competition for the allocation of IT budget dollars, and other IT implementations may take priority over the use of our products and services.

If we are unable to successfully respond to technological advances and evolving industry standards, we could experience a reduction in our future product sales, which would cause our revenues to decline.

The market for our products is characterized by continuing technological development, the emergence of new technologies, evolving industry standards, changing customer needs, and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. The introduction of products by our competitors or

 

-30-


Table of Contents

others incorporating new technologies, the emergence of new industry standards, or changes in customer requirements could render our existing products obsolete, unmarketable, or less competitive. In addition, industry-wide adoption or increased use of hand-coding, open source standards or other uniform open standards across heterogeneous applications could minimize the importance of the integration functionality of our products and materially adversely affect the competitiveness and market acceptance of our products. Furthermore, the standards on which we choose to develop new products or enhancements may not allow us to compete effectively for business opportunities.

Our success depends upon our ability to enhance existing products, to respond to changing customer requirements, and to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner that keep pace with technological and competitive developments and emerging industry standards. We have in the past experienced delays in releasing new products and product enhancements and may experience similar delays in the future. As a result, in the past, some of our customers deferred purchasing our products until the next upgrade was released. Future delays or problems in the installation or implementation of our new releases may cause customers to forgo purchases of our products and purchase those of our competitors instead. Additionally, even if we are able to develop new products and product enhancements, we cannot ensure that they will achieve market acceptance.

Our current research and development efforts, including the introduction of new products, the integration of acquired products, and the enhancement of existing products, may not be successful or result in significant revenue, cost savings or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

Rapid technological changes, including changes in customer requirements and preferences, are characteristic in the software industry. In particular, in the market for enterprise data management software and services, especially for broader data management initiatives, we have experienced increased competition from new and emerging technologies and increased market confusion from our customers or prospective customers about the benefits of our products compared to other solutions. In order to address the expanding data management needs of our customers and prospective customers, and to respond to rapid technological changes, technological trends and customer concerns, we introduce new products and technology enhancements on a regular basis, including products we acquire. For example, in August 2020, we acquired GreenBay Technologies, a provider of advanced AI/ML (artificial intelligence and machine learning) solutions that complement our CLAIRE-powered Intelligent Cloud Data Management platform, and in July 2020, we acquired Compact Solutions, a provider of advanced metadata connectivity tools. We intend to continue our investments to develop and introduce new products and product enhancements.

The introduction of new products, integration of acquired products and enhancement of existing products is a complex and costly process involving inherent risks, such as:

 

   

the failure to accurately anticipate the impact of new and emerging technologies or changes in technological trends;

 

   

the failure to accurately anticipate changes in customer requirements and preferences;

 

   

delays in completion, launch, delivery, or availability;

 

   

delays in customer adoption or market acceptance;

 

   

delays in customer purchases in anticipation of products not yet released;

 

   

product quality issues, including the possibility of defects and the costs of remediating any such defects;

 

   

market confusion based on changes to the product packaging and pricing as a result of a new product release;

 

-31-


Table of Contents
   

market confusion based on the introduction of new and emerging technologies by us and our competitors or changes in technological trends, particularly the shift to cloud-based solutions;

 

   

interoperability and integration issues between our existing products and newly acquired products or technologies, and the costs of remediating any such issues;

 

   

interoperability and integration issues with third-party technologies and the costs of remediating any such issues;

 

   

customer issues with migrating or upgrading from previous product versions and the costs of remediating any such issues;

 

   

bugs, errors, or other defects or deficiencies in the early stages of introduction;

 

   

loss of existing customers that choose a competitor’s product instead of upgrading or migrating to the new or enhanced product; and

 

   

loss of maintenance revenues from existing customers that do not upgrade or migrate.

Developing our products and related enhancements is expensive. We devote significant resources to the development of new products, the acquisition of products, and the enhancement of existing products, as well as to the integration of these products with each other. We recognized $203.1 million, $234.9 million, and $230.2 million of research and development expense in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $111.9 million and $123.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our investments in research and development may not result in significant design improvements, marketable products or features, or may result in products that are more expensive than anticipated. Additionally, we may not achieve the cost savings or the anticipated performance improvements we expect, and we may take longer to generate revenue, or generate less revenue, than we anticipate. Our future plans include significant investments in research and development and related product opportunities. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not receive significant revenue from these investments in the near future, if at all, or these investments may not yield the expected benefits, either of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, as we develop new products, particularly those based on new or emerging technologies, we may need to develop sales and marketing strategies that differ from the strategies we currently utilize, which may result in increased levels of investment and additional costs. For example, we are continuing to evolve our business model to increase subscription revenue and aggressively investing in our go-to-market strategies for our newer products.

Additionally, we have in the past experienced bugs, errors, or other defects or deficiencies in new products, including cloud products, and product updates and may have similar experiences in the future. Furthermore, our ability to increase the usage of our products depends, in part, on the development of new use cases for our products and may be outside of our control. We also have invested, and may continue to invest, in the acquisition of complementary businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets that expand the products that we can offer our customers. We may make these investments without being certain that they will result in products or enhancements that will be accepted by existing or prospective customers. Additionally, even if we are able to develop new products and product enhancements, we cannot ensure that they will achieve market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing products to meet evolving customer requirements, increase adoption and usage of our products, develop new products, or if our efforts to increase the usage of our products are more expensive than we expect, then our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

The loss of our key personnel, an increase in our sales force personnel turnover rate or decrease in sales force productivity, or the inability to attract and retain additional personnel could adversely affect our ability to grow our company successfully and may negatively impact our results of operations.

We believe our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel and key members of our management team is critical to our long-term success. Historically, there has been a significant level of competition to attract these individuals, and we have experienced significant changes in our senior management team. As new senior personnel join our company and become familiar with our business strategy and systems, or as existing senior personnel assume new roles within the company, their integration or transition could result in disruption to our ongoing operations.

The market for talent has become increasingly competitive and hiring has become more difficult and costly, and our personnel-related costs are likely to increase as we compete to attract and retain employees. Our employees are increasingly becoming more attractive to other companies. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than us for attracting experienced personnel. Our plan for continued growth requires us to add personnel to meet our growth objectives and places increased importance on our ability to attract, train, and retain new personnel, in particular, new sales personnel. In addition, we have significantly expanded our subscription sales force and increased sales specialist staffing and marketing efforts around our newer products. Continued leadership transitions in our worldwide sales, marketing and field operations may adversely affect our ability to manage and grow our business. As we continue to implement further changes to our worldwide sales, marketing and field operations organizations, including the implementation of more rigorous sales planning and process measures and continued investment in sales specialists and domain experts, we may experience increased sales force turnover and additional disruption to our ongoing operations, and we may not experience the increases in sales force productivity that we anticipate. These changes may also take longer to implement than expected, which may adversely affect our sales force productivity. If we are unable to effectively attract and train new personnel on a timely basis, or if we experience an increase in the level of turnover, our results of operations may be negatively affected.

We continue to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers and to drive additional usage and sales among our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel, including enterprise sales representatives and sales engineers, with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. In particular, there is significant demand for sales engineers with data management and cloud-based software expertise. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. Further, from time to time, we have experienced an increased level of turnover in our direct sales force, particularly in the first quarter of a year. Such increase in the turnover rate affects our ability to generate software revenues. Although we have hired replacements in our sales force and are continuing to hire additional sales personnel to grow our business, we typically experience lower productivity from newly hired sales personnel for a period of approximately nine months. We continue to invest in training for our sales personnel, including updates to cover new, acquired, or enhanced products, as we broaden our product platform. In addition, we periodically make adjustments to our sales organization in response to a variety of internal and external factors, such as market opportunities, competitive threats, management changes, product introductions or enhancements, acquisitions, sales performance, increases in sales headcount and cost levels. Such adjustments may be temporarily disruptive and result in reduced productivity. If we are unable to effectively attract, train and retain new sales personnel, particularly sales specialists or domain experts, or if we experience an increase in the level of sales force turnover or decrease in sales force productivity, our ability to generate license revenues from both new and existing customers and our growth rate may be negatively affected.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

We currently do not have any key-man life insurance relating to our key personnel, and the employment of key personnel in the United States is generally at will and not subject to employment contracts.

We have relied on our ability to grant equity awards as one mechanism for recruiting and retaining highly skilled talent. If we are unable to grant such awards, we may not be able to attract and retain outstanding and highly skilled individuals in the extremely competitive labor markets in which we compete. Additionally, the liquidity available to our employee securityholders following this offering could make it more difficult to retain employees who are fully vested in their equity awards.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results, especially in the amount of license revenues we recognize.

Our quarterly and annual operating results, particularly our perpetual license revenues and the upfront portion of revenue from our on-premise subscription license (i.e., term license), have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future. Our on-premise products, predominantly sold under a subscription-based license and to a lesser extent sold on a perpetual license basis, are difficult to forecast accurately and are vulnerable to short-term shifts in customer demand. Also, we may experience order deferrals by customers in anticipation of future new product introductions or product enhancements, as well as a result of their particular budgeting and purchase cycles. The continued global economic and geopolitical uncertainty may also cause further customer order deferrals or reductions, stricter customer purchasing controls and approval processes, and adversely affect budgeting and purchase cycles. By comparison, our short-term expenses are relatively fixed and based in part on our expectations of future revenues. We generally recognize a substantial portion of our on-premise product license revenues in the last month of each quarter and, sometimes in the last few weeks or days of each quarter. As a result, we cannot predict the adverse impact caused by cancellations or delays in prospective orders until the end of each quarter.

Moreover, the expansion of our product portfolio through the introduction of new products and enhancements has increased the complexity of our transactions and this may increase the length of our sales cycles and reduce the predictability of the timing and the amount of future sales.

Due to the difficulty we experience in predicting our quarterly license revenues, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily a good indication of our future performance.

In addition, a number of the other factors discussed in this section may cause fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results. As a result, our future operating results or forecasts of future operating results could fail to meet the expectations of investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Market adoption of cloud-based data management solutions may not grow as we expect, which may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The market for cloud-based data management solutions is not as mature as the market for on-premise products, and it may not develop as anticipated. In addition, market acceptance of cloud-based solutions may be affected by a variety of factors, including concerns regarding the data security, privacy, cost, reliability, performance and perceived value associated with such offerings. Many customers have invested substantial resources on traditional, on-premise software solutions and the related ongoing support services, and they may be unwilling or reluctant to migrate to cloud-based solutions. If our cloud-based solutions do not achieve widespread adoption or the market for cloud-based data management solutions generally does not evolve as expected, it could result in reduced

 

-34-


Table of Contents

customer purchases, reduced renewal rates and decreased revenue, any of which will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to accurately forecast sales and trends in our business, we may fail to meet expectations.

We use a “pipeline” system, a common industry practice, to forecast sales and trends in our business. Our sales personnel monitor the status of all potential sales of our products and estimate when a customer will make a purchase decision and the potential dollar amount of the sale. We aggregate these estimates periodically in order to generate a sales pipeline. We assess the pipeline at various points in time to look for trends in our business. While this pipeline analysis may provide us with some guidance in business planning and budgeting, these pipeline estimates are necessarily speculative. Our pipeline estimates may not correlate to revenues in a particular quarter or over a longer period of time, particularly in a weak or uncertain global macroeconomic environment, such as that experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, our pipeline estimates can prove to be unreliable in a particular quarter or over a longer period of time, in part because both the “conversion rate” of the pipeline into actual sales and the quality and timing of pipeline generation can be very difficult to estimate.

The conversion of the sales pipeline into actual license or subscription sales may also be affected by the tendency of some of our customers to wait until the end of a fiscal period in the hope of obtaining more favorable terms, which can also impede our ability to negotiate, execute and deliver on these contracts in a timely manner. Because we have historically converted a substantial portion of our pipeline into sales in the last month of each quarter and sometimes in the last few weeks of each quarter, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure in a timely manner in response to variations in the pipeline conversion rate. In addition, for newly acquired companies, we have limited ability to predict how their pipelines will convert into sales or revenues following acquisition. Any change in the conversion rate of the pipeline into customer sales or in the pipeline itself could cause us to improperly budget for future expenses that are in line with our expected future revenues, which would adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations.

A reduction in our sales pipeline and pipeline conversion rate could adversely affect the growth of our company.

In the past and recently, we have experienced a reduced conversion rate of our overall pipeline, primarily as a result of general economic slowdowns and general macroeconomic uncertainty due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic, which caused the amount of customer purchases to be reduced, deferred, or cancelled. Although the size of our sales pipeline and our pipeline conversion rate generally have increased as a result of our additional investments in sales personnel and a gradually improving IT spending environment, they are not consistent on a quarter-to-quarter basis. The recent global economic recession and continued macroeconomic uncertainty has had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our pipeline conversion rate in the near future. If we are unable to continue to increase the size of our sales pipeline and our pipeline conversion rate, our results of operations could fail to meet the expectations of investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We have expanded our international operations and opened sales offices in other countries. We have experienced and may continue to experience various leadership transitions in our worldwide sales organization.

We have also continued to make investments in our sales specialists and domain experts and to implement strategic changes in our worldwide sales, marketing and field operations to address recent sales execution challenges and improve performance, particularly with respect to our pipeline

 

-35-


Table of Contents

generation and management capabilities, the reliability of our pipeline estimates and our pipeline conversion rates. For example, in 2020, we shifted our go-to-market strategy within certain countries in APAC and Europe, reducing our direct sales headcount to align with local channel partners for distribution. As a result of our international expansion and these changes, as well as the increase in our direct sales headcount in the United States, we have invested heavily in our sales and marketing functions. We recognized $431.5 million, $486.3 million, and $451.8 million of sales and marketing expense in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $222.3 million and $220.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As our products become more complex and we target new customers for our software and services, we expect to broaden our go-to-market initiatives and, as a result, our sales and marketing expenses may increase. We expect these investments to increase our revenues, sales productivity, and eventually our profitability. However, if we experience an increase in sales personnel turnover, do not achieve expected increases in our sales pipeline, experience a decline in our sales pipeline conversion ratio, or do not achieve increases in productivity and efficiencies from our new sales personnel as they gain more experience, then we may not achieve our expected increases in revenue, sales productivity, and profitability.

As a result of our lengthy sales cycles, our expected revenues are susceptible to fluctuations, which could cause us to fail to meet expectations.

Due to the expense, broad functionality, and company-wide deployment of our products, our customers’ decisions to purchase our products typically require the approval of their executive decision makers. Also, macroeconomic uncertainty and challenging global economic conditions, such as those experienced due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, can adversely affect the buying patterns of our customers and prospective customers, including the size of transactions, and lengthen our sales cycle. In addition, we frequently must educate our potential customers about the full benefits of our products, which also can require significant time. These trends toward greater customer executive level involvement or stricter customer purchasing controls and approval processes and increased customer education efforts are likely to increase, particularly as we expand our market focus to broader data management initiatives and experience increased competition from new or emerging technologies. Further, our sales cycle may lengthen as we continue to focus our sales efforts on large corporations. In addition, the purchase of our products may be delayed, or our sales cycle may become more complex, due to potential conflicts in our sales channels and sales processes if we increasingly sell our subscription-based offerings together with our perpetual license-based products or to accounts that have pre-existing perpetual license-based products. As a result of these factors, the length of time from our initial contact with a customer to the customer’s decision to purchase our products typically ranges from three to twelve months. We are subject to a number of significant risks as a result of our lengthy sales cycle that could delay, reduce or otherwise adversely affect the purchase of our products, including:

 

   

changes in our customers’ budgetary constraints and internal acceptance review procedures;

 

   

the timing of our customers’ budget cycles;

 

   

the seasonality of technology purchases, which historically has resulted in stronger sales of our products in the fourth quarter of the year, especially when compared to lighter sales in the first quarter of the year;

 

   

our customers’ concerns about the introduction of our products;

 

   

our customers’ concerns about managing a combination of perpetual license-based products and subscription-based products;

 

   

our customers’ concerns about migrating pre-existing perpetual license-based products to our cloud offerings;

 

-36-


Table of Contents
   

market confusion over the introduction of new or emerging technologies by us or our competitors or changes in technological trends, particularly the shift to cloud-based solutions; or

 

   

potential downturns in general economic or political conditions or potential tightening of credit markets that could occur during the sales cycle.

If our sales cycles lengthen unexpectedly, they could adversely affect the timing of our revenues or increase costs which may independently cause fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations. Finally, if we are unsuccessful in closing sales of our products after spending significant funds and management resources, our operating margins and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

The sales prices of our products may decrease, which may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our financial results.

The sales prices for our subscription offerings and professional services may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures, discounts, a change in our mix of subscription offerings, on-premise offerings and professional services and their respective margins, anticipation of the introduction of new subscription offerings or professional services, or promotional programs. Competition continues to increase in the market segments in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products or services that compete with ours or may bundle them with other products and services. Additionally, currency fluctuations in certain countries and regions may negatively impact actual prices that channel partners and customers are willing to pay in those countries and regions. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in developing and introducing new subscription offerings with enhanced functionality on a timely basis, or that any such new subscription offerings, if introduced, will enable us to maintain our prices and gross profits at levels that will allow us to achieve and maintain profitability.

We rely on our relationships with our strategic partners. If we do not establish, maintain and strengthen these relationships, our ability to generate revenue and control expenses could be adversely affected.

We believe that our ability to increase the sales of our products depends in part upon establishing, maintaining and strengthening relationships with our current strategic partners and any future strategic partners.

In addition to our direct sales force, we rely on established relationships with a variety of strategic partners, such as hyperscaler cloud partners, cloud data platforms, systems integrators, resellers, and distributors, for marketing, licensing, implementing, and supporting our products in the United States and internationally. We also rely on relationships with strategic technology partners, such as enterprise application providers, database vendors, data quality vendors, and enterprise information integration vendors, for the promotion and implementation of our products. In addition, as we develop new products, particularly those based on new or emerging technologies, we may need to establish relationships with new strategic partners, including those that may differ from the types of strategic partners we currently have. We may not be able to successfully establish such relationships, which may adversely affect the market acceptance of our products. In addition, given our limited history with our newer strategic partners, we cannot be certain these relationships will result in significant increases in sales of our products, particularly our newer products.

Our strategic partners offer products from several different companies, including, in some cases, products that compete with our products. We have limited control, if any, as to whether these strategic

 

-37-


Table of Contents

partners devote adequate resources to promoting, selling, and implementing our products as compared to our competitors’ products. Also, new or emerging technologies, technological trends or changes in customer requirements may result in certain of our strategic partners becoming potential competitors in the future. In addition, from time to time our strategic partners have acquired, and will likely continue to acquire, competitors of ours. Such consolidation makes it critical that we continue to develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with other strategic partners. We may not be able to strengthen such relationships and successfully generate additional revenue.

Our Ready Partner Program agreements with our strategic partners typically have a duration of one year, and generally may be terminated for any reason by either party with advance notice prior to each renewal date. It should be noted that in some jurisdictions, even with a right to termination for convenience, partners may be entitled to compensation upon termination, depending on local law, their level of investment and the notice period given. We cannot assure you that we will retain these strategic partners or that we will be able to secure additional or replacement strategic partners. The loss of one or more of our significant strategic partners or a decline in the number or size of orders from any of them could harm our results of operations. In addition, many of our new strategic partners require extensive training and may take several months or more to achieve productivity. Our strategic partner sales structure could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability, and reputational harm if, for example, any of our strategic partners misrepresents the functionality of our offerings to customers or violates laws or our or their corporate policies. If our strategic partners are unsuccessful in fulfilling the orders for our offerings, or if we are unable to enter into arrangements with and retain high quality strategic partners, our ability to sell our offerings and results of operations could be harmed.

In addition, we may not be able to maintain strategic partnerships or attract sufficient additional strategic partners who have the ability to market our products effectively, are qualified to provide timely and cost-effective customer support and service, or have the technical expertise and personnel resources necessary to implement our products for our customers. In particular, if our strategic partners do not devote sufficient resources to implement our products, we may incur substantial additional costs associated with hiring and training additional qualified technical personnel to implement solutions for our customers in a timely manner.

Furthermore, our relationships with our strategic partners may not generate enough revenue to offset the significant resources used to develop these relationships. If we are unable to leverage the strength of our strategic partnerships to generate additional revenues, our revenues could decline.

Delivering certain of our products via the cloud increases our expenses and may pose other challenges to our business.

We offer and sell our products via both the cloud and on-premise using the customer’s own infrastructure. Our cloud solutions enable quick setup and subscription pricing. Historically, our products were developed in the context of the on-premise offering, and we have less operating experience offering and selling our products via our cloud offering. Although a majority of our subscription revenue is currently generated from customers using our on-premise products, we believe that over time more customers will move to the cloud offering. As more of our customers transition to the cloud, we may be subject to additional contractual obligations with respect to privacy and data protection, service level agreements, as well as competitive pressures and higher operating costs, any of which may harm our business. We are directing a significant portion of our financial and operating resources to implement a robust cloud offering for our products, but even if we continue to make these investments, we may be unsuccessful in growing or implementing our cloud offering competitively, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. If our cloud offering does not develop as quickly as we expect, or if we are unable to continue to scale our systems to meet the requirements of a large cloud offering, our business may be harmed.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

We expect our revenue mix to vary over time, which could harm our gross margin and operating results.

We expect our revenue mix to vary over time due to a number of factors, including the mix of our perpetual license products and related support services, on premise subscription products, cloud products, and professional services revenue. Due to the differing revenue recognition policies applicable to our perpetual licenses, on premise subscriptions and cloud products, shifts in our business mix from quarter-to-quarter or period-to-period could produce substantial variation in revenue recognized. Further, our gross margins and operating results could be harmed by changes in revenue mix and costs, together with numerous other factors, including entry into new markets or growth in lower-margin markets; entry into markets with different pricing and cost structures; pricing discounts; and increased price competition. Any one of these factors or the cumulative effects of certain of these factors may result in significant fluctuations in our gross margin and operating results. This variability, unpredictability and varying revenue recognition methods could result in our failure to meet internal expectations or those of securities analysts or investors for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline significantly.

We have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve profitability on a consistent basis. If we cannot achieve profitability, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

We have incurred net losses since we were taken private in a 2015 transaction led by our Sponsors (the 2015 Privatization Transaction) as a result of recording $3.1 billion in acquired technology and intangible assets. The related amortization expense from these assets was $368.0 million, $320.5 million and $284.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $141.0 million and $121.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. In addition, as a result of the 2015 Privatization Transaction and the debt incurred, we recognized interest expense of $146.3 million, $161.9 million and $149.5 million in the fiscal years 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively, and $75.9 million and $72.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As a result, we incurred net losses of $167.7 million, $183.2 million, and $167.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $102.8 million and $36.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $1,063.5 million as of June 30, 2021. In addition, we anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to enhance our offerings, broaden our customer base, expand our sales and marketing activities particularly with regard to our subscription-based offerings, expand our operations, hire additional employees, and continue to develop our technology. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products and services or increasing competition. Any failure to increase our revenue as we grow our business could prevent us from achieving profitability or positive cash flow at all or on a consistent basis, which would cause our business, financial condition, and results of operations to suffer.

Our ability to increase sales of our offerings is highly dependent on the quality of our customer support, and our failure to offer high quality support would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations.

After our products are deployed within our customers’ IT environments, our customers depend on our maintenance and support services to resolve issues relating to our products, as well as our professional services, consisting of consulting and education services. If we do not succeed in helping

 

-39-


Table of Contents

our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues or provide effective ongoing support and education on our products, our ability to sell additional subscriptions to existing customers or expand the value of existing customers’ subscriptions would be adversely affected and our reputation with potential customers could be damaged. Many larger enterprise and government entity customers have more complex IT environments and require higher levels of support than smaller customers. If we fail to meet the requirements of these enterprise customers, it may be more difficult to grow sales with them.

Additionally, it can take several months to recruit, hire, and train qualified technical support employees. We may not be able to hire such resources fast enough to keep up with demand, particularly if the sales of our offerings exceed our internal forecasts. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, and retaining adequate support resources, our ability to provide adequate and timely support to our customers, and our customers’ satisfaction with our offerings, will be adversely affected. Our failure to provide and maintain high-quality support services would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Products sold as a subscription may increase the difficulty of evaluating the performance of our business during a particular period.

We recognize a portion of our total subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription agreements, which are typically one to three years in length. As a result, the subscription revenue we report in each quarter is the result of subscription agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in subscription agreements in any one quarter may not significantly affect, if at all, our results in that quarter but could result in a reduction of revenue recognized in future quarters. We may not be able to adjust our cost structure in response to changes in revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales of products sold as a subscription may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Also, since revenue from customers is recognized, in part, over the term of their subscription, it is difficult for us to rapidly increase revenue through additional sales in any period. The timing of such revenue recognition may make it more difficult to forecast sales and trends in our business, particularly changes in revenue, and could have a potentially negative impact on our financial performance. By contrast, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, including hosting costs which are incurred as soon as a customer starts using our cloud products. As a result, an increase in customers could result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier portion of the subscription contract term.

Furthermore, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscription agreement after the expiration of their then current subscription period, and in fact, some former customers have elected not to renew. As a result, we may not be able to accurately predict future renewal rates, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including lack of satisfaction with our subscription-based offerings, the prices of our subscription-based offerings and being uncompetitive with the prices offered by competitors, perceived information security risks associated with our systems, reductions in customers’ spending levels, a competitor’s product being perceived as better than our product, and general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, or if they renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline.

Acquisitions present many risks, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

From time to time, we evaluate potential acquisitions in complementary businesses, products, or technologies. For example, in August 2020, we acquired GreenBay Technologies, a provider of advanced AI/ML solutions that complement our CLAIRE-powered Intelligent Cloud Data Management platform, and in July 2020, we acquired Compact Solutions, a provider of advanced metadata connectivity tools.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

 

   

the failure to capture the value of the business we acquired, including the loss of any key personnel, customers and business relationships, including strategic partnerships, or the failure of the transaction to advance our business strategy as anticipated;

 

   

the difficulties in and costs associated with successfully integrating or incorporating the acquired company’s products, technologies, services, employees, customers, partners, business operations and administrative systems with ours, particularly when the acquired company operates in international jurisdictions;

 

   

the disruption of our ongoing business and the diversion of management’s attention by transition or integration issues;

 

   

any difficulties in consolidating the acquired company’s financial results with ours, in particular as a result of different accounting principles or financial reporting standards, and the adverse consequences to us of any delay in obtaining the necessary financial information for such consolidation, any unanticipated change in financial information previously reported to us, or the impact the acquired company’s financial performance has on our financial performance as a result of such consolidation;

 

   

the failure to accurately predict how the acquired company’s pipeline will convert into sales or revenues following the acquisition, as conversion rates post-acquisition may be quite different from the acquired company’s historical conversion rates and can be affected by changes in business practices that we implement;

 

   

any inability to generate revenue from the acquired company’s products in an amount sufficient to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs, including addressing issues related to the availability of offerings on multiple platforms and from cross-selling and up-selling our products to the acquired company’s installed customer base or the acquired company’s products to our installed customer base; and

 

   

the failure to adequately identify or assess significant problems, liabilities or other issues, including issues with the acquired company’s technology or intellectual property, product quality, data security, privacy practices, accounting practices, employees, customers or partners, regulatory compliance, or legal or financial contingencies, particularly when the acquired company operates in international jurisdictions.

We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with our acquisitions. To the extent that we are unable to successfully manage these risks, our business, operating results, or financial condition could be adversely affected.

In addition, the consideration paid in connection with an acquisition also affects our financial results. If we should proceed with one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration includes cash, we could be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash to consummate any such acquisition.

In addition, acquisitions may result in our incurring additional taxes, unforeseen or higher than expected costs, debt, material one-time write-offs, or purchase accounting adjustments including the write-down of deferred revenue and restructuring charges. They may also result in recording goodwill and other intangible assets in our financial statements which may be subject to future impairment charges or ongoing amortization costs, thereby reducing future earnings. In addition, from time to time, we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions or investments that are not ultimately consummated. Such negotiations could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as incurring expenses that may impact operating results.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

Any significant defect, error or performance failure in our software or services could cause us to lose revenue and expose us to product or other liability claims.

The software and services we offer are inherently complex and, despite extensive testing and quality control, have in the past and may in the future contain defects or errors, especially when first introduced, or not perform as contemplated. These defects, errors or performance failures could cause damage to our reputation, data or privacy breaches, loss of customers or revenue, product returns, order cancellations, service terminations, or lack of market acceptance of our software and services. As the use of our software and services, including software or services recently acquired or developed, expands to more sensitive, secure, or mission critical uses by our customers, we may be subject to increased scrutiny, potential reputational risk, or potential liability should our software or services fail to perform as contemplated in such deployments. We have in the past and may in the future need to issue corrective releases of our software or services to fix these defects, errors or performance failures, which could require us to allocate significant research and development and customer support resources to address these problems.

Our license and subscription agreements with our customers typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims or liability for data loss or security or privacy breaches. However, the limitation of liability provisions contained in our license agreements may not be effective as a result of existing or future national, federal, state, or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Those limitation of liability provisions may also not be sufficient to protect against material losses, if several different customers experienced data or privacy breaches related to the use of our software or services in the same year. Although we have not experienced any product liability claims to date, the sale and support of our products entail the risk of such claims, which could be substantial in light of the use of our products in enterprise-wide environments. In addition, our insurance against product liability may not be adequate to cover a potential claim.

If our products are unable to interoperate with database connectors developed and maintained by third parties that are not within our control, our ability to develop and sell our products to our customers could be adversely affected, which would result in harm to our business and operating results.

Our products are designed to interoperate with and provide access to a wide range of third-party developed and maintained database connectors, including hardware and software technologies, which are used by our customers. The future design and development plans of the third parties that maintain these technologies are not within our control and may not be in line with our future product development plans. We may also rely on such third parties to provide us with access to these technologies so that we can properly test and develop our products to interoperate with these third-party technologies. These third parties may in the future refuse or otherwise be unable to provide us with the necessary access to their technologies. In addition, these third parties may decide to design or develop their technologies in a manner that would not be interoperable with our own. The continued consolidation in the enterprise software market may heighten these risks. Furthermore, our expanding product line, including our combination of products delivered on a comprehensive, unified and open data management platform makes maintaining interoperability more difficult as various products may have different levels of interoperability and compatibility, which may change from version to version. If any of the situations described above were to occur, we would not be able to continue to market our products as interoperable with such third-party database connectors, which could adversely affect our ability to successfully sell our products to our customers.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

If our products and services do not achieve and/or maintain broad market acceptance, our revenues and revenue growth rate may be adversely affected.

Historically, a significant portion of our revenues have been derived from sales of our traditional data management products, such as PowerCenter and PowerExchange, and related services. We expect sales of our traditional data management products and services to continue to comprise a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. If these products and services do not maintain market acceptance, our revenues may decrease.

In addition to our traditional data management and data quality products, we have expanded our platform to include products and services in the emerging market for broader data management initiatives, such as cloud data integration, cloud application integration, cloud data quality and governance, enterprise data catalog (EDC), master data management (MDM), customer data platform (CDP), enterprise integration platform as a service (iPaaS), and data privacy management, among others. The market for our broader data management products and services remains relatively new and continues to change, and efforts to expand beyond our traditional data management products may not succeed and may not result in significant revenue. For example, we announced that we are increasing our investments to develop new products that continue to expand our offerings beyond our traditional data management products.

Our newer products may not achieve market acceptance if our customers or prospective customers:

 

   

do not fully value the benefits of using our products;

 

   

do not achieve favorable results using our products;

 

   

use their budgets for other products that have priority over our products;

 

   

defer or decrease product purchases due to macroeconomic uncertainty or global economic conditions;

 

   

experience technical difficulties in implementing our products; or

 

   

use alternative methods to solve the problems addressed by our products.

Market acceptance of our products may also be affected if, among other things, competition substantially increases in the data management market or transactional applications suppliers integrate their products to such a degree that the utility of the functionality that our products and services provide is minimized or rendered unnecessary. Market acceptance of our products may also be affected by customer confusion surrounding the introduction of new and emerging technologies by us and our competitors or changes in technological trends, particularly the shift to cloud-based solutions, and confusion about the benefits of our products compared to other solutions. In addition, in order to enable our sales personnel and our external distribution channels to sell these newer products effectively, we have continued to invest resources and incur additional costs in training programs on new product functionalities, key differentiators, and key business values. If these newer products do not achieve market acceptance, our revenues could be adversely affected and our revenue growth rate and profitability could decline.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We believe that the brand identities that we have developed have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brands is important to expanding our customer base and attracting talented employees. In order to maintain and enhance our

 

-43-


Table of Contents

brands, we may be required to make further investments that may not be successful. Maintaining our brands will depend in part on our ability to remain a leader in data integration and management technology, our ability to preserve our independence and neutrality, and our ability to continue to provide high-quality offerings and customer service. In addition, we could be the subject of a negative social media campaign beyond our control that could adversely affect the perception of our brand. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive costs in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be harmed.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and entrepreneurial spirit we have worked to foster, which could harm our business.

We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a key contributor to our success. We expect to continue our hiring as we expand. If we do not maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we may be unable to foster the innovation, creativity, and entrepreneurial spirit that we believe we need to support our growth and to maintain our leadership position in the data management market. Moreover, many of our existing employees with exercisable options or other equity awards may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of shares our Class A common stock after this offering, which could lead to employee attrition and disparities of wealth among our employees that adversely affects relations among employees and our culture in general. Our anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.

We rely on a number of different distribution channels to sell and market our products. Any conflicts that we may experience within these various distribution channels could result in confusion for our customers and a decrease in revenue and operating margins.

We have a number of relationships with resellers, systems integrators, and distributors that assist us in obtaining broad market coverage for our products and services. Although our discount policies, sales commission structure, and reseller licensing programs are intended to support each distribution channel with a minimum level of channel conflicts, we may not be able to minimize these channel conflicts in the future. Any channel conflicts that we may experience could result in confusion for our customers and a decrease in revenue and operating margins.

The seasonality of our business can create variance in our quarterly bookings, subscription revenue and cash flows from operations.

Demand for our software products and services are generally highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of each year. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including companies using their IT budget at the end of the calendar year resulting in higher sales activity in the quarter ending December 31. The seasonality of our business may cause continued or increased fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows, which may prevent us from achieving our quarterly or annual forecasts or meeting or exceeding the expectations of research analysts or investors, which in turn may cause a decline in the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our future quarterly or annual results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our results of operations, including the levels of our revenue, cost of revenue, gross margin, operating expenses, cash flow and deferred revenue, have fluctuated from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year in the past and may continue to vary significantly in the future so that period-to-period

 

-44-


Table of Contents

comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our financial results in any one quarter or period should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Our quarterly or annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, may be difficult to predict, and may or may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Because the timing and amount of our revenue is difficult to forecast and because our operating costs and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term, if our revenue does not meet our expectations, we are unlikely to be able to adjust our spending to levels commensurate with our revenue. As a result, the effect of revenue shortfalls on our results of operations may be more accentuated, and these and other fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Among the factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results are those listed below:

 

   

our ability to attract and retain new customers;

 

   

the addition or loss of enterprise customers;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

   

our ability to gain new channel partners and retain existing channel partners;

 

   

fluctuations in the growth rate of the overall market that our solution addresses;

 

   

fluctuations in the mix of our revenue;

 

   

the unpredictability of the timing of our receipt of orders for perpetual licenses and on-premise subscriptions-based licenses, the revenue for which we typically recognize the majority upfront;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business and operations, including continued investments in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative resources;

 

   

network outages or performance degradation of our cloud service;

 

   

information security breaches;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

   

decreases in customer renewal rates;

 

   

increases or decreases in the number of elements of our subscription offerings or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of customers;

 

   

decisions by potential customers to purchase alternative solutions from larger, more established vendors, including from their primary software vendors;

 

   

decisions by potential customers to develop in-house solutions as alternatives to our platform;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our software and services;

 

   

delays in our ability to fulfill our customers’ orders;

 

   

seasonal variations in sales of our solution;

 

   

the cost and potential outcomes of future litigation or other disputes;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

   

our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any reorganization in our corporate tax structure and any new legislation or regulatory developments;

 

-45-


Table of Contents
   

fluctuations in stock-based compensation expense;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

the timing and success of new products and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies; and

 

   

other risk factors described in this prospectus.

Our investment policy will allow an investment portfolio that may be subject to credit and liquidity risks and fluctuations in the market value of our investments and interest rates, which may result in impairment or loss of value of our investments, an inability to sell our investments or a decline in interest income.

We maintain an investment portfolio, which consists primarily of bank accounts, short-term time deposits, and money market funds. As a public company, our investment policy will allow us to invest in other instruments such as certificates of deposit, commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds, municipal securities, and U.S. government and agency notes and bonds. Although we will follow an established investment policy, which specifies credit quality standards for our investments and limits the amount of credit exposure to any single issue, issuer, or type of investment, and other criteria in order to help mitigate our exposure to interest rate and credit risk, the assets in our investment portfolio may lose value or become impaired, or our interest income may decline. We may be required to record impairment charges for other-than-temporary declines in fair market value in our investments. Future fluctuations in economic and market conditions could adversely affect the market value of our investments, and we could record additional impairment charges and lose some of the principal value of investments in our portfolio. A total loss of an investment or a significant decline in the value of our investment portfolio could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

In addition, from time to time we make strategic investments in private companies. Our strategic investments in private companies are subject to risk of loss of investment capital. Some of these investments may have been made to further our strategic objectives and support our key business initiatives. Our strategic investments in private companies are inherently risky because the markets for the technologies they have under development are typically in the early stages and may never materialize. We could lose the value of our entire investment in these companies.

If our solutions fail to help our customers achieve and maintain compliance with regulations and industry standards, our revenues and operating results could be harmed.

We generate a portion of our revenues from solutions that enable organizations to achieve and maintain compliance with regulations and industry standards. For example, many of our customers subscribe to our security and compliance solutions to help them comply with general security standards, such as those developed and maintained by the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), and with industry-specific security standards such as the HIPAA Security Rule, which applies to entities that need to protect electronic protected health information. Standard setting agencies and industry organizations like the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) may significantly change their security standards with little or no notice, including changes that could make their standards more or less onerous for businesses. Governments may also adopt new laws or regulations, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could impact the demand for or value of our solutions.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to adapt our solutions to changing regulatory standards in a timely manner, or if our solutions fail to assist with or expedite our customers’ compliance initiatives, our customers may lose confidence in our solutions and could switch to products offered by our competitors. In addition, if regulations and standards related to data security, vulnerability management and other IT security and compliance requirements are relaxed or the penalties for non-compliance are changed in a manner that makes them less onerous, our customers may view government and industry regulatory compliance as less critical to their businesses, and our customers may be less willing to purchase our solutions. In any of these cases, our revenues and operating results could be harmed.

Risks Related to Regulation

Our effective tax rate is difficult to project, and changes in such tax rate or adverse results of tax examinations could adversely affect our operating results.

Based on our corporate structure, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. We are a United States-based multinational company subject to tax in multiple United States and foreign tax jurisdictions. Our results of operations would be adversely affected to the extent that our geographical mix of income becomes more weighted toward jurisdictions with higher tax rates and would be favorably affected to the extent the relative geographic mix of income shifts to lower tax jurisdictions. Any change in our mix of earnings is dependent upon many factors and is therefore difficult to predict. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents. In the United States, newly enacted legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act introduced a number of changes to U.S. federal income tax laws, the impact of which is uncertain. In addition, the authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate could review our tax returns or require us to file tax returns in jurisdictions in which we are not currently filing, and could impose additional tax, interest and penalties. These authorities could also claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries, assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, or challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing. The relevant taxing authorities may determine that the manner in which we operate our business does not achieve the intended tax consequences. If such a disagreement was to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties. Any increase in the amount of taxes we pay or that are imposed on us could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our business and results of operations.

The process of determining our anticipated tax liabilities involves many calculations and estimates that are inherently complex and make the ultimate tax obligation determination uncertain. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate prior to the completion and filing of tax returns for such periods. This process requires estimating both our geographic mix of income and our current tax exposures in each jurisdiction where we operate. These estimates involve complex issues, require extended periods of time to resolve, and require us to make judgments, such as anticipating the outcomes of audits with tax authorities and the positions that we will take on tax returns prior to actually preparing the returns. We also determine the need to record deferred tax liabilities and the recoverability of deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established to the extent recovery of deferred tax assets is not more likely than not based on our estimation of future taxable income and other factors in each jurisdiction.

Furthermore, our overall effective income tax rate and tax expenses may be affected by various factors in our business, including acquisitions, changes in our legal structure, changes in the

 

-47-


Table of Contents

geographic mix of income and expenses, changes in valuation allowances, and changes in applicable tax laws and accounting pronouncements. Further, the geographic mix of income and expense is impacted by the fluctuation in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the functional currencies of our subsidiaries.

We are under examination by various taxing authorities covering the past several years. We may receive additional assessments from domestic and foreign tax authorities that might exceed amounts reserved by us. In the event we are unsuccessful in reducing the amount of such assessment, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected. Specifically, if additional taxes and/or penalties are assessed as a result of these audits, there could be a material effect on our income tax provision, operating expenses, and net income in the period or periods when that determination is made.

Our failure to protect personal information adequately could have a significant adverse effect on our business.

A wide variety of provincial, state, national, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data. These data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations include the European General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, and the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, and are evolving and being tested in courts and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny as well as escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. Any actual or perceived loss, improper retention or misuse of certain information or alleged violations of laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and data security, and any relevant claims, could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims for damages by customers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill (both in relation to existing customers and prospective customers), any of which could have an adverse effect on our operations, financial performance, and business. Evolving and changing definitions of personal data and personal information, within the European Union, the United States, and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine identification, location data, and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Any perception of privacy or security concerns or an inability to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, even if unfounded, may result in additional cost and liability to us, harm our reputation and inhibit adoption of our products by current and future customers, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have implemented and maintain security measures intended to protect personally identifiable information, and we require our service providers to implement and maintain such security measures as well. However, our security measures and those of our service providers remain vulnerable to various threats posed by hackers and criminals and by internal errors. If our security measures are overcome and any personally identifiable information that we collect or store with respect to our cloud-based solutions becomes subject to unauthorized access, we may be required to comply with costly and burdensome breach notification obligations. We may also be subject to investigations, enforcement actions and private lawsuits. For example, the CCPA, imposes a private right of action for security breaches that could lead to some form of remedy including regulatory scrutiny, fines, private action, settlements, and other consequences. In addition, any data security incident is likely to generate negative publicity and have a significant negative effect on our business.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

In connection with the operation of our business, we may collect, store, transfer and otherwise process certain personal data and personally identifiable information. As a result, our business is subject to a variety of government and industry regulations, as well as other obligations, related to privacy, data protection and information security.

Privacy, data protection and information security have become significant issues in various jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory frameworks for privacy, data protection and information security issues worldwide are rapidly evolving and are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Federal, state, or non-U.S. government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, new laws and regulations or may make amendments to existing laws and regulations affecting data protection, data privacy and/or information security and/or regulating the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Industry organizations also regularly adopt and advocate for new standards in these areas. If we fail to comply with any of these laws or standards, we may be subject to investigations, enforcement actions, civil litigation, fines and other penalties, all of which may generate negative publicity and have a negative impact on our business.

In the United States, we may be subject to investigation and/or enforcement actions brought by federal agencies and state attorneys general and consumer protection agencies. We publicly post policies and other documentation regarding our practices concerning the processing, use and disclosure of personally identifiable information. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policy and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices.

Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security, privacy and data protection legal frameworks with which we or our customers must comply. Within the European Union, the GDPR became fully effective in May 2018 and applies to the processing (which includes the collection and use) of certain personal data. As compared to previously effective data protection law in the European Union, the GDPR imposes additional obligations and risk upon our business and increases substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. Administrative fines under the GDPR can amount up to 20 million Euros or four percent of the group’s annual global turnover, whichever is highest. We have incurred substantial expense in complying with the obligations imposed by the GDPR and we may be required to make further significant changes in our business operations as regulatory guidance changes, all of which may adversely affect our revenue and our business overall. Despite our efforts to attempt to comply with the GDPR, a regulator may determine that we have not done so and subject us to fines and public censure, which could harm our company.

Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States. We have undertaken certain efforts to conform transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area, or EEA, to the United States and other jurisdictions based on our understanding of current regulatory obligations and the guidance of data protection authorities. Despite this, we may be unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining conforming means of transferring such data from the EEA, in particular as a result of continued legal and legislative activity within the European Union that has challenged or called into question the legal basis for existing means of data transfers to countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection for personal data. For example, in July 2020 the European Court of Justice invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield framework, which provided a mechanism for the transfer of data from European Union member states to the United States, on the grounds that the EU-US Privacy Shield failed to offer adequate protections to EU personal data transferred to the United States. We certified compliance with the Privacy-Shield

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Framework and Principles and relied, in part, on Privacy-Shield as one of its mechanisms for transferring data to the United States. The European Court has also advised that Standard Contractual Clauses (another transfer mechanism) were not alone sufficient to protect data transferred to the United States. The use of Standard Contractual Clauses for the transfer of personal information specifically to the United States also remains under review by a number of European data protection supervisory authorities. For example, German and Irish supervisory authorities have indicated that the Standard Contractual Clauses alone provide inadequate protection for EU-US data transfers. Use of the data transfer mechanisms must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals. Further, on June 4, 2021, the European Commission finalized new versions of the Standard Contractual Clauses, with the Implementing Decision effective June 27, 2021. Under the Implementing Decision, we will have until December 27, 2022 to update any existing agreements, or any new agreements executed before September 27, 2021, that rely on Standard Contractual Clauses as the data transfer mechanism. To comply with the Implementing Decision and the new Standard Contractual Clauses, we may need to implement additional safeguards to further enhance the security of data transferred out of the EEA, which could increase our compliance costs, expose us to further regulatory scrutiny and liability, and adversely affect our business.

We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our products due to the potential risk exposure to such customers as a result of shifting business sentiment in the EEA regarding international data transfers and the data protection obligations imposed on them. We may find it necessary to establish systems to maintain personal data originating from the EEA in the EEA, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to need to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our business. We and our customers may face a risk of enforcement actions taken by European data protection authorities until the time, if any, that personal data transfers to us and by us from the EEA are legitimized under European law.

Additionally, Brexit has created additional uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom, or the UK. The UK implemented the Data Protection Act that contains provisions, including its own derogations, for how GDPR is applied in the UK. These developments in the European Union could increase the risk of non-compliance and the costs of providing our products and services in a compliant manner. From the beginning of 2021 (when the transitional period following Brexit expired), we have to continue to comply with the GDPR and also the Data Protection Act, with each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of 20 million (£17 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the UK and the EU remains uncertain, for example how data transfers between the UK and the EU and other jurisdictions will be treated and the role of the UK’s supervisory authority. The EU has issued a draft adequacy decision for personal information transfers from the EEA to the UK on February 19, 2021. Although the European Data Protection Board (EDPB) issued an Opinion generally supportive of the draft adequacy decision, the EDPB urged further assessment of certain issues and continued monitoring of developments in UK law. If this adequacy decision is not passed by the EU, it would require that companies implement protection measures such as the Standard Contractual Clauses for data transfers between the EU and the UK. These changes will lead to additional costs as we try to ensure compliance with new privacy legislation and will increase our overall risk exposure.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. For example, in the United States, various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, disclosure and security of certain types of data, including the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and state laws relating to privacy and data security, including

 

-50-


Table of Contents

the CCPA, that, among other things, require covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and afford such consumers new abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA became effective on January 1, 2020, and has been amended on multiple occasions, as recently as March 15, 2021. Certain aspects of the CCPA and its interpretation remain unclear. The effects of the CCPA are significant and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Moreover, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, was recently approved by California voters in connection with the election on November 3, 2020. The CPRA creates obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. The CCPA requires (and the CPRA will require) covered companies to, among other things, provide new disclosures to California consumers, and affords such consumers new privacy rights such as the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information and expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is collected, used and shared. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for security breaches that may increase security breach litigation. Potential uncertainty surrounding the CCPA and CPRA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, particularly in the event of a data breach, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, including how we use personal information, our financial condition, the results of our operations or prospects. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. The CCPA and CPRA have also prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state privacy legislation that, if passed, could increase our potential liability, increase our compliance costs and adversely affect our business. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. More generally, the various privacy and data security legal obligations that apply to us may evolve in a manner that relates to our practices or the features of our applications or platform. We may need to take additional measures to comply with the changes in our legal obligations and to maintain and improve our information security posture in an effort to avoid information security incidents or breaches affecting personal information or other sensitive or proprietary data. Changing definitions of personal information and information may also limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Also, some jurisdictions require that certain types of data be retained on servers within these jurisdictions. Our failure to comply with applicable laws, directives, and regulations may result in enforcement actions against us, including fines, and damage to our reputation, any of which may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may legally or contractually apply to us. One example of such a self-regulatory standard is the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, which relates to the processing of payment card information. In the event we are required to comply with the PCI DSS but fail to do so, fines and other penalties could result, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our business. Further, our customers may expect us to comply with more stringent privacy and data security requirements than those imposed by laws, regulations or self-regulatory requirements, and we may be obligated contractually to comply with additional or different standards relating to our handling or protection of data on or by our offerings. We also expect that there will continue to be changes in interpretations of existing laws and regulations, or new proposed laws, regulations, and other obligations concerning privacy, data protection and information security, which could impair our or our customers’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our offerings, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Because the interpretation and application of many laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, along with industry standards, are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products, and we could face fines, lawsuits, regulatory investigations and other claims and penalties, and we could be required to fundamentally change our products or our business practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy, data protection and data security concerns, even if unfounded, or any actual or perceived failure to comply with applicable privacy, data protection and information security laws, regulations and other obligations, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our products. Privacy, data protection and information security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our products, particularly in certain industries and countries outside of the United States. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations and standards related to the Internet, our business may be harmed.

As our business expands, we are subject to increasingly complex regulatory and compliance obligations and differing business practices, both foreign and domestic, which may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

During the past few years, our organizational structure has increased in complexity due to compliance with financial reporting obligations, tax regulations and tax accounting requirements, acquisitions, and other regulatory and compliance requirements, including compliance with the rules and regulations related to anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. or FCPA, and the UK Bribery Act of 2010, or UK Bribery Act. In addition, new or changing rules and regulations, including those relating to corporate governance, securities laws and public disclosure, often create uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These practices may evolve over time upon new guidance from regulatory or governing bodies, resulting in continued uncertainty regarding compliance and higher costs to adopt or modify our practices accordingly. Also, as we expand internationally, we become subject to the various rules and regulations of foreign jurisdictions. If we are unable to effectively comply with the rules and regulations applicable to us, particularly those relating to financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our ability to manage our compliance obligations. Furthermore, we continue to develop our cloud products and services, which may store, transmit and process our customers’ sensitive, proprietary or confidential data, including personal or identifying information, in cloud-based IT environments. These new cloud products and services may expose us to higher regulation than our traditional on-premise products and services, particularly with respect to privacy and data security. Privacy laws are changing and evolving globally, and many countries have more stringent data protection laws than those in the United States. As a result, new cloud products and services may increase our liability exposure, compliance requirements and costs associated with privacy and data security issues. Our efforts to comply with all of these requirements may result in an increase in expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from other business activities. If our efforts to comply differ from those intended by regulatory or governing bodies, such authorities may initiate proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Further, we maintain a presence in the Asia-Pacific region, where business practices can differ from those in other regions of the world and can create internal control risks. We provide business practices training to our sales teams. Overall, the combination of increased structural complexity and the ever-increasing regulatory complexity make it more critical for us to attract and retain qualified and technically competent employees in the United States and internationally.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate these controls.

Our software may be subject to U.S. export control laws and regulations including the Export Administration Regulations, or EAR, and trade and economic sanctions maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. As such, an export license may be required to export or reexport our products to certain countries, end-users and end-uses. Because we incorporate encryption functionality into our products, we also are subject to certain U.S. export control laws that apply to encryption items. If we were to fail to comply with such U.S. export controls laws and regulations, U.S. economic sanctions, or other similar laws, we could be subject to both civil and criminal penalties, including substantial fines, possible incarceration for employees and managers for willful violations, and the possible loss of our export or import privileges. Obtaining the necessary export license for a particular sale or offering may not be possible and may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the export of products to certain U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons, as well as for prohibited end-uses. Monitoring and ensuring compliance with these complex U.S. export control laws is particularly challenging because our offerings are widely distributed throughout the world and are available for download without registration. Even though we take precautions to ensure that we and our partners comply with all relevant export control laws and regulations, any failure by us or our partners to comply with such laws and regulations could have negative consequences for us, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our end-customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations in such countries may create delays in the introduction of our products into international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our products globally or, in some cases, prevent or delay the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws or regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing export, import or sanctions laws or regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such export, import or sanctions laws or regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export to or sell our products in international markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to establish or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our Class A common stock may, therefore, be adversely affected.

As a public company in the United States, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In addition, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 at the time of our second annual report filing. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with these obligations. This process is time-consuming, costly, and complicated. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second annual report following our initial public offering. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our

 

-53-


Table of Contents

internal control over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock may be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Changes in existing financial accounting standards or practices may adversely affect our results of operations.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Changes in existing accounting rules or practices, new accounting pronouncements, or varying interpretations of current accounting pronouncements could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations or the manner in which we conduct our business. A change in existing financial accounting standards or practices may even retroactively adversely affect previously reported transactions.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, measurement of stock-based compensation expense, accounting for intangible assets, assessing indicators of potential goodwill impairment, and accounting for income taxes including deferred tax assets and liabilities.

The IRS or other taxing authorities could seek to recharacterize the Restructuring Transactions.

The Restructuring Transactions were intended to simplify our organizational structure in anticipation of this offering. There can be no assurance that the IRS or other taxing authorities in the United States, Europe and Asia will not seek to recharacterize or reorder the Restructuring Transactions or to assert a claim for withholding or other taxes in connection with the Restructuring Transactions, which if successful, could result in tax liabilities to us or our subsidiaries and/or impact our operations in the future.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our operations outside of our North American region expose us to increased risks that could limit our future growth.

We have significant operations outside of our North American region, including sales and professional services operations, software development centers and customer support centers, and we have historically derived a significant portion of our revenue from outside the United States. We derived approximately 34%, 32% and 33% of our revenue from our customers outside of our North American region for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We derived approximately 31% and 33% of our revenue from outside our North America region during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our international operations are subject to numerous risks, including:

 

   

general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies;

 

   

slower or impaired collections on accounts receivable;

 

   

increased operating costs, particularly in EMEA and India, and wage inflation, particularly in India and Brazil;

 

   

greater difficulty in protecting our ownership rights to intellectual property developed in foreign countries, which may have laws that materially differ from those in the United States;

 

   

higher risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs, and tax laws and treaties;

 

   

greater risk of a failure of our employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including the EU General Data Protection Regulation antitrust regulations, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices;

 

   

potential changes in laws, regulations and costs affecting our UK operations and local employees due to Brexit;

 

   

increased expenses, delays and our limited experience in developing, testing and marketing localized versions of our products;

 

   

increased competition from companies in the industry segments that we target or other vendors of data management software products that are more established in a particular region than us;

 

   

potential conflicts with our established distributors in countries in which we elect to establish a direct sales presence, or the inability to enter into or maintain strategic distributor relationships with companies in certain international markets where we do not have a local presence;

 

   

our limited experience in establishing a sales, marketing and support presence and the appropriate internal systems, processes, and controls;

 

   

difficulties in recruiting, training, managing, and retaining our international staff, particularly our international sales management and sales personnel, which have adversely affected our ability to increase sales productivity, and the costs and expenses associated with such activities;

 

   

differing business practices, which may require us to enter into software license agreements that include non-standard terms related to payment, maintenance rates, warranties, or performance obligations that may affect our ability to recognize revenue ratably; and

 

   

communication delays between our main development and support center in California and our international development and support centers, which may delay the development, testing, release or support of new and existing products, and communication delays between our U.S. headquarters and our shared services center in India.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

These factors and other factors could harm our ability to grow international revenues and, consequently, materially impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. The expansion of our existing international operations and entry into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our failure to manage our international operations and the associated risks effectively could limit the future growth of our business.

Continued uncertainty in the U.S. and global economies, particularly Europe, along with uncertain geopolitical conditions, could negatively affect sales of our products and services and could harm our operating results.

As our business has grown, we have become increasingly subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in the domestic and global economies, particularly Europe. We have experienced the adverse effect of economic slowdowns in the past, which resulted in a significant reduction in capital spending by our customers, as well as longer sales cycles and the deferral or delay of purchases of our products.

Uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment and associated global economic conditions, as well as geopolitical conditions, have resulted in extreme volatility in credit, equity, and foreign currency markets. These conditions have also adversely affected the buying patterns of our customers and prospective customers, including the size of transactions and length of sales cycles, and have adversely affected our overall pipeline conversion rate as well as our revenue growth expectations. If macroeconomic or geopolitical conditions deteriorate or if the pace of recovery slows or is uneven, our overall results of operations could be adversely affected, we may not be able to grow at the rates we have experienced in the past and we could fail to meet the expectations of investors.

We continue to invest in our international operations. There are significant risks with overseas investments, and our growth prospects in these regions are uncertain. Increased volatility, further declines in the European credit, equity and foreign currency markets or geopolitical conditions could cause delays in or cancellations of European orders. Deterioration of economic or geopolitical conditions in the countries in which we do business could also cause slower or impaired collections on accounts receivable. In addition, we could experience delays in the payment obligations of our worldwide reseller customers if they experience weakness in the end-user market, which would increase our credit risk exposure and harm our financial condition.

We may experience fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our international sales and operations expose us to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. An unfavorable change in the exchange rate of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar would result in lower revenues when translated into U.S. dollars, although operating expenses would be lower as well. Our main revenue exposures are in Euro, Yen, and Sterling. On occasion, exchange rates have been particularly volatile and have affected quarterly revenue and profitability. Recent fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may negatively affect our revenues in the near term. As our international operations grow, if fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates occur or increase, the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates could become material to revenue, operating expenses, and income. In particular, these unfavorable exchange rate changes could have a significant impact on the operating expenses of our international operations in India, where we had approximately 2,200 employees as of June 30, 2021.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

If we are not successful in sustaining and expanding our international business, we may incur additional losses and our revenue growth could be harmed.

Our future results depend, in part, on our ability to sustain and expand our penetration of the international markets in which we currently operate and to expand into additional international markets. We depend on direct sales and our channel partner relationships to sell our offerings in international markets. Our ability to expand internationally will depend upon our ability to deliver functionality and foreign language translations that reflect the needs of the international clients that we target. Our ability to expand internationally involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources in such expansion, and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved in the near future or at all in these less familiar competitive environments. We may also choose to conduct our international business through other partnerships. If we are unable to identify partners or negotiate favorable terms, our international growth may be limited. In addition, we have incurred and may continue to incur significant expenses in advance of generating material revenue as we attempt to establish our presence in particular international markets.

Sustaining and expanding our international business will also require significant attention from our management and will require us to add additional management and other resources in these new markets. Our ability to expand our business, attract talented employees and enter into partnerships in an increasing number of international markets requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems, commercial infrastructures and technology infrastructure. If we are unable to grow our international operations in a timely and effective manner, we may incur additional losses and our revenue growth could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Sales to Government Entities

A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks, including government investigations.

Sales to U.S. and foreign federal, state, and local governmental agency end-customers have historically accounted for approximately 10% of our revenue for each of the past three fiscal years and the six months ended June 30, 2021, and we may in the future increase sales to government entities. However, government entities have announced reductions in, or experienced increased pressure to reduce, government spending. In particular, such measures have adversely affected European public sector transactions. Furthermore, the continued U.S. debt, income tax and budget issues, including future delays in approving the U.S. budget or reductions in government spending, may adversely impact future U.S. public sector transactions. Such budgetary constraints or shifts in spending priorities of government entities may adversely affect sales of our products and services to such entities. We expect these conditions to continue to adversely affect public sector transactions in the near-term.

In addition, sales to government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will successfully sell our products to such governmental entity. Government entities may require contract terms that differ from our standard arrangements. Government contracts may require the maintenance of certain security clearances for facilities and employees which can entail administrative time and effort possibly resulting in additional costs and delays. In addition, government demand and payment for our products may be more volatile as they are affected by public sector budgetary cycles, funding authorizations, and the potential for funding reductions or delays, making the time to close such transactions more difficult to predict. This risk is enhanced as the size of such sales to the government entities increases. As the use of our

 

-57-


Table of Contents

products, including products recently acquired or developed, expands to more sensitive, secure or mission critical uses by our government customers, we may be subject to increased scrutiny, potential reputational risk, or potential liability should our products fail to perform as contemplated in such deployments or should we not comply with the terms of our government contracts or government contracting requirements.

Most of our sales to government entities have been made indirectly through third-party providers that sell our products. Government entities may have contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our providers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future results of operations. For example, if the provider receives a significant portion of its revenue from sales to such governmental entity, the financial health of the provider could be substantially harmed which could negatively affect our future sales to such provider. Governments routinely audit and investigate government contractors, and we may be subject to such audits and investigations. If an audit or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, including any misuse of confidential or classified information by our employees, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or prohibition from doing business with such government entity, or enter into a settlement in lieu of the foregoing, which may not be on favorable terms to us. In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us or our employees or should our products not perform as contemplated in government deployments.

Our agreement with the U.S. Department of Defense limits our control over one of our subsidiaries. If this agreement is terminated, we may be suspended from selling our products for various projects or to various agencies within the U.S. government.

Our subsidiary, Informatica Federal Operations Corporation, which markets, sells and supports our products to various classified U.S. government agencies, is required by the National Industrial Security Program to maintain facility security clearances and to be insulated from foreign ownership, control or influence. To comply with the National Industrial Security Program requirements, in July 2016, we, our parent entities, Informatica Federal Operations Corporation and the Department of Defense entered into an agreement with respect to the ownership and operations of Informatica Federal Operations Corporation. Under the agreement, we, among other things, agreed to follow an Affiliated Operations Plan describing products and services that may be provided among affiliated entities while mitigating the risks of foreign ownership, control, or influence.

The agreement may be terminated and Informatica Federal Operations Corporation’s facility security clearance may be revoked in the event of a breach of the proxy agreement, or if it is determined by the Department of Defense that termination is in the national interest. If Informatica Federal Operations Corporation’s facility security clearance is revoked, we may lose a portion of our sales to U.S. government classified agencies and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our government contracts contain unfavorable provisions that are not typical of commercial contracts.

Many of our government contracts contain provisions that give the government rights and remedies not typically found in private commercial contracts, including provisions enabling the government to:

 

   

terminate or cancel our existing contracts for convenience;

 

   

suspend us from doing business with a foreign government or prevent us from selling our products in certain countries;

 

-58-


Table of Contents
   

audit and object to our contract-related costs and expenses, including allocated indirect costs; and

 

   

change specific terms and conditions in our contracts, including changes that would reduce the value of our contracts.

In addition, many jurisdictions have laws and regulations that deem government contracts in those jurisdictions to include these types of provisions, even if the contract itself does not contain them. If a government terminates a contract with us for convenience, we may not recover our incurred or committed costs, any settlement expenses or profit on work completed prior to the termination. If a government terminates a contract for default, we may not recover even those amounts, and instead we may be liable for any costs incurred by a government in procuring undelivered items and services from another source.

If we fail to comply with complex procurement laws and regulations, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions.

We must comply with domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of government contracts. These laws and regulations affect how we do business with government agencies in various countries and may impose added costs on our business. For example, in the United States, we are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulations, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration and performance of federal government contracts, and to the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of cost and pricing data in connection with contract negotiations. We are subject to similar regulations in foreign countries as well.

If a government review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with government agencies, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in March 2019, we reached a settlement of a civil False Claims Act investigation brought by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Columbia (DC USAO) and the Civil Fraud Section of the U.S. Department of Justice (together with the DC USAO, the DOJ) in August 2015. Under the terms of the settlement, we agreed to pay $21.9 million related to a dispute regarding the accuracy of information in our commercial sales practices submissions and statements regarding the country of origin of certain products between January 1, 2008 and March 31, 2017 in consideration for the release of the company by the DOJ and the U.S. General Services Administration with respect to the claims alleged in the investigation as set forth in the settlement agreement. In addition, a government may reform its procurement practices or adopt new contracting rules and regulations that could be costly to satisfy or that could impair our ability to obtain new contracts.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solution and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our technologies incorporate open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solution in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable

 

-59-


Table of Contents

license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these solutions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership rights in open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products, and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. In any of these events, we and our customers could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all, and to re-engineer our products or discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis. We and our customers may also be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement due to the reliance by our solutions on certain open source software, and such litigation could be costly for us to defend or subject us to an injunction. Any of the foregoing could require us to devote additional research and development resources to re-engineer our solutions, could result in customer dissatisfaction, and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to predict the future course of open source technology development, which could reduce the market appeal of our offerings, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We do not exercise control over many aspects of the development of open source technology. Different groups of open source software programmers compete with one another to develop new technology. Typically, the technology developed by one group will become more widely used than that developed by others. In some offerings, the race to innovate eclipses the responsibility to continuously patch security vulnerabilities and functional bugs. If an offering we rely on is unable to keep pace with our functional or non-functional requirements, we may be required to invest resources to keep it updated or to seek alternatives. If we acquire or adopt new technology and incorporate it into our offerings but competing technology becomes more widely used or accepted, the market appeal of our offerings may be reduced, which could harm our reputation, diminish our brands and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are currently facing and may face future intellectual property infringement claims that could be costly to defend and result in our loss of significant rights.

As is common in the software industry, we have received and may from time to time in the future receive notices from third parties claiming infringement by our products of third-party patent and other proprietary rights. For example, in the past three years, Informatica has been the subject of two such patent suits. On May 28, 2019, Blueprint IP Solutions LLC, a non-practicing entity, filed a patent infringement complaint accusing Informatica’s big data management technology of violating U.S. Pat. No. 8,089,980, and on March 18, 2020, Akoloutheo LLC, a non-practicing entity, filed a patent infringement complaint accusing Informatica’s master data management technology of infringing U.S. Pat. No. 7,426,730. Both suits were resolved in approximately three months or less for immaterial amounts.

As the number of software products in our target markets increases and the functionality of these products further overlaps, we may become increasingly subject to claims by a third party that our

 

-60-


Table of Contents

technology infringes such party’s proprietary rights. In addition, there is a growing occurrence of patent suits being brought by organizations that use patents to generate revenue without manufacturing, promoting, or marketing products or investing in research and development in bringing products to market. These organizations have been increasingly active in the enterprise software market and have targeted whole industries as defendants.

Any claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. Although we do not believe that we are currently infringing any proprietary rights of others, legal action claiming patent infringement could be commenced against us. We may not prevail in such litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in patent litigation. The potential effects on our business that may result from third-party infringement claims include the following:

 

   

we have been and could be in the future obligated to incur significant legal costs and expenses defending the patent infringement suit;

 

   

we may be forced to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, which may not be available on terms favorable to us;

 

   

we may be required to indemnify our customers or obtain replacement products or functionality for our customers;

 

   

we may be forced to significantly increase our development efforts and resources to redesign our products as a result of these claims; and

 

   

we may be forced to discontinue the sale of some or all of our products.

If we are not able to adequately protect our proprietary rights, third parties could develop and market products that are equivalent to our own, which would harm our sales efforts.

Our success depends upon our proprietary technology. We believe that our product development, product enhancements, name recognition, and the technological and innovative skills of our personnel are essential to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret rights, confidentiality procedures, and licensing arrangements designed to establish and protect our proprietary rights. As of June 22, 2021, we had 117 issued patents and 35 pending patent applications in the United States and abroad.

However, these legal rights and contractual agreements may provide only limited protection. Our pending patent applications may not be allowed or our competitors may successfully challenge the validity or scope of any of our issued patents or any future issued patents. Our patents alone may not provide us with any significant competitive advantage, and third parties may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology or design around our patents. Third parties could copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology without authorization or develop similar technology independently. We cannot easily monitor any unauthorized use of our products, and, although we are unable to determine the extent to which piracy of our software products exists, software piracy is a prevalent problem in our industry in general. We may be forced to initiate litigation to protect our proprietary rights. Litigating claims related to the enforcement of proprietary rights is very expensive and can be burdensome in terms of management time and resources, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, the risk of not adequately protecting our proprietary technology and our exposure to competitive pressures may be increased if a competitor should resort to unlawful means in competing against us.

We have entered into certain agreements with many of our customers and partners that require us to place the source code of our products into escrow. Such agreements generally provide that such

 

-61-


Table of Contents

parties will have a limited, non-exclusive right to continue use of such code if there is a bankruptcy proceeding by or against us, we cease to do business or we fail to meet our support obligations. Although our agreements with these third parties limit the scope of rights to use of the source code, we may be unable to effectively control such third parties’ actions.

Furthermore, effective protection of intellectual property rights is unavailable or limited in various foreign countries. The protection of our proprietary rights may be inadequate, and our competitors could independently develop similar technology, duplicate our products, or design around any patents or other intellectual property rights we hold.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our existing indebtedness.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2021, our total indebtedness was approximately $2.77 billion. Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement that governs our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt; and if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our cash flows dedicated for debt service requirements totaled $161.4 million, which includes principal payments of $17.6 million and interest payments of $143.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash provided by operating activities was $167.8 million, which includes interest paid of $143.8 million. As such, our cash flows from operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, amounted to $311.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 52% of our net cash provided by operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, was dedicated to debt service, both principal and interest. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our cash flows dedicated for debt service requirements totaled $68.4 million, which includes principal payments of $11.9 million and interest payments of $56.5 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash provided by operating activities was $104.4 million, which includes interest paid of $56.5 million. As such, our cash flows from operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, amounted to $160.9 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, approximately 42% of our net cash provided by operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, was dedicated to debt service, both principal and interest.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities restricts our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

In addition, we conduct substantially all of our international operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities could terminate their commitments to loan money, the lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could result in your losing your investment in our Class A common stock.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains restrictions

 

-63-


Table of Contents

on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, our Revolving Credit Facility would have provided for unused commitments of $150.0 million (with an exception of letters of credit of $1.2 million utilized under the Revolving Credit Facility), which could be increased, subject to certain conditions. If we incur any additional indebtedness, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company before such proceeds are distributed to you. If new debt is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the related risks that you now face could intensify.

The terms of the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities restricts our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in the economy or our industry or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement that governs our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain subordinated debt;

 

   

issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the credit agreement that governs the Revolving Credit Facility requires us to maintain a first lien net leverage ratio if borrowings outstanding thereunder exceed a specified threshold. Our ability to meet this leverage ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet the ratio.

A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement that governs the Senior Secured Credit Facilities would permit the lenders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under those facilities. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the lenders under each facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

 

   

limited in how we conduct our business;

 

-64-


Table of Contents
   

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

   

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy. In addition, our financial results, substantial indebtedness and credit ratings could materially adversely affect the availability and terms of our financing.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Assuming all loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities were fully drawn, each quarter point change in interest rates, excluding the effects of any interest rate swap agreements, would result in a $6.0 million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and Our Capitalization Structure

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INFA.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the likelihood that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop or be maintained, the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our Class A common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiation among us and the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock include the following:

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

-65-


Table of Contents
   

sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections, or our failure to meet those projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, features, or services;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

actual or perceived data security breaches or other data security incidents;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, products, services, or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

any significant change in our management; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

We may need additional capital, and we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Historically, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily through debt financings and subsequent refinancings as well as cash generated from our operations. Although we currently anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and expected proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for at least the next twelve months, we may require additional financing. We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, operating performance, and condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our Class A common stock, and our stockholders may experience dilution.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

A substantial portion of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale but may be sold in the near future. The large number of shares of our capital stock eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Based on 200,768,636 shares of our Class A common stock and 44,049,523 shares of each of our Class B-1 common stock and Class B-2 common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, we will have 229,768,636 shares of our Class A common stock and 44,049,523 shares of our Class B-1 common stock outstanding after this offering. Our executive officers, directors, and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific customary exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus provided that if the 180-day lock-up period is scheduled to end during a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy, or a blackout period, and we have publicly released our regular earnings announcement (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, estimated financial results) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or the quarterly period in which this offering occurs (as applicable), then the lock-up period will instead end fifteen trading days prior to the regularly scheduled commencement of the blackout period, provided that in no event will the lock-up period end prior to 120 days after the date of this prospectus or more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. We and the underwriters may release certain stockholders from the market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements prior to the end of the lock-up period.

As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our stockholders agreement described further in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the exceptions, provisions and other terms of the lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements described above), the remainder of the shares of our Class A common stock (including any Class B common stock converted into Class A common stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Upon completion of this offering, stockholders owning all of our shares of Class B-1 common stock and 198,390,476 shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled, under our amended and restated registration rights agreement, to require us to register shares of Class A common stock owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and the expiration or waiver of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our shares as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These

 

-67-


Table of Contents

sales also could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

If you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of the Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficit per share of our outstanding common stock of $5.88 per share as of June 30, 2021. Investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $36.38 per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range printed on the cover of this prospectus.

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and any previous exercise of stock options granted to our service providers. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, options to purchase 24,948,147 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $15.70 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

We have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and we may not use them effectively.

Other than the partial repayment of our Senior Secured Credit Facility, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest our proceeds in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Our investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors and may negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock.

The Sponsors have a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.

The funds advised by our Sponsors beneficially owned in the aggregate 98.8% of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock as of September 30, 2021, and immediately after this offering, will beneficially own in the aggregate 88.5% of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or 87.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). The Sponsors have entered into a stockholders agreement whereby they each agreed, among other things, to vote the shares each beneficially owns and is entitled to vote thereon in favor of the director nominees designated by Permira and CPP Investments, respectively.

Under the stockholders agreement and subject to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, and applicable law, for so long as a Sponsor

 

-68-


Table of Contents

owns or holds of record, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 15% of the Company’s outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock, the following actions will require the affirmative vote of each such Sponsor:

 

   

any changes to the size of our board of directors;

 

   

any termination, appointment or replacement of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

any transactions that would result in a change of control;

 

   

any acquisitions, dispositions or the incurrence of indebtedness over $300 million; and

 

   

any changes in the Corporate Opportunity provisions in our certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated in connection with this offering.

Additionally, for so long as Permira and CPP Investments each beneficially own, in the aggregate, 20% or more of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock held by them upon completion of this offering, each will have the right to designate two members of our board of directors. For so long as Permira and CPP Investments each beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 20% but at least 10% of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock held by them upon completion of this offering, each will have the right to designate one member of our board of directors. Further, for so long as the Sponsors have a right to appoint, in the aggregate, four members of our board of directors, the Sponsors will have a right to jointly appoint one additional member of our board of directors. For so long as a Sponsor has the right to designate at least one member of our board of directors, such Sponsor is entitled to appoint at least one nominee to serve on each committee of our board of directors, other than the audit committee, and the chair of each of the committees, other than the audit committee, is expected to be a director serving on such committee who is designated by the Sponsors. However, as soon as we are no longer a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE, our committee membership will comply with all applicable requirements of those standards and a majority of our board of directors will be “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE, subject to any phase-in provisions.

Certain of our directors have relationships with the Sponsors, which may cause conflicts of interest with respect to our business.

Following this offering, three of our ten directors will be affiliated with Permira and two of our directors will be employees of CPP Investments. These directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to the respective Sponsor and their affiliates, respectively. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and the Sponsors, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.

The Sponsors and their affiliates may pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests.

The Sponsors and their affiliates are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and hold (and may from time to time in the future acquire) interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. The Sponsors and their affiliates may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

We cannot predict the effect our multi-class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our multi-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, in adverse publicity, or other adverse consequences. For example,

 

-69-


Table of Contents

certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multi-class share structures in certain of their indices. In July 2017, FTSE Russell announced that it plans to require new constituents of its indices to have greater than 5% of the company’s voting rights in the hands of public stockholders, and S&P Dow Jones announced that it will no longer admit companies with multi-class share structures to certain of its indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400, and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Also in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices and in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under such announced policies, the multi-class structure of our common stock could make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices and, as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, and other investment vehicles that attempt to track those indices would not invest in our Class A common stock. These policies are relatively new and it is unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly-traded companies excluded from such indices, but it is possible that they may depress valuations, as compared to similar companies that are included. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from certain stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

 

   

any transaction that would result in a change in control of our company requires the approval of a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock voting as a separate class;

 

   

our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms and after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common Stock, directors will only able to be removed from office for cause;

 

   

after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, our stockholders will only be able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and not by written consent;

 

   

vacancies on our board of directors will be able to be filled only by our board of directors and not by stockholders;

 

   

after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, only our chair of the board of directors or a majority of board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;

 

-70-


Table of Contents
   

our restated certificate of incorporation authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without the approval of the holders of Class A common stock; and

 

   

advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated bylaws also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our federal forum provision. If the federal forum provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Our Class A common stock market price and trading volume could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock to decline.

We will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Sponsors will beneficially own a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding voting stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

   

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. Following this offering, we intend to take advantage of some or all of these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Our Sponsors and their affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the Sponsors and their affiliates will control approximately 88.5% of the combined voting power of our capital stock (or 87.2%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) as a result of their beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Even when the Sponsors and their affiliates cease to beneficially own shares of our common stock representing a majority of the combined voting power, for so long as the Sponsors continue to beneficially own a significant percentage of our common stock, the Sponsors will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through their combined voting power. Accordingly, for such period of time, the Sponsors and their affiliates will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies. In particular, the Sponsors and their affiliates will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of voting

 

-72-


Table of Contents

power could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

The Sponsors and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Sponsors and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of the Sponsors, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The Sponsors and their affiliates also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Sponsors and their affiliates may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business. We do not expect the Company or our subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

General Risk Factors

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to enhance our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Although we have already hired additional personnel to help comply with these requirements, we may need to further expand our legal and finance departments in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards

 

-73-


Table of Contents

differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business and prospects may be harmed. As a result of disclosure of information in the filings required of a public company and in this prospectus, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we will have reduced strategic flexibility and will be under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

Business interruptions could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications or network failure, and other significant natural disasters or events beyond our control. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our partners, customers or the economy as a whole. We have prepared a detailed disaster recovery plan which includes the use of internal and external resources and will continue to expand the scope over time. Disasters or disruptions can negatively affect our operations given necessary interaction among our international facilities.

Our headquarters and a number of our employees are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In the event such an earthquake or any other natural disaster or man-made failure occurs, it could disrupt the operations of our affected facilities and recovery of our resources. In addition, we do not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our corporate business processes rely on SaaS providers such as Microsoft O365, Salesforce, Oracle and Marketo to provide highly available business services. In addition, our cloud products depend on third-party service providers, including AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud, and certain single-source suppliers, including MITI, for our database connectors. Disruptions to any of our service providers or suppliers could also have a negative effect on our operations and harm our business.

We may be the subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm our business and operating results.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, laws relating to data privacy, data security and data protection, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations,

 

-74-


Table of Contents

sanctions, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages and civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. We have been, currently are, and may in the future be, subject to legal claims arising in the normal course of business. Such legal claims have included governmental, intellectual property-related, commercial, and employment claims, and may in the future include those categories of claims, as well as, product liability, class action, whistleblower and other litigation and claims. An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could require that we pay substantial damages. In addition, we may decide to settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant costs.

The outcome of litigation and other claims or lawsuits is intrinsically uncertain. Management’s view of the litigation might also change in the future. Actual outcomes of litigation and other claims or lawsuits could differ from the assessments made by management in prior periods, which are the basis for our accounting for these litigations and claims under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, reputation, financial position or cash flows. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to retain existing customers;

 

   

our ability to upsell and cross-sell within our existing customer base;

 

   

possible harm caused by customers terminating or failing to renew their subscription contracts;

 

   

possible harm caused by customers terminating or failing to renew their maintenance contracts;

 

   

possible harm caused by significant disruption of service or loss or unauthorized access to users’ data;

 

   

our ability to prevent serious errors or defects in our products;

 

   

our expectations and management of future growth;

 

   

our ability to transition our customers to subscription-based offerings;

 

   

the demand for our platform or for data management solutions in general;

 

   

possible harm caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts on our business, our employees, and our customers;

 

   

our ability to compete successfully in competitive markets;

 

   

our ability to respond to rapid technological changes;

 

   

our future financial performance, including trends in revenue, costs of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, and operating expenses;

 

   

our ability to protect our brand;

 

   

the demand for cloud-based solutions;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key personnel and highly qualified personnel;

 

   

our ability to effectively train and incentivize our sales force;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our go-to-market strategy;

 

   

our ability to manage our international expansion;

 

   

our ability to build and maintain relationships with strategy partners;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to effectively integrate our products and solutions with others;

 

   

our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

 

   

our ability to manage our outstanding indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to successfully identify, acquire, and integrate companies and assets;

 

-76-


Table of Contents
   

our ability to offer high-quality customer support;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company; and

 

   

our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The markets in which we operate are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports. The content of, or accessibility through, the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

Gartner, Gartner Peer Insights ‘Voice of the Customer’: Data Integration Tools, 8 February 2021.

 

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Integration Tools, Ehtisham Zaidi, et al, 18 August 2020.

 

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Quality Solutions, Melody Chien and Ankush Jain, 27 July 2020.

 

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Integration Platform as a Service, Eric Thoo, et al, 21 September 2020.

 

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Master Data Management Solutions, Simon Walker, et al, 27 January 2021.

 

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Metadata Management Solutions, Guido De Simoni, et al, 11 November 2020.

 

   

Gartner, The State of Privacy and Personal Data Protection, 2020-2022, Nader Henein, et al, 26 August 2020.

 

   

Gartner, The State of Metadata Management: Data Management Solutions Must Become Augmented Metadata Platforms,” Mark Beyer et al, 26 March 2021.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide Global DataSphere Forecast, 2021-2024: The World Keeps Creating More Data — Now, What Do We Do With It All?, Doc# US46410421, March 2021.

 

   

IDC, Semiannual Software Tracker, 2020H2, May 2021.

 

   

IDC Worldwide Data Integration and Intelligence Software Forecast, 2021–2025.

 

   

IDC Worldwide Business-to-Business Integration Middleware and Managed File Transfer Software Forecast, 2021–2025.

 

   

IDC Worldwide Master Data Management Competitive Software Forecast, 2019–2023.

 

   

IDC Worldwide Data Privacy Management Software Forecast, 2021–2025.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $825.9 million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us would be approximately $951.2 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our First Lien Credit Agreement and our Second Lien Credit Agreement, as described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The First Lien Dollar Term Facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2027. Borrowings under the First Lien Dollar Term Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) LIBOR plus 3.25% or (ii) the base rate plus 2.25%. The First Lien Euro Term Facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2027. Borrowings under the First Lien Euro Term Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin of either 3.25% or (ii) 3.50% based on the Company’s total net leverage ratio. The Second Lien Term Loan Facility under the Second Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2025. The borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Facility bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.125%.

We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, as well as the acquisition of, or investment in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any material acquisitions or investments. We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we may invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing instruments, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money-market funds.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $27.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $28.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock is limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have participated in certain transactions, which collectively had the net effect of reorganizing our corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in our corporate structure—the entity that is offering Class A common stock to the public in this offering—is a Delaware corporation rather than a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, the Sponsors contributed their interests in Ithacalux to Informatica Inc. in exchange for an aggregate of 288,867,682 shares of our common stock. 200,768,636 shares of our common stock will be designated Class A common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of our common stock will be designated Class B-1 common stock, with an equal number (44,049,523 shares of our common stock) designated Class B-2 common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock issued in connection with the Restructuring Transactions was determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the contribution agreement. We issued such number of shares of Class B-1 common stock and B-2 common stock as is necessary to facilitate CPP Investments’ compliance with certain regulations under the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board Act that restrict CPP Investments from directly or indirectly investing in securities of a corporation that carry more than 30% of the votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the corporation. For more information on the shares of Class B-2 common stock subject to such regulations, please read footnotes (2) and (4) to the table in the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

We are controlled by our Sponsors following the Restructuring Transactions. After giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions and the completion of this offering, our Sponsors control 88.5% of the voting power of our company. For more information on the indirect ownership of our common stock by our Sponsors and the voting and economic rights associated with each class of our common stock, please read the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock,” respectively.

Following the Restructuring Transactions, Informatica Inc. indirectly holds all the property and assets of Ithacalux and assumes all of the debts and obligations of Ithacalux. Informatica Inc. is governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described in the section captioned “Description of Capital Stock.”

Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Ithacalux and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Restructuring Transactions did not have a material effect on our financial position or the results of our operations.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2021 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under “Restructuring Transactions,” including the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the planned change in our equity structure; (iii) the adjustments related to this offering, including the achievement of performance criteria in relation to our unvested performance-based option awards upon completion of this offering, the sale and issuance by us of 29,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iv) the repayment in full of the total indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility and the payment of a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility, from the issuance of a new term loan facility (“New Term Loan Facility”), the proceeds from this offering and the use of available cash and cash equivalents, as described in “Use of Proceeds.” The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $27.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Any increase of decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $28.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The pro forma information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Historical      Pro Forma  
    

(in thousands, except
share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 408,553      $ 290,845  

Other liabilities, long-term

     228,029        216,532  

Total debt, net

     2,773,895        1,870,210  

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Class A common stock ($0.01 par value; 100 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 229,613,193 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma)

     —          2,296  

 

-82-


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2021  
     Historical     Pro Forma  
    

(in thousands, except share
and

per share data)

 

Class B-1 common stock ($0.01 par value; 100 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 44,085,414 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma)

     —         441  

Class B-2 common stock ($0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 44,085,414 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma)

     —         —      

Ordinary share and each class of Class A shares; $0.01 par value; 26,857,688,559 shares authorized, 22,022,874,494 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma)

     220,229       —    

Additional paid-in capital

     1,933,761       2,993,619  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     33,194       33,194  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,063,509     (1,106,072
  

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,123,675       1,923,478  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 4,125,599     $ 4,010,220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total capitalization and shares outstanding (Class A and Class B-1) as of June 30, 2021 would be $416.2 million, $3,119.0 million, $2,048.9 million, $4,135.6 million and 278,048,607, respectively.

The pro forma column in the table above excludes the following:

 

   

24,948,147 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted average exercise price of $15.70 per share;

 

   

2,211,143 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $25.30 per share;

 

   

38,334,600 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

32,858,200 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

5,476,400 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP each provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2015 Equity Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

 

-83-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value deficit dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share of Class A common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value deficit per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value deficit as of June 30, 2021 was $2,436 million or $9.95 per share.

After giving effect to (i) the sale by us of 29,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the repayment of $916.4 million of the outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities, and (iii) the Restructuring Transactions, our pro forma net tangible book value deficit as of June 30, 2021 would have been $1,610 million, or $5.88 per share. This represents an immediate reduction in historical net tangible book value deficit of $4.07 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in historical net tangible book value deficit of $36.38 per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 30.50  

Historical net tangible book value deficit per share as of June 30, 2021

   $ 9.95    

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering

     (4.07  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share immediately after this offering

       5.88  
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 36.38  
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share to new investors by $0.90, and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by $0.10, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value deficit by approximately $0.13 per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by $0.13 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share of our Class A common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $5.34 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net

 

-84-


Table of Contents

tangible book value deficit per share to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering would be $35.84 per share.

The following table presents, as of June 30, 2021, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     244,698,607        89.4   $ 2,445,000,000        73.4   $ 9.99  

New investors

     29,000,000        10.6       884,500,000        26.6     $ 30.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

     273,698,607        100.0   $ 3,329,500,000        100.0  

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $27.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $28.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock were exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own 88.5% and our new investors would own 11.5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering (assuming conversion of all of the Class B common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering).

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 200,613,193 shares of our Class A common stock and 44,085,414 shares of our Class B-1 common stock, outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

24,948,147 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock that were outstanding as of June 30, 2021 with a weighted average exercise price of $15.70 per share;

 

   

2,211,143 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $25.30 per share;

 

   

38,334,600 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

32,858,200 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

-85-


Table of Contents
   

5,476,400 shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP each provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2015 Equity Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our Class A common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 present our consolidated results of operations and financial position after giving effect to the following transactions:

 

   

the “Restructuring Transaction Adjustments” resulting from the reorganization transactions described under “Restructuring Transactions” including (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the planned change in our equity structure; and

 

   

the “Initial Public Offering Transaction Adjustments” including (i) the achievement of performance criteria in relation to our unvested performance-based option awards upon completion of the initial public offering, (ii) the sale and issuance by us of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iii) the repayment in full of the total indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility and the payment of a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility, from the issuance of a new term loan facility (“New Term Loan Facility”), the proceeds from this offering and the use of available cash and cash equivalents, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The Restructuring Transaction Adjustments and the Initial Public Offering Transaction Adjustments (collectively referred to as “the Transaction Adjustments”) are reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, gives effect to the Transaction Adjustments as if they had occurred on June 30, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” and present the pro forma financial condition and results of operations of the Company based upon the historical financial information after giving effect to the Transaction Adjustments set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. The Transaction Adjustments necessary to fairly present the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information have been based on available information and assumptions we believe are reasonable and are presented for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent our consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to above been consummated on the dates assumed or to project our consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position for any future date or period.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As of June 30, 2021

(In thousands, except par value per share data)

 

    Ithacalux
Topco S.C.A.
Historical
    Restructuring
Transaction

Adjustments
        Pro
Forma
Before
Offering
    Initial
Public
Offering

Transaction
Adjustments
        Informatica
Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Assets

             
Current assets:              

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 408,553       $ 408,553     $ (117,708   C   $ 290,845  

Short-term investments

    25,267         25,267           25,267  

Accounts receivable, net

    257,644           257,644           257,644  

Contract assets, net

    105,476         105,476           105,476  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    91,759         91,759           91,759  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    888,699               888,699       (117,708       770,991  

Restricted cash

    4,219         4,219           4,219  

Property and equipment, net

    182,567         182,567         182,567  

Operating lease right-of-use-assets

    80,498         80,498           80,498  

Goodwill

    2,402,367         2,402,367           2,402,367  

Customer relationships intangible, net

    1,035,790         1,035,790           1,035,790  

Other intangible assets, net

    121,319         121,319           121,319  

Deferred tax assets

    9,369         9,369           9,369  

Other assets

    126,018         126,018         126,018  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 4,850,846     $     $ 4,850,846     $ (117,708     $ 4,733,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

             
Current liabilities:              

Accounts payable

  $ 23,687       $ 23,687       $ 23,687

Accrued liabilities

    71,519         71,519         71,519  

Accrued compensation and related expenses

    94,370         94,370           94,370  

Current operating lease liabilities

    20,165         20,165           20,165  

Current portion of long-term debt

    23,588         23,588           23,588  

Income taxes payable

    9,640         9,640       (2,329   D     7,311  

Contract liabilities

    505,866           505,866           505,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    748,835               748,835       (2,329       746,506  

Long-term operating lease liabilities

    67,911         67,911           67,911  

Long-term contract liabilities

    18,843           18,843           18,843  

Long-term debt, net

    2,750,307         2,750,307       (903,685   E     1,846,622  

Deferred tax liabilities

    79,945       1,653     A     81,598       (11,497  

F

    70,101  

Long-term income taxes payable

    43,729     (1,653   A     42,076           42,076  

Other liabilities

    17,601         17,601           17,601  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    3,727,171               3,727,171       (917,511       2,809,660  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Ordinary shares; $0.01 par value per share

    220,229     (220,229   B                

Class A common stock; $0.01 par value per share;

          2,006     B     2,006       290     G     2,296  

Class B-1 common stock; $0.01 par value per share

          441     B     441           441  

Class B-2 common stock; $0.00001 par value per share

                         

Additional paid-in-capital

    1,933,761     217,782     B     2,151,543       842,076     H     2,993,619  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    33,194         33,194           33,194  

Accumulated deficit

    (1,063,509         (1,063,509     (42,563   I     (1,106,072
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    1,123,675               1,123,675       799,803         1,923,478  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 4,850,846     $     $ 4,850,846     $ (117,708     $ 4,733,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Ithacalux
Topco S.C.A.
Historical
    Restructuring
Transaction
Adjustments
        Pro
Forma
Before
Offering
    Initial
Public
Offering

Transaction
Adjustments
        Informatica
Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenues:

             

Subscriptions

  $ 324,265                       $ 324,265         $ 324,265  

Perpetual license

    16,239         16,239           16,239
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Software revenue

    340,504             340,504               340,504

Maintenance and professional services

    335,034         335,034           335,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenues

    675,538             675,538               675,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

             

Subscriptions

    37,067         37,067           37,067

Perpetual license

    2,187         2,187           2,187
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Software cost

    39,254             39,254               39,254

Maintenance and professional services

    80,282         80,282       793     K     81,075  

Amortization of acquired technology

    37,095         37,095           37,095  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    156,631             156,631       793         157,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    518,907             518,907       (793       518,114  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    123,831         123,831       1,030     K     124,861  

Sales and marketing

    220,938         220,938       1,575     K     222,513  

General and administrative

    55,178           55,178       3,976     K     59,154  

Amortization of intangible assets

    86,386         86,386           86,386  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    128         128           128  

Restructuring charges

                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    486,461             486,461       6,581         493,042  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    32,446             32,446       (7,374       25,072  

Interest income

    534         534           534  

Interest expense

    (72,183         (72,183     25,319     L     (46,864

Loss on debt refinancing

                         

Other income (expense), net

    14,779         14,779           14,779  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (24,424             (24,424     17,945         (6,479

Income tax expense (benefit)

    11,900           J     11,900       4,400     M     16,300  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (36,324   $     $ (36,324   $ 13,545       $ (22,779
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted

            N     (0.08
             

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

            N     271,424  
             

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Ithacalux
Topco S.C.A.
Historical
    Restructuring
Transaction
Adjustments
        Pro
Forma
Before
Offering
    Initial
Public
Offering

Transaction
Adjustments
        Informatica
Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenues:

             

Subscriptions

  $ 593,834                        $ 593,834         $ 593,834

Perpetual license

    63,126         63,126         63,126  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Software revenue

    656,960             656,960               656,960  

Maintenance and professional services

    666,136         666,136         666,136  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,323,096             1,323,096               1,323,096  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

             

Subscriptions

    54,454         54,454           54,454  

Perpetual license

    3,876         3,876           3,876  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Software cost

    58,330             58,330               58,330  

Maintenance and professional services

    161,197         161,197       3,559     P     164,756  

Amortization of acquired technology

    98,458         98,458           98,458  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    317,985             317,985       3,559         321,544  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,005,111             1,005,111       (3,559       1,001,552  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    230,151         230,151       4,943     P     235,094  

Sales and marketing

    451,839         451,839       6,979     P     458,818  

General and administrative

    93,548         93,548       15,780     P     109,328  

Amortization of intangible assets

    189,309         189,309           189,309  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    3,001         3,001           3,001  

Restructuring charges

    16,476         16,476           16,476  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    984,324             984,324       27,702         1,012,026  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    20,787             20,787       (31,261       (10,474

Interest income

    2,254         2,254           2,254  

Interest expense

    (149,445         (149,445     58,618     Q     (90,827

Loss on debt refinancing

    (37,400         (37,400     (30,375   R     (67,775

Other income (expense), net

    (26,404         (26,404         (26,404
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (190,208             (190,208     (3,018       (193,226

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (22,321         O     (22,321     (740   S     (23,061
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (167,887   $     $ (167,887   $ (2,278     $ (170,165
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted

            T     (0.63
             

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

            T     271,097  
             

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Note 1. Description of the Transaction Adjustments and Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information are based on the historical financial statements of Ithacalux after giving effect to (i) the Restructuring Transaction Adjustments and (ii) the Initial Public Offering Transaction Adjustments, as describe in these notes.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” and present the pro forma financial position and results of operations of the Company based upon the historical financial information after giving effect to the Transaction Adjustments and related adjustments set forth in these notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presentation assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, give pro forma effect to the Transaction Adjustments as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, gives effect to the Transaction Adjustments as if they had occurred on June 30, 2021.

(i) Restructuring Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, the Company has participated or will participate in certain transactions, which will collectively have the net effect of reorganizing its corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in the corporate structuring—the entity that is offering Class A common stock to the public in this offering—is a Delaware corporation rather than a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions.

Following the Restructuring Transactions, Informatica Inc. indirectly holds all the property and assets of Ithacalux and assumes all of the debts and obligations. Informatica Inc. is governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described in the section captioned “Description of Capital Stock.” See the section titled “Restructuring Transactions” for more detail.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions on September 30, 2021, the Sponsors contributed their interests in Ithacalux to Informatica Inc. in exchange for an aggregate of 288,867,682 shares of the Company’s common stock. 200,768,636 shares of our common stock will be designated Class A common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of our common stock will be designated Class B-1 common stock, with an equal number of shares of our common stock designated Class B-2 common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock issued in connection with the Restructuring Transactions has been determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the contribution agreement.

(ii) Offering Proceeds

The sale and issuance by the Company of shares of its Class A common stock in this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

(iii) The Debt Repayment

The Company intends to repay in full the total indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility, from the issuance of the New Term Loan Facility, the proceeds from this offering and with the available cash and cash equivalents, as described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The First Lien Dollar Term Facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2027. Borrowings under the First Lien Dollar Term Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) LIBOR plus 3.25% or (ii) the base rate plus 2.25%. The First Lien Euro Term Facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2027. Borrowings under the First Lien Euro Term Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin of either 3.25% or (ii) 3.50% based on the Company’s total net leverage ratio. The Second Lien Term Loan Facility under the Second Lien Credit Agreement matures on February 25, 2025. The borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Facility bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.125%.

The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to be $1.9 billion and bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028.

In connection with the prepayment of Second Lien Term Facility, the Company is required to pay a 2% prepayment premium on the repayment amount, or approximately $9.5 million.

(iv) Unvested Performance Based Options

The Company has issued performance-based incentive stock options to its employees, executives, and directors through September 21, 2021. The vesting of certain of these performance-based options is subject to both the completion of this offering and market liquidity vesting criteria in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events. The vesting of the remaining performance-based options is subject to the satisfaction of both a liquidity event-related performance condition, including the completion of this offering, and a service-based vesting condition. Assuming this offering was completed, the Company would recognize stock-based compensation cost in proportion to the requisite service period already completed of $16.5 million. The remaining $38.5 million of unrecognized expense would be recognized over the remaining weighted average service period of 2.6 years.

Note 2. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

The pro forma adjustments included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021 are as follows:

(A) Represents a $1.6 million reclassification between deferred and long-term income taxes payable due to additional foreign tax credits utilized as a result of the Restructuring Transactions, as described above, that are not creditable under the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax.

(B) Reflects the changes in ownership structure as a result of the Restructuring Transactions.

(C) Represents the total cash used in connection with the debt refinancing, net pay down of debt of $916.4 million, $17.6 million of new debt issuance costs and debt discount related to the New Term Loan Facility and payment of the 2.0% prepayment premium, or $9.5 million, associated with the repayment of the Second Lien Term Facility, partially offset by assumed net cash proceeds of $825.9 million from this offering, as if such repayment occurred on June 30, 2021.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

(D) Represents the income tax impact of $2.3 million on income taxes payable due to the payment of the 2.0% prepayment premium of $9.5 million associated with the repayment of the Second Lien Term Facility by applying a U.S. federal and state blended tax rate of 24.52%.

(E) Represents the net pay down of debt of $916.4 million in connection with the debt refinancing, payment of debt issuance costs of $15.3 million, a debt discount of $2.3 million on the New Term Loan Facility and the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs of $20.1 million and debt discount of $10.3 million related to the First Lien and Second Lien Term facilities, as if the repayment of those facilities occurred on June 30, 2021.

(F) Represents the income tax impact of $11.5 million on deferred tax liabilities due to the debt pay down, as described in (E) and the incremental stock-based compensation expense related to the achievement of performance criteria for unvested performance-based option awards upon completion of the initial public offering, by applying a U.S. federal and state blended tax rate of 24.52%.

(G) Represents the par value of Class A common stock, 29 million shares or $0.3 million, assumed to be issued in this offering to new stockholders.

(H) Represent the total assumed net cash proceeds of $825.9 million from this offering. Additionally, upon completion of this offering, the Company expects to record $16.5 million of stock-based compensation expense related to its unvested performance-based option awards.

(I) Reflects the impact on accumulated deficit for adjustments defined in (C) payment of the 2.0% prepayment premium of $9.5 million associated with the repayment of the Second Lien Term Facility with the assumed proceeds from this offering, (E) the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs of $20.1 million and debt discount of $10.3 million related to the First Lien and Second Lien Term facilities, (H) the recording of $16.5 million of stock-based compensation expense related to unvested performance-based option awards, (D) $2.3 million of income taxes payable adjustment, and (F) $11.5 million of deferred tax liabilities adjustment.

Note 3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

The pro forma adjustments included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are as follows:

(J) The Restructuring Transactions do not have a material impact to the income tax expense or (benefit) for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

(K) The vesting of certain performance-based options is subject to both the completion of this offering and market liquidity vesting criteria in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events. The vesting of remaining performance-based options is subject to the satisfaction of both a liquidity event-related performance condition, including the completion of this offering, and a service-based vesting condition. Pro forma incremental stock-based compensation expense of $7.4 million related to these performance-based option awards is recorded for the six-months ended June 30, 2021 as if the performance vesting condition had been achieved on January 1, 2020. The related expense is allocated to Cost of revenue of $0.8 million, Research and development of $1.0 million, Sales and marketing of $1.6 million, and General and administrative of $4.0 million.

(L) Represents an adjustment to remove historical interest expense of $39.4 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as if the debt repayment occurred on January 1, 2020 for the First Lien Term Facility.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Represents an adjustment to remove historical interest expense of $17.0 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as if the debt repayment occurred on January 1, 2020, for the Second Lien Term Facility.

Represents an interest expense of $32.8 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $1.0 million, recomputed under the terms of the New Term Loan Facility, for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as if the New Term Loan Facility existed on January 1, 2020.

(M) Represents the income tax impact of $4.4 million on the income (loss) before income tax by applying a U.S. federal and state blended tax rate of 24.52% for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

(N) The basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share of common stock represents net loss attributable to Informatica Inc. divided by the combination of the Class A and Class B-1 shares to be owned by existing stockholders and the Class A shares of common stock assumed to be issued in this offering to new stockholders, to be used for the repayment of debt, equal to $816.4 million. See “Use of Proceeds.” The table below presents the computation of pro forma net loss per share, basic and dilutive, for Informatica Inc. (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Pro forma Net Loss Per Share

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
 
    

(in thousands,
except

per share
amounts)

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (22,779
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted, before the completion of the Restructuring Transactions

     22,019,216  
  

 

 

 

Assumed conversion of Ithacalux shares to Informatica Inc. Class A and Class B-1 common shares

     244,658  

Incremental Class A common shares attributable to proceeds from this offering used for repayment of debt

     26,766  
  

 

 

 

Total weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

     271,424  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.08
  

 

 

 

The pro forma adjustments included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

(O) The Restructuring Transactions do not have a material impact to the income tax expense or (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(P) Upon completion of the offering, the Company expects to record stock-based compensation expense of $16.5 million related to the performance-based options which were granted through September 21, 2021. The vesting of certain performance-based options is subject to both the completion of this offering and market liquidity vesting criteria in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events. The vesting of remaining performance-based options is subject to the satisfaction of both a liquidity event-related performance condition, including the completion of this offering, and a service-based vesting condition. Pro forma incremental stock-based compensation expense of $14.7 million related to these performance-based option awards is recorded for the year ended December 31, 2020 as if the performance vesting condition had been achieved on January 1, 2020. The related expense is allocated to Cost of revenue of $3.6 million, Research and development of $4.9 million, Sales and marketing of $7.0 million, and General and administrative of $15.8 million.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

(Q) Represents an adjustment to remove historical interest expense of $86.6 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the debt repayment occurred on January 1, 2020, for the First Lien Term Facility.

Represents an adjustment to remove historical interest expense of $33.8 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the debt repayment occurred on January 1, 2020, for the Second Lien Term Facility.

Represents an interest expense of $65.6 million and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount of $2.0 million, recomputed under the terms of the New Term Loan Facility, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the New Term Loan Facility existed on January 1, 2020.

(R) Represents a loss on debt extinguishment related to the one-time write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $20.1 million and debt discount of $10.3 million related to First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility as if such the repayment occurred on January 1, 2020.

Additionally, represents a loss on debt extinguishment related to the payment of the 2.0% non-recurring prepayment premium or $9.5 million associated with the repayment of the Second Lien Term Facility with the expected proceeds from this offering, as if such repayment occurred on January 1, 2020. There is no prepayment premium for the First Lien Term Facility. The Company expects these one-time charges will not recur beyond 12 months from the date of the transaction.

(S) Represents the income tax impact of $0.7 million on the income (loss) before income taxes by applying a U.S. federal and state blended tax rate of 24.52% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(T) The basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share of common stock represents net loss attributable to Informatica Inc. divided by the combination of the Class A and Class B-1 shares to be owned by existing stockholders and the Class A shares of common stock assumed to be issued in this offering to new stockholders, to be used for the repayment of debt, equal to $0.8 billion. See “Use of Proceeds.” The table below presents the computation of pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Informatica Inc. (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Pro forma Net Loss Per Share

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
    

(in thousands,
except

per share
amounts)

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (170,165
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted, before the completion of the Restructuring Transactions

     21,989,821  
  

 

 

 

Assumed conversion of Ithacalux shares to Informatica Inc. Class A and Class B-1 common shares

     244,331  

Incremental Class A common shares attributable to proceeds from initial public offering used for repayment of debt

     26,766  
  

 

 

 

Total weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

     271,097  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.63
  

 

 

 

 

-95-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We have pioneered a new category of software, the Intelligent Data Management Cloud, or IDMC. IDMC is our AI-powered platform that connects, manages, and unifies data across any multi-cloud, hybrid system, empowering enterprises to modernize and advance their data strategies

In 2015, Informatica was taken private in a transaction led by our Sponsors (2015 Privatization Transaction). At that time, most of our software revenue was derived from the sale of perpetual licenses to our software products, the largest of which was PowerCenter, our traditional data integration or Extract-Transform-Load (ETL) product, and related maintenance and professional services. As part of our new strategy following the 2015 Privatization Transaction, we pursued two initiatives to grow our business and build an integrated data management platform that unites multiple product families with a common cloud-based operating framework. We initiated a strategy to develop new products for our cloud platform, and we re-engineered our existing products to enable them to leverage the shared services and connectors of our platform. We also set out to transition from a primarily perpetual license and maintenance revenue model to a primarily subscription-based revenue model. Key to the development of new cloud products and supporting a higher level of interoperability across our total product portfolio was the introduction of our platform, IDMC, built on our new cloud architecture. Our platform is a multi-tenant cloud solution that consists of a series of shared platform services combined with our wide range of interoperable data management products. Substantially all of the products that we sell are now supported by the common services and key functionality within our platform, enabling us to offer an integrated platform that we believe includes the broadest range of best of breed data management products.

Our key milestones since 2015 include:

 

2015-2017   Expanded our subscription-based license pricing model across our product portfolio to focus on subscription recurring revenue and transition away from selling perpetual licenses
2016   Introduced Enterprise Data Catalog product
2017   Introduced Claire AI as an embedded service for AI and Machine Learning as part of our platform offering; introduced Data Governance product
2018   Introduced new cloud product, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services (IICS) for cloud data integration; this is the first cloud product covering the complete data lifecycle, leveraging the full suite of platform services and laying the foundation for our IDMC platform
2019   Exceeded $1 billion in Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) for the first time; introduced Data Privacy product

 

-96-


Table of Contents
2020   ARR from subscriptions exceeded ARR from perpetual software maintenance for the first time—$607 million compared to $555 million, for a total of $1.16 billion ARR. Year-over-year subscription revenue growth was 26%
2021   Launched the full IDMC platform at Informatica World 2021, highlighting the work done in prior years that culminated in what we believe is the industry’s first multi-cloud multi-hybrid data management platform. As of June 30, 2021, cloud ARR reached $264 million, representing year-over-year growth of 39%.

We generate revenues from the sale of software products and related maintenance and professional services. The vast majority of our software revenue consists of fees generated through the sale of our subscription-based products and related support agreements for our subscription products. We have pivoted our business to focus on subscription revenue and have consequently grown our subscription revenue from $118.4 million in 2016, the year after we were taken private, to $302.5 million in 2018, to $471.7 million in 2019, and to $593.8 million in 2020. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 31% of our total software revenue in 2016, to 56% in 2018, to 77% in 2019 and to 90% in 2020. Our subscription revenues grew from $259.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $324.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 92% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 95% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Our subscription products can be purchased individually as distinct product families or together as a tightly integrated platform to support complex data management needs and certain customer journeys. Our subscription products are sold through contracts primarily with a one-, two- or three-year term, with an average contract term slightly over two years as of June 30, 2021. Substantially all of our subscription customers pay us annual fees in advance at the start of each contract year. We recognize revenue from our cloud-based subscription products on a ratable basis over the contract term. We generally recognize the majority of the revenue from our subscription-based on-premise licenses at the start of the contract term. The remaining portion of on-premise subscription fees attributable to related support services are generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term.

We generate additional software revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses. Consistent with our business transformation strategy and focus on subscription revenue, our perpetual license revenue has decreased from 69% of total software revenue in 2016 to 44% in 2018, to 23% in 2019, to 10% in 2020 and to 5% during the six months ended June 30, 2021, with further declines expected thereafter.

Our maintenance and professional services revenues consist of recurring maintenance fees related to perpetual licenses and one-time professional services fees, respectively. Our recurring maintenance fees grant our customers access to software updates and support for our perpetual license products. We recognized $573.9 million, $572.1 million and $560.9 million of maintenance revenue in fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We recognized $279.8 million and $283.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

We generate professional services revenues through one-time fees associated with implementation, education, and consulting services related to our software products.

We market and sell our subscription products primarily through our global direct sales team, which is enhanced by our relationships and collaboration with our partners that include global system integrators such as Deloitte and Accenture, hyperscale cloud platform providers such as AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud Platform, and channel partners. Our sales organization consists of sales development, inside sales, and field sales personnel and is generally organized by region, the size of prospective customers and certain industry verticals. Cloud hyperscalers help us amplify our commercial reach when we jointly engage in cloud modernization efforts or when customers purchase

 

-97-


Table of Contents

our products via the hyperscaler product marketplaces. In addition, our global system integrator partners provide implementation services for our products for customers as part of their support of broader, overall cloud modernization initiatives.

Historically, we have focused our selling efforts on executives such as chief information officers (CIOs) and chief data officers (CDOs) who are often making decisions to purchase our products for their most important business initiatives. CIOs adopt our platform as part of their cloud migration journey, application modernization efforts, and business 360 initiatives. CDOs purchase our products as part of their overall data governance, access, and security strategies in order to democratize data access for everyone across the company. We recently expanded our go-to-market efforts to focus more on line of business customers.

We employ a “land and expand” model to increase sales to our existing customer base. Once customers have purchased one of our products—for example, Data Integration—they often identify additional use cases for our software and expand their use of our products accordingly. For example, as a customer seeks to expand the distribution of data-centric reports powered by our data integration solutions to a broader set of internal or external users, enhanced levels of data quality and control may be required, prompting the purchase of our Data Quality and Data Governance families of products. We also market our cloud products to our large installed base of perpetual license customers, enabling them to advance their cloud modernization efforts to migrate existing processes and net new workloads from costly-to-maintain internal IT infrastructure to lower-cost elastic cloud architecture. In 2020, we also introduced a new consumption-based pricing model to provide customers greater flexibility regarding trial, use and consumption of a broad array of our cloud-based services. The effectiveness of our land and expand strategy is evidenced by our Subscription Net Retention Rate (NRR), which was 106%, 113%, and 114% as of the three months ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our Subscription NRR was 113% and 116%, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately 5,700 customers2 in a wide variety of industries located in over 100 countries and territories. Approximately 66%, 68%, 67% and 67% of our total revenues for fiscal 2018, 2019, 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, were from our North America region, which we define as the United States and Canada.

Purchasing patterns for our products have followed quarterly and seasonal trends that we expect to continue. We typically sell a substantial portion of our software product licenses and services in the last month of each quarter, and demand for our software products and professional services are generally highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of each year.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that the growth of our business and our future success are dependent upon many factors, including those described below. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for us, these factors also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our results of operations.

Continued Adoption of our Subscription Products.    Our success will largely depend on customers’ continued uptake of our subscription offerings. Our success will also largely depend on the

 

2 

We compute the number of customers by assessing when we have a subscription contract or perpetual license maintenance contract sold to a unique entity. If we sell to several different divisions, segments or subsidiaries inside a company, we count each division, segment or subsidiary as a separate customer. If a customer has both a maintenance contract and a subscription contract, we count this as a single customer.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

value businesses place on data management as part of their overall digital transformation initiatives and the timing and willingness of businesses to move their data and workloads to the cloud. As companies from all industries continue to shift to subscription and cloud-based services, we believe demand for our platform and subscription-based products will increase. We generated $310 million, $446 million and $607 million of Subscription ARR in fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing growth of 44% in 2019 and 36% in 2020. In fiscal 2020, Subscription ARR represented 52% of total ARR, and Cloud ARR (which is the total ARR derived from hosted products) represented 37% and 20% of Subscription ARR and total ARR, respectively. For the period ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we generated $510 million and $686 million of Subscription ARR, respectively, representing growth of 34%, with Subscription ARR representing 55% of total ARR and Cloud ARR representing 38% and 21% of Subscription ARR and total ARR, respectively, for the period ended June 30, 2021. For the period ended June 30, 2021, our $686 million of Subscription ARR was comprised of $264 million in Cloud ARR, $105 million in PowerCenter-related product ARR and $317 million in ARR from non-PowerCenter self-managed products. Cloud ARR grew at a rate of 39% for the period ended June 30, 2021 compared to June 30, 2020. Since 2015, many of our new subscription products were architected to be deployed in the cloud, and we intend to make the remainder of our subscription products available in the cloud to meet the demands of our customers. In addition, we assist our customers with migrations of their Informatica on-premise data integration and MDM installations to our corresponding cloud solutions. For the period starting in our fourth fiscal quarter of 2020 and ended June 30, 2021, we have entered into agreements to migrate a total of approximately $6.0 million of maintenance ARR, which has converted into approximately $11.0 million in Cloud ARR. Our future growth will depend in part on our ability to develop new market-leading cloud products to expand the offerings in our platform.

New Customer Acquisition.    Our future growth depends on our ability to acquire new customers. Our ability to acquire new customers is demonstrated by the fact that 55% of our subscription customers as of June 30, 2021 did not have a prior maintenance contract with us. In addition, our ability to attract new customers will depend in part on our ability to continue to compete effectively against a variety of different vendors who offer existing data management products, as well as our ability to convert companies into paying customers who are using hand-coded, custom-built solutions. Additionally, we will continue to rely on our sales and marketing team to effectively and efficiently identify and engage with prospective customers, increase brand awareness, and drive adoption of our products. We have recently added a dedicated inside sales team to our go-to-market strategy that is focused on growing adoption of our products by targeting key business personnel adjacent to technical roles, as well as small- and mid-market organizations, which represents a new addressable customer base for us. We will continue to make investments in sales and marketing to grow our total customer base, with a focus on targeting these new buyers.

Expansion Within our Customer Base.    Our business depends, in part, on our ability to expand within our large existing customer base by adding new products, addressing cloud modernization initiatives, and growing with our customers’ overall data footprint. We have successfully expanded our existing customers’ adoption of our platform through upselling and cross-selling, as evidenced by our Subscription NRR, which was 106%, 113%, and 114% as of the three months ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our Subscription NRR was 113% and 116%, respectively. We doubled the average subscription ARR per subscription customer from December 31, 2018 to June 30, 2021, from $98 thousand to $198 thousand. We continuously focus on increasing the value our customers derive from our platform and often become a strategic vendor to them in the process. For example, as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had 27, 66, 104 and 116 customers individually with over $1 million in Subscription ARR each, respectively.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Retention of Existing Customers.    Our business also depends, in part, on our ability to retain our existing customer base. We typically enjoy a high customer renewal rate, which we attribute to the fact that our products are embedded in mission-critical applications, as well as the fact that we have an expansive product portfolio and world-class customer success organization. For example, in 2020, we achieved a subscription renewal rate3 of 92%, and a maintenance renewal rate4 of 95%. For the period ended June 30, 2021, our subscription renewal rate was 93% and our maintenance renewal rate was 94%. We intend to continue investing in our products and customer success organization to maintain these compelling retention rates.

Investment in Go-to-Market Efforts.    Our business and results of operations will also be significantly affected by our success in strengthening our relationships with strategic partners, including cloud hyperscalers, including AWS, Google Cloud Platform, Microsoft Azure, cloud partners such as Snowflake and Databricks, global system integrators, including Deloitte, Accenture and Cognizant, and value-added resellers and distributors. We believe further developing these key strategic relationships will help us scale and enhance co-selling of our products and services with these partners. We plan to continue to strengthen and expand our network of strategic partners to increase sales to both new and existing customers and offer new and existing products on partner marketplaces. We believe that investing in sales enablement and co-selling efforts with our strategic partners will broaden our distribution footprint globally and extend and improve our engagement with a broad set of prospective customers.

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following unaudited key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measure to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2018             2019             2020             2020             2021      
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 906     $ 1,021     $ 1,160     $ 1,070     $ 1,240  

Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 310     $ 446     $ 607     $ 510     $ 686  

Subscription Net Retention Rate

     106     113     114     113     116

Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue

   $ 140     $ 167     $ 227     $ 189     $ 264  

Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)

   $ 337     $ 335     $ 400     $ 168     $ 175  

 

3 

We compute the subscription renewal rate by assessing the value of annual subscription contracts that expire at the end of each period (denominator) and comparing this to the amount that we renew for that set of expiring contracts (numerator). We typically allow for a grace period of up to six months past the original contract expiration quarter during which we engage in the renewal process before we report the contract as lost /inactive. This grace-period renewal amount has been an immaterial portion over the last three years. If there is an actual cancellation for a subscription contract, we count that amount as removed from the numerator in that period.

4 

We compute the maintenance renewal rate by assessing the value of annual maintenance contracts for perpetual licenses that expire at the end of each period (denominator) and comparing this to the amount that we renew for that set of expiring contracts (numerator). We typically allow for a grace period of up to six months past the original contract expiration quarter during which we engage in the renewal process before we report the contract as lost /inactive. This grace-period renewal amount has been an immaterial portion over the last three years. If there is an actual cancellation for a maintenance contract, we count that amount as removed from the numerator in that period. If a customer cancels a maintenance contract and migrates the underlying product to one of our cloud products, this loss of maintenance would be counted as a cancellation and reduce our maintenance renewal rate.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

Annual Recurring Revenue

Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) represents the expected annual billing amounts from all active maintenance and subscription agreements. ARR is calculated based on the contract Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR) multiplied by 12. MRR is calculated based on the accounting adjusted total contract value divided by the number of months of the agreement based on the start and end dates of each contracted line item. The aggregate ARR calculated at the end of each reported period represents the value of all contracts that are active as of the end of the period, including those contracts that have expired but are still under negotiation for renewal. We typically allow for a grace period of up to 6 months past the original contract expiration quarter during which we engage in the renewal process before we report the contract as lost /inactive. This grace-period ARR amount has been less than 2% of the reported ARR in each period presented. If there is an actual cancellation of an ARR contract, we remove that ARR value at that time.

We believe ARR is an important metric for understanding our business since it tracks the annualized cash value collected over a 12-month period for all our recurring contracts, irrespective of whether it is a maintenance contract on a perpetual license, a ratable cloud contract, or an on-premise term-based subscription license.

Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue

Subscription ARR represents the portion of ARR only attributable to our subscription contracts.

We believe that Subscription ARR is a helpful metric for understanding our business since it represents the approximate annualized cash value collected over a 12-month period for all our recurring subscription contracts. Subscription ARR excludes maintenance contracts on our perpetual licenses to provide information regarding the period-to-period performance and overall size and scale of our subscription business as we continue to focus our efforts on subscription-based licensing. Subscription ARR should be viewed independently of subscription revenue and deferred revenue related to our subscription contracts and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items.

Subscription Net Retention Rate

Subscription NRR compares the contract value for Subscription ARR from the same set of customers at the end of a period compared to the prior year. We treat divisions, segments or subsidiaries inside companies as separate customers. To calculate our Subscription NRR for a particular period, we first establish the Subscription ARR value at the end of the prior year period. We subsequently measure the Subscription ARR value at the end of the current period from the same cohort of customers. The net retention rate is then calculated by dividing the aggregate Subscription ARR in the current period by the prior year period. An increase in the Subscription NRR occurs as a result of price increases on existing contracts, higher consumption of existing products, and sales of additional new subscription products to existing customers exceeding losses from subscription contracts due to cancellations.

We believe Subscription NRR is an important metric for understanding our business since it measures the rate at which we are able to sell additional products into our subscription customer base. As of the three months ended December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, our Subscription NRR was 114% and 116%, respectively.

Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue

Cloud ARR represents the portion of ARR that is attributable to our hosted cloud contracts.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

We believe that Cloud ARR is a helpful metric for understanding our business since it represents the approximate annualized cash value collected over a 12-month period for all our recurring Cloud contracts. Cloud ARR is a subset of our overall Subscription ARR, and by providing this breakdown of Cloud ARR, it provides visibility on the size and growth rate of our Cloud ARR within our overall Subscription ARR. Cloud ARR should be viewed independently of subscription revenue and deferred revenue related to our subscription contracts and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to our results determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), we believe the following non-GAAP measure is useful in evaluating our operating performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance. However, non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measure as tools for comparison. A reconciliation is provided below for our non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as GAAP net loss as adjusted for income tax benefit, interest income, interest expense, loss on debt refinancing, other income (expense), net, stock-based compensation, amortization of intangibles, equity compensation related payments, one-time fees related to acquisitions, costs related to discrete payments for legal settlements, restructuring costs and executive severance, one-time impairment on restructured facilities, sponsor-related costs and depreciation. Equity compensation payments are related to the repurchase of employee stock options.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
       2018         2019         2020         2020         2021    
     (in millions)  

GAAP net loss

   $ (168   $ (183   $ (168   $ (103   $ (36

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (44     (23     (22     (21     12  

Interest income

     (5     (4     (2     (1     (1

Interest expense

     146       162       150       76       72  

Loss on debt refinancing

     24       1       37       36        

Other income (expense), net

     (40     (17     26       (2     (15

Stock-based compensation

     7       15       12       7       6  

Amortization of intangibles

     370       324       288       142       123  

Equity compensation payments

           34       18       17        

Acquisition transaction fees

     1       1       3       2        

Legal settlements, restructuring costs and executive severance

     22             26       1        

One-time impairment on restructured facilities

                 2              

Sponsor-related costs

     2       2       2       1       1  

Depreciation

     22       23       28       13       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 337     $ 335     $ 400     $ 168     $ 175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe adjusted EBITDA is an important metric for understanding our business to assess our relative profitability adjusted for balance sheet debt levels.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted worldwide economic activity and financial markets and significantly increased economic volatility and uncertainty. For instance, many governments, including at the local, state, and federal level in the United States and elsewhere around the world, have been prompted to take unprecedented steps, including, but not limited to, travel restrictions, closure of businesses, social distancing requirements, and mandatory quarantines. During this time, we have taken precautionary measures intended to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, our customers, and the communities in which we operate. These measures included a suspension of all non-essential travel and the temporary closure of all of our major offices to non-essential employees, which necessitated the shift to remote work arrangements for most of our employees.

In 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic contributed to decreases in certain of our operating expenses, particularly in our travel and entertainment expenses and event spending. We expect these expenses to increase as the COVID-19 pandemic subsides but that they will remain lower than they were before the COVID-19 pandemic, as we expect certain sales and marketing efforts and events will be increasingly virtual going forward. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic also had an adverse impact on revenues, which was partially offset by the savings in travel and entertainment expenses. In response to this decrease in our revenue, we also shifted our go-to-market strategy in certain markets,

 

-103-


Table of Contents

including smaller countries within APAC and Europe, reducing our direct sales headcount and instead aligning with local channel partners for distribution.

While the duration and extent of the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the extent and effectiveness of containment actions, it has already had an adverse effect on the global economy and the ultimate societal and economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown. In particular, the ongoing conditions caused by this pandemic may affect the rate of global information technology spending and could adversely affect our business during 2021 or future periods by lengthening our sales cycles, reducing customer spending, negatively impacting collections of accounts receivable, causing some of our customers to go out of business, limiting the ability of our direct sales force to travel to existing and potential customers’ sites and limiting the ability of our professional services team to perform on-site work. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to impact our operations outside the United States even if local containment efforts are successful. For example, we have a number of research, customer support and general and administrative personnel located in India, which continues to be heavily impacted by the pandemic. Refer to the section titled “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Components of Results of Operations

Software Revenues

Subscription Revenues.    Subscription revenues consist of revenues from customers under subscription cloud services, subscription-based on-premise licenses, and related support services. Revenues from our cloud-based subscription products are recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the customer or on the date the contractual term commences, if later. The majority of the revenues from our subscription-based on-premise licenses is recognized at a point in time upon transfer of control of the license to the customer, similar to perpetual licenses. Support services sold with subscription-based on-premise licenses are recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date the service is made available to the customer. In general, subscription contracts are one to three years in length, with an average contract duration slightly greater than two years in 2020, and the related fees are typically billed annually in advance in equal installments across the term of the contracts.

Perpetual License Revenues.    Perpetual license revenues are revenues from customers and partners for sales of our software under on-premise perpetual licenses. Revenue from our perpetual license products is generally recognized at a point in time upon transfer of control of the license to the customer, which is typically upon making the software available to our customers. We expect revenue from perpetual licenses to be less than 5% of total revenues going forward, as we focus the majority of our product development spending on pure cloud products and our go-to-market efforts on subscription-based licensing for software sales. While we continue to offer our perpetual licenses to select customers and geographies, we disincentivize our sales force from selling our perpetual licenses in favor of our subscription-based offerings.

Service Revenues

Maintenance Revenues.    Maintenance revenue, which consists of fees for ongoing support and product updates for our perpetual licenses, is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year. Maintenance contracts are generally billed annually in advance. We expect our maintenance revenues to gradually decrease over time as our customers transition to our subscription-based licensing model and adopt our cloud-based products.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Professional Services Revenues.    Professional services revenues consist of one-time fees associated with implementation, education, and consulting services related to our software products. Consulting revenues are primarily related to configuration, installation, and implementation of our products. These services are generally performed on a time-and-materials basis and, accordingly, revenues are recognized as the services are performed. Consulting services, if included as part of the software arrangement, generally do not entail significant modification or customization of the software and hence, such services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software. Education service revenues are generated from classes offered at our headquarters, sales and training offices, customer locations, and on-line. Revenues are recognized as the classes are delivered or when the subscription period ends.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of Software Revenues.    Our cost of software revenues is a combination of costs of subscription revenues and perpetual licenses. Cost of subscription revenues consists primarily of fees paid to third party vendors for hosting services related to our subscription services, internal personnel-related expenses to operate and secure our hosting infrastructure, and royalties paid to postal authorities for address data and other vendors that provide content for our data-as-a-service offerings. Cost of perpetual license revenues consists primarily of software royalties payable to third parties.

Cost of Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues.    Our cost of service revenues is a combination of costs of maintenance, consulting and education services revenues. Our cost of maintenance revenues consists primarily of costs associated with customer service personnel-related expenses and royalty fees for maintenance related to third-party software providers. Cost of consulting revenues consists primarily of personnel-related expenses, including employee costs, subcontractor costs and travel, entertainment and other expenses. Cost of education services revenues consists primarily of the costs of providing education classes and materials at our headquarters, sales and training offices and customer locations.

Amortization of Acquired Technology.    Amortization of acquired technology is the amortization of technologies recorded primarily as a result of the 2015 Privatization Transaction and, to a lesser extent, from business acquisitions and acquired technology licenses.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, consulting services, travel expenses, equipment and software expenses associated with the development of new products, enhancement and localization of existing products, and quality assurance and development of documentation for our products. In addition, these expenses include costs which are personnel related expenses from our IT, Facilities and Procurement functions and expenses related to occupancy and enterprise systems allocated based on headcount (Shared Costs). All software development costs for software intended to be marketed to customers have been expensed in the period incurred since the costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility have not been significant. We believe that continued investment in our products is important for our growth and, as such, expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, but are expected to be relatively consistent as a percentage of revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including commissions and bonuses, as well as costs of public relations, seminars, marketing programs, lead

 

-105-


Table of Contents

generation, travel and entertainment, trade shows, equipment and software expenses, outside services and Shared Costs. Although we shifted our go-to-market strategy within APAC and EMEA in 2020, reducing our direct sales headcount to align with local channel partners for distribution, we expect to make significant investments going forward as we expand our customer acquisition and retention efforts, and to support the growth of our subscription products, and therefore expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars but may vary as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses for finance, human resources, legal, and general management, as well as professional service expenses associated with recruiting, legal, tax and accounting services, travel expenses and Shared Costs. Following completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional ongoing costs as a result of operating as a public company, including costs related to compliance and reporting obligations of public companies, and increased costs for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future but may vary as a percentage of revenue.

Acquisition, Litigation Settlement, and Other Charges

Acquisition, litigation settlement and other charges consist of amortization of intangible assets, acquisition, litigation settlement and other charges and restructuring charges. Amortization of intangible assets is the amortization of customer relationships, and trade names and trademarks recorded as a result of the 2015 Privatization Transaction and, to a lesser extent, acquired through business acquisitions. Acquisition, litigation settlement and other charges relate to the legal and other related costs incurred on settlement(s) and acquisitions made by the Company. The restructuring charges relate to our reorganization activities related to our workforce and from the closing of certain facilities.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense, interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, mark-to-market gains and losses on interest rate swaps, unrealized gain and loss on Euro term loan, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses and rental income.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax expense or benefit is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of currently enacted tax laws. We evaluate the realization of deferred tax assets based on all available evidence and establish a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                     

(unaudited)

 

Revenues:

         

Subscriptions

  $ 302,519   $ 471,707   $ 593,834   $ 259,516   $ 324,265

Perpetual license

    241,237     143,392     63,126     23,889     16,239
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    543,756     615,099     656,960     283,405     340,504

Maintenance and professional services

    684,606     691,431     666,136     335,923     335,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,228,362     1,306,530     1,323,096     619,328     675,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Subscriptions

    37,294     46,867     54,454     25,404     37,067

Perpetual license

    4,570     3,350     3,876     1,803     2,187
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software costs

    41,864     50,217     58,330     27,207     39,254

Maintenance and professional services

    158,769     173,166     161,197     82,218     80,282

Amortization of acquired technology

    143,769     115,544     98,458     48,066     37,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    344,402     338,927     317,985     157,491     156,631
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    883,960     967,603     1,005,111     461,837     518,907
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    203,071     234,879     230,151     111,870     123,831

Sales and marketing

    431,538     486,298     451,839     222,280     220,938

General and administrative

    87,644     101,638     93,548     46,842     55,178

Amortization of intangible assets

    226,607     208,082     189,309     94,343     86,386

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    22,517     749     3,001     2,270     128

Restructuring charges

                16,476            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    971,377     1,031,646     984,324     477,605     486,461
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (87,417     (64,043     20,787     (15,768     32,446

Interest income

    5,059     4,062     2,254     742     534

Interest expense

    (146,338     (161,877     (149,445     (75,860     (72,183

Loss on debt refinancing

    (23,628     (1,085     (37,400     (36,101      

Other income (expense), net

    40,385     16,722     (26,404     2,496     14,779
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (211,939     (206,221     (190,208     (124,491     (24,424

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (44,256     (22,996     (22,321     (21,673     11,900  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-107-


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain financial data for the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenues:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
        2018             2019             2020             2020             2021      
                      (unaudited)  

Revenues:

         

Subscriptions

    25     36     45     42     48

Perpetual license

    20       11       5       4       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    44       47       50       46       50  

Maintenance and professional services

    56       53       50       54       50  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100       100       100       100       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Subscriptions

    3       4       4       4       6  

Perpetual license

                             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software costs

    3       4       4       4       6  

Maintenance and professional services

    13       13       12       13       12  

Amortization of acquired technology

    12       9       7       8       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    28       26       24       25       23  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    72       74       76       75       77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    17       18       17       18       18  

Sales and marketing

    35       37       34       36       33  

General and administrative

    7       8       7       8       8  

Amortization of intangible assets

    18       16       14       15       13  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    2             1              

Restructuring charges

                1              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    79       79       74       77       72  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (7     (5     2       (2     5  

Interest income

                             

Interest expense

    (12     (12     (11     (12     (11

Loss on debt refinancing

    (2           (3     (6      

Other income (expense), net

    3       1       (2           2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (17     (16     (14     (20     (4

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (4     (2     (2     (3     2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (14 )%      (14 )%      (13 )%      (17 )%      (5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2020      2021  

Subscriptions

   $ 259,516    $ 324,265      25

Perpetual license

     23,889      16,239      (32 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total software revenues

     283,405      340,504      20

Maintenance

     279,767      283,319      1

Professional services

     56,156      51,715      (8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maintenance and professional services revenues

     335,923      335,034     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 619,328    $ 675,538      9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues increased by 9% to $675.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to $619.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to a 20% increase in software revenues, which represent 50% of total revenues.

Software Revenues

Subscription revenues increased to $324.3 million (or 48% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $259.5 million (or 42% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase of $64.8 million (or 25%) in subscription revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to growth in the installed customer base and an increase in demand for subscription offerings.

Our perpetual license revenues decreased to $16.2 million (or 2% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $23.9 million (or 4% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease in license revenues of $7.7 million (or 32%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was due to a decrease in number of transactions and average transaction price of our software under perpetual licenses as we have focused our sales efforts on our subscription offerings and expanded our cloud business.

We expect perpetual license revenues and the mix of perpetual license revenues as compared to total software revenues to continue to decrease in future periods.

Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Maintenance revenues increased to $283.3 million (or 42% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $279.8 million (or 45% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Maintenance revenues increased for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 due to a favorable foreign currency impact of $7.2 million, increase in maintenance on new perpetual license sales, and price increases upon renewal. These increases were offset in part by decreases in the renewals of maintenance on our existing installed customer base for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Professional services revenues decreased to $51.7 million (or 8% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $56.2 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the six months

 

-109-


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2020. The decrease of $4.5 million (or 8%) in professional services revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily driven by decreases in the demand of our consulting offerings as the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacted our in-person services sales and delivery opportunities.

Cost of Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our cost of revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Percent
Change
 
     2020     2021  

Cost of software revenues

   $ 27,207     $ 39,254       44

Cost of maintenance and professional service revenues

     82,218       80,282       (2 )% 

Amortization of acquired technology

     48,066       37,095       (23 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues

     $157,491       $156,631       (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of software revenues, as a percentage of software revenues

     10     12  

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues, as a percentage of maintenance and professional service revenues

     24     24  

Cost of Software Revenues

Cost of software revenues increased to $39.3 million (or 12% of software revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $27.2 million (or 10% of software revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase of $12.1 million (or 44%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to a $8.5 million increase in fees paid to third party vendors for hosting services, a $2.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continue to scale up our hosted infrastructure support teams, a $1.1 million increase in royalty expenses and a $1.1 million increase in Shared Costs, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in software expense.

Cost of Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues decreased to $80.3 million (or 24% of service revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $82.2 million (or 24% of service revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease of $1.9 million (or 2%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to a $3.5 million decrease in outside services as we reduced our subcontractor headcount in favor of our own salaried personnel and a $0.8 million decrease in travel expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions, partially offset by a $1.5 million increase in personnel-related expenses driven by increase in headcount, and a $0.9 million increase in equipment and software expenses.

Amortization of Acquired Technology

The decrease of $11.0 million (or 23%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was due to a decrease in the amortization of acquired technology primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as components of the technology become fully amortized.

 

110


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our research and development expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2020      2021  

Research and development

   $ 111,870    $ 123,831      11

Research and development expenses increased to $123.8 million (or 18% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $111.9 million (or 18% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase of $11.9 million (or 11%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to an $8.5 million increase in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) driven by an increase in headcount, a $5.0 million increase in equipment and software expense and a $2.1 million increase in other administrative expenses, partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in Shared Costs and a $0.9 million decrease in travel expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions.

Sales and Marketing

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales and marketing expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2020      2021  

Sales and marketing

   $ 222,280    $ 220,938      (1 )% 

Sales and marketing expenses decreased to $220.9 million (or 33% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $222.3 million (or 36% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease of $1.4 million (or 1%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to a $6.8 million decrease in travel expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions, partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation), primarily due to an increase in commissions expense.

General and Administrative

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our general and administrative expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2020      2021  

General and administrative

   $ 46,842    $ 55,178      18

General and administrative expenses increased to $55.2 million (or 8% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $46.8 million (or 8% of total revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase of $8.4 million (or 18%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to a $10.2 million increase in consulting-related expenses, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense, and $0.5 million in other administrative expenses.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Other Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our amortization of intangible assets, acquisition and other charges (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2020      2021  

Amortization of intangible assets

   $ 94,343    $ 86,386      (8 )% 

Acquisition and other charges

     2,270      128      (94 )% 

Amortization of intangible assets decreased to $86.4 million (or 13% of revenues) during the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $94.3 million (or 15% of revenues) during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease of $7.9 million (or 8%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, were as a result of the amortization of our intangible assets primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as the components of the intangible assets become fully amortized.

Acquisition and other charges decreased to $0.1 million (or 0% of total revenues) during the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $2.3 million (or 0% of revenues) during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease of $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was due to the legal and other related cost incurred on two acquisitions that we completed during 2020.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our interest and other income, net (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Percent
Change
 
     2020     2021  

Interest income

   $ 742   $ 534     (28 )% 

Interest expense

     (75,860     (72,183     (5 )% 

Loss on debt refinancing

     (36,101           (100 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     2,496     14,779     492
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

   $ (108,723   $ (56,870     (48 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in interest and other income (expense), net, of $51.9 million (or 48%) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was due to a $74.2 million increase in revaluation gains on the Euro Term Loan, a $36.1 million one-time loss on debt refinancing during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and a $3.6 million decrease in interest expense. These changes were offset in part by a $61.2 million increase in foreign exchange losses and a $0.8 million increase in other expenses.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Percent
Change
 
     2020     2021  

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ (21,673   $ 11,900       155

Effective tax rate

     (17 )%      49  

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Our effective tax rate was 49% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The effective tax rate recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was higher than the Luxembourg statutory rate of 25%, primarily due to changes in the valuation allowance on disallowed interest expense.

Our effective tax benefit was (17%) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The effective tax benefit recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was lower than the Luxembourg statutory rate of 25%, primarily due to foreign earnings taxed at different rates and the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. In assessing the need for any additional valuation allowance for the six months ended June 30, 2021, we considered all available evidence both positive and negative, legislative developments, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

As a result of this analysis for the six months ended June 30, 2021, management believes it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized (except for the disallowed interest expense, the net California deferred tax assets and operating losses in certain foreign jurisdictions).

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2019      2020  

Subscriptions

   $ 471,707    $ 593,834      26

Perpetual license

     143,392      63,126      (56 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total software revenues

   $ 615,099    $ 656,960      7

Maintenance

     572,095      560,868      (2 )% 

Professional services

     119,336      105,268      (12 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total maintenance and professional services revenues

   $ 691,431    $ 666,136      (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 1,306,530    $ 1,323,096      1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues increased by 1% to $1,323.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $1,306.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a 7% increase in software revenues, partially offset by a 4% decrease in maintenance and professional service revenues. Total software revenues and total maintenance and professional services revenues each represent 50% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Software Revenues

Our subscription revenues increased to $593.8 million (or 45% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $471.7 million (or 36% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in subscription revenues of $122.1 million (or 26%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to an increase in our subscription customers and improvements in our net retention rate for existing subscription customers.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Our perpetual license revenues decreased to $63.1 million (or 5% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $143.4 million (or 11% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in perpetual license revenues of $80.3 million (or 56%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to a decrease in the number of transactions and average transaction price of our software under perpetual licenses as we have focused our sales efforts on our subscription offerings and expanded our cloud business.

We expect perpetual license revenues and the mix of perpetual license revenues as compared to total software revenues to continue to decrease in future periods.

Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Maintenance revenues decreased to $560.9 million (or 42% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $572.1 million (or 44% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $11.2 million (or 2%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to decreases in the renewals of maintenance from our existing installed customer base, partially offset by the maintenance on new perpetual license sales and price increases upon renewal. We expect maintenance revenues to continue to decrease gradually in dollar value and as a percentage of total revenue due to the continued lower expected sales of new perpetual licenses as we sell a greater mix of new cloud and other subscription-based offerings relative to perpetual licenses.

Professional services revenues decreased to $105.3 million (or 8% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $119.3 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $14.1 million (or 12%) in professional services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by decreases in the demand for our consulting offerings as the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacted our in-person services sales and delivery opportunities.

Cost of Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our cost of revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
             2019                     2020          

Cost of software revenues

   $ 50,217   $ 58,330     16

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues

     173,166     161,197     (7 )% 

Amortization of acquired technology

     115,544     98,458     (15 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues

   $ 338,927   $ 317,985     (6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of software revenues, as a percentage of software revenues

     8     9  

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues, as a percentage of maintenance and professional services revenues

     25     24  

Cost of Software Revenues

Cost of software revenues increased to $58.3 million (or 9% of software revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $50.2 million (or 8% of software revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $8.1 million (or 16%) for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

-114-


Table of Contents

compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in fees paid to third party vendors for hosting services and a $3.2 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continue to scale up our hosted infrastructure support teams, a $0.8 million increase in software expense, a $0.7 million increase in royalty expenses, and a $0.5 million increase in consulting-related expenses.

Cost of Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues decreased to $161.2 million (or 24% of maintenance and professional services revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $173.2 million (or 25% of maintenance and professional services revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $12.0 million (or 7%) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a $7.7 million decrease in travel, entertainment and other expenses due to pandemic-related travel restrictions, a $5.9 million decrease in outside services as we reduced our subcontractor headcount in favor of our own salaried personnel, and a $1.2 million decrease in equipment, software and other expenses; partially offset by an increase of $2.8 million in personnel-related expenses mainly driven by an increase in headcount.

Amortization of Acquired Technology

Amortization of acquired technology decreased to $98.5 million (or 7% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $115.5 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $17.1 million (or 15%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to a decrease in the amortization of acquired technology primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as components of the technology become fully amortized, which was partially offset by additional amortization of new intangibles acquired during the year.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our research and development expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
         2019                  2020        

Research and development

   $ 234,879    $ 230,151      (2 )% 

Research and development expenses decreased to $230.2 million (or 17% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $234.9 million (or 18% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $4.7 million (or 2%) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a $6.7 million decrease in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) mainly related to the distribution equivalent rights bonus (DERB) program established in 2019, as disclosed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and a $4.9 million decrease in travel expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions; which were partially offset by a $6.3 million increase in Shared Costs due to an increase in headcount and a $0.6 million increase in facilities costs.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales and marketing expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2019                  2020        

Sales and marketing

   $ 486,298    $ 451,839      (7 )% 

Sales and marketing expenses decreased to $451.8 million (or 34% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $486.3 million (or 37% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $34.5 million (or 7%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a $20.9 million decrease in travel and entertainment expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions, a $15.7 million decrease in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) due to a reduction in headcount during the year within APAC and Europe as part of our channel distribution strategy and a change in the sales commission plan compared to 2019, and a $1.6 million decrease in Shared Costs, which was partially offset by a $3.7 million increase in general marketing expenses.

General and Administrative

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our general and administrative expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2019                  2020        

General and administrative

   $ 101,638    $ 93,548      (8 )% 

General and administrative expenses decreased to $93.5 million (or 7% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $101.6 million (or 8% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $8.1 million (or 8%) was primarily due to a $6.0 million decrease in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) mainly related to our DERB program as disclosed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, a $1.2 million decrease in travel expense due to pandemic-related travel restrictions, and a $1.2 million decrease in Shared Costs, which was partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in other administrative expenses.

Other Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our amortization of intangible assets, acquisition, litigation, and other charges and restructuring charges (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2019                  2020        

Amortization of intangible assets

   $ 208,082    $ 189,309      (9 )% 

Acquisition, litigation settlement and other charges

     749      3,001      301

Restructuring charges

            16,476        100

Amortization of intangible assets decreased to $189.3 million (or 14% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $208.1 million (or 16% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $18.8 million (or 9%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to a decrease in the

 

-116-


Table of Contents

amortization of our intangible assets primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as the components of the intangible assets become fully amortized, which was partially offset by additional amortization of new intangibles acquired during the year.

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges increased to $3.0 million (1% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to the legal and other related cost incurred on two acquisitions that we completed during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Restructuring charges increased to $16.5 million (or 1% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to no restructuring charges during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to our reorganization activities related to our workforce reduction, which resulted in the elimination of approximately 300 employees, or 6% of the total workforce and closure of several offices both inside and outside of the United States.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our interest and other income, net (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2019      2020  

Interest income

   $ 4,062    $ 2,254      (45)%  

Interest expense

     (161,877)        (149,445)        (8)%  

Loss on debt refinancing

     (1,085)        (37,400)        n/m  

Other income (expense), net

     16,722        (26,404)        n/m  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Interest and other income (expense), net

   $ (142,178)      $ (210,995)        48%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

The increase in interest and other income (expense), net, of $68.8 million (or 48%) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $60.0 million of revaluation losses on the Euro Term Loan resulting from the U.S. dollar depreciating against the Euro and an increase of $36.3 million in loss on debt refinancing from higher 2020 refinancing costs. These increases were partially offset by an increase of foreign exchange gains balances by $15.2 million and a decrease of $12.3 million in loan interest expense due to a decline in LIBOR from 2019 and a decrease in the borrowing amount of a higher fixed rate interest rate loan as compared to 2019.

Income Taxes

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
           2019                 2020        

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ (22,996   $ (22,321     (3 )% 

Effective tax rate

     11     12  

Our effective tax benefit rates were 11% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 respectively. The effective tax benefit rates recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and

 

-117-


Table of Contents

2020 were lower than the statutory rate of 25%, primarily due to foreign earnings taxed at lower tax rates, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts, which reduced the U.S. federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%, and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, which contains several income tax provisions, including but not limited to, changes to the rules governing interest deductions and technical corrections to certain provisions in the Tax Act.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. In assessing the need for any additional valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020, we considered all available evidence both positive and negative, legislative developments, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

As a result of this analysis for the year ended December 31, 2020, management believes it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets of $150.8 million will be realized (except for the net California deferred tax assets and operating losses in certain foreign jurisdictions).

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2018      2019  

Subscription

   $ 302,519      $ 471,707        56

Perpetual license

     241,237        143,392        (41 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total software revenue

   $ 543,756      $ 615,099        13

Maintenance

     573,885        572,095       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Professional services

     110,721        119,336        8

Total maintenance and professional services revenues

   $ 684,606      $ 691,431        1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 1,228,362      $ 1,306,530        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues increased by 6% to $1,306.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1,228.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to a 13% increase in software revenues and a 1% increase in service revenues. Total software revenues and total maintenance and professional services revenues represent 47% and 53%, respectively, of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Software Revenues

Subscription revenues increased to $471.7 million (or 36% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $302.5 million (or 25% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $169.2 million (or 56%) in subscription revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to an increase in the number of our subscription customer transactions and improvements in our net retention rate for existing subscription customers.

Our perpetual license revenues decreased to $143.4 million (or 11% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $241.2 million (or 20% of total revenues) for the year ended

 

-118-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018. The decrease in perpetual license revenues of $97.8 million (or 41%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was due to a decrease in number of transactions and average transaction price of our software under perpetual licenses as we have focused our sales efforts on our subscription offerings and expanded our cloud business.

Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Maintenance revenues decreased to $572.1 million (or 44% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $573.9 million (or 47% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. Maintenance revenue decreased slightly for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 because non-renewals of maintenance were almost fully offset by maintenance on new perpetual license sales and maintenance price increases negotiated at the time of renewal.

Professional services revenues increased to $119.3 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $110.7 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $8.6 million (or 8%) in professional services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was due to an increase in the demand for our consulting and education offerings.

Cost of Revenues

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our cost of revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
           2018               2019        

Cost of software revenues

   $ 41,864     $ 50,217       20

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues

     158,769       173,166       9

Amortization of acquired technology

     143,769       115,544       (20 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues

   $ 344,402     $ 338,927       (2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of software revenues, as a percentage of software revenues

     8     8  

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues, as a percentage of maintenance and professional services revenues

     23     25  

Cost of Software Revenues

Cost of software revenues increased to $50.2 million (or 8% of software revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $41.9 million (or 8% of software revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $8.4 million (or 20%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in fees paid to third party vendors for hosting services, a $3.4 million increase in personnel-related costs as we continued to scale up our infrastructure support teams, and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses.

Cost of Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues increased to $173.2 million (or 25% of maintenance and professional services revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $158.8 million (or 23% of maintenance and professional services revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $14.4 million (or 9%) during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to a $16.8 million increase in

 

-119-


Table of Contents

personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation) mainly driven by an increase in headcount and a $2.4 million increase in outside services, partially offset by a $1.9 million decrease in travel and entertainment related expenses, a $1.7 million decrease in depreciation expenses, and a $1.2 million decrease in ERP system implementation costs due to the project being substantially completed in 2018.

Amortization of Acquired Technology

Amortization of acquired technologies decreased to $115.5 million (or 9% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $143.8 million (or 12% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $28.2 million (or 20%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was due to a decrease in the amortization of acquired technologies primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as components of the technology become fully amortized, which was partially offset by additional amortization of new intangibles acquired during the year.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our research and development expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2018                  2019        

Research and development

   $ 203,071      $ 234,879        16

Research and development expenses increased to $234.9 million (or 18% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $203.1 million (or 17% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $31.8 million (or 16%) during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to a $33.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation), of which $10.7 million of the increase was related to our DERB program and the tender offer in 2019, as disclosed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and the remainder was mainly related to increased headcount from our focus on new cloud products. This increase was partially offset by a $0.8 million decrease in facilities related expenses, a $0.6 million decrease in ERP system implementation costs due to the project being substantially completed in 2018, and a $0.5 million decrease in equipment and software expense.

Sales and Marketing

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales and marketing expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2018                  2019        

Sales and marketing

   $ 431,538      $ 486,298        13

Sales and marketing expenses increased to $486.3 million (or 37% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $431.5 million (or 35% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $54.8 million (or 13%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to a $59.1 million increase in

 

-120-


Table of Contents

personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation), of which $7.5 million of the increase was related to our DERB program and tender offer in 2019, as disclosed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and the remainder was mainly driven by salaries and commissions expense as a result of increased headcount, a $1.8 million increase in equipment and software expense, a $1.4 million increase in facilities costs, a $0.8 million increase in travel related expenses, and a $0.7 million increase in general marketing expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $5.0 million decrease in ERP system implementation costs due to the project being substantially completed in 2018, and a $4.0 million decrease in outside services.

General and Administrative

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our general and administrative expenses (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2018                  2019        

General and administrative

   $ 87,644      $ 101,638        16

General and administrative expenses increased to $101.6 million (or 8% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $87.6 million (or 7% of total revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $14.0 million was primarily due to a $18.0 million increase in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation), of which $11.3 million was related to our DERB program and the tender offer in 2019, as disclosed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and the remainder was a result of increased headcount. This increase was partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in professional services, a $1.0 million decrease in other administrative charges, and a $0.9 million decrease in ERP system implementation costs due to the project being substantially completed in 2018.

Other Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our amortization of intangible assets and acquisition and other charges (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
           2018                  2019        

Amortization of intangible assets

   $ 226,607      $ 208,082        (8 )% 

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

     22,517        749        (97 )% 

Amortization of intangible assets decreased to $208.1 million (or 16% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $226.6 million (or 18% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $18.5 million (or 8%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was a result of a decrease in the amortization of our intangible assets primarily from the 2015 Privatization Transaction, as components of the intangible assets become fully amortized which was partially offset by additional amortization of new intangibles acquired during the year.

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges decreased to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $22.5 million (or 2% of total revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was the result of the settlement in 2018 of the False Claims Act investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice for $21.9 million. Refer to Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the settlement.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our interest and other income, net (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
     2018     2019  

Interest income

   $ 5,059     $ 4,062       (20 )% 

Interest expense

     (146,338     (161,877     11

Loss on debt refinancing

     (23,628     (1,085     (95 )% 

Other income, net

     40,385       16,722       (59 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest and other income (expense), net

   $ (124,522   $ (142,178     14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The decrease in interest and other income (expense), net, of $17.7 million (or 14%) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to a decrease of $26.4 million of revaluation gains on the Euro Term Loan resulting from the US dollar appreciating against the Euro, and increase of $15.5 million in loan interest expense from additional debt, higher interest swap rates, and higher LIBOR rate in 2019. These decreases were partially offset by a decrease of $22.5 million in loss on debt refinancing from higher 2018 refinancing costs, and a decrease of $1.7 million in other income. Refer to Note 9. Borrowings of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the refinancing of our Term Loan facility.

Income Tax Benefit

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our benefit for income taxes (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
           2018                 2019        

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ (44,256   $ (22,996     (48 )% 

Effective tax rate

     21     11  

Our effective tax benefit rates were 21% and 11% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The effective tax benefit rates recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 were lower than the statutory rates of 26% and 25%, respectively, primarily due to foreign earnings taxed at lower tax rates.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. In assessing the need for any additional valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2019, we considered all available evidence both positive and negative, legislative developments, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

As a result of this analysis for the year ended December 31, 2019, management believes it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets of $128.2 million will be realized (except for the net California deferred tax assets and operating losses in certain foreign jurisdictions).

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables summarize our selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data, the percentage of revenues that each line item represents, and the key business metrics for each of the eight quarters in the period ended June 30, 2021. The information for each of

 

-122-


Table of Contents

these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
    (unaudited, in thousands)  

Revenues:

               

Subscriptions

  $ 123,665     $ 146,702     $ 122,760   $ 136,756   $ 148,278   $ 186,040   $ 157,542     $ 166,723  

Perpetual license

    26,006       56,728       12,131     11,758     13,693     25,544       9,216       7,023  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    149,671       203,430       134,891     148,514     161,971     211,584       166,758       173,746  

Maintenance and professional services

    173,199       175,177       169,626     166,297     165,272     164,941       166,955       168,079  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    322,870       378,607       304,517     314,811     327,243     376,525       333,713       341,825  

Total cost of revenues (1)

    85,326       87,788       83,535     73,956     77,696     82,798       77,429       79,202  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    237,544       290,819       220,982     240,855     249,547     293,727       256,284       262,623  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development (1)

    59,385       63,082       60,411       51,459       56,902       61,379       59,904       63,927  

Sales and marketing (1)

    114,711       144,279       115,097       107,183       102,215       127,344       108,526       112,412  

General and administrative (1)

    27,254       30,655       24,636       22,206       19,283       27,423       26,285       28,893  

Amortization of intangible assets

    52,014       51,975       47,206       47,137       47,463       47,503       43,226       43,160  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

          555       2,048       222       564       167       333       (205

Restructuring charges

                            14,982       1,494              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses (1)

    253,364       290,546       249,398     228,207     241,409     265,310       238,274       248,187  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (15,820     273       (28,416     12,648     8,138     28,417       18,010       14,436  

Interest income

    538       317       416     326     1,254     258       280       254  

Interest expense

    (40,876     (40,346     (38,977     (36,883     (37,108     (36,477     (35,799     (36,384

Loss on debt refinancing

                (36,101         (1,299                  

Other income (expense), net

    9,931       (5,929     6,699     (4,203     (13,193     (15,707     16,325       (1,546
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (46,227     (45,685     (96,379     (28,112     (42,208     (23,509     (1,184     (23,240

Income tax expense (benefit)

    486       (2,546     (16,885     (4,788     (9,899     9,251       811       (11,089
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (46,713   $ (43,139   $ (79,494   $ (23,324   $ (32,309   $ (32,760   $ (1,995   $ (34,329
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
    (unaudited, in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

  $ 620     $ 901     $ 118     $ 285     $ 271     $ 242     $ 239     $ 241  

Research and development

    1,539       2,198       286       608       897       740       770       1,034  

Sales and marketing

    1,219       1,374       429       864       930       812       857       1,013  

General and administrative

    2,042       2,899       3,079       979       781       723       711       1,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 5,420     $ 7,372     $ 3,912     $ 2,736     $ 2,879     $ 2,517     $ 2,577     $ 3,308  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Percentage of Revenue Data

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
    (unaudited)  

Revenues:

               

Subscriptions

    38     39     40     43     45     49     47     49

Perpetual license

    8       15       4       4       4       7       3       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    46       54       44       47       49       56       50       51  

Maintenance and professional services

    54       46       56       53       51       44       50       49  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100  

Total cost of revenues

    26       23       27       23       24       22       23       23  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    74       77       73       77       76       78       77       77  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and
development

    18       17       20       16       17       16       18       19  

Sales and marketing

    36       38       38       34       31       34       33       33  

General and
administrative

    8       8       8       7       6       7       8       8  

Amortization of intangible assets

    16       14       16       15       15       13       13       13  

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

                1                                

Restructuring charges

                            5                    

Total operating expenses

    78       77       82       72       74       70       71       73  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (5           (9     4       2       8       6       4  

Interest income

                                               

Interest expense

    (13     (11     (13     (12     (11     (10     (11     (11

Loss on debt refinancing

                (12                              

Other income (expense), net

    3       (2     2       (1     (4     (4     5        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (14     (12     (32     (9     (13     (6           (7

Income tax expense (benefit)

          (1     (6     (2     (3     2             3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (14 )%      (11 )%      (26 )%      (7 )%      (10 )%      (9 )%      (1 )%      (10 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Seasonal Trends

Purchasing patterns for our products have followed quarterly and seasonal trends that we expect to continue. We typically sell a substantial portion of our software product licenses and services in the last month of each quarter, and demand for our software products and professional services are generally highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of each year.

Quarterly Changes in Revenue

Subscription revenue generally increased as a percentage of total revenue for the quarters presented primarily due to introduction of new subscription and cloud products, increased consumption of our products by existing customers and the addition of new customers. Perpetual license revenue as a percentage of total revenue has generally declined due to our shift to subscription model.

Quarterly Changes in Cost of Revenue

Changes in cost of revenue have generally corresponded with our revenue growth. Increases are primarily due to third party hosting service costs and increased personnel-related expenses resulting from increased headcount, offset by decreases in amortization of acquired technology.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Changes in Operating Expenses

Operating expenses have fluctuated in each of the prior eight quarters presented primarily due to increased personnel related costs and other related costs to support our growth, offset by pandemic-related savings from reduced business travel, deferred hiring for some positions and the virtualization or cancellation of customer and employee events. We intend to continue to make investments in research and development as we add features and enhance our product. We also intend to invest in our sales and marketing organization to drive future revenue growth.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our quarterly consolidated condensed financial data, we use the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measure to help us evaluate our business and operating performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
    (unaudited, in millions, except percentages and subscription customers)  

Annual Recurring Revenue

  $ 969     $ 1,021     $ 1,043     $ 1,070     $ 1,100     $ 1,160     $ 1,195     $ 1,240  

Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue

  $ 394     $ 446     $ 475     $ 510     $ 541     $ 607     $ 643     $ 686  

Subscription Net Retention Rate

    107     113     111     113     113     114     115     116

Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue

  $ 157     $ 167     $ 176     $ 189     $ 200     $ 227     $ 240     $ 264  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 89     $ 117     $ 74     $ 94     $ 107     $ 125     $ 91     $ 84  

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measure” for a description of Annual Recurring Revenue, Subscription Annual Recurring Revenue, Subscription Net Retention Rate, Cloud Annual Recurring Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as GAAP net loss as adjusted for income tax expense (benefit), interest income, interest expense, loss on debt refinancing, other income (expense), net, stock-based compensation, amortization of intangibles, equity compensation related payments, one-time fees related to acquisitions, costs related to discrete payments for legal settlements, restructuring costs and executive severance, one-time impairment on restructured facilities, sponsor-related costs and depreciation. Equity compensation payments are related to the repurchase of employee stock options.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
    (in millions)  

GAAP net loss

  $ (47   $ (43   $ (79   $ (24   $ (32   $ (33   $ (2   $ (34

Income tax expense (benefit)

          (3     (17     (4     (10     9       1       11  

Interest income

    (1                 (1           (1           (1

Interest expense

    41       40       39       37       37       37       36       36  

Loss on debt refinancing

                36             1                    

Other income (expense), net

    (10     6       (7     5       13       15       (16     1  

Stock-based compensation

    5       7       4       3       3       2       3       3  

Amortization of intangibles

    81       81       71       71       73       73       62       61  

Equity compensation payments

    13       21       16       1             1              

Acquisition transaction fees

          1       2             1                    

Legal settlements, restructuring costs and executive severance

                1             14       11              

One-time impairment on restructured facilities

                                  2              

Sponsor-related costs

    1             1             1             1        

Depreciation

    6       7       7       6       6       9       6       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 89     $ 117     $ 74     $ 94     $ 107     $ 125     $ 91     $ 84  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash flows from operations and debt financing. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had $367.0 million and $438.0 million in available cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and short-term investments, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments primarily consist of bank account balances, short-term time deposits and highly liquid money market funds. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we did not hold any marketable securities. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows generated by operations and the Revolving Facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, we may be required to raise or desire additional funds for selective purposes, such as acquisitions or other investments in complementary businesses, products, or technologies, and may raise such additional funds through equity or debt financing or from other sources.

Our primary sources of cash are from cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, the Revolving Facility and the collection of accounts receivable from our customers. Our uses of cash include payroll and payroll-related expenses and operating expenses such as marketing programs, travel, professional services, facilities and related costs, servicing our borrowings, and debt principal payments. We have also used cash to purchase property and equipment and to acquire businesses and technologies to expand our product offerings. We expect to use most of our available cash to service our borrowings, to the extent not used for working capital needs.

Approximately a third of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by our foreign subsidiaries.

 

126


Table of Contents

Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to (i) repay in full the $2.8 billion of outstanding indebtedness under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility from $1.9 billion of expected borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility and $0.8 billion of the net proceeds from this offering and $0.1 billion from cash and cash equivalents on hand; (ii) pay a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility; and (iii) establish a $250.0 million revolving credit facility with certain revolving lenders (the “New Revolving Facility”). The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028. Borrowings on the New Revolving Facility are initially expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.50% and the revolving commitments will expire on October 29, 2026. See Note 1 in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information provided else-where in this prospectus.

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2018                     2019                     2020                     2020                     2021          

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 200,252     $ 3,138     $ 167,754     $ 46,282   $ 104,449

Cash used in investing activities

  $ (24,405   $ (53,352   $ (52,511   $ (10,590   $ (8,103

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ (35,143   $ (218,297   $ 70,290     $ 82,504   $ (32,624

Operating Activities:    Cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $104.4 million. Our net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $36.3 million, adjusted for non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $138.9 million of depreciation and amortization, $7.3 million of non-cash operating lease cost and $5.9 million of stock-based compensation expense which was partially offset by $43.2 million of deferred income taxes and $18.5 million of unrealized gain on remeasurement of our euro debt. Additional uses of cash resulted from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $62.8 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payment and payment of our lease obligations, a $34.9 million decrease in contract liabilities, and a $13.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and assets associated with the growth in our operations. This was partially offset mainly by a $145.5 million decrease in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections and a $15.9 million increase in income tax payable due to the timing of tax payments. Our “days sales outstanding” in accounts receivable decreased to 69 days during the six months ended June 30, 2021 from 72 days during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $46.3 million. Our net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $102.8 million, adjusted for non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $158.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $36.1 million in loss on our debt refinancing, $7.8 million of non-cash operating lease cost, $6.7 million of stock-based compensation expense, and $2.7 million of unrealized loss on remeasurement of our euro debt which was partially offset by $34.0 million of deferred income taxes. Additional uses of cash resulted from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $112.4 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payment and payment of our lease obligations, a $61.8 million decrease in contract liabilities, and a $3.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and assets associated with the growth in our operations. This was partially offset mainly by a $146.2 million decrease in accounts receivable due to collections and a $2.3 million increase in income tax payable due to the timing of tax payments. Our “days sales outstanding” in accounts receivable decreased to 72 days during the six months ended June 30, 2020 from 75 days during the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $167.8 million. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $167.9 million, adjusted for non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $321.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $50.6 million of unrealized loss on remeasurement of our euro debt, $37.4 million in loss on our debt refinancing, $19.2 million of non-cash operating lease cost and $12.0 million of stock-based compensation expense which was partially offset by $77.9 million of deferred income taxes. Additional uses of cash resulted from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $42.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and assets associated with the growth in our operations, a $8.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections and a $11.2 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payment and payment of our lease obligations. This was partially offset mainly by a $22.7 million increase in income tax payable due to the timing of tax payments and a $12.5 million increase in contract liabilities. Our “days sales outstanding” in accounts receivable increased to 99 days during the year ended December 31, 2020 from 96 days during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $3.1 million. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $183.2 million, adjusted for non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $356.7 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.1 million of loss on our debt refinancing, $13.3 million of non-cash operating lease cost and $15.4 million of stock-based compensation expense, which was partially offset by $69.8 million of deferred income taxes and $9.1 million of unrealized gain on remeasurement of our euro debt. Additional uses of cash resulted from change in operating assets and liabilities. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $97.9 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets associated with the growth in our operations, a $50.2 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections and a $4.2 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payment and payment of our lease obligations. This was partially offset by a $34.1 million increase in contract liabilities. Our “days sales outstanding” in accounts receivable increased to 96 days during the year ended December 31, 2019 from 95 days during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $200.3 million. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $167.7 million, adjusted for non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $403.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $23.6 million of loss on our debt refinancing and $6.9 million of stock-based compensation expense. This was partially offset by $75.6 million of deferred income taxes and $25.9 million of unrealized gain on remeasurement of our euro debt. Additional uses of cash resulted from change in operating assets and liabilities. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $46.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets associated with the growth in our operations and a $23.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections. This was partially offset by a $53.9 million increase in contract liabilities, a $37.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payment and a $12.8 million increase in income tax payable due to the timing of tax payments. Our “days sales outstanding” in accounts receivable increased to 99 days during the year ended December 31, 2018 from 94 days during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Investing Activities:    Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $8.1 million primarily due to a $36.7 million cash outflow consisting primarily of $35.4 million in purchases of investments and $1.3 million for purchases of property and equipment. These cash outflows were partially offset by $28.5 million in maturities of investments and $0.1 million from the sale of an investment in an equity interest.

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $10.6 million primarily due to a $11.5 million cash outflow consisting primarily of $7.0 million in purchases of

 

-128-


Table of Contents

investments, $4.3 million for purchases of property and equipment, and $0.2 million for payment for equity method investment. These cash outflows were partially offset by $0.9 million in maturities of investments.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $52.5 million primarily due to a $72.3 million cash outflow consisting primarily of $36.7 million in purchases of investments, $21.4 million for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, $13.8 million for purchases of property and equipment, and $0.3 million for payment for equity method investment. These cash outflows were partially offset by $19.6 million in maturities of investments and $0.1 million from the sale of an investment in an equity interest.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $53.4 million primarily due to a $75.4 million cash outflow consisting primarily of $31.3 million for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, $29.7 million for purchases of property and equipment, and $13.8 million for purchases of investments. These cash outflows were partially offset by $19.0 million in maturities of investments and $3.1 million from sale of investment in equity interests.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $24.4 million primarily due to a $56.5 million cash outflow consisting primarily of $28.7 million for purchases of investments, $27.6 million for purchases of property and equipment, and $0.2 million for purchase of developed technology. These cash outflows were partially offset by $32.1 million in maturities of investments.

We acquire property and equipment in our normal course of business. The amount and timing of these purchases and the related cash outflows in future periods depend on a number of factors, including the hiring of employees, the rate of upgrade of computer hardware and software used in our business, as well as our business outlook.

We have used cash to acquire businesses and technologies that enhance and expand our product offerings, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so in the future. Due to the nature of these transactions, it is difficult to predict the amount and timing of such cash requirements to complete such transactions. We may be required to raise additional funds to complete future acquisitions. In addition, we may be obligated to pay certain variable and deferred earn-out payments based upon achievement of certain performance targets.

Financing Activities: Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $32.6 million primarily due to $11.9 million payment in debt, $9.3 million of net activity from derivatives with an other-than-insignificant financing element, $9.0 million paid for contingent consideration in connection with an acquisition, $5.4 million for payments for share repurchases, and $1.0 million for payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards. These cash outflows were partially offset by $4.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of shares.

Net cash generated from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $82.5 million driven by $900.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of debt and $1.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of shares. These cash inflows were partially offset by $769.2 million payment of debt, $30.9 million payment of debt issuance costs, $7.5 million payment for settlement of stock options, $6.0 million paid for contingent consideration, $2.0 million payments for share repurchases, $1.7 million payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards, and $1.3 million of net activity from derivatives with an other-than-insignificant financing element.

Net cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $70.3 million driven by $950.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of debt and $3.4 million in proceeds from the issuance of our shares. These cash inflows were partially offset by $826.0 million

 

-129-


Table of Contents

payment of debt, $32.2 million payment of debt issuance costs, $7.5 million payment for settlement of stock options, $6.2 million paid for contingent consideration in connection with an acquisition, $5.6 million of net activity from derivatives with an other-than-insignificant financing element, $3.3 million for payments for share repurchases and $2.4 million payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $218.3 million driven by $317.3 million in share repurchases, $20.2 million for repayment of debt, a $11.3 million payment for our tender offer, $1.4 million in payment of debt issuance costs and $0.1 million payment for contingent consideration. These cash outflows were partially offset by $124.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of debt, $7.6 million of proceeds from issuance of our shares.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $35.1 million driven by $26.3 million payment of debt, $5.8 million paid for contingent consideration related to an acquisition and $3.3 million of debt issuance costs.

Debt

Unsecured Notes

In connection with our 2015 Privatization Transaction, we issued $650.0 million of 7.125% senior notes due in 2023 (the Notes), pursuant to an indenture with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. The Notes were fully redeemed during the quarter ended March 31, 2020.

Original Term Loan Facility

In addition, we entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Bank of America, N.A. The credit facilities consisted of a $1.71 billion dollar term loan facility and a 250.0 million euro term loan facility (collectively, the Original Term Loan Facilities), and a $150 million revolving facility.

In January 2018, we refinanced our Original Term Loan Facilities (together, the 2018 Term Loan Facilities), and in April 2019, we incurred an additional $125.0 million of 2018 dollar term loans after which the principal amount of the dollar term loan facilities was $1.54 billion and the principal amount of the Euro term loan facility was 442.7 million (collectively, the New Term Loan Facility).

On February 25, 2020, we amended the 2018 Term Loan Facilities (as amended, the First Lien Credit Agreement) and entered into a new Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the Second Lien Credit Agreement and, together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreements) with Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as agent, for a syndicate of lenders. We borrowed $1.79 billion of dollar term loans (the First Lien Dollar Term Facility) and 480.0 million of euro term loans (the First Lien Euro Term Facility and, together with the First Lien Dollar Term Facility, the First Lien Term Facilities) under the First Lien Credit Agreement and $425.0 million of term loans (the Second Lien Term Facility and, together with the First Lien Term Facilities, the Term Facilities) under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and used the proceeds thereof to refinance the existing term loans, redeem the Notes and pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. The terms applicable solely to the revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement (the Revolving Facility), including pricing and the financial covenants, were not amended.

On July 14, 2020, we entered into Amendment No. 1 (Amendment No. 1) to the Second Lien Credit Agreement pursuant to which we borrowed an additional $50.0 million of second lien term loans, which have the same terms and conditions as the loans issued under the Second Lien Term Facility.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

The proceeds of such second lien term loans were used to repay $45.0 million of the Revolving Facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with Amendment No. 1, and for other general corporate purposes.

The First Lien Term Facilities mature on February 25, 2027 but include a springing maturity to 91 days prior to the maturity date of the Second Lien Term Facility if more than $100.0 million of the Second Lien Term Facility has not been repaid or extended by such date. The Second Lien Term Facility matures on February 25, 2025. The First Lien Term Facilities are repayable in quarterly installments of 0.25% of the initial principal amount thereof, with the remaining amount due at maturity. The Second Lien Term Facility is repayable in full at maturity. The Revolving Facility matures on April 17, 2024. See Note 9. Borrowings of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details.

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, a total of approximately $2.8 billion was outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities. As of June 30, 2021, we have also utilized $1.2 million of letters of credit under the Revolving Facility. See Note 9. Borrowings of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details.

The First Lien Credit Agreement requires that, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if on such date the aggregate principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and letter of credit obligations (in excess of $10 million) exceed 30% of the revolving loan commitments, the total net first lien leverage ratio cannot exceed 6.25 to 1.00. Accrued interest on the First Lien Term Facilities is payable quarterly in arrears with respect to base rate loans, at the end of each interest rate period (or at each 3- month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than 3 months) with respect to LIBOR loans, the date of any repayment or prepayment, and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise). Accrued interest on the Second Lien Term Facility is payable quarterly.

The Credit Agreements contain certain customary affirmative and negative covenants. As of June 30, 2021, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to (i) repay in full the $2.8 billion of outstanding indebtedness under the First Lien Term Facility and Second Lien Term Facility from $1.9 billion of expected borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility and $0.8 billion of the net proceeds from this offering and $0.1 billion from cash and cash equivalents on hand; (ii) pay a 2.0% prepayment premium under our Second Lien Credit Facility; and (iii) establish a $250.0 million revolving credit facility with certain revolving lenders (the “New Revolving Facility”). The borrowing on the New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a maturity date of October 29, 2028. Borrowings on the New Revolving Facility are initially expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.50% and the revolving commitments will expire on October 29, 2026. See Note 1 in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information provided else-where in this prospectus.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

Contractual and Lease Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at June 30, 2021, which include our future principal and estimated interest payments under our debt facilities and our future minimum lease payments, excluding sublease income, under non-cancelable operating leases with original terms in excess of one year, and the effect of such obligations on our liquidity and cash flows in the future periods (in thousands):

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less
than 1
Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than 5
Years
 

Future principal and interest payments under the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities

   $ 3,361,543    $ 68,569    $ 270,436    $ 713,514    $ 2,309,024

Operating lease payments

     67,947        10,331        28,971        15,286        13,359  

Total

   $ 3,429,490    $ 78,900      $ 299,407    $ 728,800    $ 2,322,383

The above commitment table does not include approximately $43.7 million of long-term income tax liabilities recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of these potential future payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this amount is not included in the table above. For further information, see Note 17. Income Taxes of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contractual Obligations

Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of certain goods and services are not included in the above table. We cannot determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations because purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. For the purposes of the contractual obligation table above, contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on our current needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty. Contractual obligations that are contingent upon the achievement of certain milestones are not included in the table above.

We estimate the expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above based on current information. Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations.

Operating Leases

We also lease certain office facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2030.

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information. Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be different.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

Other obligations

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we deferred employer-only payroll tax payments as allowed under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act). As of June 30, 2021, a total of $7.7 million employer-only payroll tax was outstanding and the payment was made in August 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, transactions, or relationships with “special purpose entities,” with the exception of letters of credit of $1.2 million funded under the Revolving Facility.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, which require us to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments, and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these assumptions, judgments, and estimates are made. These estimates, judgments, and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Any material differences between these estimates and actual results will impact our consolidated financial statements. On a regular basis, we evaluate our estimates, judgments, and assumptions and make changes accordingly.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect the more significant estimates, judgments, and assumptions and have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. See the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Revenue Recognition

We account for our revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The core principle of ASC 606 is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This principle is achieved by applying the following five-step approach:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer.    A contract with a customer exists when (i) we enter into an enforceable contract with a customer that defines each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred and identifies the payment terms related to these goods or services, (ii) the contract has commercial substance, and (iii) we determine that collection of substantially all consideration for goods or services that are transferred is probable based on the customer’s intent and ability to pay the promised consideration. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, published credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract.    Performance obligations contained in a contract are identified based on the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer that are both (i) capable of being distinct, and the customer can benefit from the goods or services either on their own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and (ii) distinct in the context of the contract, and the transfer of

 

-133-


Table of Contents
 

the goods or services is separate from other promises in the contract. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised goods or services, we apply our judgment to determine whether the promised goods or services are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised goods or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. We consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a good or product to a customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the product.

 

   

Determination of the transaction price.    The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we will be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer.

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.    If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (SSP). We generally determine SSP based on the price at which the performance obligation is routinely sold separately, such as support and maintenance on our core offerings. In connection with our on-premise perpetual and subscription licenses and cloud services, we are unable to establish an SSP based on observable prices given the same selling price for the same products are highly variable, and a representative SSP is not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence. As a result, the SSP for on-premise perpetual and subscription licenses and cloud services included in a contract with multiple performance obligations is determined by applying a residual approach whereby all other performance obligations within a contract are first allocated a portion of the transaction price based upon their respective SSPs, with any residual amount of transaction price allocated to on-premise perpetual and subscription licenses and cloud services revenues.

 

   

Recognition of revenue when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied.    We satisfy performance obligations either over time or at a point in time, as discussed in further detail below. Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied with the transfer of control of a promised good or service to a customer.

We derive our revenues from sales of perpetual and subscription-based on-premise software licenses, a variety of cloud and data-as-a-service offerings, maintenance and support services (which entitle the customer to receive product support and unspecified software updates), and professional services, consisting of consulting and education services. We recognize revenue net of applicable sales taxes, financing charges that we have absorbed, and amounts retained by our resellers and distributors, if any.

Software revenue

Software revenue consists of subscription and perpetual license revenues. Subscription revenues primarily consist of revenues from subscription-based on-premise licenses and related support, and subscription cloud services. Revenues from subscription-based on-premise licenses are recognized at a point in time upon transfer of control of the software license to the customer, similar to perpetual licenses. Revenue on the remaining subscription support offering is generally recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the customer. Subscription contracts are generally three years or shorter in length and billed annually in advance.

Perpetual license revenues are derived from sales of our software under perpetual licenses. Revenue from our perpetual license products is generally recognized at a point in time upon transfer of control of the software license to the customer, which is typically upon making the software available to our customers.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Maintenance and Professional Services revenue    

Maintenance revenue, which consists of fees for ongoing support and product updates are recognized ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year. Maintenance contracts are generally billed annually in advance and are non-cancelable.

Professional services revenues are primarily related to configuration, installation, and implementation of our products. These services are generally performed on a time-and-materials basis. Revenues for fixed fee contracts are generally recognized as services are performed, applying input methods to estimate progress to completion. Consulting services are generally either billed in advance or monthly as services are rendered. Consulting services, if included as part of the software arrangement, generally do not entail significant modification or customization of the software and hence, such services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software.

Professional services revenues also include education services revenues, which are generated from classes offered at our headquarters, sales and training offices, customer locations, and on-line. Revenues are recognized as the classes are delivered.

Stock-based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock Compensation. All of our outstanding awards under our equity plan are accounted for as equity awards. We use the Black-Scholes Merton and Monte Carlo models for valuation of our option awards. Both models require the input of certain assumptions on the grant date, including fair value of the underlying stock and exercise price, expected term, volatility, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. The fair value of the underlying share and the exercise price were based on the estimated per share fair value from our recurring valuation process. We have discounted the fair value of the underlying share for lack of marketability of the shares before applying each model. The expected term was estimated based on an analysis of the facts and circumstances underlying the option agreement. The expected volatility data was calculated using publicly traded peer companies’ historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the implied yield on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issued with maturities that were consistent with the option’s expected term. The expected dividend yield was zero based on our continued assumption that there will not be any dividend payouts.

We grant stock options with only service conditions as well as with both service and performance/market conditions. The term of the options granted under our equity plan is ten years with a vesting requirement of continued employment through the applicable vesting date, and in certain cases attainment of performance criteria. The performance-based options are subject to a multiple on invested capital (MOIC) performance criteria and/or market conditions in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events, including completion of this proposed public offering. As of September 30, 2021, there were 70.4 million such performance-based options outstanding. In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to incur stock-based compensation expense of $19.1 million related to the vesting of these options in the quarter ending December 31, 2021.

Compensation expense is recognized for time-based options on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense for options containing performance conditions is based on the estimated number of the performance-based stock options expected to vest and is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for options containing a market condition is based on the estimated number of the stock options expected to vest on attainment of the condition.

See Note 14. Stockholders’ Equity and Deferred Compensation in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our stock-based compensation plan and more information on

 

-135-


Table of Contents

the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. We recognize forfeitures as they occur, and cash flows related to excess tax benefits are presented as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows.

Business Combinations

We estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill, as of the acquisition date, is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Such valuations require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and as a result, our actual results may differ from estimates.

Contingent consideration arrangements are recognized at their acquisition date fair value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model and included as part of purchase price at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration arrangements are classified as liabilities and are remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with any change in fair value being recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration is based primarily on estimates of meeting the applicable contingency conditions as per the terms of the applicable agreements.

Goodwill

We test goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We have one reporting unit, and therefore we test goodwill for impairment at the entity level. Goodwill impairment is recognized when the quantitative assessment results in the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, in which case an impairment charge is recorded to goodwill to the extent the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, limited to the amount of goodwill. We have not recognized any impairment of goodwill for all periods presented.

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments as part of our overall strategy to manage our exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. We determine the fair value of our derivative instruments using pricing models that use inputs from actively quoted markets for similar instruments and other inputs which require judgment. These amounts include fair value adjustments related to our own credit risk and counterparty credit risk. Subsequent to initial recognition, we may adjust the initial fair value position of the derivative instruments for the creditworthiness of the banking counterparty (if the derivative is an asset) or of our own (if the derivative is a liability). The counterparties associated with our foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps are large credit-worthy financial institutions. The foreign currency derivatives transacted with these entities are relatively short in duration and the interest rate derivatives are spread between three counterparties; therefore, we do not consider counterparty concentration and non-performance to be material risks at this time.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax expense or benefit is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized

 

-136-


Table of Contents

for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of currently enacted tax laws. The effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not contemplated.

A two-step approach is applied pursuant to ASC 740 in the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision line of its consolidated statements of operations.

We evaluate the realization of deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, including projected results of operations and the scheduled reversal of temporary differences. We establish a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.

Common Stock Valuation

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, the fair value of our common stock underlying our option awards has historically been determined on each grant date by our board of directors with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise, and has exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party appraisers;

 

   

actual operating results and financial performance;

 

   

conditions in the industry and economy in general;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

   

the U.S. and global common market conditions; and,

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock and the results of independent third-party valuations, which valued our common stock. Valuations of our common stock was prepared by a third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2013 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

Prior to this offering, in valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock by using a weighting of both the income and market approach valuation methods. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate based on our weighted-average cost of capital, and are adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of our company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to our company’s financial forecasts to estimate the value of the subject company.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

In addition, we also considered any secondary transactions, if any, involving our common stock. In our evaluation of those transactions, we considered the facts and circumstances of each transaction to determine the extent to which they represented a fair value exchange and assigned the transactions an appropriate weighting in the valuation of our common stock. Factors considered include the number of different buyers and sellers, transaction volume, timing relative to the valuation date, whether the transactions occurred between willing and unrelated parties, and whether the transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

Application of these approaches and methodologies involves the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable public companies, and the probability of and timing associated with possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

After the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $30.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 was $370.0 million, with $153.0 million related to vested stock options.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make estimates as to the overall collectability of accounts receivable and provide an allowance for accounts receivable considered uncollectible. We specifically analyze our accounts receivable based on historical bad debt experience, customer creditworthiness, the age of the receivable, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. We record any adjustment in general and administrative expense.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our investment objective is to conserve capital and maintain liquidity to support our operations; therefore, we generally invest in highly liquid securities, consisting primarily of bank deposits, money market funds, and time deposits. Such fixed and floating interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed income securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than predicted if interest rates fall. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. Therefore, we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in interest rates.

As of June 30, 2021, we had long-term debt outstanding with a carrying value of $2.8 billion. A hypothetical interest rate change of each quarter point would have increased or decreased interest expense, excluding the effects of any interest rate swap agreement, for the period from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 by $6.0 million, and for the period from January 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021

 

-138-


Table of Contents

by $6.0 million based upon the outstanding balance and rate in effect at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively. See Note 9. Borrowings, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Borrowings under our debt facilities bear interest at a variable market rate.

In order to reduce the financial impact of increases in interest rates, as of June 30, 2021, we entered into three interest rate swaps for a total notional amount of $1.32 billion, with fixed rates ranging from 0.695% to 2.439%. The interest rate swaps will mature by December 2022. One of the three interest rate swaps was de-designated in November 2020.

In July 2017, the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. The expected discontinuation, reform or replacement of LIBOR may result in fluctuating interest rates, or higher interest rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our interest expense.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, our revenue contracts have been denominated in mainly U.S. dollars and also local currency. Our debt obligations are denominated in U.S. dollars and Euros. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located. To date, we have cash flow hedges for our Indian Rupee expense exposure. These exposures are hedged with non-deliverable forward contracts. In the event our foreign sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which can affect our operating income or loss. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have approximately a $11.0 million impact to our 2020 results of operations.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

In order to reduce the impact of earnings volatility associated with foreign currency fluctuations, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts on several of our largest foreign currency exposures. The forward contracts represent obligations to purchase foreign currencies at a predetermined exchange rate to fund a portion of our expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. We recognize in earnings amounts related to our cash flow hedges accumulated in other comprehensive income during the same period in which the corresponding underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. We have forecasted the amount of our anticipated foreign currency expenses based on our historical performance and projected financial plan.

As of June 30, 2021, our remaining open foreign exchange contracts, carried at fair value, are hedging Indian rupee expenses and have a maturity of twelve months or less. These foreign exchange contracts mature monthly as the foreign currency denominated expenses are paid and any gain or loss is offset against operating expense. Once the hedged item is recognized, the cash flow hedge is de-designated and subsequent changes in value are recognized in other income (expense), net to offset changes in the value of the resulting non-functional currency monetary assets or liabilities. The notional amounts of these foreign exchange forward contracts in U.S. dollar equivalents were to buy $57.3 million, $57.9 million, and $81.3 million of Indian rupees as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and June 30, 2021, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We have pioneered a new category of software, the Intelligent Data Management Cloud, or IDMC. IDMC is our AI-powered platform that connects, manages, and unifies data across any multi-cloud, hybrid system, empowering enterprises to modernize and advance their data strategies.

Data is foundational to how digital enterprises run their businesses and make strategic decisions, including creating new offerings, serving their customers and driving operational efficiency. Our platform enables enterprises to create a single source of truth for their data, allowing them to create compelling 360-degree customer experiences, automate data operations across enterprise-wide business processes like supply chain management, financial planning and operations, and provide governed and secure data access to their employees. It also enables our customers to pursue holistic data-driven digital strategies by accelerating workload migrations to the cloud, thus, enabling all the advantages of cloud analytics.

As enterprises embrace data to modernize their business, data fragmentation has proliferated across a myriad of systems, including cloud and on-premise data warehouses, data lakes, databases and applications. This fragmentation is compounded by the increasing number of data consumers who require access to data from these heterogeneous data systems to perform their jobs. Legacy approaches to data management were simply not built to address the growing complexity and scale of the digital enterprise.

To address these challenges, we have pioneered a new way for businesses to accurately track where their data resides, understand what relationships exist across their different data repositories, and understand who is accessing the data and how it is being used—all at enterprise scale. Our cloud-native platform continuously scans our customers’ data to create rich and highly contextualized metadata to create and manage a metadata system of record that acts as a single source of truth about their data. This allows our AI engine, CLAIRE, to help customers access better data faster, make contextual recommendations about data relationships, uncover novel insights about their business and automate previously manual tasks.

Our platform also consists of a wide range of interoperable data management products, including data integration, API and application integration, data quality, master data management, customer and business 360, data catalog and governance and privacy. These products leverage our platform’s shared services and can be consumed from our SaaS-based cloud offering, which is run on AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform, and can also be deployed as a self-managed service in our customers’ cloud, hybrid, or on-premise environments.

CLAIRE benefits from powerful network effects. As more customers adopt our platform, CLAIRE continuously analyzes new transactions, configurations, rules, and decisions and uses this increased intelligence to drive further automation and deliver better insights to our customers. We believe CLAIRE’s network effects will continue to accelerate the adoption of our platform as it drives efficiency, productivity, and intelligence gains for both existing and prospective customers, leading to better business outcomes.

In 2015, we set out an ambitious strategy to transform from an on-premise software company to a cloud-based company. As part of our transformation strategy, we undertook an innovation-led approach to build a novel and comprehensive cloud-native data management platform and develop new products to solve a growing set of data management challenges. Additionally, we re-engineered existing products to integrate with our cloud-native platform, creating interoperable data management capabilities that leverage

 

-140-


Table of Contents

the shared services and metadata of the underlying platform. The growth and adoption of our cloud platform has led to the number of cloud transactions on our platform, which is a measure of data processed, increasing from 0.2 trillion per month in 2015, to 17.0 trillion per month in 2020 and to 21.6 trillion per month as of June 30, 2021. Our cloud ARR as of June 30, 2021 was $264 million, compared to $189 million as of June 30, 2020, representing year-over-year growth of 39%.

We also transformed from a primarily perpetual license and maintenance revenue model to a primarily subscription-based revenue model supported by our new cloud products. As a result of this strategy and our efforts to rapidly expand our product offerings, we increased our addressable market significantly and scaled our subscription revenue from $118 million in 2016, to $303 million in 2018, to $472 million in 2019, and to $594 million in 2020. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 31% of our total software revenue in 2016, to 56% in 2018, to 77% in 2019 and to 90% in 2020. We recognized subscription revenues of $259 million and $324 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Over this period, our subscription revenue has grown from 92% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 95% of total software revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our subscription ARR has correspondingly scaled from $99 million in 2015, to $139 million in 2016, to $230 million in 2017, to $310 million in 2018, to $446 million in 2019, to $607 million in 2020 and to $686 million as of June 30, 2021, representing a CAGR of 42% over this time frame. To underscore the expansion of our business via growth in new products, as of June 30, 2021, $581 million in subscription ARR, or approximately 85% of our total subscription ARR, was derived from products other than our traditional PowerCenter offering. This $581 million in subscription ARR from new products at June 30, 2021 represented year-over-year growth of 36% and includes $317 million in subscription ARR from self-managed products at June 30, 2021, representing year-over-year growth of 34%.

As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately 5,700 active customers in over 100 countries and territories worldwide, including 9 of the Fortune 10, 84 of the Fortune 100 and 923 of the Global 2000. As our customers generate more data, they typically increase their usage of our platform by adding new use cases, adopting more products, or adding more users. Our ability to expand within our customer base has been demonstrated by our subscription net retention rate, which was 114% for the quarter ended December 31, 2020 and 116% for the quarter ended June 30, 2021.

We are a strategic partner to our customers in their modernization and digital transformation initiatives, which we believe is reflected by the number of customers that spend more than $1 million in subscription ARR with us, which has increased from 27 to 66 to 104 to 116 as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and June 30, 2021, respectively. Customers matter to us. We have an overall customer rating of 4.5 out of 5 in the 2021 Gartner’s Peer Insights ‘Voice of Customer’: Data Integration Tools report.5

We go to market through a combination of our global direct sales team and a network of strategic partners. Our strategic partners, including cloud hyperscalers, cloud data platforms, global system integrators, and value-added resellers, help extend our sales presence and accelerate the adoption of our platform. We collaborate with cloud hyperscalers and cloud data platforms to help our shared customers accelerate their migration to the cloud and modernize their data and analytics strategies.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $1,228 million, $1,307 million, and $1,323 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6% and 1%. Total ARR, which consists of subscription ARR plus maintenance ARR, was $608 million, $906 million, $1,021 million, and $1,160 million at December 31, 2015, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively,

 

5 

Source: Gartner, Gartner Peer Insights ‘Voice of the Customer’: Data Integration Tools, 8 February 2021. Gartner Peer Insights reviews constitute the subjective opinions of individual end users based on their own experiences and do not represent the view of Gartner or its affiliates. See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

-141-


Table of Contents

representing year-over-year growth of 13% at December 31, 2019 and 14% at December 31, 2020. Subscription ARR was $99 million, $310 million, $446 million, and $607 million as of December 31, 2015, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 44% at December 31, 2019 and 36% at December 31, 2020. Total ARR was $1,070 million and $1,240 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 16% at June 30, 2021. Subscription ARR of $510 million and $686 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 34% at June 30, 2021. Maintenance ARR was $560 million as of June 30, 2020 and $554 million as of June 30, 2021. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, net loss was $168 million, $183 million, and $168 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was $337 million, $335 million, and $400 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, net loss was $103 million and $36 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was $168 million and $175 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” for a description of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP).

Industry Overview: The Data-Driven Digital Enterprise

We believe data is the most valuable competitive asset today as companies increasingly pursue digital transformation initiatives to modernize their businesses. Enormous amounts of data are being generated by people, applications, and devices worldwide. Enterprises are seeking to connect data across their various applications, systems, and IT environments in order to become data-driven businesses. Understanding and connecting these data assets as well as migrating workloads to the cloud, enables superior insights across the business organization, better service of customers, automation of supply chains, and the democratization of secure, governed data access for all employees.

Challenges Facing Data-Driven Digital Enterprises

Businesses face a number of challenges in their drive to become data-driven digital enterprises. These include:

 

   

Data volumes are exploding, which leads to massive complexity.    The rise of cloud computing, low cost data storage and the proliferation of applications that generate and access data, combined with the increasing volume of data from mobile, social and IoT, is resulting in an explosion of the volume, variety, and velocity of data. According to a March 2021 report from IDC, “The amount of digital data created over the next five years will be greater than twice the amount of data created since the advent of digital storage.”6 This new data creates opportunities to generate greater business insights and pursue new market opportunities, but is overwhelming for organizations to manage, aggregate, and normalize.

 

   

Workloads are moving to the cloud, creating a multi-cloud, hybrid world.    As enterprises undertake the massive transition to cloud, we believe a majority of their workloads will remain on-premise for the foreseeable future due to the mission-critical processes they support. The complexity of this hybrid world will be further exacerbated as enterprises also employ multi-cloud strategies. According to Gartner, “Through 2025, over 80% of organizations will use more than one cloud service provider (CSP) for their data analytics use cases, making it critical to

 

6 

Source: IDC, Worldwide Global DataSphere Forecast, 2021-2024: The World Keeps Creating More Data – Now, What Do We Do With It All?, Doc# US46410421, March 2021. See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

-142-


Table of Contents
 

prioritize an independent and CSP-neutral integration technology to avoid vendor lock-ins.”7 As a result, we expect enterprises will require new technologies purpose-built to connect, analyze, manage, and normalize data anywhere it resides using modern, cloud-native architectures that can seamlessly be deployed in any IT environment.

 

   

Data fragmentation is making data management more complex.    As businesses leverage more cloud-based services, data is being generated and stored across a fragmented landscape of SaaS applications, cloud storage repositories, cloud databases and cloud data lakes. Each of these data repositories stores data in a unique format, making it increasingly challenging to aggregate data in a normalized, consistent, and high-quality format. This continued fragmentation magnifies the challenge of bringing together data from across the enterprise to derive new insights and inform critical business decision making.

 

   

The need to democratize data access creates a greater need for data governance and privacy support.    As more employees use data to perform their jobs, enterprises are struggling to provision user access to data, track and monitor who is accessing data, and protect sensitive data. Additionally, the increased regulatory focus on data privacy is further driving the importance of policy, governance, reporting and monitoring. According to Gartner, “By 2024, more than 80% of organizations worldwide will face modern privacy and data protection requirements.”8

 

   

Mainstream adoption of AI and machine learning requires reliable and accurate data.    AI and ML technologies promise to influence nearly every facet of business operations, driving process efficiencies, augmenting human capabilities, and discovering new insights that were not previously available. Automated data management technologies are critical to allow enterprises to reliably and accurately train data science models, enabling them to pursue AI-driven business strategies. According to Gartner, “Market demand for automated capabilities in data management is greater than 25% (and as high as 49%) of organizations. These capabilities include data integration, analytics management, interpreting insights, data preparation/cleansing, recommended actions, pattern detection, data ingestion and even to support analytics model building and model selection.”9

Limitations of Existing Approaches to Data Management

Data management tools are intended to provide organizations the ability to manage the entire lifecycle of their data. This includes accessing data from various disparate sources, normalizing data across formats, cleansing data for quality, connecting data to destinations, governing data access, protecting data from breaches, and creating a single source of truth for data.

Historically, companies have utilized existing approaches to data management for tactical and discrete use cases, such as transferring data from one core application into a data warehouse and aggregating data from multiple repositories to conduct basic reporting and analytics, which only addressed a limited part of the data management lifecycle. As companies become truly data-driven, they are recognizing that these legacy approaches may hinder their data strategies that underpin their digital transformation initiatives.

Existing approaches to data management include the following:

 

   

Manual and custom hand coding by in-house or outsourced engineering resources to integrate data and applications for narrowly defined use cases;

 

7 

Source: Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Integration Tools, Ehtisham Zaidi, et al, 18 August 2020. See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

8 

Source: Gartner, The State of Privacy and Personal Data Protection, 2020-2022, Nader Henein, et al, 26 August 2020. See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

9 

Source: Gartner, The State of Metadata Management: Data Management Solutions Must Become Augmented Metadata Platforms, Mark Beyer, et al, 26 March 2021. See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

-143-


Table of Contents
   

Legacy on-premise tools designed primarily for structured data types from internal on-premise business systems;

 

   

Application-specific and platform-native data management tools designed only to work within their own native products and data formats; and

 

   

Point solutions that only address discrete data management use cases, such as data and application integration, data catalog, data governance or master data management.

These existing approaches to data management suffer from some or all of the below limitations:

 

   

Not natively built for the cloud.    Many legacy data management approaches have inherent flexibility, scalability, and capacity constraints as they were not originally designed for the adoption of cloud-based workloads. Often server-based, these products may only be able to manage a subset of the total volume of data and may require additional infrastructure and people to avoid user experience issues, such as latency and unpredictable spikes in pricing and costs. The inflexible and incompatible nature of non-native cloud approaches frequently results in knowledge loss, unwieldy and insecure data and slower innovation.

 

   

Lack of AI-driven automation.    Legacy data management approaches lack the AI capabilities necessary to automate data management tasks, accurately identify and emulate human actions, and automatically classify data assets. Without these capabilities, data users are limited to pursuing automation only within the narrow pathways permitted by existing APIs, significantly limiting the applicability of AI technologies to basic data management processes.

 

   

Inability to scale and support new data types and processing frameworks.    Legacy data management approaches were designed for a limited set of structured data types typically from internal business systems and can fail to capture, manage, organize, classify, and govern semi-structured and unstructured data increasingly generated from connected devices, applications, and social media. With enterprises generating and utilizing large volumes of disconnected, disorganized data, created by many users globally, enterprises struggle to scale and support their data management efforts. Moreover, for analytics use cases, many of these approaches only support batch analytical frameworks and fail to meet the speed and velocity required for the management of streaming data from internet-connected devices.

 

   

Inability to support the end-to-end data management lifecycle.    Legacy data management approaches are generally point solutions designed to address narrow aspects of data management. These approaches are typically disconnected and not integrated with the enterprise’s holistic end-to-end data management strategy. For example, certain existing products can normalize diverse data types but may fail to deliver the governance and security necessary for organizations to manage the ongoing quality of their data.

 

   

High cost of ownership.    Manual, custom hand coding, legacy on-premise tools, and point solutions are often time-consuming, costly to operate and require extensive manual data preparation prior to use. Their architectures frequently require maintenance of the underlying infrastructure, upgrades and patches, and system configuration. As a use case grows in scale, these offerings can require substantial overhead costs to manage and support a wide variety of data management requirements, forcing enterprises to make tradeoffs due to resource scarcity, which may result in overall compromised performance and brittle data pipelines.

 

   

Inability to support hybrid multi-cloud environments.    Application-specific and platform-native data management approaches are generally only intended to run on specific environments and for a limited set of data types and use cases. As a result, they may only provide severely limited visibility of enterprise data within and outside the organization, and rarely across clouds and multiple applications. These approaches limit the organization’s flexibility to capture, maintain, distribute, and govern data across dynamic hybrid multi-cloud environments. Furthermore, they can lead to vendor and technology lock-in and an inability to optimize functionality by selecting the best platform, application or infrastructure of choice for each use case.

 

-144-


Table of Contents
   

Lack of extensibility to incorporate future technologies.    Data management is a highly dynamic industry characterized by constantly evolving technologies and architectures. Commonly, new innovations displace prior data management methods. Existing solutions often lack an open architecture and flexible design. As a result, organizations using proprietary or open source code can be forced to continually rework their data management architectures, leading to substantial costs, risks, and increased time to market.

 

   

Inability to address the expanding breadth of data users.    Many existing solutions do not typically make their functionality accessible to all data management constituents within an organization. Certain products optimize for ease of use for business analysts and citizen integrators but lack the enterprise-grade functionality to address more complex data management use cases. Other existing products have been optimized for complexity, but at the sacrifice of usability. These products can address the problems for professional data engineers and developers but lack the ease of use for business users and citizen integrators. This trade-off often results in fragmented products and tools for an organization’s data management capabilities, which become a strong impediment to enterprise-wide digital transformation initiatives.

The Need for an Intelligent Data Management Cloud

Historically, enterprise data was generated and stored in highly structured, static and monolithic on-premise systems that were only accessed by a few, highly trained individuals and used primarily for analysis and reporting of historical enterprise metrics. Over the course of the last two decades, enterprises have expanded their IT strategies to embrace a wide range of SaaS applications, cloud infrastructure platforms, and more recently cloud data platforms to transform into data-driven digital enterprises.

As a result, data volumes have exploded and data is being generated and stored across a fragmented landscape of SaaS applications, cloud storage repositories, cloud databases and cloud data lakes. These different data repositories store data in unique formats, both structured and unstructured, with specific characteristics. This data is often consumed and ingested in real time, making it increasingly challenging to aggregate data in a normalized, consistent, and high-quality format. Despite these challenges, as data has become one of the most valuable assets for enterprises and the vast majority of employees are data consumers, it has become embedded in highly complex operational use cases and is at the heart of new data-driven digital strategies.

 

 

LOGO

 

-145-


Table of Contents

In order for organizations to successfully become data-driven digital enterprises, we believe they must manage this growing scale, complexity and proliferation of data from a single platform that serves as a central data management layer that leverages AI and machine learning to unify data management across their ever-expanding number of clouds and enterprise systems. To address these challenges, we have pioneered the industry’s first AI-powered Intelligent Data Management Cloud (IDMC).

Our Platform: The Intelligent Data Management Cloud

Our platform is a new layer in the enterprise stack that allows our customers to connect, manage, unify, govern, and secure data across multi-cloud, hybrid environments. We offer our platform as a SaaS offering deployed on all major public cloud platforms (AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform) and also sell our products that customers deploy in their own self-managed private and public cloud environments.

Our platform is deployed across the enterprise data landscape to create a unified system of record of metadata, which is highly rich and contextualized information about enterprise data. This unified metadata acts as a single source of truth about enterprise data that our customers can access in our cloud control plane. Our platform leverages AI-powered algorithms to help customers utilize their data faster, make contextual recommendations about data relationships, uncover novel insights about their data and automate previously manual tasks.

Our platform helps our customers accurately track where all of their data resides, deeply understand the relationships and interconnectedness of their data, understand how their data is being used, and who is accessing their data. This helps our customers modernize and scale their data and analytics strategies, migrate their mission critical workloads to the cloud, create 360-degree business profiles across their customers and supply chains, and democratize data access to everyone in a secure and governed way.

Our platform is cloud native, built on a modern microservices-based API-powered architecture. Our platform is both elastic and serverless, and allows customers to integrate, synchronize, and relate all of their data, applications, and processes in any part of a multi-cloud or hybrid-cloud environment as well as on-premise. Our cloud-native approach helps organizations design, build, modernize and operationalize their data and benefit from the agility, scalability, and low cost of the cloud. Our platform consists of a series of shared services combined with a wide range of interoperable data management products and is designed to be extensible to avoid vendor and technology lock-in.

 

 

LOGO

 

-146-


Table of Contents

IDMC Platform Services

 

   

Metadata System of Record.    Our platform enables organizations to scan, discover, collect and organize metadata across all data sources within an enterprise. This metadata repository serves as the metadata system of record for all data within an enterprise. Our Data Catalog product leverages this unified view of metadata and provides a unique and easy experience to search, browse and discover data. Data users are able to discover structured and unstructured data wherever it resides, across geographies, databases, file systems, and applications. Organizations can also understand who is using the data, the quality of the data, where the data resides, and how it is moving through applications, systems, databases and other data sources.

 

   

CLAIRE: AI-Powered Intelligence and Automation.    CLAIRE is our AI engine that powers intelligence and automation across our platform and portfolio of products. CLAIRE is designed to manage petabytes of active metadata and deploys a broad spectrum of AI algorithms to automate tasks and data processes to deliver thousands of hours of time and cost savings for our customers. Key features of CLAIRE include:

 

   

search engine to rapidly discover data assets;

 

   

contextual recommendations to match data to business needs;

 

   

automation of data management operations spanning integration, quality, protection, and matching;

 

   

natural language processing to auto generate business rules for assessing and auto deploying data quality assessments and reporting measurements;

 

   

intelligent and automated matching and merging of related datasets to build a single source of truth at petabyte scale;

 

   

social-graph of data that connects critical stakeholders and data users to data assets with a visual representation of data consumption trends by users; and

 

   

a foundation of automated data governance and privacy.

 

   

Low Code / No Code Design Environment.    Our platform offers a low code / no code user interface that leverages the metadata system of record to create an abstraction layer of data processes and services that is designed to make it quick and easy for users to design data pipelines, build integrations, deploy data quality checks and quickly bring disparate data sources together to build a single source of truth, without navigating the complexity of the distributed and siloed underlying data repositories and infrastructure. This low code / no code user experience can enable non-technical users and technical users, including data scientists and data architects, to go directly from ideation to implementation with minimal IT support, accelerating the time-to-market of data-driven initiatives.

 

   

Single Pane of Glass.    Our platform includes a comprehensive, holistic and integrated Operations Insights monitoring service that, when combined with our extensive data connector libraries, allows for comprehensive monitoring of all data management workloads operated on our platform. Data users and business leaders have an in-depth view of all data pipelines and data management operations across the enterprise, and a single pane view of the health of their data processes. Key features of our Operational Insights service include:

 

   

predictive analytics to analyze resource consumption and automated forecasting to help organizations operate, scale and reallocate resources;

 

   

auto-scaling of compute resources to efficiently manage capacity and rapidly meet dynamic consumption needs;

 

-147-


Table of Contents
   

AI-based recommendations to identify potential user errors and exceptions;

 

   

rule-based notifications and automated alerts to administrators of any potential issues or actions that require attention; and

 

   

comprehensive multi-cloud, hybrid architecture support with the ability to monitor both cloud-native multi-tenant services and on-premise data management products.

IDMC Platform Products

Our platform includes a comprehensive suite of interoperable data management products that leverage the shared services and metadata of the underlying platform.

 

   

Data Integration products allow users to ingest, transform and integrate data readying it for analytics, data science and enterprise reporting.

 

   

API & Application Integration products enable users to create and manage APIs and integration processes for app-to-app synchronization, business process orchestration, B2B partner management, application development, and API management.

 

   

Data Quality products allow users to profile, cleanse, standardize, and enrich data to deliver accurate, complete, and consistent data sets for analytics, data science, governance, and other initiatives.

 

   

Master Data Management products enable users to create an authoritative single source of truth of business-critical data to reduce data related errors and remove redundancies.

 

   

Customer and Business 360 products allow users to rapidly create, visualize and browse comprehensive 360-degree views of business-critical data that help drive customer experience, ecommerce, supply chain management, and other digital initiatives.

 

   

Data Catalog products enable consumers of all experience levels to quickly find, access, and understand enterprise data using a simple Google-like search experience.

 

   

Governance and Privacy products help users govern data, enable compliance with regulatory and corporate policies, and drive broader data consumption.

Key Benefits to Our Customers

Our platform enables our customers to:

 

   

Embrace the full benefits of the public cloud.    Our platform helps customers accelerate the migration of their on-premise workloads to the cloud. Our platform modernizes our customers’ applications and data management capabilities to accelerate migrations to the cloud, allowing them to embrace innovation, create digital-first business models, reduce operating costs, and generate new revenue streams.

 

   

Deliver rich 360-degree business experiences.    By enabling our customers to aggregate, consolidate and normalize their data to build a single source of truth, we empower them to deliver highly engaging and personalized customer experiences. This allows our customers to embrace a digital-first business strategy, build better connections and relationships with their end users, and modernize their supply chains by intelligently matching supply with demand patterns.

 

   

Democratize secure, governed data across the organization.    Our platform helps our customers provide their data consumers with governed, secure, and high-quality data for their business analytics or other use cases. By helping to provide our customers with high-quality, analytics-ready data, we allow them to foster a governed and secure data-driven culture while expanding access to valuable enterprise data assets.

 

-148-


Table of Contents
   

Transition from reactive and tactical to proactive and strategic data management.    Our approach to data management allows our customers to shift from deploying reactive tactical solutions for discrete, siloed use cases to developing a broader, more proactive data management strategy across the enterprise. Not only does this approach allow them to consolidate point solutions, it also enables them to scale their data management to meet the highly dynamic and rapidly increasing demands of modern data-driven digital enterprises.

 

   

Operationalize AI into business processes.    By eliminating data silos, reducing the complexity of data fragmentation and delivering trusted data, we enable our customers to build AI-powered and resilient business operations. This helps our customers digitize their business operations, provide a full 360-degree view of data flowing in and out of their supply chains, automate their manual business processes, and solve the true challenges behind digital transformation initiatives.

 

   

Faster time to market and lower total cost of ownership.    Informatica’s full suite of data management capabilities combined with CLAIRE’s AI automation capabilities allows organizations to standardize their enterprise data management needs on a single extensible platform with a unified metadata view, thereby accelerating their data-driven strategies and providing a cost-efficient, highly automated solution relative to a combination of unrelated vendor tools. CLAIRE continuously automates common tasks and data management processes, simplifying training and support, and rapidly accelerating the time to market of analytical processes.

The IDMC Network Effects

We benefit from powerful network effects. As more customers have adopted our platform, the metadata managed by our platform has increased rapidly. From January 2018 to June 2021, the metadata on our platform grew at a CAGR of 173%.

This growth in metadata helps fuel advancements in CLAIRE’s understanding of advanced data management workloads and fuels further automation. For example, when bringing together multiple datasets about customers stored in different formats, CLAIRE can automatically identify data inconsistencies and errors, such as:

 

   

whether a data point looks anomalously large or small compared to the rest of the dataset and should be flagged as potentially incorrect;

 

   

whether a data point is in the correct format (e.g. inconsistent dates) and should be modified to match other data points;

 

   

distinguishing between similarly named people automatically by comparing multiple attributes simultaneously to ensure that different customers can be uniquely identified; and

 

   

identify personal or other sensitive data and ensure that it is protected and complies with regulations such as CCPA, GDPR and others.

As a result, CLAIRE’s insights and automation reduces the potential business impact from bad data and the need to manually review individual data points in massive data sets, saving significant amounts of time. As CLAIRE analyzes more data and business rules, its recommendation engine becomes more accurate and the sophistication of its automation increases. We believe these network effects will continue to drive greater adoption of our platform as our customers, both existing and prospective, will see a greater return on their data management investments with Informatica.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

We pioneered the industry’s first Intelligent Data Management Cloud.    We took a fundamentally different approach than the market by applying AI and machine learning algorithms to metadata to help customers discover, recommend, and automate data management. Our cloud-native platform processes over 21.6 trillion transactions per month as of June 30, 2021, up from 17.0 trillion as of December 31, 2020 and 0.2 trillion as of December 31, 2015. As our CLAIRE engine processes more and more data, it becomes more effective at learning and automating a significant portion of data management and data governance tasks. We believe our CLAIRE AI Engine will only continue to get faster and more adept, which will help us win new customers and expand deeper within our existing customers.

 

   

We offer best of breed products with a rich history of innovation.    We have a singular focus on the data management category and have dedicated significant resources, including a cumulative $1 billion in R&D spend over the last five years. We are a leader in all five of the Gartner’s Magic Quadrant reports relating to data management for Informatica, including Enterprise Integration Platform-as-a-Service, Data Integration Tools, Data Quality Solutions, Master Data Management Solutions, and Metadata Management Solutions. In each of these reports, we are positioned highest in both completeness of vision and ability to execute, an achievement we enjoyed from 2017 to 2020 for all five Magic Quadrant reports.10 We believe this is a competitive advantage, allowing us to proactively adapt our business to changing market forces and establish ourselves as a market leader in new industry categories.

 

   

Independent platform vendor across multi-cloud, hybrid environments.    Since our inception, we have designed our platform and products to optimize performance across any database, data source, or third-party application. We have maintained this philosophy as enterprises have modernized their infrastructures and moved more of their workloads to the cloud. This is in stark contrast to many companies that have designed their data management capabilities to only work natively within their own products and platforms or have offered products that cannot manage data across both on-premise and cloud environments. We believe this provides us with a sustainable competitive advantage in a world where almost every company is embracing a multi-cloud, hybrid strategy and where data fragmentation is a significant barrier to bringing together the breadth of an enterprise’s data to make intelligent decisions.

 

10 

See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

Sources:

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Integration Platform as a Service, Eric Thoo, Massimo Pezzini, Keith Guttridge, Bindi Bhullar, Shameen Pillai, Abhishek Singh, 21 September 2020.

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Integration Tools, Ehtisham Zaidi, Eric Thoo, Nick Heudecker, Sharat Menon, Robert Thanaraj , 18 August 2020.

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Quality Solutions, Melody Chien and Ankush Jain, 27 July 2020.

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Master Data Management Solutions, Simon Walker, Sally Parker, Malcolm Hawker, Alan Dayley, Divya Radhakrishnan, 27 January 2021

   

Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Metadata Management Solutions, Guido De Simoni, Mark Beyer, Ankush Jain, Alan Dayley, 11 November 2020.

Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in its research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings or other designation. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

The Gartner content described herein (the “Gartner Content”) represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Gartner Content speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this S-1), and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Content are subject to change without notice.

 

-150-


Table of Contents
   

Strong, longstanding customer relationships with the largest global enterprises.    Since our inception, we have proven ourselves to be a trusted partner to the most demanding enterprises’ data management needs. As a result, as of June 30, 2021, we have amassed approximately 5,700 active customers, including 9 of the Fortune 10, 84 of the Fortune 100 and 923 of the Global 2000. We believe our relationships with the largest companies in the world are a competitive advantage as it demonstrates our ability to meet the most complex and demanding data management needs, as well as partner with our customers to help ease their transition of highly complex business logic and systems from on-premise to cloud.

 

   

We have a robust ecosystem of partnerships including cloud hyperscalers.    We have strong strategic relationships with the three leading cloud hyperscalers—AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform—which allows our customers to deploy our platform on each of these cloud platforms. We sell our products on their marketplaces, actively supporting the direct sales reps of the hyperscalers to distribute our products, where they receive quota credit on the sale of our platform. We also partner with Snowflake and Databricks and our product integration and joint go-to-market deepens our position as a market leader in enterprise data management. As an example of our successful partnerships, in 2020, Snowflake named Informatica its Data Lake Partner of the Year. We believe our cloud partnerships are a strong competitive advantage that will continue to broaden awareness, adoption, and the capabilities of our platform to new and existing customers.

 

   

Ability to assist the full span of data users.    Our platform allows all key stakeholders throughout an organization, including Chief Data Officer, Chief Information Officer, line of business workers, data engineers and data scientists to easily leverage the power of our comprehensive data management capabilities. Our products can be quickly and efficiently deployed across the organization, creating immediate time-to-value for all users. We offer a user experience that reduces the technical skills required of users, effectively democratizing data access to all employees throughout an organization while maintaining the functionality required by the most sophisticated data engineers. This drives the ubiquity of our platform throughout an organization as employees across departments and job functions leverage data to improve their performance.

Our Opportunity

We have a history of expanding the addressable market of our platform through continuous innovation. Over the last five years, we have significantly expanded our addressable market by investing in our platform and launching several new products. Our products address the markets for Analytics Data Management and Integration Platforms, which IDC estimates at a value of $31 billion by the end of 2021 and $56 billion by the end of 2025, which represents a CAGR of 16%.11

We estimate that our current global market opportunity is approximately $44 billion. To estimate our addressable market opportunity, we identified the number of companies worldwide across all industries, based on independent industry data from Dun and Bradstreet. We segment these companies into different size categories based on their annual revenue. We estimate potential Informatica ARR per company based on a representative company who buys all of our products, including an assumed migration of their on-premise installed base to our cloud platform. We then multiply the number of companies in each size category by the 90th percentile of potential Informatica product ARR per company. The total addressable market is the potential ARR per company times the

 

11 

Source: IDC Worldwide Data Integration and Intelligence Software Forecast, 2021–2025 (June 2021, US #US46382521); IDC Worldwide Business-to-Business Integration Middleware and Managed File Transfer Software Forecast, 2021–2025 (July 2021, #US46382421); IDC Semiannual Software Tracker, 2020H2, May 13, 2021; IDC Worldwide Master Data Management Competitive Software Forecast, 2019–2023 (July 2019, IDC #US45331719) extrapolated by IDC through 2025; IDC Worldwide Data Privacy Management Software Forecast, 2021–2025 (IDC #US47676821). See the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

-151-


Table of Contents

total number of companies that we could sell to globally. We believe this potential ARR is an accurate representation of our total addressable market opportunity today.

Our Growth Strategies

We are pursuing our large market opportunity with growth strategies that include:

 

   

Continue to advance IDMC by building new cloud products.    We plan to make significant ongoing investments in research and development to release new cloud products that will further expand our addressable market. We will also continue to invest in our cloud go-to-market strategy with dedicated product management, pre-sales, customer success, consulting, and professional services to help drive greater usage of our portfolio of new and existing cloud products among all data users.

 

   

Expand within existing customers.    We have a strong track-record of expanding within our existing customers. We believe there are significant cross-sell and upsell opportunities within our existing customer base by adding new products, addressing new workloads, and growing with our customers’ overall data footprint. In addition, we intend to assist our customers in migrating their traditional on-premise data management applications to our cloud solutions.

 

   

Expand our total customer base.    Historically we have focused our direct sales efforts on IT leaders within large enterprises; however, as the universe of data practitioners expands, we have augmented our outreach with a high-velocity inside sales team that is focused on targeting the line of business persona with our easily accessible cloud solutions. We continue to make investments in sales and marketing to grow our overall customer base, with a focus on targeting IT leaders and end users of data-driven companies.

 

   

Continue to grow and develop our partner ecosystem.    Our strategic partners—including cloud hyperscalers like AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Platform; cloud data platforms like Snowflake and Databricks; global system integrators like Deloitte, Accenture and Cognizant; and our value-added resellers and distributors—help extend the reach of our go-to-market strategy and accelerate the adoption of our platform. We plan to continue investing in R&D to maintain product support and compatibility with our strategic partners, and we intend to further build out our partner program to broaden our distribution footprint globally and drive greater awareness and consumption of our products.

 

   

Continue to expand our international business.    We believe that the addressable market for our platform in EMEA and Asia-Pacific is substantially larger than our current market penetration. As enterprises around the world increase their public cloud adoption, we see a significant opportunity to expand the use of our cloud products outside of North America. In addition, certain international geographies lag North America in their general adoption of cloud technologies. Existing and new customers in these markets are only now beginning to accelerate their cloud modernization efforts which provides a latent opportunity for us to accelerate the adoption of our platform.

Our Products

Our platform includes a wide range of interoperable data management products that leverage the underlying shared platform services to deliver analytics, business 360, data democratization and modernization solutions to our customers at scale. Our products can be consumed from our SaaS-based

 

-152-


Table of Contents

cloud offering, which is deployed on AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform, and can also be deployed as a self-managed service in our customers’ cloud, hybrid or on-premise environments.

 

 

LOGO

Data Integration:    Data engineers, Extract-Transform-Load (ETL) developers, and citizen integrators have the ability to use our products to ingest, transform and integrate data spanning departmental to enterprise scale workloads. These workloads include diverse and distributed data sources in multi-cloud, hybrid environments. The breadth and depth of our Data Integration capabilities accelerate the aggregation and processing of data to ready it for analytics, data science and enterprise reporting initiatives. Leveraging a simple graphical design experience, users can develop workloads across ETL, Extract-Load-Transform (ELT), real-time and streaming data integration patterns. Our products are designed to integrate structured and unstructured data across on-premise and cloud-native applications, databases, business intelligence tools, data modeling tools, data lakes, data warehouses, mainframes, messaging systems, file systems and IoT devices. CLAIRE AI enables greater data integration productivity by automating the design and development of business logic to process data.

API & Application Integration:    Citizen developers, application developers and architects can use our API & Application Integration products to create and manage APIs and application integration processes, to modernize and accelerate their digital transformation programs. Informatica’s API and application integration capabilities span multi-cloud, hybrid environments and include application-to-application synchronization, business process orchestration, B2B partner management, composite application development, and API management. These capabilities integrate enterprise business processes, manage communication of data between partners via industry specific protocols and expose APIs for business agility and application modernization through a low code/no-code development experience. Our API and Application Integration products also leverage CLAIRE AI to optimize application resource utilization, and secure APIs to reduce implementation complexity and increase user productivity.

Data Quality:    Data stewards and business analysts can use our Data Quality (DQ) products to profile, cleanse, standardize, and enrich data using an extensive set of prebuilt data quality rules to deliver accurate, complete, and consistent data. Data Quality products are designed clean and trusted data supporting governance, regulatory compliance, analytics, and other enterprise reporting initiatives. Our CLAIRE AI engine automatically generates data quality rules from plain text functional specifications for business users. CLAIRE leverages data profiling to continuously monitor and identify quality issues and then can automatically deploy fixes to promote high data quality. Our Data Quality products contain over 660 pre-built data quality rules for data domains, geographies and industries, and process data quality rules for 9.3 billion rows of data per month as of June 2021.

Master Data Management:    Our Master Data Management (MDM) products allow data stewards and business analysts to create an authoritative single-source view of all business-critical data from

 

-153-


Table of Contents

internal and external sources across multiple data domains, including customers, locations, assets, and employees and many other domain types. CLAIRE automates the matching, linking and merging of master data from several disparate, duplicate, and conflicting data sources scaling from millions to billions of data records. This information is de-duplicated, reconciled and enriched, thereby enabling it to become a consistent, reliable source. Once created, this master data can serve as a trusted view of business-critical data that can be managed and shared across the enterprise to promote accurate reporting, reduce data errors, remove redundancy, and help workers make better-informed business decisions.

Customer and Business 360:    Our Customer 360 and other 360 products allow business analysts to create comprehensive 360-degree views of critical business data domains like customer, product, supplier, reference, and finance with simplified business user experiences. Our Customer 360 and other 360 products help customers drive customer experience and engagement programs, ecommerce transformations, supply chain management, and other digital transformation initiatives. CLAIRE matches data, identifies relationships and infers data insights across structured and unstructured data sources enabling users to easily browse, search and access data.

Data Catalog:    Data consumers of all experience levels are enabled to use our Enterprise Data Catalog (EDC) product to quickly find, access, and understand enterprise data using a simple Google-like search experience. Data Catalog allows organizations to spend less time finding data thereby accelerating analytics and modernization projects and enables them to implement end-to-end data governance programs. Cutting across departmental data silos, CLAIRE automatically discovers, tags, and classifies data and identifies data relationships and data provenance. CLAIRE-based recommendations are designed to guide users to the most trusted and relevant data, improving business outcomes and driving greater data consumption.

Governance and Privacy:    Data professionals can use our Data Governance and Data Privacy (DG&P) products to govern data, help ensure compliance with industry and corporate policies, manage data as an asset and minimize the risk of a data breach. These products enable organizations to deliver and consume trusted and protected data across the enterprise, increasing the value of data while minimizing risk associated with compliance. Users define governance and privacy policies through an intuitive interface while CLAIRE automatically links these policies to actual enterprise data to ensure data governance rules are not only documented but also implemented and tracked consistently across the enterprise. Data consumers leverage a data marketplace with an Amazon-like shopping experience, which enables them to easily search, order, request, and rate governed data sets, centralizing data governance as a function and eliminating reliance on native governance capabilities of fragmented apps and data stores.

IDMC Architecture

Our platform is based on a multi-tenant, multi-cloud, microservices-based architecture hosted on AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud Platform. It leverages intelligence resource management, auto-scaling, and partitioning logic to manage our compute and storage footprint, thereby driving resiliency, performance and efficiency. Our cloud platform runs globally across multiple regions and within each region our microservices are distributed to avoid single points of failure in order to ensure fault tolerance even in the case of full physical data center outage. Our platform architecture consists of four critical components:

 

   

High-performance connectors for cloud and on-premise;

 

   

Optimized data processing engines;

 

   

Metadata and data intelligence; and

 

   

Distributed multi-cloud control plane

 

-154-


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

High performance connectors for cloud and on-premise:    Connecting and accessing data is an essential capability across all data management services. Our platform’s high-performance connectivity enables accessing data for multiple integration patterns including real-time, change data capture, batch, streaming or API. Our platform’s connectivity spans over 57,000 metadata-aware connections that can access applications, databases, business intelligence tools, data modeling tools, data lakes, data warehouses, mainframes, messaging systems, file systems, IoT devices and other critical enterprise data repositories.

Optimized data processing engines:    Our platform offers multiple data processing options optimized for data volumes, types, latency and data management operations. Our platform supports unstructured data, complex hierarchical data and relational data types, deployed within our elastic and serverless compute environment. Our platform also offers flexibility of deploying these data management operations on third party compute platforms leveraging advanced pushdown optimization to AWS Redshift, Microsoft Azure Synapse, Google Cloud Big Query, Snowflake and Databricks. Depending on the size of data, data locality, pattern of integration and ecosystem, our platform will select the best processing method.

 

   

Elastic and serverless processing.    For large batch (petabyte scale) processing, our platform uses elastic and serverless Spark-based processing.

 

   

Pushdown optimization.    For data to be transformed within a database or system, our platform uses advanced pushdown optimization (ELT) to enhance performance. For example, customers can use IDMC to push down data processing workloads natively to cloud data warehouses such as Snowflake.

 

   

Secure hybrid architectures.    For hybrid workloads where data is located on-premise within the customer firewall, IDMC provides a secure agent to support hybrid deployment architectures.

 

   

Integration and workflow orchestration engine.    For real-time and process integration across multiple applications supporting business processes, our platform provides a business process orchestration engine to manage the integrations and workflows.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

Metadata and data intelligence:    Leveraging our portfolio of AI and machine learning algorithms applied to various metadata types (e.g., technical, business, operational, usage, social), our platform provides intelligence and automation across all data management services. By scanning and managing metadata from a wide variety of sources including databases, applications, files, cloud platforms, mainframes, big data stores, BI tools, ETL tools, modeling tools, hand code and scripts, context is captured through a metadata graph database to deliver a metadata system of record and automation recommendations for enterprise data management operations. Our platform manages a total of 11 petabytes of active metadata to automate tasks and processes, delivering thousands of hours of time and cost savings for our users.

Distributed multi-cloud control plane:    Our platform’s distributed multi-cloud control plane consists of a series of highly available, modular, scalable microservices deployed on AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform that implement core capabilities such as design and development experiences, policy definitions, access control, security, and operational management. The control plane orchestrates interactions across the high performance connectors, optimized data processing engines, and metadata intelligence and data management services to deliver a unified experience supporting an agile data management development lifecycle across a wide variety of users and skill sets, including business users, technical users and administrators.

Cloud Operations and Management

Global Multi-Cloud Deployments:    Our platform is deployed globally across regions and major cloud service providers including AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform (GCP). As of December 2020, our platform processed over 17 trillion transactions per month, operated over 8.4 million compute hours per month and automated millions of data management operations. As of June 30, 2021, our platform processed over 21.6 trillion transactions per month.

Security and Trust:    We built our platform with security as a core tenet. Our platform provides a number of capabilities for customers to confidently use our platform while preserving the security requirements of their organizations, including:

 

   

Authentication.    Our platform supports rich authentication capabilities, including federated authentication with a variety of identity providers.

 

   

Access control.    Our platform provides a fine-grained security model based on role-based access control. It provides granular privileges on system objects and actions.

 

   

Data encryption.    Our platform encrypts all data, both in motion and at rest. It also supports customer-managed keys, where an additional layer of encryption is provided by keys controlled by customers, giving them the ability to control access to the data.

 

   

Security Certifications and Attestations.    Our platform has certifications and attestations including SOC2, SOC3, HIPAA/HITECH, GXP, UK Cyber essentials, Privacy Shield, and FedRAMP In-Process.

Business Continuity.    Our platform supports business continuity programs (failover, disaster recovery) enabling high reliability and availability to meet our customer SLAs and provide 24x7 real-time security monitoring, auditing and alerting.

Our Customers

We provide our software solutions to thousands of customers in over 100 countries and territories worldwide with approximately 5,700 active customers as of the end of 2020. Our platform is used globally by enterprises of all sizes across a broad range of industries, including some of the world’s largest enterprises, government agencies, and high-profile brands that trust us with their data

 

-156-


Table of Contents

management needs. No customer accounted for more than 2% of our revenue in any of the last three years. As of June 30, 2020, our customers included 9 of the Fortune 10, 84 of the Fortune 100, and 923 of the Global 2000. The number of customers that contributed more than $1 million in subscription ARR increased from 27 to 66 to 104 to 116 as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and June 30, 2021, respectively. For the same periods, the number of customers that contributed more than $100,000 of subscription ARR increased from 797 to 1,022 to 1,361 to 1,498, respectively.

The following is a representative list of our customers with ARR greater than $100,000 as of December 31, 2020 by industry vertical:

 

Auto / Transportation / Travel   Banking / Insurance / Financial Services   Retail / CPG   Technology / Services
       

Cvent

Ford

Hitachi Transport Sabre

Volvo Group

 

Charles Schwab

Chubb

Goldman Sachs

JP Morgan

State Farm

 

Discount Tire

Kroger

McDonalds

Sodexo

 

Cognizant

Deloitte

Intel

KPMG

Microsoft

RedHat

Symco

       
Govt. / Public Sector / Education   Healthcare / Pharma / Life Science   Manufacturing   Energy / Utilities /Telco
       

FDA

New York City Health & Hospitals

New York State Department of Health

State of Indiana

 

CVS Health

Franciscan Alliance

JDRF

Sanofi

 

CEMEX

Coca Cola

Fujitsu

Lenovo

Mitsubishi

 

EDF

NTT (Nippon Telegraph & Telephone)

Customer Case Studies

Kroger

Headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, The Kroger Co. has nearly half a million associates across its family of companies who serve over nine million customers daily through a seamless digital shopping experience and 2,800 retail food stores in the United States, with revenues exceeding $130 billion.

Three core elements of Kroger’s strategy are to grow sales and share by leading with fresh food; increase profitability by accelerating with digital, which is now a growth engine; and widen and deepen the competitive moats that will generate customer loyalty and share gains – Seamless, Personalization, Fresh, and Our Brands.

A core focus of improvement to support this strategic plan is the execution of an omni channel enterprise item strategy which represents a holistic approach to not only product/item data but all related product data including pricing, promotions, loyalty, placement and assortment. The previous item management process relied upon multiple systems with data being gathered, aggregated and harmonized in a manual process.

 

-157-


Table of Contents

Execution on this strategy allows Kroger to deliver a superior customer experience in an efficient and cost-effective manner. Informatica technology plays a critical role in supporting this initiative and Informatica’s Product Information Management (P360) and Data Quality technology is utilized to ensure that trusted and accurate data is provided to generate a single source of truth for product/item data that may then be leveraged across the Kroger business. This technology is also leveraged in support of the Kroger Marketplace initiative. This is an online marketplace allowing sellers to provide expanded offerings areas across many categories.

Key benefits to Kroger include:

 

   

A clearer view of product/item information resulting from the “single source of truth” being provided by the system.

 

   

Reduced time and effort to bring item information into a system and then provide that information to business users.

 

   

Ability to scale to meet Kroger’s need to support an Omni Channel Marketing strategy.

 

   

A clearer view of item data provides the flexibility to support additional/changing Kroger go-to-market strategies moving forward.

 

   

The system enables Kroger’s availability and resiliency requirements.

In summary, Kroger is leading with Fresh and accelerating with digital as it focuses on its strategic moats of Seamless, Personalization, Fresh, and Our Brands. Data is critical to the success of this effort and Informatica is helping Kroger ensure that this data is accurate, available and trustworthy.

CVS Health

Headquartered in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, CVS Health is a diversified health services company with nearly 300,000 employees and 9,900 pharmacy locations across all 50 U.S. states, Washington D.C., and Puerto Rico. Built on a foundation of community presence, CVS Health operates an integrated model that includes CVS Caremark (pharmacy benefits), Aetna (health insurance), CVS Pharmacy, and innovative HealthHUB clinics, meeting people wherever they are to make healthcare more accessible, affordable, and seamless. With a vast network of businesses, clients, and customers, CVS Health has invested in data modernization, seeking to continually improve the quality of enterprise data, reduce costs through automation, and increase organizational agility. Most recently, in preparation for its move to the cloud, CVS Health also needed a partner to help accelerate the migration of legacy systems to modern cloud computing environments.

CVS Health, leveraging Informatica Data Quality (IDQ), was able to modernize the way it handles components of benefits administration automation within its Caremark Pharmacy Benefit Management line of business. CVS Health was able create substantial efficiencies in the areas of data management, data facilitation, data movement and decision making. With the help of IDQ, CVS Health delivered in three months a project that allowed the business to scale to levels that had not previously been achieved and allowed them to remove human error from data processing resulting in zero systematic errors. Through these improved processes, CVS Health can process millions of benefits updates each month to better serve its members. This highly manual work was handled by a team of at least 20 resources prior to the automation effort. Those resources are now able to be re-allocated to other high-priority work. As a result of these process improvements, CVS Health was able to implement multiple new capabilities that enabled more rapid ability to adjust benefits and reduce cost for its clients and members. In addition, systematic quality controls helped to ensure a high level of accuracy reducing potential data errors by 99%.

 

-158-


Table of Contents

Sanofi

Sanofi is a global pharmaceutical company with 100,000+ employees that provides healthcare solutions across 170 countries in areas such as specialty care, general medicines, vaccines, and consumer healthcare. Sanofi has defined a new data strategy to better enable the business, and in particular has started a journey to modernize its data platforms and adopt global cloud-based solutions in lieu of existing point-to-point solutions.

Sanofi is leveraging IDMC for data integration and for managing data pipelines. Sanofi has further rationalized its data landscape and is also simplifying its multi-technology stack. Informatica is a strategic partner in this journey and now provides cloud-based solutions to manage and accelerate all types of data integration (i.e., including batch, real-time, API, B2B, and Pub/Sub), improve data quality and governance, and establish a trusted data foundation to support better product intelligence and decision-making.

Key benefits of the solution once fully deployed include:

 

   

Enable a data-driven culture across the company

 

   

Establish a global data cataloging and data governance platform

 

   

Accelerate data and application integration

 

   

Drive agility and innovation with a new data cloud architecture

In summary, after years of using multiple point-product solutions to solve many different needs, Sanofi is streamlining its data management practice and has adopted a platform approach with IDMC and by doing so aims to improve organizational agility and drive efficiencies.

Discount Tire

Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, Discount Tire is one of the largest independent tire and wheel retailer in the world, operating more than 1,100 stores in 36 states and reaching nearly 35 million customers. The company sells products including tires, wheels, sensors, lug nuts, and wiper blades, and offers tire installation, rotation, balancing, and free flat tire repair services.

Faced with a competitive retail market, Discount Tire knew it was critical to develop a seamless customer experience across all channels and touchpoints, including in-store, curbside pick-up, web, and mobile apps. However, existing customer identification sources, inconsistent data quality, and siloed marketing channels made it difficult to execute on that vision. To provide customers with a personalized experience, Discount Tire needed a holistic view of all its customers and vehicles — one that could support real-time insights and matching each customer with the right offer at the right time.

Informatica’s Intelligent Data Management Cloud empowers Discount Tire with a trusted data foundation. The Customer 360 solution leverages the enterprise-scale master data management (MDM) solution to aggregate information across multiple point-of-sale, ERP, and ecommerce systems, and delivers a “golden record” for each customer to downstream teams, analytics, and business applications. Using Informatica’s Data Quality solution, Discount Tire also verifies critical data points such as customer phone number, email, and address. As a result, Discount Tire can efficiently segment customers, identify members of the same household, and track changes in vehicle ownership to identify cross- and up-sell opportunities.

Key benefits to Discount Tire include:

 

   

Provide a more seamless, consistent customer experience across channels

 

-159-


Table of Contents
   

Deliver a single “golden record” for every customer to key business applications

 

   

Facilitate proactive data stewardship and governance through centralized master data

 

   

Increase effectiveness of marketing campaigns through personalized recommendations

 

   

Enable better decision-making and ability to calculate KPIs (e.g., customer lifetime value)

In summary, Discount Tire is using IDMC to master data to build a more customer-centric organization, and its MDM strategy will soon extend to our Product 360 solution as well. Informatica’s solutions are critical to turbocharging Discount Tire’s growth and continuous improvement.

JDRF

Founded in 1970, JDRF is a leading global non-profit focused on curing, preventing, and treating type 1 diabetes (T1D) and its complications. T1D is an auto-immune disease that requires constant management—even overnight. It strikes both children and adults, regardless of diet or lifestyle. People with T1D rely on injected or pumped insulin to survive. In the United States, nearly 64,000 people are diagnosed with T1D each year, and a total of 1.6 million Americans currently live with T1D. JDRF is at the forefront of the fight to cure the disease and make life-changing breakthroughs in therapy development available to people as soon as possible, as affordably as possible. To date, JDRF has invested more than $2 billion in T1D research and therapy development. Since 1998, JDRF’s advocacy leadership has driven nearly $3.48 billion in federal funding to T1D research.

To keep the pace of funding and progress, JDRF is striving to better understand its supporters—upon which the organization heavily relies—through the use of a comprehensive Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. JDRF’s supporters can traverse multiple roles, including donor, advocate, volunteer, parent of a child with T1D, adult with T1D, clinical trial participant, and a healthcare provider who treats people with T1D. Over time, however, existing CRM data within Salesforce became duplicative, and was often incomplete. To support better data-driven decisions and maximize the impact of its resources, JDRF needed a single, trusted view of every supporter – and it needed to implement this initiative with a fast time to market and quick ROI, to demonstrate effective use of donations.

IDMC enables JDRF to construct a true picture of its evolving supporter base. Using Informatica MDM, the team can master supporter and location domains, synchronizing data with operational systems and saving months of deployment time. Informatica’s Customer 360 solution gives employees the single, more consistent view of supporters they need, and Informatica’s Cloud Data Integration enables both batch and real-time integrations for web, mobile, CRM, ERP, fundraising systems, and identity management, enhancing the trust and availability of data across the organization.

Key benefits to JDRF include:

 

   

Consolidated legacy CRM records into unique supporter records

 

   

Increased pool of recurring donors through surfacing active, unengaged contacts

 

   

Increased conversion rates with personalized, omnichannel communications

 

   

Reduced manual work allowing more time for fundraising and advocacy

In summary, smarter data management is helping JDRF expand globally and engage more effectively with the T1D community. The IDMC platform supports the team’s needs, with cloud-first technology and rapid ROI.

 

-160-


Table of Contents

Insurance Company

Our platform serves one of the world’s largest providers of a wide range of commercial and personal property and casualty insurance to a diverse set of corporate, midsize, small business, and individual clients.

Long known for its superior customer experience and first-class claims handling, the insurer realized its need to modernize its data strategy to retain customers and boost loyalty. Previously, customer data resided in disperse applications across various departments and business lines. This fragmentation hindered timely, effective data-driven decision-making.

To offer customers a superior experience, service them more efficiently and grow revenue while managing risk, the insurer invested in cloud-based data management initiatives and migrated away from on-premise systems.

The insurer adopted the Informatica Intelligent Data Management Cloud, transitioning from maintenance commitments for on-premise data management products to recurring subscription of cloud products. Informatica’s automated tools for modernization allowed the entire migration process to be completed rapidly, within just several months. It initially adopted Informatica Data Governance to create accessible, high-quality data that powers insights across essential use cases. The insurer later adopted Informatica Cloud Master Data Management, which delivers visibility into the complete customer relationship by reconciling data across products, policies, applications, and business lines. Centralized global reference data helps drive digital finance transformation, risk analytics, and new product launches. Informatica Data Quality further cleanses and maintains data integrity, even as information changes hourly.

Key benefits to the insurer include:

 

   

Governed, high-quality data to fuel various analytics initiatives;

 

   

Personalized customer experience via a 360-degree view of customers across business units;

 

   

Integrated customer, policy, and product data across enterprise applications and new acquisitions;

 

   

Increased revenue and customer conversion rates via targeted offers; and

 

   

Automated cleansing of critical data, both on-premises and in the cloud.

In summary, after embracing data management modernization and migrating to Informatica’s cloud-based portfolio, the insurer is using data to strengthen its position as a customer-centric insurer. Informatica’s cloud products have enabled the insurer to quickly modernize alongside its customers and derive ongoing value from its data. The insurer continues to expand its spending with Informatica. We estimated that the migration from maintenance commitments for on-premise data management products to recurring subscription cloud products, has resulted in its current subscription commitments being approximately 2.2x their previous maintenance commitment.

Our Partners

Our partner strategy is focused on delivering complete end-to-end solutions for our customers, driving general awareness of our platform, and broadening our distribution and reach to new customers. We actively work with four types of partners:

 

   

Cloud Platforms. Our partnerships with the three leading hyperscaler cloud platforms (AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Platform) allow our customers to deploy our platform on each of

 

161


Table of Contents
 

these cloud platforms to take advantage of the benefits of a multi-cloud, hybrid infrastructure. These cloud platforms are a key source of leads for our business and we sell our products through each of their marketplaces. We also innovate and integrate with the hyperscalers on each other’s offerings and jointly drive sales plays focused on unique customer problems and use cases. For example: (i) we launched a freemium offering (Cloud Data Integration Free Service) to accelerate new data lakes and data warehouses on AWS in 2021 and also achieved “in-process” FedRamp status for Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services on AWS GovCloud; (ii) Informatica was recognized as Microsoft’s 2020 Data Analytics Partner of the Year and in 2021 Informatica launched a freemium offering (Cloud Data Integration Free Service) to accelerate new data lakes and data warehouses on Microsoft Azure; and (iii), Informatica is a Premier GCP Partner and a Strategic Partner for GCP Analytics Data Platform Migration and SAP Smart Analytics priority solution plays.

 

   

Cloud Partners. We work closely with Snowflake, and we are an Elite Snowflake Partner and were recognized in 2020 as Snowflake’s Partner of the Year for Data Lake. Informatica has achieved the Snowflake-ready badge and offers seamless integration via Snowflake partner connect and Informatica’s Snowflake Data Accelerator edition of our platform. Our partnership with Snowflake has expanded beyond data integration to include data quality, data catalog and data governance for the Snowflake Data Cloud. Informatica also participates in Snowflake partner innovation programs such as Snowpark Accelerated. In addition, Informatica is a Tier 1 Databricks partner and was recognized for our early adoption of Delta Lake in 2019 with Databricks’ ISV Impact Partner of the Year award. Our product integration and joint go-to-market with Databricks extends beyond data integration to data cataloging and end-to-end data governance.

 

   

Global system integrators. We have deep relationships with leading global system integrators, such as Deloitte, Accenture, Cognizant and Capgemini, and partner closely with them on the data management portion of their client engagements. We co-create and co-sell solutions to solve customer needs where we combine the power of our innovation and their services to deliver against the customer business objectives.

 

   

Channel partners. We have a scaled and well-defined alliances program where we partner with value-added resellers and distributors across the world to expand our reach in international markets. Our relationship with these channel partners ranges from fulfilment services to co-sell or independent resell in some markets.

Collectively, our robust partner ecosystem helps us source leads, drive awareness of our platform, build unique and tailored solutions for customers, and provide state-of-the-art training and implementation support to our customers. Our system integrator partners help make the adoption of our platform easier by providing holistic implementation services, managed services, and resale services. We continue to invest in formal alliances with leading consulting, data management, and implementation service providers to help our customers migrate their legacy data management solutions to the cloud. We expect to continue to invest in growing and expanding our partner ecosystem in the future.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our solutions primarily through a global direct sales team, which consists of field sales, technical sales, inside sales and partner sales professionals segmented by customer size and region. Our direct sales team is focused both on new customer acquisition and driving expanded use of our products with existing customers, as well as fostering long-term collaborations to drive their multi-year journey to the cloud. The breadth of our platform offerings allows us to engage at many levels of an organization and across many key buying personas and functional centers—e.g., the chief data

officer’s organization, the chief information officer’s organization, and line of business buyers like the

 

-162-


Table of Contents

chief marketing officer and chief financial officer. The substantial majority of our global sales and marketing efforts are carried out by teams located in North America, EMEA and Japan. In Asia-Pacific, we go to market with a combination of direct sales and channel alliances.

Our marketing strategy is global, data-driven and digital-first, designed to generate awareness of our products and a targeted pipeline of qualified opportunities. Our marketing team combines the creation of inbound demand, to drive traffic to our website and usage of our platform, with direct marketing, business development, and marketing efforts targeted at business and technology leaders. We believe in a data-driven targeting of all our user personas with personalized content, offers and messaging, including joint go-to-market initiatives with our strategic partners. In March 2020, we successfully pivoted our marketing approach from predominantly in-person events to digital events. From March 2020 through May 2021, we generated more than 30,000 registrations across numerous online events. Most recently, we registered over 10,000 customers and partners at our first-ever virtual annual customer conference, Informatica World 2021, which was held over a three-day period in April 2021.

Customer Support and Success

We support our customers through a global customer support and success team consisting of 804 employees as of June 30, 2021, based out of 10 locations worldwide anchored around our major delivery hubs in Redwood City, London and Bangalore. The primary objective of this team is to support our customers, so they realize optimal business value from our products by providing the right subject matter expertise to accelerate value creation. Our delivery framework is the right blend of people and technology, powered by a technology platform to interact with our customers and offer digital knowledge assets tailored to the customer persona for in-depth guidance on how to drive business outcomes with Informatica solutions. This team also manages customer renewals. Our Customer Satisfaction (CSAT) score for the second quarter of 2021 was 4.7/5.0, with approximately 77% of our customers rating us 5/5, and our renewal rates for subscription and maintenance in 2021 were 93% and 94%, respectively. The CSAT score is determined based on an internal survey of customers following the close of any support case, whereby customers rate their experience between 1 and 5 (with 5 being the highest). We achieved a 17% response rate for this survey and therefore the results may not be reflective of our broader customer base.

Research and Development

Informatica is well positioned and effectively manages research and development costs with strategic development centers across the globe–Redwood City, California Toronto, Canada, Stuttgart, Germany, Dublin, Ireland and Bangalore, India. With 1,936 full-time employees dedicated to research and development as of June 30, 2021, Informatica spends over $200 million annually in research, development and related activities to advance our platform roadmap. On the partnership front, Informatica is heavily invested in joint innovation and joint solutions with the major hyperscalers and cloud platforms (i.e., AWS, Microsoft, Google Cloud Platform, Snowflake, Databricks). For additional information on our technology collaborations, see the section titled “—Our Partners.”

Competition

The markets we serve are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. With the launch of Informatica IDMC, we believe we are the first data management vendor to offer enterprises a single cloud platform serving a comprehensive range of data management requirements. Our competition includes the following:

 

   

Hand-coded custom-built solutions developed by internal IT teams;

 

   

Point solution vendors that compete with one of our products such as Talend and Collibra;

 

-163-


Table of Contents
   

Cloud service providers (CSPs) with limited platform-specific capabilities in data management such as AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud Platform; and

 

   

Stack vendors that compete across in many of our markets with data management solutions such as IBM and Oracle.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

ability to offer a comprehensive platform with best of breed products;

 

   

interoperability with multi-cloud, hybrid environments and applications;

 

   

ability to embed advanced AI and machine learning in our platform;

 

   

performance, reliability and security;

 

   

ease of deployment and ease of use by the full breadth of data practitioners;

 

   

elasticity and ability to quickly scale services;

 

   

strength of cloud ecosystem partnerships;

 

   

responsiveness to evolving customer needs and use cases;

 

   

success of sales & marketing efforts;

 

   

quality of customer support; and

 

   

brand awareness and reputation.

We believe, based on the factors listed above, that we are favorably positioned relative to our competitors. Nonetheless, some of our competitors have advantages over us, such as greater financial resources, larger sales forces, better brand recognition, longer operating histories, and more expansive geographical footprints. For additional information see section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to a variety of laws in the United States and abroad, including laws regarding privacy, data protection, data security, data retention and consumer protection, accessibility, sending and storing of electronic messages, human resource services, employment and labor laws, workplace safety, intellectual property and the provision of online payment services, including credit card processing, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, export controls, international sanctions laws, federal securities laws and tax regulations, which are continuously evolving and developing. The manners in which existing laws and regulations are applied to SaaS businesses, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, often are unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, advertising, taxation, content regulation and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

In addition, regulatory authorities around the world are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning privacy, data protection, spam, data storage, data protection, content regulation, cybersecurity, government access to personal information and other matters that may be applicable to our business. More countries are enacting and enforcing laws related to the appropriateness of content and enforcing those and other laws by blocking access to services that are found to be out of compliance. It is also likely that as our business grows and evolves, as an increasing portion of our business shifts to mobile, and as our solutions are used in a greater number of countries and by additional groups, we will become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. For additional information, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation.”

 

-164-


Table of Contents

Data Privacy and Security

We place a priority on privacy and data security. We post on our website our privacy policy, and we maintain certain other policies and practices relating to data security and concerning our processing, use and disclosure of personal information. We have certified our compliance with the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework and Principles with respect to customer and business contact personal data that we collect; however, due to the recent invalidation of Privacy Shield as a valid data transfer mechanism, we may reevaluate our participation in the program in the future. We use the standard contractual clauses issued by the European Commission to conduct transfers of European personal data to jurisdictions not deemed adequate by the European Commission. We collect and use aggregated user information to develop, provide and improve our products. We do not use personal data other than with the consent of the user, as described in our privacy policy, or under the applicable terms of service. Our users’ account information will not be shared with third parties without user consent unless required by a valid search warrant or other legal requirement.

Our commitments under the Privacy Shield Principles are subject to the investigatory and enforcement powers of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. In addition, our publication of our privacy policy and other statements regarding privacy and security may subject us to investigation or enforcement actions by state and federal regulators if they are found to be deficient, lacking transparency, deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices. We also may be bound from time to time by contractual obligations, including model contract provisions approved by the European Commission relating to any category of personal data and business associate agreements that impose certain obligations and restrictions upon us relating to our handling of protected health information regulated by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The privacy and data security laws and regulations to which we are subject, as well as their interpretation, are evolving and we expect them to continue to change over time. For example, in 2016 the European Union adopted the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), a new regulation governing data privacy, which became effective in May 2018 and replaced the Data Protection Directive. The GDPR establishes requirements applicable to the handling of personal data and imposes penalties for non-compliance of up to the greater of 20,000,000 or 4% of worldwide revenue. Further, the European Commission and the United Kingdom government announced an EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement on December 24, 2020, providing for a temporary free flow of personal data between the EU and the United Kingdom, but it remains to be seen how the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU will impact the manner in which United Kingdom data protection laws or regulations will develop and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated and enforced by the UK Information Commissioner’s Office, EU data protection authorities, or other regulatory bodies in the longer term.

Additionally, several states have begun enacting new data privacy laws. For example, California recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), that, among other things, requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers, and afford such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA became effective on January 1, 2020. The CCPA has been amended on multiple occasions and additional regulations of the California Attorney General came into effect on August 14, 2020 and were most recently amended on March 15, 2021. However, aspects of the CCPA and its interpretation remain unclear. The effects of the CCPA are significant and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Moreover, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) was recently approved by California voters in connection with the election on November 3, 2020. The CPRA creates obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. More generally, the various privacy and data security legal obligations that apply to us

 

-165-


Table of Contents

may evolve in a manner that relates to our practices or the features of our applications or platform. We may need to take additional measures to comply with the changes in our legal obligations and to maintain and improve our information security posture in an effort to avoid information security incidents or breaches affecting personal information or other sensitive or proprietary data.

Our security policies, procedures, and controls are routinely audited and attested by third parties for compliance, certification, or adherence to industry security standards and regulations, such as SOC 2 Type 2, HIPAA, UK Cyber Essentials, and FedRAMP In Process. Our cloud products maintain the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts (AICPA) SOC 2®, and SOC 3® attestation reports based on the trust services criteria relevant to security, availability, and confidentiality (applicable trust services criteria) set forth in TSP section 100, 2017 Trust Services Criteria for Security, Availability, Processing Integrity, Confidentiality, and Privacy (AICPA, Trust Services Criteria), commonly known as the AICPA Systems and Organizational Control (SOC 2®, and SOC 3®). Informatica also maintains compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information (HIPAA Security Rule), and the Notification in the Case of Breach of Unsecured Protected Health Information enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (HITECH Breach Notification Requirements), as described in Part 164 of CFR 45, commonly known as HIPAA/HITECH. In 2020, we received a FedRAMP Moderate “In Process” designation for our IICS product, operating in the AWS GovCloud. We anticipate achieving our first Authorization To Operate (ATO) in late 2021, sponsored by the US Department of State. In 2021 Informatica received its first UK Cyber Essentials certification. In April 2021, our on-premise MDM products and cloud-based Master Data Management (MDM) products earned Letters of Compliance for GxP, also known as cGMP (Current Good Manufacturing Practice) that ensures pharmaceutical products, medical devices and other regulated items are consistently manufactured and controlled according to quality standards—thus reducing the risk of harm to consumers.

Our information systems and technical infrastructure for cloud services are hosted within SOC 2® attested data centers and utilize a combination of clustering, multiple datacenters and data replication to maintain high availability and resiliency. Our cloud products utilize identity and access controls, multi-factor authentication, real-time security monitoring, and both encryption in transit and encryption at rest to protect customer data using keys unique to each tenant.

Informatica’s security teams focus on proactive application, network and system security, privacy and governance, internal and supply chain risk management, disaster recovery and business resiliency, security consultation, education and incident response. We maintain a documented vulnerability management program that includes periodic scans designed to identify security vulnerabilities on servers, workstations, network infrastructure and applications, and subsequent remediation of vulnerabilities. External security researchers are encouraged to discreetly send us potential security vulnerabilities through our Responsible Disclosure Program, where reporters of qualifying findings are posted to our Security Hall of Fame. In addition, our products and infrastructure are tested regularly through penetration tests using both internal expertise and third-party teams, and any vulnerabilities found are remediated based on risk.

Human Capital Management

Our Values: DATA (Do Good, Act as One Team, Think Customer-First and Aspire & Innovate) are our foundation and define the Informatica experience. With the mutual goals of “delighting our employees and our customers”, we invest with strong intent to the lifecycle journey beginning with recruiting and onboarding, fostering a culture of inclusiveness, diversity, equity and belonging with a focus on growing both the business and our employees. Our employees receive competitive compensation and benefit programs, and are recognized in a number of ways, including employee

 

-166-


Table of Contents

driven appreciation and recognition programs. We frequently survey our employees and work to continually strengthen our culture. Our commitment to our employees was especially evident during the pandemic with a multitude of programs designed to drive wellness and engagement as well as at home productivity. This commitment has been reflected in relatively low voluntary attrition and strong engagement scores. As of June 2021, our Glassdoor overall rating was 4.3 out of 5.0 with a CEO

Approval Rating of 96% and a Recommend to a Friend Rating of 90%. Additionally, Informatica has won numerous Best Places to Work awards.

As of June 30, 2021, we had 5,249 full-time employees, including 1,936 in product development, 1,445 in sales and marketing, 1,276 in operations and customer support, and 592 in general and administrative. As of June 30, 2021, 3,444 of our employees were located outside the United States, with 2,216 of our employees located in India. None of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. However, in certain countries in which we operate, we are subject to, and comply with, local labor law requirements which may automatically make our employees subject to industry-wide collective bargaining agreements. We may be required to comply with the terms of these collective bargaining agreements. We believe our employee relations are good, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Diversity and Inclusion

We are proud to be a global leader in the promotion and practice of diversity and inclusion. In addition to having offices and employees all over the world, we take pride in and celebrate our cultural diversity. Informatica searches the globe for top talent in an effort to recruit and hire diverse individuals with a variety of skills, experiences, and backgrounds. Our objective is to continue to improve our hiring, development, advancement, and retention of diverse talent and to foster an environment of inclusivity, diversity, equity and belonging (IDEB). Our employees are key contributors to supporting our IDEB vision with employee resource groups, postings and education on our IDEB site and community outreach.

We require our employees and managers to participate in training programs directed at maintaining a harassment-free, diverse, and secure workplace. With our diverse employee population, we uphold the rights to work in an environment that promotes equal opportunity and prohibits discriminatory practices against race, color, national origin, ancestry, medical condition, religious creed (including religious dress and grooming practices), marital status, registered domestic partner status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, genetic characteristics and information, age, veteran status, or any other protected characteristic. We are committed to cultivating a respectful workplace and preventing harassment in all its forms.

Health and Safety

We recognize that a healthy environment and safe workplaces are critical to our business, strategy, and communities. We address environmental issues in an integrated manner to encompass protection of the environment as well as the health and safety of our workforce. For example, in response to COVID-19 and the significant increases in remote workforces in March 2020, we mandated a work-from-home policy to protect our employees, families, customers, and our communities.

With the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, our workforce continues to operate remotely where necessary, and our top priority remains providing support for our employees, partners, and customers. We are fortunate that the nature of our business allowed us to successfully operate on a work-from-home basis and in this new dynamic hybrid environment. We have been able to successfully adapt to the current challenges and deliver results despite the pandemic while continuing to protect the health and safety of our workforce and customers.

 

-167-


Table of Contents

Compensation and Benefits

We provide robust market-based compensation and benefits to our employees. In addition to competitive base salaries, all qualified employees are eligible for variable pay. Employees also are well supported in their time-off needs.

To support the health and wellness of our workforce, we offer premium health coverage with minimal out-of-pocket contributions for our global employees as well as a number of other welfare programs for added security.

Training and Development

We believe every employee can make a difference and can shape their career at Informatica, so we empower them in their roles to explore various career paths. We assist employees as they grow in a role in general career advancement with access to both on-line and classroom (now virtual) training. Employees have access to both a rich array of technical and professional development opportunities.

Communication and Engagement

Frequent and transparent communications are paramount at Informatica to engage and inform our teams. We utilize multiple communication channels to ensure our employees and managers receive timely information regarding the business strategy, product and service releases, financial results and priorities; as well as how to stay connected.

Intellectual property

Our success depends in part upon our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret rights, confidentiality procedures, and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. As of June 22, 2021, we had 35 patent applications filed and 117 patents issued in a variety of jurisdictions. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire at various times through November 2038. In addition, we have registered identifiers important to our business including “Informatica” and “CLAIRE” as trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions. We are also the registered holder of a variety of domestic and international domain names that include “Informatica” and similar variations. In addition to the protections provided by our intellectual property rights, as part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, distributors, and corporate partners and into license agreements with respect to our software, documentation, and other proprietary information. Where appropriate, we have also entered into patent cross-license agreements with third parties, thereby acquiring additional intellectual property rights which preserve our ability to pursue normal business activity and minimize our risks in entering new and adjacent technology markets.

Nonetheless, our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation based on allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We believe that competitors will try to develop products and services that are similar to ours and that may infringe our intellectual property rights. Our competitors or other third parties may also claim that our platform infringes their intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in our industry have extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties have in the past and may in the future assert claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights against us or our customers or channel partners, with whom our license or other agreements may obligate us to indemnify against these claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party could prevent us from offering certain

 

-168-


Table of Contents

services or features, require us to develop alternate, non-infringing technology, which could require significant time and during which we could be unable to continue to offer our affected subscriptions or services, require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, or force us to pay substantial damages, royalties or other fees. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly higher profile, including as a result of becoming a public company, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. We are not aware of any current infringement of any third-party patents or other proprietary rights by us, although we cannot guarantee this is the case. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries where our products are distributed do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws. Our inability to protect our proprietary information could harm our business. For a further discussion of our intellectual property rights, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in two buildings totaling approximately 290,000 square feet in Redwood City, California, which we purchased in 2012. We also own the associated 11.6 acres of land including two parking lots. These buildings are our principal facilities and house executive, sales and marketing, product development, customer support and general and administrative employees.

We also occupy leased facilities in the United States, including offices located in Austin, Texas; New York, New York and Naperville, Illinois, which are primarily used for sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative employees. We lease office facilities outside of the United States in Sydney, Australia; Sao Paulo, Brazil; Hong Kong, China; Paris, France; Dublin, Ireland; Milan, Italy; Tokyo, Japan; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Singapore; Madrid, Spain; Stockholm, Sweden; and Maidenhead, United Kingdom and are used primarily for sales and marketing, customer support, and general and administrative employees.

We also lease facilities in Bangalore, India; Stuttgart, Germany; and Toronto, Canada which are used primarily for our product development, customer support, professional services and general and administrative employees. We also lease additional facilities including Maxdorf, Germany; Chennai and Hyderabad, India; Tel Aviv, Israel; Krakow, Poland; and Kazan, Russia where our offices are primarily used for product development.

These leased facilities expire at various times through 2035. We are continually evaluating the adequacy of existing facilities and additional facilities in other locations, and we believe suitable additional space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights, or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. See Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-169-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of July 31, 2021:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Amit Walia

     49      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Brown

     55      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Jitesh Ghai

     43      Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer

John Schweitzer

     52      Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer

Ansa Sekharan

     51      Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Bruce Chizen

     65      Chair

Janice Chaffin

     66      Director

Gerald Held

     73      Director

Ryan Lanpher

     36      Director

Austin Locke

     39      Director

Geoff McKay

     53      Director

Elizabeth Rafael

     60      Director

Brian Ruder

     48      Director

Jill Ward

     61      Director

Executive Officers

Amit Walia.    Mr. Walia has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2020 and as a member of our board of directors since January 2020. Prior to serving as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Walia served in various roles at Informatica since October 2013, most recently as President, Products and Marketing. Prior to Informatica, Mr. Walia served in various senior roles at Intuit Inc., a financial management solutions software company, from September 2012 to October 2013; at Symantec Corporation, a cybersecurity software and services company, from April 2006 to September 2012; and at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, from August 2001 to April 2006. Mr. Walia spent the earlier part of his career working for the Tata Group and Infosys Technologies in India. Mr. Walia holds a B.Tech. from the Indian Institute of Technology, Varanasi, India, and an M.B.A. with honors from the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University.

Mr. Walia was selected to our board of directors because of the perspective, experience and operational expertise in our business that he has developed as our Chief Executive Officer.

Eric Brown.    Mr. Brown has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2018. Prior to joining Informatica, Mr. Brown was Chief Financial Officer for Machine Zone, a private real-time gaming, data and analytics company, from August 2017 to June 2018. Prior to Machine Zone, Mr. Brown served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer at Tanium, an endpoint security and systems management company, from April 2014 to March 2017. Mr. Brown also previously served, from February 2012 to March 2014, as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Polycom Inc., an enterprise collaboration business acquired by Plantronics, Inc. in 2018; from April 2008 to February 2012, as the Chief Financial Officer of Electronic Arts Inc., an electronic gaming company; from March 2006 to March 2008, as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of McAfee Corp., an internet security company; and from January 2005 to March 2006, as the Chief Financial Officer of McAfee. Mr. Brown holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the

 

-170-


Table of Contents

Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sloan School of Management.

Jitesh Ghai.    Mr. Ghai has served in various roles at Informatica since March 2010, most recently as our Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer. Mr. Ghai holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

John Schweitzer.    Mr. Schweitzer has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer since March 2021. Prior to joining Informatica, Mr. Schweitzer served as Chief Revenue Officer and Executive Board Member of Software AG, an enterprise software company, from November 2018 to January 2021. Prior to Software AG, Mr. Schweitzer served as the President, Americas of Workday, a financial management and human capital management software vendor, from March 2017 to October 2018 and Senior Vice President, Sales of SAP, a software company, from January 2015 to February 2017. Mr. Schweitzer holds a B.S.B.A. in Economics—Finance from Northern Arizona University.

Ansa Sekharan.    Mr. Sekharan has served in various roles at Informatica since November 1996, most recently as our Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer. In this role, Mr. Sekharan leads our Customer Adoption and Renewal organization, including our Professional Services, Customer Success, Customer Support and Renewals teams. Mr. Sekharan’s teams oversee the entire customer relationship, developing and executing our strategy to help customers realize business value from our products. Mr. Sekharan holds a B.S. in Computer Science from The National Institute of Technology, India and graduated magna cum laude from the University of Tulsa with an M.S. in Computer Science.

Non-Employee Directors

Bruce Chizen.    Mr. Chizen has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015 and as the Executive Chairman of our board of directors since January 2016. Mr. Chizen has also served as a special advisor since August 2015. Mr. Chizen intends to step down from his role as Executive Chairman and special advisor in connection with this offering, but will continue to serve as chair of our board of directors. Mr. Chizen is currently an independent consultant and has served as a Senior Adviser to Permira Advisers LLP, a private equity firm, since July 2008, an Operating Partner for Permira Growth Opportunities since June 2018, and as a Venture Partner at Voyager Capital, a venture capital firm, since August 2009. Mr. Chizen has served on the boards of directors of Oracle Corporation, a computer technology company, since July 2008, Chargepoint Holdings, Inc., an electric vehicle infrastructure company, since December 2014 and Synopsys, Inc. an electronic design automation company, since April 2001. Mr. Chizen holds a B.S. in Health Sciences from Brooklyn College, City University of New York.

Mr. Chizen was selected to our board of directors because of his significant expertise in the management of complex global organizations.

Janice Chaffin.    Ms. Chaffin has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2019. Ms. Chaffin previously served in various roles at Symantec, a cybersecurity software and services company, from May 2003 to March 2013, most recently serving as Group President, Consumer Business. Ms. Chaffin has served on the boards of directors of Synopsys, an electronic design automation company, since December 2014 and PTC, a computer software company since August 2013. Ms. Chaffin holds a B.A. in Political Science from University of California, San Diego, and an M.B.A. from UCLA where she was an Edward W. Carter Fellow.

Ms. Chaffin was selected to our board of directors because of her extensive enterprise software market experience.

 

-171-


Table of Contents

Gerald Held.    Dr. Held has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2008. Since January 1999, Dr. Held has been the Chief Executive Officer of Held Consulting Group, a strategic consulting firm. Dr. Held has served as a member of the board of directors of NetApp, a data management company, since December 2009, and currently serves on the boards of director for several private companies. Dr. Held holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Purdue University, an M.S. in Systems Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from University of California, Berkeley.

Dr. Held was selected to our board of directors because of his experience in developing, managing and advising technology organizations especially in the field of data management.

Ryan Lanpher.    Mr. Lanpher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Mr. Lanpher is a Partner at Permira, which he joined in January 2009. Mr. Lanpher is currently a member of the boards of directors of various private companies. Mr. Lanpher holds a B.A. in International Studies from John Hopkins University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Lanpher was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and expertise in technology investing.

Austin Locke.    Mr. Locke has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2019. Mr. Locke is a Managing Director with CPP Investments, an asset management company, which he joined in May 2014. Mr. Locke leads the North American technology investing efforts in the Direct Private Equity group of CPP Investments. Mr. Locke holds a B.S. in Analytical Finance from Wake Forest University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Mr. Locke was selected to our board of his directors because of his extensive experience with corporate finance, corporate strategy, and private equity investments, as well as his experience working with other technology and software companies.

Geoff McKay.    Mr. McKay has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. McKay serves as Managing Director, Head of North America, Direct Private Equity at CPP Investments, which he joined in October 2014. Mr. McKay holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Victoria and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr. McKay was selected to our board of directors because of his substantial transactional experience and his background in investment oversight.

Elizabeth Rafael.    Ms. Rafael has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2021. Ms. Rafael was most recently the Chief Transformation Officer at GoDaddy Inc. from May 2018 to November 2019. Prior to that she completed a five-year tenure at Apple as Vice President and Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Executive, retiring in October 2012. Ms. Rafael also had a successful career at Cisco Systems where she was Vice President, Corporate Finance and served as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer. She was the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Administrative Officer of Aspect Communications, Inc.; the Senior Vice-President and CFO of Escalate, Inc. and has held senior leadership positions at Silicon Graphics (SGI) and Sun Microsystems. Ms. Rafael graduated magna cum laude from Santa Clara University with a B.S.C. degree in Accounting and sat on the Santa Clara Board of Trustees from October 2012 through 2018.

Ms. Rafael was selected to our board of directors because of her extensive financial experience and her experience advising technology companies.

 

-172-


Table of Contents

Brian Ruder.    Mr. Ruder has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Mr. Ruder joined Permira in November 2008 and currently serves as co-head of Permira’s Technology investing sector, as a member of Permira’s Executive Committee, and as co-chair of the Permira VII Investment Committee. Mr. Ruder also serves on the board of various private companies. Mr. Ruder holds a B.A. in Mathematics and Philosophy from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Ruder was selected to our board of directors because of his extensive financial experience and his experience advising technology companies.

Jill Ward.    Ms. Ward has served on our board of directors since May 2021. From October 2018 to February 2020, Ms. Ward served as an Operating Partner of Lead Edge Capital, a growth equity investment firm. Ms. Ward has served as a member of the board of directors of Dynatrace, Inc., a software intelligence platform company, since September 2019 and as a member of the board of directors of HubSpot, Inc., a cloud-based customer relationship management (CRM) platform company, since October 2017. Ms. Ward previously served as a member of the board of directors of Carbon Black, Inc., a cloud security company, from December 2018 until its acquisition by VMware, Inc., a cloud computing and infrastructure company, in October 2019. She served as president and chief operating officer of Fleetmatics Group PLC, a SaaS fleet management company from April 2015 until its acquisition by Verizon Communications Inc., a telecommunications company, in November 2016. Ms. Ward previously served in various roles at Intuit, a financial software company, from 2001 to 2014, most recently serving as Senior Vice President and General Manager. Ms. Ward holds a B.A. from Wellesley College, and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Ms. Ward was selected to our board of directors due to her business experience and her overall knowledge of the technology industry.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Status as a Controlled Company

Because our Sponsors will beneficially own, in the aggregate, 198,390,476 shares of Class A common stock and 44,049,523 shares of Class B-2 common stock, which are the only classes of our common stock entitled to vote on director elections and which represent in the aggregate approximately 88.5% of the voting power with respect to director elections (or 87.2% of such voting power if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in “Prospectus Summary—The Offering” and an initial public offering price of $30.50 (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we expect to be a controlled company as of the completion of this offering under the rules of the NYSE. A controlled company does not need its board of directors to have a majority of independent directors or to form an independent compensation or nominating and corporate governance committee. As a controlled company, we will remain subject to the rules of the NYSE, which require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, assuming a three-member audit committee, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three independent directors on our audit committee within one year of the listing date.

If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with the rules of the NYSE, including by appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of

 

-173-


Table of Contents

directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to any permitted “phase-in” period.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as directors until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

We intend to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Bruce Chizen, Elizabeth Rafael and Amit Walia, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Janice Chaffin, Gerald Held, Ryan Lanpher and Austin Locke, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Geoff McKay, Brian Ruder and Jill Ward, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of our directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with investment funds or other entities affiliated with our Sponsors governing certain nomination rights with respect to our board of directors following this offering. Under the agreement, we are required to take all necessary

 

-174-


Table of Contents

action to cause the board of directors to include individuals designated by Permira and CPP Investments in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders, as follows:

 

   

for so long as Permira owns at least 20% of the shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock held by Permira upon completion of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, Permira will be entitled to designate two individuals for nomination;

 

   

for so long as Permira owns less than 20% but at least 10% of the shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock held by Permira upon completion of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, Permira will be entitled to designate one individual for nomination;

 

   

for so long as CPP Investments beneficially owns at least 20% of the shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock held by CPP Investments upon completion of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, CPP Investments will be entitled to designate two individuals for nomination;

 

   

for so long as CPP Investments beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 10% of the shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock held by CPP Investments upon completion of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, CPP Investments will be entitled to designate one individual for nomination; and

 

   

for so long as Permira and CPP Investments together have the right to designate an aggregate of four individuals for nomination, Permira and CPP Investments will have the right to jointly designate one additional individual for nomination.

Permira and CPP Investments will have also have the exclusive right to remove their respective designees and to fill vacancies created by the removal or resignation of their designees, and we are required to take all necessary action to cause such removals and fill such vacancies at the request of Permira and CPP Investments, as applicable.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning their background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Janice Chaffin, Gerald Held, Elizabeth Rafael, and Jill Ward do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of

 

-175-


Table of Contents

our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations, if applicable. Upon our listing on the NYSE, each committee’s charter will be available on our website at www.informatica.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.

Pursuant to the terms of our stockholders agreement, following this offering, Permira and CPP Investments will each have the right to appoint a director to serve on each of our board committees (other than our audit committee), for so long as Permira or CPP Investments, as applicable, has the right to designate at least one director for nomination, subject to applicable laws and NYSE regulations.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Elizabeth Rafael, Janice Chaffin and Austin Locke, with Elizabeth Rafael serving as Chair, of whom Elizabeth Rafael and Janice Chaffin meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Elizabeth Rafael is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

helping to ensure the independence and overseeing performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

reviewing our financial statements and our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters;

 

   

overseeing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

overseeing compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions; and

 

   

pre-approving all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Brian Ruder, Geoff McKay and Bruce Chizen, with Brian Ruder serving as Chair. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

-176-


Table of Contents
   

administering our equity compensation plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans;

 

   

establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees; and

 

   

making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to our full board of directors

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Jill Ward and Ryan Lanpher, with Jill Ward serving as Chair. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

   

approving our committee charters;

 

   

overseeing compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

contributing to succession planning;

 

   

reviewing actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by our audit committee; and

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

-177-


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table provides information regarding compensation of our non-employee directors for service as directors for 2020.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2020

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)
     Option
Awards

($)(1)
     Total
($)
 

Bruce Chizen(2)

     1,128,750               1,128,750  

Janice Chaffin

     150,000               150,000  

Gerald Held

     250,000        33,469        283,469  

Ryan Lanpher

                    

Austin Locke

                    

Geoff McKay

                    

Elizabeth Rafael(3)

                    

Brian Ruder

                    

Jill Ward(4)

                    

 

(1) 

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant-date fair value of each stock option granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the equity awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our directors will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of the shares underlying such stock options.

(2) 

In 2015, we entered into a board service agreement with Bruce Chizen, the Executive Chairman of our board of directors. The agreement provides for an annual retainer of $525,000, and a target cash bonus opportunity of 115% of his annual retainer. For 2020, Mr. Chizen received a cash bonus of $603,750, which is equal to his target bonus amount. The board service agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

(3) 

Ms. Rafael became a member of our Board of Directors in July 2021.

(4) 

Ms. Ward became a member of our Board of Directors in May 2021.

 

-178-


Table of Contents

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of December 31, 2020:

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised

Unearned
Options (#)

Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise Price
Per Share ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Bruce Chizen

    11/1/2015       23,863                   8.70       10/31/2025  
    11/1/2015       130,000                   10.00       10/31/2025  
    11/1/2015       17,727                   10.00       10/31/2025  
    11/1/2015       175,000                   8.70       10/31/2025  
    1/24/2017 (1)                  198,863       8.70       1/23/2027  
    3/1/2018 (1)                  56,818       8.70       2/29/2028  
    3/1/2018 (2)      28,409       4,734             10.00       2/29/2028  

Janice Chaffin

    10/9/2019 (3)      10,638       31,915             13.90       10/8/2029  

Gerald Held

    11/1/2015       55,319                   10.00       10/31/2025  
    11/1/2015       14,893                   8.70       10/31/2025  
    2/4/2016       82,978                   10.00       2/3/2026  
    2/4/2016       22,340                   8.70       2/3/2026  
    1/24/2017 (1)                  37,234       8.70       1/23/2027  
    3/1/2018 (4)      4,875       443             10.00       2/29/2028  
    3/1/2018 (1)                  5,319       8.70       2/29/2028  
    5/12/2020 (5)            15,000             20.00       5/11/2030  

Ryan Lanpher

                                   

Austin Locke

                                   

Geoff McKay

                                   

Elizabeth Rafael(6)

                                   

Brian Ruder

                                   

Jill Ward(7)

                                   

 

(1) 

Equity awards vest upon achievement of certain Multiple on Invested Capital (MOIC) thresholds, which are calculated by dividing the cash return to our Sponsors by their investment in us, and/or upon the satisfaction of market conditions in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events.

(2) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 18,939 options vested on March 1, 2019 and 1/8 of the remaining options vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Chizen remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(3) 

This equity award vests over a period of four years, of which 10,638 options vested on November 1, 2020 and 1/12 of the remaining options vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Ms. Chaffin remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(4) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 1,773 options vested on March 1, 2019 and 1/8 of the remaining options vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Held remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(5) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 4,500 options vested on March 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining options vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Held remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(6) 

Ms. Rafael became a member of our Board of Directors in July 2021.

(7) 

Ms. Ward became a member of our Board of Directors in May 2021.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. From time to time, we have granted equity awards and paid compensation to certain non-employee directors to entice them to join our board of directors and for their continued service on our board of directors. In 2015, we entered into a board service

 

-179-


Table of Contents

agreement with Mr. Chizen for his services as the Executive Chairman of our board of directors, which provides Mr. Chizen with an annual retainer of $525,000 and a target cash bonus opportunity equal to 115% of his annual retainer. We also have reimbursed our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. In 2021, our compensation committee retained Compensia, a third-party compensation consultant, to provide our board of directors and its compensation committee with an analysis of publicly available market data regarding non-employee director compensation levels and practices and assistance in determining compensation to be provided to our non-employee directors following this offering. Based on the discussions with and assistance from the compensation consultant, our board of directors adopted on October 7, 2021, and our stockholders approved on October 15, 2021, a formal compensation policy for our non-employee directors, which provides for cash and equity compensation for non-employee directors following the completion of this offering (the “Outside Director Compensation Policy”). In connection with this offering, Mr. Chizen will be transitioning from his role as Executive Chair to a non-executive Board Chair role. Upon such transition, Mr. Chizen no longer will receive compensation pursuant to his board service agreement with us and instead will receive compensation as a non-employee director under the Outside Director Compensation Policy. Mr. Chizen’s board service agreement with us will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

The below is a summary of the terms of such Outside Director Compensation Policy.

Cash Compensation

The Outside Director Compensation Policy provides for the following cash compensation program for our non-employee directors, effective upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part:

 

   

$55,000 per year for service as a non-employee director;

 

   

$100,000 per year for service as board chair;

 

   

$25,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee;

 

   

$12,500 per year for service as a member of the audit committee;

 

   

$20,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;

 

   

$10,000 per year for service as a member of the compensation committee;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

   

$7,500 per year for service as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The above-listed fees for service as board chair or a chair or member of any committee are payable in addition to the non-employee director retainer. Each non-employee director who serves as a committee chair will receive only the cash retainer fee as the chair of the committee but not the cash retainer fee as a member of that committee, provided that the non-employee director who serves as board chair will receive the cash retainer fees for such role as well as the cash retainer fee for service as a non-employee director. These fees to our non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis. As described below, certain “non-compensated directors” will not be eligible to receive any cash retainer fees pursuant to the Outside Director Compensation Policy. The Outside Director Compensation Policy also provides for reimbursement to our non-employee directors for reasonable travel expenses to attend meetings of our board of directors and its committees.

Equity Compensation

Initial Award. Pursuant to the Outside Director Compensation Policy, each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the effective date of the policy will receive, on the first trading

 

-180-


Table of Contents

day on or after the date that the person first becomes a non-employee director, an initial award of restricted stock units (the initial award). The initial award will cover a number of shares of our Class A common stock having a value of $450,000 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), with “value” meaning the fair market value of the shares subject to an initial award (as determined in accordance with our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (described below)) on the date of grant. The initial award will be scheduled to vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the initial award’s date of grant, subject to continued services to us through the applicable vesting dates. If the person was a member of our board of directors and also an employee, then becoming a non-employee director due to termination of employment will not entitle the person to an initial award.

Annual Award. Each non-employee director automatically will receive, on the first trading day immediately after the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders that occurs following the effective date of the Outside Director Compensation Policy, an annual award of restricted stock units (the annual award), except that, if an individual began service as a non-employee director less than six months prior to the date of such annual meeting, then such individual will not be eligible for an annual award with respect to such annual meeting. The annual award will cover a number of shares of our Class A common stock having a value of $225,000, or with respect to our Board Chair, a value of $325,000 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), with “value” meaning the fair market value of the shares subject to an annual award (as determined in accordance with our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan) on the date of grant. Each annual award will be scheduled to vest as to all of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to such award on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the annual award’s grant date or (ii) the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date of the annual award, subject to continued services to us through the applicable vesting date.

IPO Awards. On the third trading day immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, provided that a Form S-8 registration statement is effective with respect to our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan as of such date, each non-employee director will receive an IPO award of restricted stock units (the IPO award). The IPO award will cover a number of shares of our Class A common stock having a value of $225,000, or with respect to our Board Chair, a value of $283,333 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), with “value” meaning the fair market value of the shares subject to an IPO award (as determined in accordance with our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan) on the date of grant. Each IPO award will be scheduled to vest as to all of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to such award on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the IPO award’s grant date or (ii) the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date of the IPO award, subject to continued services to us through the applicable vesting date

Change in Control. In the event of our change in control (as defined in our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan), each non-employee director’s then outstanding equity awards covering shares of our common stock that were granted to him or her while a non-employee director will accelerate vesting in full, provided that he or she remains a non-employee director through the date of our change in control.

Other Award Terms. Each initial award, annual award, and IPO award, will be granted under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or its successor plan, as applicable) and form of award agreement under such plan.

Annual Compensation Limit

Our Outside Director Compensation Policy provides that in any fiscal year, a non-employee director may be paid cash compensation and granted equity awards with an aggregate value of no more than $750,000 (with the value of equity awards based on its grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for purposes of this limit), with such limit increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a non-employee director. Equity awards granted or other

 

-181-


Table of Contents

compensation provided to a non-employee director for services as an employee or consultant (other than a non-employee director) or as executive chair of the board of directors, or before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will not count toward this annual limit.

Non-Compensated Directors

Under our Outside Director Compensation Policy, “non-compensated director” will not receive any cash compensation or equity awards provided thereunder. For the purposes of our Outside Director Compensation Policy, “non-compensated director” generally will mean any individual who is a current employee or general partner of an entity or institutional stockholder that holds (or serves as the adviser to the entity that holds) at least 2% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company calculated on a fully diluted basis (such a stockholder, a “major investor”). A non-employee director who is not classified as a non-compensated director will become a non-compensated director by virtue of the entity or institutional stockholder for which the non-employee director is a current employee or general partner, becoming a major investor. A non-compensated director will no longer be classified as a non-compensated director only in the event that (i) the applicable entity or institutional stockholder ceases to be a major investor and (ii) on or after the date that the event in subclause (i) occurs, either (A) the director offers to resign and the board of directors rejects such resignation or (B) the director is reelected as a director by the Company’s stockholders. In addition, any executive chair of the board of directors will not receive any cash compensation or equity awards under our Outside Director Compensation Policy while serving in such role.

 

-182-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses the compensation programs and policies for our named executive officers (or NEOs) for our fiscal year 2020 ended December 31, 2020. Our NEOs for fiscal year 2020 were:

 

   

Amit Walia, Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Eric Brown, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Jitesh Ghai, Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer

 

   

Ansa Sekharan, Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer

Mr. Walia was appointed to his role as Chief Executive Officer (or CEO) effective January 1, 2020. Mr. Ghai was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer effective January 1, 2021. Prior to such promotion and during fiscal year 2020, Mr. Ghai was SVP, Data Management.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of our executive compensation during fiscal year 2020. It also provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy and objectives, and how and why the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Informatica Holdco Inc. (or the Holdco Board, and such committee, the Compensation Committee) arrived at the specific compensation decisions for our NEOs for fiscal year 2020. Following the Restructuring Transactions, the compensation committee of the board of directors of Informatica Inc. administers our executive compensation program. The information contained in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis should be read together with the compensation tables below, which provide additional details of the compensation paid to our NEOs for fiscal year 2020.

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Our executive compensation program is designed to support and align with the achievement of our business success and creation of long-term value for our stockholders. Consistent with this philosophy, we designed our executive compensation program to achieve the following key objectives:

 

   

Provide compensation that attracts, retains and rewards talented executive officers in a highly competitive market;

 

   

Establish a strong link between pay and performance; and

 

   

Promote the close alignment of the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.

We believe this program is in the best interests of and aligned with our stockholders and maximizes the incentives for our executive officers to deliver stockholder value. Our executive compensation program includes the following features designed to focus on pay for performance and corporate governance:

 

   

Independent Compensation Committee Advisers.    Our Compensation Committee engages its own compensation consultants to assist with its compensation reviews.

 

   

Competitive Compensation.    Our Compensation Committee reviews market data to determine compensation for our executive officers that is competitive and enables us to attract and engage talented executives.

 

-183-


Table of Contents
   

Significant Portion of Compensation At-Risk.    Our executive compensation program is weighted toward performance-based incentive compensation, including performance-based equity awards. In addition, as level of seniority increases, including for our NEOs, generally the portion of compensation that is performance-based also increases.

 

   

No Golden Parachute Tax Gross-Ups.    We do not provide gross-up payments for any golden parachute excise taxes in connection with a change in control.

 

   

No Hedging or Pledging.    In connection with this offering, we are adopting policies that will prohibit our executives and directors from engaging in derivatives trading and hedging involving our securities and pledging or margining our common stock.

Compensation-Setting Process

Role and Authority of the Board and Compensation Committee

The Holdco Board has delegated authority to the Compensation Committee, pursuant to the Company’s Compensation Committee charter, to administer our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer (or CEO) and our other NEOs and members of the Company’s senior management team, including reviewing and approving performance objectives to which compensation may be subject and administration of the equity compensation plan pursuant to which equity awards may be granted to our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also has the authority in its sole discretion to select and hire outside consultants and advisers and set the compensation to be paid by the Company to such consultants and advisers. The Compensation Committee from time to time seeks input from management, including with respect to fiscal year 2020 executive compensation, our CEO, Chief Financial Officer (or CFO), and Chief Human Resources Officer (or CHRO).

Role of Compensation Consultant.

In 2019, the Compensation Committee engaged Semler Brossy, a national compensation consultant firm, to obtain assistance on matters relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee sought external input primarily to compare our executive compensation program to market data, commence any early preparation work for a potential liquidity event for the Company’s stockholders in the near to mid-term, and determine any appropriate adjustments to be made to the Company’s equity compensation program in effect at that time. Services provided by Semler Brossy for fiscal year 2020 included assisting in the updating of our compensation peer group companies; preparing and presenting peer group and other market data; analyzing our NEOs’ salary, annual cash incentive and equity incentive compensation in relation to market data; assisting the Compensation Committee with the review of and any adjustments to our equity incentive program; and attending Compensation Committee meetings as requested by the Compensation Committee.

Role of Management

As a result of his close working relationship with the other executive officers, our CEO is asked by the Compensation Committee periodically to provide his assessment of their performance, input regarding appropriate levels of various elements of compensation, and recommendations regarding strategic and other business objectives to be established as performance criteria upon which compensation may be provided under our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee from time to time also requests the input of other members of management, including our CFO and CHRO. While the Compensation Committee considers the recommendations of management in determining executive compensation, its decisions are based on its own judgment and the Compensation Committee is not required to follow any such recommendations. None of our NEOs

 

-184-


Table of Contents

makes any recommendations regarding his own compensation and none of our NEOs is present when his compensation is determined.

Executive Compensation Elements

The compensation of our NEOs consists of the following key elements and for the following primary objectives:

 

Elements of Compensation

  

Objectives

Base salary    Retain individual executive services, provide financial stability, predictability and security of compensation for fulfilling core duties and recognize their day-to-day contributions and reward and motivate individual performance.
Annual cash incentive    Motivate and reward executive officers on achieving important annual business objectives that are intended to contribute incrementally and cumulatively to our long-term success.
Long-term equity-based incentives   

Promote closer alignment between the interests of our executive officers and those of our stockholders and encourage a long-term view on decision-making; and

 

Assist in retaining key talent for longer time horizon.

We consider each of these key elements of our executive compensation program to be necessary to attract, retain and motivate our executive officers, on whom our success depends significantly. In setting these compensation components, the Compensation Committee considers various factors, including, as some examples:

 

   

The executive’s tenure, skills and experience;

 

   

Assessments of the executive’s individual performance;

 

   

The executive’s responsibilities and criticality of his role at the Company;

 

   

The Company’s overall performance;

 

   

Internal pay equity;

 

   

The impact of the compensation on the Company’s stockholders and other stakeholders;

 

   

The costs and other business impacts on the Company of such compensation;

 

   

Retentive value of Company equity held by the executive; and

 

   

Competitive labor market pressures and factors relating to recruiting a replacement for the role filled by such executive.

The Compensation Committee determines in its discretion any of these as well as other factors that it may consider appropriate in setting compensation for our NEOs. The Compensation Committee does not assign relative weights or rankings to any of these factors and does not solely use any quantitative formula or measure to establish compensation for our NEOs or in relation to the market data. The Compensation Committee instead relies on its members’ experience, knowledge and judgment in assessing the various qualitative and quantitative inputs it receives regarding each NEO and determines compensation accordingly.

 

-185-


Table of Contents

Our NEOs additionally participate in various welfare benefit plans that generally are available more broadly to our employees, and certain severance benefits as part of our executive compensation program, as described further below. From time to time, we may provide other compensation in order to achieve our recruiting, retention or other compensation objectives. In fiscal year 2020, our executive compensation program included certain compensation for our NEOs relating to option repurchases and bonuses relating to distribution equivalent rights, as discussed further below.

Role of Peer Group and Market Data

In setting the various key elements of compensation for our NEOs, for fiscal year 2020, the Compensation Committee considered market-competitive practices of companies of similar size and that compete with us in similar industries and/or for similar talent. In 2019, as part of the Company’s overall preparation work for ramping toward a potential future public offering and in order to review executive compensation in comparison to prevailing market practices, the Compensation Committee engaged Semler Brossy to assist it in developing a revised peer group of companies.

The peer group for fiscal year 2020 included the following companies:

 

Akamai Technologies, Inc.    FireEye, Inc.    Open Text Corporation
Alteryx, Inc.    Fortinet, Inc.    Palo Alto Networks, Inc.
ANSYS, Inc.    Guidewire Software, Inc.    Pegasystems, Inc.
Arista Networks, Inc.    Juniper Networks, Inc.    PTC Inc.
Blackbaud, Inc.    NETGEAR, Inc.    Pure Storage, Inc.
Cadence Design Systems, Inc.    NetScout Systems, Inc.    Splunk Inc.
Citrix Systems, Inc.    Nuance Communications, Inc.    Synopsys, Inc.
Commvault Systems, Inc.    Nutanix, Inc.    Teradata Corporation
F5 Networks, Inc.    Okta, Inc.    VeriSign, Inc.

The peer group updated a list of comparable companies previously developed by management and applied certain criteria including that companies in the peer group are U.S.-based, should have annual revenues between approximately $0.5 billion to $3.0 billion, market capitalization between approximately $4 billion and $24 billion, be classified in any of the following industries: internet services and infrastructure, application software, systems software, communications equipment, or technology hardware, storage and peripherals, and be companies for which compensation data was available in Radford’s surveys. Market data of our peer groups was used by the Compensation Committee to review the compensation of our CEO, CFO, Chief Customer Officer and other senior management members constituting our Executive Committee for fiscal year 2020.

The market data used to review the compensation for Mr. Ghai, prior to his promotion to his current role as Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer that became effective on January 1, 2021, consisted of a broader data set derived from a custom cut of Radford’s proprietary Global Technology Survey.12 For certain members of our senior management team who at the time were not Executive Committee members, including Mr. Ghai, the Compensation Committee relied on such broader data given that a smaller peer group set of companies may not provide sufficient comparable information for executives in particular roles.

The Compensation Committee looked to the peer group and other market data collected in the fourth quarter of 2019 generally as data points, among various other factors, to assess the

 

12 

Such broader data consisted of survey data collected from the following list of companies:

 

-186-


Table of Contents

appropriateness and competitiveness of our executive compensation program, facilitate planning with respect to the Company’s recruiting and retention needs, and guide it in setting compensation that appropriately incentivizes our executives to drive performance and achieve our business objectives. However, the Compensation Committee did not target specified benchmarking positions in determining fiscal year 2020 compensation for our NEOs.

Base Salaries

The Company typically conducts annual performance assessments during the first quarter of the fiscal year and makes merit-based adjustments to base salaries that become effective starting in the second quarter of the fiscal year. In early 2020, in quick response to the growing COVID-19 pandemic, and to assess any impact that the pandemic may have on the Company’s business and its ability to manage cash flow effectively during such period, the Compensation Committee delayed any salary adjustments for our NEOs until July. Effective July 1, 2020, each of our NEOs received an increase in salary as provided in the table below.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Annual Base Salary
at Beginning of Fiscal Year 2020 ($)
     Annual Base Salary
Effective July 1, 2020 ($)
 

Amit Walia

     566,500        635,000  

Eric Brown

     566,500        578,000  

Jitesh Ghai

     371,212        400,000  

Ansa Sekharan

     460,000        478,000  

Mr. Walia’s salary increase reflects his increased authority, duties and responsibilities in connection with his promotion to the CEO role. In determining the appropriate compensation

 

Accenture   Citrix Systems   IBM   OpenText   Snowflake
Adobe   Cloudera   Imperva   Oracle   Splunk
Akamai Technologies   Collibra   Infor   Palo Alto Networks   Square
Alert Logic   Commvault   Infosys   Pegasystems   SugarCRM
Alteryx   Conduent   Intuit   Progress Software   Symantec
Amazon.com   DataStax   Juniper Networks   Proofpoint   Synopsys
Ansys   Dell   LinkedIn   PTC - Parametric Technology   Tableau Software
Apple   DocuSign   MapR Technologies   QAD   Talend
AspenTech   Dropbox   MarkLogic   Qlik Technologies   Teradata
Atlassian   eBay   McAfee   Qubole   TIBCO Software
Autodesk   Electronic Arts   Micro Focus   Quest Software   Twitter
Avid Technology   EnterpriseDB   Microsoft   RealPage   Verisign
Barracuda Networks   Facebook   MicroStrategy   Red Hat   Veritas Technologies
Blackbaud   FireEye   Model N   Riverbed Technology   VMware
Blackboard   Flipkart - India   MongoDB   Sage Group   Walmart eCommerce
Blue Yonder (formerly JDA Software)   General Electric   NetApp   Salesforce.com   Wind River Systems
BMC Software   Genesys Telecom Labs   New Relic   SAP SE   Wipro Technologies
Box   Google/Alphabet   Nuance Communications   SAS Institute   Workday
Cadence Design Systems   Guidewire Software   Nutanix   Seagate Technology   Xactly
Check Point Software   Hewlett-Packard Enterprise   Okta   ServiceNow  
Technologies        

 

-187-


Table of Contents

adjustments for Mr. Walia, in early 2020, the Compensation Committee reviewed the data previously provided by Semler Brossy on the updated peer group information for the CEO. The Compensation Committee considered that moderate adjustments to Mr. Walia’s target total cash compensation generally would align with the market median for CEOs and allow for increases over time based on strong performance. The Compensation Committee also believed it would be important for internal pay equity purposes that, commensurate with the greater responsibilities of the CEO, CEO compensation should be tiered at a level separate from other senior-most members of the executive team.

In connection with Mr. Walia’s transition from his prior role as President, Products and Marketing to CEO effective January 1, 2020, the Company increased the responsibilities of several other executives, including Mr. Ghai, to assist with those responsibilities that previously would have been assigned to Mr. Walia in Mr. Walia’s prior role. In recognition of Mr. Ghai’s increased duties and responsibilities, the Compensation Committee approved an increased salary for Mr. Ghai.

The Compensation Committee adjusted the fiscal year 2020 salary increases for Messrs. Brown and Sekharan consistent with the market data and to maintain internal pay equity.

Target Total Cash Compensation

In determining the key elements of NEO compensation, the Compensation Committee generally considers the overall annual cash compensation opportunity consisting of both the NEO’s base salary and target bonus opportunity (or target total cash compensation). Generally, the target total cash compensation for our NEOs was above market median, reflecting the historical need to attract talent and retain an experienced leadership team to lead a successful turnaround effort for the Company following the 2015 Privatization Transaction. The Compensation Committee also considered that Company performance has been very strong and that given the illiquid nature of the stock underlying the equity awards for a mature privately held company, target total cash compensation could be expected to be have a premium given the risk-reward tradeoffs. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee generally believed that target total cash compensation at or around the 75th percentile of market would be appropriate under the executive compensation program.

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

We maintain an annual incentive program pursuant to which eligible participants, including our NEOs, have the opportunity to earn cash bonuses based on achievement of corporate and individual performance during the fiscal year. Each NEO had a target bonus opportunity for fiscal year 2020 that was based on a percentage of base salary, as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Fiscal Year 2020
Target Bonus Opportunity
as Percentage of Base Salary(1)
(%)
     Fiscal Year 2020
Target Bonus Opportunity
Amount
($)
 

Amit Walia

     115        730,250  

Eric Brown

     100        578,000  

Jitesh Ghai

     75        300,000  

Ansa Sekharan

     90        430,200  

 

(1) 

Percentages are based on the NEO’s annual base salary as adjusted effective July 1, 2020.

The Compensation Committee determined each NEO’s 2020 target bonus opportunity based on its review of applicable peer group and market data, the NEO’s role, tenure, internal pay equity, and such other factors that the Compensation Committee deemed appropriate. For Mr. Walia, his target bonus opportunity was set taking into account his promotion to CEO effective at the beginning of the

 

-188-


Table of Contents

year and peer group data previously provided by Semler Brossy for the CEO, which resulted in a 15% increase (as a percentage of base salary) from the prior year in his prior role as President, Products and Marketing. Mr. Ghai’s target bonus opportunity was increased from 50% to 75% of his salary to reflect in particular the additional responsibilities that Mr. Ghai assumed in 2020 in connection with Mr. Walia’s transition from President, Products and Marketing to CEO.

In early 2020, the Compensation Committee approved an annual cash incentive program, or Corporate Bonus Plan, in which each of our NEOs participated. The Corporate Bonus Plan provided for three corporate performance metrics consisting of the Company’s pro forma net new bookings (or NNB), recurring revenue (or ARR), and cash adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (or Cash EBITDA), for fiscal year 2020.

 

   

NNB represents the annual contract value (or ACV) for new software contracts, including upsell ACV value on existing and renewed and/or amended software contracts, but excluding professional services, education contracts, maintenance related to perpetual licenses and software renewal orders, and provided further that net new bookings value for perpetual licenses are weighted at 1x their value and subscription contracts are weighted at 2x their value.

 

   

ARR was determined as the expected annual billing and revenue amounts from active maintenance and subscription agreements, based on the contract monthly recurring revenue multiplied by 12, where monthly recurring revenue is the accounting adjusted total contract value divided by the applicable number of months of the agreement (including contracts that have expired generally during a six-month grace period but still are under negotiation for renewal, and excluding any cancelled contracts and contracts deemed lost or inactive).

 

   

Cash EBITDA was determined as GAAP-based EBITDA plus rental income, plus/minus the change in short-term deferral revenue, plus ASC606 commission expense, less ASC605 commission expense, less the increase in contract asset, and plus/minus the impact of foreign exchange.

Achievement of each corporate performance metric at the target level would result in 100% funding of the bonus pool under the Corporate Bonus Plan. Achievement above or below the target level would result in funding at greater or less than, respectively, such 100% funding level. Bonuses under the Corporate Bonus Plan also were subject to adjustment based on assessment of individual performance during the year. With respect to our NEOs other than Mr. Sekharan, individual performance was assessed on a qualitative basis with no pre-determined individual performance goals. Mr. Sekharan’s individual performance goals consisted of achievement of renewal rates for maintenance and subscriptions, renewal bookings for maintenance and subscriptions, revenues for professional and education support services, annual recurring revenue growth for offerings and services, customer experience improvements, and various operational upgrades. Individual performance was not allocated any specific weighting or formula in determining bonus amounts for NEOs, but instead acted as a factor in determining whether to increase or decrease the amount of any bonus otherwise payable based on the funding that resulted from corporate performance achievement. Notwithstanding any performance achievement under the Corporate Bonus Plan, the Compensation Committee retains full discretion to increase, decrease or eliminate awards under the Corporate Bonus Plan, as it deems appropriate.

 

-189-


Table of Contents

For fiscal year 2020, the Compensation Committee reviewed the Company’s performance against the corporate performance metrics under the Corporate Bonus Plan and determined that such metrics were achieved at the following levels:

 

Corporate Performance Metric

   Target(1)      Certified Achievement
Level
    Certified Achievement
as Percentage of Target
 
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

NNB

   $ 584,000      $ 462,913       79

ARR

   $ 1,215,000      $ 1,160,176 (2)      95

Cash EBITDA

   $ 314,289      $ 391,665       125

 

(1) 

The Targets shown in the table are as adjusted to reflect the Compact Solutions transaction, as described below.

(2) 

Final ARR achieved for fiscal year 2020 was slightly higher at $1,160,372,000 due to minor adjustments that were determined following the calculations completed for purposes of the 2020 Corporate Bonus Plan.

At the end of the year, the Compensation Committee approved certain upward adjustments to the target achievement required for NNB (of +$4 million) and Cash EBITDA (of +$969,000) to reflect the impact of our acquisition of Compact Solutions in July 2020. The Compensation Committee also considered that the performance metrics under the Corporate Bonus Plan were approved in March 2020, prior to the pandemic that would follow shortly thereafter. As a result of the pandemic, actions taken in response to it and various other related challenges faced during the rest of the year, including, for example, a sales force reduction in 2020 that impacted NNB and other business results, the Compensation Committee considered that the target performance metrics (which had not been reset to take into account the pandemic and these actions) and the results actually achieved in comparison to such target performance metrics did not necessarily reflect the increased challenges to achieve the targets, nor did they reflect the execution, effort and leadership demonstrated in achieving the 2020 performance results.

The Compensation Committee approved the funding of the bonus pool at 94.7% under the Corporate Bonus Plan, which reflected a weighting of 50% with respect to NNB and 25% for each of ARR and Cash EBITDA. In determining the weighting for the corporate performance metrics, the Compensation Committee considered foremost the strategic importance of top line achievement for continued business growth, coupled with other key financial indicators of our business success. Further, in light of the successes achieved in fiscal year 2020 despite the extraordinary challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, and in recognition of the hard work necessary to achieve such results, the Compensation Committee used its discretion to approve additional funding resulting in overall funding of the bonus pool at 100%, with such additional funded amount allocated to participants based on outstanding performance.

 

-190-


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee also reviewed the individual performance for each of our NEOs, including taking into account Mr. Walia’s assessment of and recommendations with respect to each NEO other than himself. These individual performance measures reflect the significant efforts and strong leadership by our NEOs in adeptly responding to the rapid changes that occurred early in the year as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and uncertain market conditions and the resulting financial, business and employee achievements despite a challenging environment. For Mr. Walia, the Compensation Committee believed it was appropriate to recognize his leadership in his first year as CEO that contributed to our strong overall corporate performance. Mr. Brown’s bonus amount also reflected his continued positive performance in 2020. For the other NEOs, the Compensation Committee noted the efforts by Mr. Ghai to build out his team rapidly and Mr. Sekharan’s successes in delivering on customer needs notwithstanding the various challenges to providing onsite support presented by the pandemic. The actual bonus amount and such amount as a percentage of salary paid to our NEOs for 2020 are set forth in the following table.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Fiscal Year 2020
Actual Bonus Amount As
Percentage of Target Bonus
Opportunity (%)
    Fiscal Year 2020 Actual Bonus
Amount ($)
 

Amit Walia

     106     775,000  

Eric Brown

     100     578,000  

Jitesh Ghai

     105     315,000  

Ansa Sekharan

     106     455,000  

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

In connection with and following the 2015 Privatization Transaction, Ithacalux established an equity incentive plan, as amended from time to time (or 2015 Equity Plan), pursuant to which eligible employees including our NEOs have been granted equity awards from time to time. While we have not adopted a formal policy regarding the timing of grants of options and other equity awards, it has been our practice, which we expect to continue, for options to be granted with an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the underlying securities on the date of grant. During our fiscal year 2020, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of options at its scheduled meetings as well as pursuant to written consent.

In 2019, in light of the original equity award grants under the 2015 Equity Plan having become substantially vested, the Compensation Committee engaged Semler Brossy to assist in reviewing our overall equity compensation program and determine any appropriate changes for going forward long-term equity-based incentive compensation. The Compensation Committee reflected that the holding power of existing equity awards held by our NEOs would diminish substantially in the next several years. The Compensation Committee’s review of target total direct compensation (consisting of target total cash compensation plus equity incentive compensation) for executives similarly confirmed that maintaining market competitiveness may require additional equity compensation within the next several years. While the Compensation Committee initially reviewed the possibility for an annual refresh grant program, it ultimately determined that a one-time grant of larger awards that vest over multiple years likely would have a more effective impact on achieving the Company’s compensation objectives.

The Compensation Committee believed that larger, one-time equity awards would provide strong incentives to continue to motivate NEOs and other participating employees to drive the Company performance including toward a potential liquidity event for the Company. It also believed that delivering such incentives in the form of stock options, which require an increase in the Company’s stock value, would be consistent with the objective of increasing stockholder value. Whereas equity awards historically were subject generally to service-based vesting over five years, the Compensation

 

-191-


Table of Contents

Committee granted options in 2020 generally with a three-year vesting schedule, including to our NEOs, to align with the Company’s increasing emphasis on the intended horizon for a potential liquidity event to be shorter than in previous years.

Each award of options granted to our NEOs in fiscal year 2020 provided the recipient with a right to purchase shareholder interests (or SIs) in Ithacalux. An SI represented one ordinary share of Ithacalux and one share of each series of class A shares of Ithacalux. The 2015 Equity Plan provided, upon exercise of any options granted under the 2015 Equity Plan, for the participant to contribute the issued SIs to Ithaca MIV LLC (or MIV), in exchange for an equivalent number of units in MIV. The Restructuring Transactions resulted in the exchange of ten Ithacalux shareholder interests for one share of Class A common stock of Informatica Inc., or one share of Class B-1 common stock and one share of Class B-2 common stock of Informatica Inc, as applicable. Additionally, all outstanding options became exercisable for shares of Class A common stock of Informatica Inc. The description of our executive compensation during fiscal year 2020 assumes the completion of the Restructuring Transactions and corresponding exchange of shareholder interests for shares of common stock. The Compensation Committee continued to believe for fiscal year 2020 that options are appropriate equity awards under our executive compensation program given that options deliver value to the holder of such award only upon increases in the value of the underlying shares, creating a strong link between the interests of our NEOs and those of our stockholders. Further consistent with our pay for performance philosophy, our NEOs received a mix of options subject to vesting based on continued service (or time options) and options subject to vesting based on a combination of continued service and achievement of specified performance goals (or performance options). The proportion of performance options to time options increases with level of seniority based on the Compensation Committee’s philosophy that increased authority, roles and responsibilities enable the executive to assert greater influence over the Company’s performance and success.

For fiscal year 2020, our NEOs received the following options granted under the 2015 Equity Plan as refresh grants:

 

Name Executive Officer

   Number
of
Shares
Subject
to Time
Options

(#)
     Shares Subject
to Time
Options as
Percentage of
Total Granted

(%)
    Number of
Shares Subject
to
Performance
Options

(#)
     Shares Subject to
Performance
Options as
Percentage of
Total Granted

(%)
    Total Number of
Shares Subject
to Time and
Performance
Options

(#)
 

Amit Walia

     900,000        60     600,000        40     1,500,000  

Eric Brown

     91,000        70     39,000        30     130,000  

Jitesh Ghai

     180,000        80     45,000        20     225,000  

Ansa Sekharan

     210,000        70     90,000        30     300,000  

In addition to the factors discussed above, in determining the size of the options to be granted to our NEOs, the Compensation Committee reviewed the market data provided by Semler Brossy. With respect to our CEO, a larger initial grant following his appointment to CEO would bring his equity compensation closer to the market median of our peer group and help sustain the market positioning over the next several years, with potentially incremental awards made annually thereafter based on CEO performance and other relevant factors determined by the Compensation Committee.

Each time option granted to our NEOs is scheduled to vest as to 25% of the underlying shares one year after its vesting commencement date set at March 1, 2020, and as to the remaining shares in equal installments quarterly over the next two years, subject to continued employment with us. Each performance option provided for 100% of the underlying shares to become vested upon the earlier of our change in control with respect to which the purchase price received by certain significant stockholders would be at least $37.50 per share or the date that, following our initial public offering, the

 

-192-


Table of Contents

trailing 60-trading day volume weighted average price per share is at least $37.50. In addition, the performance options would be eligible to vest, in connection with a sale by certain of our stockholders of shares in which the stockholder sellers receive a sale price per share of at least $37.50, in the same portion of their performance option as the proportion of such stockholders’ sold shares in comparison to their aggregate share ownership. The Compensation Committee believes that these performance criteria were appropriate in promoting the close alignment between the NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders.

To strengthen the emphasis on achievement of a liquidity event for the Company, in connection with the grant of the options described above, the Compensation Committee also approved an amendment to certain performance options with performance criteria relating to the achievement of Multiple on Invested Capital (MOIC) previously granted to executives, including each of our NEOs that enables such performance options to vest upon achievement of the same performance criteria as apply to the 2020 performance option granted to him. Such amendment applied to MOIC performance options covering an aggregate of 383,181 shares for Mr. Walia, 446,808 shares for Mr. Brown, 138,771 shares for Mr. Ghai, and 224,218 shares for Mr. Sekharan.

In connection with Mr. Ghai’s promotion, the Compensation Committee further approved, effective December 21, 2020, a time option to purchase 210,000 shares and performance option to purchase 90,000 shares. In determining the grants of these options, the Compensation Committee considered Mr. Ghai’s strong performance during 2020, including with respect to his increased responsibilities for our Products after Mr. Walia transitioned out of the President, Products and Marketing role, as well as the market data previously prepared by Semler Brossy adjusted for changes in stock price and other adjustments including the passage of time. The mix of performance options was increased to 30% of the combined time and performance options granted to him, to reflect his increased seniority and greater ability to influence Company performance.

Vested Option Repurchases

In late 2019, the Company offered each NEO an opportunity to sell to Informatica LLC certain of his time options that had vested through September 30, 2019, for a cash payment. This option repurchase was offered to eligible employees, including our NEOs, to provide additional liquidity opportunities. The Holdco Board approved these option repurchases in order to recognize and reward eligible employees for their tenure with us and enable such employees to participate in the Company’s success and increased stockholder value in the Company to date. The Compensation Committee believed that the interim liquidity provided to eligible employees would promote retention and motivation to work toward a full liquidity event.

Each NEO who participated in the option repurchase received a cash payment equal to the difference between $25.00 less the per -share exercise price of the time option, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the options sold by him. The cash payments from such option repurchases were made to participants in early 2020. The aggregate number of shares subject to vested time options held by our NEOs, that were repurchased (which for each NEO was the same number of shares that were eligible for repurchase) and the cash payment amount received in exchange for such vested time options were; with respect to Mr. Walia, 246,863 shares for $3,702,954; with respect to Mr. Brown, 116,170 shares for $1,394,042; with respect to Mr. Ghai, 61,074 shares for $916,116; and with respect to Mr. Sekharan, 207,638 shares for $3,114,576.

Distribution Equivalent Rights Bonus Payments

During fiscal year 2020, our NEOs received cash bonus payments in respect of certain time options they held during 2020. These cash bonus payments were made under our distribution

 

-193-


Table of Contents

equivalent rights bonus program established in 2019. In 2019, Ithacalux repurchased one of the classes of class A special shares of Ithacalux. After repurchase, that class of Ithacalux shares no longer would be issued upon option exercise. Given the special repurchase, which was in the amount of $1.30 per share, the Compensation Committee also approved distribution equivalent rights bonuses (or DERBs) to be paid in cash to holders of time options outstanding as of July 17, 2019. Certain adjustments were made to performance-based options that were outstanding at the time to reflect such repurchase. The Holdco Board and Compensation Committee believed that given the extraordinary nature of the transaction, that enabling option holders also to benefit from the bonus program would reaffirm our commitment to supporting the close alignment of the interests of our employees and that of our stockholders, reward employees, provide liquidity, and act as a retention tool.

Following an initial payment of the DERBs in 2019 for time options that were then vested, DERBs generally are paid on a quarterly basis subject to the vesting of the corresponding eligible time options. DERBs generally are scheduled to continue to become payable through 2024 assuming continued vesting of the eligible time options.

For fiscal year 2020, our NEOs received the following amounts of DERBs with respect to the following number of SIs subject to their eligible time options that vested:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Payment Amount
($)
     Number of Shares
Subject to Time
Options that
Vested

(#)
 

Amit Walia

     211,940        163,030  

Eric Brown

     215,745        165,957  

Jitesh Ghai

     64,610        49,700  

Ansa Sekharan

     142,906        109,927  

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Generally, our NEOs are only eligible to receive the same benefits as our U.S. salaried employees. The Company and the Compensation Committee believe this approach is reasonable and consistent with the overall compensation objectives to attract and retain employees. These benefits include medical, dental, vision and disability benefits, a qualified defined contribution retirement benefit plan (or 401(k) plan), and other plans and programs made available to other eligible employees in the applicable country of residence. We provide a matching contribution of up to $6,000 under the Section 401(k) plan that is applicable to all eligible participants, including our NEOs. Employee benefits and perquisites are reviewed periodically to ensure that benefit levels remain competitive but are not included in the Compensation Committee’s annual determination of the total compensation for each of our NEOs. From time to time, we additionally may provide benefits based on the particular circumstances and any business needs.

Severance Benefits

Employment of each of our NEOs is on an “at-will” basis. Prior to this offering, we had entered into an executive severance agreement with Messrs. Walia, Brown and Sekharan, pursuant to which such NEO was eligible to receive compensation and other benefits in connection with certain qualifying terminations of employment including in connection with a change in control event. On October 7, 2021, our board of directors adopted arrangements for our executive officers, including each of our NEOs, effective as of such approval date, that would provide for compensation and benefits upon qualifying terminations of employment including in connection with our change in control. These new arrangements supersede and replace the prior executive severance agreements for

 

-194-


Table of Contents

Messrs. Walia, Brown and Sekharan. For additional information regarding these executive severance agreements as in effect in fiscal year 2020, please see the section further below titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Our goal in providing severance benefits is to offer sufficient protection to enable the NEO to focus his full time and attention on the requirements of our business rather than the potential for an involuntary termination from his respective position. Further, we believe that the severance benefits are necessary to attract and retain our executive officers and that the change in control-related severance benefits are in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders because they help assure the continued dedication and objectivity of our executives, notwithstanding the possibility or occurrence of an involuntary termination that may result from or in connection with a change in control of the Company.

Tax, Accounting and Other Considerations

We typically have granted stock options in the form of nonstatutory stock options to U.S.-based employees, including our NEOs. Under U.S. federal income tax law, the use of nonstatutory stock options generally enables us to deduct as a compensation expense the ordinary income, if any, recognized by the option holder upon exercise of the stock option. We account for the equity compensation awarded to our executive officers and other employees under ASC 718, which requires us to estimate and record an expense for each award of equity compensation over the service period of the award. Accounting rules also require us to record cash compensation as an expense at the time the obligation is incurred.

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Internal Revenue Code), generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation paid to any individuals serving as the CEO or CFO during the tax year, the next three most highly compensated executive officers during the tax year and any other individual who was considered a covered employee for any prior tax year beginning after 2016, to the extent that such compensation exceeds $1 million in any tax year of a public company. Following our initial public offering, we generally will not be able to take a deduction for any compensation paid to our NEOs annually in excess of $1 million. The Compensation Committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding the tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs. We have not held, and while a private company have not been required to hold, any shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation pursuant to section 14A of the Exchange Act. We expect that following future shareholder advisory votes, our compensation committee of the board of directors of Informatica Inc. will review the results of such applicable vote and take into consideration such results in connection with its executive compensation decisions and policies.

Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging

In connection with this offering, we anticipate adopting policies that would prohibit our executives, including our NEOs, and our directors from engaging in derivatives trading and hedging involving our securities and pledging or margining our common stock.

Forfeiture Provisions

The 2015 Equity Plan permits us to specify in any award agreement for a participant that his or her rights, payments and benefits with respect to an option granted under the 2015 Equity Plan will be subject to reduction, forfeiture or recoupment upon certain events or as required by law. The award agreements governing the options granted to our NEOs during fiscal year 2020 provide that we will be entitled to terminate the option immediately, including with respect to any vested portions, if the NEO discloses confidential information or violates any agreement with us relating to certain proprietary or

 

-195-


Table of Contents

confidential information. The option also will terminate immediately, including with respect to any vested portion, if the NEO’s employment is terminated for cause.

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2020

The following table provides information regarding compensation earned by our named executive officers for 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards(1)

($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)

($)
    All Other
Compensation

($)
    Total
($)
 

Amit Walia

Chief Executive Officer

    2020     $ 600,750 (3)    $ 4,828,134     $ 775,000     $ 3,920,894 (4)    $ 10,124,778  

Eric Brown

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2020     $ 572,250 (5)    $ 386,345     $ 578,000     $ 1,615,787 (6)    $ 3,152,382  

Jitesh Ghai

Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer

    2020     $ 385,606 (7)    $ 1,800,932     $ 315,000     $ 986,726 (8)    $ 3,488,264  

Ansa Sekharan

Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer

    2020     $ 469,000 (9)    $ 891,565     $ 455,000     $ 3,263,482 (10)    $ 5,079,047  

 

(1) 

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant-date fair value of each stock option granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the equity awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of a share of our Class A common stock is greater than the per share exercise price of such stock options.

(2) 

The amounts reported in this column represent amounts earned by our named executive officers pursuant to our 2020 Corporate Bonus Plan.

(3) 

Mr. Walia’s annual base salary for the period from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 was $566,500. Effective July 1, 2020, his annual base salary was increased to $635,000.

(4) 

The amounts reported in this column represent (i) $211,940 in payments pursuant to a distribution equivalent rights bonus, (ii) $3,702,954 in payments pursuant to the repurchase of 246,863 vested options held by Mr. Walia and (iii) $6,000 in employer 401(k) contributions received by Mr. Walia in fiscal 2020.

(5) 

Mr. Brown’s annual base salary for the period from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 was $566,500. Effective July 1, 2020, his annual base salary was increased to $578,000.

(6) 

The amounts reported in this column represent (i) $215,745 in payments pursuant to a distribution equivalent rights bonus, (ii) $1,394,042 in payments pursuant to the repurchase of 116,170 vested options held by Mr. Brown and (iii) $6,000 in employer 401(k) contributions received by Mr. Brown in fiscal 2020.

(7) 

Mr. Ghai’s annual base salary for the period from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 was $371,212. Effective July 1, 2020, his annual base salary was increased to $400,000.

(8) 

The amounts reported in this column represent (i) $64,610 in payments pursuant to a distribution equivalent rights bonus, (ii) $916,116 in payments pursuant to the repurchase of 61,074 vested options held by Mr. Ghai and (iii) $6,000 in employer 401(k) contributions received by Mr. Ghai in fiscal 2020.

(9) 

Mr. Sekharan’s annual base salary for the period from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 was $460,000. Effective July 1, 2020, his annual base salary was increased to $478,000.

(10) 

The amounts reported in this column represent (i) $142,906 in payments pursuant to a distribution equivalent rights bonus, (ii) $3,114,576 in payments pursuant to the repurchase of 207,638 vested options held by Mr. Sekharan and (iii) $6,000 in employer 401(k) contributions received by Mr. Sekharan in fiscal 2020.

 

-196-


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2020

The following table shows all plan-based awards granted to our named executive officers during 2020. The equity awards granted during 2020 identified below are also reported below in “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.” For additional information regarding incentive plan rewards, please refer to “—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans” below.

 

          Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentives Plan Awards
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units

(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(1)

(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price
Per
Share of
Option
Awards
($/
Share)
    Grant-
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards

($)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
 

Amit Walia

    3/12/2020 (2)            730,250                      
    5/12/2020                   600,000 (3)                  900,000 (4)      20.00       4,828,134  

Eric Brown

    3/12/2020 (5)            578,000                      
    5/12/2020                   39,000 (6)                  91,000 (7)      20.00       386,345  

Jitesh Ghai

    3/12/2020 (8)            300,000                      
    5/12/2020                   45,000 (9)                  180,000 (10)      20.00       613,127  
    12/21/2020                   90,000 (11)                  210,000 (12)      20.00       1,187,805  

Ansa Sekharan

    3/12/2020 (13)            430,200                      
    5/12/2020                   90,000 (14)                  210,000 (15)      20.00       891,565  

 

(1) 

The equity incentive awards described were granted under our 2015 Equity Plan.

(2) 

This award represents the target amount pursuant to the Corporate Bonus Plan for Mr. Walia. For additional information, see the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”

(3) 

This equity award consists of options to purchase 600,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(4) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 900,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. This award vests over a period of three years. 225,000 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021, and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Walia remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(5) 

This award represents the target amount pursuant to the Corporate Bonus Plan for Mr. Brown. For additional information, see the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”

(6) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 39,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(7) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 91,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. This award vests over a period of three years. 22,750 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021, and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Brown remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(8) 

This award represents the target amount pursuant to the Corporate Bonus Plan for Mr. Ghai. For additional information, see the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”

(9) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 45,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(10) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 180,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. This award vests over a period of three years. 45,000 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021, and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(11) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 90,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(12) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 210,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. This award vests over a period of three years. 52,500 shares subject to the option will vest on December 1, 2021, and 1/8 of the

 

-197-


Table of Contents
  remaining shares subject to the option will vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.
(13) 

This award represents the target amount pursuant to the Corporate Bonus Plan for Mr. Sekharan. For additional information, see the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”

(14) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 90,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(15) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 210,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. This award vests over a period of three years. 52,500 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021, and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Sekharan remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

     Grant Date     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options –
Exercisable

(#)
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options –
Unexercisable

(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Amit Walia

     11/1/2015       131,818                    10.00        10/31/2025  
     11/1/2015       143,181                    8.70        10/31/2025  
     1/24/2017 (1)                   213,181       8.70        1/23/2027  
     3/1/2018 (2)      155,833        14,166             10.00        2/29/2028  
     3/1/2018 (1)                   170,000       8.70        2/29/2028  
     5/12/2020              900,000 (3)      600,000 (4)      20.00        5/11/2030  

Eric Brown

     8/1/2018 (5)      207,446        456,383             13.00        7/31/2028  
     8/1/2018 (1)                   446,808       11.70        7/31/2028  
     5/12/2020              91,000 (6)      39,000 (7)      20.00        5/11/2030  

Jitesh Ghai

     11/1/2015       9,454                    10.00        10/31/2025  
     11/1/2015       12,727                    8.70        10/31/2025  
     10/31/2016 (8)      6,914        5,532             10.00        10/30/2026  
     10/31/2016 (1)                   14,893       8.70        10/30/2026  
     1/24/2017 (1)                   22,727       8.70        1/23/2027  
     10/1/2017 (9)      12,141        19,427             10.00        9/30/2027  
     10/1/2017 (1)                   26,151       8.70        9/30/2027  
     3/1/2018 (10)      45,446        6,250             10.00        2/29/2028  
     3/1/2018 (1)                   75,000       8.70        2/29/2028  
     5/12/2020              180,000 (11)      45,000 (12)      20.00        5/11/2030  
     12/21/2020              210,000 (13)      90,000 (14)      20.00        12/20/2030  

Ansa Sekharan

     11/1/2015       73,863                    10.00        10/31/2025  
     11/1/2015       99,431                    8.70        10/31/2025  
     1/24/2017 (1)                   119,431       8.70        1/23/2027  
     11/1/2017 (15)      15,312        22,128             10.00        10/31/2027  
     11/1/2017 (1)                   29,787       8.70        10/31/2027  
     3/1/2018 (16)      68,750        6,250             10.00        2/29/2028  
     3/1/2018 (1)                   75,000       8.70        2/29/2028  
     5/12/2020              210,000 (17)      90,000 (18)      20.00        5/11/2030  

 

(1) 

Equity awards vest upon achievement of certain MOIC thresholds, which are calculated by dividing the cash return to our Sponsors by their investment in us and/or upon the satisfaction of market conditions in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events.

(2) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 56,666 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2019 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Walia remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

 

-198-


Table of Contents
(3) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 900,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. The award vests over a period of three years, of which 225,000 options vested on March 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining options vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Walia remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(4) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 600,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(5) 

This equity award vests over a period of five years, of which 165,957 shares subject to the option vested on August 1, 2019 and 1/16 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Brown remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(6) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 91,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. The award vests over a period of three years, of which 22,750 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Brown remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(7) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 39,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(8) 

This equity award vests over a period of five years, of which 5,531 shares subject to the option vested on October 1, 2017 and 1/16 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(9) 

This equity award vests over a period of five years, of which 9,713 shares subject to the option vested on October 1, 2018 and 1/16 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(10) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 25,000 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2019 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(11)

This equity award consists of 180,000 options subject to time-based vesting requirements. The award vests over a period of three years, of which 45,000 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(12) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 45,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(13) 

This equity award vests over three years with 52,500 shares subject to the options to vest on December 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Ghai remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(14) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 90,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

(15) 

This equity award vests over a period of five years, of which 11,063 shares subject to the option vested on November 1, 2018 and 1/16 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Sekharan remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(16) 

This equity award vests over a period of three years, of which 25,000 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2019 and 1/8 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Sekharan remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(17) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 210,000 shares subject to time-based vesting requirements. The award vests over a period of three years, of which 52,500 shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2021 and 1/8 of the remaining subject to the option vest on each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Sekharan remaining in continuous service through each vesting date.

(18) 

This equity award consists of an option to purchase 90,000 shares subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements described in the section titled “—Executive Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

 

-199-


Table of Contents

Option Exercises During 2020

The following table presents information regarding the exercise of stock options held by our named executive officers during 2020.

 

     Option Awards  
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise(1)
(#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise
($)
 

Amit Walia

     246,863        3,702,954  

Eric Brown

     116,170        1,394,042  

Jitesh Ghai

     61,074        916,116  

Ansa Sekharan

     207,638        3,114,576  

 

(1) 

Option exercises relate to the repurchases that allowed certain employees with service-based options to sell a portion of their eligible vested options to the Company in exchange for cash. For additional information, see the section titled “—Option Repurchase Program.”

2021 Equity Award Grants

In 2021, our Board and its compensation committee engaged Compensia, a third-party compensation consultant, to assist in reviewing the compensation practices of public companies considered similar to the Company. As part of such analysis, our Board and its compensation committee observed that, given that the Company historically has granted a substantial portion of the NEOs’ options with performance-based vesting requirements, it would be possible that significant portions of the NEOs’ equity holdings may vest in connection with the completion of this offering. In such case, the remaining unvested equity awards held by the NEOs may provide diminished retentive power.

In September 2021, the compensation committee approved grants of options to purchase shares to our NEOs (or the 2021 options). The 2021 options were granted with a per share exercise price of $25.40, which was determined as the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant, and pursuant to our 2015 Equity Plan and applicable option award agreement thereunder. The options will be scheduled to vest and become exercisable as to 50% of the shares subject to the option on October 1, 2024, and as to 50% of the shares subject to the options on October 1, 2025, in each case subject to the NEO’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date and provided that a change in control or IPO (as those terms are defined in the option award agreement) is consummated on or before March 31, 2022. If an IPO or a change in control is not consummated by such date, then the 2021 options will be canceled and forfeited in their entirety. Each of our NEOs received a 2021 option grant covering a number of shares as follows:

 

    Number of Shares
Subject to the 2021 Options Granted
 

Amit Walia

    741,721  

Eric Brown

    110,172  

Jitesh Ghai

    110,172  

Ansa Sekharan

    150,514  

Our compensation committee believes that additional equity awards are appropriate in order to continue to provide appropriate incentives to motivate and retain our NEOs through and following the completion of this offering. The vesting schedule of the 2021 options was set with tranches that vest three years and four years after grant, to emphasize retention over a multi-year period following the

 

-200-


Table of Contents

completion of this offering. In considering the mix of equity awards to be granted to our NEOs, the compensation committee, with Compensia’s assistance, considered various factors, including equity award granting practices of similar companies. The committee also considered that while options provided for greater performance-based incentive given that they result in delivering value only if the fair market value of the shares underlying the options increases, restricted stock units tend to provide stronger retentive value as such awards more closely track the value of the underlying shares without reference to any fixed exercise price. The committee further considered that performance-based restricted stock units can provide substantial incentive to achieve important Company objectives. Although we did not grant any restricted stock units or performance-based restricted stock units to our NEOs at the time that it approved the grant of the 2021 options, the Board and our compensation committee may consider grants of such awards to our NEOs as well as more broadly to the Company’s employees. It is possible that our Board or its compensation committee may approve such restricted stock units and/or performance-based restricted stock units in connection with or shortly following the completion of this offering.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during 2020.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during 2020.

Executive Employment Arrangements

On October 7, 2021, our board of directors approved our entry into confirmatory employment agreements with each of our named executives officers, providing for the terms set forth below.

Amit Walia

We have entered into a confirmatory employment agreement with Amit Walia, our Chief Executive Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Walia is an at-will employee. The agreement supersedes all previous agreements and understandings that Mr. Walia may have had concerning his employment relationship with us. We expect that Mr. Walia’s confirmatory employment agreement provides that he will continue to receive his current annual base salary of $700,000, and be eligible for a target annual bonus at 130% of his annual base salary.

Eric Brown

We have entered into a confirmatory employment agreement with Eric Brown, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Brown is an at-will employee. The agreement supersedes all previous agreements and understandings that Mr. Brown may have had concerning his employment relationship with us. Mr. Brown’s confirmatory employment agreement provides that he will continue to receive his current annual base salary of $588,000 and be eligible for a target annual bonus at 100% of his annual base salary.

Jitesh Ghai

We have entered into a confirmatory employment agreement with Jitesh Ghai, our Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement does not have a specific

 

-201-


Table of Contents

term and provides that Mr. Ghai is an at-will employee. The agreement supersedes all previous agreements and understandings that Mr. Ghai may have had concerning his employment relationship with us. Mr. Ghai’s confirmatory employment agreement provides that effective October 1, 2021, his annual base salary was increased from $450,000 to $550,000, and that he will continue to be eligible for a target annual bonus at 100% of his annual base salary.

Ansa Sekharan

We have entered into a confirmatory employment agreement with Ansa Sekharan, our Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Sekharan is an at-will employee. The agreement supersedes all existing agreements and understandings that Mr. Sekharan may have had concerning his employment relationship with us. Mr. Sekharan’s confirmatory employment agreement provides that effective October 1, 2021, his annual base salary was increased from its current level of $483,000 to $550,000, and that he will continue to be eligible for a target annual bonus at 100% of his annual base salary.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Executive Severance Agreements

We previously entered into an Executive Severance Agreement (or severance agreement) with each of Messrs. Walia, Brown and Sekharan. These severance agreements have been superseded by our new severance agreements, as described in the section titled “—Change in Control and Severance Agreement.”

Each severance agreement entered into with Messrs. Walia, Brown and Sekharan provided that if we terminated the applicable named executive officer’s employment with us for a reason other than “cause” and not due to his death or disability, or he resigns for “good reason,” then he would receive:

 

   

12 months of salary continuance, and

 

   

up to 12 months of reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

In the event that such termination occurred during the period beginning three months before, and ending twelve months after, our “change of control” (or change of control period), then in addition to the above severance, the applicable named executive officer would receive a lump sum cash amount equal to 100% of his annual target bonus (or commissions or variable earnings, as applicable) in effect immediately before the change of control and any portion of his then outstanding options that were subject to service-based vesting (but not vesting based on achievement of performance-based criteria) will accelerate vesting in full.

Any severance payable under a severance agreement was subject to the named executive officer executing a separation agreement and release of claims in our favor as well as a 12-month non-solicitation obligation and a non-disparagement obligation. Each severance agreement also provided that, if any payment or benefits to the applicable named executive officer (including the payments and benefits under his severance agreement) would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then such payments and benefits will be either (1) reduced to the largest portion of the payments and benefits that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax; or (2) not reduced, whichever, after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes and the excise tax, results in his receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater payments and benefits.

 

202


Table of Contents

Under the severance agreements, “cause” generally refers to the applicable named executive officer’s act of dishonesty or fraud in connection with the performance of his responsibilities to us with the intention that such act result in his substantial personal enrichment; his conviction of, or plea of no contest to, a felony; his willful failure (for a reason other than death or disability) to perform his reasonable duties or responsibilities; his material violation or breach of his severance agreement or employee proprietary information and inventions agreement with us; or if such termination is not during the change of control period, his material breach of our human resources rules, policies and/or restrictions relating to harassment, discrimination and/or any other actions that create a hostile work environment. If any of the foregoing events is capable of being cured, the named executive officer will be provided a cure period of 30 days following notice of the event that otherwise would trigger cause.

Under the severance agreements, “change of control” generally refers to, other than as a result of a sale of interests through an underwritten public offering: the direct or indirect sale or other disposition (other than through merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Ithacalux and its subsidiaries; the consummation of any transaction(s) (including any merger, share purchase, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock or consolidation) the result of which is that any person(s), other than certain of our major shareholders or their affiliates becomes the beneficial owner of a majority of the economic interest in Ithacalux, Informatica LLC, or any intermediary entity; or any transaction(s) that results in (a) certain of our major shareholders ceasing to be able to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Informatica Holdco Inc. or (b) the equityholders of Ithacalux immediately before such transaction(s) owning securities representing 50% or less of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction(s) (but excluding any restructuring transactions).

Under the severance agreements, “good reason” generally refers to the occurrence of any of the following without the applicable named executive officer’s express written consent: a material reduction in his position or duties other than a reduction where he assumes similarly functional duties on a divisional or subsidiary basis following a change of control due to our becoming part of a larger entity; a material reduction in base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that applies to substantially all of our other executive officers; a material reduction in the aggregate level of benefits made available to the named executive officer, other than a reduction that also is applied to substantially all of our other executive officers; or relocation of more than 35 miles of the named executive officer’s primary place of business for the performance of his duties. In order for a resignation to qualify as for “good reason,” the named executive officer must provide written notice within 60 days of the event that he believes constitutes good reason and we must have failed to cure such good reason condition within 30 days after such notice. In addition, any termination for good reason must occur within 120 days of the occurrence of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for good reason.

Mr. Ghai did not have any severance agreement with us during our fiscal year 2020. However, he would have been eligible to receive severance under our customary severance practices in the event of a termination of employment due to our elimination of such employee’s position. If Mr. Ghai’s role as Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer had been eliminated as of December 31, 2020, he would have been eligible to receive, pursuant to such customary severance practices, four weeks of salary severance for each year of service with us completed prior to such termination, with a minimum of six weeks and maximum of 48 weeks of such salary severance, and payment of the employer portion of COBRA premiums of a period between six and 12 months, with an additional month of COBRA premiums added to the minimum six months for each year of service with us for an employee who has completed seven to 12 years of service prior to such termination.

 

-203-


Table of Contents

Equity Awards

In the event of our change in control, each of the option agreements governing the terms of service-based options held by our named executive officers that are not assumed or substituted will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive, for each SI subject to such option, the excess (if any) of the per SI consideration payable in the transaction over the per SI exercise price with such payment in the same form and same proportion as payments made to our stockholders. With respect to any options that are subject to achievement of MOIC objectives held by our named executive officers, the option agreement provides that in the event of our change in control, any portion for which the MOIC goal has not been achieved will be forfeited, except that the option will remain eligible to vest if consideration payable after the closing of the change in control could cause the MOIC to be achieved.

Under our 2015 Equity Plan, “change in control” generally refers to, other than as a result of a sale of interests through an underwritten public offering: the direct or indirect sale or other disposition (other than through merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Ithacalux and its subsidiaries; the consummation of any transaction(s) (including any merger, share purchase, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock or consolidation) the result of which is that any person(s), other than certain of our major shareholders or their affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner of a majority of the economic interest in Ithacalux, Informatica LLC, or any intermediary entity; or any transaction(s) that results in (a) certain of our major shareholders ceasing to be able to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Ithacalux or (b) the equityholders of Ithacalux immediately before such transaction(s) owning securities representing 50% or less of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction(s) (but excluding any restructuring transactions).

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits to each of our named executive officers that were so designated and eligible for severance benefits as of December 31, 2020, for each of Messrs. Walia, Brown and Sekharan, (1) following a termination of employment without cause and other than due to his death or a disability, or his resignation for good reason other than during the change in control period, and (2) following a termination of employment without cause and other than due to the executive officer’s death or a disability, or his resignation for good reason during the change in control period, or for Mr. Ghai, upon a termination of employment due to our elimination of his role, and in each case based on the severance and change in control provisions described above and based on equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2020. In addition to the amounts shown in the table below, each named executive officer would receive payments for amounts of base salary and vacation time accrued through the date of termination and payment for any reimbursable business expenses incurred.

 

          Potential Payments Upon:  

Name

  

Type of Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
Outside of
Change in
Control Period

($)
     Involuntary
Termination
During Change
in Control Period

($)
 

Amit Walia

   Salary Severance      635,000        635,000  
   Bonus Severance             730,250  
   Vesting Acceleration         99,167  
   Continued Coverage of Employee Benefits      19        19  
   Total Benefits      635,019        1,464,436  

 

-204-


Table of Contents
          Potential Payments Upon:  

Name

  

Type of Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
Outside of
Change in
Control Period

($)
     Involuntary
Termination
During Change
in Control Period

($)
 

Eric Brown

   Salary Severance      578,000        578,000  
   Bonus Severance             578,000  
   Vesting Acceleration         1,825,532  
   Continued Coverage of Employee Benefits      20,864        20,864  
   Total Benefits      598,864        3,002,396  

Jitesh Ghai

   Salary Severance      369,231        369,231  
   Bonus Severance              
   Vesting Acceleration         218,463  
   Continued Coverage of Employee Benefits      19,364        19,364  
   Total Benefits      388,595        607,058  

Ansa Sekharan

   Salary Severance      478,000        478,000  
   Bonus Severance             430,200  
   Vesting Acceleration         198,643  
   Continued Coverage of Employee Benefits      20,864        20,864  
   Total Benefits      498,864        1,127,707  

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

On October 7, 2021, our board of directors approved new change in control and severance agreements (or new severance agreements) between the Company and each of our NEOs, effective October 7, 2021. The new severance agreements provide for certain severance and change in control benefits as summarized below.

The new severance agreements provide that, in the event of a “corporate transaction” (as defined in our 2015 Equity Plan (as defined below)), to the extent provision has not been made for any of the executive’s stock options and other equity awards covering shares of our common stock granted to the executive under the 2015 Equity Plan to be assumed or continued, or substituted with substantially equivalent new awards, then such portion of such stock options or other equity awards not so assumed, continued or substituted, that is outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the completion of the corporate transaction, will accelerate vesting in full. Further, with respect to any stock options or other equity awards (or portions thereof) that otherwise would be subject to achievement of any performance-based or other similar vesting criteria (without regard to whether such stock option or other equity award also may be subject to any continued service-based vesting criteria) as of immediately prior to the completion of the corporate transaction not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-205-


Table of Contents

The new severance agreements provide that, if the employment of a NEO is terminated outside of the period beginning on the date that is three months prior to the date of a change in control and ending on the one-year anniversary date of such change in control (the change in control period) either (1) by the Company without “cause” and other than due to the executive’s death or “disability” or (2) by the executive for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the new severance agreements), the executive will receive the following benefits:

 

   

a lump sum cash payment equal to 75% of the executive’s annual base salary, or 100% in the case of Mr. Walia;

 

   

up to 12 months of Company-paid COBRA premiums; and

 

   

extension of the post-termination exercise period of stock options held by such executive such that the options would remain exercisable for one year following the date of the termination.

The new severance agreements provide that, if the employment of an NEO is terminated within the change in control period either (1) by the Company without cause and other than due to the executive’s death or disability or (2) by the executive for “good reason,” the executive will receive the following benefits:

 

   

a lump sum cash payment equal to 100% of the executive’s annual base salary, or 150% in the case of Mr. Walia;

 

   

a lump sum cash payment equal to 100% of the executive’s target bonus, or 150% in the case of Mr. Walia;

 

   

up to 12 months of Company-paid COBRA premiums, or 18 months in the case of Mr. Walia;

 

   

vesting acceleration of 100% of any stock options or other equity awards covering shares of our common stock that are outstanding and unvested as of the date of the termination, with performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to performance-based stock options or other equity awards (or portion thereof) treated as achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met; and

 

   

extension of the post-termination exercise period of stock options held by such executive such that the options will remain exercisable for one year following the date of the termination.

The new severance agreements provide that any severance payable under a new severance agreement is subject to the NEO executing a separation agreement and release of claims in our favor. Each new severance agreement also provides that, if any payment or benefits to the applicable NEO (including the payments and benefits under his severance agreement) would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then such payments and benefits will be either (1) reduced to the largest portion of the payments and benefits that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax; or (2) not reduced, whichever, after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes and the excise tax, results in his receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater payments and benefits. The new severance agreements do not provide for any Section 280G-related tax gross-up payments from us.

Under the new severance agreements, “cause” generally means (i) the executive’s act of dishonesty or fraud in connection with the performance of executive’s responsibilities to us, (ii) the executive’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, a felony, (iii) the executive’s willful failure (for a reason other than executive’s death or disability) to perform executive’s reasonable duties or responsibilities, (iv) the executive’s material violation or breach of his new severance agreement, his confirmatory employment agreement, or his confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement with

 

-206-


Table of Contents

us, or (v) if such termination occurs other than during the change in control period, the executive’s material breach of the Company’s code of business conduct, human resources rules, policies and/or restrictions relating to harassment, discrimination and/or any other actions that create a hostile work environment; provided that if any of the foregoing events is capable of being cured, we will provide notice to the executive describing the nature of such event and the executive thereafter will have 30 days to cure such event.

Under the new severance agreements, “good reason” generally means the executive’s termination of executive’s employment with us within sixty (60) days following the expiration of our cure period (as described below) following the occurrence of any of the following without executive’s written consent: (a) a material reduction in the executive’s position or duties; (b) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that also is applied to substantially all of our other executive officers; (c) a material reduction in the aggregate level of benefits made available to the executive other than a reduction that also is applied to substantially all of our other executive officers; or (d) relocation of the executive’s primary place of business for the performance of the executive’s duties to us to a location that is more than thirty five (35) miles from its prior location. In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, the executive must not terminate employment with us without first providing written notice identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “good reason” within 60 days following the initial existence of the grounds for “good reason” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of such notice (the “cure period”).

For the purposes of the new severance agreements, annual base salary and target bonus generally will be the executive’s annual base salary or annual target bonus, respectively, in effect immediately prior to the executive’s termination of employment (or, if the termination is due to a resignation for good reason based on a material reduction in the executive’s base salary, then the executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if the executive’s termination of employment occurs during the change in control period and the amount is greater, the executive’s annual base salary or target bonus, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the change in control.

With respect to the one-year exercise period applicable to stock options in connection with a qualifying termination of employment, in the event that a post-termination exercise period applies to a stock option under its applicable award agreement or other written agreement governing its terms that is longer than the one-year period, such longer period will continue to apply to such stock option and the one-year period will not supersede or cause any modification to such longer period. Additionally, in the event that the executive breaches any material term of his confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement with us, the post-termination exercise period will terminate immediately, or if later, the date sixty (60) days following the date of the executive’s termination of employment. Further, in no event will any such stock option be exercisable beyond its maximum term to expiration and any such stock option will be subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the equity plan under which it was granted.

Employee Benefits and Stock Plans

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

On October 7, 2021, our board of directors adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. Our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan is administered by our compensation committee. Our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan allows us to grant incentive awards, generally payable in cash, to employees selected by the administrator, including our NEOs, based upon any performance goals that may be established by the administrator. The below is a summary of the terms of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

-207-


Table of Contents

Under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator will determine any performance goals applicable to an award, which goals may include, without limitation, goals related to attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award. The administrator also may determine that a target award or portion of a target award will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted, if at all, as determined by the administrator.

The administrator of our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, in its sole discretion and at any time, may increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to any bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and the administrator is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) only after they are earned, and, unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a participant must be employed with us through the date the actual award is paid. The administrator of our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan reserves the right to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award under our then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions, including vesting, as determined by the administrator. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

Awards under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan are subject to any clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time to comply with applicable laws, including without limitation the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed. The administrator also may impose such other clawback, reduction, recovery, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement or reacquisition provisions with respect an award under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan as the administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including, for example, a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award, or upon specified events which may include (without limitation) termination of a participant’s status as an employee or other service provider for cause or any specified action or inaction by a Participant, whether before or after such termination of employment or other service, that would constitute cause for termination of such Participant’s status as an employee or other service provider. Certain participants may be required to reimburse us for certain

 

-208-


Table of Contents

amounts paid under an award under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with certain accounting restatements we may be required to prepare due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements under applicable securities laws, as a result of misconduct.

The administrator of our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan will have the authority to modify, amend, suspend or terminate our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not materially alter or materially impair the existing rights or obligations of any participant with respect to any earned awards. Our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with its terms.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2021 Plan. Our 2021 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of our registration statement related to this offering. Our 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares. A total of 32,858,200 shares of our Class A common stock is reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2021 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan will also include any shares subject to awards granted under our 2015 Equity Plan that, after the date our 2015 Equity Plan is terminated, are cancelled, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by the Company for payment of an exercise price or for tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2021 Plan pursuant to this provision is 26,288,211 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in our 2022 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

   

41,072,800 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as the administrator of the 2021 Plan may determine no later than the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2021 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2021 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated concurrent authority to

 

-209-


Table of Contents

administer our 2021 Plan to our compensation committee. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2021 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2021 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2021 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2021 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise prices, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options.    Stock options may be granted under our 2021 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2021 Plan generally must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2021 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock.    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2021 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set

 

-210-


Table of Contents

restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. In addition, the administrator may determine that a restricted stock award will not be subject to any vesting restrictions and that consideration for the award is paid for by past services rendered to us. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units.    RSUs may be granted under our 2021 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Awards.    Performance awards may be granted under our 2021 Plan. Performance awards are awards that may be earned in whole or in part on the attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria that the administrator may determine, and that may be denominated in cash or stock. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the value of the payout for the award. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance award. Performance awards will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance awards in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors.    Our 2021 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2021 Plan. We have implemented a formal policy pursuant to which our outside directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2021 Plan. Under our 2021 Plan, in any fiscal year, an outside director may be paid cash compensation and granted equity awards with an aggregate value of no more than $750,000 (with the value of equity awards based on its grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for purposes of this limit), with such limit increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as an outside director. Equity awards granted or other compensation provided to an outside director for services as an employee or consultant (other than an outside director) or as executive chair of our board of directors, or before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will not count toward this annual limit. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2021 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards.    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2021 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain Adjustments.    In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of our common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of shares of our common stock or our other securities, or other change in our

 

-211-


Table of Contents

corporate structure affecting the shares of our Class A common stock occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2021 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2021 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limit set forth in our 2021 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation.    In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.    Our 2021 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2021 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an substantially equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If awards granted to an outside director while such individual was an outside director are assumed or substituted for in our merger or change in control and the service of such outside director is terminated (other than upon his or her voluntary resignation that does not include a resignation at the request of the acquirer) on the date of or following the merger or change in control, all such awards will fully vest, all restrictions on such awards will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such awards will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such awards will become fully exercisable, if applicable, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement authorized by the administrator with the outside director.

Clawback.    Awards are subject to any clawback policy which we are required to adopt to comply with the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed or as is otherwise required by applicable laws. The administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an award granted under the 2021 Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The administrator may require a participant to forfeit, return or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and any amounts paid under the award in order to comply with any clawback policy of ours (described above) or with applicable laws.

Amendment, Termination.    The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2021 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2021 Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with its terms, but no options that qualify as incentive stock options may be granted after 10 years from the earlier of the Board’s approval or our stockholders’ approval of the 2021 Plan, and the automatic share reserve increase under the 2021 Plan will operate only until the 10-year anniversary of the earlier of the Board’s approval or our stockholders’ approval of the 2021 Plan.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, a 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP. Our ESPP will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

-212-


Table of Contents

Authorized Shares.    A total of 5,476,400 shares of our Class A common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP will provide for annual increases in the number of shares available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in our 2022 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

   

8,214,600 shares;

 

   

one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as the administrator may determine no later than the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year.

Plan Administration.    Our compensation committee appointed by our board of directors is expected to administer our ESPP and have full but non-exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of the ESPP as described below. The administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, to delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, to designate separate offerings under the ESPP, to designate our subsidiaries as participating in the ESPP, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP and to establish procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP, including, but not limited to, adopting such procedures, sub-plans and appendices to the enrollment agreement as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S. The administrator’s findings, decisions and determinations are final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

Eligibility.    Generally, all individuals will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock or the capital stock of any parent or subsidiary of ours; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods; Purchase Periods.    Our ESPP is intended to have a component that qualifies under Section 423 of the Code. Unless the administrator determines otherwise before the enrollment date of an offering period, each offering period will be the overlapping, consecutive periods of approximately 12 months commencing on the first trading day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each year and ending on the first trading day on or after September 1 and March 1, respectively, approximately 12 months later, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will end on the first trading day on or after September 1, 2022 , and the second offering period will commence on the first trading day on or after March 1, 2022. Each offering period will consist of two purchase periods that will be approximately 6 months in length commencing on the first trading day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each offering period and end on the first trading day on or after September 1 and March 1 approximately 6 months later. The last day of each purchase period is referred to here as the exercise date. The first exercise date under the ESPP will be the first trading day on or after March 1, 2022.

Contributions.    Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 2,500 shares of our Class A common stock during an offering period.

The administrator may change these limits subject to the requirements of the ESPP.

 

-213-


Table of Contents

Exercise of Purchase Right.    Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at the end of each 6-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. The administrator may change the purchase price subject to the requirements of the ESPP. If the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares of our Class A common stock on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability.    A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If the compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Certain Adjustments.    Our ESPP provides that in the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, our common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split up, spin off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of our common stock or our other securities, or other change in our corporate structure affecting our Class A common stock occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the ESPP, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our ESPP and/or the purchase price per share and number of shares covered by each option granted under our ESPP that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical share limits under our ESPP. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, any offering period in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date and will terminate immediately before the completion of such proposed transaction, unless determined otherwise by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control.    Our ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination.    The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2041, unless we terminate it sooner.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

The Informatica Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (or 2015 Equity Plan) was established in connection with and for use following the 2015 Privatization Transaction and was most recently amended and restated in October 2021. The 2015 Equity Plan will be terminated as of one business day before the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2015 Equity Plan thereafter. However, our 2015 Equity Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under our 2015 Equity Plan. The below is a summary of the terms of the 2015 Equity Plan.

Our 2015 Equity Plan provides for awards of nonstatutory stock options and restricted share units covering shares of our Class A common stock (each, an “award” and the recipient of such award, a

 

-214-


Table of Contents

“participant”) to any director, officer, employee of us or any of our subsidiaries, any individual to whom we or one of our subsidiaries has extended a formal, written offer of employment, and any consultant or advisor of us or one of our subsidiaries.

An aggregate of 34,065,509 shares of our Class A common stock have been reserved for issuance under our 2015 Equity Plan. As of September 30, 2021, awards outstanding under the 2015 Equity Plan consisted of options to purchase an aggregate of 26,288,211 shares of Class A common stock.

Plan Administration

The 2015 Equity Plan is administered by our board of directors, our compensation committee, or its designee (the “administrator”). Our board of directors has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2015 Plan to our compensation committee. The administrator has all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the 2015 Equity Plan properly, including the power and duty to construe and interpret the 2015 Equity Plan, to determine all questions arising under it and to delegate some or all of its duties to an officer of us or any of our subsidiaries. The administrator may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2015 Equity Plan or in any award in the manner and as it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the 2015 Equity Plan. The administrator’s interpretations and determinations are final, binding and conclusive upon all persons. The administrator may also establish, from time to time, regulations, provisions, procedures, and conditions regarding the awards and granting of awards, which in its opinion may be advisable in administering the 2015 Equity Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Equity Plan, the administrator has the power to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each award and the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such award, and otherwise make the 2015 Equity Plan fully effective; to construe and interpret the 2015 Equity Plan and the awards granted under it and establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the 2015 Equity Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in the 2015 Equity Plan or in any award agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or advisable; to determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to a participant on an individual basis without constituting a termination of employment or service for purposes of the 2015 Equity Plan; to cancel, with the consent of the participant or as otherwise permitted under the terms of the 2015 Equity Plan, outstanding awards; to exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it under the 2015 Equity Plan; and generally, exercise such powers and perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote our best interests with respect to the 2015 Equity Plan. The board of directors also may (or may delegate such authority to the administrator consisting of other than the board, to) institute and implement, and determine the terms of, a program under which outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Equity Plan are exchanged for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash; award holders have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Equity Plan to a financial institution or other person or entity; and/or the exercise price of an outstanding award granted under the 2015 Equity Plan is increased or reduced.

Options

Options have been granted under the 2015 Equity Plan. The terms and conditions of each option have been set forth in an award agreement with such restrictions, terms and conditions as the administrator may determine. The administrator determines the exercise price granted under the 2015 Equity Plan, or the manner in which the exercise price of an option granted under the 2015 Equity Plan is determined, which may not be less than the greater of the nominal value of the shares underlying each option and the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The administrator

 

-215-


Table of Contents

determines the term of an option granted under our 2015 Equity Plan, which generally may not exceed ten years from the grant date (with the exception of certain limited circumstances relating to a participant’s death). The administrator determines the time or times at which an option will be vested and exercisable. Options may be exercised only by paying cash or its equivalent, through share withholding, through a same-day sale or sell-to-cover arrangement if the shares are publicly-traded, if permitted by the administrator or specified in the award agreement, in the form of other property (including shares), or a combination of any method. The award agreement sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to the option upon termination of service, including in connection with a termination as a result of divestiture of any subsidiary or division or other assets of us or any subsidiary, as determined by the administrator, except that, in the case of an option granted to a California resident, unless the participant’s employment is terminated for cause as defined by applicable law, the option will be exercisable until the earlier of the option expiration date and (i) at least six months from the date of termination if termination was caused by death or disability, or (ii) 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or disability.

Non-transferability of Awards

Under our 2015 Equity Plan, generally awards may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or otherwise hypothecated, or subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind, and any transfer, pledge, hypothecation, attachment, execution or levy in violation of this prohibition is null and void. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Equity Plan, awards may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and participants may name individuals to whom any benefit under the 2015 Equity Plan is to be paid or transferred upon the participant’s death.

Forfeiture Events

The administrator may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an option will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the award.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain events or transactions that affect our capitalization (for example, a merger, reorganization or stock split), the administrator will make an equitable adjustment to each share subject to an award so that no dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits occurs. If any such change in capitalization includes an exchange of shares of our Class A common stock, each such share then subject to an award will be adjusted as to the number and class of shares into which each such outstanding share will be exchanged so that no dilution or enlargement of the benefits occurs, without changing the aggregate purchase price, if any, for the shares then subject to the award. Such adjustment may be to any or all of: (i) the number and type of shares (or other securities or other property) that may be made the subject of awards or be delivered under the 2015 Equity Plan; (ii) the number and type of shares (or other securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards; (iii) the purchase price or exercise price of a share under any outstanding option or the measure to be used to determine the amount of the benefit payable on an award; and (iv) any other adjustments the administrator determines to be equitable. If a participant will be entitled to, or will be entitled to exercise an award with respect to, new, additional or different shares or other securities of us or any other entity, such new, additional or different shares or other securities, as the case may be, will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the shares subject to the award prior to such change in capitalization. In addition, in the case of awards granted to California residents, the number of securities purchasable under any option or to be settled in connection with a restricted share unit and the exercise price relating to any option, and the number of securities allocated to any person

 

-216-


Table of Contents

under the 2015 Equity Plan, will be proportionately adjusted in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the issuer’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the issuer, of or on the issuer’s class or series of securities underlying the award or purchase right.

Effect of Certain Transactions

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator and set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event of a “corporate transaction” (as defined in the 2015 Equity Plan and which generally includes a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in our capital stock, a liquidation or dissolution of us, or our “change in control” (as defined in the 2015 Equity Plan)), all outstanding awards will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction, unless provision is made in connection with such transaction, in the sole discretion of the administrator or the parties to the corporate transaction, for the assumption or continuation of such awards by, or the substitution for such awards with new equity-based compensation awards of, the surviving, or successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities or property or cash amounts subject to such new equity-based compensation awards, option and stock appreciation right exercise or base prices, and other terms of such new awards as the administrator or the parties to the corporate transaction agree. However, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, vested awards (or that would vest upon the consummation of the corporate transaction) will not be terminated unless holders of affected awards are provided either (i) at least 15 calendar days before the consummation of the corporate transaction to exercise their options or (ii) payment (in cash or other consideration) in respect of each share covered by the award being cancelled in exchange for either, (x) for options, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the corporate transaction over the exercise price of the option or (y) for restricted share units, an amount equal to the per share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the corporate transaction (in each case, with such payment in the same form and same proportion as payments made to our stockholders). For the avoidance of doubt, if such amount is determined to be zero or less, the affected option may be cancelled without any payment.

The administrator may, in connection with any corporate transaction, in its discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time before any corporate transaction: cause any or all unvested awards to become fully vested and immediately exercisable and/or provide the holders of vested options a reasonable period of time before the date of the consummation of the corporate transaction to exercise the options; and, with respect to unvested awards that are terminated in connection with the corporation transaction, provide their holders a payment (in cash and/or other consideration which will be the same consideration in the same proportion as other shareholders receive with respect to their shares) in respect of each share covered by the award being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the per share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the corporate transaction (and with respect to options, net of any exercise price), which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the option as set forth in the applicable award agreement, upon the consummation of the corporate transaction or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at such other time or times as the administrator may determine. Additionally, in connection with any such corporate transaction the administrator may provide in the transaction agreement or otherwise for different treatment for awards held by different participants; may take any permitted action without participant consent, subject to the 2015 Equity Plan; and require a participant to return a letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment as a condition to receiving any payment in respect of his or her awards in connection with a corporate transaction.

 

-217-


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the 2015 Equity Plan at any time. No such amendment, modification, suspension or termination will impair or adversely alter any awards previously granted under the 2015 Equity Plan, except with the consent of the participant, and no amendment, modification, suspension or termination will deprive any participant of any shares which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the 2015 Equity Plan. To the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement, no other amendment will be effective unless approved by our stockholders in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement. No modification of an award will adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the award without the consent of the participant. Unless sooner terminated by action of our board, the 2015 Equity Plan will terminate on March 14, 2030. However, as of one business day before the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the 2015 Equity Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted under the 2015 Equity Plan.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or the 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan immediately upon meeting the 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 50% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit-sharing contributions to eligible participants. We provide a matching contribution of 50% of a participant’s contributions, up to $6,000 each year.

 

-218-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Restructuring Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will consummate the reorganization transactions described under “Restructuring Transactions.”

Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement

In 2015, Informatica was taken private in the 2015 Privatization Transaction led by our Sponsors. In connection with such transaction, we entered into a Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement with Permira, certain of its affiliates, and CPPIB Equity Investments Inc. (CPPIB), an affiliate of CPP Investments, pursuant to which certain affiliates of the Sponsors have provided certain services to us, including monitoring, management, advisory and consulting services, in exchange for an annual advisory fee of $2.0 million, allotted equally between CPPIB and Permira. Additionally, pursuant to the Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement, we agreed to reimburse certain affiliates of the Sponsors for certain reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations thereunder. In each of 2018, 2019 and 2020, we have paid fees and reimbursements of $2.0 million, and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we have paid $1.0 million, under the Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement. The Transaction and Monitoring Fee Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Chizen, a member and the chair of our board of directors, is a Senior Adviser to Permira and Operating Partner for Permira Growth Opportunities, an affiliate of Permira. Ryan Lanpher, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner of Permira. Brian Ruder, a member of our board of directors, is co-head of Permira’s Technology investing sector, a member of Permira’s Executive Committee, and co-chair of the Permira VII Investment Committee. Austin Locke, a member of our board of directors, is Managing Director of CPP Investments and leads the North American technology investing efforts in the Direct Private Equity group of CPP Investments. Geoff McKay, a member of our board of directors, is Managing Director, Head of North America, Direct Private Equity of CPP Investments.

Commercial Arrangements

In September 2016, we entered into a license and services agreement with CPP Investments, pursuant to which we sold our software under a perpetual license and provided ongoing support and product updates to CPP Investments. In 2018, 2019, 2020, CPP Investments has paid us $1,124,000, $220,000, $111,000, respectively, under this agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, CPP Investments has paid $66,000 and $23,000 respectively.

Separation Agreements

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we entered into separation agreements with Anil Chakravarthy, our former chief executive officer, and Tracey Newell, our former chief revenue officer. In

 

-219-


Table of Contents

connection with these separation agreements, we recorded approximately $10.7 million of aggregate severance expense and bonuses and approximately $2.7 million of stock-based compensation expense.

Stockholders Agreement

We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Sponsors or their affiliates in connection with this offering. The stockholders agreement will govern certain nomination rights with respect to our board of directors following this offering. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors” for additional information.

Under the stockholders agreement and subject to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, and applicable law, for so long as a Sponsor owns or holds of record, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 15% of the Company’s outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock, the following actions will require the affirmative vote of each such Sponsor:

 

   

any changes to the size of our board of directors;

 

   

any termination, appointment or replacement of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

any transactions that would result in a change in control;

 

   

any acquisitions, dispositions or the incurrence of indebtedness over $300 million; and

 

   

any changes in the Corporate Opportunity provisions in our certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated in connection with this offering.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our Sponsors or their affiliates in connection with this offering. The registration rights agreement will provide our Sponsors certain registration rights whereby, at any time following this offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, our Sponsors can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock, including shares issuable to them upon exchange of their shares of Class B-1 common stock.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

-220-


Table of Contents

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

-221-


Table of Contents

Certain Arrangements

From time to time, certain of our Sponsors and/or their affiliates have entered into, and may continue to enter into, arrangements with us to use our products and services. We believe that all such arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and have been negotiated on commercially reasonable terms.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Upon completion of this offering, our policy regarding transactions between us and related persons will provide that a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year and any of their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

 

-222-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 200,768,636 shares of our Class A common stock, 44,049,523 shares of our Class B-1 common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of our Class B-2 common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, or the Beneficial Ownership Date. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on 229,768,636 shares of our Class A common stock, 44,049,523 shares of our Class B-1 common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of our Class B-2 common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase up to 4,350,000 additional shares of our Class A common stock from us in full. We have deemed shares of our Class A common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date, or issuable pursuant to RSUs which are subject to vesting conditions expected to occur within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or RSU for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

-223-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Informatica Inc., 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063.

 

Name of beneficial owner

  Beneficially owned prior to this offering     Beneficially owned after this offering  
    Class A     Class B-1     Class B-2     % of
Total
Voting
Power(1)
    % of
Total
Director
Election
and
Removal
Power
    Class A     Class B-1     Class B-2     % of
Total
Voting
Power(1)
    % of
Total
Director
Election
and
Removal
Power
 
    Number     %     Number     %     Number     %                 Number     %     Number     %     Number     %              

Greater than 5% stockholders:

                               

CPP Investments(2)

    73,445,447       36.6     44,049,523       100.0     —         —         48.0     30.0     73,445,447       32.0     44,049,523       100.0     —         —         42.9     26.8

Entities affiliated with Permira Funds(3)

    124,945,029       62.2     —         —         —         —         51.0     51.0     124,945,029       54.4     —         —         —         —         45.6     45.6

13381986 Canada Inc.(4)

    —           —         —         44,049,523       100.0     —         18.0     —         —         —         —         44,049,523       100.0     —         16.1

Named executive officers and directors:

                               

Amit Walia(5)

    870,276       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       870,276       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Eric Brown(6)

    413,216       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       413,216       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Jitesh Ghai(7)

    186,930       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       186,930       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

John Schweitzer(8)

    124,544       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       124,544       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Ansa Sekharan(9)

    390,371       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       390,371       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Bruce Chizen(10)

    1,294,317       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       1,294,317       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Janice Chaffin(11)

    39,261       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       39,261       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Gerald Held(12)

    337,976       *       —         —         —         —         *       *       337,976       *       —         —         —         —         *       *  

Ryan Lanpher(13)

    124,945,029       62.2     —         —         —         —         51.0     51.0     124,945,029       54.4     —         —         —         —         45.6     45.6

Austin Locke

    —         —         —         —         —         —         *       *       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Geoff McKay

    —         —         —         —         —         —         *       *       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Elizabeth Rafael(14)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         *       *       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Brian Ruder(13)

    124,945,029       62.2     —         —         —         —         51.0     51.0     124,945,029       54.4     —         —         —         —         45.6     45.6

Jill Ward(15)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         *       *       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

All current executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)(18)

    128,601,920       63.3     —         0.0     —         0.0     52.5     52.5     128,601,920       56.0     —         —         —         —         47.0     47.0

 

*

Represents holdings of less than 1% of any class of our common stock.

(1)

Does not include the right to vote on the election or removal of our directors.

(2) 

Investment and voting power with regard to shares held by CPP Investments rests with Canada Pension Plan Investment Board. John Graham is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Canada Pension Plan Investment Board and, in such capacity, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned by Canada Pension Plan Investment Board. Mr. Graham disclaims beneficial ownership over any such shares. The address of Canada Pension Plan Investment Board is One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, P.O. Box 101, Toronto, Ontario, M5C 2W5, Canada.

(3)

Includes (i) 64,995,012 shares of Class A common stock held by EvomLux S.à r.l. and (ii) 59,950,017 shares of Class A common stock held by Ithaca L.P. Permira V L.P.2 is the controlling shareholder of EvomLux S.à r.l. Permira V L.P.2 acts through its general partner, Permira V GP L.P., which acts through its general partner, Permira V GP Limited. Permira V GP Limited’s board of directors consists of Thomas Lister, Christopher Crozier, Alistair Boyle, Julie Preece, Simon Holden and Nigel Carey. Permira V GP Limited has indirect voting and investment power over the shares held by EvomLux S.à r.l. Each of Thomas Lister, Christopher Crozier, Alistair Boyle, Julie Preece, Simon Holden and Nigel Carey are directors of Permira V GP Limited, and as such, may participate in decisions regarding Permira V GP Limited’s exercise of voting and investment power in respect of the shares of our Class A common stock held of record by EvomLux S.à r.l., but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Ithaca L.P. acts through its general partner, Ithaca G.P. Limited, and the directors of Ithaca G.P. Limited are Ryan Lanpher, Nigel Carey and Julie Preece. Each of Ryan Lanpher, Nigel Carey and Julie Preece are directors of Ithaca G.P. Limited, and as such, may participate in decisions regarding Ithaca G.P. Limited’s exercise of voting and

 

224


Table of Contents
  investment power in respect of the shares of our Class A common stock held of record by Ithaca L.P., but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Messrs. Lanpher and Ruder are affiliated with the Permira Funds but disclaim ownership of the securities reported by the Permira Funds. The address of each the foregoing persons is c/o Permira Advisers LLC, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 1, Suite 170, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(4) 

Represents shares of our Class B-2 common stock directly held by 13381986 Canada Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Stephen Donovan, who is unaffiliated with CPP Investments. 13381986 Canada Inc. has agreed not to vote or transfer any shares of Class B-2 common stock held by it except as directed by CPP Investments, and accordingly, CPP Investments may be deemed to beneficially own such shares held by 13381986 Canada Inc. for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. See footnote (2) for information regarding CPP Investments.

(5)

Includes (i) 31,526 shares of Class A common stock held through Ithaca MIV LLC (MIV) and (ii) 838,750 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Walia that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(6)

Includes 413,2016 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Brown that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(7)

Includes 186,930 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Ghai that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(8)

Includes 124,544 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Schweitzer that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(9)

Includes (i) 83,824 shares of Class A common stock held through MIV and (ii) 306,547 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Sekharan that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(10) 

Includes (i) 914,583 shares of Class A common stock held through MIV, of which 300,000 shares of Class A common stock are held by Mr. Chizen and 614,583 shares of Class A common stock are held by Gail Chizen 2009 Irrevocable Trust, dated January 24, 2009, of which Mr. Chizen is a trustee, and (ii) 379,734 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Chizen that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(11)

Includes (i) 17,985 shares of Class A common stock held through MIV and (ii) 21,276 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Ms. Chaffin that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(12)

Includes (i) 150,000 shares of Class A common stock held through MIV and (ii) 187,976 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Held that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(13)

Consists of shares held by the Permira Funds disclosed in footnote (3) above. Mr. Lanpher is affiliated with the Permira Funds and Mr. Ruder is a member of the investment committee of the Permira Funds, but each disclaims any beneficial ownership except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(14)

Ms. Rafael became a member of our Board of Directors in July 2021. Ms. Rafael does not hold any outstanding shares of our capital stock or any shares underlying stock options that will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(15)

Ms. Ward became a member of our Board of Directors in May 2021. Ms. Ward does not hold any outstanding shares of our capital stock or any shares underlying stock options that will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date.

(16)

Includes 2,458,973 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options that have vested or will vest within 60 days of the Beneficial Ownership Date held by our current executive officers and directors as a group.

 

-225-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,600,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which:

 

   

2,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share;

 

   

200,000,000 shares are designated as Class B-1 common stock, $0.01 par value per share;

 

   

200,000,000 shares are designated as Class B-2 common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; and

 

   

200,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

As of September 30, 2021, there were 200,768,636 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, held by fifty-six stockholders of record, 44,049,523 shares of Class B-1 common stock outstanding, held by one stockholder of record, and 44,049,523 shares of Class B-2 common stock outstanding, held by one stockholder of record. All of the outstanding shares of our Class A, Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Class A common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to our certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, holders of Class A common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting.

The holders of our voting stock, consisting of our Class A and Class B-1 common stock, will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require holders of our Class A common stock, Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a call of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in an adverse manner, the holders of the class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed

 

-226-


Table of Contents
 

amendment; provided that if the amendment adversely affects one or more series of the class but does not adversely affect all of the series of the class, then only the holders of the series that are adversely affected, voting together as a class, would be required to separately approve the amendment.

Each share of Class A common stock will be convertible into one share of Class B-1 common stock and one share of Class B-2 common stock at any time and from time to time, at the option of the holder, so long as such holder holds one or more shares of Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock at the time of conversion. No public stockholders will have conversion rights because they will not be eligible to hold shares of Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock.

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of our Class A common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any of our funds legally available when, as, and if declared by our board of directors on an equal pro rata basis with the Class B-1 common stock. Upon the dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of our company, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of our preferred stock, the holders of our Class A common stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of our company available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them and the holders of our Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock; provided, however, that the distribution to holders of Class B-2 common stock shall be limited to the aggregate par value of such holders’ then outstanding shares of Class B-2 common stock. Holders of Class A common stock will not have preemptive or conversion rights, other than as described above, or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A common stock.

Class B-1 and Class B-2 Common Stock

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our Class B-1 common stock will have the same rights as our Class A common stock, except that holders of our Class B-1 common stock will not be entitled to vote in the election or removal of directors. Holders of our Class B-1 common stock will otherwise be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our Class B-2 common stock will have no rights (voting or otherwise), except for the right to vote in the election or removal of directors and will be entitled to a nominal annual dividend of CAD$15,000 in the aggregate. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, holders of Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting.

Each share of our Class B-1 common stock will be convertible into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder. As a condition to such conversion, the holder of the shares of Class B-1 common stock to be converted must direct a holder of Class B-2 common stock to surrender an equal number of shares of Class B-2 common stock to us. No public stockholders will have conversion rights because they will not be eligible to hold shares of Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock.

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of our Class B-1 common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any of our funds legally available when, as, and if declared by our board of directors on an equal pro rata basis with the Class A common stock. Upon our dissolution, liquidation, or winding up, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of our preferred stock, the holders of shares of our Class B-1 common stock and Class B-2 common stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of our company available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them and the holders of our Class A common stock; provided, however, that the distribution to holders of Class B-2 common stock shall be limited to the aggregate par value of such holders’ then-outstanding shares of Class B-2 common

 

-227-


Table of Contents

stock. Holders of Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock will not have preemptive or conversion rights, other than as described above, or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock.

We divided the voting rights between Class B-1 common stock and Class B-2 common stock as described above in order to maintain CPP Investments’ compliance with certain regulations under the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board Act, which restrict CPP Investments from investing in securities of a corporation that carry more than 30% of the votes that may be cast for the election of directors of such corporation. We will issue such number of shares of Class B-1 common stock and B-2 common stock as is necessary to facilitate CPP Investments’ compliance with such regulations.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2021, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 26,360,911 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $16.55, pursuant to our 2015 Equity Plan.

Registration Rights

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our Sponsors in connection with this offering. The registration rights agreement will provide our Sponsors certain registration rights whereby, at any time following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, our Sponsors can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock, including shares issuable to them upon exchange of their shares of Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

-228-


Table of Contents

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

the transaction was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, within three years, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing changes in control of our company.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

   

Board of Directors Vacancies: Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

 

   

Classified Board: Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders:    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, our stockholders will only be able to take action at an annual or special meeting of

 

-229-


Table of Contents
 

stockholders and not by written consent. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of the voting power of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that, after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, only the chair of our board of directors or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of the voting power of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

   

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations:    Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

   

No Cumulative Voting:    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

   

Directors Removed Only for Cause:    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, after the Sponsors cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B-1 common Stock, directors will only able to be removed from office for cause.

 

   

Amendment of Charter and Bylaws Provisions:    Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws would require approval by holders of at least a majority of our then outstanding Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock:    Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (as amended from time to time), (4) any action or proceeding as to which the

 

-230-


Table of Contents

Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (5) any other action or proceeding asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware, or if no State court has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants.

Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royal Street, Canton, MA 02021.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Listing

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INFA.”

 

-231-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, we will have a total of 229,613,193 shares of Class A common stock, 44,085,414 shares Class B-1 common stock and 44,085,414 shares of Class B-2 common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the 29,000,000 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be, and shares underlying outstanding RSUs and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market-standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to early release as described below under the section titled “—Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions,”. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our RRA described above under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described in the section titled “Underwriting” below and subject to early release as described below under the section titled “—Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions,” additional shares of capital stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, 243,637,917 of which shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions

Our executive officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain customary exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Additionally, if the 180-day lock-up period is scheduled to end

 

-232-


Table of Contents

during a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy, or a blackout period, and we have publicly released our regular earnings announcement (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary estimated financial results) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or the quarterly period in which this offering occurs (as applicable), then the lock-up period applicable to our directors, officers, and securityholders will instead end fifteen trading days prior to the regularly scheduled commencement of the blackout period, provided that in no event will the lock-up period end prior to 120 days after the date of this prospectus or more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will publicly announce the date of any early release described in this paragraph at least five trading days prior to such early release. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including our sponsors, that contain certain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus. In addition, the equity securities issued under our 2021 Plan and our 2015 Equity Plan are subject to certain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of holders of such equity securities issued pursuant to such plans to offer, sell or transfer such equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, provided that if such 180-day restricted period is scheduled to end during a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy, or a blackout period, and we have publicly released our regular earnings announcement (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary estimated financial results) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or the quarterly period in which this offering occurs (as applicable), then such restricted period will instead end no earlier than fifteen trading days prior to the regularly scheduled commencement of the blackout period, provided that in no event will such restricted period end prior to 120 days after the date of this prospectus or more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market-standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal 2,296,131 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

 

-233-


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated registration rights agreement, the holders of up to 198,390,476 shares of our Class A common stock, and all of the outstanding shares of our Class B-1 common stock or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares of Class A common stock may be sold into the public market.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs and options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans and the equity compensation plans we assumed in connection with certain of our acquisitions. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

-234-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of Class A common stock acquired in this offering. The following does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. No ruling from the IRS, has been, or will be, sought with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any such position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

This summary applies only to Class A common stock acquired in this offering. It does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or any tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below), regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our stock;

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

   

persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment);

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our Class A common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the Class A common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code); or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally

 

-235-


Table of Contents

will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder of our stock that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and are not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or U.S. person, who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale or other disposition of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock.”

Except as otherwise described below in the discussions of effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate; additionally, you will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder

 

-236-


Table of Contents

will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax, subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number; additionally you will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, are includable on your U.S. federal income tax return and generally taxed to you at the normal graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Except as otherwise described below in the discussions of backup withholding and FATCA, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs, and other conditions are met; or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock, and, in the case where shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, you own, or are treated as owning, more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time during the foregoing period.

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion assumes this is the case. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded Class A

 

-237-


Table of Contents

common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock. No assurance can be provided that our Class A common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market at all times for purposes of the rules described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular U.S. federal income tax rates (and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate), unless otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will generally be required to pay a 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our stock, which gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult your tax advisor with respect to whether any applicable income tax or other treaties may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of stock made to you may be subject to backup withholding at a current rate of 24% and, in the case of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of stock, information reporting unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder, or collectively, FATCA, generally impose withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on disposition of our Class A common stock if paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as defined in the Code), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends paid on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock if paid to a “non-financial foreign entities” (as defined in the Code) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying, and information with respect to, certain direct and indirect “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code), or U.S.

 

-238-


Table of Contents

owners, of the entity and provides certain information with respect to such U.S. owners, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes and certifies to an exemption. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common. Under proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization), no withholding would apply with respect to payments of gross proceeds. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and your country of tax residence may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-239-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The Company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

LionTree Advisors LLC

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 4,350,000 shares from the Company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 4,350,000 additional shares.

Paid by the Company

 

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $        $    

Total.

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

-240-


Table of Contents

GIC Private Limited (GIC) has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $150.0 million in shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, GIC may decide to purchase more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, less or no shares of our Class A common stock in this offering to GIC. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of Class A common stock sold to GIC as they will from any other shares of Class A common stock sold to the public in this offering.

The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the Company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The restrictions in this paragraph are subject to the following customary exceptions:

 

  (i)

transfers of our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, including charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

 

  (ii)

transfers of our common stock to any immediate family member, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor, trustee or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

  (iii)

transfers of our common stock upon death or by will, testamentary document or the laws of intestate succession, or pursuant to a so-called “living trust” or other revocable trust established to provide for the disposition of property on the lock-up party’s death;

 

  (iv)

transfers of our common stock to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and the immediate family of the lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

  (v)

transfers of our common stock to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above;

 

  (vi)

transfers of our common stock to us from the lock-up party upon death, disability or termination of employment;

 

  (vii)

in connection with a sale of the lock-up party’s shares of our common stock acquired (A) from the underwriters in this offering or (B) in open market transactions after the date of this prospectus;

 

  (viii)

if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, transfers of our common stock (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933) of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or affiliates of the lock-up party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the lock-up party is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition without consideration by the lock-up party to its stockholders, partners, members, managers or other equity holders (or in each case its nominee or custodian);

 

  (ix)

transfers of our common stock to us in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of RSUs, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), solely for the payment of exercise price and tax (including estimated tax) and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such RSUs, shares of restricted

 

-241-


Table of Contents
  stock, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of our common stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of the applicable lock-up agreement;

 

  (x)

transfers to us in connection with the repurchase of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, provided that such repurchase of shares of our common stock is solely in connection with the termination of the lock-up party’s service provider relationship with us;

 

  (xi)

transfers of our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of our voting stock or the surviving entity (a “change of control transaction”), provided that in the event that such change of control transaction is not completed, the lock-up party’s shares of our common stock shall remain subject to the provisions of the applicable lock-up agreement;

 

  (xii)

transfers of our common stock received in connection with the conversion, reclassification or exchange of the shares of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (or derivative Instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A.) or shares of our common stock (or derivative instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock), including with respect to the Restructuring Transactions and the conversion of Class A common stock, Class B-1 common stock, Class B-2 common stock or shares of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. into a different class of common stock, provided that any such shares of our common stock or shares of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (or derivative instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock or shares of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A., as applicable) received upon such conversion, reclassification or exchange shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

  (xiii)

transfers of our common stock made by operation of law, pursuant to a final qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement;

 

  (xiv)

transfers of our common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement; or

 

  (xv)

transfers of our common stock made with the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters.

Additionally, if the 180-day lock-up period is scheduled to end during a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy, or a blackout period, and we have publicly released our regular earnings announcement (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or the quarterly period in which this offering occurs (as applicable), then the lock-up period applicable to our directors, officers, and securityholders will instead end fifteen trading days prior to the regularly scheduled commencement of the blackout period, provided that in no event will the lock-up period end prior to 120 days after the date of this prospectus or more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will publicly announce the date of any early release described in this paragraph at least five trading days prior to such early release.

 

-242-


Table of Contents

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INFA.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. The underwriters may also offer and sell the shares to the public through one or more of their respective affiliates or other registered broker-dealers or selling agents. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, NASDAQ NMS or relevant exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State

 

-243-


Table of Contents

and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that Relevant State of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that either (i) has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, or (ii) is to be treated as if it had been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transitional provision in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the United Kingdom at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”),

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In addition, this prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, and any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to, and will be engaged in only with, persons who are outside the United Kingdom or persons in the United Kingdom

 

-244-


Table of Contents

(i) having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (ii) who are high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Persons who are not relevant persons should not take any action on the basis of this prospectus and should not act or rely on it.

Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or

 

-245-


Table of Contents

(iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (1)

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (2)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (3)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (4)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (5)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

 

-246-


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Monaco

The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Monaco other than by a Monaco Bank or a duly authorized Monegasque intermediary acting as a professional institutional investor which has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the risks and merits of an investment in the Fund. Consequently, this prospectus may only be communicated to (i) banks, and (ii) portfolio management companies duly licensed by the “Commission de Contrôle des Activités Financières” by virtue of Law n° 1.338, of September 7, 2007, and authorized under Law n° 1.144 of July 26, 1991. Such regulated intermediaries may in turn communicate this prospectus to potential investors.

Australia

This prospectus:

 

   

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

   

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

   

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those shares for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

 

-247-


Table of Contents

New Zealand

This prospectus has not been registered, filed with or approved by any New Zealand regulatory authority under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (the “FMA Act”). The shares may only be offered or sold in New Zealand (or allotted with a view to being offered for sale in New Zealand) to a person who:

 

   

is an investment business within the meaning of clause 37 of Schedule 1 of the FMC Act;

 

   

meets the investment activity criteria specified in clause 38 of Schedule 1 of the FMC Act;

 

   

is large within the meaning of clause 39 of Schedule 1 of the FMC Act;

 

   

is a government agency within the meaning of clause 40 of Schedule 1 of the FMC Act; or

 

   

is an eligible investor within the meaning of clause 41 of Schedule 1 of the FMC Act.

China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual

 

-248-


Table of Contents

income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any shares requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Qatar

The shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus.

 

-249-


Table of Contents

The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of shares. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be, offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands),“BVI Companies”), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Bahamas

Shares may not be offered or sold in The Bahamas via a public offer. Shares may not be offered or sold or otherwise disposed of in any way to any person(s) deemed “resident” for exchange control purposes by the Central Bank of The Bahamas.

South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

 

-250-


Table of Contents
  Section 96 (1) (a)

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

(i) persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

(ii) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

(iii) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

(iv) authorised financial service providers under South African law;

(v) financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

(vi) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

(vii) any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

 

  Section 96 (1) (b)

the total contemplated acquisition cost of the shares, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Chile

THESE SHARES ARE PRIVATELY OFFERED IN CHILE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF LAW 18,045, THE SECURITIES MARKET LAW OF CHILE, AND NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL NO. 336 (“RULE 336”), DATED JUNE 27, 2012, ISSUED BY THE SUPERINTENDENCIA DE VALORES Y SEGUROS DE CHILE (“SVS”), THE SECURITIES REGULATOR OF CHILE, TO RESIDENT QUALIFIED INVESTORS THAT ARE LISTED IN RULE 336 AND FURTHER DEFINED IN RULE 216 OF JUNE 12, 2008 ISSUED BY THE SVS.

PURSUANT TO RULE 336 THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN CHILE TO PROSPECTIVE RESIDENT INVESTORS IN THE OFFERED SHARES:

 

1.

THE INITIATION OF THE OFFER IN CHILE IS [] [], 2021.

 

2.

THE OFFER IS SUBJECT TO NCG 336 OF JUNE 27, 2012 ISSUED BY THE SUPERINTENDENCIA DE VALORES Y SEGUROS DE CHILE (SUPERINTENDENCY OF SECURITIES AND INSURANCE OF CHILE).

 

3.

THE OFFER REFERS TO SHARES THAT ARE NOT REGISTERED IN THE REGISTRO DE VALORES (SECURITIES REGISTRY) OR THE REGISTRO DE VALORES EXTRANJEROS (FOREIGN SECURITIES REGISTRY) OF THE SVS AND THEREFORE:

 

  a.

THE SHARES ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE OVERSIGHT OF THE SVS; AND

 

  b.

THERE ISSUER THEREOF IS NOT SUBJECT TO REPORTING OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR THE OFFERED SHARES.

 

4.

THE SHARES MAY NOT BE PUBLICLY OFFERED IN CHILE UNLESS AND UNTIL THEY ARE REGISTERED IN THE SECURITIES REGISTRY OF THE SVS.

INFORMACIÓN A LOS INVERSIONISTAS RESIDENTES EN CHILE

 

-251-


Table of Contents

LOS VALORES OBJETO DE ESTA OFERTA SE OFRECEN PRIVADAMENTE EN CHILE DE CONFORMIDAD CON LAS DISPOSICIONES DE LA LEY N° 18.045 DE MERCADO DE VALORES, Y LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL N° 336 DE 27 DE JUNIO DE 2012 (“NCG 336”) EMITIDA POR LA SUPERINTENDENCIA DE VALORES Y SEGUROS DE CHILE, A LOS “INVERSIONISTAS CALIFICADOS” QUE ENUMERA LA NCG 336 Y QUE SE DEFINEN EN LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL N° 216 DE 12 DE JUNIO DE 2008 EMITIDA POR LA MISMA SUPERINTENDENCIA.

EN CUMPLIMIENTO DE LA NCG 336, LA SIGUIENTE INFORMACIÓN SE PROPORCIONA A LOS POTENCIALES INVERSIONISTAS RESIDENTES EN CHILE:

 

1.

LA OFERTA DE ESTOS VALORES EN CHILE COMIENZA EL DÍA [] DE [] DE 2021.

 

2.

LA OFERTA SE ENCUENTRA ACOGIDA A LA NCG 336 DE FECHA ECHA 27 DE JUNIO DE 2012 EMITIDA POR LA SUPERINTENDENCIA DE VALORES Y SEGUROS.

 

3.

LA OFERTA VERSA SOBRE VALORES QUE NO SE ENCUENTRAN INSCRITOS EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES NI EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES EXTRANJEROS QUE LLEVA LA SUPERINTENDENCIA DE VALORES Y SEGUROS, POR LO QUE:

 

  a)

LOS VALORES NO ESTÁN SUJETOS A LA FISCALIZACIÓN DE ESA SUPERINTENDENCIA; Y

 

  b)

EL EMISOR DE LOS VALORES NO ESTÁ SUJETO A LA OBLIGACIÓN DE ENTREGAR INFORMACIÓN PÚBLICA SOBRE LOS VALORES OFRECIDOS NI SU EMISOR.

 

4.

LOS VALORES PRIVADAMENTE OFRECIDOS NO PODRÁN SER OBJETO DE OFERTA PÚBLICA EN CHILE MIENTRAS NO SEAN INSCRITOS EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES CORRESPONDIENTE.

The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $10 million.

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns less than 2% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments. In addition, certain affiliates of the representatives are our customers and we have agreements with them in such capacity.

 

-252-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 and the financial statement of Informatica Inc. at June 17, 2021, as set forth in their reports. We have included the Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. financial statements and the Informatica Inc. financial statement in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.informatica.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-253-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page No.  
Balance Sheets of Informatica Inc.   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Notes to Balance Sheets

     F-4  
Consolidated Financial Statements of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A.   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-6  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-9  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-10  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-11  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-13  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-14  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Informatica Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Informatica Inc. (the “Corporation”) as of June 17, 2021 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Informatica Inc. at June 17, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

The financial statement is the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Corporation is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statement that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 2021.

San Jose, California

June 24, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

INFORMATICA INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     June 17      June 30,  
     2021      2021  
            (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 200    $ 200
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 200    $ 200
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

     

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as of June 17, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   $ 1    $ 1

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as of June 17, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     1      1

Additional paid-in-capital

     198      198
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 200    $ 200
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheets.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

INFORMATICA INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS

Note 1. Organization and Business

Informatica Inc. (the “Corporation”) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 4, 2021. The Corporation was formed with the intent that it will participate in a series of restructuring transactions, which will collectively have the net effect of reorganizing the corporate structure of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (“Ithacalux”), resulting in the Corporation, as a Delaware corporation, being the top-tier entity in that corporate structure rather than a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions. Following the restructuring transactions, the Corporation will become the owner of Ithacalux and its subsidiaries, and the Corporation will hold all the property and assets of Ithacalux and all the debts and obligations of Ithacalux.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Accounting

The accompanying Balance Sheets have been prepared in accordance with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented herein because there have been no activities in this entity from the incorporation date to the balance sheet dates, other than the transactions disclosed below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Corporation considers highly liquid investment securities with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of June 17, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Corporation had $200 cash and cash equivalents in exchange for issuance of shares.

Note 3. Stockholders’ equity

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A common stock”), and 100 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B common stock”). Under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, Class A common stock is entitled to vote on matters to be voted by the stockholders of the Corporation and entitled to dividends. Class B common stock is entitled to vote with respect to the election or removal of directors of the Corporation and is not entitled to dividends. As of June 17, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Corporation had 100 shares of Class A common stock and 60 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding for $1.00 per share, all of which were held by Ithacalux. The Corporation also had 40 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, for $1.00 per share, to Ithaca G.P. Limited, as of June 17, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

Note 4. Subsequent Events

The Corporation has evaluated subsequent events through June 24, 2021, which is the date the financial statement was available to be issued, and determined that no transactions are required to be reflected and no disclosures are required to be made in the accompanying financial statement.

Note 5. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

The Corporation has evaluated subsequent events through October 18, 2021, the date the unaudited financial statement as of June 30, 2021 was available to be issued, and determined that except for noted below, no transactions are required to be reflected and no disclosures are required to be made in the accompanying financial statement. On September 30, 2021, the Corporation completed the

 

F-4


Table of Contents

restructuring transaction in which it became the owner of Ithacalux. As a result of the restructuring the Corporation indirectly holds all the property and assets of Ithacalux and assumed all the debts and obligations of Ithacalux. As a part of this transaction, the Sponsors contributed their interests in Ithacalux to the Corporation in exchange for an aggregate of 288,867,682 shares of its common stock. 200,768,636 shares of its common stock will be designated Class A common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of its common stock will be designated Class B-1 common stock, with an equal number (44,049,523 shares of the common stock) designated Class B-2 common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock issued was determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the contribution agreement.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
   Revenue Recognition

Description of the Matter

  

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

 

The Company enters into contracts with its customers that may include promises to transfer software licenses, deliver cloud-based services and provide post-contract support and professional services. Significant judgment may be required by the Company in determining the timing and amount of revenue recognition for these customer contracts which include multiple performance obligations, including the determination of standalone selling prices for each distinct performance obligation, particularly for goods and services that are not sold separately.

 

Given these factors, the related audit effort in evaluating management’s judgments in determining revenue recognition for these customer contracts was extensive and required a high degree of auditor judgment.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

   Among other procedures, we obtained an understanding of the Company’s various product and service offerings and evaluated management’s application of the revenue recognition accounting requirements to determine which product and service offerings were distinct. We read executed contracts for a sample of sales transactions to assess management’s evaluation of significant terms, including the determination of distinct performance obligations, and tested the amounts recognized as revenue or recorded in unearned revenue. To test management’s determination of relative standalone selling price for performance obligations, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the appropriateness of the methodology applied, testing the mathematical accuracy of the underlying data and calculations, and testing transactions to corroborate the data underlying the Company’s calculations. We also assessed the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

San Jose, California

June 24, 2021

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and par value data)

    December 31,     June 30,  
    2019     2020     2021  
                (unaudited)  
Assets      

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 172,227   $ 344,004   $ 408,553

Short-term investments

    1,181     18,729     25,267

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,316, $4,557 and $2,867, respectively

    399,393     408,867     257,644

Contract assets, net

    66,925     101,496     105,476

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    92,132     92,025     91,759
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    731,858     965,121     888,699

Restricted cash

    4,164     4,217     4,219

Property and equipment, net

    206,201     193,038     182,567

Operating lease right-of-use-assets

    76,174     71,490     80,498

Goodwill

    2,361,512     2,419,501     2,402,367

Customer relationships intangible asset, net

    1,289,450     1,122,514     1,035,790

Other intangible assets, net

    254,624     164,637     121,319

Deferred tax assets

    3,648     8,412     9,369

Other assets

    123,052     124,476     126,018
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 5,050,683   $ 5,073,406   $ 4,850,846
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 26,510   $ 32,960   $ 23,687

Accrued liabilities

    92,299     86,052     71,519

Accrued compensation and related expenses

    137,563     145,087     94,370

Current operating lease liabilities

    18,405     18,453     20,165

Current portion of long-term debt

    20,468     23,775     23,588

Income taxes payable

    4,077     4,369     9,640

Contract liabilities

    525,709     549,888     505,866
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    825,031     860,584     748,835

Long-term operating lease liabilities

    65,562     61,143     67,911

Long-term contract liabilities

    28,052     20,706     18,843

Long-term debt, net

    2,595,268     2,777,812     2,750,307

Deferred tax liabilities

    188,213     117,995     79,945

Long-term income taxes payable

    32,007     40,600     43,729

Other liabilities

    21,617     27,979     17,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    3,755,750     3,906,819     3,727,171
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Ordinary share and each class of Class A shares, $0.01 par value; 26,900,952,991, 26,881,246,656, and 26,857,688,559 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively; Total of 21,974,648,886, 22,001,955,986, and 22,022,874,494 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively

    219,747     220,020     220,229

Additional paid-in-capital

    1,924,558     1,927,678     1,933,761

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    5,309     43,295     33,194

Accumulated deficit

    (854,681     (1,024,406     (1,063,509
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    1,294,933     1,166,587     1,123,675
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 5,050,683   $ 5,073,406   $ 4,850,846
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                      (unaudited)  

Revenues:

         

Subscriptions

  $ 302,519   $ 471,707   $ 593,834   $ 259,516   $ 324,265

Perpetual license

    241,237     143,392     63,126     23,889     16,239
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    543,756     615,099     656,960     283,405     340,504

Maintenance and professional services

    684,606     691,431     666,136     335,923     335,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,228,362     1,306,530     1,323,096     619,328     675,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Subscriptions

    37,294     46,867     54,454     25,404     37,067

Perpetual license

    4,570     3,350     3,876     1,803     2,187
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software costs

    41,864     50,217     58,330     27,207     39,254

Maintenance and professional services

    158,769     173,166     161,197     82,218     80,282

Amortization of acquired technology

    143,769     115,544     98,458     48,066     37,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    344,402     338,927     317,985     157,491     156,631
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    883,960     967,603     1,005,111     461,837     518,907
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    203,071     234,879     230,151     111,870     123,831

Sales and marketing

    431,538     486,298     451,839     222,280     220,938

General and administrative

    87,644     101,638     93,548     46,842     55,178

Amortization of intangible assets

    226,607     208,082     189,309     94,343     86,386

Acquisition, litigation settlement, and other charges

    22,517     749     3,001     2,270     128

Restructuring charges

                16,476            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    971,377     1,031,646     984,324     477,605     486,461
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (87,417     (64,043     20,787     (15,768     32,446

Interest income

    5,059     4,062     2,254     742     534

Interest expense

    (146,338     (161,877     (149,445     (75,860     (72,183

Loss on debt refinancing

    (23,628     (1,085     (37,400     (36,101      

Other income (expense), net

    40,385     16,722     (26,404     2,496     14,779
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (211,939     (206,221     (190,208     (124,491     (24,424

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (44,256     (22,996     (22,321     (21,673     11,900  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (1) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    24,343,951,397     23,205,811,514     21,989,820,781     21,986,803,847     22,019,215,633
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

not meaningful

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                       (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

          

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax (expense) of $(37), $(116), $(415), $67 (unaudited) and $(258) (unaudited), respectively

     (67,525     (16,493     45,487     (12,160     (16,947

Cash flow hedges:

          

Change in unrealized loss, net of tax benefit of $2,243, $3,489, $7,643, $8,092 (unaudited) and $(43) (unaudited), respectively

     (6,122     (10,712     (23,541     (25,066     132

Less: reclassification adjustment for amounts previously included in net loss, net of tax benefit of $123, $876, $5,211, $2,095 (unaudited) and $2,181 (unaudited), respectively

     336     2,693     16,040     6,472     6,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge, net change

     (5,786     (8,019     (7,501     (18,594     6,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect

     (73,311     (24,512     37,986     (30,754     (10,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax effect

   $ (240,994   $ (207,737   $ (129,901   $ (133,572   $ (46,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     Ordinary Share and
Class A

Shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
     Shares     Amount  

Balances, December 31, 2017

     24,343,098   $ 243,431   $ 2,198,977   $ 103,132   $ (502,766   $ 2,042,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

                 6,937                 6,937

Modification and settlement of certain vested stock options

                 (761           (761     (1,522

Issuance of shares upon exercise of vested options

     3,034     30     273                 303

Net loss

                             (167,683     (167,683

Other comprehensive loss

                       (73,311           (73,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2018

     24,346,132     243,461     2,205,426     29,821     (671,210     1,807,498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

                 15,409                 15,409

Repurchase of shares

     (2,439,764     (24,397     (292,632           (246     (317,275

Modification and settlement of certain vested stock options

                 (10,582                 (10,582

Issuance of shares upon exercise of vested options

     68,281     683     6,937                 7,620

Net loss

                             (183,225     (183,225

Other comprehensive loss

                       (24,512           (24,512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2019

     21,974,649     219,747     1,924,558     5,309     (854,681     1,294,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

                             (741     (741

Stock-based compensation

                 12,044                 12,044

Repurchase of shares

     (19,706     (197     (1,992           (1,097     (3,286

Settlement of certain vested stock options

                 (7,506                 (7,506

Payment for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

                 (2,356                 (2,356

Issuance of shares upon exercise of vested options

     47,013     470     2,930                 3,400

Net loss

                             (167,887     (167,887

Other comprehensive income

                       37,986           37,986
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2020

     22,001,956   $ 220,020   $ 1,927,678   $ 43,295   $ (1,024,406   $ 1,166,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     (unaudited)  
     Ordinary share and
class A

shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Equity
 
     Shares     Amount  

Balances, December 31, 2019

     21,974,649   $ 219,747   $ 1,924,558   $ 5,309   $ (854,681   $ 1,294,933

Cumulative effect of accounting change

                             (741     (741

Stock-based compensation

                 6,648                 6,648

Repurchase of shares

     (12,343     (123     (1,249           (685     (2,057

Settlement of certain vested stock options

                 (7,506                 (7,506

Payment for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

                 (1,723                 (1,723 )_ 

Issuance of shares upon exercise of vested options

     22,637     226     908                 1,134

Net loss

                             (102,818     (102,818

Other comprehensive loss

                       (30,754           (30,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, June 30, 2020

     21,984,943   $ 219,850   $ 1,921,636   $ (25,445   $ (958,925   $ 1,157,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2021  
     (unaudited)  
     Ordinary share and
class A
shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Equity
 
     Shares     Amount  

Balances, December 31, 2020

     22,001,956   $ 220,020   $ 1,927,678   $ 43,295   $ (1,024,406   $ 1,166,587

Stock-based compensation

                 5,885                 5,885

Repurchase of shares

     (23,558     (236     (2,366           (2,779     (5,381

Payment for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

                 (1,031                 (1,031

Issuance of shares upon exercise of vested options

     44,476     445     3,595                   4,040  

Net loss

                             (36,324     (36,324

Other comprehensive loss

                       (10,101           (10,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, June 30, 2021

     22,022,874   $ 220,229   $ 1,933,761   $ 33,194   $ (1,063,509   $ 1,123,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2020         2020             2021      
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     22,327     22,736     27,583     12,770     12,574

Non-cash operating lease costs

           13,339     19,155     7,837     7,316

Stock-based compensation

     6,937     15,409     12,044     6,648     5,885

Deferred income taxes

     (75,553     (69,757     (77,860     (33,982     (43,191

Amortization of intangible assets and acquired technology

     370,376     323,626     287,767     142,409     123,481

Gain on sale of investment in equity interest

           (1,470     (147           (110

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     10,779     10,362     6,221     3,341     2,888

Loss on debt refinancing

     23,628     1,085     37,400     36,101      

Unrealized loss (gain) on remeasurement of debt

     (25,911     (9,123     50,552     2,739     (18,497

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

     1,255     36     (91     3      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (23,394     (50,221     (8,487     146,230     145,475

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (46,681     (97,952     (42,550     (3,141     (13,246

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     37,518     (4,174     (11,204     (112,427     (62,812

Income taxes payable

     12,773     (1,682     22,733     2,334     15,900

Contract liabilities

     53,881     34,149     12,525     (61,762     (34,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     200,252     3,138     167,754     46,282     104,449
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     (27,584     (29,688     (13,835     (4,278     (1,293

Purchases of investments

     (28,655     (13,776     (36,739     (6,996     (35,370

Maturities of investments

     32,072     18,966     19,605     934     28,450

Purchase of equity method investment

           (689     (250     (250      

Sale of investment in equity interest

           3,122     147           110

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (238     (31,287     (21,439            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (24,405     (53,352     (52,511     (10,590     (8,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Payments for share repurchases

           (317,275     (3,286     (2,057     (5,381

Payment of debt

     (26,347     (20,186     (825,981     (769,174     (11,875

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (3,308     (1,353     (32,211     (30,912      

Proceeds from issuance of debt

           124,375     949,965     900,027      

Payment for settlement of vested stock options

           (11,343     (7,506     (7,506      

Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

                 (2,356     (1,723     (1,031

Payment of contingent consideration

     (5,791     (135     (6,180     (6,013     (9,023

Net activity from derivatives with an other-than-insignificant financing element

                 (5,555     (1,272     (9,354

Proceeds from issuance of shares

     303     7,620     3,400     1,134     4,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities

     (35,143     (218,297     70,290     82,504     (32,624
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     (19,449     (361     (13,703     (3,363     829

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     121,255     (268,872     171,830     114,833     64,551

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period

     324,008     445,263     176,391     176,391     348,221
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 445,263   $ 176,391   $ 348,221   $ 291,224   $ 412,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 140,415   $ 146,601   $ 143,833   $ 85,784   $ 56,512

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

   $ 18,518   $ 51,884   $ 32,635   $ 10,427   $ 39,192

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

          

Purchase of technology included in accrued liabilities and
other

   $ 59   $   $   $   $

Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts liabilities payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 4,906   $ 1,675   $ 793   $ 1,986   $ 2,837

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (the “Company”) is a Luxembourg partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) formed on May 27, 2015. In 2015, a subsidiary of the Company was merged with and into Informatica LLC (f/k/a Informatica Corporation) with the purpose of Informatica LLC to be taken private in a transaction with two leading private equity sponsors, the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPP Investments”) and Permira Funds (“Permira” together with CPP Investments, the “Sponsors”) (“2015 Privatization Transaction”). Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Informatica”, “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries for all periods presented.

The Company has developed an AI-powered software platform that connects, manages, and unifies data across multi-cloud, hybrid systems at enterprise scale. The platform enables the Company’s customers to accurately track and understand their data, allowing them to create 360-degree customer experiences, automate data operations across enterprise-wide business processes, and pursue holistic data-driven digital strategies by guiding workload migrations to the cloud. The Company’s platform includes a suite of interoperable data management products that leverage the shared services and metadata of the underlying platform, including products for Data Integration, API & Application Integration, Data Quality, Master Data Management, Customer and Business 360, Data Catalog and Governance and Privacy.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and its subsidiaries, after elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2021 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six-month periods are unaudited. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021 or any future period.

Segments

The Company manages its operations and allocates resources as a single operating segment. Further, the Company manages, monitors and reports its operating results and financial position as a

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

single reporting segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer who makes operating decisions, assesses financial performance and allocates resources based on consolidated financial information. As such, the Company has determined that it operates in one reportable segment.

Use of Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions. For example, management makes estimates, judgments, and assumptions in determining the fair value of acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed during acquisitions, the recoverability of intangible assets and their useful lives, standalone selling price (“SSP”) used in revenue recognition, the fair value of common stock used in calculating stock-based compensation, the number of performance-based stock options that the Company expects to vest, the realizability of deferred tax assets and, uncertain tax positions, the collectability of accounts receivable, and the valuation of contingent consideration related to acquisitions. Management believes the estimates, judgments, and assumptions upon which it relies are reasonable based on information available at the time that these estimates, judgments, and assumptions are made. These estimates, judgments, and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Any material differences between these estimates and actual results will impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by U.S. GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result.

As of June 30, 2021, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to unfold. While the duration of the pandemic, the resulting stay-at-home orders, and potential impacts on consumer behavior have impacted our workforce and operations, the Company has not had to make any significant changes to its estimates and assumptions during 2020 and 2021. However, as events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates and assumptions may change materially in the future.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from sales of 1) cloud subscriptions, representing access to the Company’s software via Company-hosted cloud applications, 2) on-premise subscription licenses, representing a term license to on-premise software, 3) subscription support, representing support for on-premise subscription licenses, 4) perpetual software licenses, and 5) maintenance and professional services, consisting of maintenance on perpetual software licenses, and professional services, consisting of consulting and education services. The Company recognizes revenue net of applicable sales taxes, financing charges it has absorbed, and amounts retained by its partners (including resellers and distributors), if any. The Company does not act as an agent in any of its revenue arrangements.

Revenue is recognized and recorded in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) which generally requires the Company to recognize revenue when it satisfies

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

performance obligations under the terms of its contracts, and control of its products is transferred to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive from its customers and partners in exchange for those products. This process involves identifying the customer contract, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied.

Performance obligations contained in a contract are identified based on the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer that are both (i) capable of being distinct, and the customer can benefit from the goods or services either on their own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from the Company, and (ii) distinct in the context of the contract, and the transfer of the goods or services is separate from other promises in the contract. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised goods or services, the Company applies its judgment to determine whether the promised goods or services are capable of being distinct, and distinct in the context of the contract. The Company considers a performance obligation satisfied once it has transferred control of a good or product to a customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the product.

 

Performance Obligation

  

When Performance Obligation is Typically Satisfied

Subscription:

  
Cloud services and subscription support    Over Time: Ratably over the contractual term; commencing upon the later of when access to the service is made available or the contractual term commences
On-Premise subscription license    Point in Time: Upon the later of when the software license is made available or the contractual term commences
Perpetual license    Point in Time: When the software license is made available
Maintenance    Over Time: Ratably over the contractual term
Professional Services    Over Time: As services are provided

Software revenue

Software revenue is comprised of 1) cloud services, 2) on-premise subscription licenses and related subscription support offerings, and 3) perpetual license revenue.

Cloud and subscription support offerings consist of revenue from customers and partners contracted to use the related services during a subscription period ranging from one to three years, are generally billed annually in advance, and are non-cancelable.

On-premise subscription license revenue primarily consists of revenue from customers and partners contracted to use software during a subscription term with terms ranging from one to three years. These arrangements are generally billed annually in advance during such multi-year terms and are generally non-cancelable.

Cloud services revenues include revenues from Informatica Cloud Services offerings, which deliver applications and infrastructure technologies via cloud-based deployment models for which we develop functionality, provide unspecified updates and enhancements, host, manage, upgrade, and support, and that customers access by entering into a subscription agreement with us for a stated period.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

On-premise subscription license support revenues are generated through the sale of license support contracts sold together with the on-premise subscription license purchased by our customer. Subscription license support contracts provide customers with rights to unspecified software product upgrades, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period and include internet access to technical content, as well as internet and telephone access to technical support personnel. Our subscription software licenses have significant standalone functionalities and capabilities. Accordingly, these subscription software licenses are distinct from the support services as the customer can benefit from the software without the services and the services are separately identifiable within the contract.

Perpetual license revenue consists of revenue from customers and partners for sales of perpetual software licenses, are generally billed upfront along with the associated maintenance, and are non-cancelable. The maintenance associated with perpetual licenses is classified within Maintenance and Professional Services.

Maintenance and Professional Services

Maintenance and professional services are comprised of maintenance, consulting, and education services. Maintenance contracts, which consists of ongoing support and software updates, if and when available, under perpetual software license arrangements, are typically one year in duration. Our perpetual software licenses have significant standalone functionalities and capabilities. Accordingly, these perpetual software licenses are distinct from the support services as the customer can benefit from the software without the services and the services are separately identifiable within the contract. Maintenance contracts are generally billed annually in advance and are generally non-cancelable. Substantially all of our customers elect to renew their maintenance contracts annually.

Consulting services are primarily related to configuration, installation, and implementation of the Company’s products, and are generally performed on a time-and-materials basis. Revenue for fixed fee contracts are generally recognized as services are performed, applying input methods to estimate progress to completion. If uncertainty exists about the Company’s ability to complete the project, its ability to collect the amounts due, or in the case of fixed-fee consulting arrangements, its ability to estimate the remaining costs to be incurred to complete the project, revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is resolved. Consulting services are generally either billed in advance or monthly as services are rendered. Consulting services, if included as part of the software arrangement, generally do not entail significant modification or customization of the software and hence, such services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software.

Education services consist of classes offered at the Company’s headquarters, sales and training offices, customer locations, and on-line. Revenue is recognized as the classes are delivered. Education services are generally either billed in advance or as services are rendered.

Contracts with multiple performance obligations

Some of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative SSP basis and revenue is recognized when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation by transferring control of the promised goods or services to the customer.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The determination of SSP requires judgement and is established for performance obligations that are routinely sold separately, such as support and maintenance on the Company’s core offerings. In connection with its cloud services, on-premise subscription licenses, and on-premise perpetual licenses, the Company is unable to establish SSP based on observable prices given the products are sold for a broad range of amounts (that is, the price is highly variable), and a representative SSP is not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence. As a result, the SSP for cloud services offerings, on-premise subscription licenses, and on-premise perpetual licenses, included in a contract with multiple performance obligations, is determined by applying a residual approach whereby all other performance obligations within a contract are first allocated a portion of the transaction price based upon their respective SSPs, with any residual amount of transaction price allocated to cloud services, on-premise subscription licenses, and on-premise perpetual licenses.

Returns and Material Rights

The Company’s agreements do not permit returns, and historically the Company has not had any significant returns or refunds; therefore, the Company has not established a sales return reserve.

Some contracts offer price discounts on future purchases. The Company evaluates these options to determine whether they provide a material right to the customer, representing a separate performance obligation. In circumstances involving a material right, revenue is allocated to these rights and deferred; subsequently the revenue is recognized when those future goods or services are transferred, or when the option expires. Generally, such discount mechanisms have not resulted in material rights.

Warranties

The Company generally provides assurance type warranties for its software products for a period of three to six months and service level provisions for its cloud services for the duration of the subscription. These are not separate performance obligations and are outside the scope of ASC 606. To date, the Company’s product warranty expense and obligations have not been significant.

Contract balances

The timing of revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in contract assets (both billed accounts receivable, where the Company has an unconditional right to contract consideration subject only to the passage of time, and unbilled receivables), and contract liabilities (deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities) on the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts receivable

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing customers. Accounts receivables as reported on the accompany consolidated balance sheets, includes the unconditional amounts owed from customers comprising amounts invoiced, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. A receivable is recognized in the period products are delivered or services are provided, or when the right to payment is unconditional. Payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically between 30 and 60 days, therefore the contracts do not include a significant financing component. Also, they typically do not involve a significant amount of variable consideration as they represent stated prices.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Unbilled receivables

Contract assets represent reported revenues attributable to performance obligations that have been delivered, but such amounts remain unbilled due to certain remaining conditions under the contract not yet being met. Contract assets are primarily driven by sales of on-premise subscription licenses with 2-3 year subscription terms, but the related fees are generally invoiced annually. There were no impairment losses associated with contracts with customers for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. There were immaterial losses for December 31, 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited). The balance of unbilled receivable as of December 31, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) is presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Contract Liabilities

Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities and represent cash payments received or due in advance of fulfilling our performance obligations. In arrangements whereby the Company has an obligation to transfer goods or services to the customer and fees are invoiced or amounts are received ahead of revenue being recognized under non-cancelable contracts, deferred revenue is recorded. Customer deposits represent billings or cash payments received under cancelable contracts. Deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities will be recognized as revenue in future periods. As of December 31, 2019, deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities were $539.2 million and $14.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities were $554.1 million and $16.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), deferred revenue and customer deposit liabilities were $516.0 million and $8.7 million, respectively.

The current portion of contract liabilities represents the amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date. Contract liabilities were approximately $570.6 million as of December 31, 2020, of which the Company expects to recognize $549.9 million over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. Contract liabilities were approximately $524.7 million as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), of which the Company expects to recognize $505.9 million over the next 12 months (unaudited), and the remainder thereafter. The amount of revenues recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 that were included in the opening contract liabilities balance as of January 1, 2019 and 2020 was approximately $481.8 million and $523.7 million, respectively. The amount of revenues recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2020 (unaudited) and 2021 (unaudited) that were included in the opening contract liabilities balance as of January 1, 2020 and 2021 was approximately $339.5 million (unaudited) and $365.8 million (unaudited), respectively. Revenues recognized from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods were immaterial during each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and during the six months ended June 30, 2020 (unaudited) and 2021 (unaudited).

Remaining Performance Obligations from Customer Contracts

Remaining performance obligations represent contracted revenues that have not yet been recognized (including contract liabilities) and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenues in future periods. The volumes and amounts of customer contracts that the Company records and total revenues that it recognizes are impacted by a variety of seasonal factors. In each fiscal year, the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

amounts and volumes of contracting activity and its total revenues are typically highest in its fourth fiscal quarter and lowest in its first fiscal quarter. These seasonal impacts influence how its remaining performance obligations change over time, and, combined with foreign exchange rate fluctuations and other factors, influence the amount of remaining performance obligations that the Company reports at a point in time. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company’s remaining performance obligations were $984.8 million and $1.01 billion, respectively, which does not include customer deposit liabilities. The Company expects to recognize approximately 70% and 68% of its remaining performance obligations at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively, as revenues over the next twelve months and the remainder over the next two to three years.

Costs to obtain a contract

Costs to obtain a contract include sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force, as well as payroll taxes and other costs associated with and directly attributable to the contract obtained. These costs are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract, and therefore, are capitalized when certain customer contracts are signed. These costs are recorded as deferred commission expense in the consolidated balance sheets, current and non-current.

Sales commissions paid for renewals of customer contracts are not commensurate with the commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial contract given the substantive difference in commission rates in proportion to their respective contract values.

Accordingly, sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of the contract are amortized over the estimated period of benefit of five years, which may exceed the term of the initial contract. The Company determines the estimated period of benefit based on the duration of relationships with its customers, which includes the expected renewals of customer contracts, customer retention data, its technology development lifecycle, and other factors. The Company amortizes these commissions consistent with the pattern of satisfaction of the performance obligation to which the asset relates. Commissions paid upon multi-year renewal are amortized over the renewal contract term. Amortization expense is included in Sales and Marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company applies a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the estimated period of benefit would have been one year or less.

Business Combinations

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, in accounting for its acquisitions. ASC 805 requires that the Company evaluate whether a transaction pertains to an acquisition of assets, or to an acquisition of a business. A business is defined as an integrated set of assets and activities that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return to investors. Asset acquisitions are accounted for by allocating the cost of the acquisition to the individual assets and liabilities assumed on a relative fair value basis; whereas the acquisition of a business requires the Company to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, as well as any

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

contingent consideration, where applicable, its estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the business acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is received that confirms their fair value as the date of acquisition with an offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of a business combination measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments to the original acquisition price are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for business combinations requires the Company’s management to make significant estimates and assumptions, including its estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, pre-acquisition contingencies and any contingent consideration, where applicable. Although the Company believes that the assumptions and estimates it has made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

For a given business acquisition, the Company may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend its review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether the Company includes these contingencies as a part of the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and, if so, to determine their estimated amounts.

If the Company cannot reasonably determine the fair value of a non-income tax related pre-acquisition contingency by the end of the measurement period, which is generally the case given the nature of such matters, the Company will recognize an asset or a liability for such pre-acquisition contingency if: (1) it is probable that an asset existed or a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and (2) the amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated. Subsequent to the measurement period or final determination of the net asset values for the business combination, changes in its estimates of such contingencies will affect earnings and could have a material effect on its results of operations and financial position.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. The Company reevaluates these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date with any adjustments to its preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill if identified within the measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or its final determination of the tax allowance’s or the contingency’s estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect the Company’s provision for income taxes in its consolidated statement of operations and could have an impact on its results of operations and financial position.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. The Company has one operating segment and reporting unit, and therefore goodwill is tested for impairment at the entity level.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Goodwill impairment is recognized when the quantitative assessment results in the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeding its estimated fair value, in which case an impairment charge is recorded to goodwill to the extent the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, limited to the amount of goodwill. The Company did not recognize any impairment of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

Impairment of Definite-lived Intangible Assets and other Long-lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets, which includes amortized intangible assets and tangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to that asset. The Company measures any amount of impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the impaired asset. There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock Compensation. The Company grants stock options with only service conditions (“time-based options”), as well as those with both service and performance or market conditions. All outstanding awards are accounted for as equity awards. Compensation expense is recognized for time-based options on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense for options containing performance conditions is based on the estimated number of the performance based stock options expected to vest using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for options containing market condition vesting criteria is based on the estimated number of the stock options expected to vest on attainment of the condition. See Note 14. Stockholders’ Equity and Deferred Compensation in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a description of the Company’s stock-based compensation plan and more information on the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur, and cash flows related to excess tax benefits are presented as an operating activity in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, and Short-Term Investments

The Company considers highly liquid investment securities with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents and highly liquid investment securities with maturities of greater than 90 days but less than one year from the date of purchase to be short-term investments. The Company’s cash equivalents and short-term investments include time deposits and money market funds. The Company’s restricted cash is primarily associated with securing credit facilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, short term investments, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates their respective carrying amounts due to their short-term maturity.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Credit Evaluations

Financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, derivatives and trade receivables. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are generally held with large, diverse financial institutions worldwide to reduce the amount of exposure to any single financial institution. The majority of cash equivalents consists of money market funds, that primarily invest in U.S. government securities.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Further, the Company maintains an allowance for expected credit losses. It estimates expected credit trends for the allowance for credit losses for receivables and contract assets based upon its assessment of various factors, including historical experience, the age of the receivable balances, credit rating of its customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect its ability to collect from customers. Expected credit losses are recorded as general and administrative expense. The Company’s derivative contracts are transacted with various financial institutions with high credit standings. The Company evaluates its counterparties associated with the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swap contracts at least quarterly. Since all these counterparties are large credit-worthy commercial banking institutions, the Company does not consider counterparty non-performance to be a material risk. Any exposure to counterparty credit-related losses in these contracts is largely mitigated with collateral security agreements that provide for collateral to be received or posted when the net fair values of these contracts fluctuate from contractually established thresholds. The Company may enter into master netting arrangements to mitigate credit risk in derivative transactions by permitting net settlement of transactions with the same counterparty.

No customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited). At December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), no customer accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company estimates the overall collectability of accounts receivable and provides an allowance for accounts receivable considered uncollectible. The Company specifically analyzes its accounts receivable based on historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, the age of the receivable, current economic trends, and changes in its customer payment terms. The Company records the adjustment in general and administrative expense. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.3 million and $4.6 million, respectively. At June 30, 2021, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.9 million (unaudited).

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The table below details the activity of the allowance for doubtful accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Beginning
Balance
     Additions Charged
to Operations or
Other Accounts
     Write-offs,
Net of
Recoveries
    Revaluation (i)     Ending
Balance
 

December 31, 2018

   $ 3,905    $ 467    $ (186   $ (18   $ 4,168

December 31, 2019

     4,168      489      (344     3     4,316

December 31, 2020

     4,316      204      (46     83     4,557

 

(i)

The amounts represent revaluations on balances denominated in foreign currencies.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax expense or benefit is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of currently enacted tax laws. The effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not contemplated.

A two-step approach is applied pursuant to ASC 740 in the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision line of its consolidated statements of operations.

The Company evaluates the realization of deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, including projected results of operations and the scheduled reversal of temporary differences. The Company establishes a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.

On April 26, 2019, Luxembourg’s 2019 Budget Law, as published in the Office Gazette reduced the 2019 corporate income tax rate to 17%. For income tax purposes, the Company also included the solidarity surtax of 7% on the corporate income tax rate and the 6.75% municipal business tax rate to calculate a Luxembourg statutory tax rate of 24.94%.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Building, building improvements and site improvements are amortized over the estimated useful life of 25 years, 10-15 years and 15 years, respectively. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset, which range from one to ten years. Computers, equipment, and software, and furniture and fixtures are stated at cost and depreciated or amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally one to five years.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Cloud Computing Arrangements

The Company enters into certain cloud-based software hosting arrangements with vendors that are accounted for as service contracts. For internal-use software obtained through a hosting arrangement that is in the nature of a service contract, the Company incurs certain implementation costs such as integrating, configuring, and software customization, which are consistent with costs incurred during the application development stage. The Company applies the same guidance to determine costs that are eligible for capitalization. For these arrangements, capitalized implementation costs are amortized straight-line over the term of the associated hosting arrangement plus any reasonably certain renewal periods, and are presented within cash flows from operating activities. Capitalized costs as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $5.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and as of June 30, 2021 were $0.6 million (unaudited), were included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are initially deferred and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected term of the related debt. Unamortized debt issuance costs related to the dollar and euro term loan facilities are considered long-term and presented as a direct reduction to long-term debt, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Unamortized debt issuance costs related to the revolving facility are also considered long-term and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were $4.3 million, $2.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 were $6.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively (unaudited).

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Revenue and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Gains and losses from these translations are recognized in cumulative translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of consolidated stockholders’ equity.

Gains or losses related to the remeasurement of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into their functional currency are recorded in net income (loss), unless such assets or liabilities are designated by management to be of a long-term investment nature, in which case such gains or losses are recorded in consolidated accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of consolidated stockholders’ equity.

Self-funded health insurance plan

The Company maintains a partially self-funded health insurance plan for its U.S. employees. The Company also maintains a stop-loss insurance policy that limits its losses on a per employee basis.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The Company is responsible for estimating its exposure for claims incurred but not paid at the end of each reporting period and uses historical claims data supplied by a third party to estimate its self-funded insurance liability. Actual claims may differ from the Company’s estimates, but such differences have not been material for any period presented.

Restructuring

Restructuring charges primarily consist of severance, facilities, transition and other related costs. Severance costs generally include severance payments, notice-period payments, outplacement services, health insurance coverage, and relocation costs. Facilities costs generally include estimated variable lease operating expenses and lease termination costs. Transition and other related costs primarily consist of legal costs and consulting charges associated with business process improvements and strategy.

One-time employee severance costs are recognized at the time of communication to employees, unless future service is required, in which case the costs are recognized ratably over the future service period. Ongoing employee termination benefits are recognized as a liability when it is probable that a liability exists and the amount is reasonably estimable. Other transactions related costs are recognized as incurred. Restructuring charges are recognized as an operating expense within the consolidated statements of operations and related liabilities are recorded within accrued compensation and related expenses and in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company periodically evaluates and, if necessary, adjusts its estimates based on currently available information.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception. In certain of its lease arrangements, primarily those related to data center arrangements, judgment is required in determining if a contract contains a lease. For these arrangements, there is judgment in evaluating if the arrangement involves an identified asset that is physically distinct or whether the Company has the right to substantially all of the capacity of an identified asset that is not physically distinct. In arrangements that involve an identified asset, there is also judgment in evaluating if the Company has the right to direct the use of that asset. The Company did not have any finance leases for any periods presented.

Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future payments, because the implicit rate of the lease is generally not known. Right-of-use assets related to its operating lease liabilities are measured at lease inception based on the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any prepaid lease payments and less any lease incentives. The lease terms that are used in determining its operating lease liabilities at lease inception include options to extend or terminate the leases when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options.

The Company does not recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases, which have a lease term of 12 months or less and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company recognizes the lease payments for short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

In addition, the Company subleases certain of its unoccupied facilities to third parties. Any impairment to the associated right-of-use assets, leasehold improvements, or other assets as a result of a sublease is recognized in the period the sublease is executed and recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes sublease income on a straight-line basis over the sublease term.

Upon the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2016 No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”) on January 1, 2019, the Company amortizes its right-of-use assets, as operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term and classifies both the lease amortization and imputed interest as rent expense. Additionally, taxes, insurance and maintenance are excluded from minimum lease payments and are included in the determination of lease cost when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For the year ended December 31, 2018, prior to the adoption of Topic 842, minimum rent payments under operating leases were recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts in an attempt to reduce the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on forecasted cash flows and expenses and designates these contracts as cash flow hedges at inception. The Company is currently using foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge the anticipated foreign currency expenses of its subsidiary in India denominated in Indian rupee. The Company recognizes in earnings amounts related to its designated cash flow hedges accumulated in other comprehensive income during the same period in which the corresponding underlying hedged transaction affects earnings.

The Company enters into various interest rate swap agreements to offset the variability of cash flows associated with the floating rate interest payments related to its term loans. All cash flows relating to swaps that are considered to have an other than insignificant financing components at the inception date are included in cash flow from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company records any change in the fair value of cash flow designated interest rate swaps in other comprehensive income (loss), until the hedged cash flow occurs, at which point any gain (loss) is reclassified into earnings or losses and any change in fair value of non-designated swaps in interest expense. The other comprehensive loss at de-designation is amortized to interest expense over the original hedge period and future gains and losses on the de-designated swap are recognized as interest expense.

Balance sheet hedges consist of cash flow hedge contracts that have been de-designated and non-designated balance sheet hedges. These foreign exchange contracts are carried at fair value and do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting treatment and, therefore, are not designated as hedging instruments. Changes in the value of the foreign exchange contracts are recognized in other income (expense), net and offset the foreign currency gain or loss on the underlying net monetary assets or liabilities. The Company recognizes derivative assets and derivative liabilities at gross fair values in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates prospectively, as well as retrospectively, the effectiveness of its hedge programs using statistical analysis. Prospective testing is performed at the inception of the hedge relationship, and quarterly thereafter. Retrospective testing is performed on a quarterly basis.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Adopted Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”), The core principle of ASU 2016-02 is that a lessee should recognize on its consolidated balance sheets the assets and liabilities that arise from leasing, including operating leases, resulting in the lessee recognizing on the consolidated balance sheet a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset and a corresponding lease liability presenting the present value of future lease payments. On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted this standard using the optional modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to the beginning balance of accumulated deficit, with no adjustments to comparative period financial statements. Under this method, the Company recorded right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of approximately $80.9 million and $91.5 million, respectively. Operating leases are included in “Operating lease right-of-use assets,” “Current operating lease liabilities,” and “Long-term operating lease liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The adoption of this standard also did not impact our previously reported consolidated financial statements for the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2018. As a result, financial information presented prior to the period of adoption has not been restated and is reported under ASC 840, the accounting standard in effect for those periods. The lease liabilities reflect the remaining minimum rental payments for existing leases as of the adoption date, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate for each lease. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated net loss or cash flows. The Company elected the (i) short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify, whereby the Company will not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition; (ii) practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of the Company’s leases; (iii) optional transition method that allows for a cumulative-effect adjustment in the period of adoption and will not restate prior periods; and (iv) a package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allow it to carry forward its assessments on whether a contract was or contains a lease, its historical lease classification and its initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to adoption date. The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient to determine the lease term for existing leases.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”), and issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance (ASU No. 2018-19, 2019-04, 2019-05, 2019-10 and 2019-11). The new guidance requires entities to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This replaces the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. The Company adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2020, with the cumulative effect of adoption recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASC 350 required performing a two-step test to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. To address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test, the amendment removes the second step of the test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value, which is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The Company adopted the

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

new standard on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC 350): Internal-Use Software. The guidance clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements requiring expensing the costs over the term of the hosting arrangement if certain criteria are met. The Company adopted this standard prospectively as of January 1, 2019, resulting in a capitalized balance of $5.3 million, $1.2 million, and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), which provides optional expedients and exceptions to contract modifications and hedging relationships that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The standard is effective upon issuance through December 31, 2022 and may be applied at the beginning of the interim period that includes March 12, 2020 or any date thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Acquisitions

On February 19, 2019, the Company acquired AllSight USA, LLC and affiliated entities (“AllSight”), a customer insights market innovator which helps enterprises use intelligent data to improve customer experiences through AI-enabled software focused on managing and improving customer intelligence, pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement for total purchase consideration of $49.0 million, comprised of $31.6 million of cash consideration, $15.0 million of contingent consideration, and $2.4 million of liabilities assumed, primarily related to tax liabilities of $2.1 million. See Note 5. Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the contingent consideration. The purchase was accounted for using the acquisition method and of the total assets acquired, $1.1 million were allocated to acquired customer relationships intangible assets and $7.8 million were allocated to existing technology intangible assets, with the residual recorded as goodwill. The recognized goodwill is derived from expected synergies and helps the Company expand business-user engagement to existing platform and deliver capabilities to allow organizations to maximize customer data and analysis across their enterprises to drive personalized engagement. The goodwill was deductible for tax purposes.

On July 1, 2020, the Company acquired Compact Solutions LLC (“Compact Solutions”) for total purchase consideration of $21.1 million. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method, and of the total assets acquired, $8.4 million was allocated to acquired developed technology intangible assets and $0.8 million was allocated to acquired customer relationship intangible assets, with the residual recorded as goodwill. Compact Solutions focuses on automated solutions for data governance in complex enterprises, enabling organizations worldwide to meet regulatory compliance requirements. The acquisition strengthens Informatica’s current leadership in metadata-driven AI and automation and extends capabilities that enable Informatica customers to catalog and govern virtually all types of enterprise data. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Pro-forma results for acquisitions completed in 2018, 2019 and 2020 were not material to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Note 4. Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, and Short-Term Investments

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments as of December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands). There were no marketable securities held at December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2019      2020      2021  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 115,584    $ 201,732    $ 221,264

Cash equivalents:

        

Time deposits

     14,220      8,270      7,380

Money market funds

     42,423      134,002      179,909
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

     56,643      142,272      187,289
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 172,227    $ 344,004    $ 408,553
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash

     4,164      4,217      4,219
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 176,391    $ 348,221    $ 412,772
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

        

Time deposits

     1,181      18,729      25,267
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term investments

     1,181      18,729      25,267
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and short-term investments

   $ 177,572    $ 366,950    $ 438,039
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 5. Fair Value Measurements of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for further information regarding the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.

The Company did not record any gross unrealized gains or losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. The three levels of fair value hierarchy are set forth below. The Company’s assessment of the hierarchy level of the assets or liabilities measured at fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair values of the assets or liabilities.

Fair Value Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation (in thousands):

 

     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for

Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Time deposits(i)

   $ 15,401    $ 15,401    $    $

Money market funds(ii)

     42,423      42,423              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total money market funds and time deposits

     57,824      57,824              

Foreign currency derivatives(iii)

     961             961       

Interest rate derivatives(iii)

     844             844       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 59,629    $ 57,824    $ 1,805    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Foreign currency derivatives(iv)

   $ 196    $    $ 196    $

Interest rate derivatives(iv)

     17,872             17,872       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 18,068    $    $ 18,068    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation (in thousands):

 

     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for

Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Time deposits(i)

   $ 26,999    $ 26,999    $    $             —

Money market funds(ii)

     134,002      134,002              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total money market funds and time deposits

     161,001      161,001              

Foreign currency derivatives(iii)

     2,330             2,330       

Interest rate derivatives(iii)

     1,757             1,757       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 165,088    $ 161,001    $ 4,087    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate derivatives(iv)

   $ 24,736    $    $ 24,736    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 24,736    $    $ 24,736    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited) and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation (in thousands):

 

     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for

Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (unaudited)  

Assets:

           

Time deposits(i)

   $ 32,647    $ 32,647    $    $             —

Money market funds(ii)

     179,909      179,909          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total money market funds and time deposits

     212,556      212,556              

Foreign currency derivatives(iii)

     788             788   

Interest rate derivatives(iii)

                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 213,344    $ 212,556    $ 788    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Foreign currency derivatives(iv)

   $ 257    $    $ 257    $

Interest rate derivatives(iv)

     16,782             16,782       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 17,039    $    $ 17,039    $
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 

Included in cash equivalents and short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

(ii) 

Included in cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.

(iii) 

Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

(iv) 

Included in accrued liabilities and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Foreign Currency and Interest Rate Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

The Company uses the income approach to value its derivatives using observable Level 2 market inputs at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount, assuming that participants are motivated but not compelled to transact. Level 2 inputs for the derivative valuations are limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically foreign currency rates and futures contracts) and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) cash and swap rates, and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals). The Company records its derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheet and uses mid-market pricing as a practical expedient for fair value measurements.

Key inputs for foreign currency derivatives are the spot rates, forward rates, interest rates, and credit derivative market rates. The spot rate for each foreign currency is the same spot rate used for all balance sheet translations at the measurement date and is sourced from the Federal Reserve Bulletin. The following values are interpolated from commonly quoted intervals: forward points and the LIBOR used to discount and determine the fair value of assets and liabilities. Credit default swap spread curves identified per counterparty at month end are used to discount derivative assets for counterparty non-performance risk, all of which have terms of twelve months or less. The Company discounts derivative liabilities to reflect the Company’s own potential non-performance risk to lenders and has used the spread over LIBOR on its most recent corporate borrowing rate.

Key inputs for interest rate derivatives are the cash rates for very short term, futures rates and swap rates beyond the derivative maturity. These rates are bootstrapped to provide spot rates at resets specified by each derivative. Derivatives are discounted to present value at the measurement date using the same LIBOR curve. Credit default swap spread curves per counterparty and the BB Industrial credit spread curves (representing the Company’s credit risk) at month end are used to discount the interest rate derivatives for non-performance risk using the potential method.

The counterparties associated with the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps are large credit-worthy financial institutions. The foreign currency derivatives transacted with these entities are relatively short in duration and the interest rate derivatives are spread between three counterparties; therefore, the Company does not consider counterparty concentration and non-performance to be material risks at this time. Both the Company and the counterparties are expected to perform under the contractual terms of the instruments.

There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 categories during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration

The Company estimated the fair value of the contingent cash considerations related to acquisitions using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. This fair value measure was based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represented a Level 3 instrument. The change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration is included in acquisitions and other charges in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The changes in the acquisition-related contingent consideration liability for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 102

Accretion and other adjustments

     749

Payment of contingent consideration

     (135

Additions from new acquisition

     15,036
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 15,752

Accretion and other adjustments

     2,147

Payment of contingent consideration

     (6,500

Additions from new acquisition

     505
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 11,904

Accretion and other adjustments (unaudited)

     101

Payment of contingent consideration (unaudited)

     (11,500
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   $ 505
  

 

 

 

See Note 3. Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding Company acquisitions.

Note 6. Property and Equipment

The following table summarizes the cost of property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands, except years):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2019     2020     2021  
                        (unaudited)  

Land

     N/A      $ 40,512   $ 40,512   $ 40,512

Buildings

     25 years        118,134     118,134     118,134

Site improvements

     15 years        2,246     2,246     2,246

Building improvements

     10-15 years        30,048     30,397     30,542
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total land and buildings

        190,940     191,289     191,434

Computer, equipment, and software

     1-5 years        108,212     105,625     107,418

Furniture and fixtures

     3-5 years        17,034     17,585     17,446

Leasehold improvements

     1-10 years        54,201     57,269     55,993
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

        370,387     371,768     372,291

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (164,186     (178,730     (189,724
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

      $ 206,201   $ 193,038   $ 182,567
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense were $22.3 million, $22.7 million and $27.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively and $12.8 million and $12.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited).

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Note 7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

As a result of 2015 Privatization Transaction, the Company recorded a total net addition to goodwill of $2.3 billion and intangible assets of $3.1 billion in 2015. See Note 1. Organization and Description of Business of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a description of the transaction.

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of the goodwill as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2020
     June 30,
2021
 
                  (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,331,349   $ 2,361,512    $ 2,419,501

Goodwill from acquisitions

     39,428     14,129       

Measurement period adjustment

     (398     419      54

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (8,867     43,441      (17,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,361,512   $ 2,419,501    $ 2,402,367
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the estimated fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a total net addition to goodwill of $30.2 million which consisted of $39.4 million from the acquisition of AllSight, offset by reductions to goodwill of $8.9 million resulting from foreign currency translation adjustments and $0.4 million measurement period adjustment related to changes in the realization of deferred tax assets for AllSight.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a total net addition to goodwill of $58.0 million which principally consisted of $14.1 million from the acquisition of Compact Solutions, $43.4 million resulting from foreign currency translation adjustments and $0.4 million measurement period adjustments related to changes in the realization of acquired deferred tax assets.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company recorded a total net reduction to goodwill of $17.1 million which consisted of $17.2 million foreign currency translation adjustment, offset by an increase to goodwill of $0.1 million measurement period adjustment related to changes in the realization of deferred tax assets.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Intangible Assets

The carrying amounts of the intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) are as follows (in thousands, except years):

 

     Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(Years)
     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2020  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net      Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Acquired developed and core technology

     6      $ 865,477    $ (652,046   $ 213,431    $ 881,032    $ (750,504   $ 130,528

Other intangible assets:

                  

Customer relationships

     15        2,159,621      (870,171     1,289,450      2,173,223      (1,050,709     1,122,514

Trade names and trademark

     7        81,623      (40,430     41,193      82,510      (49,201     33,309
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

        2,241,244      (910,601     1,330,643      2,255,733      (1,099,910     1,155,823
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

        3,106,721      (1,562,647     1,544,074      3,136,765      (1,850,414     1,286,351
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In-process research and development

                            800            800
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

      $ 3,106,721    $ (1,562,647   $ 1,544,074    $ 3,137,565    $ (1,850,414   $ 1,287,151
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(Years)
     June 30, 2021  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
            (unaudited)  

Acquired developed and core technology

     6      $ 880,258    $ (787,599   $ 92,659
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired technology

        880,258      (787,599     92,659
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets:

          

Customer relationships

     15        2,168,534      (1,132,744     1,035,790

Trade names and trademark

     7        82,211      (53,551     28,660
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

        2,250,745      (1,186,295     1,064,450
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

        3,131,003      (1,973,894     1,157,109
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In-process research and development

                      
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

      $ 3,131,003    $ (1,973,894   $ 1,157,109
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company amortizes its intangible assets over their remaining estimated useful life using cash flow projections, revenue projections, or the straight-line method. Total amortization expense related to intangible assets was $370.4 million, $323.6 million and $287.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively and $142.4 million and $123.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The allocation of the amortization of intangible assets for the periods indicated below is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020      2020      2021  
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 143,769    $ 115,544    $ 98,458    $ 48,066    $ 37,095

Operating expenses

     226,607      208,082      189,309      94,343      86,386
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization of intangible assets

   $ 370,376    $ 323,626    $ 287,767    $ 142,409    $ 123,481
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain intangible assets are recorded in foreign currencies; and therefore, the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization are subject to foreign currency translation adjustments.

As of December 31, 2020, the amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets in future periods is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

   Acquired
Developed and
Core
Technology
     Other
Intangible
Assets(i)
     Total
Intangible
Assets
 

2021

   $ 74,578    $ 172,994    $ 247,572

2022

     38,031      156,224      194,255

2023

     12,130      139,664      151,794

2024

     3,397      123,489      126,886

2025

     1,511      100,871      102,382

Thereafter

     881      462,581      463,462
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expected amortization expense

   $ 130,528    $ 1,155,823    $ 1,286,351
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, the amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets in future periods is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

     Acquired
Developed and
Core
Technology
     Other
Intangible
Assets(i)
     Total
Intangible
Assets
 
     (unaudited)  

Remaining 2021

   $ 36,713    $ 86,201    $ 122,914

2022

     37,534      155,595      193,129

2023

     12,110      139,043      151,153

2024

     3,538      122,924      126,462

2025

     1,626      100,447      102,073

Thereafter

     1,138      460,240      461,378
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expected amortization expense

   $ 92,659    $ 1,064,450    $ 1,157,109
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 

Other Intangible Assets includes customer relationships, trade names and trademarks.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Note 8. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2020     June 30, 2021  
                (unaudited)  

Accrued taxes

  $ 19,127   $ 24,541   $ 10,921

Accrued interest

    21,460     130     252

Derivative liabilities

    9,100     13,331     12,069

Other

    42,612     48,050     48,277
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued Liabilities

  $ 92,299   $ 86,052   $ 71,519
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 9. Borrowings

Long term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2020     June 30, 2021  
                (unaudited)  

Dollar term loan

  $ 1,514,641   $ 2,251,575   $ 2,242,625

Euro term loan

    484,359     583,066     561,645

Senior notes

    650,000            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

    2,649,000     2,834,641     2,804,270

Less: Discount on term loan

    (1,727     (11,207     (10,313

Less: Debt issuance costs

    (31,537     (21,847     (20,062
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, net of discount and debt issuance costs

    2,615,736     2,801,587     2,773,895

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

    (20,468     (23,775     (23,588
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

  $ 2,595,268   $ 2,777,812   $ 2,750,307
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) the aggregate fair value of the Company’s dollar term loan, euro term loan and senior notes, based on Level 2 inputs related to fair market value, were $2,675.2 million, $2,830.5 million, and $2,804.1 million, respectively. The Company recorded an unrealized remeasurement gain of $9.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, an unrealized measurement loss, net of realized gain or loss from refinancing of $50.6 million relating to the euro term loan during the year ended December 31, 2020, an unrealized remeasurement loss related to the euro term loan facility of $2.7 million and an unrealized remeasurement gain of $18.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively (unaudited).

Senior Notes

In connection with the 2015 Privatization Transaction, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $650 million of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2023, pursuant to the terms and conditions of an indenture dated as of June 16, 2015. The Notes were fully redeemed during the quarter ended March 31, 2020. The Company recorded a one-time charge of $13.3 million mainly related to the write-off of existing debt issuance costs and $11.6 million related to breakage fees paid in the first quarter of 2020.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Original Term Loan Facility

In connection with the 2015 Privatization Transaction as disclosed in Note 1 Organization and Description of Business, the Company entered into credit facilities with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”). The credit facilities consisted of a $1.71 billion dollar term loan facility (the “Original Dollar Term Loan”) and a 250.0 million euro term loan facility (the “Original Euro Term Loan”), and a $150.0 million revolving facility (the “Initial Revolving Credit Facility”).

January 2018 and April 2019 Term Loan Facility Refinancing

On January 18, 2018, the Company refinanced its Original Term Loan Facility with the proceeds of $1.42 billion 2018 Dollar Term Loan and a 442.7 million 2018 Euro Term Loan, (together, the “2018 Term Loan Facilities”). On April 17, 2019, the Company incurred an additional $125.0 million of 2018 Dollar Term Loans, which increased the principal amount of the 2018 Dollar Term Loan to $1.54 billion. In addition, in connection therewith, the Company extended the maturity of the Initial Revolving Credit Facility (as amended, the “2019 Revolving Credit Facility”).

The amendment resulted in a one-time $1.1 million charge in the second quarter of 2019, which was comprised of $0.8 million related to new debt issuance costs associated with the amended 2018 Dollar Term Loan and $0.3 million related to expensing of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Initial Revolving Credit Facility. The Company paid $1.4 million of new debt issuance costs during the year, which included $0.6 million of new debt issuance costs related to the 2019 Revolving Credit Facility, the aggregate amount of which will be amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over its contractual term.

February 2020 and July 2020 Financing Transactions

On February 25, 2020, the Company amended the 2018 Term Loan Facilities (as amended, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) and entered into a new Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement” and, together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the “Credit Agreements”) with Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as agent, for a syndicate of lenders. The Company borrowed $1.79 billion of dollar term loans (the “First Lien Dollar Term Facility”) and 480.0 million of euro term loans (the “First Lien Euro Term Facility” and, together with the First Lien Dollar Term Facility, the “First Lien Term Facilities”) under the First Lien Credit Agreement and $425.0 million of term loans (the “Second Lien Term Facility” and, together with the First Lien Term Facilities, the “Term Facilities”), under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and used the proceeds thereof to refinance the 2018 Term Loan Facilities, redeem the Senior Notes, pay fees and expenses in connection therewith, and for other general corporate purposes. The terms applicable solely to the revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Facility”), including pricing and the financial covenants, were not amended.    

The amendment of the First Lien Credit Agreement resulted in a one-time charge of $11.3 million in the first quarter of 2020, which was comprised of $10.7 million related to new debt issuance costs associated with the amended First Lien Term Facilities and $0.6 million related to expensing of existing unamortized debt issuance and discount costs. On the date of the amendment of the Credit Agreements, the Company had previously deferred debt issuance costs and an original issue discount

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

associated with the modified debt of $18.4 million and incurred an additional $6.0 million of new debt issuance costs and $2.1 million of new debt discount during the quarter related to the Second Lien Term Facility and $2.1 million of new debt issuance costs and $9.0 million of new debt discount related to the First Lien Term Facilities, the aggregate amount of which will be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the term loans.

On July 14, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Second Lien Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Company borrowed an additional $50.0 million of second lien term loans, which have the same terms and conditions as the initial loans issued under the Second Lien Term Facility. The proceeds of such second lien term loans were used (i) to repay $45.0 million of the 2019 Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with Amendment No. 1 and (iii) for other general corporate purposes.

The amendment of the Second Lien Credit Agreement resulted in a one-time charge of $1.3 million in the third quarter of 2020, related to new debt issuance costs associated with the amended Second Lien Term Facility. On the date of the amendment, the Company had previously deferred debt issuance costs and original issue discount of $5.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded an additional $0.1 million of new debt discount as a result of the amendment, which will be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the term loan.

The First Lien Term Facilities mature on February 25, 2027 but include a springing maturity to 91 days prior to the maturity date of the Second Lien Term Facility if more than $100.0 million of the Second Lien Term Facility has not been repaid or extended by such date. The Second Lien Term Facility matures on February 25, 2025. The First Lien Term Facilities are repayable in quarterly installments of 0.25% of the initial principal amount thereof, with the remaining amount due at maturity. The Second Lien Term Facility is repayable in full at maturity. The Revolving Facility matures on April 17, 2024.    

The Company may prepay all or part of the Term Loan Facilities at any time. If the Second Lien Term Facility is voluntarily prepaid (i) after February 25, 2021 but on or prior to February 25, 2022, a 2.00% premium is payable, (ii) after February 25, 2022 but on or prior to February 25, 2023, a 1.00% premium is payable and (iii) after February 25, 2023, no premium is payable. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company is required to prepay the Term Loan Facilities with the net proceeds of certain occurrences, such as the incurrences of indebtedness not permitted to be incurred under the Credit Agreements, sale and leaseback transactions and asset sales. The agreement also requires mandatory prepayments of the Term Facilities with excess cash flow as specified in the terms of the Credit Agreements.

Borrowings under the First Lien Dollar Term Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) LIBOR plus 3.25% or (ii) the base rate plus 2.25%. Borrowings under the First Lien Euro Term Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of either 3.25% or 3.50% based on the Company’s total net leverage ratio. The base rate is defined as the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus one half of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as published by the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate,” and (c) LIBOR plus 1.00%; provided that the base rate shall not be less than 0.00% per annum. LIBOR is subject to a “floor” of 0% per annum. Borrowings under the Second Lien Term Facility bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.125%. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate for the First Lien Dollar Term Facility was 3.397% and the interest rate for the First Lien Euro Term

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Facility was 3.25%. The First Lien Euro Term Facility was issued with no original issue discount. The First Lien Dollar Term Facility was issued with 0.50% of original issue discount and the Second Lien Dollar Term Facility was issued with 0.50% of original issue discount and subsequent additional amount was issued with 0.125% discount. As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the interest rate for the First Lien Dollar Term Facility was 3.354% and the interest rate for the First Lien Euro Term Facility was 3.25%. The First Lien Euro Term Facility was issued with no original issue discount. The First Lien Dollar Term Facility was issued with 0.50% of original issue discount and the Second Lien Dollar Term Facility was issued with 0.50% of original issue discount and subsequent additional amount was issued with 0.125% discount.

The Revolving Credit Facility accrues interest at a per annum rate based on either, at the Company’s election, (i) LIBOR plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 3.00% and 3.25% based on the Company’s total net first lien leverage ratio or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin ranging between 2.00% and 2.25% based on the Company’s total net first lien leverage ratio. No amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited). There were $1.8 million, $1.4 million, and $1.2 million of utilized letters of credit under the Revolving Facility at December 31, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively.

The Company guarantees the obligations under the Credit Agreements. All obligations under the Credit Agreements are secured by a perfected lien or security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets. The First Lien Credit Agreement also provides for a swingline sub facility of $15.0 million, which is available on a same day basis and a letter of credit facility of $30.0 million. The First Lien Credit Agreement includes an uncommitted incremental facility in an amount not to exceed the greater of $392.0 million and 100% of LTM EBITDA (less amounts incurred under this component of the incremental facility under the Second Lien Credit Agreement) plus additional amounts subject to compliance with certain leverage tests. The Second Lien Credit Agreement includes an uncommitted incremental facility in an amount not to exceed the greater of $490.0 million and 125% of LTM EBITDA (less amounts incurred under this component of the incremental facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement) plus additional amounts subject to compliance with certain leverage tests.

Accrued interest on the First Lien Term Facilities is payable (i) quarterly in arrears with respect to base rate loans, (ii) at the end of each interest rate period (or at each 3- month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than 3 months) with respect to LIBOR loans, (iii) the date of any repayment or prepayment, and (iv) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise). Accrued interest on the Second Lien Term Facility is payable quarterly. The Company is also obligated to pay other customary closing fees, arrangement fees, administrative fees, commitment fees, and letter of credit fees. Under the First Lien Credit Agreement, an annual commitment fee is applied to the daily unutilized amount under the Revolving Facility at a per annum rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% depending on the Company’s total net first lien leverage ratio.

The First Lien Credit Agreement requires that, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if on such date the aggregate principal amount of all (a) revolving loans, (b) swingline loans, and (c) letter of credit obligations (in excess of $10 million) exceed 30% of the revolving loan commitments, the total net first lien leverage ratio cannot exceed 6.25 to 1.00. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the Credit Agreements. Under certain circumstances,

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

a default interest rate equal to 2.00% above the then-applicable interest rate will apply during the existence of an event of default under the Credit Agreements. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreements as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

The Credit Agreements, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain subordinated debt; make certain loans or investments; create liens; merge or consolidate with another company or transfer or sell assets; enter into restrictions affecting the ability of certain restricted subsidiaries to make distributions, loans or advances to the Company or its restricted subsidiaries; and engage in transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions, which are described in the Credit Agreements.

Future minimum principal payments

Future minimum principal payments on the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

      

2021

   $ 23,775

2022

     23,775

2023

     23,775

2024

     23,775

2025

     498,775

Thereafter

     2,240,766
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,834,641
  

 

 

 

Future minimum principal payments on the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited) are as follows (in thousands):

 

Remaining 2021

   $ 11,794

2022

     23,588

2023

     23,588

2024

     23,588

2025

     498,588

Thereafter

     2,223,124
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,804,270
  

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Note 10. Disaggregation of Revenue and Costs to Obtain a Contract

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue by revenue type, consistent with how the Company evaluates its financial performance, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months ended June 30,  
    2018     2019     2020           2020                 2021        
                      (unaudited)  
Revenue:          

Cloud and subscription support

  $ 190,013   $ 237,917   $ 320,525   $ 146,510   $ 200,536

On-Premise subscription license

    112,506     233,790     273,309     113,006     123,729
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription

    302,519     471,707     593,834     259,516     324,265

Perpetual license

    241,237     143,392     63,126     23,889     16,239
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software revenue

    543,756     615,099     656,960     283,405     340,504

Maintenance

    573,885     572,095     560,868     279,766     283,319

Professional services

    110,721     119,336     105,268     56,157     51,715
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maintenance and professional services revenue

    684,606     691,431     666,136     335,923     335,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $ 1,228,362   $ 1,306,530   $ 1,323,096   $ 619,328   $ 675,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue by geographic location for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020            2020                  2021        
                          (unaudited)  

North America

   $ 814,810    $ 890,873    $ 886,477    $ 425,040    $ 453,073

EMEA

     278,785      272,078      292,151      128,604      146,731

Asia Pacific

     104,036      106,896      116,863      52,671      58,623

Latin America

     30,731      36,683      27,605      13,013      17,111
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,228,362    $ 1,306,530    $ 1,323,096    $ 619,328    $ 675,538
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2018, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s revenue from customers in the United States was $780.8 million, $872.7 million and $838.4 million, respectively. Revenue from customers in all foreign countries during those periods was $447.6 million, $433.8 million and $484.7 million, respectively. No foreign country represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited), the Company’s revenue from customers in the United States was $400.1 million and $431.4 million, respectively. Revenue from customers in all foreign countries during those periods was $219.2 million and $244.1 million, respectively. No foreign country represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively (unaudited).

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Costs to obtain a contract

The changes in the capitalized costs to obtain a contract for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Deferred Commissions  

Ending balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 79,353

Additions

     65,535

Commissions amortized

     (26,968

Revaluation

     (132
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2019

     117,788

Additions

     55,875

Commissions amortized

     (38,479

Revaluation

     1,382
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 136,566

Additions (unaudited)

     25,040

Commissions amortized (unaudited)

     (22,801

Revaluation (unaudited)

     (653
  

 

 

 

Ending balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   $ 138,152

Of the $136.6 million deferred commissions balance as of December 31, 2020, the Company expects to recognize approximately 30% as commission expense over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. Of the $138.2 million deferred commissions balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), we expect to recognize approximately 33% as commission expense over the next 12 months (unaudited), and the remainder thereafter. Deferred commissions are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 11. Leases

The Company leases certain office facilities under various operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2035 and require the Company to pay operating costs, including property taxes, insurance, and maintenance. The Company’s leases have remaining lease terms of up to 14 years, some of which include options to extend the lease for up to 9 years. Additionally, some lease contracts include termination options. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees, material variable payment provisions or material restrictive covenants.

The Company leases certain portion of its owned facilities to third parties. The Company earned lease income of $3.7 million, $5.2 million, and $7.2 million for the years ending December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively and is included in Other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The terms of these non-cancelable lease arrangements generally require fixed periodic payments ranging from three to four years.

Total lease expense recognized prior to the adoption of Topic 842 was $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total operating lease expense was $20.6 million and $22.5 million, excluding short term lease costs, variable lease costs, and sublease income each of which were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and is recorded under operating expenses.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Total cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $20.6 million and $22.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining operating right-of-use assets were $9.3 million and $11.9 million at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate for operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 were 7.46 years and 4.65%, respectively.

Maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are presented in the table below (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Obligation  

2021

   $ 21,673

2022

     16,357

2023

     12,390

2024

     9,843

2025

     6,325

Thereafter

     26,873
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease payments

   $ 93,461

Less: imputed interest

     (13,865
  

 

 

 

Present value of operating lease liabilities

   $ 79,596
  

 

 

 

The Company subleases certain office space in various cities in the United States and Stuttgart, Germany under operating leases. The right-of-use operating lease assets and lease liabilities include the underlying assets and liabilities related to these subleases. The terms of the sublease substantially mirror the terms of its lease and the sublease income is not material for the periods presented.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (Unaudited)

The Company earned lease income of $3.7 million and $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company had entered into renewals with existing leases, increasing the lease liability by $18.7 million.

Note 12. Restructuring

In July 2020, the Company initiated a restructuring plan to reorganize its workforce and close certain offices. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company substantially completed the reorganization activities related to its workforce, which resulted in the elimination of approximately 300 employees, or 6% of the total workforce. In addition, the Company initially closed several offices, primarily in Asian countries where it has shifted from a direct sales model to a reseller/distributor model, during the third quarter of 2020. The Company also closed additional offices in the fourth quarter of 2020. In connection with this restructuring plan, the Company recorded approximately $16.4 million in aggregate charges of which $14.3 million relate to severance, $1.7 million relate to closing facilities, and $0.4 million relate to transition and other related costs. While some of these activities are ongoing and expected to be completed during 2021, the majority of these actions were completed by December 31, 2020.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table sets forth a summary of restructuring activities since January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

     Severance(i)     Facilities
closures(ii)
    Transition and
related costs(ii)
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2020

   $   $   $   $  

Total charges

     14,339     1,730     407     16,476

Cash payments

     (12,163     (508     (335     (13,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 2,176   $ 1,222   $ 72   $ 3,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charges (unaudited)

     (322     94     228      

Cash payments (unaudited)

     (1,569     (727     (282     (2,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   $ 285   $ 589   $ 18   $ 892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) 

The balance at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) is recorded in accrued compensation and related expense in the consolidated balance sheets.

(ii) 

The balance at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) is recorded in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 13. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company’s earnings and cash flows are subject to market risks as a result of foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations which is inherent to its ongoing business operations. The Company and its subsidiaries do not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company recognizes in earnings amounts related to its designated cash flow hedges accumulated in other comprehensive income during the same period in which the corresponding underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. A net unrealized gain of approximately $1.6 million accumulated in other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2020 is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2021, a net unrealized gain of approximately $0.2 million accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months (unaudited).

The Company has forecasted the amount of its anticipated foreign currency expenses based on its historical performance and projected financial plan. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the remaining open foreign exchange contracts, carried at fair value, are hedging Indian rupee expenses and have a maturity of twelve months or less. These foreign exchange contracts mature monthly as the foreign currency denominated expenses are paid and any gain or loss is offset against operating expense. Once the hedged item is recognized, the cash flow hedge is de-designated and subsequent changes in value are recognized in other income (expense), net, to offset changes in the value of the resulting non-functional currency monetary assets or liabilities.

The notional amounts of these foreign exchange forward contracts in U.S. dollar equivalents were to buy $57.3 million, $57.9 million, and $81.3 million of Indian rupees as of December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company has entered into various interest rate swap agreements to offset the variability of cash flows associated with the floating rate interest payments related to the Term Loan Facilities. See Note 9. Borrowings of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for further discussion of the credit facilities. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of floating rate interest payments. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has three interest rate swaps outstanding with a total current notional amount of $1.32 billion, with fixed rates ranging from 0.695% to 2.439%. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has three interest rate swaps outstanding with a total current notional amount of $1.32 billion, with fixed rates ranging from 0.695% to 2.439% (unaudited). The interest rate swaps will mature by December 2022. One of the three interest rate swaps was de-designated in November 2020. A net unrealized loss of approximately $16.3 million currently accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) for the interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2020 is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months. A net unrealized loss of approximately $11.2 million currently accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) for the interest rate swaps as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited) is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months.

In March 2020, the Company restructured existing swap agreements by extending the hedging period to take advantage of lower interest rates and produce an immediate reduction in cash outflows. The restructured swaps are considered a hybrid instrument under ASC 815 due to the negative market value at designation: a borrowing and an embedded interest rate swap with a fair value of zero that has been designated as a cash flow hedge of interest expense on the Company’s outstanding LIBOR borrowings. The borrowing associated with the hybrid instruments had a balance of $12.7 million and $9.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), and is recorded in Other Liabilities. The borrowing is being amortized to interest expense over its remaining term and the fair value of the embedded interest rate swap is recorded in other comprehensive income until recognized as interest expense at each settlement date.

Balance Sheet Hedges

The notional amounts of foreign currency purchase contracts open in U.S. dollar equivalents were to buy $5.3 million, $7.9 million, and $9.4 million of Indian rupees at December 31, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively. There were no open foreign currency contracts to sell at December 31, 2019, 2020, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table reflects the fair value amounts for designated and non-designated hedging instruments at December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2020     June 30, 2021  
    Fair Value
Derivative
Assets(i)
    Fair Value
Derivative
Liabilities(ii)
    Fair Value
Derivative
Assets(i)
    Fair Value
Derivative
Liabilities(ii)
    Fair Value
Derivative
Assets(i)
     Fair Value
Derivative
Liabilities(ii)
 
                            (unaudited)  
Designated hedging instruments             

Foreign currency forward contracts

  $ 503   $ 196   $ 2,177   $   $ 553    $ 252

Interest Rate Swaps

    844     17,872           17,566            10,689

Non-designated hedging instruments

            

Foreign currency forward contracts

    458           153           235      5

Interest Rate Swaps

                1,757     7,170            6,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value of hedging instruments

  $ 1,805   $ 18,068   $ 4,087   $ 24,736   $ 788    $ 17,039
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i)

Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

(ii)

Included in accrued liabilities and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company presents its derivative assets and derivative liabilities at gross fair values in the consolidated balance sheets. However, under the master netting agreements with the respective counterparties of the foreign exchange contracts, subject to applicable requirements, the Company is allowed to net settle transactions of the same currency with a single net amount payable by one party to the other. The derivatives held by the Company are not subject to any credit contingent features negotiated with its counterparties. The Company is not required to pledge nor is entitled to receive cash collateral related to the above contracts. As of December 31, 2019, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), there were no derivative assets or liabilities that were net settled under the master netting agreements.

The before-tax effects of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accumulated other comprehensive income and consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2020           2020                 2021        
                       (unaudited)  

Amount of (loss) recognized in other comprehensive loss(i)

   $ (8,365   $ (14,201   $ (31,184   $ (33,158   $ 175

Amount of gain (loss) related to foreign exchange forward contracts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into income(ii)

   $ (459   $ 1,267   $ (687   $ (514   $ 2,173

Amount of (loss) related to interest rate swaps reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into income as interest expense

   $   $ (4,836   $ (20,564   $ (8,053   $ (11,068

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

 

(i) 

The before-tax (loss) gain of $(1,515), $1,207, $1,183, $(2,020), and $297 related to foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) respectively. The before-tax (loss) of $(6,850), $(15,408), $(32,367), $(31,138), and $(122) related to interest rate swaps were recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) respectively.

(ii) 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the before-tax losses of $(113) and $(346) were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research, and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the before-tax gains of $280 and $987 were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research, and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the before-tax losses of $(147) and $(540) were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research, and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the before-tax loss of $(112) and $(402) were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of operations (unaudited). For the six months ended June 30, 2021, the before-tax gain of $413 and $1,760 were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of operations (unaudited).

No amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

The before-tax gain (loss) recognized in other income (expense), net for non-designated foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps for the periods indicated below are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020           2020                 2021        
                         (unaudited)  

Gain (loss) recognized in other income (expense), net

   $ 2,257    $ 1,473    $ (206   $ (393   $ (183

Gain (loss) recognized in interest income (expense)

   $ 6,230    $    $   $   $

See Note 5. Fair Value Measurements, Note 16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, and Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a further discussion.

Note 14. Stockholders Equity and Deferred Compensation

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company had an aggregate of 22.0 billion ordinary shares and eight classes of Class A shares outstanding, with an equal number of ordinary shares and each of Class A1 through A8 shares held by each shareholder, collectively referred to as a “Shareholder Interest.” Each Shareholder Interest has the same voting rights and participates in the net losses of the Company proportionally to total Shareholder Interests. Accordingly, the Company considers these Shareholder Interests to be one single economic class of capital stock in computing net loss per share.

Share Repurchases

In July 2019, the Company repurchased 2.4 billion shares for a total of $316.5 million, which was paid in cash to stockholders. These shares were subsequently canceled in 2019.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company repurchased additional 5.1 million and 19.7 million shares for $0.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively. There were no repurchases prior to the fiscal year 2019. All repurchases were completed under the terms of an equity incentive plan (the “2015 Plan”).

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company repurchased additional 23.6 million shares for $5.4 million (unaudited).

Equity Incentive Plan

In September 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Plan for its employees in order to provide an incentive to these employees and to align their goals and interests with the goals and interests of the Company. The 2015 Plan was amended and restated effective October 12, 2018. On March 13, 2020, the Company approved a second amendment and restatement of the 2015 Plan which increased the aggregate Shareholder Interests authorized for grant as awards under the 2015 Plan to 340,655,099 and extended the plan termination date for 10 years, or until March 13, 2030. The 2015 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Informatica Holdco Inc., a subsidiary of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”).

The Compensation Committee grants equity awards under the 2015 Plan in the form of options to acquire Shareholder Interests. A Shareholder Interest represents an interest in the Company consisting of one ordinary share and one share of a class of Class A shares then outstanding. The options are not intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term of the options granted under this plan is ten years with a vesting requirement of continued employment through the applicable vesting date, and in certain cases attainment of performance criteria, such as a compounded annual revenue growth rate (“CAGR”), both the service and performance conditions of which have been attained as of December 31, 2020. The total expense recognized on the vesting of CAGR options was 12.8 million. In addition, certain other service and performance-based options have been issued under the plan for which vesting is subject to a Multiple on Invested Capital (“MOIC”) performance criteria and market liquidity criteria by the Company achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events, including a change in control or initial public offering.

During the second and fourth quarters of 2020 and first quarter of 2021, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the modification of terms for certain MOIC options held by employees. As a result of the modifications, those options were subjected to the market liquidity criteria in addition to the existing MOIC performance condition. As a result of the modification, the Company revalued those options and will recognize compensation expense when the performance conditions are met. The total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of June 30, 2021 related to unvested options with performance vesting conditions is $42.7 million (unaudited). At the achievement of one or more exit events, including a change in control or initial public offering, the Company will recognize compensation expense in proportion to the requisite service period already completed. The remaining expense will be recognized over the remaining estimated derived service period unless the market liquidity vesting criteria are achieved earlier.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock Compensation. All outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan are accounted for as equity

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

awards. Depending on the vesting criteria of each award, including service, performance and market conditions, the Company uses the Black-Scholes Merton and Monte Carlo model to value awards granted under the plan. Both models require the input of certain assumptions on the grant date, including fair value of the underlying stock and exercise price, expected term, volatility, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. The fair value of the underlying share and the exercise price were based on the estimated per share fair value from the Company’s recurring valuation process. The Company has discounted the fair value of the underlying share for lack of marketability of the shares before applying each model. The expected term was estimated based on an analysis of the facts and circumstances underlying the option agreement. The expected volatility data was calculated using publicly-traded peer companies’ historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the implied yield on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issued with maturities that were consistent with the option’s expected term. The expected dividend yield was zero based on Company’s continued assumption that there will not be any dividend payouts.

Summary of Assumptions

The fair values of the option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited) were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     December 31,     Six Months ended
June 30,
 
     2019     2020     2021  
                 (unaudited)  
Option Awards:       

Expected term (in years)

     2.7     2.9     3.0

Expected volatility

     31.0     36.4     40.3

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0     0.3     0.3

Expected dividend rate

            

The Company grants stock options with service conditions, as well as performance conditions. Stock-based compensation is recognized for stock options that contain both service and performance conditions based on the probability of achieving certain performance criteria, as defined in the option agreements. Compensation expense for a performance-based award with a performance/market condition is accrued based on the probable outcome of the performance criteria set in the 2015 Plan. Stock-based compensation expense is accrued only for awards where it is probable that the performance conditions will be met, and the Company recognizes expense using the graded vesting attribution method.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Option Awards Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company granted 121.7 million awards with the weighted average grant date fair value of $0.27 per share. The following table summarizes the option award activity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020, and six months ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited) (in thousands, except share price and term):

 

    Number of Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in
years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
 
    Total     Service
based
    Performance-
based
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

    229,148     142,732     86,416   $ 1.00       8.02     $ 81,126
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Granted

    18,521     12,188     6,333   $ 1.41   $ 0.32    

Exercised

    (8,042     (8,042         $ 1.00      

Forfeited or expired

    (40,377     (31,906     (8,471   $ 1.01      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

    199,250     114,972     84,278   $ 1.04       7.34     $ 96,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Granted

    121,721     104,172     17,549   $ 1.98   $ 0.27    

Exercised

    (14,708     (13,424     (1,284   $ 1.06      

Forfeited or expired

    (69,165     (41,093     (28,072   $ 1.15      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

    237,098     164,627     72,471   $ 1.48       7.84     $ 83,364
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Granted (unaudited)

    34,567     30,850     3,717   $ 2.02   $ 0.54    

Exercised (unaudited)

    (7,302     (5,956     (1,346   $ 1.05      

Forfeited or expired (unaudited)

    (14,512     (8,661     (5,851   $ 1.51      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

    249,851     180,860     68,991   $ 1.57       7.71     $ 182,198
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

The weighted-average fair value of each Shareholder Interest used in the determination of the Company’s options as of and for the respective period ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 was $1.09, $1.41 and $1.51, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of each Shareholder Interest used in the determination of the Company’s options as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, was $2.13. The fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $6.3 million and $4.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the number of options vested and exercisable was 62.2 million with a weighted average exercise price of $1.01 and aggregate intrinsic value of $42.6 million. The weighted average remaining contractual terms for options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were 6.61 years and 5.70 years, respectively. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2019, there were a total of approximately 139 million unvested options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.41 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were a total of approximately 175 million unvested options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.33 per share.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Stock Compensation

The stock-based compensation (excluding deferred compensation) for the periods indicated below are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020          2020              2021      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 649    $ 1,724    $ 916    $ 403    $ 480

Research and development

     1,689      4,367      2,531      894      1,804

Sales and marketing

     1,542      3,341      3,035      1,293      1,870

General and administrative

     3,057      5,977      5,562      4,058      1,731  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 6,937    $ 15,409    $ 12,044    $ 6,648    $ 5,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested service-based options was $35.3 million (unaudited) and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.38 years (unaudited). As of December 31, 2020, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested service-based options was $23.4 million and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.42 years. During 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Company recorded tax benefits related to stock-based compensation costs of $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and $1.0 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company recorded tax benefits related to stock-based compensation costs of $(1.52) million and $(1.14) million (unaudited).

In November 2019, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the use of up to $60.9 million of cash to fund an employee incentive and retention program; the first payout was during the fourth quarter of 2019, in the form of a tender offer, and the second payout was in the first quarter of 2020, in the form of negotiated repurchases. The tender offer allowed certain employees with service-based options vested as of September 30, 2019, to tender a portion of their eligible vested options to the Company in exchange for cash. The tender offer closed on December 4, 2019, resulting in 19.6 million vested options exchanged for net cash payments of $29.2 million. The negotiated repurchases allowed certain employees with service-based options which were vested as of September 30, 2019, to sell a portion of their eligible vested options to the Company in exchange for cash. The negotiated repurchases closed on January 6, 2020, resulting in 15.3 million vested options exchanged for net cash payments of $23.1 million. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company recorded the difference between the estimated fair market value and the exercise price of awards as a reduction in additional paid-in capital, and the difference between the offer price and the current estimated fair market value of awards as additional compensation expense. As a result of the negotiated repurchases, the Company recognized a $9.9 million and $7.5 million reduction in additional paid-in capital for settlement of certain vested stock options during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and recognized an incremental $19.3 million and $15.5 million of compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to settle certain vested options held by a former executive by making a cash payment of $0.7 million. A total of $10.6 million, which included the $0.7 million cash payment along with the previously referenced $9.9 million for the tender offer in 2019, was recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $2.4 million as a reduction in paid-in capital for the withholding taxes on the net settlement of vested stock options.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Deferred Compensation

In July 2019, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved payment of a distribution equivalent rights bonus (“DERB”) which entitled holders of vested and unvested service-based stock options issued under the 2015 Plan, which were outstanding on June 17, 2019, to the distribution value of $0.13 per option. For eligible options that vest based on performance criteria, the exercise price was reduced by $0.13 per share.

The rights to DERB payments for time-based options are subject to the same time-based vesting and other terms and conditions as the corresponding unvested time-based stock options. The DERB does not qualify to be accounted for as stock compensation per ASC 718 because the amount earned by employees is not based, in whole or in part, on the value of the Company’s equity instruments and the DERB is required to be settled in cash. Consequently, the Company accounts for the DERB as deferred compensation over the vesting period. The Company recognized total related compensation expense of $14.2 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and estimates it will recognize future compensation expense of up to $1.1 million over the remaining vesting period of the eligible stock options. Total DERB payments made during 2019 and 2020 were $10.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively. Total DERB liability outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $3.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The Company recognized $1.8 million compensation expense and made $2.0 million of payments related to DERB for the six months ended June 30, 2020 (unaudited). The Company had a DERB liability outstanding of $3.1 million as of June 30, 2020 (unaudited). As of June 30, 2021, the total DERB payment and outstanding liability and the six months ended compensation expense was immaterial (unaudited).

Note 15. Employee 401(K) Plan

The Company’s employee savings and retirement plan (the “Plan”) is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan is available to all regular employees on the Company’s U.S. payroll and provides employees with tax deferred salary deductions and alternative investment options. Employees may contribute up to 50% of their salary, up to the statutory prescribed annual limit. The Company matches 50% of the contribution made by an employee, up to a maximum of $6,000 per calendar year. For employees hired prior to January 1, 2017, contributions made by the Company vest 100% upon contribution. For employees hired after January 1, 2017, contributions made by the Company vest on a graded vesting schedule over four years. The Company contributed $7.6 million, $9.9 million, and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and $8.0 million and $7.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited), respectively. In addition, the Plan provides for discretionary contributions at the discretion of the Board of Directors. No discretionary contributions have been made by the Company to date.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Note 16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income for the year December 31, 2018, net of taxes (in thousands):

 

           Net Unrealized Gain/Loss on Derivatives        
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
    Foreign
Currency
    Interest Rate
Swaps
    Total
Cash Flow
Hedges
    Total  

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 102,242   $ 890   $   $ 890     $ 103,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

          

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax benefit (expense) of $(37), $566, and $1,677

     (67,525     (949     (5,173   $ (6,122     (73,647

Net (gain) loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit (expense) of $—, $123, and $—

           336         $ 336 (i)      336
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect(ii)

     (67,525     (613     (5,173   $ (5,786     (73,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 34,717   $ 277   $ (5,173   $ (4,896     29,821
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)

The before-tax losses of $(113) and $(346) were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations.

(ii)

The tax expense related to the net gain reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income was included in income tax provision on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019, net of taxes (in thousands):

 

           Net Unrealized Gain/Loss on
Derivatives
       
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
    Foreign
Currency
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
    Total Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Total  

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 34,717   $ 277     $ (5,173   $ (4,896   $ 29,821
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

          

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax benefit (expense) of $(116), $(296) and $3,785

     (16,493     911       (11,623     (10,712     (27,205

Net (gain) loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit (expense) of $—, $(311) and $1,187

           (956 )(i)      3,649 (ii)      2,693     2,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect(iii)

     (16,493     (45     (7,974     (8,019     (24,512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 18,224   $ 232     $ (13,147   $ (12,915   $ 5,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)

The before-tax gain of $280 and $987 were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations.

(ii) 

The before-tax loss of $4,836 was included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

(iii) 

The tax benefit (expense) related to the net gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income was included in income tax provision on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2020, net of taxes (in thousands):

 

            Net Unrealized Gain/Loss on
Derivatives
       
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
     Foreign
Currency
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
    Total Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Total  

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 18,224    $ 232     $ (13,147   $ (12,915   $ 5,309
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

           

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax benefit (expense) of $(415), $(290) and $7,933

     45,487      893       (24,434     (23,541     21,946

Net loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit of $—, $169 and $5,042

            518 (i)      15,522 (ii)      16,040     16,040
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect (iii)

     45,487      1,411       (8,912     (7,501     37,986
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 63,711    $ 1,643     $ (22,059   $ (20,416   $ 43,295
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)

The before-tax losses of $(147) and $(540) were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations.

(ii) 

The before-tax loss of $20,564 was included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

(iii)

The tax benefit (expense) related to the net gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income was included in income tax provision on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2020, net of taxes (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

           Net Unrealized Gain/Loss on
Derivatives
       
           (unaudited)        
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
    Foreign
Currency
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
    Total Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Total  

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 18,224   $ 232     $ (13,147   $ (12,915   $ 5,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

          

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax benefit (expense) of $67, $494 and $7,598

     (12,160     (1,526     (23,540     (25,066     (37,226

Net loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit of $—, $126 and $1,969

           388 (i)      6,084 (ii)      6,472     6,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect(iii)

     (12,160     (1,138     (17,456     (18,594     (30,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance as of June 30, 2020

   $ 6,064   $ (906   $ (30,603   $ (31,509   $ (25,445
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) 

The before-tax loss of $112 and $402 were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

(ii)

The before-tax loss of $8,053 was included in interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

(iii)

The tax benefit related to the net loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was included in income tax provision on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2021, net of taxes (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

           Net Unrealized Gain/Loss on
Derivatives
       
           (unaudited)        
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
    Foreign
Currency
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
    Total
Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Total  

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 63,711   $ 1,643     $ (22,059   $ (20,416   $ 43,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

          

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(258), $(73) and $30

     (16,947     224       (92     132     (16,815

Net (gain) loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (expense) benefit of $—, $(533) and $2,714

           (1,640 )(i)      8,354 (ii)      6,714     6,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect(iii)

     (16,947     (1,416     8,262       6,846     (10,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance as of June 30, 2021

   $ 46,764   $ 227     $ (13,797   $ (13,570   $ 33,194
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)

The before-tax gain of $413 and $1,760 were included in cost of service revenues and operating expenses, primarily research and development expense, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

(ii)

The before-tax loss of $11,068 was included in interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

(iii)

The tax benefit related to the net loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was included in income tax provision on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

See Note 5. Fair Value Measurements, Note 13. Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a further discussion.

Note 17. Income Taxes

The Company’s tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that arise during the period. Each quarter, the Company updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate, and if the estimated annual effective tax rate changes, it will record a cumulative adjustment in such period. The Company’s interim tax provision, and estimate of its annual effective tax rate, is subject to variation due to several factors, including variability in pre-tax income (or loss), the mix of jurisdictions to which such income relates, and tax law developments in the jurisdiction where the Company conducts business. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, and the Company does not expect to have any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits through the end of 2021. The Company files U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign income tax returns. As of June 30, 2021, tax years 2008-2021 remain subject to examination in the major tax jurisdictions where the Company operates.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Current tax provision (benefit):

      

U.S. federal

   $ 4,972   $ 25,320   $ 25,118

U.S. state

     2,996     5,494     7,955

Non-U.S.

     14,783     16,803     17,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax provision

     22,751     47,617     50,106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

      

U.S. federal

     (51,594     (57,931     (46,101

U.S. state

     (11,453     (11,661     (14,842

Non-U.S.

     (3,960     (1,021     (11,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (67,007     (70,613     (72,427
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (44,256   $ (22,996   $ (22,321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes attributable to the U.S. and non-U.S. operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

U.S.

   $ (224,130   $ (188,568   $ (199,087

Non-U.S.

     12,191     (17,653     8,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (211,939   $ (206,221   $ (190,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company is a tax resident of Luxembourg, therefore, the statutory rate used for purposes of the following reconciliation between the provision (benefit) for income taxes at the statutory rate and the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 was 26%, 25% and 25%, respectively (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Income tax benefit computed at statutory tax rate

     (55,055   $ (51,153   $ (47,194

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (4,941     (6,302     (5,441

Foreign earnings taxed at different rates

     21,406     12,433     9,858

Non-taxable dividends

     (5,965           307

Stock-based compensation

     69     302     1,023

Return to provision true-up

     (2,274     5,390     9,365

Research and development tax credits

     (3,402     (4,852     (3,765

Foreign inclusions (exclusions)

     (1,621     8,676     10,141

Valuation allowance

     4,150     7,751     1,938

Other

     3,377     4,759     1,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax benefit

   $ (44,256   $ (22,996   $ (22,321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follow (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 45,797   $ 22,009

Tax credit carry forwards

     28,120     30,708

Reserves and accrued costs not currently deductible

     10,903     17,668

Deferred revenue

     20,928     50,945

Unrealized gains or losses

     (6,097     22,508

Disallowed interest expense

     102,780     71,806

Stock-based compensation

     3,642     2,039

Lease liability

     17,856     16,416

Other

     636     590
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     224,565     234,689
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (96,411     (83,851
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     128,154     150,838
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred distribution tax

     (4,695     (6,760

Depreciable assets

     (1,328     (532

Intangible assets

     (267,313     (213,855

Deferred commissions

     (21,986     (24,607

Right of use assets

     (16,212     (14,667
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (311,534     (260,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (183,380     (109,583
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017 and introduced significant changes to U.S. income tax law. Effective in 2018, the Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% and created new taxes on certain non-U.S. earnings and certain related-party payments, which are referred to as the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income tax and the Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax, respectively. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES ACT”) was enacted in the U.S. on March 27, 2020, and contains several income tax provisions, including, but not limited to, changes to the rules governing interest deductions and technical corrections to certain provisions in the Tax Act.

In accordance with paragraphs 235-10-50-1 through 50-3. (FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income), the Company’s accounting policy is to treat tax on Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income as a current period cost included in tax expense in the year incurred.

The Company’s effective tax rates were 21%, 11% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The effective tax rates (tax benefits) recorded for the years ended

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were lower than the Luxembourg statutory rate of 26%, 25% and 25%, primarily due to foreign earnings taxed at lower tax rates, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts, which reduced the U.S. federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%, and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, which contains several income tax provisions, including but not limited to, changes to the rules governing interest deductions and technical corrections to certain provisions in the Tax Act.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. In assessing the need for any additional valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company considered all available evidence both positive and negative, legislative developments, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

As a result of this analysis for the year ended December 31, 2020, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets, after recorded valuation allowances for net California deferred tax assets and operating loss carryforwards in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, will be realized. The net change during the year in the total valuation allowance is $12.6 million.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $26.9 million and $34.4 million, respectively. The Company also has U.S. federal foreign tax credit carry forwards of approximately $0.7 million, which will start to expire in 2028, if not utilized. In addition, the Company has U.S. state research and development tax credit carry forwards of approximately $52.9 million that do not expire. The utilization of the Company’s U.S. net operating losses is subject to various limitations under Section 382. The Company does not anticipate any expiration of the U.S. net operating loss carry forwards prior to their utilization.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries had combined net operating loss carry forwards of $115.0 million that can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from some of these net operating loss carry forwards will not be realized and has provided a full valuation allowance relating to these net operating loss carry forwards.

The Company provides for taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries which would be subject to withholding taxes if distributed. Deferred distribution taxes were $4.7 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Beginning balance

   $ 50,964   $ 52,260   $ 62,730

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     307     7,808     1,765

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (2,107     (2,741     (825

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     4,195     5,403     4,332

Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,099           (442

Reductions due to settlements

                 (1,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 52,260   $ 62,730   $ 65,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740, if recognized, would impact the income tax provision by $31.4 million, $35.5 million and $37.1 million as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The Company has elected to include interest and penalties as a component of income tax expenses. Accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were approximately $2.3 million, $3.3 million and $6.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the gross unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $65.8 million. The Company is unable to estimate the range of possible adjustments to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns as well as income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is under examination by the Internal Revenue Services (IRS) for 2014 through 2016 tax years. In addition, the Company has been informed by certain state and foreign taxing authorities that it was selected for examination. U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions have three to six open tax years at any point in time. The field work for certain state and foreign audits have commenced and are at various stages of completion as of December 31, 2020.

Although the outcome of any tax examination is uncertain, the Company believes that it has adequately provided in its financial statements for any additional taxes that it may be required to pay as a result of these examinations. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes and believes its current unrecognized tax benefit to be reasonable. If tax payments ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefit would result in tax benefits in the period that the Company had determined unrecognized tax benefits were no longer necessary. However, if an ultimate tax assessment exceeds its estimate of tax liabilities, an additional tax provision might be required.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of valuation allowances is as follows (in thousands):

 

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets:

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Charged
(Credited) to
Expenses / Other
    Balance at
Ending
of Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2018

   $ (76,663   $ (6,880   $ (83,543

Year ended December 31, 2019

   $ (83,543   $ (12,868   $ (96,411

Year ended December 31, 2020

   $ (96,411   $ 12,560   $ (83,851

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

The Company’s effective tax rate was 49% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The effective tax rate recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was higher than the Luxembourg statutory rate of 25%, primarily due to changes in valuation the allowance for disallowed interest expense under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Company’s effective tax benefit was (17%) for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The effective tax benefit recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was lower than the Luxembourg statutory rate of 25%, primarily due to foreign earnings taxed at different rates and the US Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. In assessing the need for any additional valuation allowance for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company considered all available evidence both positive and negative, legislative developments, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. As a result of this analysis for the six months ended June 30, 2021, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets would be realized (except for the disallowed interest expense under Section 163(j) of the Code, the net California deferred tax assets and operating losses in certain foreign jurisdictions).

The unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740, if recognized, would impact the income tax provision by $40.1 million and $36.6 million as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company has elected to include interest and penalties as a component of income tax expenses. Accrued interest and penalties as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $7.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, the gross unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $63.7 million.

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns as well as income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is under examination by the Internal Revenue Services (IRS) for 2014 through 2016 tax years. In addition, the Company has been informed by certain state and foreign taxing authorities that it was selected for examination. U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions have three to six open tax years at any point in time. The field work for certain state and foreign audits have commenced and are at various stages of completion as of June 30, 2021.

Although the outcome of any tax examination is uncertain, the Company believes that it has adequately provided in its financial statements for any additional taxes that it may be required to pay as a result of these examinations. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes and believes its current unrecognized tax benefit to be reasonable. If tax payments ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefit would result in tax benefits in the period that the Company had determined unrecognized tax benefits were no longer necessary. However, if an ultimate tax assessment exceeds its estimate of tax liabilities, an additional tax provision might be required.

Note 18. Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period, excluding unvested service and performance-based stock options. Diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average shares outstanding for the period plus dilutive potential shares, including unvested stock options using the treasury stock method.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                       (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (167,683   $ (183,225   $ (167,887   $ (102,818   $ (36,324

Weighted average shares in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     24,343,951     23,205,812     21,989,821     21,986,804       22,019,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (0.01   $ (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

not meaningful

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share calculations for the periods presented because the impact of including them would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020              2020                      2021          
                          (unaudited)  

Stock options outstanding

     321,618      386,387      311,769      265,036      422,086

Note 19. Related Party Transactions

The Company is controlled by the Sponsors. In conjunction with closing the 2015 Privatization Transaction, the Company entered into an underwriting and monitoring fee arrangement with the Sponsors. A periodic monitoring fee in an aggregate amount of $2.0 million is paid annually to the Sponsors. During each of the year ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred monitoring fees of $2.0 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited), the Company incurred monitoring fees of $1.0 million. The fees were expensed as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

In September 2016, the Company entered into a license and services agreement with one of its Sponsors, CPP Investments. The revenues recorded related to the agreement for the periods indicated below are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019      2020      2020      2021  
                          (unaudited)  

Perpetual license revenues

   $ 757    $    $    $     —    $     —

Maintenance and professional services revenues

     367      220      111      66      23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total related party revenues

   $ 1,124    $ 220    $ 111    $ 66    $ 23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company entered into separation agreements with former executives. The Company recorded an accrual for cash consideration of approximately $10.7 million payable to these executives, which is included in accrued compensation and related expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. As of June 30, 2021, the balance of the executive liability accrual was $11.2 million (unaudited).

Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies

Warranties

The Company generally provides a warranty for its software products and services to its customers for a period of three to six months. The Company’s software products’ media are generally warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use, and the products are also generally warranted to substantially perform as described in certain Company documentation and the product specifications. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed in a professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in a customer’s signed contract. In the event there is a failure of such warranties, the Company generally will correct or provide a reasonable work-around or replacement product. To date, the Company’s product warranty expense has not been significant.

Indemnification

The Company’s software license agreements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying the customer against losses, expenses, liabilities, and damages that may be awarded against the customer in the event the Company’s software is found to infringe upon a patent, copyright, trademark, or other proprietary right of a third party. The agreements generally limit the scope of and remedies for such indemnification obligations in a variety of industry-standard respects, including but not limited to certain time and scope limitations and a right to replace an infringing product with a non-infringing product.

The Company believes its internal development processes and other policies and practices limit its exposure related to these indemnification provisions. In addition, the Company requires its employees to sign a proprietary information and inventions agreement, which assigns the rights to its employees’ development work to the Company. To date, the Company has not had to reimburse any of its customers for any losses related to these indemnification provisions, and no material claims against the Company are outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited). The Company cannot determine the maximum amount of potential future payments, if any, related to such indemnification provisions due to the limited and infrequent history of prior indemnification claims.

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at the Company’s request, in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company has director and officer insurance coverage that reduces the Company’s exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is minimal.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

The Company accrues for loss contingencies when available information indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Litigation

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings and claims arising from the normal course of its business activities, including proceedings and claims related to employment and intellectual property related matters.

The Company reviews the status of each matter and records a provision for a liability when it is considered both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If both of the criteria are not met, the Company assesses whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may be incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a material loss may be incurred, the Company discloses the estimate of the possible loss, range of loss, or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made.

Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operation for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurred, and potentially in future periods.

Other Contingencies

On March 29, 2019, the Company reached a settlement of a civil False Claims Act investigation brought by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Columbia (“DC USAO”) and the Civil Fraud Section of the U.S. Department of Justice (together with the DC USAO, the “DOJ”) on August 5, 2015. Under the terms of the settlement, Informatica agreed to pay $21.9 million related to a dispute regarding the accuracy of information in its commercial sales practices submissions and statements regarding the country of origin of certain products between January 1, 2008 and March 31, 2017, in consideration for the release of Informatica by the DOJ and the U.S. General Services Administration with respect to the claims alleged in the investigation as set forth in the settlement agreement. The agreement reflects neither an admission or denial by Informatica of any of the claims alleged by the DOJ and represents a compromise to avoid continued litigation and associated risks. The settlement was recorded as a charge to operations in the year ended December 31, 2018, and was paid in the year ended December 31, 2019.

Note 21. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 24, 2021, the date on which these consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were available for issuance and determined that no transactions are required to be reflected and no disclosures are required to be made in these consolidated financial statements for events subsequent to December 31, 2020.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(information as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended

June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is unaudited)

 

Note 22. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In preparing the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 18, 2021, the date these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available for issuance. Except as noted below, the Company has concluded that no events or transactions have occurred that may require disclosure in the accompanying financial statements.

Subsequent to June 30, 2021 and through September 21, 2021, the Company granted to its employees, officers and directors an aggregate of (a) 6,638,966 options to purchase Shareholder Interests that vest based on the satisfaction of a service-based vesting condition, (b) 14,392,460 performance-based options that vest based on the satisfaction of both a liquidity event-related performance condition, including the completion of this offering, and a service-based vesting condition, and (c) 1,080,000 performance-based options that vest based on the completion of this offering and market liquidity vesting criteria in connection with achieving a certain per share price in any one or more exit events. The grant date fair value associated with these options was $5.1 million (unaudited), $11.2 million (unaudited), and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively.

On September 30, 2021, the Company completed the restructuring transaction in which Informatica Inc. (“Informatica”) became its owner. As a result of the restructuring, Informatica indirectly holds all the property and assets and assumes all the debts and obligations of the Company. As a part of this transaction, the Sponsors contributed their interests in the Company to Informatica in exchange for an aggregate of 288,867,682 shares of Informatica’s common stock. 200,768,636 shares of Informatica’s common stock will be designated Class A common stock, and 44,049,523 shares of the common stock will be designated Class B-1 common stock, with an equal number (44,049,523 shares of the common stock) designated Class B-2 common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 and Class B-2 common stock issued was determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the contribution agreement.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

 

 

29,000,000 Shares

Informatica Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

(Lead Bookrunners listed in alphabetical order)

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan

 

BofA Securities   Citigroup

 

Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets

 

UBS Investment Bank   Wells Fargo Securities

 

Nomura   LionTree  

Macquarie Capital

 

Academy Securities   Siebert Williams Shank

 

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

     Amount to be
Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 98,930  

FINRA filing fee

     160,580  

Exchange listing fee

     295,000  

Printing and engraving

     549,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     3,294,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     4,200,000  

Miscellaneous

     1,402,490  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000  
  

 

 

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to

 

II-1


Table of Contents

any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2018, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

Option and Common Stock Issuances

Since January 1, 2018, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees (including awards assumed through acquisitions), consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 27,635,239 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2015 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $8.70 to $25.40 per share.

Since January 1, 2018, we have issued an aggregate of 3,441,338 shares of our Class A common stock upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2015 Plan at exercise prices ranging from approximately $8.70 per share to $20.00 per share.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not applicable or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such

 

II-3


Table of Contents

director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1#    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  3.3#    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1#    Form of Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
10.2+    Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+    Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    Third Amended and Restated Informatica Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+    Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement.
10.6+    Form of Outside Director Compensation Policy.
10.7+    Form of Umbrella Bonus Plan.
10.8+    Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and Amit Walia.
10.9+    Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and Eric Brown.
10.10+    Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and Jitesh Ghai.
10.11+    Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and Ansa Sekharan.
10.12    Form of Stockholders Agreement.
10.13    Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.14    Amendment No. 3 to Amended Credit and Guaranty Agreement.
10.15    Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement.
10.16    Amendment No. 1 to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of the original filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

#

Previously filed.

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, California, on October 18, 2021.

 

INFORMATICA INC.

By:

 

/s/ Amit Walia

 

Amit Walia

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Amit Walia        

AMIT WALIA

   Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 18, 2021

/s/    Eric Brown        

ERIC BROWN

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 18, 2021

/s/    Mark Pellowski        

MARK PELLOWSKI

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  October 18, 2021

*

BRUCE CHIZEN

   Chair of the Board of Directors   October 18, 2021

*

JANICE CHAFFIN

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

GERALD HELD

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

RYAN LANPHER

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

AUSTIN LOCKE

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

GEOFF MCKAY

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

ELIZABETH RAFAEL

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

BRIAN RUDER

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

*

JILL WARD

  

Director

  October 18, 2021

 

* By:

 

/s/ Amit Walia

  AMIT WALIA
  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

Informatica Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[●], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282-2198

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [●] shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [●] additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of Class A Common Stock (“Stock”) of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof being collectively called the “Shares”).

In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the “Restructuring Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package (each as defined below) in the section titled “Restructuring Transactions”) were effected prior to the First Time of Delivery (as defined below), pursuant to which the Company will become the owner of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (“Ithacalux”) and the Company will be the entity offering the Stock in this offering.

1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259963) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if


any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(b) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [●] [am/pm] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration

 

2


Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not , and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (ii) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of a holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company, (iii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (iv) the issuance and/or exchange of shares contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions or (v) as otherwise set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or any increase in long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

3


(f) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them (other than with respect to Company Intellectual Property (as defined below, which is addressed exclusively in Section (y)), in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them, to the Company’s knowledge, under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (ii) the application of general principles of equity (including without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (iii) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(g) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization (to the extent such concept is applicable), with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement.;

(h) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights, except rights that have been complied with or waived in writing as of the date of this Agreement;

 

4


(j) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the execution, delivery and compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (A) and (C) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect,; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as have been obtained or as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(k) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock,” and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(m) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would

 

5


individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others; there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus that are not so described therein; and there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus;

(n) The Company is not and, immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(o) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(p) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(q) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) is designed to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

(r) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

6


(s) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(t) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(u) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (ii) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”); the Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws;

(v) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(w) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is (i) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the

 

7


United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), (ii) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is knowingly engaged in, or has, at any time in the past five years, knowingly engaged in, any unlawful dealings or transactions with or involving any individual or entity that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction; the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, and maintain, policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions;

(x) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

(y) Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) own or otherwise possess, or can obtain on reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and registrations and applications thereof, licenses, know-how, software, systems, technology, and other similar or related intellectual property rights (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures and other intellectual property) (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them or as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus to be operated by them (as owned or possessed by the Company, “Company Intellectual Property”); (ii) do not, through or in connection with the conduct of their respective

 

8


businesses, infringe, violate or conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of others; (iii) have not received any written notice of, and is not aware of any threatened action, suit, or proceeding relating to, any claim of infringement, violation or conflict with, or misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property rights of others; and (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, no Company Intellectual Property has been obtained or is being used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons. There are no outstanding agreements pursuant to which the Company grants to a third party rights to material Company Intellectual Property that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, and are not described therein in all material respects. The Company and its subsidiaries are not a party to any agreements pursuant to which a third party grants to the Company any rights to Intellectual Property that are material to the Company and are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, and are not described therein in all material respects;

(z) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries own or have a valid right to access and use all information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”). Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries’ IT Systems (i) are adequate in capacity and operation for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, (ii) have not materially malfunctioned or failed, and (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, are free and clear of all Trojan horses, time bombs, back doors, drop dead devices, malware and other harmful code, including software or hardware components that are designed to interrupt use of, permit unauthorized access to or disable, damage or erase the IT Systems and data. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards consistent with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices (including, without limitation, implementing and monitoring compliance with reasonable measures with respect to technical and physical security) to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”) in the possession or otherwise in the control of the Company or its subsidiaries and used, gathered or accessed in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, and all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from loss and against unauthorized use, access, misappropriation, modification, disclosure or other misuse; and (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented reasonable backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices;

 

9


(aa) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

(bb) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(cc) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications;

(dd) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(ee) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ff) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material

 

10


Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(gg) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled

 

11


Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year.

(hh) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged and as required by law;

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[●], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto, and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [●] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such

 

12


Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [●], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(j) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP, 902 Broadway, #14, New York, New York 10010 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [●] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional

 

13


information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required), to subject itself to taxation for doing business in any jurisdiction in which it was not otherwise subject to taxation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later time as may be agreed by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date [180] days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), not

 

14


to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without your prior written consent; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards, and the issuance of shares of Class A common stock with respect thereto or upon the exercise, vesting or settlement thereof (including any “early,” “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (iii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of shares of Class B-1 common stock, (iv) the issuance by the Company of shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Class A common stock in connection with (x) the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, or (y) the Company’s joint ventures, commercial relationships and other strategic relationships, or (v) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the securities granted or to be granted pursuant to (a) the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus or (b) any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (iv); provided further, that in the case of clause (ii), the Company shall cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up letter in substantially the form attached as Annex II hereto, provided that the Company shall enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend; and provided further, that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clause (iv) shall not exceed 7.5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock of the Company outstanding immediately following the issuance of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement;

(e)(2) If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section [8(i)] hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

15


(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail, provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR or the provision of which would require disclosure by the Company under Regulation FD;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its reasonable best efforts to list for trading, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act; and

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred;

 

16


(m) Except as would be permissible under the terms of the lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II without any consent, waiver or amendment, to (i) enforce all, and not release or waive any, provisions of any market stand-off agreements that holders of its stock, options or other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Class A common stock or any other securities of the Company are party to (collectively, the “Market Stand-Off Agreements”) without the prior written consent of the Representatives, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (ii) take all reasonable steps to ensure that such Market Stand-Off Agreements are given full effect, including, but not limited to, imposing stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Class A common stock or other securities of the Company that are subject to such Market Stand-Off Agreements during such period.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) or Schedule II(c) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications;

 

17


(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey, which fees shall not exceed $5,000; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares (such fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters under clauses (iii) and (v) not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time

 

18


period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Fenwick & West LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) (i) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you.

(ii) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery the Company shall have furnished to you a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the Restructuring Transactions as defined in and set forth in the Pricing Prospectus; (B) the grant, exercise, settlement or vesting (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements) of stock options or the award of stock options, restricted stock units or restricted stock or other awards in the ordinary course of business, in each case

 

19


pursuant to the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus or as otherwise described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus; (C) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of a holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company; or (D) the issuance, if any, of capital stock upon exercise or conversion of the Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(f) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of a lock-up agreement from each officer, director, and stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule III hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

20


(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(k) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.

(l) Prior to or concurrent with the First Time of Delivery, the Restructuring Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner consistent with the description thereof in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (except those Restructuring Transactions that are ongoing or recurring in nature);

9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged

 

21


omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” and the information contained in the second sentence of the ninth paragraph, the eleventh paragraph and the twelfth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by

 

22


such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

 

23


10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

24


12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(g)), any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all reasonably incurred and documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of you as the Representatives. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

 

25


15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (v) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would results in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

26


21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

27


“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
Informatica Inc.
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

listed on Schedule I hereto.

 

28


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number
of Firm
Shares to be
Purchased
     Number of
Optional

Shares to be
Purchased
if Maximum
Option

Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                                               

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

BofA Securities, Inc.

     

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

     

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

     

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

     

UBS Securities LLC

     

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

     

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

     

LionTree Advisors LLC

     

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

     

Academy Securities, Inc.

     

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

Electronic roadshow dated [●], 2021

(b) Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference:

[None]

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[●]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [●]

(d) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications:

[Reference is made to the materials used in the testing the waters presentation made to potential investors by the Company, to the extent such materials are deemed to be a “written communication” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.]


SCHEDULE III

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Address

[●]    [●]


ANNEX I

[Form of Press Release]

Informatica Inc.

[Date]

Informatica Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of Class A common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [●], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Informatica Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

[], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Re: Informatica Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the successor corporation to Ithacalux Topco S.C.A., a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions (“Topco”), providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of the Class A common stock of the Company (together with the Class B-1 common stock and the Class B-2 common stock, the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the shares of Class A common stock, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this lock-up agreement (this “Lock-up Agreement”) and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) used to sell the shares of Class A common stock (as may be modified by the Earnings Related Release, the “Lock-Up Period”, and the date of such final


prospectus, the “Public Offering Date”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any Shares or any shares or profit shares of Topco (the “Topco Shares”), or any options or warrants to purchase any Shares or Topco Shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive the Shares or Topco Shares (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation such Shares, Topco Shares or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Shares, Topco Shares or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities of the Company or Topco, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or any employee designated as an “Executive Officer” in the Management section of the Prospectus (each, an “Officer”), or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company will agree or has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement, if required by the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such Officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the restrictions set forth in this Lock-up Agreement would apply during any portion of a Blackout Period regularly scheduled to begin prior to the date 180 days


after the Public Offering Date, (ii) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of the Prospectus and (iii) the Company’s public release of earnings (the “Earnings Related Release”) (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for (a) the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or (b) the quarterly period during which the Offering occurred, as applicable, has occurred, then the Lock-up Period shall end fifteen Trading Days prior to the regularly scheduled commencement of the Blackout Period described in clause (i) (the “Blackout-Related Release”); provided, however, that promptly upon the Company’s determination of the date of the Blackout-Related Release and in any event at least seven Trading Days in advance of the Blackout-Related Release, the Company shall notify the Representatives of the date of the impending Blackout-Related Release, and shall announce the date of the Blackout-Related Release through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, at least five Trading Days in advance of the Blackout-Related Release. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Restricted Period end earlier than 120 days or later than 180 days after the Public Offering Date.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities and “Blackout Period” shall mean shall mean a broadly applicable and regularly scheduled period during which trading in the Company’s securities would not be permitted under the Company’s insider trading policy.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to, and not by way of limitation of, any transfers by the undersigned that are permitted pursuant to the second preceding paragraph, the undersigned may:

(a) transfer the undersigned’s Shares or Topco Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares or Topco Shares:

 

  (i)

as a bona fide gift or gifts, including charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes,

 

  (ii)

to any immediate family member, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor, trustee or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust,

 

  (iii)

upon death or by will, testamentary document or the laws of intestate succession, or pursuant to a so-called “living trust” or other revocable trust established to provide for the disposition of property on the undersigned’s death,

 

  (iv)

to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests,

 

  (v)

to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above,

 

  (vi)

to the Company from the undersigned upon death, disability or termination of employment,

 

  (vii)

in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s Shares acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Public Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the Public Offering Date,

 

  (viii)

if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds


  managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition without consideration by the undersigned to its stockholders, partners, members, managers or other equity holders (or in each case its nominee or custodian),

 

  (ix)

to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of RSUs, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase Shares or Topco Shares (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), solely for the payment of exercise price and tax (including estimated tax) and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such RSUs, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such Shares or Topco Shares received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement,

 

  (x)

to the Company in connection with the repurchase of Shares or Topco Shares issued pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, which plan is described in the Prospectus, or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, as described in the Prospectus, provided that such repurchase of Shares or Topco Shares is solely in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s service provider relationship with the Company,

 

  (xi)

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company or the surviving entity (a “Change of Control Transaction”), provided that in the event that such Change of Control Transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Shares or Topco Shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement,

 

  (xii)

in connection with the conversion, reclassification or exchange of the Topco Shares (or Derivative Instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Topco Shares) or Shares (or Derivative Instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Shares), including with respect to the restructuring transactions described in the Prospectus and the conversion of Class A common stock, Class B-1 common stock, Class B-2 common stock or Topco Shares into a different class of common stock, provided that any such Shares or Topco Shares (or or Derivative Instruments that are convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Shares or Topco Shares, as applicable) received upon such conversion, reclassification or exchange shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement,

 

  (xiii)

by operation of law, pursuant to a final qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement,

 

  (xiv)

to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or

 

  (xv)

with the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters,

provided, that (A) in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (viii) and (xiii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares or Topco Shares except in accordance with this Lock-Up Agreement, (B) in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (viii), and (xii) above, such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (C) in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) above, no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing),


(D) in the case of clauses (vii) and (viii) above, no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (E) in the case of clauses (vi), (ix), (x) and (xiii) above, it shall be a condition to such transfer that if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer; or

(b) enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date of this Lock-Up Agreement relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of securities of the undersigned, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the securities subject to such plan may not be transferred until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made by any person regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption or domestic partnership, not more remote than first cousin. The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clause (a) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s Shares or Topco Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Shares or Topco Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement and that upon reasonable request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Lock-Up Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

This Lock-up Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.    


This Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

In the event that either of the Representatives withdraws from or declines to participate in the Public Offering, all references to the Representatives contained in this Lock-up Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the sole Representative that continues to participate in the Public Offering (the “Remaining Representative”), and, in such event, any written consent, waiver or notice given or delivered in connection with this Lock-up Agreement by the Remaining Representative shall be deemed to be sufficient and effective for all purposes under this Lock-up Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Lock-Up Agreement will automatically terminate and the undersigned will be released from all obligations hereunder upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the Company advises the Representatives in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the Company files an application with the SEC to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iv) December 31, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date; provided, however, that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date for a period of up to three additional months.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

INFORMATICA INC.

a Delaware corporation

Informatica Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), does hereby certify as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 4, 2021.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Company is Informatica Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

Section 1. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 2,600,000,000 shares, of which: 2,000,000,000 shares shall be designated Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), 200,000,000 shares shall be designated Class B-1 Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B-1 Common Stock”), 200,000,000 shares shall be designated Class B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class B-2 Common Stock”), and 200,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Common Stock.” The number of outstanding shares of Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock must be equal to each other at all times.

Section 2. Each share of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; each share of Class B-1 Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder


thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, other than the election, removal or replacement of directors, and shall not be entitled to vote on the election, removal or replacement of directors; and each share of Class B-2 Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote only on the election, removal or replacement of directors and shall not be entitled to vote on any other matter unless otherwise required by law.

Section 3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, or required by law, on any matter submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B-1 Common Stock and/or the Class B-2 Common Stock, as applicable, entitled to vote on such matter shall vote together as a single class, and not separately as single classes, at any annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company, or in connection with any action taken by written consent.

Section 4. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. Except as may be otherwise specified by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, if the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock is so decreased, then the Company shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

Section 5. Except as otherwise required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 Common Stock or Class B-2 Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 6. The number of authorized shares of each of the Preferred Stock, the Class B-1 Common Stock, the Class B-2 Common Stock and the Class A Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding and, in the case of Class A Common Stock, not below a number of shares thereof equal to the sum of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Class B-1 Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote of any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

- 2 -


Section 7. Common Stock.

(a) Dividends

(i) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock, the Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of capital stock of the Company, and subject to Section 7(a)(ii), dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock and the Class B-1 Common Stock equally, on a per share basis, out of the assets of the Company that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine; provided, however, that in the event that such dividend or other distribution is paid in the form of shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock, (i) the holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, and (ii) the holders of Class B-1 Common Stock shall receive Class B-1 Common Stock or rights to acquire Class B-1 Common Stock, as the case may be. Except as otherwise provided under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dividends and other distributions shall not be declared by the Board of Directors or paid in respect of Class B-2 Common Stock; provided, however, that, in the event that any shares of Class B-1 Common Stock or any right to acquire any shares of Class B-1 Common Stock are issued as a dividend or other distribution to the holders of Class B-1 Common Stock, a corresponding number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock or right to acquire a corresponding number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock, respectively, shall be issued pro rata to the holders of Class B-2 Common Stock as a dividend or distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may declare and pay a dividend or other distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B-1 Common Stock that is not equal to the dividend or other distribution, if any, declared and paid to the Class B-1 Common Stock or Class A Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if the declaration and payment of such unequal dividend or distribution are approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(ii) In each calendar year after 2021, the holders of record of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock outstanding as of the close of business on the first business day of such calendar year shall be entitled to receive a fixed cumulative cash distribution equal to CAD$15,000 per year in the aggregate, prorated among the holders of all such shares as of such record date; provided, that to the extent funds are not legally available therefor, such dividends shall accrue and, to the extent the Company has funds legally available therefor, the Company shall promptly pay such accrued and unpaid dividends. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, Section 7(a)(ii) may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent with Section 7(a)(ii)) may be adopted, in addition to any other vote required by the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class B-2 Common Stock then outstanding.

 

- 3 -


(b) Conversion

(i) Conversion Rights

(A) Shares of Class A Common Stock shall be convertible at any time at the option of the holder of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class B-1 Common Stock and an equal number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock but only at such time that such holder of Class A Common Stock is, without giving effect to the applicable conversion in question, the record owner of shares of Class B-1 Common Stock or Class B-2 Common Stock. Any such holder converting any of its shares of Class A Common Stock may require that any such shares of Class B-2 Common Stock (that would otherwise be issued to such holder pursuant to such conversion) be issued to any of its Affiliates (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement to be entered into on or about the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by and among the Company, EvomLux S.à r.l. (“Permira”), Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPPIB” and together with Permira, the “Sponsors”) and Ithaca L.P. (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”)) or any holder of Class B-2 Common Stock as may be designated by such requesting holder. Subject to Section 7(b)(ii)(C), shares of Class B-1 Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder of such shares of Class B-1 Common Stock, if contemporaneously with such conversion, an equal number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock are surrendered to the Company.

(ii) Conversion Mechanics.

(A) Each conversion of shares pursuant to Section 7(b)(i)(A) shall be effected, in the case of certificated shares, by the surrender of the certificate or certificates, duly endorsed, representing the shares to be converted, at the principal office of the Company or the Company’s transfer agent at any time during normal business hours or delivery of notice to the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execution and delivery of an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates and, in the case of both certificated and uncertificated shares, by delivery to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent at its principal office of prior written notice by the holder of such shares stating the number of shares that any such holder desires to so convert and, in connection with a conversion of Class B-1 Common Stock, identifying the holder of Class B-2 Common Stock that will surrender a corresponding number of Class B-2 Common Stock in connection with such conversion. In the case of a conversion of Class A Common Stock, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date of receipt of such written notice and, if applicable, such certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock being converted (or such notice and agreement regarding lost, stolen or destroyed certificates), and at such time, the rights

 

- 4 -


of any such holder with respect to the Class A Common Stock shall cease. In the case of a conversion of Class B-1 Common Stock and surrender of Class B-2 Common Stock, such conversion and surrender, respectively, shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date of receipt of such written notice and, if applicable, such certificate or certificates representing the same number of shares of Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock being converted and surrendered, respectively, (or such notice and agreement regarding lost, stolen or destroyed certificates) in accordance with Section 7(b)(ii)(C), and at such time, the rights of any such holder with respect to the converted and surrendered shares of Common Stock shall cease.

(B) In the case of certificated shares, promptly after such surrender, duly endorsed (or receipt by the Company or its transfer agent of notice and agreement regarding lost, stolen or destroyed certificates), and the receipt by the Company or the transfer agent of the Company of the written notice from such holder, the Company shall issue and deliver, in accordance with the surrendering holder’s instructions, the certificate or certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and a certificate representing any shares of Common Stock that were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Company in connection with such conversion but that were not converted. The issuance of certificates for the Common Stock upon conversion shall be made without charge to the holder or holders of such shares. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the holder shall pay (or reimburse the Company for) any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes in respect of the conversion or other cost incurred by the Company or the holder in connection with such conversion.

(C) As a condition precedent to any conversion of Class B-1 Common Stock pursuant to Section 7(b)(i)(A), the converting holder must cause an equal number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock to be simultaneously surrendered to the Company. Any purported conversion of shares of Class B-1 Common Stock that is not accompanied by a simultaneous surrender of an equal number of shares of Class B-2 Common Stock shall be void ab initio, and no conversion of the Class B-1 Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock shall occur. Any surrender of Class B-2 Common Stock that occurs pursuant to this Section 7(b)(ii)(C) shall be deemed effective at the time that the corresponding conversion of Class B-1 Common Stock is deemed to be effective or to occur pursuant to Section 7(b)(i)(A), and at such time, such shares of Class B-2 Common Stock shall no longer be deemed outstanding and the rights of any previous holder of Class B-2 Common Stock with respect to such stock shall cease.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, Section 7(b) may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent with Section 7(b) may be adopted, in addition to any other vote required by the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class B-1 Common Stock then outstanding.

 

- 5 -


(c) The Company shall not close its books against the transfer of any share of Common Stock, or of any share of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Common Stock, in any manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of such shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and subject to applicable law.

(d) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, provided, however, that the aggregate distribution to the holders of Class B-2 Common Stock, as such, shall be limited to the aggregate par value of such holders’ then-outstanding shares of Class B-2 Common Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Class B-2 Common Stock (if any).

ARTICLE V

Section 1. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Company shall be fixed only by resolution of the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; provided, however, that so long as a Sponsor (or any of their respective affiliates) holds at least 15% of the total Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Common Stock outstanding, the Company shall not have power and authority to amend the number of directors that constitute the entire Board of Directors without the consent of such Sponsor (or affiliate, as applicable). For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Company shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2. From and after the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the directors of the Company (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned hereafter among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE VI

Section 1. From and after the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, only for so long as the Board of Directors is classified and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided, however, that prior to the Trigger Date (as defined below), any such director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote on the election and removal of directors in the manner permitted by the Stockholders Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, with respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series, and not the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole, shall apply. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the “Trigger Date” means the first date on which CPPIB and Permira (the “Principal Stockholders”), together with their affiliates, cease to in the aggregate beneficially own (directly or indirectly) shares representing at least 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Common Stock issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, reclassifications and similar transactions), with such beneficial ownership to be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Section 2. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances or except as otherwise provided by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 1. The Company is to have perpetual existence.

Section 2. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company.

Section 3. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Company’s Bylaws. The Company’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company

 

- 7 -


may not be amended, altered or repealed by stockholders except in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws relating to amendments to the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Company that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

Section 4. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

Section 5. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 1. Prior to the Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be taken upon a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly called or by consent of the stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders. From and after the Trigger Date, subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders duly called and may not be taken by consent of the stockholders in lieu of such meeting.

Section 2. Prior to the Trigger Date, subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, a special meeting of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and shall be called by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the Board of Directors at the request of the Principal Stockholders, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. From and after the Trigger Date, subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, a special meeting of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Majority of the Whole Board, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and the power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Company related to indemnification of directors of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a

 

- 8 -


Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any officer, employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Section 4. Neither any amendment, elimination nor repeal of any Section of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any Proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, elimination, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

Section 1. Subject to the rights granted to the Principal Stockholders pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Company reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

Section 2. The Company reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon the stockholder are granted subject to this reservation and the rights granted to the Principal Stockholders pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by law and in accordance with Section 122(17) of the DGCL, (1) none of Permira, CPPIB, the Regulatory Holder (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) or any of their respective affiliates (each such entity or person, an “Exempt Person”) will have any duty to refrain from (x) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (y) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (2) if any

 

- 9 -


Exempt Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such Exempt Person or any of its, his or her respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Company or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such Exempt Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Company or its subsidiaries and such Exempt Person may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other Person. The Company and its subsidiaries renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered any opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities or transactions that are from time to time presented to the Exempt Persons. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XII, the Company does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any corporate opportunity or transaction that is expressly offered to any Exempt Person or any of its affiliates solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, and not in any other capacity.

Section 2. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no potential transaction or business opportunity may be deemed to be a corporate opportunity of the Company or its subsidiaries unless (1) the Company or its subsidiaries would be contractually permitted to undertake such transaction or opportunity and such transaction or opportunity would be permitted in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (2) the Company or its subsidiaries at such time have sufficient financial resources to undertake such transaction or opportunity, (3) the Company or its subsidiaries have an interest or expectancy in such transaction or opportunity, (4) such transaction or opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which the Company or its subsidiaries are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business and (5) such transaction or opportunity would be of practical advantage to the Company or its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article XII, or the adoption of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article XII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any officer, director or stockholder of the Company with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

Section 4. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

ARTICLE XIII

If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities or circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

* * *

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed on behalf of the Company by its duly authorized officer on this ____ day of _________ 2021.

 

By:    
  Amit Walia
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 11 -

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

INFORMATICA INC.

(initially adopted on June 4, 2021)

(as amended on [bylaw amendment date]; effective as of the

closing of the company’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1  

1.1

      REGISTERED OFFICE      1  

1.2

      OTHER OFFICES      1  

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

2.1

      PLACE OF MEETINGS      1  

2.2

      ANNUAL MEETING      1  

2.3

      SPECIAL MEETING      1  

2.4

      ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES      2  

2.5

      NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      8  

2.6

      QUORUM      8  

2.7

      ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      8  

2.8

      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      9  

2.9

      VOTING      9  

2.10

      STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      10  

2.11

      RECORD DATES      10  

2.12

      PROXIES      11  

2.13

      LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      11  

2.14

      INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      11  

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     12  

3.1

      POWERS      12  

3.2

      NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      12  

3.3

      ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      12  

3.4

      RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      13  

3.5

      PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      13  

3.6

      REGULAR MEETINGS      13  

3.7

      SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      13  

3.8

      QUORUM; VOTING      14  

3.9

      BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      14  

3.10

      FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      15  

3.11

      REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      15  

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     15  

4.1

      COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      15  

4.2

      COMMITTEE MINUTES      15  

4.3

      MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      15  

4.4

      SUBCOMMITTEES      16  

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     16  

5.1

      OFFICERS      16  

5.2

      APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      16  

5.3

      SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      17  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.4

      REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      17  

5.5

      VACANCIES IN OFFICES      17  

5.6

      REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES      17  

5.7

      AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      17  

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

     18  

6.1

      STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      18  

6.2

      SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      18  

6.3

      LOST CERTIFICATES      19  

6.4

      DIVIDENDS      19  

6.5

      TRANSFER OF STOCK      19  

6.6

      STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      19  

6.7

      REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      19  

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     20  

7.1

      NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      20  

7.2

      NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS      20  

7.3

      NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL      20  

7.4

      WAIVER OF NOTICE      20  

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

     21  

8.1

      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS      21  

8.2

      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY      21  

8.3

      SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE      21  

8.4

      INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS      22  

8.5

      ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES      22  

8.6

      LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION      23  

8.7

      DETERMINATION; CLAIM      23  

8.8

      NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS      23  

8.9

      INSURANCE      24  

8.10

      SURVIVAL      24  

8.11

      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION      24  

8.12

      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS      24  

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

     25  

9.1

      EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      25  

9.2

      FISCAL YEAR      25  

9.3

      SEAL      25  

9.4

      CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      25  

9.5

      FORUM SELECTION      25  

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     26  

 

-ii-


BYLAWS OF INFORMATICA INC.

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Informatica Inc. (the “Company”) shall be fixed in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The Company may at any time establish other offices.

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at a place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or any successor legislation. In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board of Directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For the purposes of these bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(a) Prior to the Trigger Date (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), except as otherwise required by law, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be called at any time by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the Board of Directors at the

 

- 1 -


request of the Principal Stockholders (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. From and after the Trigger Date, except as otherwise required by law, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the Board of Directors, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and the power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(b) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the Board of Directors. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; (3) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock; or (4) by any stockholder of the Company who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(ii); (B) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting; (C) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting; (D) is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting; and (E) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(a).

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i), the stockholder must have given timely notice in writing to the secretary and any such nomination or proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 90th day prior to the day of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. However, if no annual meeting of stockholders was held in the preceding year, or if the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 25 days from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then to be timely such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Company. In no event will the adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of any annual meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. If the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for

 

- 2 -


director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 10 days before the last day that a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(a)(ii) will also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. “Public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended and inclusive of rules and regulations thereunder, the “1934 Act”).

(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

(A) such person’s name, age, business address, residence address and principal occupation or employment; the class and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such person and a description of any Derivative Instruments (defined below) held or beneficially owned thereby or of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of such person; and all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the contested election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to the Section 14 of the 1934 Act;

(B) such person’s written consent to being named in such stockholder’s proxy statement as a nominee of such stockholder and to serving as a director of the Company if elected;

(C) a reasonably detailed description of any direct or indirect compensatory, payment, indemnification or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has, or has had within the past three years, with any person or entity other than the Company (including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder), in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Company (a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”); and

(D) a description of any other material relationships between such person and such person’s respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them, on the one hand, and such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them, on the other hand;

(2) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

 

- 3 -


(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if applicable, the text of any proposed amendment to these bylaws);

(C) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

(D) any material interest in such business of such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them; and

(E) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

(3) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

(A) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Company’s books), of such beneficial owner and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(B) for each class or series, the number of shares of stock of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, and any other person or persons (including, in each case, their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(D) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, with respect to the Company’s securities (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative Instrument”), or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for or increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, with respect to the Company’s securities;

(E) any rights to dividends on the Company’s securities owned beneficially by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, that are separated or separable from the underlying security;

 

- 4 -


(F) any proportionate interest in the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership;

(G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with, them is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of the immediate family of such persons sharing the same household;

(H) any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments in any principal competitor of the Company that are held by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(I) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, in any contract with the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any principal competitor of the Company (in each case, including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(J) a representation and undertaking that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company as of the date of submission of the stockholder’s notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

(K) a representation and undertaking that such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends, or is part of a group that intends, to (x) deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee; or (y) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(L) any other information relating to such stockholder, such beneficial owner, or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, or director nominee or proposed business that, in each case, would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee (in a contested election of directors) or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act; and

(M) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Company may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

(iv) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice (and any additional information submitted to the Company in connection therewith) must further be updated and supplemented (1) if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct as of the record date(s) for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the

 

- 5 -


meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof and (2) to provide any additional information that the Company may reasonably request. Such update and supplement or additional information, if applicable, must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, in the case of a request for additional information, promptly following a request therefor, which response must be delivered not later than such reasonable time as is specified in any such request from the Company or, in the case of any other update or supplement of any information, not later than five business days after the record date(s) for the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date(s)), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof). The failure to timely provide such update, supplement or additional information shall result in the nomination or proposal no longer being eligible for consideration at the meeting.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except to the extent required by the DGCL, and subject to Section 2.3(a), special meetings of stockholders may be called only in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and these bylaws. Only such business will be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the special meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Company’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at such special meeting may be made by any stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by this Section 2.4(b); (ii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting; (iii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting; (iv) is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting; and (v) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.4(b), the stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the special meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. In no event will any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must comply with the applicable notice requirements of Section 2.4(a)(iii).

(c) Other Requirements.

(i) To be eligible to be a nominee by any stockholder for election as a director of the Company, the proposed nominee must provide to the secretary, in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.4(a)(ii) or Section 2.4(b):

(1) a signed and completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the secretary at the written request of the nominating stockholder, which form will be provided by the secretary within 10 days of receiving such request) containing information regarding such nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such nominee to serve as a director of the Company or to serve as an independent director of the Company;

(2) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any voting agreement, arrangement, commitment, assurance or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue;

 

- 6 -


(3) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement;

(4) a written representation and undertaking that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance, and will continue to comply, with the Company’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Company’s website, as amended from time to time; and

(5) a written representation and undertaking that such nominee, if elected, intends to serve a full term on the Board of Directors.

(ii) At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director must furnish to the secretary the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to such nominee.

(iii) No person will be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. No business proposed by a stockholder will be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4.

(iv) The chairperson of the applicable meeting of stockholders will, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting. If the chairperson of the meeting should so determine, then the chairperson of the meeting will so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be.

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear in person at the meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination will be disregarded or such proposed business will not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or business may have been received by the Company and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

(vi) Without limiting this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, it being understood that (1) any references in these bylaws to the 1934 Act are not intended to, and will not, limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4; and (2) compliance with clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i) and with Section 2.4(b) are the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.4(c)(vii)).

 

- 7 -


(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, the notice requirements set forth in these bylaws with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be deemed to be satisfied by a stockholder if (1) such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; and (2) such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders. Subject to Rule 14a-8 and other applicable rules and regulations under the 1934 Act, nothing in these bylaws will be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Company’s proxy statement any nomination of a director or any other business proposal.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person

 

- 8 -


and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business and discussion as seem to the chairperson in order. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Company, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of the stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed.

 

- 9 -


2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Prior to the Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be taken upon a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly called or without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A consent must be set forth in writing or in an electronic transmission and delivered in the manner prescribed by Section 228 of the DGCL. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless a valid consent or valid consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Company in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL within 60 days of the first date on which a consent is so delivered to the Company. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall, to the extent required by law, be given to those stockholders who have not consented and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.

From and after the Trigger Date, subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock of the Company, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders duly called and may not be taken by any consent of the stockholders in lieu of such a meeting.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

 

- 10 -


In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by a document or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as a proxy may be documented, signed and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with information enabling the Company to determine, the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The Company shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Company shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.

 

- 11 -


Such inspectors shall:

(a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(b) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(c) count all votes and ballots;

(d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are multiple inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation and these bylaws. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors of the Company shall be divided into three classes.

 

- 12 -


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, or permitted in the specific case by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Subject to the Stockholders Agreement, special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the Whole Board; provided that the person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may authorize another person or persons to send notice of such meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

- 13 -


(c) sent by facsimile;

(d) sent by electronic mail; or

(e) otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 232 of the DGCL),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice of the time and place of the meeting may be communicated to the director in lieu of written notice if such notice is communicated at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting, unless required by statute.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

If the Certificate of Incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein or therein and denoted with the phrase “notwithstanding the final paragraph of Section 3.8 of the bylaws” or language to similar effect, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not

 

- 14 -


revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office by stockholders of the Company in the manner specified in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement and applicable law. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the Stockholders Agreement, the Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

- 15 -


(b) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(e) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(f) Section 7.4 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members. However, (i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees or subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee; (ii) special meetings of committees or subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors or the committee or the subcommittee; and (iii) notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the Company shall be a president and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

- 16 -


5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower any officer to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of determination.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of removal.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Company all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of any other entity or entities, and all rights incident to any management authority conferred on the Company in accordance with the governing documents of any entity or entities, standing in the name of this Company, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

Each officer of the Company shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of designation, and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to such office, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

- 17 -


ARTICLE VI—STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Company by any two officers of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

- 18 -


6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The Company:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and notices and to vote as such owner; and

(b) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

- 19 -


ARTICLE VII—MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner set forth in the DGCL.

7.2 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This Section 7.2 shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

 

- 20 -


ARTICLE VIII—INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer (for purposes of this Section 8.3 only, as such term is defined in Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The Company

 

- 21 -


may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the Company against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents, or any other persons, to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate to any person or persons identified in subsections (1) through (4) of Section 145(d) of the DGCL the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 8.6(b) or 8.6(c) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by a vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by the vote of the majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

- 22 -


8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or any statute, bylaw,

 

- 23 -


agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting company, any constituent company (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving company as such person would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

- 24 -


ARTICLE IX—GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, or employee or employees, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, agent or employee, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Company by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

9.3 SEAL

The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and a natural person. Any reference in these bylaws to a section of the DGCL shall be deemed to refer to such section as amended from time to time and any successor provisions thereto.

9.5 FORUM SELECTION

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, stockholder, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (a) through (d) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

 

- 25 -


Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including, without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt, any auditor, underwriter, expert, control person, or other defendant.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5. This provision shall be enforceable by any party to a complaint covered by the provisions of this Section 9.5. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 9.5 shall apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the 1934 Act or any successor thereto.

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

- 26 -

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO   

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304-1050

o: 650.493.9300

f: 650.493.6811

October 18, 2021

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, CA 94063

 

Re:

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-259963), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by Informatica Inc. (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of up to 29,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Shares”), to be issued and sold by the Company, including up to 4,350,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that upon the effectiveness of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a form of which has been filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


Informatica Inc.

October 18, 2021

Page 2

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Exhibit 10.1

INFORMATICA INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], and is between Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [insert name of indemnitee] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any

 

-2-


Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

-4-


7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

-5-


(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote

 

-6-


of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days] after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

 

-7-


(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-8-


(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the

 

-9-


greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. [Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [insert name of fund] and certain affiliates thereof (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid]; provided, however, that the foregoing sentence will be deemed void if and to the extent that it would violate any applicable insurance policy. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.]

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an

 

-10-


employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

 

-11-


25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 2100 Seaport Blvd, Redwood City, CA 94063, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Steven Bernard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

-12-


28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

INFORMATICA INC.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Title)
[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.2

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

2.1 “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

2.2 “Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to the related issuance of shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

2.3 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards.

2.4 “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.5 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6 “Cause” means (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, (i) the Participant’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar acts, whether of the United States or any state thereof or any similar non-U.S. law to which the Participant may be subject, (ii) the Participant’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting a material breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the performance of the Participant’s duties, (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable

 


and lawful directive of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries at which the Participant is employed or provides services, or the Board, or (B) comply with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at which the Participant is employed or to which the Participant provides services which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect (other than a de minimis adverse effect) on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Participant’s material violation of such Participant’s employment, consulting, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Participant is subject or (v) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to perform such Participant’s material duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, with respect to clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) above, the Company shall provide notice to the Participant describing the nature of such event and the Participant shall thereafter have thirty (30) days to cure such event.

2.7 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (a). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(b) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (b), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(c) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Companys Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a

 

-2-


total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (c), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (i) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (ii) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (c)(ii)(C). For purposes of this subsection (c), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2.6, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its primary purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its primary purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

2.8 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.9 “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

2.10 “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

2.11 “Company” means Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.12 “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (a) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (b) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

-3-


2.13 “Director” means a member of the Board.

2.14 “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

2.15 “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

2.16 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.17 “Exchange Program” means a program under which (a) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (b) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (c) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-4-


(c) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or

(d) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

In addition, for purposes of determining the fair market value of shares for any reason other than the determination of the exercise price of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, fair market value will be determined by the Administrator in a manner compliant with Applicable Laws and applied consistently for such purpose. The determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s sole discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of fair market value for other purposes.

2.19 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

2.20 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.21 “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.22 “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.23 “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.24 “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

2.25 “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

2.26 “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

2.27 “Performance Awards” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be cash- or stock-denominated and may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing under Section 10 of the Plan.

2.28 “Performance Period” means Performance Period as defined in Section 10.1 of the Plan.

2.29 “Period of Restriction” means the period (if any) during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

-5-


2.30 “Plan” means this 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

2.31 “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

2.32 “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

2.33 “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

2.34 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

2.35 “Section 16b” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

2.36 “Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the U.S. Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.

2.37 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.38 “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

2.39 “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

2.40 “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

2.41 “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

2.42 “Trading Day” means a day that the primary stock exchange, national market system, or other trading platform, as applicable, upon which the Common Stock is listed (or otherwise trades regularly, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion) is open for trading.

2.43 “U.S. Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code will include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

 

-6-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

3.1 Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 15 of the Plan and the automatic increase set forth in Section 3.2 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan will be equal to (a) 32,858,200 Shares plus (b) a number of Shares equal to any shares of the Company’s common stock subject to awards granted under the Informatica Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”) that, after the date the Prior Plan is terminated, are cancelled, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by the Company for payment of an exercise price or for tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (b) equal to 26,288,211 Shares. In addition, Shares may become available for issuance under Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the Plan. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

3.2 Automatic Share Reserve Increase. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2022 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (a) 41,072,800 Shares, (b) a number of Shares equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of all classes of common stock of the Company outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (c) such number of Shares determined by the Administrator no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

3.3 Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax liabilities or withholdings related to an Award will become

 

-7-


available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3.1 of the Plan, plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the Plan.

3.4 Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

4.1 Procedure.

4.1.1 Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

4.1.2 Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

4.1.3 Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

4.2 Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(b) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(c) to determine the number of Shares or dollar amounts to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(d) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(e) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto (including but not limited to, temporarily suspending the exercisability of an Award if the Administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes or to comply with Applicable Laws, provided that such suspension must be lifted prior to the expiration of the maximum term and post-termination exercisability period of an Award), based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-8-


(f) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(g) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(h) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of facilitating compliance with applicable non-U.S. laws, easing the administration of the Plan and/or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable non-U.S. laws, in each case as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(i) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 20.3 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (subject to Sections 6.4 and 7.5 of the Plan);

(j) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 16 of the Plan;

(k) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(l) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(m) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

4.3 Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards and will be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Laws.

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options.

6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-9-


6.2 Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

6.3 Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. For purposes of this Section 6.3, incentive stock options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the fair market value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

6.4 Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

6.5 Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

6.5.1 Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.5.1, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

6.5.2 Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

6.5.3 Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (a) cash (including cash equivalents); (b) check; (c) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (d) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the

 

-10-


aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (e) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (f) by net exercise; (g) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (h) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

6.6 Exercise of Option.

6.6.1 Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (a) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (b) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholdings). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

6.6.2 Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon such cessation as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option, within three (3) months of such cessation, or such shorter or longer period of time, as is specified in the Award Agreement, in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6.4 of the Plan. However, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if on such date of cessation, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If after such cessation the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-11-


6.6.3 Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of such cessation, or such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6.4 of the Plan, as applicable). However, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if on the date of such cessation the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If after such cessation the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

6.6.4 Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6.4 of the Plan, as applicable), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form (if any) acceptable to the Administrator. If the Administrator has not permitted the designation of a beneficiary or if no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution (each, a “Legal Representative”). If the Option is exercised pursuant to this Section 6.6.4, Participant’s designated beneficiary or Legal Representative shall be subject to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability applicable to the Service Provider. However, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

6.6.5 Tolling Expiration. A Participant’s Award Agreement also may provide that:

(a) if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would result in liability under Section 16b, then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Award Agreement, or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the last date on which such exercise would result in liability under Section 16b; or

(b) if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option or (ii) the expiration of a period of thirty (30) days after the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.    

 

-12-


7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

7.2 Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.3 Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7.6 of the Plan will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

7.4 Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

7.5 Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6.4 of the Plan relating to the maximum term and Section 6.6 of the Plan relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.6 Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(a) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(b) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock.

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-13-


8.2 Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction (if any), the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that an Award of Restricted Stock will not be subject to any Period of Restriction and consideration for such Award is paid for by past services rendered as a Service Provider.

8.3 Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

8.4 Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

8.5 Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

8.6 Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

8.7 Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

8.8 Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units.

9.1 Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

9.2 Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-14-


9.3 Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

9.4 Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made at the time(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

9.5 Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Performance Awards.

10.1 Award Agreement. Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify any time period during which any performance objectives or other vesting provisions will be measured (“Performance Period”), and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines. Each Performance Award will have an initial value that is determined by the Administrator on or before its date of grant.

10.2 Objectives or Vesting Provisions and Other Terms. The Administrator will set any objectives or vesting provisions that, depending on the extent to which any such objectives or vesting provisions are met, will determine the value of the payout for the Performance Awards. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

10.3 Earning Performance Awards. After an applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of a Performance Award will be entitled to receive a payout for the Performance Award earned by the Participant over the Performance Period. The Administrator, in its discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Award.

10.4 Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Performance Awards will be made at the time(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Performance Awards in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

10.5 Cancellation of Performance Awards. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Awards will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

-15-


11. Outside Director Award Limitations. No Outside Director, in any Fiscal Year, may be granted equity awards (including any Awards granted under this Plan), the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and be provided any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees) in amounts that, in the aggregate, exceed $750,000, provided that such amount is increased to $1,000,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director. Any Awards granted or other compensation provided to an individual (a) for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director) or as executive chair of the Board, or (b) prior to the Registration Date, will be excluded for purposes of this Section 11.

12. Compliance With Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to be exempt from or meet the requirements of Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent (including with respect to any ambiguities or ambiguous terms), except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless a Participant (or any other person) in respect of Awards, for any taxes, penalties or interest that may be imposed on, or other costs incurred by, Participant (or any other person) as a result of Section 409A.

13. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (a) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (b) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

14. Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (which, for purposes of clarification, shall be deemed to include through a beneficiary designation if available in accordance with Section 6.6.4 of the Plan), and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

-16-


15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

15.1 Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award, and numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

15.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

15.3 Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (a) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (b) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (c) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (d) (i) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (e) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 15.3 of the Plan, the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, all Awards of the same type, or all portions of Awards, similarly.

In the event that the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume the Award (or portion thereof) as described below, or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof) as described above, then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with

 

-17-


performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in each case, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable. In addition, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or portion thereof) is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this Section 15.3 and Section 15.4 of the Plan below, an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Award, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.3 to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.3 to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out under an Award Agreement is subject to Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement (or other agreement related to the Award, as applicable) does not comply with the definition of “change in control” for purposes of a distribution under Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section 15.3 will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Section 409A.

 

-18-


15.4 Outside Director Awards. With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director while such individual was an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for (as described in Section 15.3 of the Plan), if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Outside Director will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries, as applicable.

16. Tax Withholding.

16.1 Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholdings are due, the Company (or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates employing or retaining the services of a Participant, as applicable) will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company (or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates, as applicable) or a relevant tax authority, an amount sufficient to satisfy U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S., and other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA or other social insurance contribution obligation) required to be withheld or paid with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

16.2 Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax liability or withholding obligation, in whole or in part by such methods as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, (a) paying cash, check or other cash equivalents, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine, in each case, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (d) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid, (e) such other consideration and method of payment for the meeting of tax liabilities or withholding obligations as the Administrator may determine to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (f) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The amount of the withholding obligation will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

-19-


17. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, to terminate such relationship at any time, free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

18. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 23 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective as of one business day prior to the Registration Date. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated under Section 20 of the Plan, but (a) no Options that qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Code Section 422 may be granted after ten (10) years from the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan, and (b) Section 3.2 of the Plan relating to the automatic share reserve increase will operate only until the ten (10) year anniversary of the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan.

20. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

20.1 Amendment and Termination. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason.

20.2 Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

20.3 Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

21.1 Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to an Award unless the exercise or vesting of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

21.2 Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise or vesting of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising or vesting in such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or vesting that the Shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-20-


22. Inability to Obtain Authority. If the Company determines it to be impossible or impractical to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or non-U.S. law or under the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, the Company will be relieved of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

23. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

24. Forfeiture Events. The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to the reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of such Participant’s status as an employee and/or other service provider for cause or any specified action or inaction by a Participant, whether before or after such termination of employment and/or other service, that would constitute cause for termination of such Participant’s status as an employee and/or other service provider. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, all Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition under any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Laws (the “Clawback Policy”). The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit or, return to the Company, or reimburse the Company for, all or a portion of the Award and any amounts paid thereunder pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws, including without limitation any reacquisition right regarding previously acquired Shares or other cash or property. Unless this Section 24 specifically is mentioned and waived in an Award Agreement or other document, no recovery of compensation under a Clawback Policy or otherwise will constitute an event that triggers or contributes to any right of a Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

*                *                 *

 

-21-


INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement, which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (the “Option Agreement”).

Participant Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Exercise Price per Share:    $______________________________________________________
Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:   

 

Total Exercise Price:    $______________________________________________________
Type of Option:    ___ Incentive Stock Option
   ___ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan, this Option Agreement or any other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between Participant and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable) governing the terms of this Option, this Option will vest and be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[[Insert Vesting Schedule], in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]


[Standard Vesting: Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Total Number of Shares Subject to Option (as set forth above) subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Total Number of Shares Subject to Option will be scheduled to vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day in a particular month, on the last day of the month), in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for [three (3)] months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability. If Participant ceases to be a Service Provider due to Participant’s death or Disablity, this Option shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for [twelve (12)] months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company (or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries, as applicable) for Cause, this Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination of Participant’s Service Provider status. Further, and notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participant’s residence address indicated below.

 

-2-


PARTICIPANT    INFORMATICA INC.

 

  

 

Signature    Signature

 

  

 

Print Name    Print Name
  

 

   Title
Residence Address:   

 

  

 

  

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option.

(a) The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant of this Option Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

(b) For U.S. taxpayers, if designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

(c) For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an NSO.

2. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Option Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Option Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, Shares subject to this Option that are scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.


4. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Notice of Grant or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company, accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable Withholding Obligations (as defined below). This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable Withholding Obligations.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash or check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its fair market value on the date of surrender, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

A non-U.S. resident’s methods of exercise may be restricted by the terms and conditions of any appendix to this Agreement for Participant’s country (including the Country Addendum, as defined below). The Company from time to time may engage a stock plan service provider to assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan and Awards granted thereunder. For clarity, the Administrator may establish procedures that require any exercise of this Option, including without limitation the method of payment of the applicable Exercise Price and any applicable Withholding Obligations, to be satisfied through such stock plan service provider.

6. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

 

-2-


7. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

8. Tax Obligations.

(a) Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or sale of Shares, and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Option (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Withholding Obligations (as defined below) in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

(b) Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the applicable Service Recipient(s) will withhold the amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations (the “Withholding Obligations”). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by: (i) paying cash, (ii) having the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences) (“Net Share Withholding”), (iii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Obligations from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s), (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that already have vested with a fair market value equal to the Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not

 

-3-


result in adverse financial accounting consequences), or (v) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant, through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences) (“Sell to Cover”). To the extent determined appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, the Administrator will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Withholding Obligations by Net Share Withholding. If Net Share Withholding is the method by which such Withholding Obligations are satisfied, the Company will not withhold on a fractional Share basis to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Obligations and, unless the Company determines otherwise, no refund will be made to Participant for the value of the portion of a Share, if any, withheld in excess of the Withholding Obligations. If a Sell to Cover is the method by which Withholding Obligations are satisfied, Participant agrees that as part of the Sell to Cover, additional Shares may be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold pursuant to a Sell to Cover. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares pursuant to a Sell to Cover that are in excess of the Withholding Obligations and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(d) Section 409A. Under Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004), that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant (or any other person) in respect of this Option or any other Awards, for any taxes, penalties or interest that may be imposed on, or other costs incurred by, Participant (or any other person) as a result of Section 409A.

 

-4-


9. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Delaware.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAWS IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Nature of Grant. In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

-5-


(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(h) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(i) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

(j) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

 

-6-


(iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives Participant’s ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

13. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option. Participant is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisers regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

14. Data Privacy. Participant hereby acknowledges the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participants personal data as described in this Option Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participants participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participants name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participants favor (Data), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that Participant may request information about sharing, processing, and storage of Data and may exercise their rights with respect to the Data, which may include the right to terminate sharing, processing, and storage, by following instructions in the Informatica Personnel Privacy Notice or by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

-7-


15. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Informatica Inc., 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

16. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Option Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.

17. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the exercise of the Options or the purchase by, or issuance of Shares, to Participant (or Participant’s estate) hereunder, such exercise, purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Option Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

18. Language. If Participant has received this Option Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

19. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

-8-


20. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

21. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

22. Option Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement.

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Option, Participant expressly warrants that Participant has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

24. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.

25. Modifications to the Option Agreement. This Option Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that Participant is not accepting this Option Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Option Agreement can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Option Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Option Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with the Option.

26. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Option Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Option Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

27. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisers the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisers and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

* * *

 

-9-


EXHIBIT B

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

EXERCISE NOTICE

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, California 94063

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Informatica Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____, including the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached as Exhibit A thereto and other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached thereto (the “Option Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Exercise Notice will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Option Agreement (or the Plan or other written agreement as specified in the Option Agreement).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any Withholding Obligations to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


6. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties to the maximum extent permitted by law.

7. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

8. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and the Option Agreement (including this Exercise Notice and any exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached to the Notice of Stock Option Grant of the Option Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:    Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT    INFORMATICA INC.

 

  

 

Signature    By

 

  

 

Print Name    Print Name
  

 

   Title
  
Address:    Address:

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

   Date Received

 

-2-


APPENDIX A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

COUNTRY ADDENDUM TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Country Addendum to Stock Option Agreement (the “Country Addendum”) will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Option Agreement of which this Country Addendum forms a part (or the Plan or other written agreement as specified in the Option Agreement).

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern this Option granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Option Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Option was granted (“Participant”) resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the Option is granted, the Company, in its discretion, will determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also may include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other Applicable Laws in effect in the respective countries as of [______], 20[___]. Such Applicable Laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vests in or exercises the Option or sells Shares acquired under the Option.

In addition, the information contained in this Country Addendum is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the Applicable Laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is residing and/or working, transfers residence and/or employment to another country after this Option is awarded, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information in this Country Addendum may not apply to Participant in the same manner.


INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (the “Award Agreement”).

Participant Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:   

 

  
Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Total Number of Restricted Stock Units:   

 

Vesting Schedule:

[For purposes of this Agreement, “Quarterly Vesting Dates” with respect to any calendar year means [February 15], [May 15], [August 15], and [November 15].]

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan, this Award Agreement or any other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between Participant and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable) governing the terms of this Award, the Restricted Stock Units will be scheduled to vest according to the following vesting schedule:

[[Insert Vesting Schedule], in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]

[New-hire award: One-fourth (1/4th) of the Total Number of Restricted Stock Units (as set forth above) subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on the first Quarterly Vesting Date on or immediately following the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (such first vesting date, the “First Vesting Date”), and thereafter, one-sixteenth (1/16th) of the Total Number of Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on each of the twelve (12), consecutive Quarterly Vesting Dates that occur after the First Vesting Date, in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]


[Refresh award: One-sixteenth (1/16th) of the Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Units (as set forth above) subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on each of the sixteen (16), consecutive Quarterly Vesting Dates that occur on or immediately following the date that is three (3) months after the Vesting Commencement Date (on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date or if there is no corresponding day in such third month, on the last day of such month), in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]

[Director Annual Awards and IPO Awards: One hundred percent (100%) of the Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Units (as set forth above) subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on the earlier of (a) the one (1) year anniversary of the Date of Grant, or (b) the date of the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company following the Date of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through such vesting date.]

[Director Initial Awards: One-third (1/3rd) of the Total Number of Restricted Stock Units (as set forth above) subject to this Award Agreement will be scheduled to vest on each of the one (1), two (2), and three (3) year anniversaries of the Date of Grant, in each case subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participant’s residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT    INFORMATICA INC.

 

  

 

Signature    Signature

 

  

 

Print Name    Print Name
  

 

   Title

 

-2-


Residence Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

3. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, governing the terms of this Award, Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Payment after Vesting.

(a) General Rule. Subject to Section 7, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to Participant’s properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(c), such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.


(b) Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

(c) Section 409A.

(i) If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Award Agreement (including any discretionary acceleration under Section 4(b)) shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Administrator), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following Participant’s death.

(iii) It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). To the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, references to termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, termination of employment, or similar phrases will be references to Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. In no event will the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant (or any other person) for any taxes, penalties and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

5. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, governing the terms of this Award, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company upon the date of such cessation and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

 

-2-


6. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement, if Participant is then deceased, will be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of such transferee’s status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Tax Obligations

(a) Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares, and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Withholding Obligations (as defined below) in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the applicable Service Recipient(s) will withhold the amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations (the “Withholding Obligations”). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by: (i) paying cash, (ii) having the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences) (“Net Share Withholding”), (iii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Obligations from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s), (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that

 

-3-


Participant owns and that already have vested with a fair market value equal to the Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), (v) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant, through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Withholding Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences) (“Sell to Cover”), or (vi) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate. If the Withholding Obligations are satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Withholding Obligations. To the extent determined appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, the Administrator will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Withholding Obligations by Net Share Withholding. If Net Share Withholding is the method by which such Withholding Obligations are satisfied, the Company will not withhold on a fractional Share basis to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Obligations and, unless the Company determines otherwise, no refund will be made to Participant for the value of the portion of a Share, if any, withheld in excess of the Withholding Obligations. If a Sell to Cover is the method by which Withholding Obligations are satisfied, Participant agrees that as part of the Sell to Cover, additional Shares may be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold pursuant to a Sell to Cover. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares pursuant to a Sell to Cover that are in excess of the Withholding Obligations and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time.

(c) Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisers the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisers and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

(d) Companys Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Withholding Obligations. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or Participant’s Withholding Obligations otherwise become due, Participant permanently will forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may permanently refuse to issue or deliver the Shares if such Withholding Obligations are not delivered at the time they are due.

 

-4-


8. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAWS IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this Award and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Award, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this Award and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

11. Nature of Grant. In accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

-5-


(e) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

(g) for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Award of Restricted Stock Units (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law); and

(h) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares.

12. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units. Participant is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisers regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

13. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Informatica Inc., 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

14. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-6-


15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or Participant’s estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

16. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

17. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

18. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that Participant has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

20. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Award Agreement.

 

-7-


21. Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that Participant is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

22. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

23. Governing Law; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

24. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached to the Notice of Grant) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

*         *         *

 

-8-


APPENDIX A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

COUNTRY ADDENDUM TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Country Addendum to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “Country Addendum”) will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement of which this Country Addendum forms a part (or the Plan or other written agreement as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement).

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Restricted Stock Units were granted (“Participant”) resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted, the Company, in its discretion, will determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also may include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other Applicable Laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2021. Such Applicable Laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vests in or receives or sells the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units. Participants also should review the tax summary for their country which the Company will provide as a supplement to the Plan prospectus.

In addition, the information contained in this Country Addendum is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the Applicable Laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.


Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is residing and/or working, transfers residence and/or employment to another country after the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information in this Country Addendum may not apply to Participant in the same manner.

 

-2-


I.

GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN ALL COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES

1. Foreign Exchange Considerations. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company nor any Parent, Subsidiary or the Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units, or of any amounts due to Participant under the Plan or as a result of vesting in his or her Restricted Stock Units and/or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan. Participant agrees and acknowledges that he or she will bear any and all risk associated with the exchange or fluctuation of currency associated with his or her participation in the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that Participant may be responsible for reporting inbound transactions or fund transfers that exceed a certain amount. Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the exchange control regulations apply to his or her Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s specific situation and understands that the relevant laws and regulations can change frequently and occasionally on a retroactive basis.

2. Nature of Grant. The following provisions supplement Section 11 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement:

(a) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(b) Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

(c) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives Participant’s ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

3. Data Privacy. Participant hereby acknowledges the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participants personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participants participation in the Plan.

 

-3-


Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that Participant may request information about sharing, processing, and storage of Data and may exercise their rights with respect to the Data, which may include the right to terminate sharing, processing, and storage, by following instructions in the Informatica Personnel Privacy Notice or by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan.

4. Language. If Participant has received the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

-4-


II.

GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN ALL COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES

AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Australian Offer Document. In addition to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan, Participant must review the Australian “Offer Document” and “Additional Documents” for additional important information pertaining to the Restricted Stock Units. These documents can be accessed via the E*Trade website at [E*Trade include website].

Deferral of Tax Payable. Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) applies to all Restricted Stock Units issued under the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to Australian Participants.

Data Privacy. Participant acknowledges and agrees that if the Company, any Subsidiary, or Service Recipient discloses any personal information about Participant to a recipient outside of Australia then the Company, any Subsidiary, or Service Recipient will not be: (a) required by law to take steps to ensure that the recipient complied with the Australian Privacy Principles; or (b) responsible for any breaches of the Australian Privacy Principles by the recipient, in respect of that information.

 

-5-


Notifications

Exchange Controls. Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and for international fund transfers. If an Australian bank is assisting with the transaction, the bank will file the report on Participant’s behalf.

BELGIUM

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting. Participant is required to report any taxable income attributable to Restricted Stock Units and Shares on his or her annual tax return. In addition, Participant is required to report any bank accounts opened and maintained outside Belgium on his or her annual tax return. In a separate report, Participant may be required to provide the National Bank of Belgium with certain details regarding such foreign accounts (including the account number, bank name and country in which any such account was opened).

BRAZIL

Notifications

Exchange Controls. By participating in the Plan, Participant understands that he or she is generally required to make an annual report of shares of Common Stock held outside Brazil to the tax authorities and the Central Bank if such holdings exceed a specified limit (typically, US$100,000).

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Authorization to Release Necessary Personal Information. Participant hereby authorizes the Company (including any non-U.S. Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary) and the Company’s (including its non-U.S. Affiliate’s, Parent’s or Subsidiary’s) representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. Participant further authorizes the Company and any non-U.S. Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary and the Company’s designated Plan broker(s) to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. Participant further authorizes his or her employer to record such information and to keep such information in his or her employee file.

Award Payable Only in Shares. The grant of the Restricted Stock Units does not give Participant any right to receive a cash payment, and the Restricted Stock Units are payable in Shares only.

French Language Provisions. The following provisions will apply if Participant is a resident of Quebec:

The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

 

-6-


Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la redaction en anglais de cette convention (“Agreement”), ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procedures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à la présente convention.

Notifications

Tax Reporting. Foreign property (including the option granted under the Plan and the underlying shares of Common Stock) held by Canadian residents must be reported annually on Form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total value of such foreign property exceeds C$100,000 at any time during the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year.

DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Labor Law Acknowledgement. By accepting the Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges that he or she understands and agrees that the Restricted Stock Units relate to future services to be performed and do not form any part of, and are not, a bonus or compensation for past services.

Stock Option Act. With respect to Danish employees comprised (covered) by the Danish Stock Option Act, the following shall apply:

Participant acknowledges that he or she has received an employer statement in Danish setting forth the terms of Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, a copy of which is included as ANNEX 1 to this Country Addendum.

The Restricted Stock Units are not to be included in the calculation of holiday allowance, severance pay, statutory allowance and compensation, pension and similar payments.

Notifications

Foreign Bank Account Reporting. If Participant establishes an account holding Shares or an account holding cash outside of Denmark, Participant must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration, the form for which can be obtained from a local bank. (Please note that these obligations are separate from and in addition to the obligations described below.)

Exchange Control and Tax Reporting. To the extent permitted by the Company, Participant may hold Shares acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account (e.g., brokerage account) with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the Shares are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, Participant are required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, a Danish Plan participant must file in his/her general tax return information about the Shares no later than the filing deadline for the tax return for the tax year in which the Shares were acquired and placed in a safety deposit account. Further guidance on filing of acquisition and sale of securities for Danish tax purposes can be found on the website of the Danish tax administration (https://skat.dk/skat.aspx?oid=2234844 – available in Danish only). If the information is not filed by the applicable deadline, any subsequent loss realized on the shares would generally not be tax deductible. For most participants, the general deadline for filing tax returns is May 1.

In addition, when Participant opens a deposit account or brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside of Denmark, the account will be treated as a deposit account because cash may be held in the account. Information about the bank account and income received on such account must be filed in Participant’s tax return for the years in which the account is opened/income is received on the account. Participant will be solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign account and any shares acquired and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of his or her annual income tax return.

 

-7-


FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

The following provisions will apply if the Participant is a French resident subject to the French mandatory social security regime and an employee of a French entity or a French branch of the Company on the Date of Grant.

French Sub-Plan. The Restricted Stock Units and underlying Shares shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Sub-Plan for French Participants (the “French Sub-Plan”). To the extent that any term is defined in both the Plan and the French Sub-Plan, for purposes of this grant of a French-qualified Restricted Stock Units, the definitions in the French Sub-Plan shall prevail.

Designation. The Restricted Stock Units are intended to qualify for specific tax and social security treatment in France (“French-Qualified RSUs”) and in particular to qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment in France under Section 80 quaterdecies of the French tax Code, as modified by Article 13 of Bill n°2020-1142 (September 16, 2020) and by Section L.242-1 of French Social Security Code. The Company does not make any undertaking or representation to maintain the qualified status of the Restricted Stock Units. If the Restricted Stock Units no longer qualify as French-Qualified RSUs, the favorable tax and social security treatment will not apply, and the French Participant will be required to pay his or her portion of social security contributions resulting from the Restricted Stock Units (as well as any income tax that is due).

Vesting. This provision supplements the Notice:

Except in the event of the French Participant’s death or Disability (as defined in the French Sub-Plan) to benefit from the favorable tax and social security regime, no vesting shall occur prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, or such other minimum period as required for the vesting period applicable to French-Qualified RSUs under Section L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, or relevant Sections of the French Tax Code or the French Social Security Code, as amended.

Restrictions on Transfer and Sale of Shares. The French Participant may not sell or transfer the Shares issued at vesting of the French-Qualified RSUs prior to the second anniversary of each of the respective Vesting Date, or such other period as is required to comply with the Minimum Holding Period (as defined by the French Sub-Plan).

Notwithstanding the above, the French Participant’s heirs, in the case of the Participant’s death, or the Participant, in the case of Disability (as defined under the French Sub-Plan), are not subject to this restriction on the sale of Shares. To ensure compliance with these restrictions, the Shares the French Participant receives at vesting of the French-Qualified RSUs will be held with a broker designated by the Company (or according to any procedure implemented by the Company to ensure compliance with the restrictions) until such Shares are sold. These restrictions will apply even after the French Participant is no longer employed by a French entity.

Further, as long as the French-Qualified RSUs and the Shares acquired at vesting of the French-Qualified RSUs maintain their French tax qualified status, the Shares cannot be sold during certain Closed Periods (as defined by the French Sub-Plan), so long as the Closed Periods are applicable to Shares issued pursuant to the French Sub-Plan, and to the extent applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the French Participant’s heirs, in the case of the French Participant’s death, or the French Participant, in the case of Disability, are not subject to the restriction on the sale of Shares during Closed Periods.

Changes in Capitalization. Certain adjustments of Shares may disqualify the French-Qualified RSUs, in which case they may no longer benefit from favorable tax and social security treatment in France.

Language. Any French Participant accepting an award of French-Qualified RSUs under the French Sub-Plan acknowledges in doing so that he or she is proficient in English and that he or she fully understands the terms and conditions thereof, as well as those of the Plan. Le Participant Français reconnait qu’il ou elle maitrise l’anglais et qu’il ou elle comprend entièrement les termes et conditions du Sous Plan ainsi que ceux du Plan.

Notifications

Tax Reporting. French residents may hold Restricted Stock Units outside of France, provided that they declare all foreign accounts, whether open, current, or closed, on their annual income tax return.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Participant understands that if he or she remits proceeds in excess of €12,500 out of or into Germany, such cross-border payment must be reported monthly to the State Central Bank. In the event that Participant makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount, Participant understands and agrees that he or she is responsible for obtaining the appropriate form from a German bank and complying with applicable reporting requirements. The online filing portal can be accessed at www.bundesbank.de.

HONG KONG

Terms and Conditions

Securities. The following paragraphs shall be inserted immediately after the last paragraph of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement:

Warning: The Restricted Stock Units and Shares issued at vesting and settlement do not constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available only to employees of the Company or local affiliate. The Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, including this Country Addendum, the Plan and other incidental award documentation have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong, nor has the award documentation been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. The Restricted Stock Units are intended only for the personal use of the recipient and may not be distributed to any other person. Participant has been advised that if he or she is in any doubt about any of the contents of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, including this Country Addendum, or the Plan, Participant should obtain independent professional advice.

Sale of Ordinary Shares of Common Stock. In the event Shares are acquired upon Restricted Stock Unit vesting within six (6) months of the Date of Grant, Participant agrees not dispose of any Shares acquired prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

-8-


Nature of Scheme. The Company specifically intends that the Plan will not be an occupational retirement scheme for purposes of the Occupational Retirement Schemes Ordinance.

INDIA

Notifications

Foreign Assets Reporting. Participant must declare foreign bank accounts and any foreign financial assets (including Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan held outside India) in Participant’s annual tax return. It is Participant’s responsibility to comply with this reporting obligation and Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor in this regard.

Exchange Controls. Participant must repatriate any proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan or the receipt of any dividends to India within 90 days of receipt and convert such amounts to local currency within 180 days of receipt. Participant must obtain a foreign inward remittance certificate (“FIRC”) from the bank where Participant deposit the foreign currency and maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or Participant’s employer requests proof of repatriation.

IRELAND

Notifications

Director Reporting Obligation. Participant understands that if he or she is a director, shadow director, or secretary of the Company or subsidiary in Ireland, Participant must notify the Company or Irish subsidiary in writing within five (5) business days of receiving or disposing of an interest in the Company (e.g., Restricted Stock Units, Shares), or within five (5) business days of becoming aware of the event giving rise to the notification requirement, or within five (5) days of becoming a director or secretary if such an interest exists at the time. This notification requirement also applies with respect to the interests of Participant’s spouse or children under the age of 18 (whose interests will be attributed to Participant if he or she is a director, shadow director, or secretary).

ISRAEL

Terms and Conditions

The following provisions will apply if Participant is an employee of an Israeli resident subsidiary of the Company on the Date of Grant.

Israeli Sub-Plan. The Restricted Stock Units and underlying Shares shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Sub-Plan for Israeli Participants (the “Israel Sub-Plan”). The terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan and the Israel Sub-Plan.

Designation. The Restricted Stock Units are intended to be subject to the trustee capital gain route of Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961 (“Section 102” and “Capital Gains Route”), subject to compliance with the requirements under Section 102 and any rules or regulations thereunder, including the execution of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the required declarations. However, in the event the Restricted Stock Units do not meet the requirements of Section

 

-9-


102, such Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Shares shall not qualify for the favorable tax treatment under the Capital Gains Route. The Company makes no representations or guarantees that the Restricted Stock Units will qualify for favorable tax treatment and will not be liable or responsible if favorable tax treatment is not available under Section 102.

The Trustee. The Restricted Stock Units and the Shares issued upon vesting and/or any additional rights, including without limitation any right to receive any dividends or any shares received as a result of an adjustment made under the Plan, that may be granted in connection with the Restricted Stock Units (the “Additional Rights”) shall be issued to or controlled by the Trustee for Participant’s benefit under the provisions of the Capital Gains Route for at least the period stated in Section 102 or any other period of time determined by the Israel Tax Authority (“ITA”). In accordance with the requirements of Section 102 and the Capital Gains Route, Participant shall not sell nor transfer from the Trustee the Shares or Additional Rights until the end of the period required under Section 102 or any shorter period determined by the ITA (the “Holding Period”). Notwithstanding the above, if any such sale or transfer occurs before the end of the Holding Period, the sanctions under Section 102 shall apply and shall be borne by Participant.

Taxes. Tax shall not generally be due upon vesting but upon sale or release of the Shares from the Trustee. Any and all taxes due in relation to the Restricted Stock Units and Shares, shall be borne solely by the Participant and in the event of death, by the Participant’s heirs. The Company, Participant’s Employer and/or the Trustee shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, the rules, and regulations, including withholding taxes at source. Furthermore, the Participant hereby agrees to indemnify the Company, the Participant’s Employer and/or the Trustee and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Participant. The Company, the Participant’s Employer and/or the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the right to deduct from any payment otherwise due to the Participant, or from proceeds of the sale of any Shares, an amount equal to any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Participant will pay to the Company, the Participant’s Employer or the Trustee any amount of taxes that the Company, the Participant’s Employer or the Trustee may be required to withhold with respect to any Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to deliver any Shares if the Participant fails to comply with the Participant’s obligations in connection with the taxes as described in this section. Any fees associated with any vesting, sale, transfer or any act in relation to the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares, shall be borne by the Participant. The Trustee and/or the Company, the Participant’s Employer shall be entitled to withhold or deduct such fees from payments otherwise due to/from the Company, the Participant’s Employer or the Trustee.

Acknowledgements. By accepting the Restricted Stock Units the Participant hereby understands, acknowledges, agrees as follows: (i) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Section 102 and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, including without limitations the provisions of the tax route applicable to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Units and agrees to comply with such provisions, as amended from time to time, provided that if such terms are not met, the specific tax route may not apply; (ii) the Participant accepts the provisions of the trust agreement signed between the Company and the Trustee, and agrees to be bound by its terms; (iii) the Participant acknowledge that selling the Shares or releasing the Shares from the control of the Trustee prior to the termination of the Holding Period constitutes a violation of the terms of Section 102 and agrees to bear the relevant sanctions; (iv) the Participant authorizes the Company to provide the third-party share plan administrator nominated by the Company and the Trustee with any information required for the purpose of administering the Plan including executing their obligations according to Section 102, the trust deed and the trust agreement, including without limitation information about the Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, Shares, income tax rates, salary bank account, contact details and identification number and acknowledges that the information might be shared with an administrator who is located outside of Israel, where the level of protection of personal data is different than in Israel.

Securities Law Exemption. An exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus with respect to the Plan and the Restricted Stock Units will be obtained by the Company from the Israeli Securities Authority. Copies of the Plan and Form S-8 registration statement for the Plan filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission are available free of charge upon request from Participant’s local human resources department.

ITALY

Terms and Conditions

Participant’s Authorization to Release and Transfer Necessary Personal Information.

The following supplements Section 13 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement:

Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is required by law or as necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan and employee compensation or for compliance or financial reporting purposes. Participant understands that pursuant to Chapter III of Regulation (EU) 2016/679, Participant has rights, including but not limited to, the right to access, delete, update, request the rectification of Participant’s Data and cease the Data processing and to object, in whole or in part, on legitimate grounds, to the processing of Participant’s Data, even though they are relevant to the purpose of collection. Furthermore, Participant is aware that Participant’s Data will not be used for direct marketing purposes. In addition, the Data provided can be reviewed and questions or complaints can be addressed by contacting a local HR representative. If Participant requests that the Company cease processing Participant’s personal data, Participant must do so by writing Informatica Inc., 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California, 94063, U.S.A., or sending an email to privacy@informatica.com. If Participant requests that the Company cease processing Participant’s Data, the Company will not be able to administer this award. Accordingly, if Participant requests that the Company cease processing Participant’s Data, this award will be cancelled when Participant’s withdrawal is received.

 

-10-


Furthermore, having read and understood the information given on the processing of the Data and being acquainted of the rights set forth in Chapter III of Regulation (EU) 2016/679, Participant acknowledges the processing of any Data as reported in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, and further acknowledges the transfer of Data, even sensitive data, in foreign Countries outside the European Union.

Governing Law and Plan Document Acknowledgment. By participating in the Plan, Participant acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and has reviewed the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, in their entirety and fully understands and accept all provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Participant understands that the Plan and his or her participation in the Plan is governed by the Governing Law as set forth in Section 24 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Participant is required to report in his or her annual tax return any investments (including Shares acquired under the Plan) held outside of Italy, if the investment may give rise to income in Italy. Bank accounts held abroad exceeding in the year the value of €15,000 or the euro equivalent (e.g., bank accounts where proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan are deposited) also shall be reported. Participant is exempt from the formalities if the investments are made through an authorized broker resident in Italy.

JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting. Participant understands that if Participant acquires Shares valued at more than ¥100,000,000 in a single transaction, Participant must file a Report Concerning Acquisition or Transfer of Securities (shoken no shutoku mataha joto ni kansuru hokokusho) with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the acquisition of the Shares. Participant also may be required to file a Report on Overseas Assets (kokugai zaisan chosho) in respect of any assets (including Shares acquired at under the Plan) held outside Japan as of December 31, to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million.

MEXICO

No country-specific provisions.

NETHERLANDS

No country-specific provisions.

NEW ZEALAND

Securities Notification

Notice Provided Under the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

-11-


Participant has been granted an award of Informatica Inc. to acquire Shares under the Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Participant has been or will be provided with a description of the Plan and its terms and conditions separately from the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In compliance with an exemption to the New Zealand Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 Participant must be provided with the following information:

Annual Report and Financial Statements

You have the right to receive from Informatica Inc. on request, free of charge, a copy of Informatica Inc.’s latest annual report, financial statements and audit report on those financial statements. You can also obtain a copy of these documents electronically at the following website address www.sec.gov or [include link to Informatica prospectus].

 

Warning

This is a grant to acquire Shares in Informatica Inc. If your Restricted Stock Units vest, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, you will receive Shares in Informatica Inc. The shares will give you a stake in the ownership of Informatica Inc. You may receive a return if dividends are paid.

If Informatica Inc. runs into financial difficulties and is wound up, you will be paid only after all creditors have been paid. You may lose some or all of your investment.

New Zealand law normally requires people who offer financial products to give information to investors before they invest. This information is designed to help investors to make an informed decision.

The usual rules do not apply to this offer because it is made under an employee share scheme. As a result, you may not be given all the information usually required. You will also have fewer other legal protections for this investment.

Ask questions, read all documents carefully, and seek independent financial advice before committing yourself.

The Restricted Stock Units are not listed. Informatica Inc. Shares are listed on the NYSE. This means you may be able to sell Informatica Inc. Shares, once acquired, on the NYSE if there are interested buyers. You may get less than you invested. The price will depend on the demand for Informatica Inc. Shares.

 

-12-


POLAND

Notifications

Exchange Controls. If Participant holds foreign securities (including Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan) and maintains accounts abroad, then it is Participant’s responsibility to report information to the National Bank of Poland on transactions and balances of the securities and cash deposited in such accounts if the value of such securities and cash (when combined with all other assets held abroad) exceeds PLN 7 million. If required, the reports are due on a quarterly basis on special forms available on the website of the National Bank of Poland.

Further, any transfer or settlement of funds in excess of a specified threshold (currently €15,000) must be effected through an authorized bank, authorized payment institution or authorized e-money institution.

PORTUGAL

Notifications

Exchange Controls. If Participant holds Shares acquired upon Restricted Stock Unit vesting they should be reported to the Banco de Portugal for statistical purposes. If the Shares are deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, such bank or financial intermediary will submit the report on Participant’s behalf. If the shares of Common Stock are not deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, Participant is responsible for submitting the report to the Banco de Portugal.

RUSSIA

Notifications

Securities Law. The offer of the Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Shares is being made from the U.S. and neither the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement nor any materials related to the Plan shall be construed to constitute advertising or offering of securities in Russia. The Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Shares have not been and will not be registered in Russia.

Financial Reporting/Exchange Controls. Participant understands that Participant may receive unlimited proceeds from a non-resident foreign currency account (i.e., an account held outside Russia) provided that the country where the account is held (i) is in the Eurasian economic union, or (ii) provides for automatic exchange of financial data with the Russian authorities. As the U.S. currently does not provide for such automatic exchange of data, Participant must repatriate foreign currency (including the sales proceeds) into a foreign currency account authorized by the Russian Central Banking Authority and report such foreign account and transaction (including foreign stock award accounts) by June 1 to the Russian tax authorities.

 

-13-


SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

Securities Law

The Award of the Restricted Stock Units is being made in reliance of section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) (“SFA”) for which it is exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements under the SFA. Participant understands that the Shares have not been registered with the SFA. Unless Participant sells any Shares he or she acquires pursuant to the Plan via a public exchange outside of Singapore (e.g., NASDAQ, NYSE), Participant agrees that Participant shall not, within six (6) months of Participant’s acquisition of any Shares, sell, transfer, gift, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer such Shares within Singapore except as expressly approved by the Company in writing. The Company believes that a typical sale through a U.S. brokerage firm would not require the Company’s consent under these rules.

Director Notification Obligation. If Participant is a director, shadow director, or hold any similar position1 of a Singapore-incorporated company (each a “Singapore company”) (e.g., the Company, any Singapore Affiliate, or any Singapore Subsidiary), Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under section 164 of the Singapore Companies Act to enable the Singapore company to comply with its obligations to maintain a register of director’s shareholdings. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore company in writing of:

 

  (a)

shares in, debentures of, or participatory interests made available by, the Singapore company or its related corporation which are held by Participant;

 

  (b)

any interest that Participant has in shares in, debentures of, or participatory interests made available by, the Singapore company or its related corporation, and the nature and extent of that interest under Section 7 of the Singapore Companies Act (which provides for the circumstances under which a deemed interest in shares may arise);

 

  (c)

rights or options that Participant has in respect of the acquisition or disposal of shares in the Singapore company or its related corporation; and

 

  (d)

contracts to which Participant is a party or under which he or she is entitled to a benefit, being contracts under which a person has a right to call for or to make delivery of shares in the Singapore company or its related corporation.

Participant must notify the Singapore company in writing when there is any change in the particulars of Participant’s interests as mentioned above (including when Participant sells Common Stock issued from the Plan).

Participant is deemed to hold or have an interest or a right in or over any shares or debentures, if:

 

  (a)

Participant’s spouse (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer) holds or has an interest or a right in or over such shares or debentures; or

 

1 

Under section 4(1) of the Singapore Companies Act, the term “director” includes any person occupying the position of director of a corporation by whatever name called.

 

-14-


  (b)

Participant’s child of less than 18 years of age, including stepson, stepdaughter, adopted son or adopted daughter (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer) holds or has an interest in such shares or debentures.

In addition, any contract, assignment or right of subscription shall be deemed to have been entered into or exercised or made by, or a grant shall be deemed as having been made to, Participant if any contract, assignment or right of subscription is entered into, exercised or made by, or a grant is made to, members of Participant’s family as aforesaid (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer).

Particulars of Participant’s interests as mentioned above must be given within two (2) business days after (i) the date on which Participant became a director of the Singapore company, or (ii) the date on which Participant became a registered holder of or acquired an interest as mentioned above, whichever last occurs. Particulars of any change in Participant’s interests also must be given within two (2) business days of the change.

SPAIN

Notifications

Foreign Assets Reporting. Participant may be subject to certain tax reporting requirements with respect to assets, rights, or foreign currency that Participant holds outside of Spain, including bank accounts, securities and real estate if the aggregate value for particular category of assets exceeds €50,000 as of December 31 each year. Vested Restricted Stock Units are subject to this reporting requirement.

If applicable, Participant must report his or her foreign assets on Form 720 by no later than March 31 following the end of the relevant year. After the rights and/or assets are initially reported, the reporting obligation will only apply if the value of previously-reported rights or assets increases by more than €20,000 as of each subsequent December 31; additional reporting requirements may apply if Participant’s assets or asset increases exceed these amounts.

In addition, Participant must notify the Registry of Investments at the Spanish Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Tourism of investments in securities of companies not listed in Spain, which are deposited in a non-resident account. Participant must file form D-6 by January 31 each year stating the value of their investments in non-Spanish listed shares as of December 31 of the previous calendar year.

Share Reporting Requirement. The acquisition of Shares must be declared for statistical purposes to the Direccion General de Comercio e Inversiones (the “DGCI”), the Bureau for Commerce and Investments, which is a department of the Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness. Generally, the declaration must be filed in January for Shares owned as of December 31 of each year; however, if the value of the Shares acquired or the amount of the sale proceeds exceeds a designated amount the declaration must be filed within one month of the acquisition or sale, as applicable.

 

-15-


Foreign Currency Payments. When receiving foreign currency payments exceeding €50,000 derived from the ownership of Shares (i.e., dividends or proceeds from the sale of the Shares), Participant must inform the financial institution receiving the payment of the basis upon which such payment is made. Participant will need to provide the following information: (i) Participant’s name, address, and fiscal identification number; (ii) the name and corporate domicile of the Company; (iii) the amount of the payment and the currency used; (iv) the country of origin; (v) the reasons for the payment; and (vi) further information that may be required.

SWEDEN

No country-specific provisions.

SWITZERLAND

Notifications

Securities Law. The grant of Restricted Stock Units is considered a private offering in Switzerland and is therefore not subject to securities registration in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other materials relating to the Restricted Stock Units (i) constitute a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the Swiss Code of Obligations, (ii) may be publicly distributed nor otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland, or (iii) has been or will be filed with, approved or supervised by any Swiss regulatory authority (in particular, the Swiss Financial Supervisory authority).

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Notifications

Securities Law. Participant understands that participation in the Plan is being offered only to eligible employees and is in the nature of providing equity incentives to employees in the United Arab Emirates. Participant understands that the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement are intended for distribution only to employees and must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If Participant does not understand the contents of the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, Participant is aware that he or she should consult an authorized financial adviser. The Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with the Plan. Neither the Ministry of Economy nor the Dubai Department of Economic Development have approved the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement nor taken steps to verify the information set out therein, and have no responsibility for such documents.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Obligations. The following provision supplements Section 7 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement: Tax-Related Items shall include Primary and to the extent legally possible secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions. Participant agrees that the Company or Participant’s Employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from relevant U.K. tax authorities. Participant understands and agrees that if payment or withholding of any income tax liability arising in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan is not made by Participant to Participant’s Employer within 90 days of the event giving rise to such income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)I of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and

 

-16-


Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), that the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to Participant’s Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant understands and agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, it will be immediately due and repayable by Participant, and the Company and/or Participant’s Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant understands and agrees that if Participant is a director or an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of such terms for purposes of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax liability. Participant further understands that, in the event that he or she is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute an additional benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions will be payable. Participant understands and agree that he or she is responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or Participant’s Employer (as appropriate) for the value of any primary and (to the extent legally possible) secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit which the Company or Participant’s Employer may recover from Participant by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

At the discretion of the Company, the Restricted Stock Units cannot be settled until Participant has entered into an election with the Company (or Participant’s Employer) (as appropriate) in a form approved by the Company and Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (a “Joint Election”) under which any liability of the Company and/or the Employer for Employer’s national insurance contributions arising in respect of the granting, exercise, settlement of or other dealing in the Restricted Stock Units, or the acquisition of Common Stock on the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, is transferred to and met by Participant.

 

-17-


ANNEX I

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR EMPLOYEES IN DENMARK

 

ERKLÆRING OM TILDELING AF BETINGEDE AKTIEENHEDER, HERUNDER ERKLÆRING I HENHOLD TIL AKTIEOPTIONSLOVEN

  

STATEMENT CONCERNING GRANTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS, INCLUDING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE DANISH STOCK OPTION ACT

Informatica Inc.

 

(“Selskabet”)

  

Informatica Inc.

 

(the “Company”)

Og

 

Medarbejderen, der elektronisk har givet samtykke til vilkårene og betingelserne i Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(“Medarbejderen”)

  

And

 

The individual providing services to the Company electronically consenting to the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(the “Service Provider”)

 

-18-


Og

 

Informatica Inc.

 

2100 Seaport Blvd

 

Redwood City, California

 

94063, US

 

(“Moderselskabet”)

  

And

 

Informatica Inc.

 

2100 Seaport Blvd

 

Redwood City, California

 

94063, US

 

(the “Parent Company”)

har indgået Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement og alle bilag og tillæg hertil (“Tildelingsaftalen”) i relation til de Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’er”), som Moderselskabet har tildelt Medarbejderen.

 

Denne erklæring (“Erklæringen”) udgør en erklæring til Medarbejderen i henhold til § 3, stk. 1 i lov om brug af køberet eller tegningsret til aktier m.v. i ansættelsesforhold (“Aktieoptionsloven”).

  

have entered into the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, including all exhibits and appendices thereto (the “Agreement”) concerning the Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) granted by the Parent Company to the Service Provider.

 

This statement (the “Statement”) constitutes a statement to the Service Provider pursuant to section 3 (1) of the Danish Act on the exercise of stock acquisition rights or stock subscription rights in employment relationships, etc. (the “Stock Option Act”).

I tilfælde af uoverensstemmelser mellem Erklæringen og Tildelingsaftalen og/eller Medarbejderens ansættelsesaftale med Selskabet har Tildelingsaftalen forrang.

  

In the event of any discrepancies between the Statement and the Agreement and/or Service Provider’s contract of employment with the Company, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

Moderselskabet har vedtaget et Restricted Stock Unit program, der omfatter medarbejdere i Moderselskabet og dettes datterselskaber, herunder Selskabets medarbejdere. Vilkårene for Restricted Stock Unit-programmet, der også omfatter de Restricted Stock Units, der tildeles i medfør af Tildelingsaftalen, er fastsat i “Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan” (benævnt “Aktieincitamentsprogrammet”).

  

The Parent Company has adopted a Restricted Stock Unit program covering the Service Providers of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, including the employees of the Company. The terms of the Restricted Stock Unit program, which also include the Restricted Stock Units granted under the Agreement, appear from the “Informatica Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan” (the “Equity Incentive Program”).

 

-19-


Vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet finder anvendelse på Medarbejderens Restricted Stock Units, medmindre Tildelingsaftalen fastsætter vilkår, der fraviger vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet. I sådanne tilfælde har Tildelingsaftalen vilkår forrang.

  

The terms of the Equity Incentive Program apply to the Service Provider’s Restricted Stock Units, unless the Agreement stipulates terms that deviate from the terms of the Equity Incentive Program. In such situations, the terms of the Agreement shall prevail.

Definitioner anvendt i Tildelingsaftalen skal have samme betydning som i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, medmindre andet følger af Tildelingsaftalen.

  

The definitions of the Agreement shall have the same meaning as the definitions of the Equity Incentive Program, unless otherwise provided by Agreement.

1.  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OG VEDERLAG

  

1.  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND CONSIDERATION

1.1  Medarbejderen tildeles løbende Restricted Stock Units, der giver Medarbejderen ret til aktier (“Aktier”) i Moderselskabet og/eller kontantbetaling. De pågældende Restricted Stock Units tildeles vederlagsfrit.

  

1.1  The Service Provider is granted Restricted Stock Units on a current basis entitling the Service Provider to shares (“Shares”) in the Parent Company and/or cash payment. The Restricted Stock Units are granted free of charge.

1.2  Værdien pr. aktie, som Restricted Stock Units’erne repræsenterer vil blive som nærmere fastsat i Tildelingsaftalen.

  

1.2  The value per share that the Restricted Stock Units represent shall be as specified in the Agreement.

 

-20-


ØVRIGE VILKÅR OG BETINGELSER

  

2.  OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Restricted Stock Units’erne tildeles i overensstemmelse med Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

2.1  The Restricted Stock Units are granted under the Equity Incentive Program.

Restricted Stock Units’erne tildeles efter Administrator af Ordningens skøn og når Administrator af Ordningen måtte beslutte det.

  

2.2  The Restricted Stock Units are granted at the discretion of the Plan Administrator and at the timing of its discretion.

Restricted Stock Units’erne optjenes i overensstemmelse med Tildelingsaftalen.

  

2.3  The Restricted Stock Units shall vest as set forth in the Agreement.

Optjeningen af Restricted Stock Units er betinget af, at Medarbejderen er ansat i Selskabet i optjeningsperioden, og der hverken tildeles eller optjenes Restricted Stock Units efter ansættelsesforholdets ophør, uanset årsag hertil, jf. dog nedenfor. Optjeningen af Restricted Stock Units påvirkes ikke af lovreguleret orlov.

  

2.4  The earning of Restricted Stock Units is conditional on the Service Provider being employed with the Company for the duration of the vesting period and no Restricted Stock Units are granted or earned after the termination of the employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, cf. however below. The earning of Restricted Stock Units is not influenced by statutory leave.

OPTJENING AF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

  

3.  EARNING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Efter optjeningsperioden vil Restricted Stock Units vaere optjent forudsat, at de ikke er bortfaldet efter vilkårene i Tildelingsaftalen og indtil det tidspunkt, hvor sådanne Restricted Stock Units ophører, bortfalder og/eller fortabes i overensstemmelse med vilkårene i Tildelingsaftalen.

  

3.1  Restricted Stock Units will be earned on the vesting date as long as they remain validly outstanding pursuant to the Agreement, until the date such Restricted Stock Units are terminated cancelled and/or forfeited pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

 

-21-


I tilfælde af ansættelsesforholdets ophør og uanset årsagen hertil, vil ikke-vestede Restricted Stock Units automatisk fortabes, ophøre og bortfalde per tidspunktet for ansættelsesforholdets ophør uden kompensation eller rettigheder i tilknytning hertil.

  

3.2  Upon termination of employment for any or no reason, any then-unvested Restricted Stock Units will be automatically forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without payment of any consideration or further rights hereunder.

REGULERING AF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

  

4.  ADJUSTMENT OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Regulering ved kapitalændringer

  

Adjustment in connection with capital changes

 

-22-


Såfremt der sker en ændring i antallet af udestående Aktier som følge af ændring i Moderselskabets kapitalstruktur uden vederlag såsom aktieudbytte, rekapitalisering, aktiesplit, omvendt aktiesplit, rekonstruktion, fusion, konsolidering, opdeling, kombination, genkøb eller ombytning af Selskabets Aktier eller øvrige værdipapirer eller andre ændringer i Moderselskabets selskabsstruktur, der kan påvirke Aktien, kan der gennemføres justeringer, der kan påvirke Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, herunder en justering af antallet af samt klassen af Aktier, der kan opnås i henhold til Programmet, af Købsprisen pr. aktie og af det antal Aktier for hver option i henhold til Programmet, der endnu ikke er udnyttet, og de talmæssige begrænsninger i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

4.1  If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a modification in the capital structure of the Parent Company without consideration such as a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Parent Company or other change in the corporate structure of the Parent Company affecting the Shares, adjustments may be made that may impact the Equity Incentive Program and the Restricted Stock Units including adjusting the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Equity Incentive Program and the numerical limits of the Equity Incentive Program.

Andre ændringer

   Other changes

4.2  I tilfælde af forslag om opløsning eller likvidation af Selskabet, og i tilfælde af fusion eller ændring i kontrollen med Selskabet eller Moderselskabet, kan der ske andre reguleringer i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet og Restricted Stock Units.

  

4.2  In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Parent Company and in the event of a merger or a change in control of the Parent Company, other adjustments may be made to the Equity Incentive Program and the Restricted Stock Units.

 

-23-


Administrator af Ordningens regulering af Optioner

  

Plan Administrator’s regulation of Options

1.3  Administrator af Ordningens adgang til at regulere Restricted Stock Units i de i § 4 omhandlede situationer er reguleret af vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet. Med hensyn til Administrator af Ordningens generelle adgang til at ændre eller opsige Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, henvises der til artikel fire, punkt V og punkt 3.8 i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

4.3  The Plan Administrator’s access to regulation of the Restricted Stock Units in the situations comprised by this section 4 shall be regulated by the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Program. As regards the Plan Administrator’s, general access to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Program reference is made to the Equity Incentive Program Article Four, Section 11.

ØKONOMISKE ASPEKTER VED DELTAGELSE I ORDNINGEN

  

5.  THE FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF PARTICIPATING IN THE SCHEME

Restricted Stock Units’erne er risikobetonede værdipapirer, der er afhængige af aktiemarkedet og Moderselskabets resultater. Som følge heraf er der ingen garanti for, at Restricted Stock Units’erne udløser en fortjeneste. Restricted Stock Units’erne skal ikke medregnes ved opgørelsen af feriepenge, fratrædelsesgodtgørelse, godtgørelse eller kompensation fastsat ved lov, pension og lignende.

  

5.1  The Restricted Stock Units are risky securities the potential value of which is influenced by the market for Shares and the Parent Company’s results. Consequently, there is no guarantee that the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units will trigger a profit. The Restricted Stock Units are not to be included in the calculation of holiday allowance, severance pay, statutory allowance and compensation, pension and similar payments.

 

-24-


SKATTEMÆSSIGE FORHOLD

  

6.  TAX MATTERS

De skattemæssige konsekvenser for Medarbejderen som følge af tildelingen af Restricted Stock Units og den efterfølgende udnyttelse heraf er i sidste ende Medarbejderens ansvar. Selskabet opfordrer Medarbejderen til selvstændigt at indhente rådgivning om den skattemæssige behandling af tildeling og udnyttelse af Restricted Stock Units.

  

6.1  Any tax consequences for the Service Provider arising out of the Restricted Stock Units and the exercise thereof are ultimately the responsibility of the Service Provider. The Company encourages the Service Provider to obtain individual tax advice in relation to the effect of grant and vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.

OVERDRAGELSE OG PANTSÆTNING AF OPTIONER MV.

  

7.  TRANSFER AND PLEDGING OF OPTIONS, ETC.

Restricted Stock Units er personlige. Ingen rettigheder om betaling for Restricted Stock Units eller tildeling af Aktier i henhold til Aktieincitamentsprogrammet kan overdrages, overføres, pantsættes eller på anden vis disponeres over af Medarbejderen, frivilligt eller ved udlæg.

  

7.1  The Restricted Stock Units are personal instruments. No rights with regard to settlement of Restricted Stock Units or to receive Shares under the Equity Incentive Program may assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Service Provider whether voluntarily or by execution.

 

-25-

Exhibit 10.3

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423 (the “423 Component”) and a component that is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423 (the “Non-423 Component”). The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Code Section 423. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423; an option granted under the Non-423 Component will provide for substantially the same benefits as an option granted under the 423 Component, except that a Non-423 Component option may include features necessary to comply with applicable non-U.S. laws pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Administrator, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions.

2.1 “Administrator” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3.

2.2 “Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to the related issuance of shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

2.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or


indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (a). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(b) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (b), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(c) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Companys Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (c), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (i) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (ii) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (c)(ii)(C). For purposes of this subsection (c), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2.4, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its primary purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its primary purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

-2-


2.5 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.6 “Committee” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

2.7 “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

2.8 “Company” means Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.9 “Compensation” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, but exclusive of payments for overtime, shift premium, commissions, incentive compensation, equity compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

2.10 “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.11 “Designated Company” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component will not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

2.12 “Director” means a member of the Board.

2.13 “Eligible Employee” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under Applicable Laws) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Participants in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws with respect to the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (for each Offering under the 423 Component, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (a) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or

 

-3-


her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (b) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (c) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (d) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q), or (e) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q) with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering under the 423 Component in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion will be applied with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii). Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under the Non-423 Component without regard to the limitations of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2.

2.14 “Employer” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

2.15 “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.16 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.17 “Exercise Date” means the first Trading Day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each Offering Period. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator prior to the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be the first Trading Day on or after March 1, 2022. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Offering Period is terminated prior to its expiration pursuant to Section 18, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that any Purchase Period also terminating under such Offering Period will terminate without options being exercised on the Exercise Date that otherwise would have occurred on the last Trading Day of such Purchase Period.

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-4-


(c) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or

(d) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

The determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

2.19 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

2.20 “New Exercise Date” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

2.21 “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 6. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

2.22 “Offering Period” means a period beginning on such date as may be determined by the Administrator, in its discretion, and ending on such Exercise Date as may be determined by the Administrator, in its discretion, during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 6 and 18.

2.23 “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

2.24 “Participant” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

2.25 “Plan” means this Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

2.26 “Purchase Period” means the period during an Offering Period and during which shares of Common Stock may be purchased on behalf of Participants thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, Purchase Periods will be the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date; provided, for clarity, that the first Purchase Period will commence on the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period and end on the first Trading Day on or after March 1, 2022.

 

-5-


2.27 “Purchase Price” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Code Section 423 (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 18.

2.28 “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

2.29 “Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the U.S. Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.

2.30 “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

2.31 “Trading Day” means a day that the primary stock exchange, national market system, or other trading platform, as applicable, upon which the Common Stock is listed (or otherwise trades regularly, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion) is open for trading.

2.32 “U.S. Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code will include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Stock.

3.1 Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 17 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be equal to 5,476,400 shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired shares of Common Stock.

 

-6-


3.2 Automatic Share Reserve Increase. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 17 hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year

beginning with the 2022 Fiscal Year in an amount equal to the least of (a) 8,214,600 shares of Common Stock, (b) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of all classes of common stock of the Company outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (c) such number of shares determined by the Administrator no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

4. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to:

(a) construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan,

(b) delegate ministerial duties to any of the Company’s employees,

(c) designate separate Offerings under the Plan,

(d) designate Subsidiaries as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component,

(e) determine eligibility,

(f) adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan, and

(g) establish such procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures, sub-plans, and appendices to the enrollment agreement as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans and appendices may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan or appendix, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of such sub-plan or appendix). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Eligible Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering under the 423 Component, or if the terms would not qualify under the 423 Component, in the Non-423 Component, in either case unless such designation would cause the 423 Component to violate the requirements of Code Section 423.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

 

-7-


5. Eligibility.

5.1 First Offering Period. Any individual who is an Eligible Employee as of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period automatically will be enrolled in the first Offering Period under the Plan.

5.2 Subsequent Offering Periods. Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 7.

5.3 Non-U.S. Employees. Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(A))) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Code Section 423. In the case of the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employee is not advisable or practicable.

5.4 Limitations. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (a) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Code Section 424(d)) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Code Section 423) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder.

6. Offering Periods. The Plan will be implemented by Offering Periods established by the Administrator from time to time. Offering Periods will expire on the earliest to occur of (a) the completion of the purchase of shares on the last Exercise Date occurring within twenty-seven (27) months of the applicable Enrollment Date on which the option to purchase shares was granted under the Plan, or (b) such shorter period established prior to the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period by the Administrator, from time to time, in its discretion, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator prior to the Enrollment Date of an Offering Period, Offering Periods will be the overlapping, consecutive periods of approximately twelve (12) months commencing on the first Trading Day on or

 

-8-


after March 1 and September 1 of each year, and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after September 1 and March 1, respectively, approximately twelve (12) months later; provided, however that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the Registration Date and will end on the first Trading Day on or after September 1, 2022; and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after March 1, 2022. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

7. Participation.

7.1 First Offering Period. An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 5.1 only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (a) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (b) with respect to the first Offering Period, no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such Form S-8 registration statement or such other date as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

7.2 Subsequent Offering Periods. An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 5.1 by (a) submitting to the Company’s Stock Administration Team (or its designee), a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A), or (b) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator, in either case, on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date.

8. Contributions.

8.1 Contribution Amounts. At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 7, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period. However, prior to the Enrollment Date of an Offering Period, the Administrator, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2, may change the Contribution percentage limit with respect to all options granted on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period. In the event that a pay day occurs on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any Contributions made on such day applied to his or her account under the then-current Purchase Period or Offering Period.

 

-9-


8.2 Contribution Methods. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Offering Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 12 hereof (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 13 hereof).

(a) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date, provided that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window, and will end on the last pay day on or prior to the last Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 13 hereof).

(b) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages of his or her Compensation only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

8.3 Participant Changes to Contributions. A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided under Section 12. Until and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, during any Offering Period, a Participant may not increase the rate of his or her Contributions and may decrease the rate of his or her Contributions only two (2) times, provided that the second decrease is to a Contribution rate of zero percent (0%). In addition, until and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, during any Offering Period, a Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her Contributions (as a whole percent to a rate between zero percent (0%) and the maximum percentage specified in Section 8.1), which Contribution rate adjustment will become effective upon the commencement of the next Offering Period and remain in effect for subsequent Offering Periods and, except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, any such adjustment will not affect the Contribution rate for any ongoing Offering Period.

(a) A Participant may make a Contribution rate adjustment pursuant to this Section 8.3 by (A) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s Stock Administration Team (or its designee), a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (B) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator, in either case, on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to (x) the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected or (y) an applicable Exercise Date, as applicable. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless the Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Sections 12 or 13).

(b) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit or amend the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes (including to permit, prohibit and/or limit increases and/or decreases to rate changes) that may be made by Participants during any Purchase Period or Offering Period, and may establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration.

 

-10-


(c) Except as provided by this Section 8.3, any change in Contribution rate made pursuant to this Section 8.3 will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in Contribution rate earlier).

8.4 Other Contribution Changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 5.3 hereof (which generally limit participation in an Offering Period pursuant to certain Applicable Laws), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period (or a Purchase Period, as applicable). Subject to Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 5.3 hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Offering Period (or Purchase Period, as applicable) scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless the Participant’s participation in the Plan has terminated as provided in Sections 12 or 13.

8.5 Cash Contributions. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Participants to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (a) payroll deductions are not permitted or advisable under Applicable Laws, (b) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible for Participants participating in the 423 Component and/or (c) the Participants are participating in the Non-423 Component.

8.6 Tax Withholdings. At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or at any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding or payment on account obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or use any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(f).

8.7 Use of Funds. The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party, provided that, if such segregation or deposit with an independent third party is required by Applicable Laws, it will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(f). Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

 

-11-


9. Grant of Option. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price.

9.1 Certain Option Limits. In no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 2,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 17), and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3 and 5.3 and in the subscription agreement. For future Offering Periods, the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, may increase or decrease the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period or Offering Period, as applicable.

9.2 Option Receipt. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of an option under the Plan (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.1 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.2.

9.3 Option Term. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 10, unless the Participant’s participation in the Plan has terminated pursuant to Sections 12 or 13. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

10. Exercise of Option.

10.1 Automatic Exercise. Unless a Participant’s participation in the Plan has terminated as provided in Sections 12 and 13, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares of Common Stock subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, as applicable, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Sections 12 or 13. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

10.2 Pro Rata Allocations. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all

 

-12-


Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 18. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

11. Delivery. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares of Common Stock be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or with a trustee or designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares of Common Stock be retained with such broker, trustee or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions or other dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 11.

12. Withdrawal.

12.1 Withdrawal Procedures. A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (a) submitting to the Company’s Stock Administration Team (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B), or (b) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may set forth a deadline of when a withdrawal must occur to be effective prior to a given Exercise Date in accordance with policies it may approve from time to time. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.

12.2 No Effect on Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

-13-


13. Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant, or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator in a manner that, with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component, is permitted by, and compliant with, Code Section 423, a Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company will not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Code Section 423; further, no Participant will be deemed to switch from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component or vice versa unless (and then only to the extent) such switch would not cause the 423 Component or any option thereunder to fail to comply with Code Section 423.

14. Section 409A.

14.1 The 423 Component. The 423 Component of the Plan is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and, to the extent not exempt, is intended to comply with Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of its Parent or Subsidiaries will have no liability, obligation or responsibility to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Section 409A.

14.2 Tax Qualification. Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an option under the Plan for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code or under a non-U.S. Designated Company tax-qualified sub-plan), the Company or Designated Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participant’s under the Plan.

 

-14-


15. Rights as Stockholder. Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares. Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or, if so required under Applicable Laws, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

16. Transferability. Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

17. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control.

17.1 Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share, the class and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical share limits of Sections 3 and 9.1.

17.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 12 hereof (or, prior to such New Exercise Date, Participant’s participation in the Plan has terminated as provided in Section 13 hereof).

17.3 Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by

 

-15-


setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 12 hereof (or, prior to such New Exercise Date, Participant’s participation in the Plan has terminated as provided in Section 13 hereof).

18. Amendment or Termination.

18.1 Amendment, Suspension, Termination. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 17). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 27 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

18.2 Certain Administrator Changes. Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 18.1, the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods and any Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange rate applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

18.3 Changes Due to Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(b) altering the Purchase Price for any Purchase Period or Offering Period including a Purchase Period or Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

 

-16-


(c) shortening any Purchase Period or Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including a Purchase Period or Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(d) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(e) reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Purchase Period or Offering Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

19.1 Legal Compliance. Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

19.2 Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Term of Plan. The Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (a) its adoption by the Board or (b) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless terminated earlier under Section 18.

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Interest. No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, will apply, with respect to Offerings under the 423 Component, to all Participants in the relevant Offering, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.423-2(f).

23. No Effect on Employment. Neither the Plan nor any option under the Plan will confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, to terminate such employment relationship at any time, free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

24. Reports. Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

-17-


25. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

26. Legal Construction.

26.1 Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.

26.2 Governing Law. The Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

26.3 Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation of the Plan.

27. Compliance with Applicable Laws. The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

28. Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, this Section 28 applies to an Offering Period to the extent such Offering Period provides for more than one (1) Exercise Date within such Offering Period. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any Exercise Date in an Offering Period is less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period, then all Participants in such Offering Period will be withdrawn automatically from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on such Exercise Date and re-enrolled automatically in the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof at the applicable Contribution rate in effect for the Participant.

* * *

 

-18-


EXHIBIT A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

_____ Original Application    Offering Date: _________________
_____ Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1. ____________________ hereby elects to participate in the Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan. Any capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Subscription Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to them under the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize and consent to payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of ____% of my Compensation on each payday (from 1% to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.) I understand that only my first, one election to decrease the rate of my payroll deductions may be applied with respect to an ongoing Offering Period in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and any subsequent election to decrease the rate of my payroll deductions during the same Offering Period, and any election to increase the rate of my payroll deductions during any Offering Period, will not be applied to the ongoing Offering Period.

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan. I further understand that if I am outside of the U.S., my payroll deductions will be converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate selected by the Company on the Exercise Date.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of _____________ (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and spouse only).

6. If I am a U.S. taxpayer, I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an


amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock. The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2) year and one (1) year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. For employees that may be subject to tax in non U.S. jurisdictions, I acknowledge and agree that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or any Designated Company with respect to any or all income tax, social security, social insurances, National Insurance Contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefit, or other tax-related items related to my participation in the Plan and legally applicable to me including, without limitation, in connection with the grant of such options, the purchase or sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan and/or the receipt of any dividends on such shares (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains my responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or a Designated Company. Furthermore, I acknowledge that the Company and/or any Designated Company (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the options under the Plan and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of options or any aspect of my participation in the Plan to reduce or eliminate my liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if I have become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the date of my enrollment and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or any other relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, I authorize the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) withholding from my wages or Compensation paid to me by the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company; or (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on my behalf pursuant to this authorization). Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable maximum withholding rates, in which case I will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.

 

-2-


Finally, I agree to pay to the Company or the applicable Designated Company any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the applicable Designated Company may be required to withhold as a result of my participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan on my behalf and/or refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of shares if I fail to comply with my obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

8. By electing to participate in the Plan, I acknowledge, understand and agree that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent provided for in the Plan;

(b) all decisions with respect to future grants under the Plan, if applicable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) the grant of options under the Plan will not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company, or any Designated Company, and will not interfere with the ability of the Company or any Designated Company, as applicable, to terminate my employment (if any);

(d) I am voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the options granted under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock underlying such options, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the options granted under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock underlying such options, and the income and value of same, are not part of my normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the shares of Common Stock offered under the Plan is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) the shares of Common Stock that I acquire under the Plan may increase or decrease in value, even below the Purchase Price;

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from the forfeiture of options granted to me under the Plan as a result of the termination of my status as an Eligible Employee (for any reason whatsoever, and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment

 

-3-


agreement, if any) and, in consideration of the grant of options under the Plan to which I am otherwise not entitled, I irrevocably agree never to institute a claim against the Company, or any Designated Company, waive my ability, if any, to bring such claim, and release the Company, and any Designated Company from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, I will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed to not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim; and

(j) in the event of the termination of my status as an Eligible Employee (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any), my right to participate in the Plan and any options granted to me under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that I am no longer actively employed by the Company or one of its Designated Companies and, in any event, will not be extended by any notice period mandated under the employment laws in the jurisdiction in which I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any (e.g., active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to the employment laws in the jurisdiction in which I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any); the Company will have the exclusive discretion to determine when I am no longer actively employed for purposes of my participation in the Plan (including whether I may still be considered to be actively employed while on a leave of absence).

9. If I have received the Subscription Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control, subject to applicable laws.

10. The provisions of the Subscription Agreement and these appendices are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions nevertheless will be binding and enforceable.

11. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Subscription Agreement, I understand that if I am working or resident in a country other than the United States, my participation in the Plan also will be subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth on Appendix A and any special terms and conditions for my country set forth on Appendix A. Moreover, if I relocate to one of the countries included in Appendix A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to me to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Appendix A constitutes part of this Subscription Agreement and the provisions of this Subscription Agreement govern each Appendix (to the extent not superseded or supplemented by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Appendix).

 

-4-


12. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social  
Security Number  
(for U.S.-based employees):  

 

Employee’s Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:                                                                                                                        

 

     Signature of Employee

 

-5-


APPENDIX A

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NON-U.S. PARTICIPANT ADDENDUM TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Appendix A to the Subscription Agreement will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Subscription Agreement of which this Appendix A forms a part (or the Plan or other written agreement as specified in the Subscription Agreement).

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix A includes additional terms and conditions applicable to all Participants providing services to the Company or a Designated Company (as defined in the Plan) outside the United States, and additional terms applicable to Participants providing services to the Company or a Designated Company in the countries identified below. If I am a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which I am currently residing and/or working, or if I relocate to another country after enrolling in the Plan, the Company, in its discretion, will determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to me.

Notifications

This Appendix A also may include notifications that contain information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participants should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other Applicable Laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2021. Such Applicable Laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company recommends that Participants not rely on the information in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information included herein may be out of date at the time that Participants purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan or subsequently sell the shares of Common Stock. Participants also should review the tax summary for their country which the Company will provide as a supplement to the Plan prospectus.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to a Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure a Participant of any particular result. Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the Applicable Laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s particular situation.

Finally, if a Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working (or if he or she is considered as such for local law purposes) or if he or she moves to another country after all or any portion of the options has been granted under the Plan, the information contained herein may not be applicable to such Participant.

 

-6-


I.

GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN ALL COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES

1. Foreign Exchange Considerations. I understand and agree that, if my Contributions under the Plan are made in any currency other than U.S. dollars, such Contributions will be converted to U.S. dollars on or prior to the Exercise Date using a prevailing exchange rate in effect at the time such conversion is performed, as determined by the Administrator. I understand and agree that neither the Company nor any non-U.S. affiliate, Parent, or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between my local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of the options granted to me under the Plan, or of any amounts due to me under the Plan or as a result of the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan. I agree and acknowledge that I will bear any and all risk associated with the exchange or fluctuation of currency associated with my participation in the Plan.

2. Additional Participant Acknowledgements. The following supplements Section 8 of the Subscription Agreement:

By electing to participate in the Plan, I acknowledge, understand and agree that the grant of the options under the Plan and the benefits evidenced by the Subscription Agreement do not create any entitlement not otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, or provided by the Company in its discretion, to have such rights or benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed-out or substituted for, in connection with a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger of the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation.

3. Data Privacy. I understand that the Company and/or any Designated Company may collect, where permissible under Applicable Laws certain personal information about me, including, but not limited to, my name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options granted under the Plan or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in my favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. I understand that Company may transfer my Data to the United States, which is not considered by the European Commission to have data protection laws equivalent to the laws in my country. I understand that the Company will transfer my Data to its designated broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. I understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different, including less stringent, data privacy laws that the European Commission or my jurisdiction does not consider to be equivalent to the protections in my country. I understand that I may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting my local human resources representative. I authorize the Company, the Company’s designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose

 

-7-


of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan. I understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the Plan. I understand that that I may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing my local human resources representative. Further, I understand that I am providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If I do not consent, or if I later seek to revoke my consent, my employment status or career with the Company or any Designated Company will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing my consent is that the Company would not be able to grant me options under the Plan or other equity awards, or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, I understand that refusing or withdrawing my consent may affect my ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of my refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, I understand that I may contact my local human resources representative.

If I am an employee outside the U.S., I understand that in accordance with Applicable Laws, I have the right to access, and to request a copy of, the Data held about me. I also understand that I have the right to discontinue the collection, processing, or use of my Data, or supplement, correct, or request deletion of my Data. To exercise my rights, I may contact my local human resources representative.

I hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of my personal data as described herein and any other Plan materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan. I understand that my consent will be sought and obtained for any processing or transfer of my data for any purpose other than as described in the enrollment form and any other plan materials.

4. Language. If I have received the Subscription Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control, subject to Applicable Laws.

5. Severability. The provisions of the Subscription Agreement and these appendices are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions nevertheless will be binding and enforceable.

 

-8-


II.

GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN ALL COUNTRIES OTHER THAN THE UNITED STATES

AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Australian Offer Document. In addition to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan, Participant must review the Australian “Offer Document” and “Additional Documents” for additional important information pertaining to the Restricted Stock Units. These documents can be accessed via the E*Trade website at [website].

Deferral of Tax Payable. Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) applies to all options offered under the Subscription Agreement to Australian Participants.

Data Privacy. I acknowledge and agree that if the Company or its affiliates, Parent, and Subsidiaries discloses any personal information about me to a recipient outside of Australia then the Company, or any affiliate, Parent, Subsidiary of the Company will not be: (a) required by law to take steps to ensure that the recipient complied with the Australian Privacy Principles; or (b) responsible for any breaches of the Australian Privacy Principles by the recipient, in respect of that information.

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and for international fund transfers. If an Australian bank is assisting with the transaction, the bank will file the report on my behalf.

BELGIUM

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting. I am required to report any taxable income attributable to the options and shares of Common Stock on my annual tax return. In addition, I am required to report any bank accounts opened and maintained outside Belgium on my annual tax return. In a separate report, I may be required to provide the National Bank of Belgium with certain details regarding such foreign accounts (including the account number, bank name and country in which any such account was opened).

BRAZIL

Notifications

Exchange Controls. By participating in the Plan, I am generally required to make an annual report of shares of Common Stock held outside Brazil to the tax authorities and the Central Bank if such holdings exceed a specified limit (typically, US$100,000).

 

-9-


CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Authorization to Release Necessary Personal Information. I hereby authorize the Company (including any non-U.S. Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary) and the Company’s (including its non-U.S. Affiliate’s, Parent’s or Subsidiary’s) representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. I further authorize the Company and any non-U.S. Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary and the Company’s designated Plan broker(s) to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. I further authorize my employer to record such information and to keep such information in my employee file.

Award Payable Only in Shares. I understand that the grant of the options does not give me any right to receive a cash payment, and the option may be settled only in shares of Common Stock.

Purchase Procedures; No Payment in Shares. Notwithstanding any provision in Section 10 of the Plan and Section 7 of the Subscription Agreement to the contrary, I understand that I may not tender shares of Common Stock that I own to pay the Purchase Price in connection with the option nor am I permitted to pay for any Tax Related-Items by the delivery of unencumbered shares of Common Stock, or withholding in shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to me upon purchase.

French Language Provisions. The following provisions will apply if I am a resident of Quebec:

I hereby provide my consent to receive Plan information in English through my enrollment in the Plan and entrance into the Subscription Agreement. Specifically, I acknowledge as follows:

It is my express wish that the Subscription Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, including the Plan, be drawn up in English.

Disposition relative à l’utilisation de la langue anglaise

Par la présente, j’accepte de recevoir les informations relatives au Plan, l’option et l’achat d’actions en anglais par le biais de mon inscription au Plan et l’entrée dans la Subscription Agreement. Particulièrement, j’accepte comme suit:

Il est la vononté expresse du moi que cette Subscription Agreement, ainsi que tous les documents, avis donnés et procédures judiciaires intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à la présente convention, y compris le Plan, être rédigés en anglais.

Notifications

Tax Reporting. Foreign property (including the option granted under the Plan and the underlying shares of Common Stock) held by Canadian residents must be reported annually on Form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total value of such foreign property exceeds C$100,000 at any time during the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year.

 

-10-


DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Labor Law Acknowledgement. By accepting this award under the Plan, I acknowledge that I understand and agree that the options relate to future services to be performed and do not form any part of, and are not, a bonus or compensation for past services.

Stock Option Act. With respect to Danish employees comprised (covered) by the Danish Stock Option Act, the following shall apply:

I acknowledge that I have received an employer statement in Danish setting forth the terms of my Award, a copy of which is included as ANNEX 1 to this Appendix.

The options are not to be included in the calculation of holiday allowance, severance pay, statutory allowance and compensation, pension and similar payments.

Notifications

Foreign Bank Account Reporting. If I establish an account holding shares of Common Stock or an account holding cash outside of Denmark, I must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration, the form for which can be obtained from a local bank. (Please note that these obligations are separate from and in addition to the obligations described below.)

Exchange Control and Tax Reporting. To the extent permitted by the Company, I may hold shares of Common Stock s acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account (e.g., brokerage account) with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the shares of Common Stock are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, I am required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, a Danish Plan participant must file in his/her general tax return information about the shares of Common Stock no later than the filing deadline for the tax return for the tax year in which the shares of Common Stock were acquired and placed in a safety deposit account. Further guidance on filing of purchase and sale of securities for Danish tax purposes can be found on the website of the Danish tax administration (https://skat.dk/skat.aspx?oid=2234844 – available in Danish only). If the information is not filed by the applicable deadline, any subsequent loss realized on the shares of Common Stock would generally not be tax deductible. For most participants, the general deadline for filing tax returns is May 1.

In addition, when I open a deposit account or brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside of Denmark, the account will be treated as a deposit account because cash may be held in the account. Information about the bank account and income received on such account must be filed in my tax return for the years in which the account is opened/income is received on the account. I will be solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign account and any shares of Common Stock acquired and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of my annual income tax return.

 

-11-


FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Language Consent. By completing the enrollment process and submitting the Subscription Agreement, I confirm that I have read and understood the documents relating to the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (the Plan, the Subscription Agreement, Appendix A) which were provided to me in the English language. I accept the terms of these documents accordingly.

Consentement Relatif à la Langue Utilisée

En complétant et renvoyant le présent du Contrat de Souscription, je confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs aux droits d’acquisition d’Actions Ordinaires qui m’ont été remis en langue anglaise (le Plan, le Contrat de Souscription, Annexe A). J’accepte les conditions afférentes à ces documents en connaissance de cause.

Notifications

Tax Reporting. French residents may hold options outside of France, provided that they declare all foreign accounts, whether open, current, or closed, on one’s annual income tax return.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Controls. I understand that if I remit proceeds in excess of €12,500 out of or into Germany, such cross-border payment must be reported monthly to the State Central Bank. In the event that I make or receive a payment in excess of this amount, I understand and agree that I am responsible for obtaining the appropriate form from a German bank and complying with applicable reporting requirements. The online filing portal can be accessed at www.bundesbank.de.

HONG KONG

Terms and Conditions

Securities. The following paragraphs shall be inserted immediately after the last paragraph of the Subscription Agreement:

Warning: The options and shares of Common Stock issued at settlement do not constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available only to employees of the Company or a Designated Company. The Subscription Agreement, including this Appendix A, the Plan and other incidental award documentation have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation

 

-12-


in Hong Kong, nor has the award documentation been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. The options are intended only for the personal use of the recipient and may not be distributed to any other person. I have been advised that if I am in any doubt about any of the contents of the Subscription Agreement, including this Appendix A, or the Plan, I should obtain independent professional advice.

Sale of Ordinary Shares of Common Stock. In the event the options are exercised within six (6) months of the Offering Date, I agree that I will not dispose of any shares of Common Stock acquired prior to the six-month anniversary of the Offering Date.

Nature of Scheme. The Company specifically intends that the Plan will not be an occupational retirement scheme for purposes of the Occupational Retirement Schemes Ordinance.

INDIA

Notifications

Foreign Assets Reporting. I understand that I must declare foreign bank accounts and any foreign financial assets (including shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Plan held outside India) in my annual tax return. It is my responsibility to comply with this reporting obligation and I should consult with my personal tax advisor in this regard.

Exchange Controls. I understand that I must repatriate any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan or the receipt of any dividends to India within 90 days of receipt and convert such amounts to local currency within 180 days of receipt. I must obtain a foreign inward remittance certificate (“FIRC”) from the bank where I deposit the foreign currency and maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or my employer requests proof of repatriation.

IRELAND

Notifications

Director Reporting Obligation. I understand that if I am a director, shadow director or secretary of an affiliate, Parent, or Subsidiary in Ireland, I must notify the Irish affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary in writing within five business days of receiving or disposing of an interest in the Company (e.g., options, shares of Common Stock), or within five (5) business days of becoming aware of the event giving rise to the notification requirement or within five (5) days of becoming a director or secretary if such an interest exists at the time. This notification requirement also applies with respect to the interests of my spouse or children under the age of 18 (whose interests will be attributed to the me if I am a director, shadow director or secretary).

 

-13-


ISRAEL

Terms and Conditions

The following shall apply to Participants of the Company’s Israeli resident subsidiary/ies:

By enrolling in the Plan, I agree to the deduction of the amounts mentioned herein from my salary and instruct my employer to deduct such amounts. Payroll deductions made pursuant to the Plan and the Subscription Agreement are in accordance with sections 25(A) and 25(B) to the Wage Protection Law-1958.

I confirm and acknowledge that pursuant to the tax ruling obtained by the Company on October [*], 2021 (the “Tax Ruling”), upon purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock and the price I paid for such shares of Common Stock will be considered ordinary work income and will subject to ordinary income tax. The Israeli subsidiary will deduct tax upon purchase and pay the tax to the Israeli Tax Authority. Upon the actual sale of the shares of Common Stock, the increase in share price from the Exercise Date will be classified as capital gains and I will be solely responsible to report this gain and pay the applicable tax to the Israeli Tax Authority.

Securities Law Exemption. An exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus with respect to the Plan will be obtained by the Company from the Israeli Securities Authority. Copies of the Plan and Form S-8 registration statement for the Plan filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission are available free of charge upon request from Participant’s local human resources department.

ITALY

Terms and Conditions

Participant’s Authorization to Release and Transfer Necessary Personal Information.

The following supplements Section 4 of Part I of this Appendix A:

I understand that Data will be held only as long as is required by law or as necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the Plan and employee compensation or for compliance or financial reporting purposes. I understand that pursuant to Chapter III of Regulation (EU) 2016/679, I have rights, including but not limited to, the right to access, delete, update, request the rectification of my Data and cease the Data processing and to object, in whole or in part, on legitimate grounds, to the processing of my Data, even though they are relevant to the purpose of collection. Furthermore, I am aware that my Data will not be used for direct marketing purposes. In addition, the Data provided can be reviewed and questions or complaints can be addressed by contacting a local HR representative. If I request that the Company cease processing my personal data, I must do so by writing to Informatica Inc., 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California, 94063, U.S.A., or sending an email to privacy@informatica.com. If I request that the Company cease processing my Data, the Company will not be able to administer this award.

 

-14-


Accordingly, if I request that the Company cease processing my Data, this award will be cancelled when my withdrawal is received.

Furthermore, having read and understood the information given on the processing of the Data and being acquainted of the rights set forth in Chapter III of Regulation (EU) 2016/679, I acknowledge the processing of any Data as reported in the Plan and the Subscription Agreement, and further acknowledges the transfer of Data, even sensitive data, in foreign Countries outside the European Union.

Governing Law and Plan Document Acknowledgment. By participating in the Plan, I acknowledge that I received a copy of the Plan and the Subscription Agreement and has reviewed the Plan and the Subscription Agreement, in their entirety and fully understand and accept all provisions of the Plan and the Subscription Agreement. I understand that the Plan and my participation in the Plan is governed by the Governing Law as set forth in Section 26.2 of the Subscription Agreement.

Notifications

Exchange Controls. I am required to report in my annual tax return any investments (including shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan) held outside of Italy, if the investment may give rise to income in Italy. Bank accounts held abroad exceeding in the year the value of €15,000 or the euro equivalent (e.g., bank accounts where proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan are deposited) also shall be reported. I am exempt from the formalities if the investments are made through an authorized broker resident in Italy.

JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting. I understand that if I acquire shares of Common Stock valued at more than ¥100,000,000 in a single transaction, I must file a Report Concerning Acquisition or Transfer of Securities (shoken no shutoku mataha joto ni kansuru hokokusho) with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the acquisition of the shares of Common Stock.

In addition, I understand that if I pay more than ¥30,000,000 in a single transaction for the purchase of shares of Common Stock, I must file a Payment Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the month following the month in which the payment was made. The precise reporting requirements vary depending on whether or not the relevant payment is made through a bank in Japan.

Lastly, I understand that I may be required to file a Report on Overseas Assets (kokugai zaisan chosho) in respect of any assets (including Shares acquired under the Plan) held outside Japan as of December 31, to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million.

 

-15-


MEXICO

Terms and Conditions

Payroll Deductions. Due to regulatory issues in Mexico, I may be prohibited from making contributions to the Plan by way of payroll deductions. In that case, at the discretion of the Company, I will be allowed to make contributions to the Plan by way of cash or check. I agree to sign any additional forms that may be required to process contributions by way of cash or check. All other provisions of Section 8 of the Subscription Agreement will apply to Participants in Mexico.

NETHERLANDS

No country-specific provisions.

NEW ZEALAND

Securities Notification

Notice Provided Under the Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

I have been granted an award of Informatica Inc. the option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I have been or will be provided with a description of the Plan and its terms and conditions separately from the Subscription Agreement. In compliance with an exemption to the New Zealand Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 I must be provided with the following information:

Annual Report and Financial Statements

I have the right to receive from Informatica Inc. on request, free of charge, a copy of Informatica Inc.’s latest annual report, financial statements and audit report on those financial statements. I can also obtain a copy of these documents electronically at the following website address www.sec.gov or [website].

 

-16-


Warning

This is a grant of the option to purchase shares of Common Stock in Informatica Inc. If the options are purchased, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, you will receive shares of Common Stock in Informatica Inc. The shares will give you a stake in the ownership of Informatica Inc. You may receive a return if dividends are paid.

If Informatica Inc. runs into financial difficulties and is wound up, you will be paid only after all creditors have been paid. You may lose some or all of your investment.

New Zealand law normally requires people who offer financial products to give information to investors before they invest. This information is designed to help investors to make an informed decision.

The usual rules do not apply to this offer because it is made under an employee share scheme. As a result, you may not be given all the information usually required. You will also have fewer other legal protections for this investment.

Ask questions, read all documents carefully, and seek independent financial advice before committing yourself.

The options are not listed. Informatica Inc. shares of Common Stock are listed on the NYSE. This means you may be able to sell Informatica Inc. shares of Common Stock, once purchased, on the NYSE if there are interested buyers. You may get less than you invested. The price will depend on the demand for Informatica Inc. shares of Common Stock.

POLAND

Notifications

Exchange Controls. If I hold foreign securities (including shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Plan) and maintain accounts abroad, then it is my responsibility to report information to the National Bank of Poland on transactions and balances of the securities and cash deposited in such accounts if the value of such securities and cash (when combined with all other assets held abroad) exceeds PLN 7 million. If required, the reports are due on a quarterly basis on special forms available on the website of the National Bank of Poland.

Further, any transfer or settlement of funds in excess of a specified threshold (currently €15,000) must be effected through an authorized bank, authorized payment institution or authorized e-money institution.

 

-17-


PORTUGAL

Notifications

Exchange Controls. If I hold shares of Common Stock acquired upon purchase they should be reported to the Banco de Portugal for statistical purposes. If the shares of Common Stock are deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, such bank or financial intermediary will submit the report on my behalf. If the shares of Common Stock are not deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, I am responsible for submitting the report to the Banco de Portugal.

RUSSIA

Notifications

Securities Law. The offer of the options and the underlying shares of Common Stock is being made from the U.S. and neither the Subscription Agreement nor any materials related to the Plan shall be construed to constitute advertising or offering of securities in Russia. The options and the underlying shares of Common Stock have not been and will not be registered in Russia.

Financial Reporting/Exchange Controls. I understand that I may receive unlimited proceeds from a non-resident foreign currency account (i.e., an account held outside Russia) provided that the country where the account is held (i) is in the Eurasian economic union, or (ii) provides for automatic exchange of financial data with the Russian authorities. As the U.S. currently does not provide for such automatic exchange of data, I must repatriate foreign currency (including the sales proceeds) into a foreign currency account authorized by the Russian Central Banking Authority and report such foreign account and transaction (including foreign stock award accounts) by June 1 to the Russian tax authorities.

SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

Securities Law

The award of the Options is being made in reliance of section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) (“SFA”) for which it is exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements under the SFA. I understand that the shares of Common Stock has not been registered with the SFA. Unless I sell any shares of Common Stock I acquire pursuant to the Plan via a public exchange outside of Singapore (e.g., NASDAQ, NYSE), I agree that I shall not, within six (6) months of my acquisition of any shares of Common Stock, sell, transfer, gift, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such shares of Common Stock within Singapore except as expressly approved by the Company in writing. The Company believes that a typical sale through a U.S. brokerage firm would not require the Company’s consent under these rules.

 

-18-


Director Notification Obligation. If I am a director, shadow director, or hold any similar position3 of a Singapore-incorporated company (each a “Singapore company”) (e.g., the Company, any Singapore Subsidiary or Singapore affiliate), I am subject to certain notification requirements under section 164 of the Singapore Companies Act to enable the Singapore company to comply with its obligations to maintain a register of director’s shareholdings. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore company in writing of:

 

  (a)

shares in, debentures of, or participatory interests made available by, the Singapore company or its related corporation which are held by me;

 

  (b)

any interest that I have in shares in, debentures of, or participatory interests made available by, the Singapore company or its related corporation, and the nature and extent of that interest under Section 7 of the Singapore Companies Act (which provides for the circumstances under which a deemed interest in shares may arise);

 

  (c)

rights or options that I have in respect of the acquisition or disposal of shares in the Singapore company or its related corporation; and

 

  (d)

contracts to which I am a party or under which I am entitled to a benefit, being contracts under which a person has a right to call for or to make delivery of shares in the Singapore company or its related corporation.

I must notify the Singapore company in writing when there is any change in the particulars of my interests as mentioned above (including when I sell shares of Common Stock issued from the Plan).

I am deemed to hold or have an interest or a right in or over any shares or debentures, if:

 

  (a)

my spouse (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer) holds or has an interest or a right in or over such shares or debentures; or

 

  (b)

my child of less than 18 years of age, including stepson, stepdaughter, adopted son or adopted daughter (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer) holds or has an interest in such shares or debentures.

In addition, any contract, assignment or right of subscription shall be deemed to have been entered into or exercised or made by, or a grant shall be deemed as having been made to, me if any contract, assignment or right of subscription is entered into, exercised or made by, or a grant is made to, members of my family as aforesaid (not being himself or herself a director or chief executive officer).

Particulars of my interests as mentioned above must be given within two business days after (i) the date on which I became a director of the Singapore company, or (ii) the date on which I became a registered holder of or acquired an interest as mentioned above, whichever last occurs. Particulars of any change in my interests must also be given within two business days of the change.

SPAIN

Notifications

Foreign Assets Reporting. I may be subject to certain tax reporting requirements with respect to assets, rights, or foreign currency that I hold outside of Spain, including bank accounts, securities and real estate if the aggregate value for particular category of assets exceeds €50,000 as of December 31 each year. Shares purchased under the Plan are subject to this reporting requirement.

 

3 

Under section 4(1) of the Singapore Companies Act, the term “director” includes any person occupying the position of director of a corporation by whatever name called.

 

-19-


If applicable, I must report my foreign assets on Form 720 by no later than March 31 following the end of the relevant year. After the rights and/or assets are initially reported, the reporting obligation will only apply if the value of previously-reported rights or assets increases by more than €20,000 as of each subsequent December 31; additional reporting requirements may apply if my assets or asset increases exceed these amounts.

In addition, I must notify the Registry of Investments at the Spanish Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Tourism of investments in securities of companies not listed in Spain, which are deposited in a non-resident account. I must file form D-6 by January 31 each year stating the value of my investments in non-Spanish listed shares as of December 31 of the previous calendar year.

Share Reporting Requirement. The acquisition of shares of Common Stock must be declared for statistical purposes to the Direccion General de Comercio e Inversiones (the “DGCI”), the Bureau for Commerce and Investments, which is a department of the Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness. Generally, the declaration must be filed in January for shares owned as of December 31 of each year; however, if the value of the shares acquired or the amount of the sale proceeds exceeds a designated amount the declaration must be filed within one month of the acquisition or sale, as applicable.

Foreign Currency Payments. When receiving foreign currency payments exceeding €50,000 derived from the ownership of shares (i.e., dividends or proceeds from the sale of the shares of Common Stock), I must inform the financial institution receiving the payment of the basis upon which such payment is made. I will need to provide the following information: (i) my name, address, and fiscal identification number; (ii) the name and corporate domicile of the Company; (iii) the amount of the payment and the currency used; (iv) the country of origin; (v) the reasons for the payment; and (vi) further information that may be required.

SWEDEN

No country-specific provisions.

SWITZERLAND

Notifications

Securities Law. The offer to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan is considered a private offering in Switzerland and is therefore not subject to securities registration in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other materials relating to the options (i) constitute a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the Swiss Code of Obligations, (ii) may be publicly distributed nor otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland, or (iii) has been or will be filed with, approved or supervised by any Swiss regulatory authority (in particular, the Swiss Financial Supervisory authority).

 

-20-


UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Notifications

Securities Law. I understand that participation in the Plan is being offered only to Eligible Employees and is in the nature of providing equity incentives to employees in the United Arab Emirates. I further understand that the Plan and the Subscription Agreement are intended for distribution only to Eligible Employees and must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If I do not understand the contents of the Plan or the Subscription Agreement, I am aware that I should consult an authorized financial adviser. The Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with the Plan. Neither the Ministry of Economy nor the Dubai Department of Economic Development have approved the Plan or the Subscription Agreement nor taken steps to verify the information set out therein, and have no responsibility for such documents.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Obligations. The following provision supplements Section 2 of this Appendix A to the Subscription Agreement: Tax-Related Items shall include Primary and to the extent legally possible secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions. I agree that the Company or my employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right I may have to recover any overpayment from relevant U.K. tax authorities. I understand and agree that if payment or withholding of any income tax liability arising in connection with my participation in the Plan is not made by me to my employer within 90 days of the event giving rise to such income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)I of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), that the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by me to my employer, effective on the Due Date. I understand and agree that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, it will be immediately due and repayable by me, and the Company and/or my employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or the Subscription Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand and agree that if I am a director or an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of such terms for purposes of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), I will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax liability. I further understand that, in the event that I am such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by me by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute an additional benefit to me on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions will be payable. I understand and agree that I am responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or my employer (as appropriate) for the value of any primary and (to the extent legally possible) secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit which the Company or my employer may recover from me by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or the Subscription Agreement.

 

-21-


At the discretion of the Company, the options cannot be settled until I have entered into an election with the Company (or my employer) (as appropriate) in a form approved by the Company and Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (a “Joint Election”) under which any liability of the Company and/or the employer for employer’s national insurance contributions arising in respect of the granting, exercise, settlement of or other dealing in the options, or the acquisition of shares of Common Stock on the settlement of the options, is transferred to and met by me.

 

-22-


EXHIBIT B

INFORMATICA INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned Participant in the Offering Period of the Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) that began on ____________, ______ (the “Offering Date”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be terminated automatically. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning ascribed to them under the Plan.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:                                                                                              


ANNEX I

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR EMPLOYEES IN DENMARK

 

ERKLÆRING OM TILDELING AF BETINGEDE AKTIEENHEDER, HERUNDER ERKLÆRING I HENHOLD TIL AKTIEOPTIONSLOVEN

  

STATEMENT CONCERNING GRANTING OPTIONS, INCLUDING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE DANISH STOCK OPTION ACT

Informatica Inc.

(“Selskabet”)

  

Informatica Inc.

(the “Company”)

Og

Medarbejderen, der elektronisk har givet samtykke til vilkårene og betingelserne i Subscription Agreement.

(“Medarbejderen”)

  

And

The individual providing services to the Company electronically consenting to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement.

(the “Service Provider”)

1.Og

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Blvd

Redwood City, California

94063, US

(“Moderselskabet”)

  

And

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Blvd

Redwood City, California

94063, US

(the “Parent Company”)

har indgået Subscription Agreement og alle bilag og tillæg hertil (“Tildelingsaftalen”) i relation muligheden for at købe aktier (“Options”), som Moderselskabet har tildelt Medarbejderen.

  

have entered into the Subscription Agreement, including all exhibits and appendices thereto (the “Agreement”) concerning the option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) granted by the Parent Company to the Service Provider.

 

-2-


Denne erklæring (“Erklæringen”) udgør en erklæring til Medarbejderen i henhold til § 3, stk. 1 i lov om brug af køberet eller tegningsret til aktier m.v. i ansættelsesforhold (“Aktieoptionsloven”).

  

This statement (the “Statement”) constitutes a statement to the Service Provider pursuant to section 3 (1) of the Danish Act on the exercise of stock acquisition rights or stock subscription rights in employment relationships, etc. (the “Stock Option Act”).

I tilfælde af uoverensstemmelser mellem Erklæringen og Tildelingsaftalen og/eller Medarbejderens ansættelsesaftale med Selskabet har Tildelingsaftalen forrang.

  

In the event of any discrepancies between the Statement and the Agreement and/or Service Provider’s contract of employment with the Company, the Agreement shall prevail.

Moderselskabet har vedtaget et Option program, der omfatter medarbejdere i Moderselskabet og dettes datterselskaber, herunder Selskabets medarbejdere. Vilkårene for Option-programmet, der også omfatter de Options, der tildeles i medfør af Tildelingsaftalen, er fastsat i “Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan” (benævnt “Aktieincitamentsprogrammet”).

  

The Parent Company has adopted an Option program covering the Service Providers of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, including the employees of the Company. The terms of the Option program, which also include the Options granted under the Agreement, appear from the “Informatica Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan” (the “Equity Incentive Program”).

Vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet finder anvendelse på Medarbejderens Options, medmindre Tildelingsaftalen fastsætter vilkår, der fraviger vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet. I sådanne tilfælde har Tildelingsaftalen vilkår forrang.

  

The terms of the Equity Incentive Program apply to the Service Provider’s Options, unless the Agreement stipulates terms that deviate from the terms of the Equity Incentive Program. In such situations, the terms of the Agreement shall prevail.

 

-3-


Definitioner anvendt i Tildelingsaftalen skal have samme betydning som i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, medmindre andet følger af Tildelingsaftalen.

  

The definitions of the Agreement shall have the same meaning as the definitions of the Equity Incentive Program, unless otherwise provided by Agreement.

1.  OPTIONS OG VEDERLAG

  

1.  OPTIONS AND CONSIDERATION

1.1  Medarbejderen tildeles løbende Options, der giver Medarbejderen ret til aktier (“Aktier”) i Moderselskabet og/eller kontantbetaling. De pågældende Options tildeles vederlagsfrit.

  

1.1  The Service Provider is granted Options on a current basis entitling the Service Provider to shares (“Shares”) in the Parent Company and/or cash payment. The Options are granted free of charge.

1.2  Værdien pr. aktie, som Options repræsenterer vil blive som nærmere fastsat i Tildelingsaftalen.

  

1.2  The value per share that the Options represent shall be as specified in the Agreement.

ØVRIGEVILKÅR OG BETINGELSER

  

2.  OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Optionstildeles i overensstemmelse med Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

2.1  The Options are granted under the Equity Incentive Program.

Optionstildeles efter Administrator af Ordningens skøn og når Administrator af Ordningen måtte beslutte det.

  

2.2  The Options are granted at the discretion of the Plan Administrator and at the timing of its discretion.

Optionsoptjenes i overensstemmelse med Tildelingsaftalen.

  

2.3  The Options shall vest as set forth in the Agreement.

Optjeningenaf Options er betinget af, at Medarbejderen er ansat i Selskabet i optjeningsperioden, og der hverken tildeles eller optjenes Options efter ansættelsesforholdets ophør, uanset årsag hertil, jf. dog nedenfor. Optjeningen af Options påvirkes ikke af lovreguleret orlov.

  

2.4  The earning of Options is conditional on the Service Provider being employed with the Company for the duration of the vesting period and no Options are granted or earned after the termination of the employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, cf. however below. The earning of Options is not influenced by statutory leave.

 

-4-


OPTJENINGOPTIONS

  

3.  EARNING OPTIONS

Efteroptjeningsperioden vil Options vaere optjent forudsat, at de ikke er bortfaldet efter vilkårene i Tildelingsaftalen og indtil det tidspunkt, hvor sådanne Options ophører, bortfalder og/eller fortabes i overensstemmelse med vilkårene i Tildelingsaftalen.

  

3.1  Options will be earned on the vesting date as long as they remain validly outstanding pursuant to the Agreement, until the date such Options are terminated cancelled and/or forfeited pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

I   tilfælde af ansættelsesforholdets ophør og uanset årsagen hertil, vil ikke-vestede Options automatisk fortabes, ophøre og bortfalde per tidspunktet for ansættelsesforholdets ophør uden kompensation eller rettigheder i tilknytning hertil.

  

3.2  Upon your termination of employment for any or no reason, any then-unvested Options will be automatically forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without payment of any consideration or further rights hereunder.

REGULERINGAF OPTIONS

  

4.  ADJUSTMENT OF THE OPTIONS

Regulering ved kapitalændringer

  

Adjustmentin connection with capital changes

 

-5-


Såfremtder sker en ændring i antallet af udestående Aktier som følge af ændring i Moderselskabets kapitalstruktur uden vederlag såsom aktieudbytte, rekapitalisering, aktiesplit, omvendt aktiesplit, rekonstruktion, fusion, konsolidering, opdeling, kombination, genkøb eller ombytning af Selskabets Aktier eller øvrige værdipapirer eller andre ændringer i Moderselskabets selskabsstruktur, der kan påvirke Aktien, kan der gennemføres justeringer, der kan påvirke Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, herunder en justering af antallet af samt klassen af Aktier, der kan opnås i henhold til Programmet, af Købsprisen pr. aktie og af det antal Aktier for hver option i henhold til Programmet, der endnu ikke er udnyttet, og de talmæssige begrænsninger i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

4.1Ifthe number of outstanding Shares is changed by a modification in the capital structure of the Parent Company without consideration such as a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Parent Company or other change in the corporate structure of the Parent Company affecting the Shares, adjustments may be made that may impact the Equity Incentive Program and the Options including adjusting the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Equity Incentive Program and the numerical limits of the Equity Incentive Program.

Andre ændringer

  

Other changes

4.2  I tilfælde af forslag om opløsning eller likvidation af Selskabet, og i tilfælde af fusion eller ændring i kontrollen med Selskabet eller Moderselskabet, kan der ske andre reguleringer i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet og Options.

  

4.2  In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Parent Company and in the event of a merger or a change in control of the Parent Company, other adjustments may be made to the Equity Incentive Program and the Options.

 

-6-


Administrator af Ordningens regulering 3af Optioner

  

Plan Administrator’s regulation of Options

1.3  Administrator af Ordningens adgang til at regulere Options i de i § 4 omhandlede situationer er reguleret af vilkårene i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet. Med hensyn til Administrator af Ordningens generelle adgang til at ændre eller opsige Aktieincitamentsprogrammet, henvises der til artikel fire, punkt V og punkt 3.8 i Aktieincitamentsprogrammet.

  

4.3  The Plan Administrator’s access to regulation of the Options in the situations comprised by this section 4 shall be regulated by the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Program. As regards the Plan Administrator’s, general access to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Program reference is made to the Equity Incentive Program Article Four, Section 11.

ØKONOMISKEASPEKTER VED DELTAGELSE I ORDNINGEN

  

5.  THE FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF PARTICIPATING IN THE SCHEME

Optionser risikobetonede værdipapirer, der er afhængige af aktiemarkedet og Moderselskabets resultater. Som følge heraf er der ingen garanti for, at Options’erne udløser en fortjeneste. Options’erne skal ikke medregnes ved opgørelsen af feriepenge, fratrædelsesgodtgørelse, godtgørelse eller kompensation fastsat ved lov, pension og lignende.

  

5.1  The Options are risky securities the potential value of which is influenced by the market for Shares and the Parent Company’s results. Consequently, there is no guarantee that the vesting of the Options will trigger a profit. The Options are not to be included in the calculation of holiday allowance, severance pay, statutory allowance and compensation, pension and similar payments.

SKATTEMÆSSIGEFORHOLD

  

 

-7-


De   skattemæssige konsekvenser for Medarbejderen som følge af tildelingen af Options og den efterfølgende udnyttelse heraf er i sidste ende Medarbejderens ansvar. Selskabet opfordrer Medarbejderen til selvstændigt at indhente rådgivning om den skattemæssige behandling af tildeling og udnyttelse af Options.

  

6.  TAX MATTERS

 

6.1  Any tax consequences for the Service Provider arising out of the Options and the exercise thereof are ultimately the responsibility of the Service Provider. The Company encourages the Service Provider to obtain individual tax advice in relation to the effect of grant and vesting of the Options.

OVERDRAGELSEOG PANTSÆTNING AF OPTIONER MV.

  

7.  TRANSFER AND PLEDGING OF OPTIONS, ETC.

Optionser personlige. Ingen rettigheder om betaling for Options eller tildeling af Aktier i henhold til Aktieincitamentsprogrammet kan overdrages, overføres, pantsættes eller på anden vis disponeres over af Medarbejderen, frivilligt eller ved udlæg.

  

7.1  The Options are personal instruments. No rights with regard to settlement of Options or to receive Shares under the Equity Incentive Program may assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Service Provider whether voluntarily or by execution.

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.4

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INFORMATICA INC. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(as amended and restated, effective September 30, 2021)

This Third Amended and Restated Informatica Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), was initially adopted by Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. (“Former Topco”) as of September 10, 2015, and amended and restated by Former Topco, effective as of October 12, 2018, and March 15, 2020. In connection with a corporate restructuring, pursuant to which all equity holders of Former Topco contributed their equity interests in Former Topco for common stock of the Company, this Plan was further amended and restated and adopted by the Company to reflect such restructuring, effective as of September 30, 2021.

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company to attract, retain, incentivize and motivate officers and employees of, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company. The Company believes that this incentive program will cause participating officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors to increase their interest in the welfare of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to align those interests with those of the shareholders of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan:

2.1 “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any entity, any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is under common control with, is controlled by or controls, each within the meaning of the Securities Act.

2.2 “Award” shall mean individually or collectively, the grant of an Option or Restricted Share Unit, or either or both of them.

2.3 “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

2.4 “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

2.5 “Cause” shall mean (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, (i) the Participant’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar


acts, whether of the United States or any state thereof or any similar non-U.S. law to which the Participant may be subject, (ii) the Participant’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting a material breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the performance of the Participant’s duties, (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable and lawful directive of the Company or of the Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or provides services, or the Board or (B) comply with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or a Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or to which he or she provides services which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect (other than a de minimis adverse effect) on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Participant’s material violation of his or her employment, consulting, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Participant is subject or (v) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to perform his or her material duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, with respect to clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) above, the Company shall provide notice to the Participant describing the nature of such event and the Participant shall thereafter have 30 days to cure such event.

2.6 “Change in Capitalization” means any increase or reduction in the number of Shares, any change (including, but not limited to, in the case of a spin-off, dividend or other distribution in respect of Shares, a change in value) in the Shares or any exchange of Shares for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or another entity, by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, spin-off, split-up, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, property dividend, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar corporate event or transaction.

2.7 “Change in Control” shall mean, other than as a result of a sale of interests through an underwritten public offering, (i) the direct or indirect sale, transfer or conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than the Major Shareholders; (ii) the consummation of any transaction or related series of transactions (including any merger, share purchase, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) other than the Major Shareholders becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar provision) of a majority of the economic interest in the Company; or (iii) any transaction or series of related transactions which results in (A) the Major Shareholders ceasing to have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board or (B) the shareholders of the Company immediately before such transaction or series of related transactions owning (together with their affiliates) securities representing 50% or less of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction or series of related transactions (other than any ownership changes purely as a result of restructuring transactions). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and the payment or settlement of the Award will accelerate upon a Change in Control, no event set forth herein will constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan or any Award unless such event also constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the applicable regulations.

 

2


2.8 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9 “Committee” means the board of directors of the Company, its Compensation Committee or its designee. The Committee shall administer the Plan and perform the functions set forth herein. If the Board elects, or if at any time no Committee has been specified, the Committee shall mean the Board.

2.10 “Company” means Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.11 “Corporate Transaction” means (a) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, (b) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (c) a Change in Control.

2.12 “Director” means a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors or operating committee of any Subsidiary or direct or indirect parent entity.

2.13 “Disability” means (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “disability” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “disability” in such employment agreement, (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “disability” is defined, permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (c) or as otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement. A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Participant shall submit to any reasonable examination(s) required by such physician upon request. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13, in the event any award is considered to be “non-qualified deferred compensation” as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Code, then, in lieu of the foregoing definition and to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the definition of “Disability” for purposes of such award shall be the definition of “disability” provided for under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.

2.14 “Division” means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

2.15 “Effective Date” means September 10, 2015.

2.16 “Eligible Individual” means any of the following individuals: (a) any director, officer, employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) any individual to whom the Company or one of its Subsidiary has extended a formal, written offer of employment, and (c) any consultant or advisor of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

2.17 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3


2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date: (i) if the Shares are not listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the value of such Shares established by the Committee in its good faith discretion, with such determination to be based on the most recent independent valuation (once an independent valuation has been undertaken) by an independent valuer appointed by the Company and approved by the Major Shareholders, with such independent valuation to occur no less frequently than twice annually or, alternatively, the Board, in determining the value of Parent as a whole, or (ii) if the Shares are listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the closing price of the Shares as reported on the principal nationally recognized stock exchange on which the Shares traded on such date, or if no Share prices are reported on such date, the closing price of the Shares on the next preceding date on which there were reported Share prices.

2.19 “Good Reason” shall mean (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Good Reason” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “Good Reason” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Good Reason” is defined, (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that is also generally applied to similarly situated employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate level of benefits made available to the Participant other than a reduction that is also generally applied to similarly situated employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) relocation of the Participant’s primary place of business for the performance of Participant’s duties to the Company or its Subsidiaries to a location that is more than 35 miles from its prior location. In order for a resignation to qualify as for “Good Reason,” the Participant must provide the Company with written notice within sixty (60) days of the event that the Participant believes constitutes “Good Reason” specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and the Company must have failed to cure such Good Reason condition within thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

2.20 “Major Shareholders” means Canada Pension Plan Investment Board organized and existing under the laws of Canada, having its principal office at One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto ON, M5C 2W5, Canada; EvomLux S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized and existing under the laws of Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488, route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 190.751; and their respective Affiliates.

2.21 “MIV” means Ithaca MIV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

2.22 “MIV Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company of the MIV, dated as of August 5, 2015, as may be amended from time to time.

2.23 “Option” means an option to purchase Shares of the Company.

2.24 “Option Price” means the price at which Shares may be purchased pursuant to an Option.

 

4


2.25 “Participant” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

2.26 “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.

2.27 “Plan” means this Third Amended and Restated Informatica Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.28 “Plan Termination Date” means March 14, 2030.

2.29 “Restricted Share Units” or “RSUs” means rights granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 16 representing a number of hypothetical Shares.

2.30 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.31 “Share” means a share of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and any other securities into which such share is changed or for which such share is exchanged.

2.32 “Shareholders Agreement” means that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2021, by and among the Company and certain other parties thereto providing terms applicable to Shares of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

2.33 “Subsidiary” means any corporation (or other legal entity) which is a subsidiary corporation (or would be a subsidiary corporation if such entity were a corporation) within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code with respect to the Company.

2.34 “Termination”, “Terminated” or “Terminates” shall mean, (a) with respect to a Participant that is an employee, the date such Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) with respect to a Participant that is a consultant, the date such Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) with respect to a Participant that is a non-employee Director, the date such Participant ceases to provide services to the Board or the board of directors or operating committee of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency). Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, (a) if a Participant is both an employee and a Director and Terminates as an employee and remains as a non-employee Director, the Participant will thereupon be deemed to have Terminated, and (b) if a Participant that is an employee or a non-employee Director ceases to provide services in such capacity and becomes a consultant, the Participant will thereupon be deemed to have been Terminated.

3. Administration.

3.1 Committees; Procedure. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall hold meetings when it deems necessary and shall keep minutes of its meetings. The Committee shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the Plan properly, including the power and duty to construe and interpret the Plan, to determine all questions arising under it and to delegate some or all of its duties to an officer of the Company or any of its

 

5


Subsidiaries. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan. The Committee’s interpretations and determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all Persons. The Committee may also establish, from time to time, such regulations, provisions, procedures, and conditions regarding the Awards and granting of Awards, which in its opinion may be advisable in administering the Plan. The acts of a majority of the total membership of the Committee at any meeting, or the acts approved in writing by all of its members, shall be the acts of the Committee.

3.2 Board Reservation. The Board may, in its discretion, reserve to itself or exercise any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee hereunder. To the extent the Board has reserved to itself, or exercised the authority and responsibility of the Committee, all references to the Committee in the Plan shall be to the Board.

3.3 Committee Powers. Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have the power from time to time to:

(a) select those Eligible Individuals to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan, the number of Shares in respect of which each Award is granted and the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such Award, and otherwise make the Plan fully effective;

(b) construe and interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder and establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable, including so that the Plan and the operation of the Plan comply with any applicable provision of the Code;

(c) determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant on an individual basis without constituting a Termination for purposes of the Plan;

(e) cancel, with the consent of the Participant or as otherwise permitted under the terms of the Plan, outstanding Awards;

(f) exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it as set forth in the Plan; and

(g) generally, exercise such powers and perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

3.4 Non-Uniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Persons who receive, or are eligible to receive Awards (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award

 

6


Agreements, as to the Eligible Individuals to receive Awards under the Plan and the terms and provision of Awards under the Plan. All decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of the above powers shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Participants and all other persons having any interest therein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Participants working outside the United States, the Committee may determine the terms and conditions of Awards and make such adjustments to the terms thereof as are necessary or advisable to fulfill the purposes of the Plan taking into account matters of local law or practice, including tax and securities laws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

3.5 Indemnification. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any transaction hereunder. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering the Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

4. Shares Subject to the Plan; Grant Limitations.

4.1 Aggregate Number of Shares Authorized for Issuance. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares that may be made the subject of Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 34,065,509.

4.2 Calculating Shares Available. The Committee shall determine the appropriate method for determining the number of Shares available for grant as Awards under the Plan, subject to the following:

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.2(b), the number of Shares available under this Section 4 for the granting of further Awards shall be reduced by the number of Shares in respect of which the Award is granted or denominated.

(b) Any Shares related to an Award granted under this Plan that terminates by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without the issuance of the Shares shall again be available for award under this Plan.

(c) Any Shares tendered (to the extent permitted by the Committee) (i) to pay the Option Price of an Option granted under this Plan or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under this Plan, shall not become available again for grant under this Plan.

 

7


5. Options.

5.1 Authority of Committee. The Committee may grant Options to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan. The terms and conditions of each Option grant shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Each such Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine.

5.2 Option Price. The Option Price or the manner in which the exercise price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the exercise price per Share under each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of an Share on the date the Option is granted.

5.3 Maximum Duration. Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine; provided that an Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted; provided, further, however, that unless the Committee provides otherwise, an Option may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Option, be exercised for up to six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s death, even if such period extends beyond ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the period within which the Option may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Option could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Option.

5.4 Vesting. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the time or times at which an Option shall become vested and exercisable. To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

5.5 Method of Exercise. The exercise of an Option shall be made only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares subject to the Option to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Award Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The Option Price may be paid in any or any combination of the following forms: (a) cash or its equivalent (e.g., a check), (b) if permitted by the Committee or set forth in an Award Agreement, in the form of other property (including Shares), (c) through Share withholding as a result of which the number of Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be reduced by a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price due upon such exercise, or (d) if the Shares are then publicly traded, an instruction by the Participant to enter into a “same-day sale” or “sell to cover” arrangement, if applicable, with a FINRA registered broker-dealer, pursuant to this authorization and without further consent, whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to sell a portion of the Shares to be delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option to satisfy the full Option Price for the Shares and whereby the FINRA registered broker-dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to pay such Option Price to the Company or its Affiliates. If requested by the Committee, the Participant shall deliver the Award Agreement evidencing the Option to the Company, which shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreement to the Participant.

 

8


5.6 Rights of Participants. No Participant shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, (b) the Company shall have issued and delivered the Shares (if certificated) to the Participant, (c) the Participant’s name, or the name of his or her broker or other nominee, shall have been entered as a holder of record on the books of the Company and (d) if the Option is exercised prior to the date on which the Shares are listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the Participant shall have entered into the Shareholders Agreement and the applicable governing document of the MIV.

6. Contribution of Shareholder Interests. If Shares are acquired by a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement prior to the date on which the Shares are listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange, immediately following a Participant’s receipt of one or more Shares, such Participant shall be required to contribute the Shares to the MIV in exchange for an equivalent number of units in the MIV. Such contribution shall be effected pursuant to the terms of a contribution agreement in a form to be provided by the MIV at the time that the Option is exercised or the RSU is settled. Following the date on which the Shares are publicly listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange and in connection with the dissolution of the MIV, this Section 6 will have no further force or effect and no contributions of Shares to the MIV will be required.

7. Effect of a Termination; Transferability.

7.1 Termination. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of each Award shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Award upon Termination, which shall be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted, and which terms and conditions may include provisions regarding the treatment of an Award in the event of a Termination by reason of a divestiture of any Subsidiary or Division or other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.

7.2 Transferability of Awards and Shares.

(a) Non-Transferability of Awards. Except as set forth in Section 7.2(c) or (d) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee and as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, either at the time of grant or at anytime thereafter, no Award shall be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; and any purported transfer, pledge, hypothecation, attachment, execution or levy in violation of this Section 7.2 shall be null and void.

(b) Restrictions on Shares. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired by a Participant under the Plan as it determines are necessary, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable U.S. federal securities laws, restrictions under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded and restrictions under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

 

9


(c) Transfers by Will or by Laws of Descent or Distribution. Any Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided, however, that (i) any transferred Award will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (ii) the Participant’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with this Section 7.2(c) will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any U.S. federal, state or local tax authority.

(d) Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant may, from time to time, name one or more individuals (each, a “Beneficiary”) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the Participant under any Award granted under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or, if applicable, exercises an Option. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits under Award Agreements remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death and rights to be exercised following the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s estate.

8. Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.

8.1 In the event of a Change in Capitalization, the Committee shall make an equitable adjustment to each Share subject to an Award such that no dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits occurs. To the extent any such Change in Capitalization includes an exchange of Shares, each such Share then subject to each Award shall be adjusted to the number and class of shares into which each such outstanding Share shall be exchanged such that no dilution or enlargement of the benefits occurs, all without change in the aggregate purchase price, if any, for the Shares then subject to each Award. Action by the Committee pursuant to this Section 8.1 may include adjustment to any or all of: (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or other property) that thereafter may be made the subject of Awards or be delivered under the Plan; (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Award; (iii) the purchase price or exercise price of a Share under any outstanding Option or the measure to be used to determine the amount of the benefit payable on an Award; and (iv) any other adjustments the Committee determines to be equitable. The Company may, in its sole discretion, cause any direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate to satisfy any cash-based obligations relating to adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.1.

8.2 Any such adjustment pursuant to Section 8.1 shall be made (i) with respect to any Award that is not subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, in a manner that would not subject the Award to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, as applicable, and (ii) with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, in a manner that complies with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, as applicable, and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.

 

10


8.3 If, by reason of a Change in Capitalization, pursuant to an Award Agreement, a Participant shall be entitled to, or shall be entitled to exercise an Award with respect to, new, additional or different Shares or other securities of the Company or any other entity, such new, additional or different Shares or other securities, as the case may be, shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Shares subject to the Award prior to such Change in Capitalization.

9. Effect of Certain Transactions.

9.1 Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, unless provision is made in connection with such transaction, in the sole discretion of the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, for the assumption or continuation of such Awards by, or the substitution for such Awards with new awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share units (cash or stock settled) or other equity-based compensation of the surviving, or successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities or property or cash amounts subject to such new awards, option and stock appreciation right exercise or base prices, and other terms of such new awards as the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction shall agree. In the event that provision is made in writing as aforesaid in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the Plan and unexercised Options or other Awards theretofore granted or the new awards substituted therefor shall continue in the manner and under the terms provided in such writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, vested Awards (including those Awards that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction) shall not be terminated upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction unless holders of affected Awards are provided either (i) a period of at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options or (ii) payment (in cash or other consideration upon or following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being canceled in exchange for either, (x) for Options, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per-Share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the Option Price of the Option or (y) for Restricted Share Units, an amount equal to the per-Share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith). For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to the foregoing is zero or less, the affected Option may be canceled without any payment therefor.

9.2 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction (and any such action may be made contingent upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction):

(a) The Committee may cause any or all unvested Awards to become fully vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable) and/or provide the holders of vested Options a reasonable period of time prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options.

 

11


(b) With respect to unvested Awards that are terminated in connection with the Corporation Transaction, the Committee may provide the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration which shall be the same consideration in the same proportion as other shareholders receive with respect to their Shares) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the per-Share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith), with any amounts to be paid with respect to Options to be the excess, if any, per-Share price to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the Corporate Transaction over the Option Price of the Option, which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Option as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, at such other time or times as the Committee may determine.

9.3 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction (and any such action may be made contingent upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction):

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in the transaction agreement or otherwise for different treatment for Awards held by different Participants.

(b) Any action permitted under this Section 9 may be taken without the need for the consent of any Participant. To the extent a Corporate Transaction also constitutes a Change in Capitalization and action is taken pursuant to this Section 9 with respect to an outstanding Award, such action shall conclusively determine the treatment of such Award in connection with such Corporate Transaction notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary (including Section 8).

(c) The Committee may require a Participant to return a letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment as a condition to receiving any payment in respect of his or her Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction, in which case any Participant who has not returned any such letter or similar acknowledgment within the time period established by the Committee for returning any such letter or similar acknowledgement shall forfeit his or her right to any payment and his or her associated Awards may be canceled without any payment therefor.

10. Interpretation.

All Awards granted under the Plan are intended either not to be subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or, if subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, to be administered, operated and construed in compliance with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, as applicable, and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding this or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may amend

 

12


the Plan or any Award granted hereunder in any manner or take any other action that it determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary, appropriate or advisable (including replacing any Award) to cause the Plan or any Award granted hereunder to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder or to not be subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code. Any such action, once taken, shall be deemed to be effective from the earliest date necessary to avoid a violation of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Eligible Individuals and other individuals having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan.

11. Termination and Amendment of the Plan or Modification of Awards.

11.1 Effective Date and Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. The Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date and no Award shall be granted after that date. The applicable terms of the Plan and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Plan Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards.

11.2 Plan Amendment or Plan Termination. The Board may earlier terminate the Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that:

(a) no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall impair or adversely alter any Awards theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Participant, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Participant of any Shares which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

(b) to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement, no other amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

11.3 Modification of Awards. No modification of an Award shall adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Award without the consent of the Participant.

12. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

13. Limitation of Liability.

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

 

13


(a) give any Person any right to be granted an Award other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

(b) give any Person any rights whatsoever with respect to Shares except as specifically provided in the Plan;

(c) limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of or the provision of services by any Person at any time; or

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will pay any Person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

14. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

14.1 Governing Law. The Plan and the rights of all Persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

14.2 Compliance with Law.

(a) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(b) The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority.

(c) Each grant of an Award and the issuance of Shares in settlement of the Award is subject to compliance with all applicable U.S. federal, state and non-U.S. law. Further, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any U.S. federal, state or non-U.S. law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Shares, no Awards shall be or shall be deemed to be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an Option or receiving a Share in settlement of an RSU shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Board or Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.

 

14


14.3 Transfers of Shares Acquired Under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations promulgated thereunder. The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The certificates evidencing any of such Shares, if any, shall be appropriately amended or have an appropriate legend placed thereon to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 Forfeiture Events; Clawback. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Option shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award.

15.2 Multiple Agreements. The terms of each Award may differ from other Awards granted under the Plan at the same time, or at some other time. The Committee may also grant more than one Award to a given Eligible Individual during the term of the Plan, either in addition to, or in substitution for, one or more Awards previously granted to that Eligible Individual.

15.3 Right of Offset. The Company shall have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement, any undisputed outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to the Company and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement; provided, that the Participant is first offered the opportunity to pay cash for such outstanding amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan, in respect of any Awards, or in respect of any non-qualified deferred compensation amounts if such offset would subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code in respect of such offset Award or non-qualified deferred compensation amount.

15.4 Waiver of Claims. Each Participant who receives an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under such Award. Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee; the Company, its Subsidiaries, and Affiliates; or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Award Agreement for which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of the Award Agreement or the Plan).

 

15


15.5 Withholding of Taxes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may withhold from any payment of cash or distribution of Shares to a Participant or other person under the Plan an amount or number of Shares sufficient to cover any withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such payment or shall take any other action as it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the grant or exercise of any Award under the Plan. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes and require that any person furnish information deemed necessary by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to settlement, exercise or before making any payment pursuant to an Award. In addition, a Participant may elect to (a)(i) have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her or (ii) if approved by the Committee, surrender Shares owned by the Participant prior to the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes, or (b) if the Shares are then publicly traded, deliver instructions to enter into a “same-day sale” or “sell to cover” arrangement, if applicable, with a FINRA registered broker-dealer, pursuant to this authorization and without further consent, whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to sell a portion of the Shares to be delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option to satisfy the withholding taxes due and whereby the FINRA registered broker-dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to pay such withholding taxes to the Company or its Affiliates. If the Participant elects to have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her, the Shares withheld shall not be an amount in excess of the employer’s minimum statutory withholding requirements.

15.6 Plan Unfunded. The Plan shall be unfunded. Except for reserving a sufficient number of authorized Shares to the extent required by law to meet the requirements of the Plan, the Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure payment of any Award granted under the Plan.

16. Restricted Share Units.

16.1 Authority of Committee. The Committee may grant awards of RSUs to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plans. The terms and conditions of each RSU grant shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Each such Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine.

16.2 Payment of Awards. Each RSU shall represent the right of the Participant to receive a payment upon vesting of the RSU or on any later date specified by the Committee of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share as of the date the RSU becomes vested or such other date as determined by the Committee at the time the RSU was granted. The Committee may, at the time an RSU is granted, provide a limitation on the amount payable in respect of each RSU. The Committee may provide for the settlement of RSUs in cash or with Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to which the Participant has become entitled, or a combination thereof.

 

16


16.3 Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, each RSU may be credited with cash dividends paid by the Company in respect of a Share (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents shall be held by the Company for the Grantee’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of Dividend Equivalents held at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Grantee’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Share Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Grantee upon settlement of such Restricted Share Unit and, if such Restricted Share Unit is forfeited, the Grantee shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.

16.4 Vesting of Restricted Share Units. RSUs awarded hereunder shall vest at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The Award Agreement evidencing the Award shall set forth any such vesting conditions and the terms and conditions upon which such conditions may be satisfied. The satisfaction of such conditions may, in the discretion of the Committee, be contingent on continued employment or services, the satisfaction of performance-related goals, or a combination of the foregoing.

16.5 Rights of Participants. No Participant shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares issuable pursuant to any RSU unless and until (a) the Company shall have issued and delivered the Shares (if certificated) to the Participant, (b) the Participant’s name, or the name of his or her broker or other nominee, shall have been entered as a holder of record on the books of the Company and (c) if the RSU is settled prior to the date on which the Shares are listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the Participant shall have entered into the Shareholders Agreement and the applicable governing document of the MIV.

16.6 No Sale or Transfer. Awards of Restricted Share Units granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by the Grantee except as approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement or any contribution to the MIV (as applicable).

 

17


ANNEX A

(Provisions Applicable to Securities Issued in California)

To the extent not in accordance with the foregoing, the following shall govern all Awards granted and securities sold to residents of California:

 

  1.

Options shall be exercisable for not more than 120 months from the date the Option is granted.

 

  2.

Awards granted or securities sold pursuant to the Plan shall not be transferred other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, to a revocable trust, or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701).

 

  3.

The number of securities purchasable pursuant to any Option or to be settled in connection with an RSU and the exercise price relating to any Option, and the number of securities allocated to any person under the Plan, shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the issuer’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the issuer, of or on the issuer’s class or series of securities underlying the Award or purchase right.

 

  4.

Unless the grantee’s employment is terminated for cause as defined by applicable law, the right to exercise the Option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the Participant is entitled to exercise on the date employment terminates, shall continue until the earlier of the Option expiration date or (1) at least 6 months from the date of termination if termination was caused by death or disability, or (2) at least 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or disability.

 

  5.

The Plan must be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote by the later of (1) within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted, or (2) prior to or within twelve (12) months of the issuance of any security under the Plan in California. Any security issued to any person in California before security holder approval is obtained must be rescinded if security holder approval is not obtained in the manner described in the preceding sentence. Such securities shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

 

  6.

No Award may be granted or security sold more than 10 years from the date the Plan is adopted or the date the Plan is approved by the issuer’s security holders, whichever is earlier.


ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.

SHAREHOLDER INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

IPO VESTING CONDITION

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), effective as of the date of grant set forth on Appendix A hereto (the “Date of Grant”), is between Ithacalux Topco S.C.A., a Luxembourg société en commandite par action, governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488, route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 174.036, and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Optionee”).

Section 1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of the aggregate of such number of Shareholder Interests (“Option Shareholder Interests”) as is set forth on Appendix A hereto (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 of the Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”)) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is being delivered to the Optionee concurrently herewith and is made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. The grant shall be effective upon the execution of this Agreement by both parties hereto. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan or in the Shareholders Agreement, as applicable. Certain definitions from the Plan and the Shareholders Agreement are included in Schedule I hereto for ease of reference. The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Section 2. Purchase Price. The price (the “Option Price”) at which the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase Shareholder Interests upon the exercise of the Option shall be the price per Shareholder Interest set forth on Appendix A hereto (pursuant to Section 5.2 and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 of the Plan).

Section 3. Term of Option. The Option shall be exercisable to the extent and in the manner provided herein until the close of business on the day preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Term”); provided, however, that the Option may be earlier terminated as provided in Section 6, 7 or 8 hereof.

Section 4. Vesting and Exercisability of the Option.

4.1. Options. Subject to the Optionee’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date and the other provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Options will vest and become exercisable as to 50% of the Shareholder Interests subject to the Options on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as set forth on Appendix A) and as to 50% of the Shareholder Interests subject to the Options on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided, in each case, that a Change in Control or IPO is consummated on or before March 31, 2022. If an IPO or a Change in Control is not consummated on or before March 31, 2022, then all of the Options will be canceled and forfeited in their entirety.


4.2. Termination of Employment. Except as may be provided pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, if the Optionee Terminates for any reason, the portion of the Option that has not vested as of such date shall terminate upon such Termination and be deemed to have been forfeited by the Optionee without consideration.

Section 5. Manner of Exercise and Payment; Contribution of Acquired Shareholder Interests.

5.1. Notice of Exercise. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised by delivery of written notice in such form as the Committee or a third-party administrator may require from time to time (the “Exercise Notice”), from the Optionee to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall state that the Optionee is electing to exercise the Option, shall set forth the number of Option Shareholder Interests in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Purchased Shareholder Interests”) and shall be signed by the Optionee or, where applicable, by the Optionee’s legal representative.

5.2. Deliveries. The Exercise Notice described in Section 5.1 shall be accompanied by payment of the full Option Price for the Option Shareholder Interests in respect of which the Option is being exercised, together with any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the exercise of the Option, such payment to be made by delivery to the Company of (a) a certified or bank check payable to the order of the Company or (b) cash by wire transfer or other immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company. If the Shareholder Interests are then publicly traded, the Participant’s Exercise Notice may elect to pay the Option Price, together with any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the exercise of the Option, through (i) Shareholder Interest withholding as a result of which the number of Shareholder Interests issued upon exercise of an Option will be reduced by (x) a number of Shareholder Interests having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price due upon such exercise and (y) a number of Shareholder Interests having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes or (ii) an instruction by the Participant to enter into a “same-day sale” or “sell to cover” arrangement, if applicable, with a FINRA registered broker-dealer, pursuant to this authorization and without further consent, whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to sell a portion of the Shareholder Interests to be delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option to satisfy the full Option Price for the Shareholder Interests and the withholding taxes due and whereby the FINRA registered broker-dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to pay such Option Price and the withholding taxes due to the Company or its Affiliates.

5.3. Issuance of Shareholder Interests. Subject to Section 14.2 of the Plan, upon receipt of the Exercise Notice and full payment for the Option Shareholder Interests in respect of which the Option is being exercised in the manner permitted by Section 5.2, the Company shall take such action as may be necessary under applicable law to cause the issuance to the Optionee of the number of Option Shareholder Interests as to which the Option was exercised and the Optionee shall cooperate to the fullest extent requested by the Company (including by executing such documents and providing such information) as may be necessary to effect the issuance of such Option Shareholder Interests in compliance with all applicable law. If the Optionee fails to make any of the deliveries required by Section 5.2 of this Agreement, the Optionee’s exercise shall not be given effect and the Option Shareholder Interests shall not be issued to the Optionee.

 

- 2 -


5.4. Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Option Shareholder Interests unless and until: (a) the Option shall have been exercised in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Optionee shall have paid the full Option Price for the number of Option Shareholder Interests in respect of which the Option was exercised in the manner permitted by Section 5.2 and any withholding taxes due and (b) the Company shall have issued the Option Shareholder Interests to the Optionee. The Optionee may not sell, transfer, assign, exchange, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Option Shareholder Interests (except pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof). Any attempted sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, pledge or other disposition of the Option Shareholder Interests will be void ab initio.

5.5. Contribution of Shareholder Interests. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and immediately following the Optionee’s receipt of Option Shareholder Interests pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Optionee shall be required to contribute the Option Shareholder Interests to the MIV in exchange for an equivalent number of units in the MIV. Such contribution shall be effected pursuant to the terms of a contribution agreement in a form to be provided by the MIV at the time of the contribution, which shall include covenants not to compete and not to solicit relating to the eventual sale of the units that the Optionee has acquired in the MIV.

5.6. Adjustments. Any adjustments made pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan or contribution under Section 5.5 will be structured in a manner that is intended not to (A) have any disproportionately adverse impact on the Optionee, (B) result in immediate taxation (or taxation on vesting of options) to the Optionee, or (C) result in adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code or Section 457A of the Code.

Section 6. Termination.

6.1. Termination. If the Optionee Terminates, (a) the Option, other than the Vested Portion of the Option, shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as of and following the close of business on the date of such Termination. Any portion of the Vested Portion of the Option that, following the Optionee’s Termination, is not exercised prior to the expiration of the Post-Termination Exercise Period shall terminate at the end of the Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, the expiration of the Term). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the Option, whether or not exercisable, shall immediately terminate upon a Termination of the Optionee by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries for Cause.

6.2. “Post-Termination Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Optionee’s Termination and ending on the first to occur of (i) the date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days following the Optionee’s Termination due to death or Disability, (ii) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Optionee’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, and (iii) the date that is sixty (60) days following the Optionee’s resignation.

 

- 3 -


Section 7. Prohibited Activities. In consideration of and as a condition to the grant of the Option, the Optionee agrees to the following covenants:

7.1. No Sale or Transfer. The Optionee shall not sell, transfer, assign, grant a participation in, gift, hypothecate, encumber, mortgage, create any lien, pledge, exchange or otherwise dispose of the Option or any portion thereof other than to the extent permitted by Section 7.2 of the Plan.

7.2. Proprietary Information. The Optionee agrees that the Optionee will not at any time (a) disclose, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information to any person other than the Company or executives thereof at the time of such disclosure who, in the reasonable judgment of the Optionee, need to know such Proprietary Information or such other persons to whom the Optionee has been specifically instructed to make disclosure by the Board and in all such cases only to the extent required in the course of the Optionee’s service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) use any Proprietary Information, directly or indirectly, for the Optionee’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity or (c) violate any agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to Proprietary Information or confidential, including, without limitation, the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. At the Termination of the Optionee’s employment, the Optionee will immediately deliver to the Company all notes, letters, documents and records which may contain Proprietary Information which are then in the Optionee’s possession or control and will not retain any copies and summaries thereof. All notes, letters, documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or its Affiliates and any copies, in whole or in part, thereof (collectively, the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Optionee, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Optionee will safeguard all Documents and will surrender to the Company at the time the Optionee’s employment Terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Board may specify, all Documents then in the Optionee’s possession or control.

7.3. Right to Terminate Option. The Optionee understands and agrees that the Company has granted this Option to the Optionee to reward the Optionee for the Optionee’s future efforts and loyalty to the Company and its Affiliates by giving the Optionee the opportunity to participate in the potential future appreciation of the Company. Accordingly, if the Optionee engages in any activity prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled, at its option, exercisable by written notice, to terminate the Option (including the Vested Portion of the Option), or any unexercised portion thereof, which shall be of no further force and effect.

Section 8. Corporate Transaction; Change in Control.

8.1. Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction that is not a Change in Control, such Corporate Transaction shall instead be treated as a Change in Capitalization and the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan shall apply. In the event of a Corporate Transaction that is a Change in Control, Section 9 of the Plan will apply except to the extent modified herein.

 

- 4 -


8.2. Change in Control. Upon a Change in Control, the Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to secure the assumption of the unvested portion (if any) of the Options by the acquiring or succeeding entity in the transaction, or the substitution of the unvested portion (if any) of the Options for an option or other equity award with respect to the securities of such acquiring or succeeding entity. Any such assumed or substituted award shall continue to vest in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement , subject to the Optionee’s continued employment with the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an Affiliate thereof) (such entity, the “Post-CIC Employer”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Optionee’s employment with the Post-CIC Employer is Terminated following the Change in Control by the Optionee with Good Reason or by the Post-CIC Employer other than for Cause, any portion of the Options that remains unvested as of the date of such Termination shall become fully vested as of such date, or (ii) the Optionee’s employment is Terminated by the Optionee without Good Reason, by the Post-CIC Employer for Cause or due to death or Disability, the Optionee will forfeit the portion of the Options that remains unvested as of the date of Termination. If the Company is not able to secure the assumption or substitution of any unvested portion of the Options upon a Change in Control, the Company shall cancel the outstanding Options and provide the Optionee with a payment (in cash and/or other consideration in the same form and the same proportion as received by others holding Shareholder Interests) in respect of each Shareholder Interest covered by the Options being canceled in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the price per Shareholder Interest to be paid or distributed to shareholders in the Change in Control (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the Option Price of the Options, as soon as practicable following the receipt by the Major Shareholders of the proceeds of the Change in Control, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to the foregoing is zero or less, the Options may be canceled without any payment therefor.

8.3. Effect of Certain Transactions. The provisions of Section 9.3(c) of the Plan shall apply to this Option only to the extent any such letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment does not impose any material additional conditions or restrictions (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a release of claims relating to the applicable payment) on the Optionee’s receipt of the payments to which the Optionee is entitled as a result of the Corporate Transaction.

Section 9. Miscellaneous.

9.1. Acknowledgment. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as the same may be amended from time to time. The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement and understands the Optionee’s rights and obligations thereunder and hereunder. The Optionee also acknowledges that the Optionee has been provided with such information concerning the Company, the Plan, and this Agreement as the Optionee and the Optionee’s advisors have requested.

9.2. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws (excluding conflict of laws rules and principles) of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.

 

- 5 -


(b) Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any litigation against any party to this Agreement arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be brought in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State of California in San Mateo County and each of the parties hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such litigation; provided, that a final judgment in any such litigation shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees not to assert (a) any objection which it may ever have to the laying of venue of any such litigation in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State of California in San Mateo County, (b) any claim that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (c) any claim that such court does not have jurisdiction with respect to such litigation. To the extent that service of process by mail is permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such litigation in such courts by the mailing of such process by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at its address for notices provided for herein. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury and agrees that either of them may file a copy of this paragraph with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary, and bargained-for agreement among the parties irrevocably to waive its right to trial by jury in any litigation.

9.3. Specific Performance. Each of the parties agrees that any breach of the terms of this Agreement will result in irreparable injury and damage to the other parties, for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Each of the parties therefore agrees that in the event of a breach or any threat of breach, the other parties shall be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach, threatened breach, or continued breach, and/or compelling specific performance of the Agreement, without having to prove the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy or balancing the equities between the parties. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies (including monetary damages) to which the other parties may be entitled at law or in equity. Each party hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with any such equitable remedy.

9.4. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof,

(c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid, and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

 

- 6 -


9.5. Notice. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) as of the date delivered, if delivered personally or by email, (b) on the date the delivering party receives confirmation, if delivered by facsimile, (c) three (3) business days after being mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), or (d) one (1) business day after being sent by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery), to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section:

(a)   If to the Company:

Informatica LLC

2100 Seaport Blvd

Redwood City, CA 94063

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ithacalux Topco S.C.A.

488, route de Longwy

L-1940 Luxembourg

Facsimile: ###

Email: ###

Attention: Manager

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

801 17th Street, NW

Washington, DC 20006

Attention: Brian Mangino

Facsimile: ###

(b) If to the Optionee, at the most recent address and facsimile number or email contained in the Company’s records.

9.6. Binding Effect; Assignment; Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and any of their respective successors, personal representatives, and permitted assigns who agree in writing to be bound by the terms hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Optionee without the prior written consent of the Company. In addition, the Major Shareholders shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement. In connection with the transfer of any securities of the Company held by the Major Shareholders, the Major Shareholders shall be entitled to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of any of the Major Shareholders and, to the extent permitted by the Plan, to a third party.

 

- 7 -


9.7. Amendments and Waivers. Subject to applicable law, this Agreement and any of the provisions hereof may be amended, modified, or supplemented, in whole or in part, only in a writing signed by all parties hereto. The waiver by a party hereto of a breach by another party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach by such other party or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by such other party, except as otherwise explicitly provided for in the writing evidencing such waiver. The waiver by a party hereto of a breach by any party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of such breach by any other party hereto except as otherwise explicitly provided for in the writing evidencing such waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power, or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power, or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or remedy.

9.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by .pdf or facsimile signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.9. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, including with respect to any other agreement that provides for the vesting of equity under any circumstances, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any executive severance agreement or other employment arrangement that the Optionee may be party to.

9.10. Withholding. Whenever Option Shareholder Interests are to be issued upon exercise of the Option, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash sufficient to satisfy all non-U.S., U.S. federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements prior to issuance of the Option Shareholder Interests and the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Option Shareholder Interests.

9.11. No Right to Continued Employment or Business Relationship. This Agreement shall not confer upon the Optionee any right with respect to continued employment or a continued business relationship with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate thereof to Terminate such Optionee at any time. The Options are extraordinary, one-time benefits granted to the Optionee, and are not and shall not be deemed a salary or other compensatory component for any purpose whatsoever, including in connection with calculating severance compensation under any applicable law.

9.12. General Interpretive Principles. Whenever used in this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. The headings of the sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses, and subclauses of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “hereof,” “herein” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the exhibits, schedules, and disclosure statements hereto), and references herein to Sections refer to Sections of this Agreement. Words of inclusion shall not be construed as terms of limitation herein, so that references to “include,” “includes,” and “including” shall not be limiting and shall be regarded as references to non-exclusive and non-characterizing illustrations.

[signature pages follow]

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as of the Date of Grant.

 

ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A., represented by its General Partner and sole manager, Ithacalux GP S.à r.l.
By:  

 

  Name: Bradford Lewis
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact

Agreed and acknowledged as

of the Date of Grant:

Name: [•]


APPENDIX A

Options

 

Name of Optionee:    [•]
Date of Grant:    [________], 2021
Vesting Commencement Date:    ________, 2021
Number of Shareholder Interests Subject to the Options:    [•], which represents an aggregate of [•] shares of the Company as of the Date of Grant
Option Price Per Shareholder Interest:    $____


SCHEDULE I

Definitions

Certain definitions for capitalized terms that used herein and defined in the Plan or the Shareholders Agreement are included below to facilitate the review of this Agreement. With respect to any defined terms below that are defined in the Plan or the Shareholders Agreement, any inconsistencies between the definitions herein and the definitions in the Plan or the Shareholders Agreement, as applicable, shall be resolved in favor of the definitions in the Plan or the Shareholders Agreement, as applicable, which shall control.

(a) “Cause” means (a) if an Optionee is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if an Optionee is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “cause” is defined, (i) the Optionee’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar acts, whether of the United States or any state thereof or any similar non-U.S. law to which the Optionee may be subject, (ii) the Optionee ’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting a material breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the performance of the Optionee’s duties, (iii) the Optionee’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable and lawful directive of the Company or of the Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or provides services, or the Board or (B) comply with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or a Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or to which he or she provides services which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect (other than a de minimis adverse effect) on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Optionee’s material violation of his or her employment, consulting, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Optionee is subject or (v) the Optionee’s willful and continued failure to perform his or her material duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, with respect to clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) above, the Company shall provide notice to the Optionee describing the nature of such event and the Optionee shall thereafter have 30 days to cure such event.

(b) “Change in Capitalization” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 of the Plan.

(c) “Change in Control” means, other than as a result of a sale of interests through an underwritten public offering, (i) the direct or indirect sale, transfer or conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert); (ii) the consummation of any transaction or related series of transactions (including any merger, share purchase, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) other than the Major Shareholders or any of their Affiliates becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar provision) of a majority of the economic interest in the Company, Informatica, or any intermediary entity; or (iii) any transaction or series of related


transactions which results in (A) the Major Shareholders ceasing to have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board or (B) the equityholders of the Company immediately before such transaction or series of related transactions owning (together with their affiliates) securities representing 50% or less of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction or series of related transactions (other than any ownership changes purely as a result of restructuring transactions). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and the payment or settlement of the Award will accelerate upon a Change in Control, no event set forth herein will constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan or any Award unless such event also constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the applicable regulations.

(d) “Corporate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12 of the Plan.

(e) “Disability” means (a) if an Optionee is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “disability” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “disability” in such employment agreement, (b) if an Optionee is not a party to an employment agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “disability” is defined, permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3) (c) or as otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement. A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Optionee shall submit to any reasonable examination(s) required by such physician upon request. Pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Plan, in the event any award is considered to be “non-qualified deferred compensation” as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Code, then, in lieu of the foregoing definition and to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the definition of “Disability” for purposes of such award shall be the definition of “disability” provided for under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.

(f) “Good Reason” means (a) if an Optionee is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Good Reason” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “Good Reason” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if an Optionee is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Good Reason” is defined, (i) a material reduction in the Optionee’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that is also generally applied to similarly situated employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate level of benefits made available to the Optionee other than a reduction that is also generally applied to similarly situated employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) relocation of the Optionee’s primary place of business for the performance of Optionee’s duties to the Company or its Subsidiaries to a location that is more than 35 miles from its prior location. In order for a resignation to qualify as for “Good Reason,” the Optionee must provide the Company with written notice within sixty (60) days of the event that the Optionee believes constitutes “Good Reason” specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and the Company must have failed to cure such Good Reason condition within thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.


(g) “IPO” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering (or series of related offerings) of securities of the Company or the IPO Corporation, as the case may be, to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement (or statements) under the Securities Act or under any comparable Law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction after which there is an active trading market in such securities on an internationally recognized stock exchange.

(h) “IPO Corporation” has the meaning a set forth in Section 4.6(a) of the Shareholders Agreement.

(i) “Major Shareholders” means CPPIB and the Permira Shareholder and each of their respective transferees permitted in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement.

(j) “Proprietary Information” means confidential specifications, know-how, strategic or technical data, business plans, marketing research data, sales or marketing methods, product research, confidential customer lists, sources of supply and trade secrets, all of which are confidential and may be proprietary and are owned or used by the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and shall include any and all items enumerated in the preceding sentence and coming within the scope of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as to which the Optionee may have access, whether conceived or developed by others or by the Optionee alone or with others during the period of service to the Company, whether or not conceived or developed during regular working hours. Proprietary Information shall not include any records, data or information which (i) are in the public domain during or after the period of service by the Optionee provided the same are not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure directly or indirectly by the Optionee in violation of this Agreement or (ii) were known to the Optionee prior to commencing employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(k) “Shareholder Interest” means an interest in the Company consisting of one Ordinary Share and one share of each class of Class A Shares, in each case to the extent that shares of such class remain outstanding.

(l) “Termination,” “Terminated,” or “Terminates” means, (a) with respect to an Optionee that is an employee, the date such Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) with respect to an Optionee that is a consultant, the date such Optionee ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) with respect to a Optionee that is a non-employee Director, the date such Optionee ceases to provide services to the Board or the board of directors or operating committee of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency). Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, (a) if an Optionee is both an employee and a Director and Terminates as an employee and remains as a non-employee Director, the Optionee will thereupon be deemed to have Terminated, and (b) if an Optionee that is an employee or a non-employee Director ceases to provide services in such capacity and becomes a consultant, the Optionee will thereupon be deemed to have been Terminated.

(m) “Vested Portion” means the portion of an Option which has become vested, as described in Section 4.

Exhibit 10.5

INFORMATICA INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Executive”), effective as of                     (the “Effective Date”).

This Agreement provides certain protections to Executive in connection with an involuntary termination of Executive’s employment with the Company under the circumstances described in this Agreement, including in connection with a change in control of the Company. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 8 below.

The Company and Executive agree as follows:

1.    Term of Agreement. This Agreement will continue indefinitely until terminated by written consent of the parties hereto, or if earlier, upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2.    At-Will Employment. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. No payments, benefits, or provisions under this Agreement will confer upon Executive any right to continue Executive’s employment with the Company, nor will they interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or Executive to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

3.    Change in Control. In the event of a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan), to the extent provision has not been made for any of Executive’s Awards granted under the Plan to be assumed or continued, or substituted with substantially equivalent new awards, then such portion of such Awards not so assumed, continued or substituted, that is outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the completion of the Corporate Transaction, will accelerate vesting in full, provided that, with respect to any Awards (or portions thereof) that otherwise would be Performance-Based Awards as of immediately prior to the completion of the Corporate Transaction not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

4.    Severance Benefits.

4.1.    Qualifying Termination Outside of the Change in Control Period. In the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs other than during the Change in Control Period, Executive will receive the following payments and benefits from the Company, subject to the requirements of this Agreement:

4.1.1.    Salary Severance. A single, lump sum, cash payment equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s Salary.


4.1.2.    COBRA Severance. Subject to Executive timely electing continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) and further subject to Section 6.3, the Company will pay the premiums required for continued coverage pursuant to COBRA under the Company’s group health, dental and vision care plans for Executive and any of Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable (the “COBRA Severance”), until the earliest of: (a) twelve (12) months following the date of the Qualifying Termination, (b) the date on which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (as applicable) become covered under similar plans, or (c) the expiration of Executive’s (and any of Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA.

4.1.3.    Post-Termination Exercisability Period of Options. Subject to Section 6.4, the post-termination exercise period of Executive’s Awards that are stock options that are outstanding and vested as of the date of Executive’s Qualifying Termination (or that otherwise vest as a result of such Qualifying Termination) will be extended to a period of one (1) year following the date of such Qualifying Termination (the “Exercise Period Extension”).

4.2.    Qualifying Termination During the Change in Control Period. In the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during the Change in Control Period, Executive will receive the following payments and benefits from the Company, subject to the requirements of this Agreement:

4.2.1.    Salary Severance. A single, lump sum, cash payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Salary.

4.2.2.    Target Bonus Severance. A single, lump sum, cash payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Target Bonus.

4.2.3.    COBRA Severance. Subject to Executive timely electing continuation coverage under COBRA and further subject to Section 6.3, the Company will provide COBRA Severance until the earliest of: (a) twelve (12) months following the date of the Qualifying Termination, (b) the date on which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (as applicable) become covered under similar plans, or (c) the expiration of Executive’s (and any of Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA.

4.2.4.    Equity Awards.

4.2.4.1.    Vesting Acceleration of Awards. Vesting acceleration of one hundred percent (100%) of any Awards that are outstanding and unvested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination; provided that with respect to any Award (or portion thereof) that is a Performance-Based Award as of the later of the date of the Qualifying Termination or immediately prior to the Change in Control, the vesting acceleration will be applied to such Award (or portion thereof) by treating all performance goals or other vesting criteria as being deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of Executive’s Qualifying Termination that occurs prior to a Change in Control, any then outstanding and unvested portion of Executive’s Awards will remain outstanding (and unvested) until the earlier of (x) three (3) months following the Qualifying Termination, or (y) a Change in Control that occurs within three (3) months following the Qualifying Termination, solely so that any benefits due on a Qualifying Termination can be provided if the Qualifying Termination occurs during the Change in Control Period (provided that

 

2


in no event will Executive’s stock option Awards or similar Awards remain outstanding beyond the Award’s maximum term to expiration). If no Change in Control occurs within three (3) months following a Qualifying Termination, any unvested portion of Executive’s Awards automatically and permanently will be forfeited on the date three (3) months following the date of the Qualifying Termination without having vested.

4.2.4.2.    Post-Termination Exercisability Period of Options. Subject to Section 6.4, Executive will receive the Exercise Period Extension.

4.3.    Termination Other Than a Qualifying Termination. If the termination of Executive’s employment does not constitute a Qualifying Termination, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any severance or other benefits in connection with such termination except for those, if any, as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans or programs.

4.4.    Non-duplication of Payment or Benefits. For purposes of clarity, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during the period within three (3) months prior to a Change in Control, any severance payments and benefits to be provided to Executive under Section 4.2 will be reduced by any amounts that already were provided to Executive under Section 4.1. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is entitled to any cash severance, continued health coverage benefits, vesting acceleration of any Awards, or other severance or separation benefits similar to those provided under this Agreement, by operation of applicable law or under a plan, policy, contract, or arrangement sponsored by the Company or to which the Company is a party other than this Agreement (“Other Benefits”), then the corresponding severance payments and benefits under this Agreement will be reduced by the amount of Other Benefits paid or provided to Executive.

4.5.    Death of Executive. In the event of Executive’s death before all payments or benefits Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been provided, the unpaid amounts will be provided to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to Executive’s personal representative in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.    Accrued Compensation. On any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

6.    Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

6.1.    Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon a Qualifying Termination under Section 4 is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then standard separation agreement and release of claims with the Company (the “Release”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of the Qualifying Termination (the “Release Deadline Date”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, Executive will forfeit any right to the severance payments or benefits under Section 4.

6.2.    Payment Timing. Any lump sum cash severance payments under Section 4 relating to salary severance and any bonus severance will be provided to Executive on the first regularly scheduled payroll date of the Company following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable

 

3


(or with respect to such payments under Section 4.2, if later, on the date of the Change in Control), subject to any delay required by Section 6.5 below. Any Awards that are restricted stock units and/or similar full value awards (“Full Value Awards”) that accelerate vesting under Section 4.2.4 will be settled, subject to any delay required by Section 6.5 below (or the terms of the Full Value Award agreement or other Company plan, policy, or arrangement governing the settlement timing of the Full Value Award to the extent such terms specifically require any such delay in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, as applicable), (a) on a date within ten (10) days following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, or (b) if later, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs prior to a Change in Control, on the date of completion of the Change in Control.

6.3.    COBRA Severance Limitations. If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Severance without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of such COBRA Severance, subject to any delay required by Section 6.5 below, the Company will provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the last sentence in this Section 6.3), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that would be required to continue coverage under the Company’s group health, dental and vision care plans for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable, as in effect on the date of the Qualifying Termination, in each case, which amount will be based on the premium rates applicable for the first month of COBRA Severance for Executive and any eligible dependents of Executive (each, a “COBRA Replacement Payment”), and which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (a) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment, or (b) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Severance period set forth in clause (a) of Section 4.1.2 or 4.2.3, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to any applicable withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if the Company determines in its sole discretion at any time that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Severance.

6.4.    Post-Termination Exercise Period Expiration. Notwithstanding Sections 4.1.3 and 4.2.4.2, in the event that a post-termination exercise period applies to an option Award under its applicable Award agreement or other written agreement governing its terms that is longer than the period of the Exercise Period Extension, such longer period will continue to apply to such option Award and the Exercise Period Extension will not supersede or cause any modification to such longer period. Notwithstanding Sections 4.1.3 or 4.2.4.2, or any applicable Award agreement or other written agreement governing the terms of the Awards, in the event that Executive breaches any material term of the Confidentiality Agreement, the post-termination exercise period will terminate immediately, or if later, the date sixty (60) days following the date of Executive’s Qualifying Termination. Further, in no event will any such Award be exercisable beyond its maximum term to expiration and any such Award will be subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the equity plan under which it was granted.

6.5.    Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and

 

4


any ambiguities and ambiguous terms in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent. No payments or benefits to be provided to Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent required to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, references to the termination of Executive’s employment or similar phrases used in this Agreement will mean Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

6.5.1.    Any payments or benefits paid or provided under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or that qualify as payments made as a result of an involuntary separation from service under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) that is within the limit set forth thereunder, will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Section 6.5.

6.5.2.    Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then any payments or benefits under this Agreement that constitute Deferred Payments payable within the first six (6) months after Executive’s separation from service instead will be payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day after Executive’s separation from service; provided that in the event of Executive’s death within such six (6) month period, any payments delayed by this Section 6.5.2 will be paid to Executive in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death. To the extent that the delay described in the immediately preceding sentence does not apply but Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs at a time during the year whereby the Release Deadline Date will occur in the year immediately following the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs, then any payments or benefits under this Agreement that constitute Deferred Payments that otherwise would be payable prior to the Release Deadline Date instead will be paid on the Release Deadline Date.

6.5.3.    The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax. Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will Executive have any discretion to choose Executive’s taxable year in which any payments or benefits are provided under this Agreement. In no event will the Company or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless Executive for any taxes, penalties or interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

7.    Limitation on Payments.

7.1.    Reduction of Severance Benefits. If any payment or benefit that Executive would receive from the Company or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “Payments”) would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by

 

5


Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments will be either delivered in full, or delivered as to such lesser extent that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of Payments, notwithstanding that all or some of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in Payments is made in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the reduction will occur, with respect to the Payments considered parachute payments within the meaning of Code Section 280G, in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments in reverse chronological order (that is, the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the Excise Tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced); (ii) cancellation of equity awards that were granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code in the reverse order of date of grant of the equity awards (that is, the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); (iii) reduction of the accelerated vesting of equity awards in the reverse order of date of grant of the equity awards (that is, the vesting of the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); and (iv) reduction of employee benefits in reverse chronological order (that is, the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the Excise Tax will be the first benefit to be reduced). If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a prorated basis. In no event will Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of Payment reductions. Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and neither the Company nor any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless Executive for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

7.2.    Determination of Excise Tax Liability. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determinations required under this Section 7 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized accounting or valuation firm (the “Firm”) selected by the Company, whose determinations will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 7, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm reasonably may request in order to make determinations under this Section 7. The Company will bear the costs and make all payments required to be made to the Firm for the Firm’s services that are rendered in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 7. The Company will have no liability to Executive for the determinations of the Firm.

8.    Definitions.

8.1.    “Award” means stock options and other equity awards covering shares of Company common stock granted to Executive.

8.2.    “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

8.3.    “Cause” means: (i) Executive’s act of dishonesty or fraud in connection with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities to the Company, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) Executive’s willful failure (for a reason other than Executive’s death or

 

6


Disability) to perform Executive’s reasonable duties or responsibilities, (iv) Executive’s material violation or breach of this Agreement, the Employment Letter, or the Confidentiality Agreement, or (v) if such termination occurs other than during the Change in Control Period, Executive’s material breach of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, human resources rules, policies and/or restrictions relating to harassment, discrimination and/or any other actions that create a hostile work environment; provided that if any of the foregoing events is capable of being cured, the Company will provide notice to Executive describing the nature of such event and Executive thereafter will have thirty (30) days to cure such event.

8.4.    “Change in Control” means the first occurrence of any of the following events on or after the Effective Date:

8.4.1.    Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this Section 8.4.1. For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

8.4.2.    Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this Section 8.4.2, if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

8.4.3.    Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Companys Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 8.4.3, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (a) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders

 

7


immediately after the transfer, or (b) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (i) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (ii) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (iii) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (iv) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this Section 8.4.3(b)(iii). For purposes of this Section 8.4.3, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Change in Control definition under Section 8.4, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A. Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its primary purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its primary purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. The reorganization of the Company in connection with the effectiveness of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities, will not qualify as a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

8.5.    “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to a Change in Control and ending on (and inclusive of) the date that is the one (1) year anniversary of a Change in Control.

8.6.    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

8.7.    “Confidentiality Agreement” means Executive’s [Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement] entered into with the Company dated [Date].

8.8.    “Director” means a member of the Board.

8.9.    “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).

8.10.    “Employment Letter” means that certain confirmatory employment letter agreement entered into by and between the Company and Executive dated [Date].

8.11.    “Good Reason” means Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment with the Company within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Company’s Cure Period (as defined

 

8


below) following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (a) a material reduction in Executive’s position or duties; (b) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than ten percent (10%) that also is applied to substantially all of the Company’s other executive officers; (c) a material reduction in the aggregate level of benefits made available to Executive other than a reduction that also is applied to substantially all of the Company’s other executive officers; or (d) relocation of Executive’s primary place of business for the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company to a location that is more than thirty-five (35) miles from its prior location. In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within sixty (60) days following the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (the “Cure Period”). To the extent Executive’s primary place of business is not the Company’s corporate offices or facilities due to a shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement that applies to Executive, Executive’s primary place of business, from which a change in location under the foregoing clause (d) will be measured, will be considered the Company’s office or facility location where Executive’s employment with the Company primarily was based immediately prior to the commencement of such shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement.

8.12.    “Performance-Based Awards” means Awards held by Executive that are subject to achievement of any performance-based or other similar vesting criteria (without regard to whether such Award also may be subject to any continued service-based vesting criteria).

8.13.    “Plan” means the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

8.14.    “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company either (a) by the Company without Cause and other than due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (b) by Executive for Good Reason.

8.15.    “Salary” means Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualifying Termination (or, if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in Executive’s base salary, then Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs during the Change in Control Period and the amount is greater, Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

8.16.    “Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.

8.17.    “Target Bonus” means Executive’s annual (or annualized, as applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualifying Termination or, if greater, Executive’s annual (or annualized, if applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

9.    Successors. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death, and (b) any successor of the

 

9


Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation, or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger, or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

10.    Notice.

10.1.    General. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) upon transmission by email, (c) twenty-four (24) hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier, or (e) three (3) business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to Executive, at the address Executive will have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (ii) if to the Company, at the following address:

Informatica Inc.

2100 Seaport Boulevard

Redwood City, California 94063

Attention: Chief Legal Officer or General Counsel

10.2.    Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause will be communicated by a notice of termination of Executive’s employment to Executive, and any termination by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the Company, in each case given in accordance with Section 10.1. The notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the later of (i) the giving of the notice or (ii) the end of any applicable cure period, except as set forth in Section 8.11).

11.    Resignation. The termination of Executive’s employment for any reason also will constitute, without any further required action by Executive, Executive’s voluntary resignation from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and at the Board’s request, Executive will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect the resignations.

12.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

12.1.    No Duty to Mitigate. Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source, except that reductions may be made as specified in Sections 4.4, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5.3, and 7.

12.2.    Waiver; Amendment. No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) and by Executive. No waiver by either party of

 

10


any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

12.3.    Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

12.4.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Employment Letter, the Confidentiality Agreement, and the Plan and award agreements thereunder governing Executive’s Awards, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

12.5.    Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware but without regard to the conflict of laws provision. To the extent that any lawsuit is permitted with respect to any provisions under this Agreement, Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware for any lawsuit filed against Executive by the Company.

12.6.    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.

12.7.    Withholding. The Company (and any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits all applicable federal, state, local, and/or non-U.S. taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require Executive to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. Neither the Company nor any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company will have any responsibility, liability or obligation to pay Executive’s taxes arising from or relating to any payments or benefits under this Agreement.

12.8.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature page follows.]

 

11


By its signature below, each of the parties signifies its acceptance of the terms of this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer.

 

COMPANY   INFORMATICA INC.
  By:  

 

    [Name]
  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

EXECUTIVE  

 

  [Name]
  Date:  

 

 

12

Exhibit 10.6

INFORMATICA INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Informatica Inc. (the “Company”) believes that the granting of equity and cash compensation to members of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board,” and members of the Board, “Directors”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (“Outside Directors”). This Outside Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity awards to its Outside Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or if such plan no longer is in use at the time of the grant of an equity award, the meaning given such term or similar term in the equity plan then in place under which the equity award is granted (the “Plan”). Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the cash, equity awards, and other compensation such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

1.    Effective Date. This Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (such date, the “Effective Date”).

2.    Cash Compensation.

2.1.    Board Member Annual Cash Retainer. Beginning with the Effective Date, each Outside Director will be paid an annual cash retainer of $55,000. There are no per-meeting attendance fees for attending Board meetings or meetings of any committee of the Board.

2.2.    Additional Annual Cash Retainers. Beginning with the Effective Date, each Outside Director who serves as Board Chair or the chair or a member of a committee of the Board will be eligible to earn additional annual fees as follows:

 

Board Chair:

   $ 100,000  

Audit Committee Chair:

   $ 25,000  

Audit Committee Member:

   $ 12,500  

Compensation Committee Chair:

   $ 20,000  

Compensation Committee Member:

   $ 10,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair:

   $ 15,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member:

   $ 7,500  

For clarity, each Outside Director who serves as the chair of a committee will receive only the additional annual fee as the chair of the committee and not the additional annual fee as a member of such committee while serving as such chair, provided, that the Outside Director who serves as the Board Chair will receive the annual fee for services provided in such role as well as the annual fee as an Outside Director.


2.3.    Payment Timing and Proration. Each annual cash retainer under this Policy will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis to each Outside Director who has served in the relevant capacity at any time during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter of the Company (“Fiscal Quarter”), and such payment will be made no later than the last day of the first month following the end of such immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter. For clarity, an Outside Director who has served as an Outside Director, as a member of an applicable committee (or chair thereof), or as Board Chair during only a portion of the relevant Fiscal Quarter will receive a prorated payment of the quarterly installment of the applicable annual cash retainer(s), calculated based on the number of days during such Fiscal Quarter such Outside Director has served in the relevant capacities. For clarity, an Outside Director who has served as an Outside Director, as a member of an applicable committee (or chair thereof), or Board Chair from the Effective Date through the end of the Fiscal Quarter containing the Effective Date (the “Initial Period”), as applicable, will receive a prorated payment of the quarterly installment of the applicable annual cash retainer(s), calculated based on the number of days during the Initial Period that such Outside Director has served in the relevant capacities.

2.4.    No Cash Compensation to Certain Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, no Outside Director who also is an Non-Compensated Director (as defined below) will be provided any cash compensation pursuant to this Section 2. In addition, an Outside Director will not receive any cash compensation pursuant to this Section 2 while serving in the role of executive chair of the Board.

3.    Equity Compensation. Outside Directors will be eligible to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan, including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Sections 3.2 through 3.4 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

3.1.    No Discretion. No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards (except as provided in Sections 3.4.2 and 11 below).

3.2.    Initial Awards. Each individual who first becomes an Outside Director following the Effective Date automatically will be granted an award of Restricted Stock Units covering Shares (an “Initial Award”). The grant date of the Initial Award will be the first Trading Day on or after the date on which such individual first becomes an Outside Director (such first date as an Outside Director, the “Initial Start Date”), whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy. The Initial Award will have a Value (as defined below) of $450,000 (with the number of Shares subject to the Initial Award, if any fractional Share results, rounded down to the nearest whole Share). If an individual was an Inside Director, becoming an Outside Director due to termination of the individual’s status as an Employee will not entitle the Outside Director to an Initial Award. Each Initial Award will be scheduled to vest as to one-third (1/3rd) of the Shares subject to the Initial Award on each of the one (1), two (2), and three (3) year anniversaries of the Initial Award’s grant date, in each case subject to the Outside Director remaining a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

 

- 2 -


3.3.    Annual Award. On the first Trading Day immediately following each Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) that occurs after the Effective Date, each Outside Director who has served as an Outside Director for at least six (6) months through the date of such Annual Meeting automatically will be granted an award of Restricted Stock Units covering Shares (the “Annual Award”) with a Value of $225,000, or in the case of an Outside Director then serving as Board Chair, a Value of $325,000 (with the number of Shares subject to the Annual Award, if any fractional Share results, rounded down to the nearest whole Share). The Annual Award will be scheduled to vest as to all of the Shares subject to the Annual Award on the earlier of (a) the one (1) year anniversary of the Annual Award’s grant date or (b) the date of the next Annual Meeting following the Annual Award’s grant date, subject to the Outside Director remaining a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

3.4.    IPO Award. On the third trading day immediately following the Effective Date, provided that a Form S-8 registration statement is effective with respect to the Plan as of such date, each Outside Director automatically will be granted an award of Restricted Stock Units covering Shares (the “IPO Award”) with a Value of $225,000, or in the case of an Outside Director then serving as Board Chair, a Value of $283,333 (with the number of Shares subject to the IPO Award, if any fractional Share results, rounded down to the nearest whole Share). The IPO Award will be scheduled to vest as to all of the Shares subject to the IPO Award on the earlier of (a) the one (1) year anniversary of the IPO Award’s grant date or (b) the date of the next Annual Meeting following the IPO Award’s grant date, subject to the Outside Director remaining a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

3.5.    Additional Terms of Initial Awards, Annual Awards and IPO Awards. The terms and conditions of each Initial Award, Annual Award and IPO Award will be as follows:

3.5.1.    Each Award granted under this Policy will be granted under and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement previously approved by the Board or its Committee (as defined below), as applicable, for use under the Plan.

3.5.2.    The Board or its Committee, as applicable and in its discretion, may change and otherwise revise the terms of the Awards that may be granted under this Policy in the future pursuant to this Policy, including without limitation the number of Shares subject thereto and type of Award.

3.5.3.    For purposes of this Policy, “Value” means, with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units, the Fair Market Value of the total number of Shares subject to the Award as of such Award’s grant date.

3.5.4.    All provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with this Policy will apply to Awards granted to Outside Directors.

3.6.    No Grants of Awards to Certain Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, no Outside Director who also is a Non-Compensated Director will be granted any Awards pursuant to this Section 3. In addition, an Outside Director will not receive any Awards pursuant to this Section 3 while serving in the role of executive chair of the Board.

 

- 3 -


4.    Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director will fully vest in his or her outstanding Company equity awards that were granted to him or her while an Outside Director, as of immediately prior to the Change in Control, including any Initial Award, Annual Award and IPO Award, provided that the Outside Director continues to be an Outside Director through the date of such Change in Control.

5.    Annual Compensation Limit. No Outside Director, in any Fiscal Year, may be granted equity awards, the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and be provided any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees), in amounts that in the aggregate exceed $750,000, provided that such amount is increased to $1,000,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director. Any Awards granted or other compensation provided to an individual (a) for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director) or as executive chair of the Board, or (b) prior to the Registration Date, will be excluded for purposes of this Section 5.

6.    Non-Compensated Director. For purposes of this Policy, “Non-Compensated Director” means any individual who is a current employee or general partner (and, for clarity, excluding any consultants, advisers, or other service providers, without regard to whether the individual is compensated for such non-employee, non-general partner services) of an entity or institutional stockholder that holds at least 2% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company calculated on a fully diluted basis (such a stockholder, a “Major Investor”). For the purposes of clarification, a Director who is not classified as a Non-Compensated Director will become a Non-Compensated Director by virtue of the entity or institutional stockholder for which the Director is a current employee or general partner becoming a Major Investor. A Non-Compensated Director shall no longer be classified as a Non-Compensated Director only in the event that (i) the applicable entity or institutional stockholder ceases to be a Major Investor and (ii) on or after the date that the event in subclause (i) occurs, either (A) the Director offers to resign and the Board rejects such resignation or (B) the Director is re-elected as a Director by the Company’s stockholders.

7.    Travel Expenses. Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, will be reimbursed by the Company.

8.    Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Policy, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock issuable pursuant to Awards granted under this Policy.

9.    Section 409A. In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are

 

- 4 -


incurred, as applicable, or (b) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A. It is the intent of this Policy that this Policy and all payments hereunder be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless an Outside Director (or any other person) for any taxes imposed or other costs incurred as a result of Section 409A.

10.    Stockholder Approval. The initial adoption of this Policy will be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders prior to the Effective Date. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, following such approval, this Policy will not be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, including, for clarity, as a result of or in connection with any action taken with respect to this Policy as contemplated in Section 11.

11.    Revisions. The Board or any committee of the Board that has been designated appropriate authority with respect to Outside Director compensation (or with respect to any applicable element or elements thereof, authority with respect to such element or elements) (the “Committee”) may amend, alter, suspend or terminate this Policy at any time and for any reason. Further, the Board may provide for cash, equity, or other compensation to Outside Directors in addition to the compensation provided under this Policy. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of this Policy will materially impair the rights of an Outside Director with respect to compensation that already has been paid or awarded, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Outside Director and the Company. Termination of this Policy will not affect the Board’s or the Committee’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it with respect to Awards granted under the Plan pursuant to this Policy before the date of such termination, including without limitation such applicable powers set forth in the Plan.

*                *                 *

 

- 5 -

Exhibits 10.7

INFORMATICA INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.    Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2.    Definitions.

2.1    “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the authority of the Administrator (as defined in Section 3) under Section 4.4.

2.2    “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) that, from time to time and at the time of any determination, directly or indirectly, is in control of or is controlled by the Company.

2.3    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4    “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

2.5    “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section or regulation, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.6    “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 3) to administer the Plan.

2.7    “Company” means Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.8    “Company Group” means the Company and any Parents, Subsidiaries, and Affiliates.

2.9    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

2.10    “Employee” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company Group, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

2.11    “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.


2.12    “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e), in relation to the Company.

2.13    “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Administrator for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

2.14    “Performance Period” means such period of time for the measurement of any performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Administrator. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Administrator desires to measure some performance criteria over twelve (12) months and other criteria over three (3) months.

2.15    “Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (including any appendix attached hereto), as may be amended from time to time.

2.16    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.

2.17    “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f), in relation to the Company.

2.18    “Target Award” means the target award, at one hundred percent (100%) of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for a Performance Period, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 4.2.

2.19    “Tax Withholdings” means tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the awards under the Plan, including without limitation: (a) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company Group, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company Group, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company Group associated with an award under the Plan, and (c) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such award under the Plan.

2.20    “Termination of Employment” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company Group, including without limitation a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between any members of the Company Group (for example, between the Company and a Subsidiary) will not be deemed a Termination of Employment.

2.21    “U.S. Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific section of the Code will include the Treasury Regulation section or sections applicable to such section of the Code, any valid regulation promulgated under such section of the Code, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such Treasury Regulation section or section of the Code.

 

2


3.    Administration of the Plan.

3.1    Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee (the “Administrator”). To the extent necessary or desirable to satisfy applicable laws, the Committee acting as the Administrator will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of any Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. The Board may retain the authority to administer the Plan concurrently with a Committee and may revoke the delegation of some or all authority previously delegated. Different Administrators may administer the Plan with respect to different groups of Employees. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

3.2    Administrator Authority. It will be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Administrator will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside of the U.S. or to qualify awards for special tax treatment under the laws of jurisdictions other than the U.S., (e) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Any determinations and decisions made or to be made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, unless specified otherwise by the Administrator, will be in the Administrator’s sole discretion.

3.3    Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator and/or any delegate of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

3.4    Delegation by Administrator. The Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

3.5    Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Administrator will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

3


4.    Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

4.1    Selection of Participants. The Administrator will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan will be on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan or, if so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

4.2    Determination of Target Awards. The Administrator may establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula or factors as the Administrator determines).

4.3    Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Administrator may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool (if a Bonus Pool has been established).

4.4    Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, may: (a) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (b) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination based on such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

4.5    Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the performance goals, if any, applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue

 

4


growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Administrator, the performance goals may be based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the Administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 4.4. The Administrator also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the Administrator.

5.    Payment of Awards.

5.1    Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company Group. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which the Participant may be entitled.

5.1    Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award will be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Administrator, but in no event after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (b) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company Group on the date the Actual Award is paid, and in all cases subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.

5.2    Form of Payment. Each Actual Award generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Administrator reserves the right to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including any vesting requirements, as determined by the Administrator.

5.3    Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Termination of Employment occurs due to a Participant’s death or Disability prior to payment of an Actual Award that the Administrator has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, then the Actual Award will be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as the case may be, subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.

 

5


6.    General Provisions.

6.1    Tax Matters.

6.1.1    Section 409A. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will the Company Group have any liability, obligation, or responsibility to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless any Participant or other Employee for any taxes, penalties or interest imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

6.1.2    Tax Withholdings. The Company Group will have the right and authority to deduct from any Actual Award all applicable Tax Withholdings. Prior to the payment of an Actual Award or such earlier time as any Tax Withholdings are due, the Company Group is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company Group, an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax Withholdings with respect to such Actual Award.

6.2    No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any award under the Plan will confer upon a Participant any right regarding continuing the Participant’s relationship as an Employee or other service provider to the Company Group, nor will they interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company Group or the Participant to terminate such relationship at any time, free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

6.3    Forfeiture Events.

6.3.1    Clawback Policy; Applicable Laws. All awards under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition in accordance with any clawback policy of the Company Group as may be established and/or amended from time to time to comply with applicable laws, including without limitation pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, reduction, recovery, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement or reacquisition provisions with respect to an award under the Plan as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award, or upon specified events which may include (without limitation) termination of a Participant’s status as an employee or other service provider for cause or any specified action or inaction by a Participant, whether before or after such termination of employment or other service, that would constitute cause for termination of such Participant’s status as an employee or other service provider. Unless this Section 6.3.1 is specifically mentioned and waived in a written agreement between a Participant and a member of the Company Group or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy or

 

6


otherwise will constitute an event that triggers or contributes to any right of the Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with a member of the Company Group.

6.3.2    Additional Forfeiture Terms. The Administrator may specify when providing for an award under the Plan that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for “cause” or any act by a Participant, whether before or after the Participant’s status as an Employee terminates, that would constitute “cause.”

6.3.3    Accounting Restatements. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will reimburse the Company Group the amount of any payment with respect to an award earned or accrued during the twelve (12) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement.

6.4    Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards under the Plan, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

6.5    Nontransferability of Awards. No award under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and except as provided in Section 5.3. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7.    Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

7.1    Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Administrator may modify, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The modification, amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, materially alter or materially impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

7.2    Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7.1 (regarding the Administrator’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.

 

7


8.    Legal Construction.

8.1    Gender and Number. Unless otherwise indicated by the context, any feminine term used herein also will include the masculine and any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

8.2    Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.

8.3    Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Plan, a Participant’s acceptance of an award is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, regardless of where a Participant’s services are performed.

8.4    Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulations section 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

8.5    Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

9.    Compliance with Applicable Laws. Awards under the Plan (including without limitation the granting of such awards) will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

*            *             *

 

8

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

October 11, 2021

Amit Walia

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Amit:

This confirmatory employment letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Amit Walia (“you”) and Informatica Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of the date of this Agreement as first set forth above (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Title; Position; Location. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Board of Directors and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are reasonably assigned by the Board of Directors. You will perform your duties from the Company’s corporate offices located in Redwood City, California (with the exception of the period during which any shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement affecting your ability to work at the Company’s corporate offices remains in effect), subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

2. Base Salary. Effective as of October 1, 2021, your annual base salary was increased to $700,000. Your base salary will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee) as applicable, in its sole discretion.

3. Annual Bonus. For the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, you will be eligible for a target annual cash bonus opportunity equal to one hundred thirty percent (130%) of your annual base salary. Any annual bonus will be subject to performance and other criteria established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, through the Corporate Bonus Plan and otherwise, and subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you. Your annual bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by our Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and no amount of any annual bonus is guaranteed. In addition, the Board or the Committee, as applicable and in its sole discretion, may approve that the Company grant additional discretionary bonus amounts to you.

4. Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive awards of stock options or other equity awards pursuant to such plans or arrangements as the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans, programs, and arrangements it offers to its employees at any time.

 

- 1 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

6. Severance. The Board has approved your eligibility to enter into the Change in Control and Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “CIC and Severance Agreement”). The CIC and Severance Agreement provides for severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of your employment, subject to the terms and conditions of the CIC and Severance Agreement. These protections supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the effective date of the CIC and Severance Agreement no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

7. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and, during the course of your employment, you may develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement between you and the Company dated October 15, 2013, as may be amended or amended and restated from time to time (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply.

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Company. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and will continue to constitute at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

9. Taxes. The Company (or its affiliate, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, and local taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and its affiliate, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require you to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. The payments and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from, or otherwise to comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations and other formal guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities and ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or to so comply. Any taxable reimbursements payable to you under this Agreement will be paid, less applicable withholdings, only with respect to expenses incurred while you are employed with the Company, no later than the last day of your taxable year immediately following your taxable year in which the expense was incurred by you. No such amounts reimbursable to you in one taxable year of yours will affect the amounts reimbursable to you in another taxable year of yours. Notwithstanding any contrary Agreement provision, the Company reserves the right to amend the Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without your consent or the consent of any other person or entity, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A prior to the actual payment or provision of any payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will you have any discretion to choose your taxable year in which any payments or benefits are provided under this Agreement. In no event will the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse or indemnify you or hold you harmless for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

10. Additional Employment Provisions. During the term of your employment with the Company, you agree to perform your duties faithfully and to the best of your abilities and will devote your full business efforts and time to rendering services to the Company hereunder. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Subject to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, with which you agree to fully comply, nothing in this Agreement will prohibit you from (a) making and managing passive investments, or (b) participating in professional and charitable organizations in an unpaid capacity, in a manner, and to an extent, that will not interfere with your duties or obligations to the Company, including under the Confidentiality Agreement. You agree not to bring any third party confidential

 

- 2 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

information to the Company, including that of any of your former employers, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. You agree that in the rendering of all services to the Company and in all aspects of employment with the Company, you will comply in all material respects with all lawful directives, policies, rules, standards and regulations from time to time established by the Company.

11. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, or the Confidentiality Agreement will prohibit or impede you from engaging in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” will mean communicating, cooperating or filing a complaint with any U.S. federal, state or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency or entity, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (collectively, a “Governmental Entity”) with respect to possible violations of any U.S. federal, state or local law or regulation, or otherwise making disclosures to any Governmental Entity, in each case, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any such law or regulation; provided that, in each case, such communications and disclosures are consistent with applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement between you and the Company or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company relating to the protection of confidential information) in a manner not protected by applicable law (each, a “Confidential Information Agreement”) to any parties other than the Governmental Entities. You further understand that Protected Activity does not include disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement or any Confidential Information Agreement that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. You understand and acknowledge that pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (a) an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal and (b) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

12. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the CIC and Severance Agreement, and the equity awards granted to you under the Amended and Restated Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreements thereunder, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California but without regard to the conflicts of law provision. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than yourself) and you.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 3 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

To confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

/s/ Bruce Chizen

  Bruce Chizen
  Chairman of the Board

 

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Amit Walia

Amit Walia
Dated: 10/12/2021                                                         

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

October 11, 2021

Eric Brown

###

###

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Eric:

This confirmatory employment letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Eric Brown (“you”) and Informatica Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of the date of this Agreement as first set forth above (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Title; Position; Location. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are reasonably assigned by the Chief Executive Officer. You will perform your duties from the Company’s corporate offices located in Redwood City, California (with the exception of the period during which any shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement affecting your ability to work at the Company’s corporate offices remains in effect), subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

2. Base Salary. Effective as of October 1, 2021, your annual base salary was increased to $588,000. Your base salary will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee) as applicable, in its sole discretion.

3. Annual Bonus. For the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, you will be eligible for a target annual cash bonus opportunity equal to one hundred percent (100%) of your annual base salary. Any annual bonus will be subject to performance and other criteria established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, through the Corporate Bonus Plan and otherwise, and subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you. Your annual bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by our Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and no amount of any annual bonus is guaranteed. In addition, the Board or the Committee, as applicable and in its sole discretion, may approve that the Company grant additional discretionary bonus amounts to you.

4. Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive awards of stock options or other equity awards pursuant to such plans or arrangements as the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans, programs, and arrangements it offers to its employees at any time.

 

- 1 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

6. Severance. The Board has approved your eligibility to enter into the Change in Control and Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “CIC and Severance Agreement”). The CIC and Severance Agreement provides for severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of your employment, subject to the terms and conditions of the CIC and Severance Agreement. These protections supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the effective date of the CIC and Severance Agreement no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

7. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and, during the course of your employment, you may develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement between you and the Company dated June 2, 2018, as may be amended or amended and restated from time to time (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply.

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Company. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and will continue to constitute at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

9. Taxes. The Company (or its affiliate, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, and local taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and its affiliate, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require you to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. The payments and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from, or otherwise to comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations and other formal guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities and ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or to so comply. Any taxable reimbursements payable to you under this Agreement will be paid, less applicable withholdings, only with respect to expenses incurred while you are employed with the Company, no later than the last day of your taxable year immediately following your taxable year in which the expense was incurred by you. No such amounts reimbursable to you in one taxable year of yours will affect the amounts reimbursable to you in another taxable year of yours. Notwithstanding any contrary Agreement provision, the Company reserves the right to amend the Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without your consent or the consent of any other person or entity, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A prior to the actual payment or provision of any payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will you have any discretion to choose your taxable year in which any payments or benefits are provided under this Agreement. In no event will the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse or indemnify you or hold you harmless for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

10. Additional Employment Provisions. During the term of your employment with the Company, you agree to perform your duties faithfully and to the best of your abilities and will devote your full business efforts and time to rendering services to the Company hereunder. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Subject to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, with which you agree to fully comply, nothing in this Agreement will prohibit you from (a) making and managing passive investments, or (b) participating in professional and charitable

 

- 2 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

organizations in an unpaid capacity, in a manner, and to an extent, that will not interfere with your duties or obligations to the Company, including under the Confidentiality Agreement. You agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of any of your former employers, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. You agree that in the rendering of all services to the Company and in all aspects of employment with the Company, you will comply in all material respects with all lawful directives, policies, rules, standards and regulations from time to time established by the Company.

11. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, or the Confidentiality Agreement will prohibit or impede you from engaging in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” will mean communicating, cooperating or filing a complaint with any U.S. federal, state or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency or entity, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (collectively, a “Governmental Entity”) with respect to possible violations of any U.S. federal, state or local law or regulation, or otherwise making disclosures to any Governmental Entity, in each case, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any such law or regulation; provided that, in each case, such communications and disclosures are consistent with applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement between you and the Company or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company relating to the protection of confidential information) in a manner not protected by applicable law (each, a “Confidential Information Agreement”) to any parties other than the Governmental Entities. You further understand that Protected Activity does not include disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement or any Confidential Information Agreement that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. You understand and acknowledge that pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (a) an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal and (b) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

12. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the CIC and Severance Agreement, and the equity awards granted to you under the Amended and Restated Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreements thereunder, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California but without regard to the conflicts of law provision. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than yourself) and you.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 3 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

To confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

/s/ Amit Walia

  Amit Walia
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Eric Brown

Eric Brown
Dated: 10/12/2021

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

October 11, 2021

Jitesh Ghai

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Jitesh:

This confirmatory employment letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Jitesh Ghai (“you”) and Informatica Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of the date of this Agreement as first set forth above (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Title; Position; Location. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are reasonably assigned by the Chief Executive Officer. You will perform your duties from the Company’s corporate offices located in Redwood City, California (with the exception of the period during which any shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement affecting your ability to work at the Company’s corporate offices remains in effect), subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

2. Base Salary. Effective as of October 1, 2021, your annual base salary was increased to $550,000. Your base salary will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee) as applicable, in its sole discretion.

3. Annual Bonus. For the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, you will be eligible for a target annual cash bonus opportunity equal to one hundred percent (100%) of your annual base salary. Any annual bonus will be subject to performance and other criteria established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, through the Corporate Bonus Plan and otherwise, and subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you. Your annual bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by our Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and no amount of any annual bonus is guaranteed. In addition, the Board or the Committee, as applicable and in its sole discretion, may approve that the Company grant additional discretionary bonus amounts to you.

4. Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive awards of stock options or other equity awards pursuant to such plans or arrangements as the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans, programs, and arrangements it offers to its employees at any time.

 

- 1 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

6. Severance. The Board has approved your eligibility to enter into the Change in Control and Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “CIC and Severance Agreement”). The CIC and Severance Agreement provides for severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of your employment, subject to the terms and conditions of the CIC and Severance Agreement. These protections supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the effective date of the CIC and Severance Agreement no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

7. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and, during the course of your employment, you may develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement between you and the Company dated March 11, 2010, as may be amended or amended and restated from time to time (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply.

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Company. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and will continue to constitute at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

9. Taxes. The Company (or its affiliate, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, and local taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and its affiliate, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require you to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. The payments and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from, or otherwise to comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations and other formal guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities and ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or to so comply. Any taxable reimbursements payable to you under this Agreement will be paid, less applicable withholdings, only with respect to expenses incurred while you are employed with the Company, no later than the last day of your taxable year immediately following your taxable year in which the expense was incurred by you. No such amounts reimbursable to you in one taxable year of yours will affect the amounts reimbursable to you in another taxable year of yours. Notwithstanding any contrary Agreement provision, the Company reserves the right to amend the Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without your consent or the consent of any other person or entity, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A prior to the actual payment or provision of any payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will you have any discretion to choose your taxable year in which any payments or benefits are provided under this Agreement. In no event will the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse or indemnify you or hold you harmless for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

10. Additional Employment Provisions. During the term of your employment with the Company, you agree to perform your duties faithfully and to the best of your abilities and will devote your full business efforts and time to rendering services to the Company hereunder. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Subject to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, with which you agree to fully comply, nothing in this Agreement will prohibit you from (a) making and managing passive investments, or (b) participating in professional and charitable

 

- 2 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

organizations in an unpaid capacity, in a manner, and to an extent, that will not interfere with your duties or obligations to the Company, including under the Confidentiality Agreement. You agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of any of your former employers, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. You agree that in the rendering of all services to the Company and in all aspects of employment with the Company, you will comply in all material respects with all lawful directives, policies, rules, standards and regulations from time to time established by the Company.

11. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, or the Confidentiality Agreement will prohibit or impede you from engaging in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” will mean communicating, cooperating or filing a complaint with any U.S. federal, state or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency or entity, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (collectively, a “Governmental Entity”) with respect to possible violations of any U.S. federal, state or local law or regulation, or otherwise making disclosures to any Governmental Entity, in each case, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any such law or regulation; provided that, in each case, such communications and disclosures are consistent with applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement between you and the Company or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company relating to the protection of confidential information) in a manner not protected by applicable law (each, a “Confidential Information Agreement”) to any parties other than the Governmental Entities. You further understand that Protected Activity does not include disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement or any Confidential Information Agreement that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. You understand and acknowledge that pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (a) an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal and (b) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

12. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the CIC and Severance Agreement, and the equity awards granted to you under the Amended and Restated Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreements thereunder, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California but without regard to the conflicts of law provision. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than yourself) and you.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 3 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

To confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

/s/ Amit Walia

  Amit Walia
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Jitesh Ghai

Jitesh Ghai
Dated:                                                                                      

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

October 11, 2021

Ansa Sekharan

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Ansa:

This confirmatory employment letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Ansa Sekharan (“you”) and Informatica Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of the date of this Agreement as first set forth above (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Title; Position; Location. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Success Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are reasonably assigned by the Chief Executive Officer. You will perform your duties from the Company’s corporate offices located in Redwood City, California (with the exception of the period during which any shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar work-from-home requirement affecting your ability to work at the Company’s corporate offices remains in effect), subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

2. Base Salary. Effective as of October 1, 2021, your annual base salary was increased to $550,000. Your base salary will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee) as applicable, in its sole discretion.

3. Annual Bonus. For the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, you will be eligible for a target annual cash bonus opportunity equal to one hundred percent (100%) of your annual base salary. Any annual bonus will be subject to performance and other criteria established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, through the Corporate Bonus Plan and otherwise, and subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you. Your annual bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by our Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and no amount of any annual bonus is guaranteed. In addition, the Board or the Committee, as applicable and in its sole discretion, may approve that the Company grant additional discretionary bonus amounts to you.

4. Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive awards of stock options or other equity awards pursuant to such plans or arrangements as the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans, programs, and arrangements it offers to its employees at any time.

 

- 1 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

6. Severance. The Board has approved your eligibility to enter into the Change in Control and Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “CIC and Severance Agreement”). The CIC and Severance Agreement provides for severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of your employment, subject to the terms and conditions of the CIC and Severance Agreement. These protections supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the effective date of the CIC and Severance Agreement no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

7. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and, during the course of your employment, you may develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement between you and the Company dated November 25, 2019, as may be amended or amended and restated from time to time (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply.

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Company. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and will continue to constitute at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

9. Taxes. The Company (or its affiliate, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, and local taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and its affiliate, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require you to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. The payments and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from, or otherwise to comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations and other formal guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities and ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or to so comply. Any taxable reimbursements payable to you under this Agreement will be paid, less applicable withholdings, only with respect to expenses incurred while you are employed with the Company, no later than the last day of your taxable year immediately following your taxable year in which the expense was incurred by you. No such amounts reimbursable to you in one taxable year of yours will affect the amounts reimbursable to you in another taxable year of yours. Notwithstanding any contrary Agreement provision, the Company reserves the right to amend the Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without your consent or the consent of any other person or entity, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A prior to the actual payment or provision of any payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will you have any discretion to choose your taxable year in which any payments or benefits are provided under this Agreement. In no event will the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse or indemnify you or hold you harmless for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

10. Additional Employment Provisions. During the term of your employment with the Company, you agree to perform your duties faithfully and to the best of your abilities and will devote your full business efforts and time to rendering services to the Company hereunder. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Subject to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, with which you agree to fully comply, nothing in this Agreement will

 

- 2 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

prohibit you from (a) making and managing passive investments, or (b) participating in professional and charitable organizations in an unpaid capacity, in a manner, and to an extent, that will not interfere with your duties or obligations to the Company, including under the Confidentiality Agreement. You agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of any of your former employers, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. You agree that in the rendering of all services to the Company and in all aspects of employment with the Company, you will comply in all material respects with all lawful directives, policies, rules, standards and regulations from time to time established by the Company.

11. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, or the Confidentiality Agreement will prohibit or impede you from engaging in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” will mean communicating, cooperating or filing a complaint with any U.S. federal, state or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency or entity, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (collectively, a “Governmental Entity”) with respect to possible violations of any U.S. federal, state or local law or regulation, or otherwise making disclosures to any Governmental Entity, in each case, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any such law or regulation; provided that, in each case, such communications and disclosures are consistent with applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement between you and the Company or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company relating to the protection of confidential information) in a manner not protected by applicable law (each, a “Confidential Information Agreement”) to any parties other than the Governmental Entities. You further understand that Protected Activity does not include disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement or any Confidential Information Agreement that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. You understand and acknowledge that pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (a) an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal and (b) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

12. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the CIC and Severance Agreement, and the equity awards granted to you under the Amended and Restated Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreements thereunder, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California but without regard to the conflicts of law provision. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than yourself) and you.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 3 -

Informatica LLC 2100 Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 94063

main: 650 385 5000 fax: 650 385 5500 www.informatica.com


LOGO

 

To confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

/s/ Amit Walia

  Amit Walia
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Ansa Sekharan

Ansa Sekharan
Dated:                                                                                        

[Signature page to Confirmatory Employment Letter]


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

 

 

AMENDED & RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

by and among

INFORMATICA INC.

and

THE STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [], 2021

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.     EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS      1  
          1.1      Effective Time      1  
    1.2      Definitions      1  
2.     CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      2  
    2.1      Board of Directors      2  
    2.2      Voting Agreement      5  
    2.3      Controlled Company      5  
    2.4      Special Meetings      6  
    2.5      Confidentiality      6  
3.     COVENANTS      7  
    3.1      Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance      7  
    3.2      Indemnification Agreements      8  
    3.3      Indemnification      8  
    3.4      Actions Requiring Approval of the Lead Investors      9  
    3.5      Other Business Opportunities; Company Charter; Company Bylaws      10  
    3.6      Notice of Lock-Up Release or Waiver      10  
    3.7      Redemption      11  
4.     AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ETC.      11  
    4.1      Oral Modifications      11  
    4.2      Written Modifications      11  
    4.3      Termination; Effect of Termination      11  
5.     DEFINITIONS      11  
    5.1      Certain Matters of Construction      11  
    5.2      Definitions      12  
6.     MISCELLANEOUS      15  
    6.1      Authority; Effect      15  
    6.2      Notices      15  
    6.3      Binding Effect, Etc.      17  
    6.4      Descriptive Headings      17  
    6.5      Counterparts      17  
    6.6      Severability      17  
    6.7      No Recourse      17  
7.     GOVERNING LAW      18  
    7.1      Governing Law      18  
    7.2      Consent to Jurisdiction; Venue; Service      18  
    7.3      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      18  
    7.4      Exercise of Rights and Remedies      19  


AMENDED & RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2021 by and among:

 

  (i)

Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

 

  (ii)

EvomLux S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized and existing under the laws of Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488, route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 190.751 (together with its Permitted Transferees, “Permira”);

 

  (iii)

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, organized and existing under the laws of Canada, having its principal office at One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto ON, M5C 2W5, Canada (together with its Permitted Transferees, “CPPIB”); and

 

  (iv)

Ithaca L.P., a Guernsey limited partnership (together with its Permitted Transferees, the “Permira Co-Investor” and together with Permira and CPPIB, the “Stockholders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders entered into a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2021 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto believe that it is in the best interests of the Company and the Stockholders to enter into this Agreement to (i) set forth herein their agreements on certain matters relating to the governance of the Company and the rights and obligations of the Stockholders following the Initial Public Offering (as defined below) and (ii) amend, replace and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1.

EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.

1.1    Effective Time. This Agreement will become effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “Effective Time”) and will supersede and result in the termination of the Original Agreement as of the Effective Time.

1.2    Definitions. Certain terms are used in this Agreement as specifically defined herein. These definitions are set forth or referred to in Section 5 hereof.


2.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

  2.1

Board of Directors.

2.1.1    Size. On and after the Effective Time, the Board shall consist of ten (10) Directors; provided, that the Board shall further increase the number of Independent Directors to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law and the Stock Exchange rules, or as otherwise agreed by the Board, subject to the rights of the Lead Investors under Section 3.4.6.

2.1.2    Composition; Company Recommendation. The rights of the Lead Investors to nominate Directors shall be as follows:

(a)    So long as the Aggregate Permira Ownership continues to be (i) at least 20% of the Aggregate Permira Ownership immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, Permira shall be entitled to nominate two (2) Directors; and (ii) less than 20% but at least 10% of the Aggregate Permira Ownership immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, Permira shall be entitled to nominate one (1) Director. Each Director so nominated may be referred to as a “Permira Director”.

(b)    So long as the Aggregate CPPIB Ownership continues to be (i) at least 20% of the Aggregate CPPIB Ownership immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, CPPIB shall be entitled to nominate two (2) Directors; and (ii) less than 20% but at least 10% of the Aggregate CPPIB Ownership immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, CPPIB shall be entitled to nominate one (1) Director. Each Director so nominated may be referred to as a “CPPIB Director”.

(c)    So long as the Lead Investors collectively have the right to nominate four (4) Directors collectively pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2.1.2, Permira and CPPIB shall be entitled jointly to nominate one (1) Director. The Director so nominated may be referred to as the “Lead Investor Director”.

(d)    The Company hereby agrees (i) to include the nominees of the Lead Investors nominated pursuant to this Section 2.1.2 as the nominees to the Board on each slate of nominees for election of the Board included in the Company’s annual meeting proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document), (ii) to recommend the election of such nominees to the stockholders of the Company and (iii) without limiting the foregoing, to otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to cause such nominees to be elected to the Board, including providing at least as high a level of support for the election of such nominees as it provides to any other individual standing for election as a Director.

(e)    The foregoing Directors nominated by the Lead Investors shall initially be divided into three classes of Directors, each of whose members shall serve for staggered three (3) year terms, subject to the Company Charter as follows:

(i)    the Class I Directors next subject to election in 2022 shall initially include Bruce Chizen (as the Lead Investor Director), Elizabeth Rafael and Amit Walia;

 

2


(ii)    the Class II Directors next subject to election in 2023 shall initially include Janice Chaffin, Gerald Held, Ryan Lanpher (as a Permira Director) and Austin Locke (as a CPPIB Director); and

(iii)    the Class III Directors next subject to election in 2024 shall initially include Geoff McKay (as a CPPIB Director), Brian Ruder (as a Permira Director) and Jill Ward.

2.1.3    Nominations. With respect to any Director to be nominated by the applicable Lead Investor other than the initial Directors appointed in accordance with Section 2.1.2 or the then-serving Permira Director(s), CPPIB Director(s) or Lead Investor Director, the Lead Investors shall nominate their Director(s) by delivering to the Company a written statement at least ninety (90) days prior to the one (1) year anniversary of the preceding annual meeting (or, in the case of the first annual meeting following the Initial Public Offering, at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting) which sets forth the names, business address, telephone number, facsimile number and e-mail address of such nominee(s) if one of Permira Director(s), CPPIB Director(s) or the Lead Investor Director is subject to election; provided, that if the Lead Investor(s) fails to deliver such written notice, the applicable Lead Investor(s) shall be deemed to have nominated the Director(s) previously nominated (or designated pursuant to this Section 2.1.3) by such Lead Investor(s) who is/are currently serving on the Board.

2.1.4    Right to Delegate; Committees. The Company shall establish and maintain an audit committee of the Board (the “Audit Committee”), a compensation committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”), a nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board (the “Nominating Committee”), and such other Board committees as the Board deems appropriate from time to time or as may be required by applicable law or the Stock Exchange rules. The committees shall have such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such committees, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company Charter and the Company Bylaws.

(a)    No later than the first anniversary of the effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement, the Audit Committee shall consist of at least three (3) directors, all of whom are Independent Directors (at least one of whom shall satisfy the “audit committee financial expert” requirements as such term is defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K).

(b)    Subject to Section 2.1.4(d), for so long as the Company maintains the Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee, such committees shall each consist of (i) if so requested by Permira, at least one (1) Permira Director (but only if Permira is then entitled to nominate at least one Permira Director) and (ii) if so requested by CPPIB, at least one (1) CPPIB Director (but only if CPPIB is then entitled to nominate at least one (1) CPPIB Director). As long as Permira is then entitled to nominate at least one (1) Permira Director, if so requested by Permira, a Permira Director shall serve as the chair of one of the Compensation Committee or the Nominating Committee, as determined by the Lead Investors acting jointly. As long as CPPIB is then entitled to nominate at least one (1) CPPIB Director, if so requested by CPPIB, a CPPIB Director shall serve as the chair of the Compensation Committee or the Nominating Committee, as determined by the Lead Investors acting jointly.

 

3


(c)    Subject to Section 2.1.4(d), any committee of the Board not specified in Sections 2.1.4(a) or 2.1.4(b) shall consist of at least one (1) Permira Director (but only if Permira is then entitled to nominate at least one (1) Permira Director) and at least one (1) CPPIB Director (but only if CPPIB is then entitled to nominate at least one (1) CPPIB Director) and such additional members as may be determined by the Board; provided, that a special committee may exclude Directors nominated by the Lead Investor(s) if (i) no such Director is eligible to serve on such special committee due to the Stock Exchange rules and requirements or (ii) the primary purpose of such special committee is to review, assess and/or approve a transaction in which the applicable Lead Investor has a material direct or indirect interest and (A) having such Lead Investor’s Director appointed on such special committee would constitute a conflict of interest, or (B) the Board otherwise determines that including such Directors on such committee would be inconsistent with the Directors’ fiduciary duties, in each case as determined by a majority of the Independent Directors in their reasonable good faith discretion.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board (upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee) shall, only to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or the Stock Exchange rules, modify the composition of any such committee to the extent required to comply with such applicable law or the Stock Exchange rules. If any vacant Director position on any committee of the Board results from a Lead Investor no longer being entitled to nominate at least one (1) Director or declining to have one of its Director nominees serve on such committee, then such vacant position shall be filled by the Board after considering the recommendation of the Nominating Committee, in accordance with Section 2.1.6.

2.1.5    Removal. If the number of Directors that the Lead Investor(s) are entitled to nominate is reduced pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.2, then such Lead Investor shall, if requested by either (i) the other Lead Investor or (ii) a majority of the Independent Directors, promptly cause a number of Directors equal to such reduction to resign from service on the Board and any board or other similar governing body of any Subsidiary of the Company, including all committees thereof. Each Lead Investor shall cause any Director nominated by the Lead Investor(s) to resign from service on any committee of the Board if, as a result of such Director’s service on such committee, such committee does not satisfy the requirements of applicable law or the Stock Exchange rules for service on such committee. If any Director does not promptly resign as provided in this Section 2.1.5, the Lead Investors shall act to remove such Director from the Board. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a Permira Director, a CPPIB Director or a Lead Investor Director shall continue to be deemed as such for as long as he or she is a Director.

2.1.6    Vacancies.

(a)    If any Director previously nominated by the Lead Investor(s) dies or is unwilling or unable to serve as such or is otherwise removed or resigns from office (other than pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.1.5), then the Lead Investor who previously nominated such Director (or both Lead Investors acting jointly, if such Director is the Lead Investor Director) who was so removed or resigned shall promptly nominate a successor to such Director; but if the Lead Investors(s) are not entitled to fill such vacant Director position(s), such vacant Director position(s) shall be filled by the Board, after considering the recommendation of the Nominating Committee.

 

4


(b)    If, subject to the rights of the Lead Investors under Section 3.4.6, the Board votes to increase the size of the Board, the vacant Director position(s) created as a result of such newly created directorship(s) shall be filled by the Board, after considering the recommendation of the Nominating Committee.

(c)    Any other vacant Director position(s) shall be filled by the Board, or the Board shall nominate a replacement Director, in each case, after considering the recommendation of the Nominating Committee, in accordance with the Company Charter.

2.1.7    Subsidiaries. At the request of any Lead Investor, the Company shall cause the members of the board of directors or other similar governing body, and committees thereof, of any “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) of the Company to comply with this Section 2.1 as if such Subsidiary were the Company.

2.1.8    Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall pay or reimburse the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the members of the Board in connection with their service on the Board (and any committee thereof) or in connection with their service on the board of directors or other similar governing body of any Subsidiary of the Company (and any committee thereof).

2.2    Voting Agreement. Each Equity Investor agrees, at any time it is then entitled to vote for the election of Directors to the Board, to take all necessary action, including casting all votes to which such Equity Investor is entitled in respect of its Shares entitled to vote thereon, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent, proxy or otherwise, so as to ensure that the composition of the Board complies with (and includes all of the requisite nominees in accordance with) Section 2.1 and to otherwise effect the intent of this Section 2.2. Each Equity Investor then entitled to vote for the election of any successor as a Director agrees to take all necessary action, including casting all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of its Shares entitled to vote thereon, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent, proxy or otherwise, so as to ensure that any such successor determined in accordance with Section 2.1.6 is elected to the Board as promptly as practicable. Each Equity Investor agrees that if, at any time, it is then entitled to vote for the removal of Directors, it will not vote any of its Shares entitled to vote thereon in favor of the removal of any Director who shall have been nominated in accordance with Section 2.1, unless (a) the Lead Investor(s) entitled to nominate such Director shall have consented to such removal in writing, (b) removal is compelled pursuant to Section 2.1.5 or (c) the Person or Persons entitled to nominate any Director pursuant to Section 2.1 shall request in writing the removal, with or without cause, of such Director (in which case, each such Equity Investor shall vote its Shares entitled to vote thereon in favor of such removal). Each Equity Investor agrees not to grant any proxy to any Person in respect of, and agrees not to enter into a binding agreement with respect to, its Shares that would prohibit such Equity Investor from casting votes in respect of such Shares in accordance with this Section 2.2.

2.3    Controlled Company.

2.3.1    The Company and the Equity Investors acknowledge and agree that, by virtue of the combined voting power of Common Stock held (or controlled) by the Equity Investors representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Common Stock outstanding as of the closing date of the IPO, the Company will qualify as of the date of the closing of the IPO as a “controlled company” within the meaning of Stock Exchange rules.

 

5


2.3.2    So long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules, the Company shall elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules. If the Company ceases to qualify as a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules, the Equity Investors and the Company shall take whatever action may be reasonably necessary in relation to such party, if any, to cause the Company to comply with Stock Exchange rules as then in effect within the timeframe for compliance available under such rules, including any applicable transition periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the joint election of the Lead Investors at any time, the Company shall elect not to be a “controlled” company for purposes of Stock Exchange rules and, if so elected by the Lead Investors acting jointly, the Equity Investors and the Company will take all actions reasonably necessary in relation to such party, if any, to cause the Company to comply with Stock Exchange rules as then in effect within the timeframe for compliance available under such rules, including any applicable transition periods.

2.4    Special Meetings. If any two (2) Permira Directors (or, in the event Permira is entitled to nominate only one (1) Director, one (1) Permira Director) or any two (2) CPPIB Directors (or, in the event CPPIB is entitled to nominate only one (1) Director, one (1) CPPIB Director) wishes to call a special meeting of the Board, the Company shall take all such action as is necessary to cause the calling of a special meeting.

2.5    Confidentiality. The Company recognizes that Directors (i) will from time to time receive non-public information concerning the Company, and (ii) may share such information with other individuals employed by the Lead Investor(s) that nominated such Director. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.5, the Company hereby irrevocably consents to such sharing. Each Lead Investor agrees that it and its employees will keep confidential and not disclose or divulge to any third party any confidential information regarding the Company it receives from the Company or a Director unless such information (x) is known or becomes known to the public in general, (y) is or has been independently developed or conceived by or on behalf of such Lead Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information or (z) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Lead Investor by a third party without, to such Lead Investor’s knowledge, a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may owe to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and each Lead Investor will cause its employees and other Representatives (defined below) to comply with the foregoing obligations; provided, however, that a Lead Investor may disclose confidential information (I) to its direct or indirect parent entities (if any) in connection with monitoring or evaluating such Lead Investor’s investment in the Company or its or their respective attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other professionals who are subject to a duty of confidentiality to the extent necessary or reasonably desirable to obtain their services in connection with monitoring or evaluating the Lead Investor’s direct or indirect investment in the Company (collectively, “Representatives”), (II) in the case of CPPIB, to any holder of Class B-2 common stock of the Company (who has entered into a customary non-disclosure agreement with CPPIB or any of its affiliates) to the extent necessary or reasonably desirable in connection with CPPIB’s or such holder’s investment in the Company; provided, that, CPPIB will cause such holder to comply with the confidentiality obligations set forth herein or (III) as may be required by law or legal, judicial or regulatory process or requested by any regulatory or self-regulatory

 

6


authority or examiner, provided that such Lead Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any required disclosure described in this clause (III). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors shall not share information that the Company has designated as attorney-client, work product or similar privilege with respect to which the Company has determined in good faith, based on advice of counsel, that the disclosure of such information to the Lead Investors would be reasonably likely to jeopardize attorney-client privilege or other similar privilege protected under applicable law (otherwise benefiting the Company or any of its subsidiaries) without the prior consent of the Company. Each Lead Investor shall be responsible for any breach of the terms of this Section 2.5 by it or its employees or other Representatives. With respect to each Lead Investor, the consent to share non-public information concerning the Company with individuals employed by, and other Representatives of, such Lead Investor pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall terminate upon the date that such Lead Investor no longer has the right to nominate any member of the Board hereunder, and the confidentiality obligation of such Lead Investor pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall terminate upon the second anniversary of such date (and survive any termination of this Agreement prior to such date).

 

3.

COVENANTS.

3.1    Directors and Officers Insurance. The Company will purchase and maintain at its expense insurance in an amount determined in good faith by the Board to be appropriate, on behalf of any person who prior to or after the Effective Time is or was a Director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions. The Company hereby acknowledges that any Director, officer or other indemnified person covered by any such indemnity insurance policy (any such Person, a “Covered Indemnitee”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by any of the Lead Investors and certain of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that (a) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to a Covered Indemnitee shall be primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Indemnitee shall be secondary) and (b) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof, except in the case of conduct by a Covered Indemnitee where such Covered Indemnitee is not otherwise entitled to indemnification from the Company under Section 3.3 or any other indemnification agreement with the Company. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of a Covered Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Covered Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Covered Indemnitee against the Company. The provisions of this Section 3.1 will survive any termination of this Agreement. Any Fund Indemnitor or insurer thereof not a party to this Agreement is an express third party beneficiary of this Section 3.1, and is entitled to enforce this Section 3.1 according to its terms to the same extent as if such Fund Indemnitor or insurer thereof were a party hereto.

 

7


3.2    Indemnification Agreements. The Company has entered into and shall at all times maintain in effect an indemnification agreement with each Director nominated by or affiliated with Permira or CPPIB, as applicable, in such form as has been previously agreed to by each of the Company and Permira or CPPIB, as applicable.

3.3    Indemnification.

3.3.1    To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Covered Person from and against any Losses (other than for taxes based on fees or other compensation received by such Covered Person from the Company or its Subsidiaries), expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines and other amounts which may be imposed on, asserted against, paid in settlement, incurred or suffered by such Covered Person or any of them, as a party or otherwise, before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Third-Party Claim arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with such Covered Person’s investment in, or actual, alleged or deemed control or ability to influence, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if (a) the Covered Person’s conduct was in good faith and to the extent such Losses did not arise out of a breach by such Covered Person or its Affiliates of this Agreement or any other agreement with, or any Board-approved policy of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (b) if the Covered Person is a Director, officer or employee of the Company (or (x) an Affiliate of a Director, officer or employee of the Company that is controlled by a Director, officer or employee of the Company, or (y) a successor, heir, estate or legal representative of a Director, officer or employee of the Company), the Covered Person reasonably believed (or, if the Covered Person is a successor, heir, or estate of, a Director, officer or employee of the Company, then such Director, officer or employee of the Company, as applicable, reasonably believed) that his, her or its conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, did not have reasonable cause to believe that his, her or its conduct was unlawful, and did not include any transaction from which such Covered Person derived an improper personal benefit. If and to the extent that the foregoing indemnification is unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. The rights of any Covered Person to indemnification and contribution hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Covered Person is or becomes a party (including for the avoidance of doubt, any rights under Section 3.1) or is otherwise becomes the beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the organizational documents of the Company or, any of its Subsidiaries and shall extend to such Covered Person’s successors and assigns. The Company shall not be liable for amounts paid in settlement of any action effected without its written consent, but if any action is settled with written consent of the Company, or if there is a final judgment against a Covered Person in any such action, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Covered Person to the extent provided above from and against any Losses by reason of such settlement or judgment. In addition, the Company shall not be required to indemnify a Covered Person for any disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by such Covered Person of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or to indemnify or advance expenses to a Covered Person in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined to be prohibited by law by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of

 

8


competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the Covered Persons shall be a third-party beneficiary of the rights conferred to such Covered Persons in this Section 3.3. This Section 3.3 shall survive any termination of this Agreement in respect of any Third-Party Claim to the extent related to or arising from any event occurring prior to termination of this Agreement.

3.3.2    To the extent provided in this Section 3.3, the Company hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any Covered Person under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of any Stockholder (or any Affiliate thereof) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Losses (including all interest, assessment and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Losses) incurred by a Covered Person are secondary), and if any Stockholder (or any Affiliate thereof) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, bylaws or charter) with any Covered Person, then (i) such Stockholder (or such Affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of the Covered Person with respect to the payments actually made and (ii) the Company shall reimburse such Stockholder (or such other Affiliate) for the payments actually made. The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (and covenants and agrees not to exercise, and to cause each Affiliate of the Company not to exercise), any claims or rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquire against any Covered Person (in any capacity) that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or under any indemnification obligation (whether pursuant to any other contract, any organizational document or otherwise), including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Covered Person against any Covered Person, whether such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from any Covered Person, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such claim, remedy or right.

3.4    Actions Requiring Approval of the Lead Investors. So long as a Lead Investor continues to hold shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock equal to at least 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock that were outstanding as of immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the following actions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall require the prior written consent of such Lead Investor:

3.4.1    Entering into or effecting a Change of Control.

3.4.2    Directly or indirectly, entering into or effecting any transaction or series of related transactions involving, or entering into any agreement providing for, (a) the purchase, lease, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Company or its Subsidiaries of any assets and/or equity securities for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $300.0 million and/or (b) the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposal by the Company or its Subsidiaries of any assets and/or equity securities having a fair market value or for consideration having a fair market value (in each case as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $300.0 million; in each case, other than transactions solely between or among the Company and one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

 

9


3.4.3    Directly or indirectly, entering into any joint venture or similar business alliance involving, or entering into any agreement providing for, the investment, contribution or disposition by the Company or its Subsidiaries of assets (including stock of Subsidiaries) having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $300.0 million, other than transactions solely between or among the Company and one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

3.4.4    Incurring (or extending the maturity of) any indebtedness for borrowed money, assuming, guaranteeing, endorsing or otherwise as an accommodation becoming responsible for the obligations of any other Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or entering into (or extending the maturity of) any agreement under which the Company or any Subsidiary may incur indebtedness for borrowed money in the future, in each case in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $300.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions and other than a drawdown of amounts committed (including under a revolving facility) under a debt agreement that previously received the prior written consent of the Lead Investors or that was entered into on or prior to the date hereof.

3.4.5    Terminating the employment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or hiring a new Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

3.4.6    Increasing or decreasing the size of the Board.

3.5    Other Business Opportunities; Company Charter; Company Bylaws. Except with the prior written consent of each Lead Investor, for so long as any Director nominated by any of the Lead Investors is a member of the Board, the Company Charter shall provide for a renunciation of corporate opportunities presented to the Equity Investors (and their respective Affiliates and Director nominees) to the maximum extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Each Stockholder (for so long as any Lead Investor is entitled to nominate at least one Director to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1) shall take all necessary or advisable actions, including, to the extent necessary, voting all of its Shares entitled to vote on the applicable matter and executing proxies or written consents, as the case may be, to ensure that the provisions in respect of corporate opportunities and Director and officer indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses set forth in the Company Charter and the Company Bylaws in the forms in existence at the Effective Time are not amended, modified or supplemented in any manner, without the prior written consent of each Lead Investor. The Stockholders shall vote all of their Shares entitled to vote on the applicable matter and execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and shall take all necessary or advisable actions, to ensure that the Company Charter and Company Bylaws (a) do not at any time conflict with any provision of this Agreement and (b) permit the Equity Investors to receive the benefits to which they are entitled under this Agreement. In the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Company Charter or Company Bylaws, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

3.6    Notice of Lock-Up Release or Waiver. If the Company receives notice or otherwise becomes aware of any release or waiver granted by the applicable underwriter(s) under any lock-up

 

10


agreement entered into in connection with a Public Offering, the Company shall promptly, and in any event within one (1) business day, provide each Lead Investor with written notice of such release or waiver.

3.7    Redemption. The Company shall not repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities from any Equity Investor (or make any offer to do so) unless such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or offer is structured and conducted in compliance with any applicable Canadian securities laws (including Canadian issuer bid requirements applicable to the Company).

 

4.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ETC.

4.1    Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor will any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective.

4.2    Written Modifications. This Agreement (including any specific term set forth herein or portion hereof) may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and all of the Lead Investors. Each such amendment, modification, extension, termination and waiver will be binding upon each party hereto and each holder of Shares subject hereto. In addition, each party hereto and each holder of Shares subject hereto may waive any right hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party or holder. The effectiveness of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the occurrence of the Effective Time and if the Initial Public Offering of the Company is terminated, withdrawn or otherwise abandoned prior to the Effective Time then this Agreement may be terminated by either Lead Investor and the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4.3    Termination; Effect of Termination. This Agreement shall terminate on the later of the date that (i) neither Lead Investor is entitled to nominate at least one Director pursuant to Section 2.1.2(a) or 2.1.2(b) and (ii) neither Lead Investor continues to hold shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock equal to at least 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock that were outstanding as of immediately following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering; provided that Section 3.7 shall survive such termination until CPPIB holds less than 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock then outstanding. No expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part hereof will relieve any Person of liability for a breach at or prior to such expiration or termination.

 

5.

DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:

5.1    Certain Matters of Construction. In addition to the definitions referred to or set forth below in this Section 5:

(a)    the words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or provision of this Agreement, and references to a particular Section of this Agreement include all subsections thereof;

(b)    the word “including” means including, without limitation;

 

11


(c)    definitions are equally applicable to both nouns and verbs and the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; and

(d)    the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each be deemed to include the other.

5.2    Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise) and (ii) with respect to any natural person, any member of the immediate family of such natural person.

Aggregate Permira Ownership” means the total number of Lead Investor Shares owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by Permira as of the date of such calculation.

Aggregate CPPIB Ownership” means the total number of Lead Investor Shares owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by CPPIB as of the date of such calculation.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

business day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Change of Control” means any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation or sale or transfer of Common Stock or assets (including equity securities of Subsidiaries) or otherwise) as a result of which any Person or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (other than Equity Investors and their respective Affiliates, any Person holding any share of Class B-2 common stock which is beneficially owned by CPPIB (or any of its Affiliates) within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, any group of which the foregoing are members and any other members of such a group), obtains ownership, directly or indirectly, of (i) Shares that represent more than 50% of the total voting power (for the election and removal of directors) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any applicable successor entity or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Common Stock” means collectively the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A common stock”), the Class B-1 common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B-1 common stock”), and the Class B-2 common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B-2 common stock”), in each case of the Company (or any successor of the Company by combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization) and any stock into which any such Common Stock shall have been changed or any stock resulting from any reclassification of any such Common Stock.

 

12


Company Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company as in effect at the Effective Time and as may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

Company Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as in effect at the Effective Time and as may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

Company Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Convertible Securities” means any evidence of indebtedness, shares of stock (other than Common Stock) or other securities which are directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

Covered Person” means (i) each Equity Investor, in each case in his, her or its capacity as such, and each such Person’s successors, heirs, estates or legal representative, (ii) any Affiliate, in his, her or its capacity as such, of each Equity Investor, in his, her or its capacity as such, (iii) any Person holding any share of Class B-2 common stock which is beneficially owned by CPPIB (or any of its Affiliates) within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, in his, her or its capacity as a holder of Common Stock, and any Affiliate, in his, her or its capacity as such, of such Person, in his, her or its capacity as a holder of Common Stock, and (iv) any Affiliate, officer, director, partner, manager, member, employee representative or agent of any of the foregoing, in each case in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) whether or not such Person continues to have the applicable status referred to in such clauses.

Director” means any of the individuals elected or appointed to serve on the Board.

Equity Investors” mean, collectively, Permira, the Permira Co-Investor and CPPIB.

Equivalent Shares” means, at any date of determination, (i) as to any outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, such number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock and (ii) as to any outstanding Convertible Securities which constitute shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock for which or into which such Convertible Securities may at the date of determination be exercised, converted or exchanged (or which will become exercisable, convertible or exchangeable on or prior to, or by reason of, the transaction or circumstance in connection with which the number of Equivalent Shares is to be determined).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Independent Director” means a Director who qualifies, as of the date of such Director’s election or appointment to the Board (or any committee thereof) and as of any other date on which the determination is being made, as an “independent director” under the applicable rules of the Stock Exchange, as determined by the Board and, to the extent applicable with respect to Audit Committee membership, an “Independent Director” under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and any corresponding requirement of Stock Exchange rules for audit committee members, as well as any other requirement of the U.S. securities laws that is then applicable to the Company, as determined by the Board.

 

13


Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means the initial Public Offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.

IPO Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (SEC File No. 333-259963) filed with the SEC on October 1, 2021 and declared effective on [●], 2021.

Lead Investor Shares” means (i) all shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock originally issued to, or issued with respect to shares originally issued to, or held by, a Lead Investor, whenever issued, including all shares of Class A common stock and Class B-1 common stock issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities and (ii) all Convertible Securities originally granted or issued to, or held by, a Lead Investor (treating such Convertible Securities as a number of Shares equal to the number of Equivalent Shares represented by such Convertible Securities for all purposes of this Agreement except as otherwise specifically set forth herein).

Lead Investors” means Permira and/or CPPIB, as applicable.

Losses” means any loss, liability, claim, charge, action, suit, proceeding, assessed interest, penalty, damage, tax, expense and causes of action of any nature whatsoever.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to Permira, CPPIB and the Permira Co-Investor, any of their respective Affiliates.

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Offering” means a public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect from time to time.

Shares” means (i) any and all shares of Common Stock and all other equity securities of the Company, securities of the Company convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, such shares, and Convertible Securities or other rights to acquire such shares, including all Lead Investor Shares and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the shares referred to in clause (i) above by way of equity distribution or equity split or in connection with a combination of equity, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction.

Stock Exchange” means the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is at any time listed or quoted.

 

14


Subsidiary” shall mean any Person in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or other shares or interests possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of such Person or otherwise has the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of shares, by contract or otherwise.

Third-Party Claim” means any (i) claim brought by a Person other than a Covered Person or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any derivative claim brought in the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is initiated by any Person other than a Covered Person.

 

6.

MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1    Authority; Effect. Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party hereto that (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which such party’s assets are bound and (b) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforcement of the rights and remedies created hereby is subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and (ii) general principles of equity. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties as members of a joint venture or other association.

6.2    Notices. Any notices and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (a) delivered personally or (b) sent (i) by nationally-known, reputable overnight carrier, (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) by email of a “portable document format” (.pdf) document, in each case, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to:

Informatica

2100 Seaport Blvd.

Redwood City, CA. 94063

Attention: Brad Lewis or Chief Legal Officer

Email: [###]

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94062

Attention: Steven V. Bernard

Email: [###]

 

15


If to any Lead Investor, to:

PERMIRA

c/o Permira Advisers LLC

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 1, Suite 170

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Justin Herridge

Email: [###]

CPPIB

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board

One Queen Street East, Suite 2500

Toronto, ON M5C 2W5 Canada

Attention: Phillipe Levy

Email: [###] with copies to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

801 17th Street

Washington, DC 20006

Attention: Brian T. Mangino

Facsimile: [###]

Email: [###]

and

Torys LLP

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 23rd Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Stefan Stauder & Jared Fontaine

Facsimile: [###]

Email: [###] & [###]

Notice to the holder of record of any shares of capital stock will be deemed to be notice to the holder of such shares for all purposes hereof.

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications will be deemed effective (a) on the date received, if personally delivered, (b) one business day after being sent by nationally-known, reputable overnight carrier, (c) three business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service, if sent by registered or certified mail or (d) on the date sent by email of a “portable document format” (.pdf) document if sent during normal business hours of the recipient and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient. Each party hereto is entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to the Company and the Lead Investors.

 

16


6.3    Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to such subject matter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Original Agreement), and is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Stockholder party hereto may assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and each Lead Investor, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing will be null and void; provided, however, that Permira, CPPIB and the Permira Co-Investor shall be entitled to assign, in whole or in part, to any of their respective Permitted Transferees without such prior written consent in connection with and upon a transfer of Common Stock from such Stockholder to such Permitted Transferee.

6.4    Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and will not be construed to define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

6.5    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together constitute one instrument. A facsimile or electronic signature will be considered due execution and will be binding upon the signatory thereof with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original.

6.6    Severability. In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law and the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the fullest extent possible. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof is held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, that will not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.

6.7    No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement will be had against any former, current or future, direct or indirect director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of a Lead Investor, any former, current or future, direct or indirect holder of any equity interests or securities of a Lead Investor (whether such holder is a limited or general partner, member, stockholder or otherwise), any former, current or future assignee of a Lead Investor or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder, Affiliate, controlling person, representative or assignee of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “No Recourse Persons”), as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any No Recourse

 

17


Person for any obligation of any Lead Investor under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

7.

GOVERNING LAW.

7.1    Governing Law. This Agreement and all Covered Actions will be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. As used herein, the term “Covered Action” means any action claim, cause of action or suit (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of, based upon or relating to (a) this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) any derivative action or proceeding brought by any Stockholder on behalf of the Company, (c) relating to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty owed by any Director or officer of the Company to the Company or its Stockholders or (d) relating to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty by any Director or officer of any Subsidiary of the Company to such Subsidiary or to the Company.

7.2    Consent to Jurisdiction; Venue; Service. Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) for the purpose of any Covered Action, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies) to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any Covered Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or any Covered Action or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any Covered Action other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such Covered Action to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Each party consents to service of process in any Covered Action in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 7.2, a party may commence any action in a court other than the above-named courts solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the above-named courts.

7.3    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE

 

18


TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 7.3 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 7.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

7.4    Exercise of Rights and Remedies. The Company and each Stockholder will have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder by the Company or any Stockholder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, each of the parties hereto will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other parties hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances. No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement will impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor will any such delay, omission or waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement (or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized) as of the date first above written.

 

INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to A&R Stockholders Agreement of Informatica Inc.]


EVOMLUX S.À R.L
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to A&R Stockholders Agreement of Informatica Inc.]


CANADA PENSION PLAN

INVESTMENT BOARD

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to A&R Stockholders Agreement of Informatica Inc.]


ITHACA L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to A&R Stockholders Agreement of Informatica Inc.]

Exhibit 10.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2021, is by and among, Informatica Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and each of the parties hereto. Each of the Persons listed on the signature pages hereto (other than the SCA and the Manager (each as defined below)) and any other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 13(c), are referred to individually as a “Shareholder” and collectively as the “Shareholders”).

WHEREAS, VictoryLux S.à r.l, subsequently renamed Ithacalux GP S.à r.l, a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and the manager of the SCA (the “Manager”) and the Shareholders are parties to that certain Shareholders Agreement of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A., a Luxembourg société en commandite par actions (the “SCA”), dated as of July 24, 2015, as the same may hereafter be amended from time to time (the “SCA Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the SCA Shareholders Agreement, the SCA agreed to bind the Corporation to provide registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement (as defined below)), as set forth in that Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2015, by and among the SCA, the Manager, the Shareholders and the Ithaca MIV LLC (the “Prior Agreement”), and the Shareholders agreed to act in good faith in order to assist in effectuating the registration rights set forth in the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the proposed initial public offering of the Corporation, the SCA will be succeeded by the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Prior Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the SCA and each of the Major Shareholders only; and

WHEREAS, the Major Shareholders and the SCA desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Piggyback Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

Additional Piggyback Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.


automatic shelf registration statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.

Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

Class A Common Stock” shall mean the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted or may be converted (as a result of recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or are issued with respect to such common stock, including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security.

Class B-1 Common Stock” shall mean the shares of Class B-1 common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted or may be converted (as a result of recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or are issued with respect to such common stock, including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security.

Common Stock” shall mean the Class A Common Stock and the Class B-1 Common Stock, collectively.

Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

CPPIB” shall mean Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, organized and existing under the laws of Canada, having its principal office at One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto ON, M5C 2W5, Canada, together with its Permitted Transferees.

Demand Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

Demand Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Major Shareholders” shall mean CPPIB and the Permira Shareholder and each of their respective transferees permitted in accordance with this Agreement for so long as they hold Registrable Securities.

Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).“Participation Election Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Participation Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Participating Investors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

 

2


Partner Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

Permira Co-Investor” shall mean Ithaca L.P., a Guernsey limited partnership, together with its Permitted Transferees.

Permira Shareholder” shall mean EvomLux S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée organized and existing under the laws of Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488, route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 190.751, together with its Permitted Transferees.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean (i) any Affiliate of such Shareholder, (ii) any successor entity of such Shareholder, and (iii) with respect to any Shareholder that is an investment fund, any other investment fund with respect to which the sponsor and discretionary investment manager or adviser of such Person or an Affiliate thereof, serves as sponsor and discretionary manager of adviser (an “Affiliated Fund”); provided, in each case, that such Person has agreed to become a party to this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement.

Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, company, estate, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity and any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Postponement Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.

Proceeding” shall mean an action, claim, suit, arbitration or governmental proceeding (including, without limitation, a governmental investigation or partial governmental proceeding), whether commenced or threatened.

Proposed Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Public Offering” shall mean the sale of Class A Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

3


Qualified Independent Underwriter” shall mean a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121.

Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, directly or indirectly, by the Shareholders, (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for shares of Class B-1 Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, by the Shareholders and (iii) shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held, directly or indirectly, by Shareholders from time to time. As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) they are sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, (ii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding, (iii) they have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities, (iv) they are sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (v) such Shareholder, together with its, his or her Permitted Transferees, Affiliates and co-investors, beneficially owns less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and all such securities held by such Holder are eligible for sale by such Shareholder free of any volume limitation under SEC Rule 144 or other restrictions, provided, that this clause (v) shall not apply with respect to (a) any Demand Registration or (b) any Piggyback Registration in which the Major Shareholders are participating. No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one Registration Statement at any one time.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Corporation under the Securities Act which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.

Section 3(b) Sale Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

Section 4(b) Sale Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

4


Selling Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Shareholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Shareholders Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of the Corporation, dated as of [●], 2021, as may be further amended from time to time.

Shelf Underwritten Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

Take-Down Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

Transfer Percentage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Transfer Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

underwritten registration or underwritten offering” shall mean a registration in which securities of the Corporation are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

Unregistered Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Unregistered Transfer Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Valid Business Reason” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.

WKSI” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.

Section 2.    Holders of Registrable Securities. A Person is deemed, and shall only be deemed, to be a holder of Registrable Securities if such Person owns Registrable Securities or has a right to acquire Registrable Securities and such Person is a Shareholder.

Section 3.    Demand Registrations.

(a)    Requests for Registration. A Major Shareholder shall, subject to Section 3(e), have the right, by delivering or causing to be delivered a written notice to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to register, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the number of Registrable Securities held by such Major Shareholder requested to be so registered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (any such written notice, a “Demand Notice” and any such registration, a “Demand Registration”); provided, however, that a Demand Notice may only be made if the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered by such Major Shareholder is reasonably expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds in excess of $50,000,000 (without regard to any underwriting discount or commission). Any Demand Notice may request that the Corporation register Registrable Securities on an appropriate form, including a shelf registration statement, and, if the Corporation is a WKSI, an automatic shelf registration statement. Following receipt of a Demand Notice for a Demand Registration in accordance with this Section 3(a), the Corporation shall, subject to Section 3(c), use its reasonable best efforts to file a

 

5


Registration Statement as reasonably promptly as practicable, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days after the date of the related Demand Notice and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as reasonably promptly as practicable after the filing thereof, but in no event later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Related Demand Notice.

No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 3 if (i) the Registration Statement relating thereto does not become effective, (ii) such Registration Statement is not maintained effective for the period required pursuant to this Section 3, or (iii) the offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement is subject to a stop order, injunction, or similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, in which case, the requesting holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to an additional Demand Registration in lieu thereof.

Within five (5) business days after receipt by the Corporation of a Demand Notice in accordance with this Section 3(a), the Corporation shall give written notice (the “Notice”) of such Demand Notice (including any Demand Notice delivered pursuant to Section 3(e)(ii)) to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof, include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Corporation received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after such Notice is given by the Corporation to such holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may delay any Demand Notice until after filing a Registration Statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed.

The Corporation may, subject to Section 3(b), elect to include in any Registration Statement and offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, (i) authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Corporation as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Class A Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback registration rights granted by the Corporation after the date hereof and which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement and which have been approved by the Major Shareholders (“Additional Piggyback Rights”).

All requests made pursuant to this Section 3 will specify the number of Registrable Securities to be registered, and the intended methods of disposition thereof.

The Corporation shall be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement with respect to any Demand Registration for a period of at least 180 days (or three years in the case of a shelf registration statement) after the effective date thereof or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided, however, that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such Registration Statement at the request of the Corporation or an underwriter of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6


(b)    Priority on Demand Registration. If any of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to a Demand Registration are to be sold in a firm commitment underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the holders of such securities in good faith in writing that, in their view, the total amount of securities proposed to be sold in such offering (including, without limitation, securities proposed to be included by any Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights (“Additional Piggyback Securities”)) exceeds the largest amount (the “Section 3(b) Sale Amount”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the party that initiated such Demand Registration, then there shall be included in such firm commitment underwritten offering an amount of securities not exceeding the Section 3(b) Sale Amount, and such amount of securities shall be allocated as follows:

(i)    In all underwritten Demand Registrations:

(A)    first, pro rata among the Major Shareholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Major Shareholder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Major Shareholders requesting inclusion;

(B)    second, pro rata among the other holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all such other holders requesting inclusion;

(C)    third, any securities for which inclusion in such Demand Registration was requested by the Corporation on its own behalf; and

(D)    fourth, pro rata among all Persons requesting that Additional Piggyback Securities be included in such underwritten offering, on the basis of the number of Additional Piggyback Securities then owned by each such Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Additional Piggyback Securities owned by all such Persons requesting inclusion.

For purposes of any underwriter cutback pursuant to this Section 3(b), Section 4(b) or Section 4(c)(ii), (x) all Registrable Securities held by any Shareholder shall also include any Registrable Securities held by (i) the partners, retired partners, shareholders or Affiliates of such holder, (ii) the estates and family members of any such holder or such holder’s partners, retired partners, shareholders or Affiliates, (iii) any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons and (iv) at the election of such holder or such holder’s partners, retired partners, shareholders, trusts, family members or Affiliates, any charitable organization, in each case to whom or which Class A Common Stock shall have been distributed, transferred or contributed prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with such underwritten offering; provided that such distribution, transfer or contribution occurred not more than 90 days prior to such execution, and such holder and other Persons shall be deemed to be a single selling

 

7


holder of Registrable Securities, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included with such selling holder pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) of this paragraph, and (y) all Registrable Securities held by the Permira Shareholder shall also include any Registrable Securities held by the Permira Co-Investor, together with any Registrable Securities included as Registrable Securities held by the Permira Shareholder or the Permira Co-Investor pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s cutback shall be included in such underwritten offering.

(c)    Postponement of Demand Registration. If the board of directors of the Corporation, in its good faith reasonable judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger, share exchange or other transaction or event involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or because the Corporation does not yet have appropriate financial statements of acquired or to be acquired entities available for filing or because the Corporation has material, confidential information that may be required to be disclosed in a registration statement and which the board of directors of the Corporation deems reasonably inappropriate to disclose at such time (in each case, a “Valid Business Reason”), then (x) the Corporation may postpone filing a Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration until five (5) business days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than 75 days after the date the board of directors of the Corporation determines a Valid Business Reason exists, or (y) the Corporation may, to the extent determined in the good faith reasonable judgment of the board of directors of the Corporation to be reasonably necessary, cause such Registration Statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement until five (5) business days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than 75 days after the date the board of directors of the Corporation determines a Valid Business Reason exists (such period of postponement or withdrawal under clause (x) or (y) of this Section 3(c), the “Postponement Period”). The Corporation shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be permitted to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve (12) months after the expiration of such Postponement Period.

If the Corporation shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any Registration Statement pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Corporation shall not, during the Postponement Period, register any Class A Common Stock, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or any similar or successor form). Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Corporation that the Corporation has determined to withdraw, terminate or postpone amending or supplementing any Registration Statement pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such holder will for a corresponding period discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. If the Corporation shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3(a) (whether pursuant to the foregoing paragraph or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court or for any other reason permitted hereunder), the

 

8


Corporation shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Corporation shall have filed a new Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or terminated Registration Statement and such Registration Statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Corporation shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a Registration Statement, the Corporation shall, not later than five (5) business days after the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than 45 days after the date the board of directors of the Corporation determines a Valid Business Reason exists), use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed Registration Statement in accordance with this Section 3 (unless the initiating holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Corporation shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement), and such registration shall not be withdrawn or postponed pursuant to the foregoing paragraph.

(d)    Cancellation of a Demand Registration. Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities which are to be registered in a particular offering pursuant to this Section 3 shall have the right to notify the Corporation that they have determined that the Registration Statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Corporation shall abandon or withdraw such Registration Statement and concurrently advise in writing all holders of Registrable Securities thereof.

(e)    Number of Demand Notices. In connection with the provisions of this Section 3, each of the Major Shareholders shall have an unlimited number of Demand Notices which they are permitted to deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Corporation hereunder; provided; however, that each of the Major Shareholders shall lose such right to provide (or cause to be provided) a Demand Notice at such time as they (and their Permitted Transferees) cease to hold Registrable Securities.

(f)    Registration Statement Form. If any registration requested pursuant to this Section 3 which is proposed by the Corporation to be effected by the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short-form registration statement) shall be in connection with an underwritten Public Offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Corporation in writing that, in its opinion, the use of another form of Registration Statement is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering or is required by applicable law, then such registration shall be effected on such other form.

Section 4.    Piggyback Registration.

(a)    Right to Piggyback. Except with respect to a Demand Registration, the procedures for which are addressed in Section 3, if the Corporation proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Class A Common Stock whether or not for sale of its own account (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan), then, each such time, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such proposed filing at least ten (10) business days before the anticipated filing date (the “Piggyback Notice”) to all of the holders of

 

9


Registrable Securities. The Piggyback Notice shall offer such holders the opportunity to include (or cause to be included) in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities as each such holder may request (a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 4(b) hereof, the Corporation shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities from all holders with respect to which the Corporation has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after notice has been given to the applicable holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may delay any Piggyback Notice until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed. Each eligible holder of Registrable Securities shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Corporation of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that such request must be made prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and otherwise may only be made in accordance with procedures reasonably determined by the underwriters in connection with any underwriting arrangements. There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations pursuant to the preceding sentence which the Corporation is obligated to effect. The Corporation shall be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration until the earlier to occur of (i) 180 days after the effective date thereof and (ii) consummation of the distribution by the holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in connection with a Public Offering (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration, the procedures for which are addressed in Section 3, and an Underwritten Block Trade) in which a Major Shareholder is selling (or causing to be sold) shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by them on a secondary basis, the Corporation shall be required to deliver a Piggyback Notice and in such event all other holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to participate in such offering on a pro rata basis with such Major Shareholder.

(b)    Priority on Piggyback Registrations. The Corporation shall use reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit holders of Registrable Securities who have submitted a Piggyback Notice in connection with such offering to include in such offering all Registrable Securities included in each holder’s Piggyback Notice on the same terms and conditions as other shares of capital stock, if any, of the Corporation included in the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering have informed the Corporation in good faith in writing that, in their view, the total amount of securities that such holders, the Corporation and any other Persons having rights to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering exceeds the largest amount (the “Section 4(b) Sale Amount”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Board, then there shall be included in such registration an amount of securities not exceeding the Section 4(b) Sale Amount, and such amount of securities shall be allocated as follows:

(i)    first, any securities for which inclusion was requested by the Corporation on its own behalf;

 

10


(ii)    second, pro rata among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all such holders requesting inclusion; and

(iii)    third, pro rata among all Persons (other than the Corporation and the holders of Registrable Securities) requesting that securities be included in such registration, on the basis of the number of securities then owned by each such Person (other than the Corporation and the holders of Registrable Securities) requesting registration in relation to the aggregate number of securities owned by all such Persons (other than the Corporation and the holders of Registrable Securities) requesting registration.

(c)    Shelf-Take Downs. At any time that a shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 is effective, if any Major Shareholder delivers a notice to the Corporation (a “Take-Down Notice”) stating that it intends to effect an underwritten offering, including any Underwritten Block Trade (as defined below), of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the shelf registration statement (a “Shelf Underwritten Offering”), then, subject to Section 3(c), the Corporation shall amend or supplement the shelf registration statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other holders pursuant to this Section 4(c)) and otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Underwritten Offering as expeditiously as reasonably possible and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Take-Down Notice. There is no limitation on the number of such Shelf Underwritten Offerings which the Corporation is obligated to effect. In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:

(i)    other than in the event of an Underwritten Block Trade, the Corporation shall also simultaneously deliver the Take-Down Notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities whose names are included, or would be permitted under SEC rules to be added by post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement, as selling security holders on such shelf registration statement and permit each such holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the shelf registration statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such holder notifies the proposing holders and the Corporation within five (5) calendar days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such holder; and

(ii)    in the event that the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the Corporation and the proposing holders in good faith in writing that, in their view, the total amount of securities which would otherwise be included in such take-down offering exceeds the largest amount that can be sold in an orderly manner in such take-down offering within a price range acceptable to the proposing holders the managing underwriter or underwriters shall limit the amount of securities which would otherwise be included in such take-down offering in the same manner as described in Section 3(b) with respect to a limitation of the amount of securities to be included in a Demand Registration.

 

11


If any Major Shareholder wishes to engage in a Shelf Underwritten Offering consisting of an underwritten block trade (or similar transaction) off of a shelf registration statement (through a take-down from an already existing shelf registration statement) with a 2-day or less marketing period (collectively, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in the foregoing portions of this Section 4(c), such holder only needs to notify the Corporation and the other Major Shareholder of the Underwritten Block Trade on the day such offering is to commence and such other Major Shareholder must elect whether or not to participate on the day such offering is to commence, and the Corporation shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Underwritten Offering (which may close as early as two (2) business days after the date it commences), provided, however, that the Major Shareholder requesting such Underwritten Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Corporation and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Underwritten Block Trade. In the event a Major Shareholder requests such an Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any holder of Registrable Stock who does not constitute a Major Shareholder shall have no right to notice of or to participate in such Underwritten Block Trade.

Section 5.    Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each Shareholder agrees in connection with any underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof (whether or not such holder elected to include Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement), if requested (pursuant to a written notice) by the managing underwriter or underwriters in an underwritten offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of the Corporation’s equity securities (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity) (except as part of such underwritten offering), including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of owning any of the Corporation’s equity securities (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity), or to give any Demand Notice during the period commencing on the earlier of (x) the date of the distribution of a preliminary Prospectus in connection with an underwritten offering (which shall be no earlier than 14 days prior to the expected “pricing” of such offering) or (y) the “pricing” of such offering, and continuing for not more than 90 days or such shorter period as set forth in the lock-up agreement used in such offering (with respect to any other offering) after the date of the Prospectus (or Prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration), pursuant to which such public offering shall be made. A holder of Registrable Securities shall only be subject to the restrictions provided in the foregoing sentence in respect of any offering to the extent such holder was offered the right to participate in such offering on a pro rata basis with other holders of Registrable Securities in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement including the priorities set forth in Section 3(b) and Section 4(b) hereof. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering shall be responsible for negotiating all “lock-up” agreements with the underwriters applicable to holders of Registrable Securities and, in addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, the Shareholders and holders of Registrable Securities agree to execute the form so negotiated; provided, however, that if any such lock-up agreement (a) provides for exceptions from any restrictions (other than with respect to the Corporation) contained therein, such exceptions shall

 

12


automatically apply equally to each holder of Registrable Securities, or (b) is terminated for any holder or Person, such termination shall automatically apply to each holder of Registrable Securities; provided, further, that if the managing underwriters in connection with any offering to which this Section 5 applies waive all or any portion of the restrictions contained in any lock-up agreement with respect to any Major Shareholder, the Corporation shall cause such underwriters to concurrently apply the same waiver to the other Major Shareholder and such Major Shareholder shall not effect any transaction permitted by virtue of such waiver until such waiver is applied in the same manner to the other Major Shareholder.

If any registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be in connection with any underwritten offering or in connection with any Underwritten Shelf Offering, the Corporation will not effect any public sale or distribution of any equity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity) (other than pursuant to a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) for its own account, the period commencing on the earlier of (x) the date of the distribution of a preliminary Prospectus in connection with an underwritten offering (which shall be no earlier than 14 days prior to the expected “pricing” of such offering) or (y) the “pricing” of such offering and continuing for not more than 90 days after the date of such offering.

Section 6.    Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Corporation is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 3 and Section 4 hereof, the Corporation shall effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Corporation shall reasonably cooperate in good faith in the sale of the securities and shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the SEC and FINRA all required filings, including a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on such form as shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the holders thereof or by the Corporation in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (including, without limitation, a distribution to, and, to the extent applicable, resale by, the members or partners of a holder of Registrable Securities, a “Partner Distribution”), and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and to remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), or comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Corporation shall furnish or otherwise make available to each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are included in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, to one counsel for the holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus (selected by the holders of a majority of such Registrable Securities or, in any Underwritten Block Trade or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the initiating Major Shareholder) and to one counsel for the managing underwriters, if any, reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such holders and counsel (including any objections to any information pertaining to any such holders and its

 

13


plan of distribution and otherwise to the extent necessary, if at all, to complete the filing or maintain the effectiveness thereof), and such other documents reasonably requested by such holders or counsel, including any correspondence between the SEC and the Corporation, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC with respect to such Registration Statement (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), and, if requested by such holders or counsel, provide such holders and/or counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Corporation’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors. The Corporation shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including such documents that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein), or any such comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction, or any such free writing prospectus related thereto, with respect to a Demand Registration, to which such holders or counsel, on behalf of such holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Corporation, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable law;

(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period provided herein and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement; and cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act;

(c)    notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities seeking to effect or considering a Partner Distribution, file any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial Registration Statement any disclosure or language, or include in any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such holder to effect such Partner Distribution;

(d)    notify each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly and in writing, (i) when a Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment thereto, a Prospectus, any Prospectus supplement, any post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if at any time the Corporation has reason to believe that the representations and

 

14


warranties of the Corporation contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 6(p) below cease to be true, complete and correct, or could reasonably be expected with the passage of time to cease to be true, complete and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Corporation of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (vi) if the Corporation becomes aware of the existence of any fact or the occurrence of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement, related Prospectus, any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, documents, free writing prospectus or information so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which notice shall notify the selling holders only of the existence of such a fact or occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such fact or event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information);

(e)    use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest date reasonably practicable;

(f)    if requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, or such holders may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Corporation has received such request; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 6(f) that are not, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, in compliance with applicable law;

(g)    furnish or make available to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and Prospectus supplements, if applicable, and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements (but excluding schedules, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and all exhibits, unless requested in writing by such holder, counsel or underwriter), and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, as such Persons may reasonably request;

 

15


(h)    deliver to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel, and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus (including each form of or preliminary Prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto, and each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, as such Persons may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the distribution of the Registrable Securities; and the Corporation, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6, hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each such amendment or supplement thereto, and each such free writing prospectus, by each of the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement thereto;

(i)    prior to any Public Offering of Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any seller or underwriter reasonably requests in writing and to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and to take any other action that may be necessary or advisable to enable such holders of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(j)    cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each holder of such Registrable Securities that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters, if any, or holders may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities in a firm commitment underwritten offering, but in any other such sale, within five (5) business days prior to having to issue the securities, and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a shelf registration statement, at the request of any holder, prepare and deliver certificates representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time);

(k)    use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities within the United States, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling holder’s business, in which case the Corporation will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals, as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

16


(l)    upon the Corporation becoming aware of the existence of any fact or occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 6(d)(vi) above, promptly prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter promptly delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(m)    prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities;

(n)    provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and, in the case of any secondary equity offering, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;

(o)    (i) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on the principal national securities exchange on which similar securities of the Corporation are then listed prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Corporation, including, without limitation, all corporate governance requirements;

(p)    enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters, if any) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, (i) make such representations and warranties to the holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain an opinion from the Corporation’s counsel and a “cold comfort” letter and updates thereof from the independent public accountants who have certified the Corporation’s financial statements (and/or any other financial statements) included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and comfort letters (including, in the case of such comfort letter, events subsequent to the date of such financial statements) delivered to underwriters in

 

17


underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be dated the dates such opinions and “cold comfort” letters are customarily dated and otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters, if any, and to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement, (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to each holder of such Registrable Securities upon its request and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such underwriter, (iv) if an underwriting agreement (or any other agreement) is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section except as otherwise agreed by the Major Shareholders (provided that the Major Shareholders shall not agree to any modification of such indemnification provisions and procedures that disproportionately and adversely affects any other Shareholder without such other Shareholder’s prior written consent) and (v) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 6(p)(i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Corporation. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder;

(q)    make available for inspection by a representative of the selling holders of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such selling holders or underwriter, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, however, that any information that is not generally publicly available at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Persons unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order, (ii) disclosure of such information, in the opinion of counsel to such Person, is required by law or applicable legal process, or (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by such Person. In the case of a proposed disclosure pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, such Person shall be required to give the Corporation written notice of the proposed disclosure prior to such disclosure and, if requested by the Corporation, assist the Corporation in seeking to prevent or limit the proposed disclosure. Without limiting the foregoing, no such information shall be used by such Person as the basis for any market transactions in securities of the Corporation or its subsidiaries in violation of law;

(r)    cause its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement (including, without limitation, participation in “road shows”) taking into account the Corporation’s business needs;

(s)    comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and

 

18


procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Corporation’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(t)    cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(u)    take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Corporation, the Corporation will use its reasonable best efforts to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(v)    take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 3 or Section 4 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, Prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(w)    to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

(x)    take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; and

(y)    (i) to the extent requested by CPPIB, provide CPPIB with information concerning the number of beneficial owners of the Corporation’s securities and their jurisdictions of residence, and the percentage of the Corporation’s securities beneficially owned by residents of Canada (based on inquiries consistent with Rule 14a-13 under the Exchange Act) and (ii) cooperate with CPPIB and provide such documentation to the Canadian securities regulatory authorities as may be reasonably requested by CPPIB in order to facilitate the resale of any securities of the Corporation that may be held by CPPIB pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws.

To the extent the Corporation is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any Demand Registration is submitted to the Corporation, and such Demand Registration requests that the Corporation file an automatic

 

19


shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) on Form S-3, the Corporation shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Corporation does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Corporation agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, prior to the end of the third year the Corporation shall file a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Corporation is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Corporation determines that it is not a WKSI, the Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

If the Corporation files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the holders of Registrable Securities, and the holders of Registrable Securities do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such shelf registration statement, the Corporation agrees that it shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the holders of Registrable Securities) in order to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

The Corporation may require each holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Corporation in writing such information required under applicable law in connection with such registration regarding such seller only and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Corporation may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing and the Corporation may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such required information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

The Corporation agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, that refers to any Shareholder covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies such Shareholder, without the consent of such holder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Corporation shall provide written notice to such Shareholder no less than five business days prior to the filing. If any Registration Statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” laws refers to any Shareholder by name or otherwise as the Shareholder of any securities of the Corporation, then such Shareholder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Shareholder and the Corporation, to the effect that the holding by such Shareholder of such securities is not to be

 

20


construed as a recommendation by such Shareholder of the investment quality of the Corporation’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Shareholder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Corporation, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Shareholder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Corporation, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Shareholder.

To the extent that any Major Shareholder is deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Corporation agrees that (1) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 9 hereof shall be applicable to the benefit of such Major Shareholder, in its role as deemed underwriter in addition to its capacity as Shareholder and such Major Shareholder may require the Corporation to enter into a further agreement to such effect, including providing representations, warranties and indemnities similar to those contained in a customary underwriting agreement and (2) such Major Shareholder shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters.

Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees if such holder has Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Corporation of the existence of any fact or occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 6(d)(ii),
6(d)(iii), 6(d)(iv), 6(d)(v) or 6(d)(vi) hereof, such holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(l) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Corporation that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed (which shall be at the earliest opportunity that is reasonably practicable), and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus; provided, however, that the time periods under Section 3 and Section 4 with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a Registration Statement must be maintained shall automatically be extended by the amount of time the holder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.

Section 7.    Participation Rights.

(a)    At least two (2) days prior to any transfer of Registrable Securities, other than any Partner Distribution or transfer to a Permitted Transferee, in an unregistered transaction (an “Unregistered Transfer,” which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but not be limited to any transfer pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including pursuant to Rule 144) by any holder of Registrable Securities (the “Selling Investor”), the Selling Investor will deliver a written notice (the “Unregistered Transfer Notice”) to the other holders of Registrable Securities (the “Participation Holders”), specifying the number of Registrable Securities that the Selling Investor proposes to sell in the Unregistered Transfer. Any or all of the Participation Holders may elect to participate in the contemplated Unregistered Transfer by delivering written notice (a “Participation Election Notice”) to the Selling Investor within one (1) day after delivery of the Unregistered Transfer Notice, which Participation Election Notice shall indicate the maximum number of Registrable Securities that such

 

21


Participation Holder will sell on the same terms and conditions as the Selling Investor. If no Participation Election Notice is received by the Selling Investor within such one (1) day period, none of the Participation Holders shall have the right to participate in the Unregistered Transfer, and the Selling Investor shall have the right to consummate the Unregistered Transfer of the number of Registrable Securities stated in the Unregistered Transfer Notice. If any of the Participation Holders have validly elected to participate in such Unregistered Transfer (such Participation Holders, together with the Selling Investor, the “Participating Investors”), (i) the Selling Investor shall reasonably cooperate with such Participating Investors with respect thereto and reasonably assist and keep such Participating Investors reasonably apprised in connection therewith, and (ii) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities which each Participating Investor will be entitled to sell under this Section 7(a) (the “Transfer Securities”) will be determined as of the date of the Unregistered Transfer Notice and will equal (a) times (b) (the “Transfer Percentage”) where (a) is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold as set forth in the Unregistered Transfer Notice and (b) is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Investor, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities then owned by all Participating Investors. Each Participating Investor shall be entitled to sell, to the prospective purchaser(s) (each, a “Proposed Purchaser”), its number of Transfer Securities for a pro rata portion (based on the calculation in clause (b) above) of the Unregistered Transfer proceeds.

(b)    Each Participating Investor shall agree to make or agree to the same representations, covenants, indemnities and agreements as the Selling Investor so long as they are made severally and not jointly; provided that (a) any general indemnity given by the Selling Investor to the Proposed Purchaser(s) in connection with such Unregistered Transfer that is applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Investor shall be apportioned among all Participating Investors on a pro rata basis based on the consideration received by each such Participating Investor in respect of its Transfer Securities to be sold and shall not exceed such Participating Investor’s net proceeds from the Unregistered Transfer and (b) any representation or warranty in connection with the Unregistered Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser(s) relating specifically to a Participating Investor or its ownership of the Transfer Securities to be sold shall be made only by such Participating Investor.

(c)    The Selling Investor will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the Proposed Purchaser(s) to the participation of the Participating Investors in any contemplated Unregistered Transfer, and the Selling Investor will not sell any of its Registrable Securities to the Proposed Purchaser(s) unless (i) simultaneously with such Unregistered Transfer, the Proposed Purchaser(s) purchase from the Participating Investors the Registrable Securities which such Participating Investors are entitled and have elected to sell to such Proposed Purchaser(s) pursuant to Section 7(a), or (ii) simultaneously with such Unregistered Transfer, the Selling Investor purchases (on the same terms and conditions specified in Section 7(a) above) the number of Registrable Securities from the Participating Investors which the Participating Investors would have been entitled, and have elected, to sell pursuant to Section 7(a).

(d)    The Participating Investors, including the Selling Investor, will bear their pro rata share (based upon the proceeds, before deduction for expenses, receivable by

 

22


such Investor in relation to the proceeds receivable by all such Participating Investors in such Unregistered Transfer) of the out-of-pocket costs of any Unregistered Transfer incurred by the Selling Investor pursuant to this Section 7 to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Participating Investors and are not otherwise paid by the Proposed Purchaser(s) or a third party. Costs incurred by any Participating Investor on its own behalf will not be considered costs of the Unregistered Transfer hereunder.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participating Investor shall be entitled to transfer Transfer Securities pursuant to Section 7(a) in the event that, notwithstanding delivery of an Unregistered Transfer Notice pursuant to Section 7(a), the Selling Investor fails to consummate the Unregistered Transfer which gave rise to such participation right. The Selling Investor shall, in its sole discretion, decide whether or not to pursue, consummate, postpone or abandon any proposed Unregistered Transfer and the terms and conditions thereof. In the event the Selling Investor reduces the number of Transfer Securities proposed to be sold pursuant to an Unregistered Transfer, the Transfer Percentage shall be recalculated and the number of Transfer Securities that may be transferred by each Participating Investor shall be reduced accordingly. No holder of Registrable Securities nor any Affiliate of any such holder of Registrable Securities shall have any liability to any other holder of Registrable Securities or the Corporation arising from, relating to or in connection with the pursuit, consummation, postponement, abandonment or terms and conditions of any such proposed Unregistered Transfer except to the extent such Shareholder shall have failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.

Section 8.    Registration Expenses. All reasonable fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Corporation (including, without limitation, (i) all registration, listing and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) paid to the SEC, a stock exchange or FINRA and (B) of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws, including, without limitation, any fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6(i)), (ii) word processing, duplicating and printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses of the Corporation, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation, (v) expenses of the Corporation incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 6(p)(ii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement) and any other Persons, including special experts retained by the Corporation, (vii) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter, and (viii) fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Major Shareholders and the holders of Registrable Securities whose shares are included in a Registration Statement or offering, which counsel shall be selected by (x) if such Registration Statement or offering is pursuant to a Demand Registration made by such Major Shareholder, such Major Shareholder, or (y) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or offering if such Registration Statement or offering is not pursuant to a Demand Registration, shall be borne by the Corporation whether or not any Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective. In addition, the Corporation shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all

 

23


salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Corporation are then listed and rating agency fees and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Corporation.

The Corporation shall not be required to pay (i) fees and disbursements of any counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities or by any underwriter (except as set forth in clauses (i)(B) and (viii) of the first paragraph of this Section 8), (ii) any underwriter’s fees (including discounts, commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers or similar securities industry professionals) relating to the distribution of the Registrable Securities (other than with respect to Registrable Securities sold by the Corporation, and except as set forth in clause (vii) of the first paragraph of this Section 8), or (iii) any other expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities not required to be paid by the Corporation pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 8.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 8 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with state “blue sky” laws of each state in which an offering is made.

Section 9.    Indemnification.

(a)    The Corporation will, and hereby agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general or limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives and successors and assigns thereof), each other Person who participates as a seller (and its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members , general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives and successors and assigns), underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, Affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such holder, seller, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and each director, officer, fiduciary, employee, stockholder, member or general or limited partners, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor and assign of such controlling person, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Corporation’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “Claims”), insofar as such Claims arise out, are based upon, relate to or are in connection with (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to

 

24


make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed by the Corporation to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or (iv) any violation by the Corporation of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation and relating to any action required of or inaction by the Corporation in connection with any such registration, and the Corporation will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such Registration Statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such Prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder.

(b)    Each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus (and, if the Corporation requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in accordance with Section 3 or Section 4, any underwriter and Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any) shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 9(a) to the extent permitted by law the Corporation, its officers who signed the applicable registration statement and directors, each Person controlling the Corporation within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their directors, officers, stockholders, fiduciaries, managing directors, agents, Affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or general and limited partners and respective controlling Persons with respect to any Claims resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such Registration Statement, any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if but only if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation or its representatives by or on behalf of such holder, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, specifically for use therein, and each such holder, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in

 

25


settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and the maximum aggregate amount which any such holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 9 (including pursuant to indemnity, contribution or otherwise) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement giving rise to such Claim; provided further that such holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, such holder has furnished in writing to the Corporation information expressly for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or free writing prospectus which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Corporation. The Corporation and each holder of Registrable Securities hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such holder to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Corporation for use in any such Registration Statement, preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus, are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock by such holder and its Affiliates as disclosed in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents thereof and (ii) the name and address of such holder. If any additional information about such holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is required by law to be disclosed in any such document, then such holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder.

(c)    Indemnification similar to that specified in Section 9(a) and Section 9(b) (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Corporation and each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” laws.

(d)    Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 9, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 9. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof (as required above), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such

 

26


indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within thirty (30) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have made a conclusion described in clause (ii) or (iii) above) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e)    If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person

 

27


guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 12(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Corporation) shall be required pursuant to this Section 9(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 9(b) and (c). In addition, no holder of Registrable Securities or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 9(e) unless such Person would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 9(b) if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.

(f)    The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

(g)    The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred; provided, however, that the recipient thereof hereby undertakes to repay such payments if and to the extent it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such recipient is not entitled to such payment hereunder.

(h)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control (to the extent such provisions do not disproportionately and adversely affect any Shareholder).

Section 10.    Rule 144 and Rule 144A.

(a)    The Corporation shall (i) file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of Rule 144) or, if the Corporation is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Securities under Rule 144 or Rule 144A, (ii) take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (iii) furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities upon written request, (x) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Corporation and (y) such other reports and documents so filed by the Corporation as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of Rule 144 or Rule 144A, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 144A or any similar rule or regulation adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

28


(b)    The provisions of Section 10(a) are not intended to modify or otherwise affect any terms contained in the Shareholders Agreement.

Section 11.    Underwritten Registrations. In connection with any Demand Registration and/or any Shelf Underwritten Offering (including any Underwritten Block Trade), the Major Shareholders shall jointly have the right to designate the lead managing underwriters and each other managing underwriter (whether or not any Major Shareholder participates in such Demand Registration and/or Shelf Underwritten Offering), except that if only one Major Shareholder participates in such Demand Registration and/or Shelf Underwritten Offering, then such Major Shareholder shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriters and each other managing underwriter in consultation with the non-participating Major Shareholder.

If the Corporation initiates a registration on its own behalf, and if any of the Major Shareholders own Registrable Securities that are included in such registration, the Major Shareholders shall jointly have the right to designate the lead managing underwriters, and each other managing underwriter, in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration; provided that, in each case, each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered by the underwritten registration on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, custody agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, provided that such Person shall not be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of such Person’s shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation or the managing underwriter by such Person for use therein.

Section 12.    Opt-Out Requests. Each Shareholder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential Public Offering), to elect to not receive any notice that the Corporation or any other Shareholders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Corporation a written statement signed by such Shareholder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “Opt-Out Request”); in which case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the Corporation and other Shareholders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Shareholders hereunder to the extent that the Corporation or such other Shareholders reasonably expect would result in a Shareholder acquiring material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Shareholder who previously has given the Corporation an Opt-Out Request may revoke such

 

29


request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Shareholder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided that each Shareholder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Corporation arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

Section 13.     Miscellaneous.

(a)    Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may be given, with the written consent of the Corporation and each of the Major Shareholders only; provided, however, that (x) any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to departures from the provisions of this Agreement that would subject a Shareholder to adverse differential treatment relative to the other Shareholders shall require the written consent of the differentially treated Shareholder and (y) any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to departures from the provisions of this Agreement that would be adverse to a right specifically granted to a specific Shareholder herein (but not to other Shareholders) shall require the agreement of that Shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(b)    Notices. All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied or emailed and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

If to the Corporation, to the address of its principal executive offices. If to any Shareholder, at such Shareholder’s address as set forth on the records of the Corporation. Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy or electronic mail, be deemed received on the first business day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five business days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

(c)    Successors and Assigns; Shareholder Status. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties, including the Corporation and subsequent holders of Registrable Securities acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Shareholders; provided, however, that such successor or assign shall not be entitled to such rights unless the successor or assign shall have executed and delivered to the Corporation an Addendum Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (which shall also be executed by the Corporation) promptly following the acquisition of such Registrable Securities, in which event such successor or assign shall be deemed a Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 9 with respect to an

 

30


indemnified party, nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.

(d)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile or electronic mail with attachment shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.

(e)    Headings. The section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(f)    Governing Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

(g)    Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(h)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement, and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein and therein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Corporation with respect to Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

(i)    Securities Held by the Corporation or Its Subsidiaries. Whenever the consent or approval of holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Corporation or its subsidiaries shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the holders of such required percentage.

(j)    Specific Performance. The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the holders of any Registrable Securities for breaches by the Corporation of the terms hereof and, consequently, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available in the event of any such breach.

 

31


(k)    Limitation on Other Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Corporation shall not: (i) enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Corporation giving such holder or prospective holder registration rights that are more favorable in any respect than the rights granted under this Agreement or (ii) without the prior written consent of the Major Shareholders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Corporation giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights except as would otherwise be permitted under clause (i) of this Section 13(k).

(l)    No Inconsistent Agreements. The Corporation shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent in any material respects with the rights granted to the Shareholders in this Agreement.

(m)    Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to a Shareholder on the date on which such Shareholder ceases to own Registrable Securities; provided that such Shareholder’s rights and obligations pursuant to Section 9, as well as the Corporation’s obligations to pay expenses pursuant to Section 8, shall survive with respect to any registration statement in which any Registrable Securities of such Shareholders were included and, for the avoidance of doubt, any underwriter lock-up that a Shareholder has executed prior to the termination of this Agreement with respect to such Shareholder in accordance with this Section 13(m), and any lock-up period in effect with respect to such Shareholder pursuant to Section 5 at the time of such termination, shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

(n)    Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in New York, and appropriate appellate courts therefrom, over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. This consent to jurisdiction is being given solely for purposes of this Agreement and is not intended to, and shall not, confer consent to jurisdiction with respect to any other dispute in which a party to this Agreement may become involved.

Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action, or proceeding of the nature specified in the paragraph above by the mailing of a copy thereof in the manner specified by the provisions of Section 13(b).

 

32


EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


ITHACALUX GP S.À R.L.
By:  

 

Name:
Title: Manager

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


ITHACALUX TOPCO S.C.A.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


EVOMLUX S.À R.L.
By:  

 

Name:
Title: Manager

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


CANADA PENSION PLAN

INVESTMENT BOARD

By:  

 

Name:
Title:
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


ITHACA L.P.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page


EXHIBIT A

ADDENDUM AGREEMENT

This Addendum Agreement is made this          day of             , 20    , by and between                  (the “New Shareholder”) and Informatica Inc. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of [●], 2021 (the “Agreement”), between and among the Corporation and the Shareholders. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Corporation has agreed to provide registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities as set forth in the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the New Shareholder has acquired Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from a Shareholder; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Shareholders have required in the Agreement that all persons desiring registration rights must enter into an Addendum Agreement binding the New Shareholder to the Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party thereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties, the New Shareholder acknowledges that it has received and read the Agreement and that the New Shareholder shall be bound by, and shall have the benefit of, all of the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party to the Agreement and shall be deemed to be a Shareholder thereunder.

[Amend Annex A or B of Agreement if necessary to reflect appropriate schedule for new Shareholder.]

 

 

New Shareholder

Address:

 

                                                                 

 

                                                                 

 

 

Exhibit A-1


Agreed and Accepted as of the date first written above:

 

INFORMATICA INC.
By:  

 

 

Printed Name and Title

 

 

Exhibit A-2


Schedule 12(c)

 

Name

  

Address

  

 

 

Exhibit A-1

Exhibit 10.14

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 3, dated as of February 25, 2020 (this “Amendment”), among (i) Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and governed under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488 route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under the number B 196.262 (“Holdings”); (ii) Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”); (iii) the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto; (iv) Guernsey Holdco; (v) Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender (the “Resigning Agent”); (vi) Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC (“Nomura”), as successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender (the “Administrative Agent” or the “Successor Agent”); (vii) the person identified on the signature pages hereto as the “Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender”; (viii) the person identified on the signature pages hereto as the “Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender”; (x) the person identified on the signature pages hereto as the “Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender”; and (xi) the person identified on the signature pages hereto as the “Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender”. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Amended Credit Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 18, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 17, 2019, and as further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and, as amended by this Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto;

WHEREAS, Section 2.18 of the Existing Credit Agreement provides that the Borrower may obtain, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) in respect of all or any portion of any Tranche (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) of Term Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) then outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in an aggregate amount sufficient to replace all of the outstanding Dollar Term B-1 Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “Existing Dollar Term B-1 Loans”) and Euro Term B-1 Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “Existing Euro Term B-1 Loans” and, together with the Existing Dollar Term B-1 Loans, the “Existing Term B-1 Loans”);

WHEREAS, the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender has agreed to make Dollar 2020 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to $1,514,641,035.17 (the “Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans”);

WHEREAS, the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender has agreed to make Euro 2020 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to €431,540,429.66 (the “Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans” and, together with the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans, the “Initial 2020 Term Loans”);

WHEREAS, effective as of the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time (as defined below), (i) the proceeds of the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans will be used by the Borrower to repay in full all Existing Dollar Term B-1 Loans then outstanding, (ii) the proceeds of the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans will be used by the Borrower to repay in full all Existing Euro Term B-1 Loans then outstanding and (iii) all Existing Term B-1 Loans so prepaid shall thereafter be deemed to be no longer outstanding (the “Refinancing Amendment Transactions”);


WHEREAS, the Resigning Agent desires to resign as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement effective as of the Agency Replacement Time (as defined below), and the Required Lenders desire to appoint Nomura as successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents effective as of the Agency Replacement Time (the “Agency Replacement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.12 of the Credit Agreement, Holdings, the Borrower, the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender and the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender may, and hereby express their desire to, amend the Existing Credit Agreement for certain additional purposes;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested (i) $275,358,964.83 of additional term loans in Dollars having the same terms as the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans (the “Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans”) and (ii) €48,459,570.34 of additional term loans in Euros having the same terms as the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans (the “Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans” and, together with the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans, the “Incremental 2020 Term Loans”, it being understood that the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Dollar 2020 Term Loans”; the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Euro 2020 Term Loans”; and the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “2020 Term Loans”);

WHEREAS, (i) the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that it will make the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Time (as defined below) and (ii) the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that it will make the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Time;

WHEREAS, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth in Section 3(c) of this Amendment are necessary and appropriate to effect the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, upon the date (such date, the “Amendment No. 3 Effective Date”) of the effectiveness of this Amendment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effectiveness of the Agency Replacement, the effectiveness of the Term Refinancing Amendment, the effectiveness of the Additional Amendments, the effectiveness of the Incremental Amendments and the establishment and funding of the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans), the proceeds of the Initial 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental 2020 Term Loans, together with the proceeds of the Second Lien Facility, will be used (i) to finance the Refinancing Amendment Transactions, (ii) to redeem in full the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes outstanding on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and to discharge the indenture governing the Senior Notes, (iii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing, and (iv) for other general corporate purposes (the “Amendment No. 3 Transactions”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

2


Section 1. Sequencing of the Effectiveness of the Amendments.

(a) The Term Refinancing Amendment shall become effective immediately prior to each of the Agency Replacement Time and the effectiveness of each of the Additional Amendments and the Incremental Amendments.

(b) The Agency Replacement shall become effective immediately following the effectiveness of the Term Refinancing Amendment, but immediately prior to the effectiveness of each of the Additional Amendments and the Incremental Amendments.

(c) The Additional Amendments shall become effective immediately following the Agency Replacement Time and the effectiveness of the Term Refinancing Amendment, but immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Incremental Amendments.

(d) The Incremental Amendments shall become effective immediately following the Agency Replacement Time and the effectiveness of each of the Term Refinancing Amendment and the Additional Amendments.

Section 2. Resignation and Appointment of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender. Subject to the effectiveness of the Agency Assignment Agreement (as defined below):

(a) Resignation. Pursuant to Sections 12.9 and 13.4 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Resigning Agent hereby resigns as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, effective at the Agency Replacement Time. Effective as of the Agency Replacement Time, the Resigning Agent’s powers, rights, privileges and duties (other than such rights and duties otherwise agreed to in writing and other than such rights that survive pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents) as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender shall be terminated, without any further act or deed on the part of the Resigning Agent or any of the parties to the Existing Credit Agreement or the Lenders. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereby waives the notice requirement set forth in Section 12.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement in respect of such resignation as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and agrees that the resignation of Bank of America as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents shall become effective as of the Agency Replacement Time. Each of the parties hereto waives any requirements set forth in Section 12.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement in respect of such resignation as Swingline Lender and agrees that the resignation of Bank of America as Swingline Lender under the Loan Documents shall become effective as of the Agency Replacement Time. For the avoidance of doubt, Bank of America shall not resign as Issuing Lender.

(b) Appointment. Effective as of the Agency Replacement Time, (i) the Required Lenders hereby appoint, in accordance with Section 12.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Successor Agent as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the Successor Agent hereby accepts its appointment as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and any other Loan Documents, (iii) the Borrower hereby consents to the appointment of the Successor Agent and (iv) the Successor Agent, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender, shall succeed to, and be vested with, all of the powers, rights, privileges and duties of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and any other Loan Documents. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives the requirement set forth in Section 12.9 of the Existing Credit Agreement that the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor administrative agent who shall be a commercial bank or trust company.

 

3


(c) Agency Resignation Appointment and Assumption Agreement. Each of the Lenders hereby authorizes the Loan Parties, the Resigning Agent and the Successor Agent to enter into an agency transfer agreement (the “Agency Assignment Agreement”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Loan Parties, the Resigning Agent and the Successor Agent to be effective as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date. In addition, each of the Lenders hereby authorizes the Loans Parties, the Resigning Agent and the Successor Agent to make any filings and enter into any documentation or amendments to existing Loan Documents with respect to the Agency Replacement and the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and the Credit Agreement deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Loan Parties, the Successor Agent and/or the Resigning Agent without the consent of any Lender. The parties hereto agree that neither Bank of America, in its individual capacity or in its capacity as the Resigning Agent, nor any of its Affiliates, shall bear any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Successor Agent under the Agency Assignment Agreement, the Credit Agreement, this Amendment (with respect to actions taken or omitted to be taken after giving effect to the Agency Transfer) or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated any of the foregoing. The parties hereto agree that neither Nomura, in its individual capacity or in its capacity as the Successor Agent, nor any of its Affiliates, shall bear any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by Bank of America in its capacity as the Resigning Agent under the Agency Assignment Agreement, the Credit Agreement, and the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Section 3. Amendments.

(a) Effective as of the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time (as defined below), (i) the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans are hereby established and replace in full all Existing Dollar Term B-1 Loans then outstanding, (ii) the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans are hereby established and replace in full all Existing Euro Term B-1 Loans then outstanding and (iii) the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the Amended Credit and Guaranty Agreement attached as Annex A hereto (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) as is reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3(a) (collectively, the “Term Refinancing Amendment”).

(b) Effective as of the Additional Amendments Effective Time (as defined below), (i) the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement, other than the Term Refinancing Amendment (such amendments, the “Additional Amendments”) and (ii) pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Amended Credit Agreement, the applicable Security Documents are hereby amended on the terms set forth therein.

(c) Effective as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Time (as defined below), the Loan Parties, the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Lender and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Lender hereby agree that the following amendments (such amendments, the “Incremental Amendments”) will be made to the Credit Agreement:

(i) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the definition of “Dollar 2020 Term Loan” in the Credit Agreement with the definition set forth below:

Dollar 2020 Term Loan” shall mean, collectively, (i) each Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan (as defined in Amendment No. 3) and (ii) each Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan (as defined in Amendment No. 3).

 

4


(ii) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the definition of “Euro 2020 Term Loan” in the Credit Agreement with the definition set forth below:

Euro 2020 Term Loan” shall mean, collectively, (i) each Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan (as defined in Amendment No. 3) and (ii) each Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan (as defined in Amendment No. 3).

Section 4. Incremental 2020 Term Loans.

(a) Subject to the occurrence of the Incremental Amendment Effective Time and on the other terms and conditions set forth herein, the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender hereby (i) commits to provide Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to $275,358,964.83 and (ii) agrees, at the Incremental Amendment Effective Time, to fund such Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower, after which such commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action. Subject to the occurrence of the Incremental Amendment Effective Time and on the other terms and conditions set forth herein, the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender hereby (i) commits to provide Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to €48,459,570.34 and (ii) agrees, at the Incremental Amendment Effective Time, to fund such Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans to the Borrower, after which such commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action.

(b) The Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans shall be “Dollar 2020 Term Loans,” “2020 Term Loans” and “Term Loans” under the Credit Agreement and shall have the same terms as the Dollar 2020 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans shall have the same Interest Period as, and shall otherwise be fungible with (including, for the avoidance of doubt, for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans. The Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans shall be “Euro 2020 Term Loans,” “2020 Term Loans” and “Term Loans” under the Credit Agreement and shall have the same terms as the Euro 2020 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans shall have the same Interest Period as, and shall otherwise be fungible with (including, for the avoidance of doubt, for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans. The Successor Agent shall record the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans in the Register.

(c) The Borrower and the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender hereby agree that the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans will be issued at a price equal to 99.50% of the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans. The Borrower and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender hereby agree that the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans will be issued at a price equal to 100.00% of the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to the Resigning Agent, the Successor Agent and each Lender (immediately before and after giving effect to the consummation of the Amendment No. 3 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) that:

(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

5


(b) The execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party of this Amendment and the consummation of the Amendment No. 3 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and do not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organizational Documents, or (ii) violate any Law; except with respect to any violation referred to in this clause (b) to the extent that such violation could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) All representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date, and except that, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.1(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b), respectively, prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

(d) No Default or Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to or immediately after giving effect to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

(e) As of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Amendment No. 3 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date will be, Solvent.

(f) The execution, delivery, performance or effectiveness of this Amendment will not (i) impair the validity, effectiveness, perfection or priority of the Liens granted pursuant to any Loan Document, and such Liens continue unimpaired with the same priority to secure repayment of all of the applicable Obligations, whether heretofore or hereafter incurred or (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 6.19 of the Amended Credit Agreement, require that any new filings be made or other action taken to perfect or to maintain the perfection of such Lien.

Section 6. Conditions to the Effectiveness of the Amendment.

(a) The effectiveness of the Term Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the time at which the Term Refinancing Amendment becomes effective, the “Refinancing Amendment Effective Time”):

(i) each of the Successor Agent and the Resigning Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, Guernsey Holdco, the Successor Agent, the Resigning Agent, the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender and the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender;

(ii) each of the Resigning Agent, the Successor Agent, the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender and the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) relating to the Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Initial Euro 2020 Term Loans;

 

6


(iii) the Successor Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 are true and correct; and

(iv) each of the conditions to the initial extension of credit on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date set forth in Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.

(b) The effectiveness of the Agency Replacement shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the time at which the Agency Replacement becomes effective, the “Agency Replacement Time”):

(i) the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time shall have occurred; and

(ii) each of the Successor Agent and the Resigning Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, the Successor Agent, the Resigning Agent and the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders (after giving effect to the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time).

(c) The effectiveness of the Additional Amendments shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the time at which the Additional Amendments become effective, the “Additional Amendments Effective Time”):

(i) the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time shall have occurred; and

(ii) the Successor Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders (after giving effect to the occurrence of the Refinancing Amendment Effective Time, but prior to giving effect to the Incremental Amendment Effective Time).

(d) The effectiveness of the Incremental Amendments and the availability of the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the time at which the Incremental Amendments become effective, the “Incremental Amendment Effective Time”):

(i) the Additional Amendments Effective Time shall have occurred;

(ii) the Successor Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender; and

(iii) each of the Successor Agent, the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan lender and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender shall have received a Notice of Borrowing relating to the Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loans (it being understood and agreed that this clause (iii) may be satisfied in the same Notice of Borrowing required pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii) hereof).

Section 7. Fees and Expenses. Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and as and to the extent provided in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Successor Agent for its and the Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with this Amendment, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, counsel for the Successor Agent, Linklaters LLP, Luxembourg counsel to the Successor Agent, Arthur Cox, Irish counsel for the Successor Agent, and Ogier (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey counsel for the Successor Agent.

 

7


Section 8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or by email in Adobe “.pdf” format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN TORT OR CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 10. Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 11. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. As of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” or words of like import, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, by means of words like “thereunder,” “thereof” and words of like import), shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and this Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be read together and construed as a single instrument. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document. The parties hereto hereby consent to the incurrence of the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Upon the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, (i) all conditions and requirements set forth in the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the effectiveness of this Amendment shall be deemed satisfied, (ii) all conditions and requirements set forth in the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the incurrence of the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans shall be deemed satisfied and (iii) the incurrence of the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans shall be deemed arranged and consummated in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 12. Acknowledgement and Affirmation; No Novation. It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended pursuant to this Amendment, so as to preserve the validity, perfection and priority of all Liens securing the Obligations and that, after giving effect to this Amendment, all Obligations (including the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans) shall be secured by the security interests and Liens granted under the Security Documents and that this Amendment does not constitute a novation or termination of the Existing Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Loan Party party hereto hereby expressly acknowledges, as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, and agrees that (i) all of its obligations under the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Amendment and the Amendment No. 3 Transactions, (ii) its prior grants of security interests and Liens pursuant to the Security Documents are reaffirmed and all such security interests and Liens remain in full force and effect after

 

8


giving effect to this Amendment and the Amendment No. 3 Transactions, (iii) the Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, interest on, and premium (if any) on, the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans and (iv) except as expressly set forth herein, the execution of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Resigning Agent, the Successor Agent or the Lenders, constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents or serve to effect a novation of the Obligations.

Section 13. Roles. It is agreed that Nomura Securities International, Inc. will act as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner for the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans (the “Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger”). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger shall not have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Amendment, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Successor Agent or a Lender hereunder.

[signature pages follow]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:    INFORMATICA LLC
   By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

   Name:    Bradford Lewis
   Title:      Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
GUARANTORS:    ITHACALUX S.À R.L.
   By:   

/s/ Jean-Christophe Gladek

   Name:    Jean-Christophe Gladek
   Title:    manager A and authorized signatory
   By:   

/s/ Cedric Pedoni

   Name:    Cedric Pedoni
   Title:    manager B and authorized signatory
   INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
   By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

   Name:    Bradford Lewis
   Title:      Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
   INFORMATICA HOLDCO 2 LLC
   By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

   Name:    Bradford Lewis
   Title:      Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
   INFORMATICA IRELAND EMEA UNLIMITED COMPANY
   By:   

/s/ Mark Pellowski

   Name:    Mark Pellowski
   Title:    Director


   INFA GUERNSEY LP INC., acting by its general partner, INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
   By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

   Name:    Bradford Lewis
   Title:      Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
   ITHACA G.P. LIMITED
   By:   

/s/ Ryan Lanpher

   Name:    Ryan Lanpher
   Title:    Director


NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Successor Agent
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Resigning Agent
By:  

/s/ Melissa Mullis

Name:   Melissa Mullis
Title:     Assistant Vice President


NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Initial Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director
NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,as Initial Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director
NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,as Incremental Dollar 2020 Term Loan Lender
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director
NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,as Incremental Euro 2020 Term Loan Lender
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director


ANNEX A


EXECUTION VERSIONExecution Version

ANNEX A

 

Financial Published Deal CUSIP: 45673DAC6YAA4

Revolving Loan CUSIP: 45673DAD4

Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan CUSIP: 45673DAG7YAB2

Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan CUSIP: 45673DAH5YAC0

$1,423,000,0001,790,000,000 Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan Facility

442,650,000480,000,000 Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan Facility

$150,000,000 Revolving Facility

AMENDED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

among

Ithacalux S.à r.l.,

as Holdings,

Informatica LLC,

as the Borrower,

The Other Loan Parties from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

and

Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC, as Administrative Agent

Dated as of August 6, 2015

As amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 18, 2018,

As further amended by Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 17, 2019,

As further amended by Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 25, 2020

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.,

Goldman Sachs Bank USA,

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.,

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,

Nomura Securities International, Inc.,

RBC Capital Markets,

and

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and

Amendment No. 1 Joint

Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

Nomura Securities International, Inc.,

as Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger and Bookrunner


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1.

  Defined Terms      1  

1.2.

  Other Interpretive Provisions      7795  

1.3.

  Rates      7896  

1.4.

  Limited Condition Transactions      7896  

1.5.

  Calculations; Computations; Latest Maturity Date      7997  

1.6.

  Letter of Credit Amounts      8199  

1.7.

  Divisions      99  

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     81100  

2.1.

  The Commitments      81100  

2.2.

  Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing      84102  

2.3.

  Notice of Borrowing      84102  

2.4.

  Repayment of Loans      85103  

2.5.

  Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback      85104  

2.6.

  Notes      87106  

2.7.

  Conversions/Continuations      88106  

2.8.

  Pro Rata Borrowings      89107  

2.9.

  Interest      89107  

2.10.

  Interest Periods      90108  

2.11.

  Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.      90109  

2.12.

  Compensation      94112  

2.13.

  Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation      94113  

2.14.

  Replacement of Lenders      94113  

2.15.

  Incremental Credit Extensions      96115  

2.16.

  Loan Modification Offers      99119  

2.17.

  Defaulting Lender      100120  

2.18.

  Refinancing Amendment      103123  

SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT

     104124  

3.1.

  Letters of Credit      104124  

3.2.

  Maximum Letter of Credit Outstandings; Final Maturities      105125  

3.3.

  Letter of Credit Requests; Minimum Stated Amount.      106126  

3.4.

  Letter of Credit Participations      107127  

3.5.

  Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings      108128  

3.6.

  Increased Costs      110130  

3.7.

  Applicability of ISP and UCP      111130  

SECTION 4. COMMITMENT FEES; FEES; REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS

     111131  

4.1.

  Fees      111131  

4.2.

  Voluntary Termination of Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitments      112132  

4.3.

  Mandatory Reduction of Commitments      113132  

SECTION 5. PREPAYMENTS; PAYMENTS; TAXES

     113133  

5.1.

  Voluntary Prepayments      113133  

 

-i-


         Page  

5.2.

  Mandatory Repayments      114134  

5.3.

  Repayment of Revolving Excess, etc.      117139  

5.4.

  Method and Place of Payment      117139  

5.5.

  Net Payments      117139  

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     120142  

6.1.

  Financial Condition      120142  

6.2.

  No Change      121143  

6.3.

  Existence; Compliance with Law      121143  

6.4.

  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      121143  

6.5.

  Consents      122144  

6.6.

  No Legal Bar      122144  

6.7.

  Litigation      122144  

6.8.

  No Default      122144  

6.9.

  Ownership of Property; Liens      122144  

6.10.

  Intellectual Property      122144  

6.11.

  Taxes      123145  

6.12.

  Federal Regulations      123145  

6.13.

  Labor Matters      123145  

6.14.

  ERISA      123145  

6.15.

  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations      125147  

6.16.

  Subsidiaries      125147  

6.17.

  Environmental Matters      125147  

6.18.

  Accuracy of Information, etc.      125147  

6.19.

  Security Documents      126148  

6.20.

  Solvency      127149  

6.21.

  Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      127149  

6.22.

  Status as Senior Indebtedness      128150  

6.23.

  Centre of Main Interests and Establishments      128150  

6.24.

  Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries      150  

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     128150  

7.1.

  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit      128150  

7.2.

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      131153  

SECTION 8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     132154  

8.1.

  Financial Statements      132154  

8.2.

  Certificates; Other Information      133155  

8.3.

  Payment of Taxes      135157  

8.4.

  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance      135158  

8.5.

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      135158  

8.6.

  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions      136158  

8.7.

  Notices      136159  

8.8.

  Additional Collateral, etc.      137160  

8.9.

  Credit Ratings      139162  

8.10.

  Further Assurances      139162  

8.11.

  Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries      139162  

8.12.

  Post-Closing Matters      140163  

8.13.

  ERISA      140163  

 

-ii-


         Page  

8.14.

  Use of Proceeds      140163  

8.15.

  Centre of Main Interest and Establishments      140163  

8.16.

  Specified Finance Companies      164  

8.16.

  Transactions with Affiliates      164  

8.17.

  Anti-Corruption      166  

SECTION 9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     140167  

9.1.

  Financial Covenant      141167  

9.2.

  Limitations on Restricted Payments      141167  

9.3.

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries      149177  

9.4.

  Limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock      152179  

9.5.

  Asset Sales      160191  

9.6.

  Transactions with Affiliates[Reserved]      160192  

9.7.

  Liens      163194  

9.8.

  Fundamental Changes; Specified Finance Companies      163194  

9.9.

  Modifications of Certain Documents      166198  

9.10.

  Sale Leaseback Transactions      167198  

9.11.

  Changes in Fiscal Periods      167198  

9.12.

  Negative Pledge Clauses      167198  

9.13.

  Lines of Business      167199  

9.14.

  Anti-Corruption      199  

SECTION 10. GUARANTEE

     168200  

10.1.

  The Guarantee      168200  

10.2.

  Obligations Unconditional      168200  

10.3.

  Reinstatement      170201  

10.4.

  No Subrogation      170201  

10.5.

  Remedies      170201  

10.6.

  Continuing Guarantee      170201  

10.7.

  General Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations      170202  

10.8.

  Release of Guarantors and Pledges      170202  

10.9.

  Right of Contribution      171202  

10.10.

  Keepwell      171203  

10.11.

  Specific Limitations for Luxembourg Guarantor      171203  

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     172204  

11.1.

  Events of Default      172204  

11.2.

  Action in Event of Default      175206  

11.3.

  Right to Cure      176207  

11.4.

  Application of Proceeds      176208  

SECTION 12. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     178209  

12.1.

  Appointment; Nature of Duties      178209  

12.2.

  Exculpatory Provisions      179211  

12.3.

  Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent      180212  

12.4.

  Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent      180212  

 

-iii-


         Page  

12.5.

  Reliance      180212  

12.6.

  Indemnification      181213  

12.7.

  The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity      181213  

12.8.

  Holders      181213  

12.9.

  Resignation by the Administrative Agent      181213  

12.10.

  Collateral Matters      184216  

12.11.

  Covenant to Pay the Collateral Agent      186218  

12.12.

  Delivery of Information      187219  

12.13.

  Withholding Taxes      187219  

12.14.

  Intercreditor Agreement      187219  

12.15.

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      188220  

12.16.

  Certain ERISA Matters.      221  

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS

     191223  

13.1.

  Payment of Expenses, etc.      191223  

13.2.

  Right of Setoff      193225  

13.3.

  Notices      194226  

13.4.

  Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations      196228  

13.5.

  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      201234  

13.6.

  Payments Pro Rata      201234  

13.7.

  Reserved202Acknowledgement Regarding any Supported QFCs      235  

13.8.

  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      202235  

13.9.

  Counterparts      204237  

13.10.

  Effectiveness      204237  

13.11.

  Headings Descriptive      204237  

13.12.

  Amendment or Waiver; etc.      204237  

13.13.

  Survival      207241  

13.14.

  Domicile of Loans      207241  

13.15.

  Register      207241  

13.16.

  Confidentiality      208242  

13.17.

  Patriot Act      209243  

13.18.

  Interest Rate Limitation      209243  

13.19.

  Judgment Currency      209243  

13.20.

  Luxembourg Matters      210244  

13.21.

  Electronic Execution      210244  

13.22.

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      210245  

13.23.

  Severability      211245  

13.24.

  Integration      211245  

13.25.

  Financing Statement Authorization      211245  

13.26.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      246  

13.27.

  Co-Borrowers.      246  

13.28.

  Guernsey Matters      248  

13.29.

  Luxembourg Matters      248  

13.30.

  Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Releases      249  

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES:   
Schedule I    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule II    Notice Addresses
Schedule 1.1    Disqualified Lenders
Schedule 1.1(f)    Existing Investments
Schedule 1.1(g)    Existing Liens
Schedule 6.16    Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.19(a)    Security Documents
Schedule 6.19(b)    Owned Real Property6.24 Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.1(e)    Other Loan Party Requirements
Schedule 7.1(f)    Local Counsel Opinions
Schedule 7.1(g)    Other Pledged Stock
Schedule 8.12    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 9.1    Financial Covenant Definitions
Schedule 9.4    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 9.6    Existing Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 9.12    Existing Restrictive Agreements
EXHIBITS:   
Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B    Form of Financial Statements Certificate
Exhibit C-1    Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement Term Sheets (Second Lien Loans/Second Lien Notes)
Exhibit C-2    Intercreditor Agreement (First Lien Pari Passu Debt) Term Sheet
Exhibit C-3    Form of Global Intercompany Debt Subordination TermsNote
Exhibit D    Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement
Exhibit E-1    Form of U.S. Security Agreement
Exhibit E-2    Form of U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement
Exhibit F    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit G-1    Form of Dollar 2020 Term Note
Exhibit G-2    Form of Euro 2020 Term Note
Exhibit H    Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit I    Form of Swingline Note
Exhibit J    Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit K    Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit L-1    Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit L-2    Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit L-3    Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit L-4    Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit M    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit N    Security and Guarantee Principles
Exhibit O    Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit P    Form of Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit Q    Form of Co-Borrower Notice

 

-v-


AMENDED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of August 6February 25, 20152020 , among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and governed under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488 route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under the number B 196.262 (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CompanyBorrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, (this and each other capitalized term used herein without definition having the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1) from time to time party hereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as lenders or holders of the Loans and issuers of Letters of Credit, and Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC, as Administrative Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Lenders lent to the Borrower (i) $1,710,000,000 in the form of term loans (the “Initial Dollar Term Loans”) and (ii) €250,000,000 in the form of term loans (the “Initial Euro Term Loans” and, together with the Initial Dollar Term Loans, the “Initial Term Loans”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that, immediately upon the satisfaction in full of the conditions precedent set forth in Amendment No. 1Section 7.1, the Term Lenders party to Amendment No. 1 lend to the Borrower (i)  $1,423,000,000 1,790,000,000 in the form of Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans and (ii) €442,650,000480,000,000 in the form of Euro 2020 Term B-1 LoansLoans and continue to make available to the Borrower a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility for the making of 2019 Revolving Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit from time to time.

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Term B-1 LoansBorrower will also enter into the Second Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below) shall be used bypursuant to which the Second Lien Lenders (as defined below) will lend to the Borrower to repay the$425,000,000 in the form of Initial Second Lien Term Loans and consummate the other Amendment No. 1 Transactions(as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Revolving Facility will remain available pursuant to the terms of this Agreementproceeds from the 2020 Term Loans (as defined below) will be used, together with the proceeds of the Initial Second Lien Term Loans, directly or indirectly, to finance the Transactions and for other general corporate purposes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

“2019 Revolving Loans” shall mean the Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(c) pursuant to the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments.


“2019 Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 of Amendment No. 2 directly below the column entitled “2019 Revolving Loan Commitment,” as the same may be increased or reduced pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.

“2020 Term Loans” shall mean the Dollar 2020 Term Loans and the Euro 2020 Term Loans.

“2020 Term Loan Commitments” shall mean the Dollar 2020 Term Loan Commitments and the Euro 2020 Term Loan Commitments.

Acceptable Price” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Accepting Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Accounting Changes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

Acquisition Debt ” shall mean, the acquisition by U.S. MidCo, indirectly through Merger Sub, of all of the capital stock of the Company and its subsidiaries Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Merger AgreementSection 9.4(b)(xvii).

Additional Dollar Term Commitment” means, with respect to the Additional Dollar Term Lender, its commitment to make a Dollar Term B-1 Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount equal to $59,334,040.48.

Additional Euro Term Commitment” means, with respect to the Additional Euro Term Lender, its commitment to make a Euro Term B-1 Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount equal to €207,739,092.36.

Additional Dollar Term Lender” means the Person identified as such on the signature page to Amendment No. 1.

Additional Euro Term Lender” means the Person identified as such on the signature page to Amendment No. 1.

“Additional Borrower Agreement” shall mean an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 13.27.

Additional Lender” shall mean, at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) New Revolving Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment Increase or Incremental Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.15 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.18; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent and, in respect of any New Revolving Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment Increase or Other Revolving Loan, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Additional Lender if such consent would be required under Section 13.4 for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, to such Additional Lender, (ii) the Borrower shall have consented to such Additional Lender and (iii) if such Additional Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Additional Lender must comply with the limitations and restrictions set forth in Section 13.4(a)(iv).

 

-2-


Additional Security Documents” shall mean the documents granting to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties security interests and Mortgages in such assets and Real Property of Holdingsof the Borrower and suchthe other Loan PartyParties as are not covered by the Security Documents delivered on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date pursuant to Section 7.1 or after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date pursuant to Section 8.12, in each case, subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles.

Adjustable Applicable Margins” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

Administrative Agent” shall mean Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC or any other affiliate or branch of Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC designated by Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC to act in such capacity, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.9.

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit O or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Affected Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliated Investment Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Sponsor, any Affiliate of Holdings (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person) that is a bona fide diversified debt fund or a diversified investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors in such fund independent of, or in addition to, the duties to such Sponsor.

Affiliated Lender” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that is a Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person) at such time.

After -Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary” shall mean a U.S. Corporate Entity that (i) becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, and (ii) is not (and was not previously) a Subsidiary of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco.

Agent Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.3(b)(iii).

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement hereof), extended or renewed from time to time.

 

-3-


All-In Yield” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount, upfront fees or interest rate floors (it being understood that to the extent any Indebtedness has an interest rate floor in excess of that of other Indebtedness, such excess shall be equated to interest rate for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin required by Section 2.15(a)(x) or clause (c) of the definition of “Applicable Requirements, as applicable), but only to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor in the existing Indebtedness would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case either the interest rate floor (but notor the interest rate margin) applicable to the subject Indebtedness, as elected by the Borrower in its sole discretion, shall be increased to the extent of such differential between interest rate floors; provided that original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming the shorter of actual maturity and a 4-year life to maturity; provided, further, that the All-In Yield shall not include any arrangement fees, structuring, syndication, commitment, underwriting, placement, success, advisory, ticking and unused line fees, consent or otheramendment fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared withand any similar fees (regardless of whether shared or paid, in whole or in part, with or to any or all lenders of such Indebtedness) and any other fees not generally paid by the Borrower ratably to all lenders of such Indebtedness; provided, further, that any Indebtedness that is fixed rate debt shall be swapped to a floating rate on a customary matched maturity basis for the purposes of calculating the All-In Yield.

Alternate Currency” shall mean (i) in respect of Revolving Loans, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other freely transferable currency reasonably acceptable to the Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (ii) in respect of Letters of Credit, Euros, Pounds Sterling, Australian Dollars, Indian Rupees, Malaysian Ringgits, Israeli New Sheqels, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollars, Chinese Yuan, Indonesian Rupiah, Russian Rubles, Singapore Dollars, Thai Baht, Turkish Lira, South African Rand and any other freely transferable currency reasonably acceptable to the Revolving Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender.

Alternate Currency Equivalent” shall mean, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of the applicable Alternate Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent (or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be) based on the Spot Currency Exchange Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date).

Alternate Currency Letter of Credit Outstandings” shall mean all Letter of Credit Outstandings in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency.

Alternate Currency Loan” shall mean a Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency, which shall include each Revolving Alternate Currency Loan and each Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan.

Alternate Currency Rate” shall mean (a) in respect of Euro Denominated Loans, Euro LIBOR, (b) in respect of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, the Sterling Rate and (c) in respect of Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency other than Dollars, Euros and Pounds Sterling, a rate agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders at the time that such Alternate Currency is approved in accordance with the definition thereof.

Amendment No. 1” shall mean Amendment No. 1, dated as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among Holdings, Guernsey Holdco, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” shall mean January 18, 2018.

 

-4-


Amendment No. 1 Engagement Letter” shall mean the engagement letter, dated as of January 10, 2018, among Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the Borrower.

Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers” shall mean Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc., RBC Capital Markets and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., with respect to the commitments and loans established on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

Amendment No. 1 Transactions” shall mean (i) the incurrence of the Term B-1 Loansterm loans thereunder, (ii) the other amendments under Amendment No. 1 and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith and related transactions.

“Amendment No. 2” shall mean Amendment No. 2, dated as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Borrower, Guernsey Holdco, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

“Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” shall mean April 17, 2019.

“Amendment No. 3” shall mean Amendment No. 3, dated as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, by and among Holdings, Guernsey Holdco, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

“Amendment No. 3 Effective Date” shall mean February 25, 2020.

“Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, among the Administrative Agent, the Second Lien Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the other Guarantors party thereto and the other parties party thereto from time to time.

“Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger” shall mean Nomura Securities International, Inc., in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner in respect of the 2020 Term Loans.

“Amendment No. 3 Refinancing” shall mean, collectively, (i) the refinancing of the Term B-1 Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) the refinancing, defeasance, redemption or repayment in full of the Borrower’s existing Senior Notes and the discharge of the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

“Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 6.24.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Discount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Applicable Margin” shall mean, subject to the next fivefour (54) succeeding paragraphs of this definition, (I) initially, a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans maintained as (A) Base Rate Loans, 2.25% and (B) Fixed Rate Loans, 3.25%, (ii) in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, 3.50%, (iii) in the case of Initial2019 Revolving Loans maintained as (A) Base Rate Loans, 2.25% and (B) Fixed Rate Loans, 3.25% and (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, 2.25%, (II) with

 

-5-


respect to Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans, the rate per annum specified in the Incremental Amendment establishing Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments in respect of such Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans, as the case may be, (III) with respect to Other Term Loans or Other Revolving Loans, the rate per annum specified in the Refinancing Amendment establishing such Loans and (IV) with respect to any Term Loan or Revolving Loan modified pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement, as set forth in the Loan Modification Agreement relating to such Loan.

After theFrom and after each day of delivery of any Pricing Certificate (as defined below) delivered after Amendment No.  13 Effective Date, the Applicable Margin for Dollar Term B-1 Loans and2020 Euro Term B-1 Loans shall be based upon the Debt Rating asthose set forth below opposite the Total Net Leverage Ratio indicated to have been achieved in any certificate delivered as provided below:

 

Debt Ratings

Moody’s & S&P

Total Net

Leverage Ratio

   Dollar
Term B-1
Loans
Fixed
Rate
Loans
    Dollar
Term B-
1 Loans
Base
Rate
Loans
    Euro 2020
Term B-1
Loans
Fixed Rate
Loans

Margin
 

worseGreater than B2 & B6.00 to 1.00

     3.25 %      2.25 %      3.50

Less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00

B2 & B or better

     3.00 %      2.00 %      3.25

As used in this definition, “Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the Borrower’s public corporate rating as determined by S&P and the Borrower’s public corporate family rating as determined by Moody’s (collectively, the “Debt Ratings”). For purposes of the foregoing, (a) the Borrower must have Debt Ratings of both B2 (or better) from Moody’s and B (or better) from S&P in order for the lower pricing level to apply, (b) if the Borrower has only one Debt Rating, the higher pricing level shall apply; and (c) if the Borrower does not have any Debt Rating, the higher pricing level shall apply. Each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a publicly announced change in the Debt Rating shall be effective during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition (which amendment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall require only the consent of the Required Term Lenders) to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Margin shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

 

-6-


From and after each day of delivery of any certificate delivered in accordance with the first sentence of the following paragraph indicating an entitlement to a different margin than that described in the immediately preceding sentence for Initial2019 Revolving Loans (each, a “Start Date”) to and including the applicable End Date described below, the Applicable Margins for Initial2019 Revolving Loans (hereinaftertogether with the Applicable Margin for the Euro 2020 Term Loans as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, the “Adjustable Applicable Margins”) shall be those set forth below opposite the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio indicated to have been achieved in any certificate delivered as provided below:

 

Total Net

First Lien

Leverage Ratio

   Initial2019
Revolving Loans:
Fixed Rate Margin
    Initial2019  Revolving
Loans: Base Rate Margin
 

Greater than 4.50 to 1.00

     3.25     2.25

Less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00

     3.00     2.00

The Total Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, as applicable, used in a determination of Adjustable Applicable Margins (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) shall be determined based on the delivery of a certificate of the Borrower (each, a “Pricing Certificate”) by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to be made available to each Lender by the Administrative Agent), not later than sixty (60) days after the last day of any fiscal quarter, for the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Closing Date, and within forty-five (45) days after the end of the fiscal quarter for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter, which certificate shall set forth the calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as at the last day of the Test Period ended immediately prior to the relevant Start Date and the Adjustable Applicable Margins that shall be thereafter applicable (until the same are changed or cease to apply in accordance with the following sentences); provided that at the time of the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale, an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate (a “Transaction Certificate”) setting forth the calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis (to give effect to such Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale (as applicable) consummated on or prior to the date of the delivery of such certificate and any Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection therewith) as of the last day of the last Test Period ended prior to the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale is consummated for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, and the date of such consummation shall be deemed to be a Start Date and the Adjustable Applicable Margins that shall be thereafter applicable (until same are changed or cease to apply in accordance with the following sentences) shall be based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, as applicable, as so calculated. The Adjustable Applicable Margins so determined shall apply, except as set forth in the succeeding sentence, from the relevant Start Date to the earliest of (i) the date on which the next Pricing Certificate or Transaction Certificate is delivered to the Administrative Agent or (ii) the date that is not later than sixty (60) days after the end of the fiscal quarter, for the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Closing Date, and forty-five (45) days after the end of the fiscal quarter, for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter (such earliest date, the “End Date”), at which time, if no Pricing Certificate has been delivered to the Administrative Agent indicating an entitlement to new Adjustable Applicable Margins (and thus commencing a new Start Date), the Adjustable Applicable Margins shall be those set forth in the first sentence of this definition (such Adjustable Applicable Margins as so determined, the “Highest Adjustable Applicable Margins”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition, the Adjustable Applicable Margins shall be the Highest Adjustable Applicable Margins at all times during the continuance of any Significant Event of Default.

 

-7-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that any Leverage Ratio set forth in any Pricing Certificate delivered for any period is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Margin that is or are less than that which would have been applicable had such Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Margin” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Pricing Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrower for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.9(a), (b) and (c) and 4.1(b) as a result of the miscalculation of such Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be due and payable under the relevant provisions of Section 2.9(a), (b) or (c) or Section 4.1(b), as applicable, at the time the interest or fees for such period were required to be paid pursuant to said Sections on the same basis as if such Leverage Ratio had been accurately set forth in such Pricing Certificate (and shall remain due and payable until paid in full, together with all amounts owing under Section 2.9(d), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and shall be due and payable on the date of such subsequent determination.

Applicable Requirements” shall mean in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock satisfies the following requirements:

(a) other than customary bridge facilities (so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (a) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges), (i) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis by the Collateral, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (ii) if such Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by the Collateral on a junior-lien basis or is in the form of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issuedCustomary Bridge Facilities, (i) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (other than revolving credit facilities) does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date and does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Latest Maturity Date (except by virtue of amortization of or prepayment of the 2020 Term Loans prior to such date of determination) and (ii) such Indebtedness constituting revolving credit facilities does not mature earlier than the Revolving Loan Maturity Date and does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the 2019 Revolving Loans;

(b) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or anyan Intercreditor Agreement has been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu basis or a junior-lien basis, as applicable);

 

-8-


(c) [Reserved]if such Indebtedness is a broadly syndicated “term loan B” facility that is denominated in Dollars or Euros and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans, if the All-In Yield in respect of such Indebtedness exceeds the All-In Yield in respect of any then existing 2020 Term Loans denominated in the same currency as such Indebtedness by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Margin of such then existing 2020 Term Loans denominated in such currency shall be adjusted such that the All-In Yield of such then existing 2020 Term Loans denominated in such currency equals the All-In Yield of such Indebtedness minus 0.50%; provided that any amendments to the Applicable Margin in respect of any then existing 2020 Term Loans that become effective subsequent to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date but prior to the time such Indebtedness is Incurred or borrowed shall also be included in such calculations, effective upon the making of loans under such Indebtedness; provided, further, that this clause (c) shall not apply to the MFN Exceptions;

(d) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured, it is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral (it being agreed that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be incurredIncurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to Section 9.4under the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap may be secured by assets of such Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than any Loan Party and shall not have any obligors other than any Loan Party, other than to the extent such Indebtedness may be incurred by a Person other than a Loan Party pursuant to Section 9.4is Incurred under the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap; and

(f) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors, premiums, and optional prepayment or optional redemption provisions) are (i) not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those set forth in the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) or(as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (ii) on customaryreflect market terms for “high yield” notes of the type being incurred at the time of incurrence (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may be in the formand conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the time of Incurrence thereof (or obtaining of notes or a loan)commitment with respect thereto), or (iii) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, except in each case for covenants or other provisions contained in such Indebtedness (x) that are applicable only after the then Latest Maturity Date;

provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating of the 2020 Term Loans or the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, or (y) that are also made for the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagreesbenefit of the Lenders under the 2020 Term Loans or the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments (including in respect of any financial covenant applicable to any revolving commitments), as applicable (which will be documented in an amendment to this Agreement requiring only the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

 

-9-


Approved Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Asset Sale” shall mean:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including pursuant to a Division) outside the ordinary course of business (including by way of a Sale Leaseback Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “Disposition”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings issued in compliance with Section 9.2); in each case other than:

(i) any Disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or of assets no longer used in the business or any sale or disposition of property or assets in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates or any disposition of products, services or inventory held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 9.8;

(iii) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 9.2;

(iv) any Disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000other Dispositions in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Dispositions made pursuant to this clause (iv) not to exceed the greater of $15,000,000 and 5.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(v) any Disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that if the transferor or issuer is a Loan Party (x) the transferee or purchaser must be a Loan Party or (y) to the extent constituting a Disposition or an issuance to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such disposition or issuance is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 9.2 and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom;

(vi) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

-10-


(vii) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) foreclosures, condemnations, nationalizations or any similar actions on assets;

(ix) Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions;

(x) grants, licenses or sublicenses of software, technology, patents, trademarks, copyrights, know-how, trade secrets, content, data and databases and any other intellectual propertyIntellectual Property or other intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the creation of any Lien permitted under the Loan Documents;

(xii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xiii) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Dispositionssales, transfers, dispositions and discounts of accounts receivable and related assets in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing or the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business, including dispositions of accounts receivable in factoring or similar transactions on a non-recourse basis, other than limited recourse customary in such transactions;

(xv) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable or other assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, the settlement or write-off of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(xvi) Dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset;

(xvii) the abandonment or cancellation of Intellectual Property that Holdings or the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, deems no longer useful to maintain;

(xviii) the unwinding of any Swap Agreements;

(xix) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures that are permitted under Section 9.2 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(xx) Dispositions of property, plant and equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; and

 

-11-


(xxi) consummation of the Transactions.

In the event that a transaction (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as a permitted Asset Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments

(xxi) [reserved];

(xxii)(A) the termination of leases in the ordinary course of business and (B) the expiration of any option agreement in respect of real or personal property;

(xxiii) Dispositions of assets in Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, which consist of leasehold interests in the premises of any office of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, the equipment and fixtures located at such premises and the books and records relating exclusively and directly to the operations of such office;

(xxiv) the sale of motor vehicles and information technology equipment purchased at the end of an operating lease and resold thereafter; and

(xxv) Dispositions of letters of credit or bank guarantees (or the rights thereunder) consisting of the cancellation thereof in the ordinary course of business in exchange for cash or Cash Equivalents.

Assignee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(a)(i).

Assignment and Assumption” shall mean an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as accepted by the Administrative Agent.

Auction Purchase” shall mean a purchase of Term Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction (x) in the case of a Permitted Eligible Assignee, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iii) or (y) in the case of an Affiliated Lender, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iv).

Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to (i) delivering Notices of Borrowing, Notices of Conversion/Continuation and similar notices, any person or persons that has or have been authorized by the directors of the Borrower to deliver such notices pursuant to this Agreement so designated in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, (ii) delivering financial information and manager’s or officer’s certificates pursuant to this Agreement (including Section 8.7), the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer or, if such position does not exist, a manager or director (as applicable) of the Borrower, and (iii) any other matter in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any officer (or a person or persons so designated by any such officer) of the Borrower.

“Available Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v)(C).

Available Currency” shall mean (i) with respect to Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans and Swingline Loans, Dollars, (ii) with respect to Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, Euros, (iii) with respect to Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, Dollars and any Alternate Currency and (iv) with respect to Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, Dollars, any Alternate Currency as specified in the respective Incremental Amendment, and any other currency as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable (provided that such other currency shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

 

-12-


Back-Stop Arrangements” shall mean, collectively, Letter of Credit Back-Stop Arrangements and Swingline Back-Stop Arrangements.

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEAAffected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

Base Rate” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A.the Wall Street Journal as its “prime rate,” and (c) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.00%; provided that solely in the case of Dollar2020 Term B-1 Loans (if applicable), the Base Rate shall not be less than 1.000.00per annum. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America, N.A. based upon various factors including Bank of America, N.A.’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan” shall mean (i) each Swingline Loan and (ii) each other Dollar Denominated Loan designated or deemed designated as such by the Borrower at the time of the incurrence thereof or conversion thereto.

“Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification in the form published by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association regarding individual beneficial ownership solely to the extent expressly required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 (as amended from time to time).

“Beneficially Own” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 (other than sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3) and Rule 13d 5 under the Securities Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owned,” “Beneficial Ownership” and similar derivations shall have a corresponding meaning.

Benefit Plan meansshall mean any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

-13-


“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party shall mean an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower” shall mean (i) prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, Merger Sub and (ii) after the consummation of the Acquisition, the Companyhave the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing” shall mean the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Commitments of the respective Tranche (or from the Swingline Lender in the case of Swingline Loans) on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, the same Interest Period; provided that Base Rate Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.11(b) shall be considered part of the related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans.

Business Day” shall mean (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clauses (ii) and (iii) below, any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in New York, New York or London, England, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close, (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, LIBOR Loans, any day that is a Business Day described in clause (i) above and that is also a day for trading by and between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the interbank LIBOR market and (iii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on or with respect to, Euro Denominated Loans and Sterling Denominated Loans, any day that is a Business Day described in clauses (i) and (ii) and that is also (a) a day for trading by and between banks in the London interbank market and which shall not be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close in London, England and (b) in relation to any payment in Euros, a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer 2 (TARGET 2) System is open.

Cancellation” or “Cancelled” shall mean the cancellation, termination and forgiveness by Permitted Eligible Assignee of all Term Loans acquired in connection with an Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Term Loans, which cancellation shall be consummated as described in Section 13.4(a)(iii)(C) and the definition of “Eligible Assignee.”

Capital Lease Obligations” shall mean at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on December 31, 2017) (it being understood that any changes to GAAP after the Closing DateDecember 31, 2017 shall be disregarded in making this determination and that any obligation that would not be characterized as a capital lease obligation but for such changes, shall for all purposes of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capital Lease Obligations or Indebtedness).

Capital Stock” shall mean:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

-14-


(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Cash Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateralize.”

Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a) Dollars;

(b)(i) Euros, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU, (ii) Pounds Sterling or (iii) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary organized outside of the United States or Europe, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

(f) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c), (d) and (e) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (e) above;

(g) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2- by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(h) marketable short term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank, in each case, satisfying the requirements of clause (e) of this definition;

 

-15-


(k) investment funds investing 95at least 95.00% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (j) above; and

(l) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (k) customarily utilized in countries in which such Restricted Subsidiary operates.

Cash Management Obligations” shall mean all obligations, including guarantees thereof, of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person that (x) at the time it enters into providing Cash Management Obligations to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) on the Closing Date or the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, is either an Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Administrative Agent or Lender, in each case, in its capacity as a party toprovider of Cash Management Obligations to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Qualified Cash Management Provider, in each case, that has provided notice to the Administrative Agent that it is providing Cash Management Obligations to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which constitute obligations (including guarantees thereof) in respect of (i) overdrafts and related liabilities owed to any such bank or financial institution arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfer of funds, (ii) foreign exchange and currency management services or (iii) purchase cards, credit cards or similar services, in each case, arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such obligations are primary obligations of a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or are guaranteed by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

CEA” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

Certificated Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.19(a).

CFC” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFC Holdco” shall mean a Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco, whether disregarded or regarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that has no material assets other than capital stockdirect or indirect Equity Interests (or Equity Interests and Indebtedness) of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that are CFCs.

Change in Tax Law” shall mean the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law, treaty, regulation or rule (or in the official application or interpretation of any law, treaty, regulation or rule, including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) relating to taxation.

Change of Control” shall mean thatoccur if, at any time, (a) (I) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, (i) one or more of the InvestorsPermitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, shall fail to have the right, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco and (ii) one or more of the InvestorsPermitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, shall fail to beneficially ownBeneficially Own Capital Stock of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco representing a majority of the voting power of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco, and (bII) after a Qualified Public Offering, any “person” or “group,” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 (other than sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3) and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act) other than one or more of the InvestorsPermitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, beneficially ownshall Beneficially Own Capital Stock of Holdings representing more than

 

-16-


35.035.00 % of the aggregate ordinary voting power of Holdings and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by such Capital Stock beneficially ownedBeneficially Owned by such person or group exceeds the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by Capital Stock of Holdings then beneficially ownedBeneficially Own by one or more of the InvestorsPermitted Holders, unless (i) one or more of the Investors havePermitted Holders have, individually or collectively, at such time, the right or the ability, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or (ii) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months immediately prior to such time, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similarequivalent governing body) of Holdings areshall not be occupied at such time by personsPersons who were (wx) members of the board of directors (or similarequivalent governing body) of Holdings on the first day of such period, (xy) members of the board of directors (or similarequivalent governing body) of Holdings on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date or nominated by one or more InvestorsPermitted Holders or Persons nominated by one or more InvestorsPermitted Holders, in each case, individually or collectively, or (yz) appointed by directors so nominated, (cb) Holdings shall cease to beneficially ownBeneficially Own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower (other than any Specified Equity Interests) or (dc) a Change“change of Control or similar event occurscontrol” shall occur under the Senior Notes Indenture ordocumentation governing any other Indebtedness of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in excess of the aggregate $50,000,000Threshold Amount.

“Charges” shall mean any charges, fees, expenses, costs, losses, accruals or reserves of any kind.

Class” shall mean (a) when used with respect to Lenders, whether such Lenders are Revolving Lenders or Term Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, whether such Commitments are Initial2019 Revolving Loan Commitments, Additional Dollar2020 Term Commitments, Additional Euro TermLoan Commitments, Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Commitments or Other Term Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial2019 Revolving Loans, 2020 Term B-1 Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Other Term Loans or Other Revolving Loans. Incremental Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Other Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Commitments and Other Term Commitments (and, in each case, the Lenders holding such Loans or Commitments) made pursuant to any Incremental Amendment that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.

Closing Date” shall mean August 6, 2015.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” shall mean all property and assets (whether real or personal) with respect to which any security interests have been granted (or purported to have been granted) pursuant to any Security Document to secure the Obligations; provided that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent” shall mean the Administrative Agent acting as collateral agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Documents.

Collateralize” shall mean to (i) pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Lenders, for the benefit of the Issuing Lenders and the Revolving Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“Cash Collateral”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent or (ii) issue back to back letters of credit for the benefit of the Issuing Lender in a form and substance (including as to the identity of the issuer thereof) reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Issuing Lenders, in each case in an amount not less than 103% of the outstanding L/C Obligations.

 

-17-


Commitment” shall mean any of the commitments of any Lender, i.e., a Term Loan Commitment or a Revolving Loan Commitment.

Commitment Fees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

“Commitment Letter” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated April 21, 2015, among the Joint Lead Arrangers (and their respective Affiliates), Merger Sub and U.S. MidCo.

Commonly Controlled Entity” shall mean a person or an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with Holdings or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes Holdings or the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any fact, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance, change or effect (any such item, an “Effect”) that, individually or when taken together with all other Effects that exist or have occurred prior to or at the date of determination of the occurrence of the Company Material Adverse Effect, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, operations, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event shall any Effect directly or indirectly resulting from any of the following, either alone or in combination, be taken into account when determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or may, would or could occur: (i) general economic or political conditions in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (ii) conditions in the industries in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conduct business; (iii) changes in Applicable Law or GAAP or the interpretations thereof after Closing Date; (iv) acts of war, terrorism or sabotage; (v) earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides, wild fires or other natural disasters, weather conditions and other force majeure events in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (vi) the public announcement or pendency of the Merger Agreement, the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; (vii) any failure by the Company to meet published analysts’ estimates, projections or forecasts of revenues, earnings or other financial or business metrics, in and of itself, and or any failure by the Company to meet any internal budgets, plans or forecasts of its revenues, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations (it being understood that the underlying cause(s) of any such failure may be taken into consideration unless otherwise prohibited by this definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect”); (viii) any decline in the market price or change in the trading volume of Company Common Stock, in and of itself (it being understood that the underlying cause(s) of any such failure may be taken into consideration unless otherwise prohibited by this definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect”); (ix) any action taken that is required by the terms of the Merger Agreement; (x) with the prior written consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers, any action taken at the written request of Newco or with the prior written consent or approval of Newco; (xi) the availability or cost of equity, debt or other financing to Newco, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation; and (xii) any legal proceedings made or brought by any of the current or former Company Stockholders (on their own behalf or on behalf of the Company) against the Company, arising out of the Merger or in connection with any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; provided, that any Effect set forth in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or is a Company Material Adverse Effect to the extent (and only to the extent) such Effect has a disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in relation to others in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Merger Agreement.

 

-18-


“Company Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties relating to the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses made by the Company in the Merger Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders in their capacities as such, but only to the extent that U.S. MidCo or Merger Sub has the right to terminate its obligations (or decline to consummate the Acquisition) under the Merger Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement.

Compliance Date” shall mean any date on which the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations (in excess of $10,000,000) exceeds 30.0% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments at such time.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall mean, as of any date for the applicable Test Period, all capital expenditures of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Test Period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Current Assets” shall mean, at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding amounts related to derivative financial instruments and assets held for sale.

Consolidated Current Liabilities” shall mean, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the current portion of accrued interest except to the extent such accrued interest is past due and unpaid, (c) liabilities relating to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves or severance, (e) deferred revenue, (f) any Revolving Extensions of Credit or any other liabilities in respect of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or letter of credit obligations under any revolving credit facility, (g) the current portion of any Capital Lease Obligation, (h) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, (i) liabilities in respect of unpaid earn-outs, and (j) amounts related to derivative financial instruments and assets held for sale.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean, with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expenseCharge, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, and commissions, fees and expenses, and goodwill and other intangibles, for such Test Period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean, for any Test Period, an amount determined for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to Consolidated Net Income, for such Test Period:

 

-19-


(a) increased by (without duplication) in each case only to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to clause (xi), (xv) and (xviii) below) and without duplication:

(i)(x) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes and any stamp duty taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such Test Period, (y) the tax effect with respect to the items excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (d) and (l) of the definition thereof and (zand (y) an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person; plus

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person for such Test Period; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such Test Period; plus

(iv) any expenses or charges or any amortization related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition (including earn-out provisions), disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, prepayment, amendment, modification, restructuring or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (whether or not successful) for such Test Period, including (A) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and (B) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions; plus

(v) the amount of any restructuring charge, business optimization expenses, or reserve or carve-out related items incurred during such Test Period, including any one time costs (including costs and expenses in connection with the Transactions), costs related to the closure, consolidation and integration of facilities, IT infrastructure and legal entities, severance costs, relocation expenses and retention bonusesthe amount of any Charges attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(v) Charges paid in cash during such Test Period to the extent such Charges are reimbursed during such Test Period in cash by third-party Persons not affiliated with Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(vi) any other non-cash losses, charges and expensesCharges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such Test Period; provided, that if any such non-cash chargesCharges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Borrower may elect not to add back such non-cash chargeCharge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Borrower elects to add back such non-cash chargeCharge , the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent; plus

 

-20-


(vii) any costs or expenseCharges incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings during such Test Period pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(viii) any non-cash compensation expenseCharges recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights during such Test Period; plus

(ix) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expensesand similar Charges incurred during such Test Period to the Investors and the amount of any directors’ fees, indemnities or reimbursements (including pursuant to any management agreement), to the extent permitted under Section 9.2(b)(xiii); plus

(x) earn-out expensesCharges incurred during such Test Period resulting from Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted Investments in which Holdings and/or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to treat such earn-out expenses as compensation costs; plus

(xi) the amount of expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such Test Period) related to the Transactions, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings and cost saving initiatives which are factually supportable, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Test Period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenseexpenses and cost- saving synergies are expected to be realized within eighteentwenty-four (1824 ) months after the last day of such Test Period (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), and (y) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenseexpenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (xi) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or chargesCharges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period and (z) the aggregate add-backs pursuant to this clause (xi) (plus any adjustments made in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings pursuant to clause (ii)(y) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”) shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis but prior to giving effect to any add back under this clause (xi)); plus

(xii) actual expensesCharges incurred in such Test Period in connection with obtaining and maintaining credit ratings; plus

(xiii) adjustments and add-backs specifically identified in the Sponsor Model; plus

(xiv) expensesCharges relating to changes in GAAP; plus

(xv) the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries increased during such period; plus

 

-21-


(xvi) costs and expensesCharges in connection with any stock options, restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units, including but not limited to the RSU Payments; plus

(xvii) any Charges of the Borrower or its direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or any other comparable body of laws, rules or regulations, as applicable to companies with equity securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity, initial, non-recurring or infrequent Charges relating to investor relations and other executive costs, legal and other initial or non-recurring professional Charges, and listing Charges, in each case to the extent arising solely by virtue of the listing of the Borrower’s (or the Borrower’s direct or indirect holding company’s) equity securities on a national securities exchange; plus

(xviii) adjustments and add-backs specifically identified in any quality of earnings report prepared by independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder; plus

(xix) Charges associated with pension curtailment or modification to pension or post-retirement plans;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) (i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and, (ii) the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries decreased during such period and (iii) the amount of any gains attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from obligations under Swap Agreements, plus or minus, as applicable;

(ii) any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable; and

(iii) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under Swap Agreements or other derivative, plus or minus, as applicable; and

(iv) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses, charges or expenses;

all as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

-22-


Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the sum of:

(a) consolidated” shall mean Consolidated Interest Expense, excluding (a) any prepayment premium or penalty, (b) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents, collateral agents and trustees under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or document, (c) costs associated with entering into Swap Agreements and breakage costs in respect of Swap Agreements related to interest rates, (d) penalties and interest relating to Taxes and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions (or purchases of assets) before or after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and any upfront fees payable in connection with the Transactions or any other incurrence of Indebtedness, (e) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (f) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (g) any interest that is paid in kind and (h) any other non-cash interest expense, including interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean, with reference to any Test Period, total interest expense of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (iwith respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (iib) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankerbankers s acceptances, (iiic) non-cash interest payments, (ivd ) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, and (ve ) net cash payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Swap AgreementsContracts with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (x(f) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (yg) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees) and (z) any non-cash, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Agreements, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP; plusentered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate or currency risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations and (bh) consolidated capitalized the interest ofcomponent of Permitted Receivables Financings), calculated for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Test Period, whether paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that without duplication:

(a) Restructuring Charges and, for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, any after-tax effect of extraordinary, infrequent, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, including business optimization charges and restructuring charges and carve-out related itemsand Charges shall be excluded;

 

-23-


(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such Test Period shall be excluded;

(c) any after-tax effect of income (loss) attributable to disposed, abandoned, transferred closed or discontinued operations and any gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets shall be excluded;

(d) any after-tax effect of gains or lossesCharges (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income (but not loss) for such Test Period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such Test Period by such Person and shall be decreased by the amount of any lossesCharges that have been funded with cash from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

(f) solely for the purpose of the definition of Excess Cash Flow and determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(1), the Net Income (but not loss) for such periodTest Period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Loan Party) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such Test Period, to the extent not already included therein;

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue, debt line items, current assets and current liabilities in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions and/or any consummated acquisition or any disposition and any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash chargesCharges resulting therefrom and any write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxesTaxes, shall be excluded;

(h) any impairment chargeCharge or asset write off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(i) any non-cash items (including mark-to-market items and timing discrepancies between the time when an item is incurred and when it is recorded under GAAP, due to fluctuations in currency values) shall be excluded;

 

-24-


(j) any fees, charges, costs and expensesCharges incurred in connection with the Transactions and the Amendment No. 1Historical Transactions shall be excluded;

(k) any Net Income (but not loss) resulting from any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction shall be excluded;

(l) any net after-tax gains or losses (including the effect of all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto)Charges attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements or other derivative agreements (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid and any net gain (or loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness) shall be excluded;

(ml) unrealized gains and lossesCharges relating to hedging transactions, foreign exchange transactions (but excluding intercompany transactions) and other investments, fluctuations in currency values in accordance with GAAP and mark-to-market of Indebtedness resulting from the application of GAAP shall be excluded;

(nm) for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, any expenses or chargesCharges or any amortization thereof related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition (including earn-out provisions) or disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or refinancing of Indebtedness incurred prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or permitted to be incurred by this Agreement on or after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) for such period, including (i) such fees, expenses or chargesCharges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions shall, in each case, be excluded;

(on)(i) any non-cash compensation expenseCharge realized from employee benefit plans or other post-employment benefit plans or recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and management compensation plans or equity incentive programs or the treatment of such options under variable plan accounting and (ii) non-cash income (lossor Charges) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded;

(po) for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, any (x) expenses, charges or lossesCharges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment, acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, or (y) expenses charged or lossesCharges with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption covered by insurance, in each case to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that reasonable evidence exists that such indemnification or reimbursement will be made, and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party, obligor or insurer in writing within 365 days after such determination and (ii) in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days after such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(qp) any amounts paid that are used to fund payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xi) that, if paid by Holdings would have reduced Consolidated Net Income, shall be included to reduce Consolidated Net Income; and

 

-25-


(rq) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, the Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 9.2 only (other than clauses (a)(v)(C)(4) and (a)(v)(C)(5)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 9.2(a)(v)(C)(4) and (a)(v)(C)(5).

Consolidated Total Cash (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean an amount equal to (x) the Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and cash and Cash Equivalents Restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent (which may also include cash and Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness secured by a pari passu or junior Lien on the Collateral along with the Facilities, so long as the Lien of such other Indebtedness on such cash or Cash Equivalents does not benefit from a control agreement or other steps to perfect on such cash or Cash Equivalents that the Administrative Agent has not taken on behalf of the Lenders), in each case with such Unrestricted cash and Restricted cash and Cash Equivalents to be determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that such Unrestricted cash and Restricted cash and Cash Equivalents shall not exceed $150,000,000 solely for the purposes of calculating the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio under the Financial Covenant and the definition of “ECF Percentage” minus (y) 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions, except to the extent any such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to make a Designated Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xv).

Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, at any date, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount (or, if higher, the par value or stated face amount (other than with respect to zero coupon Indebtedness, which shall be the accreted value)) of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any liabilities referred to in clauses (a)(ii) and (a)(iv) of the definition of “Indebtedness” solely in respect of undrawn letters of credit and obligations in respect of Swap Agreements that have not been terminated and any Guarantee Obligations in respect of any such liabilities and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations in connection with any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction.

Consolidated Working Capital” shall mean, at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment” shall mean, for any Test Period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such Test Period exceeds (or is less than (in which case the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment will be a negative number)) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such Test Period.

 

-26-


Contingent Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (such obligations, “Primary Obligations”) of any other Person (the “Primary Obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(a) to purchase any such Primary Obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefore,

(b) to advance or supply funds

(i) for the purchase or payment of any such Primary Obligation, or

(ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Primary Obligation of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Primary Obligation against loss in respect of such Primary Obligation.

provided that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related Primary Obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by an Authorized Officer.

Contractual Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Investment Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies.

Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender” means each Term Lender that has elected to be a “Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender” on its signature page to Amendment No. 1.

 

-27-


Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender” means each Term Lender that has elected to be a “Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender” on its signature page to Amendment No. 1Covered Entity” shall mean any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean (a) First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (b) Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (c) Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness incurred or Other Revolving Commitments obtained pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment that complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements, in each case issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, outstanding Revolving Loans or (in the case of Other Revolving Commitments obtained pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment) Revolving Loan Commitments hereunder (including any successive Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt) (any such extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments, “Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness (including, if such Indebtedness includes or relates to any Other Revolving Commitments, the unused portion of such Other Revolving Commitments) is in an original aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) not greater than the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt (and, in the case of Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt consisting, in whole or in part, of unused Revolving Loan Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments, the amount thereof) plus an amount equal to unpaid and accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees and original issue discount), (ii) in the case of Other Revolving Commitments and Other Revolving Loans, there shall be no required repayment thereof (other than in connection with a voluntary reduction of commitments or availability thereunder) prior to the maturity thereof and (iii) such Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, incurred or obtained; provided that, to the extent that such Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt consists, in whole or in part, of Revolving Loan Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments (or Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Loans incurred pursuant to any Revolving Loan Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments), such Revolving Loan Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall be terminated, and all accrued fees in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower to Refinance, in whole or part, any other tranche of Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Debt”):

(a) with respect to all such Indebtedness:

(i) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the providers of such Indebtedness (in each case, as determined by the Borrower in good faith) than, those applicable to the Refinanced Debt (except for any financial covenants or other covenants or provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Refinancing, as may be agreed by the Borrower and the providers of such Indebtedness), which amendment shall only require the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) or the applicable Lenders also receive the benefit of such other terms and conditions (without any consent being required hereunder); provided that, at the option of the Borrower in its sole discretion, a certificate of an Authorized Officer delivered to the

 

-28-


Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees);

(ii) if such Indebtedness is guaranteed, it is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Holdings other than the Subsidiary Guarantors (and such Indebtedness shall not otherwise have any obligors that are not obligors with respect to the Facilities); and

(iii) the proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the prepayment of the outstanding amount (and, if such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Revolving Debt, reductions of the Revolving Loan Commitments) of the Refinanced Debt;

(b) if such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Revolving Debt:

(i) such Indebtedness does not mature (or require mandatory prepayment, commitment reductions or amortization) prior to the final stated maturity date of the Refinanced Debt; and

(ii) such Indebtedness includes provisions providing for the pro rata treatment of payment, repayment, borrowings, participations and commitment reductions of the Revolving Facility and such Indebtedness reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower;

(c) if such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Term Debt:

(i)(xA) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis by the Collateral, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and, (iiB) if such Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by the Collateral on a junior-lien basis, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred;

and (iiC ) such Indebtedness does not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the Refinanced Debt; and

(iiiii) such Indebtedness shares not greater than ratably in (or, if such Indebtedness constitutes Unsecured Refinancing Term Debt or Junior Priority Refinancing Term Debt, on a junior basis with respect to) any mandatory prepayments of any Term Loans then outstanding; and

 

-29-


(d) if such Indebtedness is secured:

(i) such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets other than the Collateral; and

(ii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the providers of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement shall have been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral as provided in the definition of “First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt,” in the case of First Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt or First Priority Refinancing Term Debt, or in the definition of “Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt,” in the case of Junior Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt or Junior Priority Refinancing Term Debt); provided that any Indebtedness or Commitments incurred under clause (d) of the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the other Facilities.

“Customary Bridge Facilities” shall mean customary “bridge” facilities that automatically convert into or are automatically exchanged for permanent financing that satisfies the requirements of clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), as applicable, of the definition of “Applicable Requirements” or Section 2.15(a)(vii)(A) or (B), as applicable.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

Default” shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” shall mean means preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

 

-30-


Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction designated as such pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Disposition” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Asset Sale.”

Disqualified Lenders” shall mean the Persons set forth on Schedule 1.1 as such schedule may be updated from time to time solely with respect to any competitor of Holdings and its Subsidiaries following the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date with the consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that (i) updates to the Disqualified Lender schedule after a relevant trade date shall not retroactively disqualify a Lender that was not a Disqualified Lender on such trade date and (ii) to the extent the Borrower has consented (in writing in its sole and absolute discretion), a Person will not be considered a Disqualified Lender. The list of Disqualified Lenders shall be made available to all Lenders at all times.

Disqualified Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dissenting Shareholder Payments” shall mean payments made to dissenting shareholders in connection with the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions and other Permitted Investments permitted hereunder.

Distressed Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event.”

“Dividing Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Division.”

“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

“Division Successor” means any Person that, upon the consummation of a Division of a Dividing Person, holds all or any portion of the assets, liabilities or obligations previously held by such Dividing Person immediately prior to the consummation of such Division. A Dividing Person which retains any of its assets, liabilities or obligations after a Division shall be deemed a Division Successor upon the occurrence of such Division.

Dollar Denominated Loan” shall mean each Loan denominated in Dollars, which shall include each Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan, each Incremental Term Loan denominated in Dollars, each Dollar Denominated Revolving Loan and each Swingline Loan.

 

-31-


Dollar Denominated Revolving Loan” shall mean each Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars.

Dollar Equivalent” shall mean, with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternate Currency as of any date of determination by the Administrative Agent (or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be), the Spot Currency Exchange Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date).

Dollars” and the sign “$” shall each mean freely transferable lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Term B-1 Loan meansshall mean each loan made by a Lender pursuant toTerm Loan that is a Dollar Denominated Loan that is outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

“Dollar 2020 Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Dollar Term B-12020 Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule I directly below the column entitled “Dollar 2020 Term Loan Commitment,” as the same may be terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 or 11. The aggregate amount of the Dollar 2020 Term Loan Commitment as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date is $1,790,000,000.

Dollar 2020 Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean August 6, 2022the earlier of (a) February 25, 2027 and (b) the date that is 91 days prior to the scheduled final maturity of the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness (other than Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000), unless, on such date (A) the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness has an outstanding aggregate principal amount of no greater than $100,000,000 or (B) the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness (other than Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000) has (i) been repaid in full with (x) cash (other than cash which represents the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than any revolving facility)) or (y) the proceeds of Indebtedness with a maturity date that is no earlier than May 27, 2027, or (ii) been amended, modified or waived, such that the maturity date of any then outstanding Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness is no earlier than May 27, 2027; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day. The date pursuant to clause (b) of this definition of “Dollar 2020 Term B-1Loan Maturity Date” shall be referred to as the “Springing Dollar Term Loan Maturity Date.”

“Dollar 2020 Term Note” and “Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person incorporated in, or organized under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Drawing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

Dutch Auction” shall mean one or more purchases (each, a “Purchase”) by a Permitted Eligible Assignee or an Affiliated Lender (either, a “Purchaser”) of Term Loans pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(iii) or 13.4(a)(iv); provided that each such Purchase is made on the following basis:

 

-32-


(a) (i) the Purchaser will notify the Administrative Agent in writing (a “Purchase Notice”) (and the Administrative Agent will deliver such Purchase Notice to each relevant Lender) that such Purchaser wishes to make an offer to purchase from each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis Term Loans, in an aggregate principal amount as is specified by such Purchaser (the “Term Loan Purchase Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, subject to a range or minimum discount to par expressed as a price at which range or price such Purchaser would consummate the Purchase (the “Offer Price”) of such Term Loans to be purchased (it being understood that different Offer Prices and/or Term Loan Purchase Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this definition); provided that the Purchase Notice shall specify that each Return Bid (as defined below) must be submitted by a date and time to be specified in the Purchase Notice, which date shall be no earlier than the second Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice and no later than the fifth Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice; (ii) at the time of delivery of the Purchase Notice to the Administrative Agent, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (which condition shall be certified as being satisfied in such Purchase Notice); and (iii) the Term Loan Purchase Amount specified in each Purchase Notice delivered by such Purchaser to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $10,000,000 (or €10,000,000 in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans) in the aggregate;

(b) such Purchaser will allow each Lender holding the Class of Term Loans subject to the Purchase Notice to submit a notice of participation (each, a “Return Bid”) which shall specify (i) one or more discounts to par of such Lender’s tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to the Purchase Notice expressed as a price (each, an “Acceptable Price”) (but in no event will any such Acceptable Price be greater than the highest Offer Price for the Purchase subject to such Purchase Notice) and (ii) the principal amount of such Lender’s tranches of Term Loans at which such Lender is willing to permit a purchase of all or a portion of its Term Loans to occur at each such Acceptable Price (the “Reply Amount”);

(c) based on the Acceptable Prices and Reply Amounts of the Term Loans as are specified by the Lenders, the Administrative Agent in consultation with such Purchaser, will determine the applicable discount (the “Applicable Discount”) which will be the lower of (i) the lowest Acceptable Price at which such Purchaser can complete the Purchase for the entire Term Loan Purchase Amount and (ii) in the event that the aggregate Reply Amounts relating to such Purchase Notice are insufficient to allow such Purchaser to complete a purchase of the entire Term Loan Purchase Amount the highest Acceptable Price that is less than or equal to the Offer Price;

(d) such Purchaser shall purchase Term Loans from each Lender with one or more Acceptable Prices that are equal to or less than the Applicable Discount at the Applicable Discount (such Term Loans being referred to as “Qualifying Loans” and such Lenders being referred to as “Qualifying Lenders”), subject to clauses (e), (f), (g) and (h) below;

(e) such Purchaser shall purchase the Qualifying Loans offered by the Qualifying Lenders at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate principal amount required to purchase the Qualifying Loans would exceed the Term Loan Purchase Amount, such Purchaser shall purchase Qualifying Loans ratably based on the aggregate principal amounts of all such Qualifying Loans tendered by each such Qualifying Lender;

(f) the Purchase shall be consummated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 13.4 and, to the extent not otherwise provided herein, shall otherwise be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to timing, rounding and minimum amounts, Interest Periods, and other notices by such Purchaser) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (provided that, subject to the proviso of clause (g) of this definition, such Purchase shall be required to be consummated no later than five (5) Business Days after the time that Return Bids are required to be submitted by Lenders pursuant to the applicable Purchase Notice);

 

-33-


(g) upon submission by a Lender of a Return Bid, subject to the foregoing clause (f), such Lender will be irrevocably obligated to sell the entirety or its pro rata portion (as applicable pursuant to clause (e) above) of the Reply Amount at the Applicable Discount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of purchase to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 13.4 and as otherwise provided herein; provided that as long as no Return Bids have been submitted each Purchaser may rescind its Purchase Notice by notice to the Administrative Agent; and

(h) purchases by a Permitted Eligible Assignee of Qualifying Loans shall result in the immediate Cancellation of such Qualifying Loans.

ECF Percentage” shall mean 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to (i) 25% if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the respective Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 4.504.75 to 1.00 and greater than 4.004.25 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the respective Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 4.004.25 to 1.00.

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Government Obligation” shall mean direct non-callable obligations of the United Kingdom and any EMU member for the payment of which obligations the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any personPerson entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) which has authority to exercise Write-Down and Conversion Powershaving responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” shall mean any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 13.4 (a)(i) and (a)(ii)(B) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 13.4(a)(i)); provided that “Eligible Assignee” shall (x) include Permitted Eligible Assignees, subject to the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iii), but solely to the extent that any such Person purchases or acquires Term Loans and effects a Cancellation immediately upon such contribution, purchase or acquisition pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (y) include Affiliated Investment Funds and Affiliated Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iv) and (z) not include any natural person, any Defaulting Lenders or the Borrower or any of Holdings’ or the Borrower’s Affiliates (in each case, other than as set forth in clause (x) or (y) above) or any Disqualified Lenders.

EMU” shall mean the Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated in the EU Treaty.

 

-34-


EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the EMU for the introduction of, changeover to, or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

End Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

“Engagement Letter” shall mean that certain Engagement Letter, dated February 4, 2020, between the Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger and the Borrower.

Environmental Laws” shall mean any and all foreign, federal, state, local or municipal Requirements of Law regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern, human health and safety with respect to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern, and protection or restoration of the environment.

Environmental Orders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(b).

Environmental Proceedings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(b).

“Equity Contribution” shall mean equity contributions, exchanges or substitutions (including (i) rollover equity in Holdings and (ii) rollover equity for which Capital Stock of Holdings is issued in substitution) in the form of (a) common stock or (b) other Capital Stock having terms reasonably acceptable to the Joint Lead Arrangers, in each case (other than in the case of rollover equity) made in cash directly or indirectly to Holdings by the Investors and further contributed to the Borrower, and in an aggregate amount (rounded to the nearest percentage point) of not less than 35.0% of the sum of the pro forma total debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions (the “Total Capitalization”); provided that the Sponsors’ investments on the Closing Date will constitute not less than 50.1% direct or indirect control over the voting interests in Holdings as of the Closing Date.

Equity Cure Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(a).

Equity Interests” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor personPerson), as in effect from time to time.

EU Treaty” shall mean the Treaty on European Union.

Euro” and “” shall mean the single currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the provisions of Article 109(i)4 of the EU Treaty.

“Euro Denominated Loan” shall mean each Loan denominated in Euros, which shall include each Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan, each Incremental Term Loan denominated in Euros and each Revolving Loan denominated in Euros.

 

-35-


Euro LIBOR” shall mean, with respect to each Borrowing of Euro Denominated Loans, the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that (x) solely in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, the Euro LIBOR shall not be less than 0.00% per annum and (y) if the Euro LIBOR shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement; provided further that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with the rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

Euro Term B-1 Loan” means each loan made by a Lender pursuant toTerm Loan that is a Euro Denominated Loan that is outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

“Euro 2020 Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Euro Term B-12020 Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule I directly below the column entitled “Euro 2020 Term Loan Commitment,” as the same may be terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 or 11. The aggregate amount of the Euro 2020 Term Loan Commitment as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date was €480,000,000.

“Euro 2020 Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean August 6, 2022the earlier of (a) February 25, 2027 and (b) the date that is 91 days prior to the scheduled final maturity of the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness (other than Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000), unless, on such date (A) the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness has an outstanding aggregate principal amount of no greater than $100,000,000 or (B) the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness (other than Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000) has (i) been repaid in full with (x) cash (other than cash which represents the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than any revolving facility)) or (y) the proceeds of Indebtedness with a maturity date that is no earlier than May 27, 2027, or (ii) been amended, modified or waived, such that the maturity date of any then outstanding Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness is no earlier than May 27, 2027; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day. The date pursuant to clause (b) of this definition of “Euro 2020 Term B-1Loan Maturity Date” shall be referred to as the “Springing Euro Term Loan Maturity Date.”

“Euro 2020 Term Note” and “Euro 2020 Term B-1 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

 

-36-


Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, the excess, if any, of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, adjusted to exclude any gains or losses attributable to a prepayment event under Section 5.2(c); plus

(ii) the amount of all non-cash losses and charges (including depreciation and amortization, write-offs, asset impairment charges and reserves for future expenses) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus,

(iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of property by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income; and

(v) the amount of tax expense in excess of the amount of taxes paid in cashcash received in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period, to the extent such tax expense was deducted in determiningnot included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period;

(b) over the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) the amount of all non-cash gains or credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ii) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiariesof all regularly scheduled principal amortization payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) actually made in cash on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditurestheir due date during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations to the extent not deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus

(iii) to the extent not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period on account of Permitted Acquisitions (to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans)); plus

 

-37-


(iv) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) actually made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in cash but only to the extent that the Asset Sale or Recovery Event giving rise to the obligation to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.2(c) resulted in a corresponding increase in Consolidated Net Income (and any deductions pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed such increase in Consolidated Net Income); plus

(viv) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal amortization payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) actually made in cash on their due date during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations to the extent not deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus

(vi) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gains on the Disposition of property by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vii) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtednessall voluntary and mandatory prepayments or repurchases (other than regularly scheduled payments) of Funded Debt (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period,Term Loans), including the aggregate amount of all Investments made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to clauses (n), (o), (p)(i) and (t) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith; plus

(viii)(v) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, any cash payments made in such Excess Cash Flow Period in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than non-current liabilities constituting Indebtedness) that were not accrued in such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

(vi) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of Taxes actually paid (and required to be paid) in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

(vii) [reserved]; plus

(viii) any cash payments that are made during such Excess Cash Flow Period and have the effect of reducing an accrued liability that was not accrued during such period; plus

(ix) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of taxes actually paid (and required to be paid) in cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expensenot deducted in determiningarriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

 

-38-


(x) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, Restricted Payments actually made in cash during; plus

(xi) the amount of Cash Equivalents made subject to cash collateral or other deposit arrangements made with respect to letters of credit or Swap Agreements in such Excess Cash Flow Period under Section 9.2(b) (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (xiv) of Section 9.2(b), clause (xv) of Section 9.2(b) and clause (xvii) of Section 9.2(b) and, to the extent any such Restricted Payment is declared pursuant to clause (xiv), clause (xv) or clause (xvii) of Section 9.2(b), clause (i) of Section 9.2(b) plus

(xi) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all prepayments or repurchases of Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans and Revolving Loans actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period), except in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder; provided, that if such Cash Equivalents cease to be subject to those arrangements, such amount shall be added back to Excess Cash Flow for the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period when such arrangements cease; plus

(xii) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not otherwise deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration paid by Holdings andpursuant to clause (b) of this definition or Section 5.2(b)(ii) (or specifically excluded from the deductions in Section 5.2(b)(ii)), the aggregate amount of expenditures in cash actually made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash pursuant to binding contracts entered into prior to or during such Excess Cash Flow Period relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions and other Permitted Investments and actually paid within 100 days after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period; provided that if any amount is deducted in a prior Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to this clause (xii), such amount may not be deducted pursuant to this clause (xii) in the Excess Cash Flow Period in which such amount was actually paid; plus

(xiii) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, capitalized content and software costs paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period.

For purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period, for each Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition permitted hereunder consummated during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (x) the Consolidated Net Income of a target of any Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition shall be included in such calculation only from and after the date of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition and (y) for the purposes of calculating the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment, the Consolidated Working Capital(A) total assets of a target of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition as(other than cash and Cash Equivalents), as calculated as at the date of consummation of the beginning of such Test Period shall be calculated as atapplicable Permitted

 

-39-


Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (A), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated) and (B) the total liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as calculated as at the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any long term liabilities and accrued interest thereon) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (B), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated), shall, in the case of both immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B), be calculated as the difference between the Consolidated Working Capital at the end of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period from the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition.

Excess Cash Flow Application Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean each fiscal year of Holdings beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 20162021.

Excluded Assets” shall mean, subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles:

(i) anyall fee-owned Real Property with a fair market value of less than $10,000,000 (and all Real Property constituting Leaseholds);

(ii) (a) commercial tort claims (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing), (b) any vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC (as defined below) financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing) and (bc) any letter of credit rights or commercial tort claims (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing);

(iii) except to the extent any such grant is deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law (notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction) or such prohibition or restriction is overridden by the UCC or other applicable law, in each case, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, any assets where the grant of whicha security interest therein is prohibited by applicable law (including restrictions in respect of Margin Stock and financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations) or contract permitted hereunder and binding on such property at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof, or requires third party or governmental or third party consents required pursuant to applicable law that have not been obtained, in each case, after giving effect to applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction or results in material adverse, accounting or regulatory consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

 

-40-


(iv) Margin Stock and Equity Interests in any Person other than Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s Organizational Documents or joint venture documents except to the extent such prohibition is rendered ineffective after giving effect to applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(v) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of, such assets (including the cost of all applicable legal fees) exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and communicated in writing to the Collateral Agent);

(vi) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(vii) any lease, license, contract or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement permitted by the Loan Documents to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Loan Party) or otherwise materially adversely amend any rights, benefits or obligations or require the taking of any action that would be materially adverse to any Loan Party, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(viii) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable U.S. federal law;

(ix) any assets of, or Indebtedness owned by, any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(x) any property (other than Equity Interests) acquired after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date that is secured by pre-existing Liens permitted pursuant toby clause (f)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (but solely in the case ofsecuring pre-existing secured Indebtedness permitted bypursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xviivii) and not incurred in anticipation of the acquisition by the Borrower or applicable Guarantor of such property, to the extent that the granting of a security interest in such property would be prohibited under the terms of such secured Indebtedness after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(xi) Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and, captive insurance companies, joint ventures, special purpose entities and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

 

-41-


(xii) to the extent used exclusively to hold funds in trust for the benefit of third parties (other than a Loan Party), (A) payroll, healthcare and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (B) tax accounts, including, without limitation, sales tax accounts, (C) escrow, defeasance and redemption accounts, (D) fiduciary or trust accounts and (E) in the case of clauses (A) through (D) above, the funds or other property held in or maintained in any such account solely for such purposes; and

(xiii) any Transferred Assets securing Permitted Receivables Financings;

(xiv) (xiii) the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC or CFC Holdco, other than 6565.0 % of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100100.0 % of the total outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of a CFC or a CFC Holdco that, in each case, is directly owned by Top U.S. Corporate Holdcoa Loan Party; and

(xv) provided that if the granting of a pledge or security interest in the Equity Interests of (i) a Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco formed or acquired from an unrelated party after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date or (ii) a Subsidiary of an After -Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary wouldif, in each case, the granting of a pledge or security interest in such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by Top U.S. Corporate Holdco andHoldings in consultation with the Administrative Agent), Holdings, Top U.S. Corporate Holdco and the Administrative Agent agree to take into account such consequences in determining whether and to what extent to provide any such pledge or security interests to the extent such consequences cannot be avoided or mitigated, which determination shall be communicated in writing to the Collateral Agent.

In addition, subject to the Security and Guarantee Principles, (i) with respect to U.S. Collateral, no action shall be required to be taken in order to perfect assets requiring perfection through control or similar agreements or by “control” (including deposit accounts, other bank accounts or securities accounts) (other than (x) the delivery of Certificated Securities in the Borrower and wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings required to be pledged under the Loan Documents and (y) intercompany notes and other promissory notes held by the Borrower or any Guarantor with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate and (ii) the Loan Parties shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

Excluded Contribution” shall mean Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date from:

(a) contributions to its common equity capital and

(b) the sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv)),

in each case that are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is a captive insurance company, not-for-profit Subsidiary or special purpose entity; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer a captive insurance company, not-for-profit Subsidiary or special purpose entity, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date in accordance with, and pursuant to, Section 8.11; provided that any such Excluded

 

-42-


Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, (iv) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdingsto the extent that is prohibited by applicable law (including financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, capitalization or other similar laws and regulations), regulation or contractual provision, existing on the Closing Date (or, if later, on the date such Person became a Subsidiary and not entered into in contemplation thereof) from Guaranteeing the Obligationsthe burden or cost of obtaining a guarantee is excessive in relation to the benefit (or potential benefit, taking into account the likelihood of any meaningful recovery under such guarantee) afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (vii) any Subsidiary for which the provision of a Guarantee would result in material adverse accounting or regulatory consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time any such prohibition ceases to exist or apply, (v) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is (a) a CFC, (b) a CFC Holdco, or (c) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC and (vi) any Specified Finance Company; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), Holdings may in its sole discretion designate any Excluded Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor. If the provision of a Guarantee by a (i) a Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco formed or acquired from an unrelated party after the Closing(a) Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco formed or acquired from an unrelated party after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or (iib) a Subsidiary of an After Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary would-Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary if, in each case, the provision of a Guarantee by such Subsidiary would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by Top U.S. Corporate Holdco andHoldings in consultation with the Administrative Agent), Holdings, Top U.S. Corporate Holdco and the Administrative Agent agree to take into account such consequences in determining whether and to what extent to provide any guarantee by such Subsidiary to the extent such consequences cannot be avoided or mitigated; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), Holdings may in its sole discretion designate any Excluded Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, further, that (x) neither the Borrower nor any Co-Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary, (y) no Subsidiary of Holdings that directly owns Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Co-Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary and (z) no Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under the Second Lien Loan Documents shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor at any time, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of sectionSection 1a(47) of the CEA, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is illegal at such time under the CEA or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the CEA.

Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (i) any Tax imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated), and any franchise taxes imposed on it and any branch profits Taxes, in each case, imposed (a) as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of or having its principal office or applicable lending office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or (b) as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax or any political subdivision thereof or therein (other than any connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents), (ii) any Tax imposed under FATCA, (iii) any

 

-43-


withholding Tax that is attributable to the Administrative Agent’s, a Lender’s or an Issuing Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.5(b), (c) or (d), (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 2.14) pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent such Lender or, in the case of an assignment following a Change in Tax Law, its assignor was entitled, immediately prior to the time of such assignment (or designation of a new lending office), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower or Guarantor with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.5(a), and (v) any withholding tax due under the Luxembourg lawslaw dated June  21December 23, 2005 implementing the EU Council Directive 2003/48/EC of June 3, 2003 on the taxation of savings income in the form of interest payments, as amended, and several related agreements concluded between Luxembourg and certain associated or dependent territories of the European Union and the Luxembourg law dated December 23, 2005, as amended , as amended, on savings income paid by a paying agent established in Luxembourg to Luxembourg resident individuals.

Executive Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.21(d)(i).

Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2014August 6, 2015 (as amended by Amendment 1, and by Amendment 2 and as otherwise amended or supplemented prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date), among the Company, JPMorgan ChaseBorrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, the guarantors party thereto, Guernsey Holdco and the other lenders and agents party thereto.

Facility” or “Facilities” shall mean (a) any Term Facility and (b) any Revolving Facility, as the context may require.

Facing Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

fair market value” shall mean, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Borrower in good faith; provided that if the fair market value with respect to such assets or liabilities is equal to or exceeds $15,000,000, such determination shall be made in good faith by either the board of directors or the board of managers (or similar governing body) of the Borrower.

FASB” shall mean the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or any successor thereto.

FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement or any amended or successor version that is substantially comparable (provided that any such amended, or successor version imposes criteria that are not materially more onerous than those contained in such Sections as enacted on the date of this Agreement), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version that is not materially more onerous to comply withdescribed above) and any U.S. or non-U.S. fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any published intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code or analogous provisions of non-U.S. lawforegoing.

Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such

 

-44-


day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America, N.A.the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions by three federal funds brokers of national recognized standing as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided further that such rate shall not be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter” shall mean that certain Amended and Restatedthe Fee Letter, dated April 21February 4, 20152020 , amongbetween the JointAmendment No. 3 Lead Arrangers (and their respective Affiliates), Merger Sub and U.S. MidCoArranger and the Borrower.

Fees” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to or referred to in Section 4.1.

Finance Document” shall mean any Loan Documents, the Fee Letter and any other document designated as such by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Financial Covenant” shall mean the financial covenant set forth in Section 9.1.

Financial Covenant Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

Financial Statements Certificate” shall mean a certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“First Lien Indebtedness” shall mean Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Ratio Debt and Acquisition Debt, in each case, that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans.

First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior secured term loans (each, a “First Priority Refinancing Term Debt”) or one or more senior secured revolving credit facilities (each, a “First Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees)).

First Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

First Priority Refinancing Term Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

 

-45-


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility or other Incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charges and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

-46-


(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person during such period; and

(c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person during such period.

Fixed Rate” shall mean and include each of the LIBOR Rate and each Alternate Currency Rate.

Fixed Rate Loan” shall mean each LIBOR Loan and each Alternate Currency Loan.

Foreign Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b).

Foreign Security” shall mean the security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Foreign Security Documents.

Foreign Security Documents” shall mean all pledge or other security agreements, mortgages, charges, deeds of trust, assignments or other similar agreements or instruments, in each case, governed by the law of any jurisdiction other than the United States (whether executed on or after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and, in each case as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Exposure” shall mean shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to each Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s pro rata share of the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender other than such Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Funded Debt” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one (1) year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

Funding Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Lender Default.”

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect from time to time (but subject to Section 1.5(a)).

“Global Intercompany Note” shall mean a note substantially in the form of Exhibit C-3.

Governmental Approval” shall mean any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial, county, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

-47-


Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2. The term “Guaranteeing” shall have a correlative meaning.

Guarantee Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (x) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Guarantor Joinder Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Guarantor Trigger Date” shall mean (i) in respect of a Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary has ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary, (ii) in respect of a Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary as a result of the 5% Test, the date on which the Financial Statements Certificate was (or was required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(c) showing that such Restricted Subsidiary ceased to be an Immaterial Subsidiary as a result of the 5% Test, (iii) in respect of an Additional Material Subsidiary, the date on which the applicable Restricted Subsidiary was designated as an Additional Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.8(d), (iv) in respect of any other Restricted Subsidiary designated as a Subsidiary Guarantor, the date of such designation, and (v) in respect of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) that is established, created or acquired after Amendment No 3 Effective Date by any Loan Party (including upon the consummation of a Division), the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary is established, created or acquired by such Loan Party.

Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and, in the case of Guaranteed Obligations incurred by Loan Parties other than the Borrower, the Borrower.

 

-48-


Guernsey Holdco” shall mean Ithaca G.P. Limited, a non-cellular company limited by shares registered in Guernsey with company number 60424.

“Guernsey Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Guernsey.

Highest Adjustable Applicable Margins” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

“Historical Transactions” shall mean the “Transactions” or “Amendment Transactions” or similar terms, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and the amendments thereto, including the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith.

Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

IASB” shall mean the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto.

IFRS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

IFRS Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (iother than the Borrower or any parent company of the Borrower) whichthat, as of the most recent fiscal quarter of Holdings, for the Test Period then ended, for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1recently ended Specified Test Period, contributed less than 5.0% of the third party gross revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) for suchfor the applicable Specified Test Period and (ii) whichor had assets with a net book value of less than 5.0% of the Total Assets (but excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) as of such date, in each case calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (the “5% Test”); provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of third party gross revenues or Total Assets attributable toand the aggregate amount of total assets of all RestrictedImmaterial Subsidiaries that are Immaterial Subsidiaries exceeds 20.0%shall not exceed 20.0% (the “20% Test”) of the aggregate amount of third party gross revenues and the aggregate amount of total assets, respectively, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding Excluded Subsidiaries), for any such Test Period or 20.0% of Total Assets (but excludingpurposes of the 20% Test, all Excluded Subsidiaries) as of the end of any such fiscal quarter, the Borrower (or, in the event the Borrower has failed to do so within twenty (20) Business Days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) as Material Subsidiaries to eliminate such excess, and such Restricted Subsidiaries so designated shall no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries under this AgreementSpecified Test Period.

“Immediate Family Members” shall mean with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, grandchild, parent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including formally adopted relationships) and successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incremental Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(c).

“Incremental Equivalent Debt” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi).

 

-49-


Incremental Facility” shall mean (i) each Incremental Term Loan Commitment and Incremental Term Loan and (ii) each Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment.

Incremental Lenders” shall mean one or more Incremental Revolving Lenders and/or one or more Incremental Term Lenders, as applicable.

“Incremental Loans” shall mean Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Term Loans.

Incremental Revolving Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a), as the same may be terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 11.

Incremental Revolving Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which an Incremental Revolving Loan matures or related Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment expires as set forth onin the Incremental Amendment relating to such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Incremental Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Incremental Revolving Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incremental Term Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incremental Term Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a), as the same may be terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 and/or Section 11.

Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which an Incremental Term Loan matures as set forth onin the Incremental Amendment relating to such Incremental Term Loan; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Incremental Term Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incur” or “Incurrence” shall have the meanings set forth in Section 9.4(a).

Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capital Lease Obligations), except (x) any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

-50-


(iv) in respect of obligations under any Swap Agreements;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and obligations under Swap Agreements) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations (of the type referred to in clause (a) of this definition) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that if such Indebtedness has not been so assumed the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at the date of determination and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

Initial Joint Lead Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, the Joint Lead Arrangers (other than DeutscheBank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse Securities Inc.)(USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead arrangers joint bookrunners with respect to the loans and commitments established on the Original Closing Date.

Initial RevolvingSecond Lien Term Loan” and “Initial RevolvingSecond Lien Term Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Initial Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I directly below the column entitled “Revolving Loan Commitment,” as same may be increased or reduced pursuantassigned to the terms “Initial Loan” and conditions hereof“Initial Loans,” respectively, in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Insolvency” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent” shall mean pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

 

-51-


Intellectual Property” shall mean all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws, including copyrights, trademarks, in either casedomain names, patents, in any of the foregoing cases whether registered, issued or applied for with a Governmental Authority, patents, trade secrets, including any of the foregoing rights in technology, know-how and processes, trade secrets, , technology, software and databases, and licenses to copyrights, patents, trademarks, technologydomain names, trade secrets or know-how or combinations of any of the foregoing, mask works fixed in semi-conductor chip products (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act) internet domain names, intangible rights in software and databases not otherwise included in the foregoing, all rights to past, present or future proceeds and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement executed in connection with any transaction requiring such agreement to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives of Indebtedness incurred under Section 2.15 or Section 9.4 or any other party, as the case may be, substantially on terms set forth on Exhibit C-1 and/or Exhibit C-2, as applicable2 (except to the extent otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) or otherwise on such terms that are reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (or replaced in connection with a Refinancing or incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 9.4) from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

“Interest Coverage Ratio” shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest to the extent paid or required to be paid in cash for such Test Period. In the event that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility or other Incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

-52-


If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Interest Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the second Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to such Fixed Rate Loan, as the case may be.

Interest Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Interest Rate Protection Agreement” shall mean any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Investments” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person. For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section 9.2:

(a) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of

Subject to the immediately following sentence, the amount of any non-cash Investments will be the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdingsthereof at the time made, and the amount of any cash Investment will be the original cost thereof. To the extent any Investment in any Person is made in compliance with Section 9.2 in reliance on a category that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdingssubject to a Dollar-denominated restriction on the making of Investments and, subsequently, such Person returns to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary all or any portion of such Investment (in the form of a dividend, distribution, interest, payment, return of capital, repayment, liquidation or otherwise but excluding intercompany Indebtedness), such return shall be deemed to continuebe credited to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiarythe Dollar-denominated category against which the Investment is then charged (but in any event not in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

-53-


(i) Holdings’ Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(ii) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transferthat would exceed the amount of such Investment or would result in the aggregate Dollar amount able to be invested in reliance on such category to exceed such Dollar-denominated restriction). To the extent the category subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction is also subject to an amount based on a percentage of LTM EBITDA which, at the date of determination, produces a numerical restriction that is greater than such Dollar amount, then such Dollar equivalent shall be deemed to be substituted in lieu of the corresponding Dollar amount in the foregoing sentence for purposes of determining such credit.

Investors” shall mean the Sponsors, the Management Stockholders and each other Person that is an indirect investor in Holdings on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and their Affiliates.

“Irish Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Ireland.

IRS” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“ISDA CDS Definitions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.

ISP” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Lender” shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and/or one of its designated Affiliates or branches (in each case, to be determined by the Administrative AgentBank of America, N.A.) or other Lenders reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent which agree to issue Letters of Credit hereunder. Any Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by one or more Affiliates or branches of such Issuing Lender (and such Affiliate shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Lender” for all purposes of the Loan Documents).

Joint Lead Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, the Initial Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners listed on the cover page hereofthe Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger.

Judgment Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.19(a).

Judgment Currency Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.19(a).

“Junior Lien Indebtedness” shall mean the Initial Second Lien Term Loans, Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Ratio Debt and Acquisition Debt, in each case, that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans.

 

-54-


Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured term loans (each, a “Junior Priority Refinancing Term Debt”) or one or more junior lien revolving credit facilities (each, a “Junior Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior lien, subordinated basis (with respect to Liens only) to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (iii) the holders of such Indebtedness and the Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness are subject to and bound by anthe Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

Junior Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Junior Priority Refinancing Term Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans; provided that any applicable springing maturity date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Springing Revolving Loan Maturity Date, the Springing Dollar Term Loan Maturity Date and the Springing Euro Term Loan Maturity Date) shall be disregarded in making any such determination.

L/C Obligations” shall mean, as at any date of determination,, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of the aggregate of all Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

L/C Participants” shall mean all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

LCT Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(ii).

LCT Test Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(ii).

Leaseholds” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, improvements and/orexcluding fixtures.

Lender” shall mean each financial institution (x) listed on Schedule I (in respect of the Revolving Facility) and (y) that is a party to Amendment No. 1 (in respect of the Term B-1 Loans), and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, a Refinancing Amendment or an Incremental Amendment, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lender” shall include the Swingline Lender.

 

-55-


Lender Default” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, (i) the refusal (which must be in writing and which has not been retracted in writing) or failure of such Lender to fund any portion of the Revolving Loans or reimbursement obligations under the Revolving Facility, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swingline Loans (collectively, its “Funding Obligations”) required to be made by it under the Revolving Facility, which refusal or failure is not cured within two (2) Business Days after the date of such refusal or failure unless such refusal or failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) have not been satisfied, (ii) the failure of such Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, (iii) such Lender has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its Funding Obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its Funding Obligations under the Revolving Facility or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) cannot be satisfied), (iv) such Lender has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its Funding Obligations under the Revolving Facility or, (v) such Lender has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (vi) such Lender has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become subject to a Bail-In Action.

Lender Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.16(a).

Lender-Related Distress Event” shall mean, with respect to any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), as the case may be, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person has commenced under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interestsEquity Interests in such Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Letter of Credit Back-Stop Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).

Letter of Credit Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

-56-


Letter of Credit Outstandings” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time (taking the Dollar Equivalent of any such Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of all Letters of Credit at such time (taking the Dollar Equivalent of any such Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency).

Letter of Credit Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Leverage Ratios” and “Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

LIBOR” shall mean the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate).

LIBOR Loan” shall mean each Dollar Denominated Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) designated as such by the Borrower at the time of the incurrence thereof or conversion thereto.

LIBOR Rate” shall mean, with respect to any credit extension

(a) the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided, however, that, solely in the case of Term B-1 Loans, the LIBOR Rate shall not be less than 0.00% per annum; provided further, that if the LIBOR Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement; and

(b) for any rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 A.M., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided further, that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

LIBOR Screen Rate” means the LIBOR quote on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent references to determine LIBOR (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) as provided in the definition of Euro LIBOR, LIBOR Rate or Sterling Rate, as applicable.

LIBOR Successor Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(g).

LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of Euro LIBOR, LIBOR Rate, Sterling Rate Base Rate, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Borrower).

 

-57-


Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any transaction permitted under this Agreement, including any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, any repayment or redemption of, or offer to purchase, any Indebtedness, or the consummationmaking of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financingany Restricted Payment.

“LLC” shall mean any Person that is a limited liability company under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.

Loan” shall mean any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, each Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement, each Co-Borrower Notice, each Guarantor Joinder Agreement, the Agency Assignment Agreement (as defined in Amendment No. 3), Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2, Amendment No. 3, the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement, the Foreign Security Documents delivered on or prior to the Closing, the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement and, after the execution and delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Note, each other Security Document, each other Intercreditor Agreement, each Incremental Amendment and each Refinancing Amendment; and solely for purposes of Section 13.1 and, the exculpations, indemnities and other privileges and protections afforded to the Collateral Agent pursuant thereto, Section 12, the Second Lien Specified Documents.

Loan Modification Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).

Loan Modification Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Loan Parties” shall mean Guernsey Holdco (other than for purposes of Section 910), Holdings, the Borrower, each Co-Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

LTM EBITDA” shall mean the Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b).

Luxembourg” shall mean the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Guarantor” shall mean any Guarantor incorporated or organized under the laws of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Luxembourg.

 

-58-


Management Stockholders” shall mean, at any time, the members of management of Holdings or its Subsidiaries (and their Control Investment Affiliates) of Holdings or its Subsidiaries who wereare direct or indirect holders of Capital Stock of Holdings on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date.

Mandatory Borrowing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

Mandatory Prepayment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board.

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the rights and remedies available to, or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party hereunder or thereunder.

Materials of Environmental Concern” shall mean any chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead or lead-based paints or materials, radon, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds fungi, mycotoxins, and radioactivity, or radiofrequency radiation defined or regulated as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law.

Material Subsidiary” shall mean each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maturity Date” shall mean, with respect to the relevant Tranche of Loans, the Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date, the Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, the Swingline Expiry Date, the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date, the Incremental Revolving Loan Maturity Date or the final stated maturity date of any Other Term Loan or Other Revolving Loan as set forth in the applicable Refinancing Amendment, as the case may be.

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” shall mean, at any date of determination, the sum of:

(a) an unlimited amount if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrenceIncurrence of such additional amount (assuming anyIndebtedness and the intended use of proceeds thereof (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed and outstanding throughout the relevant period)) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, (i) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio shall beis less than or equal to 5.00either (A) 5.50 to 1.00 determined on a Pro Forma Basis at the time of determination based on the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements and certificates were required to be delivered under Section 8.1(a) or (b), as the case may beor (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 5.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (ii) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, either (I) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the

 

-59-


consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, and (iii) with respect to amounts that are unsecured, either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Incremental Facility shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as used in this definition,, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; plus

(b) (i) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness that is unsecured, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness, which, in each case, shall be available at all times and not subject to clause (a) above; plus

(c) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), (i) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments ofor debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(i) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under this clause (c)(i) prior to such date), (ii) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans, and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(i) and Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(ii) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental

 

-60-


Loans and Indebtedness incurredFacilities Incurred under clause (c)(i) above and this clause (c)(ii) prior to such date), and (iii) with respect to amounts that are unsecured, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness and Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(B)(II), in each case, that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations (so long as, with respect to anyC)(i), Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(iii) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) above and this clause (c)(iii) prior to such date), in each case, (x) with respect to debt buybacks, with credit given to the amount of cash used to make such buybacks if purchased at a discount to par, and (y) with respect to revolving loans, so long as any such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction in such revolving commitment, and which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test; plus

(d) the greater of (x) $392,000,000 and (y) 100% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments incurred under clause (b) of the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount pursuant to Section 2.15(a) prior to such date and (yA) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, Incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued or Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(A)(II) orD) and Section 9.4(b)(vixv)(B)(IIb) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under this clause (d) prior to such date), which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test;

provided, however, that that the Borrower may incur such Indebtedness under clause (a) or (b) in such order as it may elect in its sole discretion that, on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Borrower may Incur the Incremental 2020 Term Loans (as defined in Amendment No. 3) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Incurrence of such Incremental 2020 Term Loans shall not reduce the amount otherwise available pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above; provided, further that (x) the Borrower may Incur such Indebtedness under any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above in such order as it may elect in its sole discretion, (y) if the Borrower intends to Incur Incremental Facilities under clause (a) above, on the one hand, and under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above, on the other hand, in a single transaction or series of substantially simultaneous and related transactions, (I) the Incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clause (a) above shall first be calculated without giving effect to any portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above (but giving pro forma effect to the use of proceeds of all such Incremental Facilities to be Incurred in connection with such transaction or series of substantially simultaneous and related transactions and (II) thereafter, the Incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above shall be calculated and (z) any portion of any Incremental Facilities incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above shall be automatically reclassified as Incurred under the applicable ratio test set forth in clause (a) above if at such time such ratio test set forth in clause (a) above would be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis (after giving effect to such reclassification) on the last day of the most recently ended Test Period.

Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.18.

Maximum Swingline Amount” shall mean $15,000,000.

 

-61-


“MFN Exceptions” shall mean any Incremental Term Loan and any Indebtedness subject to clause (c) of the “Applicable Requirements” that is (i) incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (ii) incurred after February 25, 2021.

Merger Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among U.S. MidCoItalics Inc., Merger Subthe Borrower and the Companyother parties thereto.

Minimum Borrowing Amount” shall mean (i) for Revolving Loans, $1,000,000 or, if denominated in Euros, €1,000,000 or, if denominated in Pounds Sterling, £1,000,000 or if denominated in an Alternate Currency (other than Euros or Pounds Sterling), the Dollar Equivalent thereof and (ii) for Swingline Loans, $500,000.

Minimum Extension Condition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c).

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage, leasehold mortgage, deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust, deed to secure debt, leasehold deed to secure debt, debenture or similar security instrument.

Mortgaged Property” shall mean any Real Property owned or leased by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is encumbered (or required to be encumbered) by a Mortgage pursuant to the terms hereof.

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, and each such plan for the six-year period immediately following the latest date on which Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

NAIC” shall mean the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, any Recovery Event, any Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction or any other sale of assets, the proceeds thereof actually received in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, and other bona fide fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event or any other sale of assets (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document), (iii)  taxesTaxes paid and the Borrower’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable taxesTaxes required to be paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with such Asset Sale or Recovery Event or any other sale of assets, (iv) reserves for any liabilities attributable to the seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to the purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale or any other sale of assets owing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (including pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (fixed or contingent) associated with such transaction) and that are determined by the Borrower in good faith as a reserve in accordance with GAAP; provided that to the extent such indemnification payments are not made and are no longer reserved for, such reserve amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (v) cash escrows to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale price for such Asset Sale or other sale of assets; provided that any cash released from such escrow shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon such release, (vi) in the case of a Recovery Event, costs of preparing assets for transfer upon a taking or condemnation and (vii) other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, and (b) in connection with any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from any such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other bona fide fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

 

-62-


Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Short Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12(i)(i).

New Revolving Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Non-Bank Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b).

Non-Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender” means a Term Lender that has elected to be a “Non-Converting Consenting Term Dollar Term Lender on its signature page to Amendment No. 1.

Non-Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender” means a Term Lender that has elected to be a “Non-Converting Consenting Term Euro Term Lender on its signature page to Amendment No. 1.

Non-Defaulting Lender,” “Non-Defaulting Revolving Lender,” “Non-Defaulting Term Lender” and “Non-Defaulting Incremental Term Lender” shall mean and include each Lender, Term Lender, Revolving Lender, Incremental Term Lender or as the case may be, other than a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Guarantor Debt Cap” shall mean an amount equal to the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), (minus the amount of Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Sections 9.4(a), 9.4(b)(vi), 9.4(b)(xvii) and 9.4(b)(xxixviii) .

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” shall mean any Excluded Subsidiary and any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is an Immaterial Subsidiary; provided that any such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary shall cease to be a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary or Immaterial Subsidiary, as applicable; provided further that notwithstanding the foregoing Holdings may in its sole discretion designate any Restricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Loan Parties” shall mean any Loan Party that is not a U.S. Loan Party.

Non-U.S. Plan” shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program (other than any government-sponsored plan, including any state-governed social security arrangements or statutory supplemental pension arrangements) established (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or, maintained or contributed to outside the United States by Holdings, the Borrower or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment.

Note” shall mean each Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Note, Euro 2020 Term B-1 Note, Revolving Note and the Swingline Note.

 

-63-


Notice of Borrowing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

Notice of Conversion/Continuation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c).

Notice of Intent to Cure” shall mean a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any fiscal quarter for which a cure right will be exercised, which certificate shall contain a computation of the applicable Event of Default and notice of intent to cure such Event of Default in accordance with Section 11.3(a).

Notice Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 901 Main St, TX1-492-14-14, Dallas, Texas, 75202-3714, Attn: Norma Maldonado309 West 29th Street, New York, New York 10019, or such other office or person as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto. In the case of Letters of Credit, a copy of any notice shall also be sent to Trade Operations, 1 Fleet Way, PA6-580-02-30, Scranton, Pennsylvania 18507, Attn: Mary J. Cooper, or such other office or person as the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

Obligation Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.19(a).

Obligations” shall mean the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans or the maturity of Cash Management Obligations or Specified Swap Agreements and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or examinership, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization, examinership or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower or any GuarantorLoan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, all obligations (including reimbursement obligations) in respect of Letters of Credit, and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party (including with respect to guarantees) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any other Secured Party or any party to a Specified Swap Agreement or a party providing Cash Management Obligations, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith or any Specified Swap Agreement or any document relating to Cash Management Obligations, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower or any GuarantorLoan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and all fees and expenses accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, examinership or the commencement of any insolvency, examinership, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower or any GuarantorLoan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition fees or expenses is allowed in such proceeding), guarantee obligations or otherwise (but excluding, with respect to any Guarantor, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor).

OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.21(d)(v).

Offer Price” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Organizational Document” shall mean (i) relative to each Person that is a corporation, its charter and its by-laws (or similar documents), (ii) relative to each Person that is a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and its operating agreement (or similar documents), (iii) relative to each Person that is a limited partnership, its certificate of formation and its limited partnership agreement (or similar documents), (iv) relative to each Person that is a general partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar document) and (v) relative to any Person that is any other type of entity, such documents as shall be comparable to the foregoing.

 

-64-


“Original Closing Date” shall mean August 6, 2015.

Other Applicable Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c).

Other Revolving Commitments” shall mean one or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder or extended Revolving Loan Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Loans” shall mean the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitment.

Other Taxes” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including Taxes imposed by Luxembourg due to a registration or filing in Luxembourg of this Agreement or any other Loan Document when such registration or filing in Luxembourg of this Agreement or any other Loan Document is required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of any Lender or any Agent Party), except to the extent any such Taxes are (i) imposed as a result of an assignment by a Lender (other than an assignment pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 2.14, an “Assignment Tax”) if such Assignment Tax is imposed as a result of any present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Assignment Tax (other than any connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents), or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

Other Term Commitments” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Overnight Rate” shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternate Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternate Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America, N.A. in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

Parallel Debt Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.11.

Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in 13.4(b)(i).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(b)(i).

Participating Member State” shall mean each state as described in any EMU Legislation.

 

-65-


Patriot Act” shall mean the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act, Pub. L. 109-177 (signed into law March 9, 2009) (as amended from time to time).

Payment Office” shall mean the office or account of the Administrative Agent located at 901 Main St, TX1-492-14-14, Dallas, Texas, 75202-3714, Attn: Norma Maldonado309 West 29th Street, New York, New York 10019, or such other office or account as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto. In the case of Alternate Currency Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, a copy of any notice shall also be sent to 901 Main St, TX1-492-14-14, Dallas, Texas, 75202-3714, Attn: Norma Maldonado, or such other office or person as the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted Acquisition” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Permitted Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.16, providing for an extension of the Maturity Date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, at the Borrower’s option, (a) a decrease or increase in the Applicable Margin with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and/or (b) a decrease or increase in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders.

Permitted Asset Swap” shall mean the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Replacement Assets or a combination of Replacement Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 9.5 and Section 5.2(c).

Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payments” shall mean Dissenting Shareholder Payments made with the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans; provided that any Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment shall be permitted only if, and only to the extent that, at the time of such Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment, Holdings or the Borrower would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment equal to the amount of such Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment hereunder; provided further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments hereunder.

Permitted Eligible Assignee” shall mean Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean, individually or collectively, (a) one or more of the Investors and (b) any Person with which one or more of the Investors form a “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)(3) and 13(d)(5) under the Securities Exchange Act, but excluding sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3), so long as, in the case of this clause (b), one or more Investors Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the voting stock Beneficially Owned by such group.

 

 

-66-


Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(a) any Investment (i) by the Borrower or any Guarantor in the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (iii) by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party (so long as no Capital Stock of any Loan Party is transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party in connection with such Investment) and (iv) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, the excess of (A) the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 54.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) over (B) the aggregate amount of consideration to be paid in any pending Permitted Acquisition subject to clause (III) of the proviso to clause (c) of this definition; provided that, in the case of clause (iv), no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing or would otherwise result from such Investmentby Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if, as a result of such Investment, (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in respect of this clause (c), (I) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result from such Investment, (subject to Section 1.4 in respect of a Limited Condition Transaction) and (II) Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall take, and shall cause such Person to take, all actions (if any) required under Section 8.8 in connection therewith and (III) the aggregate amount of consideration paid or provided by the Borrower or any Guarantor (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with such Investment and the fair market value of non-cash consideration) with respect to any Person that shall not be or, after giving effect to such Investment, shall not become a Guarantor or shall not transfer all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or a Guarantor, shall not exceed in the aggregate, the excess of (A) the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 54.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) over (B) the aggregate amount of Investments made under clause (a)(iv) of this definition (any such Investment under this clause (c) being, a “Permitted Acquisition”);

(d) Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or consolidates or merges with Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger, and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof;

(e) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.5 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

-67-


(f) Investments in existence, contemplated, or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and described on Schedule 1.1(f); and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof (provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except as otherwise permitted by Section 9.2 or this definition of Permitted Investments); provided that any such Investment shall be required to be described on Schedule 1.1(f) only to the extent that such Investment exceeds $5,000,000;

(g) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of, claims against or dispute with, any Person (other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (ii) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default, (iii) in satisfaction of judgments or in settlements of debt or compromises of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (iv) in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

(h) Investments consisting of Swap Agreements permitted under Section 9.4(b)(xiii);

(i) Investments made with the Net Cash Proceeds of, or the payment for which consists of, Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock and Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided that, in each case, such cash proceeds or such Equity Interests, as the case may be, will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(2);

(j) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.4, performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 9.7;

(k) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 (other than those described in clauses (c) and (g) of Section 9.6);

(l) Investments relating to any Permitted Receivable Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Permitted Receivables Financingin Persons engaged in a Similar Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(m) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits made in connection with a letter of intent, purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(n) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (n) that are, not to exceed at thatany time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x)  $150,000,000200,000,000 and (y)  40.055.0 % of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (n) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (n);

 

-68-


(o) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors, employees and consultants in an amount at any time outstanding not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 3.05.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(p) (i) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (ii) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any of its Subsidiaries to the extent used to acquire Capital Stock of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and to the extent such transactions are cashless; and (iii) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(q) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(s) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual propertyIntellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Investments in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (t) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) 27.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (t) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (t)[Reserved];

(u) Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are applied in accordance with Section 5.2;

(v) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual propertyIntellectual Property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

-69-


(w) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;good faith deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or obligations in respect of surety bonds (other than appeal bonds), statutory obligations to Governmental Authorities, tenders, sales, contracts (other than for borrowed money), bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not more than ninety (90) days overdue or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(x) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (a) endorsements for collection or deposit and (b) customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(y) Investments made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(z) advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, customers and vendors, and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of common Equity Interests (exclusive of Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(II);

(bb) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and

(cc) Investments in the Senior Notes (including any additional Senior Notes)Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Borrower.

(dd) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (dd) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $30,000,000 and 10.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(ee) Investments in joint ventures having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ee) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $50,000,000 and 15.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); and

 

-70-


(ff) Investments in an unlimited amount if the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00.

For purposes of this definition, any Investment shall be determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Permitted Liens” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

(a) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation (including social security legislation), or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxesTaxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Liens, imposed by law, constituting carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens or other like Liens (including any retention of title and extended retention of title arrangements), in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than thirtysixty (3060 ) days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(c) Liens for Taxes (i) not yet (i) overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or (ii)not subject to penalties for nonpayment, or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure (x) public or statutory obligations, utilities, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, bid, performance and similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or (y) letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or completion guarantees;

(e) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) Liens (i) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(i), (b)(ii) (provided that the Lien securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(ii) shall be (x) limited to liens on the Collateral and (y) subject to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement), (b)(iv), (b)(vii) (so long as such lien is limited to the property or equipment being acquired), (b)(xvi) (provided such indebtednessIndebtedness being refinanced in accordance with Section 9.4(b)(xvi) is secured) and, (b)(xvii) (but such Liens may only extend to the assets acquired in the respective Permitted Acquisition or Investment (provided further such liens were not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment)) and (b)(xxxxi) (to the extent the guaranteed Indebtedness may be secured) and (ii) on property and assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties securing additional Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Section 9.4;

 

-71-


(g) Liens existing on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and described on Schedule 1.1(g); provided that any such Lien shall be required to be described on Schedule 1.1(g) only to the extent that such Lien secures Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of $5,000,000;

(h) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens on property or other assets at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 9.2;

(k) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing obligations under Swap Agreements permitted hereunder(i) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(i), (b)(vi)(A)(i), (b)(vi)(B)(i), (b)(vi)(C)(i), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(A), in each case on a pari passu basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans (provided that the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(ii), (b)(vi)(A)(ii), (b)(vi)(B)(ii), (b)(vi)(C)(ii), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(B), in each case on a junior basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans (provided that the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement) and (iii) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(iii), (b)(vi)(A)(iii), (b)(vi)(B)(iii), (b)(vi)(C)(iii), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(C) (so long as such Liens do not extend to any property constituting Collateral);

(l) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document (without duplication of any such liens permitted under clause (f) above) and Liens for the benefit of the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders in respect of Cash Collateral;

(m) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

-72-


(n) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(o) (i) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, (ii) ground leases in respect of real propertyReal Property on which facilities owned or leased by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are located and (iii) Liens and other matters of record shown on any title policies delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

(p) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(r) Liens to secure any Refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive Refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (v), (hhu) and (ii)v) of this definition; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or in the case of Indebtedness described under clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (v), (hhu) and (ii)v) of this definition only, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (v), (hhu) and (ii)v) of this definition at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(s) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto and deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(t) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with an Investment permitted hereunder;

(u) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, which obligations, together with any Refinancing thereof, do not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); provided, that to the extent such Liens are in respect of assets constituting Collateral, such Liens shall be on a junior lien basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans and shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement;

(v) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.1(h);

(w) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation and exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

-73-


(x) Liens in respectconsisting of the licensing of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, other indications of origin, domain names and other forms of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or any comparable or successor provision) on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iiiii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to a bank’s general banking conditions encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention (including extended retention of title arrangements), consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(aa) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.4; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(bb) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(cc) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts or netting arrangements of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(dd) Liens in respect of a Permitted Receivables Financingarising out of Permitted Sale Leaseback Transactions (so long as such liens do not extend to any assets other than the property that is the subject of such Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction);

(ee) Nonnon-recourse Liens on the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(ff) Liens on Equity Interests (i) deemed to exist in connection with any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or (ii) of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar arrangement;

(gg) Liens arising outin respect of a Permitted Sale Leaseback TransactionsReceivables Financing;

 

-74-


(hh) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (A) Section 9.4(b)(vi)(A) or (B) Section 9.4(b)(xvii) (in respect of clause (B), if after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (assuming any revolving loan commitments are fully borrowed and outstanding throughout the relevant period and assuming that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness and remaining on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio), the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis is either (x) less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 or (y) less than the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness), in each case on a pari passu basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations; provided that such Indebtedness complies with the Applicable Requirements;

(ii) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (A) Section 9.4(b)(vi)(B) or (B) Section 9.4(b)(xvii) (in respect of clause (B), if after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (assuming any revolving loan commitments are fully borrowed and outstanding throughout the relevant period and assuming that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness and remaining on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio), the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis is either (x) less than or equal to 5.25 to 1.00 or (y) less than the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness), in each case on a junior basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations; provided that such Indebtedness complies with the Applicable Requirements;

(jj

(hh) Liens arising as a result of the re-characterization as a loan and as a Lien of any transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 (other than sub-clause (xi) of the definition of Asset Sale), including any precautionary financing statement or similar filings in connection therewith;

(ii) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements;

(kkjj) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ clients;

(llkk) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance, discharge or redemption is permitted hereunder;

(nnll) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted hereunder to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(oomm) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or asset; and

(nn) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing Indebtedness pursuant to Sections 9.4(b)(xiii) and 9.4(b)(xix).

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

-75-


Permitted Non-Core Asset Sales” shall mean any Dispositions in whichof non-core assets (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed; provided that the aggregate consideration received in any Permitted Non-Core Asset Sale shall not exceed 30.0% of the aggregate consideration paid in connection with the Permitted Acquisition in which the applicable non-core assets were acquired.

Permitted Receivables Financing” shall mean any receivables financing facility or arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which a third party purchases or otherwise acquires accounts receivable of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (such accounts receivable, together with the right to collections thereon, the “Transferred Assets”).

Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean a Sale Leaseback Transaction in respect of the CompanyBorrower ’s headquarters located at 2000-2100 Seaport Blvd., Redwood City, CA 94063 in an amount not to exceed $200,000,000the greater of (x) $300,000,000 and (y) 80.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) any time outstanding.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, association, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

“Plan” shall mean, at a particular time, an employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA.

Platform” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a).

Pounds Sterling” and “£” shall mean freely transferable lawful money of the United Kingdom (expressed in Pounds Sterling).

Preferred Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Fees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Pricing Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

Primary Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Contingent Obligations.”

Primary Obligor” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Contingent Obligations.”

Principal Debt Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.11.

Private Lender Information” shall mean any information and documentation that is not Public Lender Information.

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall mean pro forma basis and, for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period, Holdings, or subsequent to such Reference Period (in the case of any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA other than with respect to the determination of Adjustable Applicable Margins or the Financial Covenant), Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall have made any Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is

 

-76-


the subject of such Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period, or subsequent to such Reference Period (in the case of any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA other than with respect to the determination of Adjustable Applicable Margins or the Financial Covenant), Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall have made an acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person or of assets constituting at least a division of a business unit of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such acquisition of Capital Stock or assets constituting at least a division of a business unit of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including, in each such case, pro forma adjustments (x) arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, which would include expected cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges and (y) such other pro forma adjustments relating to a specific transaction or event and reflective of actual or reasonably anticipated synergies and cost savings and reasonably expected to be realized or achieved in the eighteentwenty-four (24) months following such transaction or event, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of the Company); provided that any pro forma adjustments pursuant to this clause (ii)(y) of this definition shall, together with the add backs made in the aggregate pursuant to clause (a)(xi) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA,” not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (before giving effect to all such adjustments) for such periodBorrower). The term “Disposition” in this definition shall not include dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business and other ordinary course dispositions of property. Without limiting the preceding sentence, (a) when calculating any Leverage Ratio herein on a Pro Forma Basis for purposes of determining the permissibility of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, such Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness were outstanding on the last day of the applicable Test Period and (b) when calculating the Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis, the Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated according to the provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, when calculating the Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio or any Leverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis for purposes of Sections 2.15, 9.4(a), 9.4(b)(vi), 9.4(b)(xvi) and 9.4(b)(xvii), any Indebtedness that is Incurred substantially contemporaneously therewith pursuant to a dollar basket under any other provision of, Section 2.15 or Section 9.41.5(g) shall be disregardedapply.

Pro Forma Financial Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Process Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.8(d).

Projections” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(d).

Properties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(a).

Proposed Modification” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender Information” shall mean information and documentation that is either exclusively (i) of a type that would be publicly available if the Borrower, Holdings and its Subsidiaries were public reporting companies or (ii) not material with respect to the Borrower, Holdings and their Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of foreign, United States federal and state securities laws.

 

-77-


Public Market” shall mean that (a) a Public Offering has been consummated and (b) at least 15% of the total issued and outstanding common equity of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent has been distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act or under equivalent security laws and regulations of any other jurisdiction.

Public Offering” shall mean an initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form) or under equivalent securities laws and regulations of any other jurisdiction.

Purchase” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchase Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

“QFC Credit Support” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.7.

“Qualified Cash Management Provider” shall mean a provider of products or services identified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the definition of “Cash Management Obligations” (other than the Administrative Agent, a Joint Lead Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate thereof) that is designated as a “Qualified Cash Management Provider” by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent, which agrees in a letter delivered to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Affiliates thereof as contemplated by Section 12.6 and in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to any action taken by it in respect of the Collateral or any breach by it of any Loan Document and, with respect to all other matters covered by Section 12.6 which relate to the Collateral, agrees to undertake a portion of the liability of the Lenders thereunder (without relieving the Lenders of their obligations) determined based on the obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of the products or services provided by the Qualified Cash Management Provider; provided that each Qualified Cash Management Provider is hereby deemed to (i) appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the Loan Documents, and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement).

Qualified Counterparty” shall mean, with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, (a) any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date or the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, was the Administrative Agent, a Joint Lead Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, a Joint Lead Arranger or a Lender and (b) any Qualified Swap Counterparty; provided that no such counterparty to any Specified Swap Agreement (other than the Administrative Agent and/or any of its Affiliates) shall be considered a Qualified Counterparty or a Secured Party until such time as it (or the Borrower) shall have delivered written notice to the Administrative Agent that such counterparty is at the time such Specified Swap Agreement is entered into (or was as of the Closing Date) a Joint Lead Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of a Joint Lead Arranger or a Lender or the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) a Qualified Counterparty; provided further that a Qualified Counterparty may deliver (or the Borrower may deliver on its behalf) one such notice with respect to all Specified Swap Agreements entered into pursuant to a specified ISDA Master Agreement.

 

-78-


Qualified ECP Guarantor” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time such Swap Obligation is incurred.

Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Capital Stock that is not a Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a Public Offering that results in a Public Market.

“Qualified Swap Counterparty” shall mean a counterparty to a Specified Swap Agreement (other than the Administrative Agent, a Joint Lead Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate thereof) that is designated as a “Qualified Swap Counterparty” by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent which agrees in a letter delivered to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Affiliates thereof as contemplated by Section 12.6 and in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to any action taken by it in respect of the Collateral or any breach by it of any Loan Document and, with respect to all other matters covered by Section 12.6 which relate to the Collateral, agrees to undertake a portion of the liability of the Lenders thereunder (without relieving the Lenders of their obligations) determined based on net termination liability (if any) of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the Qualified Swap Counterparty under the applicable Specified Swap Agreement; provided that each Qualified Swap Counterparty is hereby deemed to (i) appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the Loan Documents, and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement).

Qualifying Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Qualifying Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Quarterly Payment Date” shall mean the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December occurring after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date.

“Ratio Debt” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a).

Real Property” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements andbut excluding fixtures, including Leaseholds.

Recovery Event” shall mean any settlement of or payment in excess of an amount equal to $15,000,000 in respect of any property or casualty insurance (excluding business interruption insurance) claim or any condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding relating to any asset of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Reference Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis.”

Refinance” shall mean, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, redeem, defease, refund, extend, renew or repay any Indebtedness with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness in whole or in part; “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

 

-79-


Refinanced Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements.”

Refinancing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c).

Refinancing Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.18.

Refinancing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b)(xvi).

Refinancing Revolving Debt” shall mean any First Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt, Junior Priority Refinancing Revolving Debt or Unsecured Refinancing Revolving Debt.

Refinancing Term Debt” shall mean Indebtedness under any First Priority Refinancing Term Debt, Junior Priority Refinancing Term Debt or Unsecured Refinancing Term Debt.

Refunding Capital Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(ii).

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.15.

“Regulated Bank” means (x) a banking organization with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913, (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board under 12 C.F.R. part 211, (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in clause (iii), or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction or (y) any Affiliate of a Person set forth in clause (x) to the extent that (1) all of the capital stock of such Affiliate is directly or indirectly owned by either (I) such person set forth in clause (x) or (II) a parent entity that also owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock of such person set forth in clause (x) and (2) such Affiliate is a securities broker or dealer registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Regulation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.15.

Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board.

Rejection Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

“Related Person” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, agents, trustees and advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reorganization” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISARelevant Governmental Body”: the Federal Reserve Board or FRBNY, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board or FRBNY for the purpose of recommending a benchmark rate to replace the LIBOR Rate in loan agreements similar to this Agreement.

 

-80-


Replaced Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

Replacement Assets” shall mean (a) substantially all the assets of a business operating or engaged in a Similar Business, (b) Capital Stock in any Person operating or engaged in a Similar Business that results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such Person such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) any other property or assets used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that if such Replacement Assets constitute consideration for an Asset Sale by a Loan Party, (i) in the case of Replacement Assets of the type described in clause (a) or (c), the transferee of such Replacement Assets must be a Loan Party and (ii) in the case of Replacement Assets of the type described in clause (b), such Replacement Assets must constitute an Investment permitted by Section 9.2 (other than transactions described in clause (e) of “Permitted Investments”).

Replacement Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

Reply Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice period is waived under subsection.22, .23, .25, .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34, or .35 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043.

Repricing Transaction” shall mean, other than in the context of a transaction involving a Qualified Public Offering, a Change of Control or the financing of any SignificantTransformative Acquisition, (A) the repayment, prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of any 2020 Term B-1 Loans with the incurrence by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any debt financing havingthe primary purpose of which is to implement an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (with the comparative determinations to be made by the Borrower in good faith consistent with generally accepted financial practices, after giving effect to, among other factors, margin, interest rate floors, recurring fees, upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (A) the weighted average lifeWeighted Average Life to maturityMaturity of such term loans and (B) four years) shared with all providers of such financing, but excluding the effect of any arrangement, structuring, syndication or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all providers of such financing, and without taking into account any fluctuations in the LIBOR Rate or Euro LIBOR) that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Borrower on the same basis) of such 2020 Term B-1 Loans, as applicable and (B) any amendment (including any Permitted Amendment), waiver, consent or modification to this Agreement relatingthe primary purpose of which relates to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, any 2020 Term B-1 Loans or directed at, or the result of which would be, the lowering of the effective interest cost or weighted average yield applicable to such 2020 Term B-1 Loans, as applicable.

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding at least a majority of the sum of (i) all outstanding Term Loans of Non-Defaulting Term Lenders, (ii) the Total Revolving Loan Commitments in effect at such time less the Revolving Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders at such time (or, after the termination thereof, the sum of the total outstanding Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting Lenders and the aggregate RL Percentages of all Non-Defaulting Lenders of the total outstanding Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time) and (iii) all outstanding Incremental Term Loans of Non-Defaulting Incremental Term Lenders; provided that, for purposes of this definition the outstanding principal amount of Alternate Currency Loans and the Alternate Currency Letter of Credit Outstandings at any time shall be determined using the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

 

-81-


Required Revolving Lenders” shall mean, at any time with respect to any Class of the Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Extensions of Credit thereunder, (i) prior to the termination of all such Revolving Loan Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Loan Commitments of such Class and (ii) after the termination of such Revolving Loan Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit in respect of such Revolving Facility, but excluding, in all cases, the amount of Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Extensions of Credit held by Defaulting Lenders; provided that, for purposes of this definition the outstanding principal amount of Alternate Currency Loans and the Alternate Currency Letter of Credit Outstandings at any time shall be determined using the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

Required Term Lenders” shall mean, at any time with respect to any Class of the Term Loans, the holders of more than 50% of the total Term Loans in respect of such Term Facility, but excluding the amount of Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders.

Requirement of Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Resolution Authority” shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Restricted (x) with respect to the Financial Covenant, the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loans and the Commitment Fee in respect of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment, shall have the same definition as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth hereto on Schedule 9.1 and (y) in all other respects, shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Holdingsthe Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdingsthe Borrower (unless such appearance is related to the Liens created under the Security Documents or in respect of other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), it being understood that cash and Cash Equivalents shall not be deemed “Restricted” as a result of the set-off rights of any Lender under this Agreement.

Restricted Affiliated Lender” shall mean any Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Investment Fund).

Restricted Investment” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings (including the Borrower) other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Restructuring Charges” shall mean restructuring Charges, business optimization Charges, carve-out related Charges, excess payments under transition services and similar agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions and Historical Transaction, acquisitions, Investments, divestitures, restructurings or other initiatives undertaken by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, severance, retention and recruiting Charges, Charges associated with opening or closing offices and business locations, relocation Charges, Charges related to the discontinuance of any portion of the business or operations, contract termination Charges, cash Charges related to deferred stock compensation plans, Charges related to IT infrastructure and Charges related to the consolidation and reorganization of legal entities.

 

-82-


“Retained Asset Sale Proceeds” shall mean the cumulative portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event not required to be offered to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) as a result of the Asset Sale Stepdown Provisions.

Retained Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning set for in Section 5.2(f).

Return Bid” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Revaluation Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternate Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency pursuant to Section 2.7, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.

Revolving Alternate Currency Loan” shall mean a Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency.

Revolving Excess” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

Revolving Extensions of Credit” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s RL Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s RL Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

Revolving Facility” shall mean the Revolving Loan Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder, as the context may require.

Revolving Lender” shall mean each Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans, together with any of its designated Affiliates or other branches.

Revolving Loan” shall mean an Initial2019 Revolving Loan, an Incremental Revolving Loan and an Other Revolving Loan, as the context requires.

Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I directly below the column entitled “Revolving Loan Commitment, as same may be increased or reduced pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. In respect of each Revolving Lender that becomes a Revolving Lender after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, the initial amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment shall be set forth in the Assignment and Assumption, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Revolving Lender shall have assumed or established its Revolving Loan Commitment, subject to any increase or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The original aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date is $150,000,000.

Revolving Loan Commitment Increase” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

 

-83-


Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(d).

Revolving Loan Maturity Date” shall mean August 6, 2020; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.the earliest of (a) April 17, 2024, (b) the date that is 91 days prior to any scheduled final maturity of any Term B-1 Loans, unless, on such date, (A) the Term B-1 Loans have an outstanding aggregate principal amount of no greater than the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000,000 or (B) the Term B-1 Loans have (i) been repaid in full (other than Term B-1 Loans having an aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000,000 or less) with (x) cash (other than cash which represents the proceeds of Indebtedness) or (y) the proceeds of Indebtedness with a maturity date that is July 17, 2024 or later, or (ii) been amended, modified or waived such that the maturity date of any outstanding Term B-1 Loans (other than Term B-1 Loans having an aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000,000 or less) is July 17, 2024 or later, or (c) the date that is 91 days prior to the scheduled final maturity of the Senior Notes, unless, on such date, (A) the Senior Notes have an outstanding aggregate principal amount of no greater than $100,000,000 or (B) the Senior Notes have (i) been repaid in full (other than Senior Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 or less) with (x) cash (other than cash which represents the proceeds of Indebtedness) or (y) the proceeds of Indebtedness with a maturity date that is July 17, 2024 or later, or (ii) been amended, modified or waived, such that the maturity date of any outstanding Senior Notes (other than Senior Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 or less) is July 17, 2024 or later; provided, in each case, that if such date is not a Business Day, then the applicable Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day. The dates pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of this definition of “Revolving Loan Maturity Date” shall be referred to as the “Springing Revolving Loan Maturity Date”.

Revolving Note” and “Revolving Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

RL Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the Revolving Loan Commitment of such Revolving Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the Total Revolving Loan Commitment at such time; provided that if the RL Percentage of any Revolving Lender is to be determined after the Total Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated, then the RL Percentages of such Revolving Lender shall be determined immediately prior (and without giving effect) to such termination (but giving effect to assignments made thereafter in accordance with the terms hereof); provided further that the RL Percentages of the Revolving Lenders are subject to modification as and to the extent provided in Section 2.17.

RSU Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(xviiixx).

S&P” shall mean S&P Global Ratings, a business unit of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC.

Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternate Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternate Currency.

 

-84-


Sanctioned Country” shall mean, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions and with which dealings are prohibited under applicable law.

Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operatinglocated, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person described in clause (a) or (b) above, with respect to (b) and (c) only to the extent dealing with such Person is prohibited by applicable law.

Sanctions” shall mean applicable economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, or (c) the Policy and Resources Committee of the States of Guernsey and Her Majesty’s Procurer in Guernsey.

Scheduled Unavailability Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(g).

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Second Lien Administrative Agent” shall mean Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns.

“Second Lien Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, among Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the Second Lien Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Term Loan Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Second Lien Specified Documents” shall mean any “Security Document” as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, governed by the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States that is executed or acknowledged by the Collateral Agent, and any documents or instruments related thereto that is executed or acknowledged by the Collateral Agent.

“Second Lien Term Loan Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Loan Documents” in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

“Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness” shall mean the Indebtedness incurred under the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

“Second Lien Term Loan Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Lender” in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Secured Parties” shall mean the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender), any Qualified Counterparties and banks or, financial institutions or other Persons that are providing Cash Management Obligations in accordance with the definition of “Cash Management Obligations. and the beneficiaries of the Borrower’s Obligations under Section 13.1.

 

-85-


Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Security and Guarantee Principles” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit N.

Security Documents” shall mean and include each U.S. Security Document, each Mortgage, each Foreign Security Document, each other security agreement, pledge agreement, debenture, share charge or other security instrument executed or delivered prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and, after the execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Security Document.

“Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Senior Notes” shall mean the 7.125% senior notes issued by the Borrower due July 15, 2023 issued under the Senior Notes Indenture and any refinancing thereof pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xvi).

Senior Notes Documents” shall mean the Senior Notes Indenture and all agreements, documents and instruments at any time executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party or any other Person with, to or in favor of, the Senior Notes Trustee in connection therewith or related thereto, as all of the foregoing now exist or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced, renewed, refinanced or restated.

Senior Notes Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2015, among Holdings, the Borrower, the other Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Senior Notes Trustee, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Senior Notes Trustee” shall mean Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Senior Notes Indenture, and its successors and assigns.

Senior Representative” shall mean, with respect to any series of First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or Indebtedness Incurred under Section 9.4 that is permitted to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral pursuant to clause (v) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities, including the Second Lien Administrative Agent.

Settlement Service” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.

Significant Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition of assets or capital stock of another Person (other than a Subsidiary) the result of which is that Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto, is equal to or greater than 125.0% of Consolidated EBITDA immediately prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, in each case with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable.

 

-86-


Significant Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a) or (f) (in the case of Section 11.1(f), with respect to the Borrower).

Significant Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings (a) whose GAAP value of total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Total Assets at such date or (b) whose third party gross revenues for the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that such calculations shall be determined in the aggregate for all Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings subject to any of the events specified in Section 11.1(f)).

Similar Business” shall mean any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date or any business that is similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereto and other activities that are not material in nature.

Single Employer Plan” shall mean any Plan“employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is covered by Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or to which Holdings, the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity has or may have an obligation to contribute, and such plan for the six-year period immediately following the latest date on which Holdings, the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to (or is deemed under Section 4069 of ERISA to have maintained or contributed to or to have had an obligation to contribute to, or otherwise to have liability with respect to) such plan.

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, that as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will, as of such date, exceed the sum of all debts of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on existing debts of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted term is determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct any business in which it is or is about to become engaged and, (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis does not intend to incur, or believe or reasonably should believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature and (e) no declaration has been made that the affairs of such Person or its Subsidiaries are en etat de désastre and no preliminary vesting order in saisie proceedings in Guernsey in respect of the realty of such person or its Subsidiaries has been made. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

-87-


Specified Class” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Specified Equity Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(a).

Specified Equity Interests” shall mean the voting Equity Interests held by Guernsey Holdco in Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that any such Equity Interests shall cease to be Specified Equity Interests to the extent they are not held by Guernsey Holdco or they cease to constitute Collateral.

Specified Finance Companies” shall mean Ithacalux 3 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée), Ithaca Ireland Informatica 2 Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Loan Party) to the extent designated in writing as such to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, that any such entity shall cease to be a “Specified Finance Company” to the extent it has been added as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Specified Period” shall mean, as to any Excess Cash Flow Period, the period commencing on the Excess Cash Flow Application Date that occurs during such period and ending on the day immediately preceding the Excess Cash Flow Application Date that occurs in the next succeeding Excess Cash Flow Period.

Specified Refinancing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b)(xvi).

Specified Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.3(a), 6.4, 6.6 (but only in respect of the Organizational Documents), 6.12, 6.15, 6.19(a), 6.20, 6.21(a), 6.21(b), 6.22 and, in respect of the use of proceeds of the Facilities on the Closing Date only, 6.21(c).

Specified Swap Agreement” shall mean any Swap Agreement entered into (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Original Closing Date or the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into), on the other hand.

“Specified Test Period” shall mean the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings for which the financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent.

Sponsor Model” shall mean the model delivered to the Initial Joint Lead Arrangers on March 26, 2015.

Sponsors” shall mean, collectively, (i) funds advised by Permira Advisers LLC, (ii) Canada Pension Plan Investment Board and (iii) their respective Affiliates.

Spot Currency Exchange Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(c).

Start Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

 

-88-


Stated Amount” shall mean, with respect to each Letter of Credit, at any time, the maximum amount available to be drawn thereunder, in each case determined (x) as if any future automatic increases in the maximum amount available that are provided for in any such Letter of Credit had in fact occurred at such time and (y) without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met but after giving effect to all previous drawings made thereunder.

Sterling Denominated Loans” and the “£” shall mean each Revolving Loan or Incremental Term Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling at the time of the incurrence thereof.

Sterling Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Borrowing of Sterling Denominated Loans, the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with the rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

Subsequent Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean (a) with respect to the Borrower, any Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee, the Guarantee of a Guarantor or the Guarantee Obligations hereunder.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other Capital Stock having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other Capital Stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean other than Excluded Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries, (A) each Subsidiary of Holdings that executeshas executed this Agreement as a “Guarantor” on or prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (including the Borrower), (B) each Subsidiary of Holdings that provides a Guarantee in respect of the Senior Notes, (C) each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to becomebecomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.8(c) or Section 8.12 and (DC) each other Subsidiary that is designated as a Subsidiary Guarantor by the Borrower, in each case, whether existing on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date or established, created or acquired after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary is released from all of its obligations in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Successor Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(a)(i).

Successor Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(c)(i).

 

-89-


Successor Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  9.8(ec )(i).

“Supported QFC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.7.

Swap Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions (including, without limitation, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement)

Swap Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation.”

Swingline Back-Stop Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Swingline Expiry Date” shall mean that date which is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

Swingline Lender” shall mean the Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC, in its capacity as Swingline Lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan” and “Swingline Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Swingline Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), fees, assessments or other similar charges now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority and all interest, penalties, additions to tax or similar liabilities with respect to such taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges.

Tax Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(e).

Term B-1 Loans” shall mean the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans.

Term Facility” shall mean any Class of Term Loans, as the context may require.

Term Lenders” shall mean each Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

Term Loan” shall mean a 2020 Term B-1 Loan, an Other Term Loan or an Incremental Term Loan, as context requires.

Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, (i) the 2020 Term B-1 Loan Commitment, (ii) the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, if any, issued after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.15 or (iii) the Other Term Commitments, if any, issued after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.18, as each may be terminated pursuant to SectionsSection 4.3 and/or Section 11.

 

-90-


Term Loan Purchase Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Test Period” shall mean each period of, at the Borrower’s option, (i) the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended, in each case takenfor which the financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) or (b), as one accounting periodapplicable, have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent or (ii) the latest period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal unaudited financial statements are available.

“Threshold Amount” shall mean the greater of $50,000,000 and 15% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination).

Top U.S. Corporate Holdco” shall mean the Borrower, or if the Borrower is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by one or more U.S. entities that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes andCorporate Entities that are Subsidiaries of Holdings, the highest such U.S. corporate entityCorporate Entity.

Total Assets” shall mean the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the applicable consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Total Assets shall be calculated after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

Total Capitalization” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Equity Contribution.”

Total Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Commitments of each of the Lenders at such time.

Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day that is secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day that is secured by a lien on the assets constituting Collateral over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.

Total Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Revolving Loan Commitments of each of the Lenders at such time.

Total Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the remainder of (x) the Total Revolving Loan Commitment in effect at such time less (y) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans outstanding at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time.

 

-91-


Tranche” shall mean the respective facility and commitments utilized in making Loans hereunder, with there being four separate Tranches on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date, i.e., Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans, Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans; provided that for purposes of Sections 2.14, 13.4, and 13.12(a) and the definition of “Required Revolving Lenders,” Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be deemed to constitute part of a single “Tranche.”

Transaction Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin.”

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (i) the consummation of the Acquisition on the Closing Date, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, the incurrence of Loans on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and the use of proceeds thereof, (iiiii ) the execution, delivery and performance of the Senior NotesSecond Lien Term Loan Documents, the issuanceincurrence of the Senior NotesSecond Lien Term Loan Indebtedness on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and the use of the proceeds thereof, (iii) the Amendment No. 3 Refinancing, (iv) matters ancillary to the Equity Contribution,foregoing and (v) the Refinancing and (vi) the payment of all fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

“Transferred Assets” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Receivables Financing”.

“Transformative Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition that either (x) is not permitted under this Agreement, (y) is permitted under this Agreement but following the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date thereof this Agreement would not provide adequate flexibility for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to operate their business (in the reasonable determination of the Borrower), or (z) the result of which is that Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently completed Test Period, determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto, increases by no less than 25.0%.

Treasury Capital Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(ii).

Type” shall mean the type of Loan determined with regard to the interest option applicable thereto, i.e., whether a Base Rate Loan, a LIBOR Loan, a Euro Denominated Loan, a Sterling Denominated Loan or an Alternate Currency Loan denominated in another currency.

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the relevant jurisdiction.

UCP” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“UK Financial Institution” shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

“UK Resolution Authority” shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

 

-92-


Unfunded Pension Liability” of any Single Employer Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the present value of all accrued benefits under eachsuch Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such PlansSingle Employer Plan), as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceeds the value of the assets of such Single Employer Plan allocable to such accrued benefits (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions).

United States” and “U.S.” shall each mean the United States of America.

Unpaid Drawing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a).

Unrestricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings designated by the members or Authorized Officers of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.11 subsequent to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness” shall mean Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Ratio Debt and Acquisition Debt, in each case, that is either unsecured or secured by a Lien on assets not constituting Collateral.

Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or term loans (each, an “Unsecured Refinancing Term Debt”) or one or more revolving credit facilities (each, an “Unsecured Refinancing Revolving Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and (ii) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

Unsecured Refinancing Revolving Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Unsecured Refinancing Term Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, such Lender’s Initial2019 Revolving Loan Commitment less the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Initial2019 Revolving Loans (taking the Dollar Equivalent of any such Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency) made by such Lender at such time and (ii) such Lender’s RL Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time (taking the Dollar Equivalent of any Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency).

“U.S. Collateral” shall mean the Collateral pledged under the U.S. Security Documents.

U.S. Corporate Entity” shall mean any entity incorporated or organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

-93-


U.S. HoldingsLoan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“U.S. Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Amended U.S. Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibit E-2, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement thereof), extended or renewed from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

U.S. Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

U.S. MidCo” shall mean Italics Inc., a Delaware corporation.

U.S. Security Agreement” shall mean the Amended U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement in the form of Exhibit E-1, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement thereof), extended or renewed from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

U.S. Security Documents” shall mean the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement and all other pledge or security agreements, mortgages, charges, deeds of trust, assignments or other similar agreements or instruments, in each case, governed by U.S. law and executed and delivered by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether prior to, on or after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and, in each case as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation 100% of whose Capital Stock is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person has a 100% equity interest at such time (other than, (x) in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), director’s qualifying shares and/or other nominal amount of shares required to be held by Persons other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries under applicable law and (y) in the case of a Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), any Specified Equity Interests).

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

-94-


1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) unless the context otherwise requires, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (iv) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall,” and (v) the word “or” is not exclusive and has the meaning represented by the phrase “and/or,” unless the context otherwise requires, (vi) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other theory extends and such phrase shall not mean “if,” and (vii) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein (A) to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns and (B) to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be construed to include Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party as debtor and debtor-in-possession and any receiver, examinership or trustee for Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, in any insolvency, examinership or liquidation proceeding.

(c) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) Any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein) and all references to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or facts known by any such Person shall mean actual knowledge of any Authorized Officer of such Person.

(f) Any Authorized Officer executing any Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, so executes or certifies in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer on behalf of the applicable Loan Party and not in any individual capacity.

(g) The term “enforceability” and its derivatives when used to describe the enforceability of an agreement shall mean that such agreement is enforceable except as enforceability may be limited by any Debtor Relief Law and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

-95-


1.3. Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “LIBOR Rate” or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto.

1.4. Limited Condition Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(i) Determiningdetermining compliance with any provision of this Agreement (other than the Financial Covenant or for determining any Applicable Rate) which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any financial ratio set forth in the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount);

(ii) Determiningdetermining compliance with representations and warranties, or a requirement regarding the absence of Defaults or Events of Default (other than Defaults or Events of Default under Section 11.1(a) or Section 11.1(f)); or

(iii) Testingtesting availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including basketsprovisions measured as a percentage of LTM EBITDA);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreementsagreement for such Limited Condition Transaction areis entered into or irrevocable notice is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) on a Pro Forma Basis as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, the Borrower would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets of the Borrower or of the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, the making of Restricted Payments, the making of any Permitted Investment, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the BorrowerHoldings, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Subsequent Transaction”) following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction is permitted under this Agreement, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated; provided that in connection with the making of Restricted Payments, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income (and any defined term a component of which is Consolidated Net Income) shall not, in any case, assume such Limited Condition Transaction has been consummated.

 

-96-


1.5. Calculations; Computations; Latest Maturity Date.

(a) The financial statements to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise permitted under Section 8.1); provided that (A) except as otherwise specifically provided below, all computations of Excess Cash Flow and the Applicable Margin, all computations with respect to any basket, standard or term in this Agreement and all computations and all definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining compliance with the Financial Covenant and in determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio (collectively, the “Leverage Ratios” and, each, a “Leverage Ratio”) and the Interest Coverage Ratio, shall utilize GAAP and policies as in effect from time to time, (B) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all such financial statements shall be prepared, and the Financial Covenant and the Leverage Ratios and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated, in each case, without giving effect to any election under any accounting principle permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof and (C) to the extent expressly provided herein, certain calculations shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis. In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of any of the computations and definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining any of the items described in clause (A) above, then at the Borrower’s request or at the Administrative Agent’s (acting onrequest (at the instructionsdirection of the Required Lenders) request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations with the Borrower in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Holdings’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made; provided that (i) no amendment fee shall be payable in connection therewith, (ii) any such amendments that relate to Section 9.1 (and the related definitions for the purpose of Section 9.1 only) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and not the Required Lenders and (iii) all amendments relating to the Leverage Ratios (other than in connection with Section 9.1) and the Interest Coverage Ratio (and their component definitions) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Until such time as such an amendment (whether or not such amendment is or was requested by the Borrower) shall have been executed and delivered by the parties hereto in accordance with this Section 1.5, all computations of Excess Cash Flow and the Applicable Margin, all computations with respect to any basket, standard or term in this Agreement and all computations and all definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining compliance with the Financial Covenant and in determining any Leverage Ratio or Interest Coverage Ratio shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred (other than for purposes of delivery of financial statements under Sections 8.1(a) and (b)). “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in, at the Borrower’s option, specific accounting principles or accounting principles taken as a whole (i) required by the FASB or, if applicable, the SEC, (ii) as a result of a proper IFRS Election or (iii) otherwise proposed by the Borrower to, and approved by, the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower may elect (the “IFRS Election”), by providing a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in connection with the delivery of financial statements and other information hereunder, to adopt the accounting standards and interpretations (“IFRS”) adopted by the International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect on the first date of the period for which the Borrower is making such election; provided that (a) any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable and (b) from and after the date of the IFRS Election, (i) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS, (ii) all ratios, financial definitions, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with IFRS, (iii) all references herein to GAAP shall be deemed to be references to

 

-97-


IFRS, (iv) all references to the FASB shall be deemed to be references to the IASB and (v) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings given to them under IFRS; provided that any such term phrased in a manner customary under GAAP shall be interpreted to refer to the equivalent accounting or financial concept under IFRS and, if there is no such equivalent accounting or financial concept, shall be interpreted in a manner that best approximates the effect that such term would have if it were construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date.

(b) All computations of interest, Commitment Fees and other Fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days (except for interest calculated by reference to the “prime rate,” which shall be based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and interest calculated by reference to the Sterling Rate, which shall be based on a year of 365 days) for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day; except that in the case of Letter of Credit Fees and Facing Fees, the last day shall be included) occurring in the period for which such interest, Commitment Fees or Fees are payable.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except as provided in Section 1.5(d), where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required actions or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation shall be based on the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 A.M. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; provided further that the Issuing Lender may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency (the “Spot Currency Exchange Rate”)); provided that for purposes of determining any Leverage Ratio or the Fixed ChargeInterest Coverage Ratio, such ratios will be determined at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the Borrower’s financial statements corresponding to the Test Period with respect to the applicable date of determination. Any determinations as to the Dollar Equivalent of Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency (whether for purposes of calculating the amount of L/C Obligations or fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit or the amount required to be paid to the Issuing Lender in respect of a drawing on a Letter of Credit or otherwise), the amount of fees owing in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency and the amount of Unpaid Drawings owing to the Issuing Lender shall be made by the Administrative Agent and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the Spot Currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the Spot Currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Indebtedness so Refinanced does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the Spot Currency Exchange Rate that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

-98-


(e) With respect to the provisions of this Agreement (A) that require newly incurred or issued Indebtedness or Capital Stock (or Indebtedness or Capital Stock that is proposed to be incurred or issued) to have a maturity not earlier than the Latest Maturity Date (or not earlier than ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date) and/or to have Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of existing Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) having the Latest Maturity Date or (B) that otherwise refer to the Latest Maturity Date in respect of any such incurrence or issuance (or proposed incurrence or issuance), such provisions shall be deemed to refer to the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of determination.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 (includingand in connection with any Incremental Facility at any time (whether at the time of incurrence or thereafter), any Lien, Restricted Payment, Restricted Investment, Permitted Investment, Investment, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, Asset Sale or Affiliate transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to the applicable covenant set forth in Section 9 and any related definitions or provisions used therein (including in connection with any Incremental Facility), the Borrower (i) shall in its sole discretion determine under which category such Lien (other than Liens with respect to the 2020 Term B-1 Loans and the Initial2019 Revolving Loans), Investment, Restricted Payment, Restricted Investment, Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness consisting of the 2020 Term B-1 Loans and the Initial2019 Revolving Loans), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, Asset Sale or Affiliate transaction (or, in each case, any portion there) is permitted and (ii) shall be permitted to make any such determination or redetermination or classification or reclassification at such time and from time to time as it may determine and without notice to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(g) If the Borrower Incurs any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or takes any other action under a ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) under this Agreement on the same date that it Incurs Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or takes any other action under any “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof), compliance with the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio or Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, on a Pro Forma Basis will be calculated with respect to such Incurrence or action, as applicable, under the ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) without regard to any Incurrence or action, as applicable, under the “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof). Unless the Borrower elects otherwise, any Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or other action shall be deemed to have been Incurred or taken, as applicable, first, under the ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) and, second, under the “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof).

1.6. Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amountStated Amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any issuing document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amountStated Amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amountStated Amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amountStated Amount is in effect at such times.

1.7. Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.

 

-99-


SECTION 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

2.1. The Commitments.

(a) Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Amendment No.  13, (i) the Additional Dollar Termeach Lender with a Dollar 2020 Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a term loan or term loans (each, a “Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan” and, collectively, the “Dollar 2020 Term Loans”) to the Borrower, which Dollar 2020 Term Loans shall (i) be incurred pursuant to a single drawing on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date, (ii) be denominated in Dollars in a principal amount not to exceed its Additional Dollar Term Commitment, (ii) each Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender agrees to have all of its outstanding Initial Dollar Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender by the Administrative Agent, as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion) converted to an equivalent principal amount of Dollar Term B-1 Loans effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (iii) each Non-Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender agrees to have all of its outstanding Initial Dollar Term Loans prepaid and will purchase by assignment from the Additional Dollar Term, (iii) at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans, and (iv) be made by each such Lender Dollar Term B-1 Loans in athat aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Initialwhich does not exceed the Dollar 2020 Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Non-Converting Consenting Dollar Term Lender by the Administrative Agent, as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion). Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) andLoan Commitment of such Lender on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date. Once repaid or, prepaid, repurchased, refinanced or replaced, Dollar Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Dollar Term B-1 Loans may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans.

(b) Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Amendment No.  13, (i) the Additionaleach Lender with a Euro 2020 Term LenderLoan Commitment severally agrees to make a term loan or term loans (each, a “Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan” and, collectively, the “Euro 2020 Term Loans”) to the Borrower, which Euro 2020 Term Loans shall (i) be incurred pursuant to a single drawing on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date, (ii) be denominated in Euros, (iii) be incurred and maintained as Euro LIBOR Loans, and (iv) be made by each such Lender in athat aggregate principal amount which does not to exceed its Additionalthe Euro 2020 Term Loan Commitment, (ii) each Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender agrees to have all of its outstanding Initial Euro Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender by the Administrative Agent, as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion) converted to an equivalent principal amount of Euro Term B-1 Loans effective as of of such Lender on the Amendment No.  13 Effective Date and (iii) each Non-Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender agrees to have all of its outstanding Initial Euro Term Loans prepaid and will purchase by assignment from the Additional Euro Term Lender Euro Term B-1 Loans in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Initial Euro Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Non-Converting Consenting Euro Term Lender by the Administrative Agent, as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion). Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b) and. Once repaid or, prepaid, repurchased, refinanced or replaced, Euro 2020 Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Euro Term B-1 Loans may be incurred and maintained as Euro LIBOR Loans.

 

-100-


(c) Revolving Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender with a 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, at any time and from time to time on or after the ClosingAmendment No. 2 Effective Date and prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, a revolving loan or revolving loans (each, an “Initial2019 Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Initial or 2019 Revolving Loans”) to the Borrower, which Initial2019 Revolving Loans (i) may be made in Dollars or an Alternate Currency, (ii) except as provided herein, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as Base Rate Loans, LIBOR Loans or, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, other Fixed Rate Loans, and/or (except in the case of Alternate Currency Loans) converted into Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans; provided that (A) except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 2.11(b), all Initial2019 Revolving Loans comprising the same Borrowing shall at all times be of the same Type and (B) Base Rate Loans shall only be available in Dollars, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof and (iv) shall not exceed for any such Lender at any time outstanding that aggregate principal amount which, when added to the product of (x) such Lender’s RL Percentage and (y) the sum of (I) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings which are repaid with the proceeds of, and simultaneously with the incurrence of, the respective incurrence of 2019 Revolving Loans) at such time and (II) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans (exclusive of Swingline Loans which are repaid with the proceeds of, and simultaneously with the incurrence of, the respective incurrence of 2019 Revolving Loans) then outstanding, equals the Initial 2019 Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender at such time.

(d) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make, at any time and from time to time on or after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and prior to the Swingline Expiry Date, a revolving loan or revolving loans (each, a “Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans”) to the Borrower, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be incurred and maintained as Base Rate Loans, (ii) shall be denominated in Dollars, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding and the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time, an amount equal to the Total Revolving Loan Commitment at such time, (v) shall not be used to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loans and (vi) shall not exceed in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding the Maximum Swingline Amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.1(e), (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swingline Loans at a time when a Lender Default exists with respect to a Revolving Lender unless the Swingline Lender has entered into arrangements in accordance with Section 2.17 or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to it and the BorrowerSwingline Lender to eliminate the Swingline Lender’s risk with respect to each Defaulting Lender’s participation in such Swingline Loans (which arrangements are hereby consented to by the Lenders), including by Collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s RL Percentage of the outstanding Swingline Loans (such arrangements, the “Swingline Back-Stop Arrangements”), and (ii) the Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after it has received written notice from the Borrower, any other Loan Party or the Required Lenders stating that a Default or an Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice (A) of rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or notices or (B) of the waiver of such Default or Event of Default by the Required Lenders.

(e) On any Business Day, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to the Revolving Lenders that the Swingline Lender’s outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with one or more Borrowings of Revolving Loans (provided that such notice shall be deemed to have been automatically given upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under Section 11.1(f) or upon the exercise of any of the remedies provided in Section 11), in which case one or more Borrowings of Revolving Loans constituting Base Rate Loans (each such Borrowing, a “Mandatory Borrowing”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by all Revolving Lenders pro rata based on each such Revolving Lender’s RL Percentage and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly by the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender for such outstanding Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make Revolving Loans upon one (1) Business Days’ notice pursuant to each

 

-101-


Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the Minimum Borrowing Amount otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, and (v) the amount of the Total Revolving Loan Commitment at such time. In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Borrower), then each Revolving Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase (as of the date the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrower on or after such date and prior to such purchase) from the Swingline Lender such participations in the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Revolving Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective RL Percentages (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 11); provided that (x) all interest payable on the Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date as of which the respective participation is required to be purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to the participant from and after such date and (y) at the time any purchase of participations pursuant to this sentence is actually made, the purchasing Revolving Lender shall be required to pay the Swingline Lender interest on the principal amount of the participation purchased for each day from and including the day upon which the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred to but excluding the date of payment for such participation, at the Overnight Rate for the first three days and at the interest rate otherwise applicable to Revolving Loans maintained as Base Rate Loans hereunder for each day thereafter.

(f) If any new Tranche of Revolving Loans or any new Class of Revolving Loan Commitments is created under (and pursuant to) the terms of this Agreement, all borrowings and mandatory repayments or prepayments in respect of such new Tranche or new Class shall be effected on a pro rata basis with existing Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments (in each case, for so long as both are outstanding).

2.2. Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Loans under a respective Tranche shall not be less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable to such Tranche. More than one Borrowing may occur on the same date, but at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten (10) Borrowings of Fixed Rate Loans in the aggregate for each Tranche of Loans.

2.3. Notice of Borrowing.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur (x) Fixed Rate Loans hereunder, an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office at least three (3) Business Days’ (and in respect of Loans to be funded (i) on the Amendment No.  13 Effective Date, two (2) Business Days, (ii) in Euros (other than Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans) or Pounds Sterling, four (4) Business Days and (iii) in any Alternate Currency other than Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling, five (5) Business Days) prior notice of each Fixed Rate Loan to be incurred hereunder and (y) Base Rate Loans hereunder (excluding Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans made pursuant to a Mandatory Borrowing), an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office notice of each Base Rate Loan to be incurred hereunder on the date of such Borrowing; provided that (in each case) any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such day in the case of both Fixed Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans. Each such notice (each, a “Notice of Borrowing”), except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.11, shall be irrevocable and shall be in writing, or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing, in the form of Exhibit F (or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent)), appropriately completed to

 

-102-


specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be incurred pursuant to such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) whether the Loans being incurred pursuant to such Borrowing shall constitute Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans, Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans or Revolving Loans, (iv) in the case of Revolving Loans, whether such Revolving Loans will be denominated in Dollars or an Alternate Currency (and if an Alternate Currency, which Alternate Currency), (v) whether any Dollar Denominated Loans being incurred pursuant to such Borrowing are to be initially maintained as Base Rate Loans or, to the extent permitted hereunder, LIBOR Loans and, if LIBOR Loans, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto and (vi) in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender which is required to make Loans of the Tranche specified in the respective Notice of Borrowing, notice of such proposed Borrowing, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters required by the immediately preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing.

(b) (i) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall give the Swingline Lender no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date that a Swingline Loan is to be incurred, written notice or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing of each Swingline Loan to be incurred hereunder. Each such notice shall be irrevocable, be in such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent) and specify in each case (A) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (B) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be incurred pursuant to such Borrowing.

(ii) Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(f), with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of the Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in Section 2.1(f).

(c) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any telephonic notice of any Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, may act without liability upon the basis of telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment, as the case may be, believed by the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, prior to receipt of written confirmation. In each such case, the Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s or the Swingline Lender’s record of the terms of such telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, as the case may be, absent manifest error.

2.4. Repayment of Loans.

(a) (i) The principal amount of the Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid (x) on each Quarterly Payment Date, (commencing with the last Business Day of March 2018June 30, 2020) in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans incurred on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date and (y) subject to a Permitted Amendment, on the Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(ii) The principal amount of the Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid (x) on each Quarterly Payment Date, (commencing with the last Business Day of March 2018June 30, 2020) in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans incurred on the Amendment No. 13 Effective Date and (y) subject to a Permitted Amendment, on the Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

 

-103-


(b) To the extent not previously paid, (i) each Incremental Term Loan shall be due and payable on the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date applicable to such Incremental Term Loan and (ii) each Other Term Loan shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date of such Other Term Loan set forth in the Refinancing Amendment applicable thereto.

(c) The Borrower shall repay all of its outstanding Initial2019 Revolving Loans on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial2019 Revolving Loans, to but excluding the date of payment. The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans on the Swingline Expiry Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Swingline Loans, to but excluding the date of payment.

(d) The Borrower shall repay all of its outstanding (i) Incremental Revolving Loans on the Incremental Revolving Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Incremental Revolving Loans, to but excluding the date of payment and (ii) Other Revolving Loans on the Maturity Date set forth in the Refinancing Amendment applicable thereto, together with accrued and unpaid interest on Other Revolving Loans, to but excluding the date of payment.

2.5. Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

(a) Disbursement of Funds. No later than 3:001:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (or (x) in the case of Swingline Loans, no later than 4:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date specified pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(i) or (y) in the case of Mandatory Borrowings, no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date specified in Section 2.1(e)), each Lender with a Commitment of the respective Tranche will make available its pro rata portion (determined in accordance with Section 2.8) of each such Borrowing requested to be made on such date (or in the case of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will make available the full amount thereof). All such amounts will be made available in Dollars or an Alternate Currency, as applicable, and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, and upon receipt of all requested funds the Administrative Agent will, except in the case of Revolving Loans made pursuant to a Mandatory Borrowing, make available to the Borrower at the Payment Officesuch account as may be specified in the Notice of Borrowing, or to such other account as the Borrower may specify in writing prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, the aggregate of the amounts so made available by the Lenders; provided that if, on the date of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans (other than a Mandatory Borrowing), there are Unpaid Drawings or Swingline Loans then outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such Unpaid Drawings with respect to Letters of Credit, second, to the payment in full of any such Swingline Loans, and third, to the Borrower as otherwise provided above.

(b) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date and at such time in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing

 

-104-


or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the appropriate Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the appropriate Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable credit extension set forth in Section 7 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and to fund participations in Swingline Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or to purchase its participation.

(f) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Obligations, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and L/C Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Obligations then due to such parties.

 

-105-


2.6. Notes.

(a) The Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.15 and shall, if requested by such Lender, also be evidenced (i) in the case of Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Note” and, collectively, the “Dollar 2020 Term B-1 Notes”), (ii) in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Euro 2020 Term B-1 Note” and, collectively, the “Euro 2020 Term B-1 Notes”), (iii) in the case of Revolving Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit H, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Revolving Note” and, collectively, the “Revolving Notes”) and (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit I, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (the “Swingline Note”).

(b) Each Lender will note on its internal records the amount of each Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and prior to any transfer of any of its Notes will endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 2.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Notes shall only be delivered to Lenders which at any time specifically request the delivery of such Notes. No failure of any Lender to request or obtain a Note evidencing its Loans to the Borrower shall affect or in any manner impair the obligations of the Borrower to pay the Loans (and all related Obligations) incurred by the Borrower which would otherwise be evidenced thereby in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the security or guaranties therefor provided pursuant to the various Loan Documents. Any Lender which does not have a Note evidencing its outstanding Loans shall in no event be required to make the notations otherwise described in the preceding clause (b). At any time when any Lender requests the delivery of a Note to evidence any of its Loans, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to the respective Lender the requested Note in the appropriate amount or amounts to evidence such Loans.

2.7. Conversions/Continuations.

(a) The Borrower shall have the option to convert, on any Business Day, all or a portion equal to at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount of the outstanding principal amount of Dollar Denominated Loans (other than Swingline Loans which may not be converted pursuant to this Section 2.7) made pursuant to one or more Borrowings (so long as of the same Tranche) of one or more Types of Loans into a Borrowing (of the same Tranche) of another Type of Loan; provided that (i) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11(b), LIBOR Loans may be converted into Base Rate Loans only on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the Loans being converted and no such partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of such LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto, (ii) unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, Base Rate Loans may only be converted into LIBOR Loans if no Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and (iii) no conversion pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall result in a greater number of Borrowings of Fixed Rate Loans than is permitted under Section 2.2.

 

-106-


(b) Any Fixed Rate Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 2.10, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that to the extent the Required Lenders provide written notice thereof to the Borrower, no Fixed Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans denominated in Dollars shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(c) Each such conversion or continuation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) at least (x) in the case of conversions or continuations of Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans, three (3) Business Days’ prior notice and (y) in the case of conversions or continuations of LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans, notice on the date of such conversion or continuation (each, a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) executed by an Authorized Officer, in each case in the form of Exhibit J or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed to specify the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which such Loans were incurred and, if to be converted or continued into LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Dollar Denominated Loans.

(d) If by 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Borrowing of Fixed Rate Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect, failed to specify in its Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or is not permitted to elect, a new Interest Period to be applicable to such Fixed Rate Loans as provided above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected (x) if LIBOR Loans, to convert such LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans and (y) if Alternate Currency Loans, to select a one-month Interest Period for such Alternate Currency Loans, in each case effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.

2.8. Pro Rata Borrowings. All Borrowings of Term Loans and Revolving Loans under this Agreement shall be incurred from the Lenders pro rata within each Tranche on the basis of their applicable Term Loan Commitments or Revolving Loan Commitments, as the case may be; provided that all Mandatory Borrowings shall be incurred from the Revolving Lenders pro rata on the basis of their RL Percentages. It is understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender of its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder (solely to the extent such Lender is so obligated) regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

2.9. Interest.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Dollar Denominated Loan maintained as a Base Rate Loan from the date of Borrowing thereof until the earlier of (i) the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) the conversion of such Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan pursuant to Section 2.7, as applicable, at a rate per annum which shall be equal to the sum of the relevant Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate, each as in effect from time to time.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Dollar Denominated Loan maintained as a LIBOR Loan from the date of Borrowing thereof until the earlier of (i) the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) the conversion of such LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.7 or 2.11, as applicable, at a rate per annum which shall, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, be equal to the sum of the relevant Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time during such Interest Period plus the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

 

-107-


(c) The Borrower hereby agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Alternate Currency Loan made to it from the date of Borrowing thereof until the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration, prepayment or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, be equal to the sum of the relevant Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time plus the applicable Alternate Currency Rate for such Interest Period.

(d) Overdue principal shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate then borne by such Loans. All other overdue amounts (including, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest) payable hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of a rate applicable to Dollar Denominated Revolving Loans that are maintained as Base Rate Loans from time to time (if such rate were to be applicable under this Agreement). Interest that accrues under this Section 2.9(d) shall be payable on demand.

(e) Accrued (and theretofore unpaid) interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Loan, (x) quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, (y) on the date of any repayment or prepayment in full of all outstanding Base Rate Loans of any Tranche, and (z) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand, and (ii) in respect of each Fixed Rate Loan, (x) on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three (3) months, on each date occurring at three (3) month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, and (y) on the date of any repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

(f) Upon each Interest Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Fixed Rate for each Interest Period applicable to the respective Fixed Rate Loans and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

2.10. Interest Periods. At the time the Borrower gives any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into, any Fixed Rate Loan at or prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the making of, or the expiration of an Interest Period applicable to, such Fixed Rate Loan, the Borrower shall have the right to elect the interest period (each, an “Interest Period”) applicable to such Fixed Rate Loan, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one (1), two (2), three (3), six (6) or, to the extent approved by each Lender with Loans and/or Commitments under the relevant Tranche, twelve (12) month period or any shorter period; provided that (in each case):

(A) all Fixed Rate Loans comprising a Borrowing shall at all times have the same Interest Period;

(B) the initial Interest Period for any Fixed Rate Loan shall commence on the date of Borrowing of such Fixed Rate Loan (including, in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the date of any conversion thereto from a Base Rate Loan) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Fixed Rate Loan shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period applicable thereto expires;

 

-108-


(C) if any Interest Period for a Fixed Rate Loan begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

(D) if any Interest Period for a Fixed Rate Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if any Interest Period for a Fixed Rate Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

(E) no Interest Period in respect of any Borrowing of any Tranche of Loans shall be selected which extends beyond the Maturity Date for such Tranche of Loans; and

(F) no Interest Period in respect of any Borrowing of any Tranche of Term Loans shall be selected which extends beyond any date upon which a mandatory repayment of such Tranche of Term Loans will be required to be made under Section 2.4(a), if the aggregate principal amount of such Tranche of Term Loans that has Interest Periods that will expire after such date will be in excess of the aggregate principal amount of such Tranche of Term Loans, as the case may be, then outstanding less the aggregate amount of such required repayment.

2.11. Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.

(a) In the event that the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Lenders shall have determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but, with respect to clause (A) below, may be made only by the Administrative Agent):

(A) on any Interest Determination Date as determined by the Required Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders that, by reason of any changes arising after the Original Closing Date generally affecting the applicable interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of the relevant Fixed Rate; or

(B) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan because of (x) any change since the Original Closing Date in any applicable law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request (whether or not having the force of law) or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request, such as, but not limited to, a change in official reserve requirements, but, in all events, excluding reserves required under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the LIBOR Rate and/or (y) other circumstances arising since the Original Closing Date affecting such Lender, the interbank market or the position of such Lender in such market (including that the Fixed Rate with respect to such Fixed Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Required Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders of funding such Fixed Rate Loan); or

(C) at any time, that the making or continuance of any Loan has been made (x) unlawful by any law or governmental rule, regulation or order, (y) impossible by compliance by any Lender in good faith with any governmental request (whether or not having force of law) or (z) impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Original Closing Date which materially and adversely generally affects the applicable interbank market; or

 

-109-


(D) at any time that the respective Alternate Currency is not available in sufficient amounts to fund any Borrowing of such Alternate Currency Loans requested pursuant to Section 2.1;

then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (A) or (D) above) shall promptly give notice (by telephone promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and, except in the case of clauses (A) and (D) above, to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (w) in the case of clause (A) above, (i) in the event LIBOR Loans are so affected, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans which have not yet been incurred (including by way of conversion) shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower and (ii) in the event that any Alternate Currency Loans are so affected, the relevant Fixed Rate shall be determined on the basis provided in the definition of the relevant Fixed Rate, (x) in the case of clause (B) above, the Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender, upon such Lender’s written request therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender shall determine after consultation with the Borrower) as shall be required to compensate each Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable hereunder (a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to each Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by the Required Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto), (y) in the case of clause (C) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.11(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law and (z) in the case of clause (D) above, Alternate Currency Loans (exclusive of any such Alternate Currency Loans which have theretofore been funded) shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing given by the Borrower with respect to such Alternate Currency Loans which have not been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower.

(b) At any time that any Fixed Rate Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.11(a)(B), the Borrower may, and in the case of a Fixed Rate Loan affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.11(a)(C), the Borrower shall, either (x) if the affected Fixed Rate Loan is then being made initially or pursuant to a conversion, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) on the same date that the Borrower was notified by affected Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(B) or (C) or (y) if the affected Lenders Fixed Rate Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, (i) in the case of a LIBOR Loan, require the affected Lenders to convert such LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan and (ii) in the case of any Fixed Rate Loan (other than a LIBOR Loan), repay all outstanding Borrowings which include such affected Fixed Rate Loans in full in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 5.1; provided that, (A) if the circumstances described in Section 2.11(a)(C) apply to any Alternate Currency Loan, the Borrower may, in lieu of taking the actions described above, maintain such Alternate Currency Loan outstanding, in which case the applicable Fixed Rate shall be determined on the basis provided in the definition of the relevant Fixed Rate, unless the maintenance of such Alternate Currency Loan outstanding on such basis would not stop the conditions described in Section 2.11(a)(C) from existing (in which case the actions described above, without giving effect to the proviso, shall be required to be taken) and (B) if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated the same pursuant to this Section 2.11(b).

 

-110-


(c) If any Lender determines that after the Original Closing Date the introduction of or any change in any applicable law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law) concerning capital adequacy, liquidity or any change in interpretation or administration thereof by the NAIC or any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency or any change in a Requirement of Law, will have the effect of increasing the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Lenders or any corporation controlling such Lenders based on the existence of such the Lender’s Commitments hereunder or their obligations hereunder, then the Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders, upon their written demand therefor, such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Lenders or such other corporation for the increased cost to such Lenders or such other corporation or the reduction in the rate of return to such Lenders or such other corporation as a result of such increase of capital. In determining such additional amounts, the Lenders will act reasonably and in good faith and will use averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable; provided that such Lender’s determination of compensation owing under this Section 2.11(c) shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto. The Lenders, upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.11(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall show in reasonable detail the basis for calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) upon the subsequent receipt of such notice.

(d) In the event that any Lender shall in good faith determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto) at any time that the Lenders are required to maintain reserves (including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves required by applicable law) which have been established by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body with jurisdiction over such Lenders (including any branch, Affiliate or funding office thereof) in respect of any Alternate Currency Loans or any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on any Alternate Currency Loan is determined or any category of extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United States office of any Lenders to non-United States residents, then, unless such reserves are included in the calculation of the interest rate applicable to such Alternate Currency Loans or in Section 2.11(a)(B), such Lenders shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing specifying the additional amounts required to indemnify such Lenders against the actual cost of maintaining such reserves (such written notice to provide in reasonable detail a computation of such additional amounts) and the Borrower (in the case of Loans owing by it and, in each case, denominated in an Alternate Currency) shall pay to Lenders such specified amounts as additional interest at the time that the Borrower is otherwise required to pay interest in respect of such Alternate Currency Loan or, if later, on written demand therefor by such Lenders.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and CRD IV and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, shall be deemed to be a change after the Original Closing Date in a Requirement of Law or government rule, regulation or order, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented (including for purposes of this Section 2.11 and Section 3.6); provided that increased costs because of a change in a Requirement of Law resulting from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and CRD IV may only be requested by the Lenders imposing such increased costs on borrowers similarly situated to the Borrower under syndicated credit facilities comparable to those provided hereunder.

(f) This Section 2.11 shall not apply to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (each of which are provided for in Section 5.5) or any Excluded Taxes.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Borrower or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrower) that the Borrower or Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:

 

-111-


(i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for any requested Interest Period, including, without limitation, because the LIBOR Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or

(ii) the administrator of the LIBOR Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR or the LIBOR Screen Rate shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans (such specific date, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”), or

(iii) syndicated loans currently being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section, are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR,

then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice , as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with an alternate benchmark rate (including any mathematical or other adjustments to the benchmark (if any) incorporated therein), giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such alternative benchmarks (any such proposed rate, a “LIBOR Successor Rate”), together with any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders do not accept such amendment. If no LIBOR Successor Rate has been determined and the circumstances under clause (i) above exist or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred (as applicable), the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Fixed Rate Loans shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected Fixed Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) the LIBOR Rate component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Base Rate. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Fixed Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Fixed Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request for a Dollar Denominated Loan into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (subject to the foregoing clause (y)) in the amount specified therein. Notwithstanding anything else herein, in no event shall such LIBOR Successor Rate be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement.

2.12. Compensation. The Borrower agrees to compensate each Lender, upon its written request (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such compensation), for all losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund its Fixed Rate Loans but excluding loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender or the Administrative Agent) a Borrowing of, or conversion from or into, Fixed Rate Loans does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn by the Borrower or deemed withdrawn pursuant to Section 2.11(a)); (ii) if any prepayment or repayment (including any prepayment or repayment made pursuant to Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or as a result of an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 11) or conversion of any of its Fixed Rate Loans occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Fixed Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or (iv) as a consequence of (x) any other default by the Borrower to repay Fixed Rate Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or any Note held by such Lender or (y) any election made pursuant to Section 2.11(b).

 

-112-


2.13. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

(a) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation for any amounts under Section 2.11, 2.12 or 3.6, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender if such Lender notifies Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim more than 180 days after such event; provided that if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(b) Each Lender agrees that on the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.11(a)(B) or (C), Section 2.11(c), Section 2.11(d), Section 3.6 or Section 5.5 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans or Letters of Credit affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no legal, regulatory or unreimbursed economic disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.13(b) shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.11, 3.6 and 5.5.

2.14. Replacement of Lenders. (x) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, (y) upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.11(a)(B) or (C), Section 2.11(c), Section 2.11(d), Section 3.6 or Section 5.5 with respect to any Lender which results in the Borrower being required to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments with respect to such Lender or such Lender charging to the Borrower increased costs in excess of those being generally charged by the other Lenders or (z) in the case of a refusal by a Lender to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to this Agreement that requires (or would require) the consent of all Lenders, the consent of all Lenders of a Class or each Lender adversely affected thereby under Section 13.12(a) and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, Required Revolving Lenders or Required Term Lenders, as applicable, as (and to the extent) provided in Section 13.12(a) (a “Proposed Modification”), the Borrower shall have the right, in accordance with Section 13.4, to replace such Lender (the “Replaced Lender”) with one or more other Eligible Assignees, none of whom shall constitute a Defaulting Lender at the time of such replacement (collectively, the “Replacement Lender”) and each of which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that:

(i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 2.14, the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or more Assignment and Assumptions pursuant to Section 13.4 (and with all fees payable pursuant to said Section 13.4 to be paid by the Replacement Lender and/or the Replaced Lender (as may be agreed to at such time by and among the Borrower, the Replacement Lender and the Replaced Lender)) pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall consent to the Proposed Modification, if applicable, and acquire all of the Commitments and outstanding Loans (or, in the case of the replacement of only (a) the Revolving Loan Commitment, the Revolving Loan Commitment and outstanding Revolving Loans and participations in Letter of Credit Outstandings and/ participation in Swingline Loans or (b) the Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Term Loans of any Tranche with respect to which such Lender is being replaced) of, and in each case (except for the replacement of only the Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Term Loans of any or all Tranches of Term Loans of the respective Lender) all participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans by, the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith, shall pay (or cause to be paid) to (x) the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum

 

-113-


of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, and any premium applicable to, all outstanding Loans of the respective Replaced Lender under each Tranche with respect to which such Replaced Lender is being replaced, (B) an amount equal to all Unpaid Drawings (unless there are no Unpaid Drawings with respect to the Tranche being replaced) that have been funded by (and not reimbursed to) such Replaced Lender, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Lender (but only with respect to the relevant Tranche, in the case of the replacement of less than all Tranches of Loans then held by the respective Replaced Lender) pursuant to Section 4.1, (y) except in the case of the replacement of only the Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Term Loans of one or more Tranches of a Replaced Lender, each Issuing Lender an amount equal to such Replaced Lender’s RL Percentage of any Unpaid Drawing relating to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (which at such time remains an Unpaid Drawing) to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded by such Replaced Lender and (z) in the case of any replacement of Revolving Loan Commitments, the Swingline Lender an amount equal to such Replaced Lender’s RL Percentage of any Mandatory Borrowing to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded by such Replaced Lender to the Swingline Lender; and

(ii) all obligations of any Loan Party then owing to the Replaced Lender (other than those (a) specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid, but including all amounts, if any, owing under Section 2.12 or Section 5.1(b) or (b) relating to any Tranche of Loans and/or Commitments of the respective Replaced Lender which will remain outstanding after giving effect to the respective replacement) shall be paid in full to such Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement.

Upon receipt by the Replaced Lender of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to this Section 2.14, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) and is authorized (which authorization is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest) to execute ansuch Replaced Lender shall execute an Assignment and Assumption within two (2) Business Days of the date on which the Replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Replaced Lender (or such executed Assignment and Assumption is delivered by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Replacement Lender). If such Replaced Lender, and does not execute and deliver such Assignment and Assumption within such two (2) Business Day period, then such Replaced Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of such Lender and the Assignment and Assumption so executed by the Administrative Agent and thesuch Replacement Lender shall be effective for the purposes of this Section 2.14 and Section 13.4. Upon the execution of the respective Assignment and Assumption, the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, recordation of the assignment on the Register by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.15 and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender, delivery to the Replacement Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, (x) the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and, unless the respective Replaced Lender continues to have outstanding Term Loans and/or a Revolving Loan Commitment hereunder, the Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.11, 2.12, 3.6, 5.5, 12.6, 13.1 and 13.6), which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender and (y) except in the case of the replacement of only outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.14, the RL Percentages of the Lenders shall be automatically adjusted at such time to give effect to such replacement.

 

-114-


2.15. Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders),Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (i) request one or more additional tranchesTranches of term loans or one or more increases to an existing trancheTranche of Term Loans (the commitments thereof, the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments,, the loans thereunder, the “Incremental Term Loans” and a Lender making such loans, an “Incremental Term Lender”) or (ii) (A) request one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments (any such increase, a “Revolving Loan Commitment Increase”) and/or (B) subject to Section  2.1(fd ), the establishment of one or more new Revolving Loan Commitments (any such new commitment, a “New Revolving Loan Commitment” and, together with Revolving Loan Commitment Increases, the “Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments” and, such loans thereunder, the “Incremental Revolving Loans” and, a Lender making such a commitment, an “Incremental Revolving Lender”); provided that:

(i) Thethe aggregate amount of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments incurredFacilities Incurred during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount;

(ii) Nono Person shall be an obligor under any Incremental Facility that is not a Loan Party with respect to all Loans and Commitmentsand no Incremental Facility may be secured by assets that are not Collateral;

(iii) Both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall existDocument and, at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), no Default or Event of Default shall exist; provided that if the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are intended to be used to consummatefinance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case that is a Limited Condition Transaction, then the requirementsrequirement of no Default or Event of Default set forth in this clause (iii) may be waived or not required by the applicable Incremental Lenders (other than with respect to a Default orSignificant Event of Default pursuant to Sections 11.1(a) and);

(iv) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Document and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); provided that if the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are intended to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case that is a Limited Condition Transaction, then the requirements set forth in this clause (fiv) ) may be limited by the applicable Incremental Lenders to the Specified Representations;

(v) (iv) Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments may be denominated in Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling or any other Available Currency (it being understood that any such Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment may be utilized in Available Currencies as and to the extent provided in the applicable Incremental Amendment);

(vi) (v) The Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving LoansIncremental Facilities shall rank no greater than pari passu in right of payment and no greater than pari passu in right of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder;

 

-115-


(vi) Other than customary bridge facilities (so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (vi) and such conversion2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans; provided that any Incremental Facility that is secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Obligations or exchangethat is set forth in an Incremental Agreement shall be subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges)an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement;

(vii) other than Customary Bridge Facilities, (A) Incremental Term Loans shall not mature earlier than the LatestTerm Loan Maturity Date and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of existingthe 2020 Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) having the Latest Maturity Date (except by virtue of amortization of or prepayment of the 2020 Term Loans prior to such date of determination) and (B) Incremental Revolving Loans shall not mature earlier than the Revolving Loan Maturity Date (except by virtue of termination of the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments prior to such date of determination);

(viii) (vii) Other than customary bridge facilities (so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (vii) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges), Subject to clause (visubject to clause (vii) above, (A) the amortization schedule applicable to any such Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Lenders and (B)  anyno such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment shall not have amortization or scheduled mandatory commitment reductions (other than at the maturity thereof);

(viii) Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall be subject to the terms, conditions and documentation identical to Revolving Loans in this Agreement and each other Loan Document; provided that subject to clause (ix) below, New Revolving Loan Commitments may have pricing and fees that are different from the pricing and fees applicable to Revolving Loans in this Agreement; and

(ix) except to the extent permitted by clauses (v), (vii) and (viii) above and clauses (x) and (xi) below, the terms of such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments (other than any terms (x) applicable after the Latest Maturity Date of the 2020 Term Loans or the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable or (y) that are also made for the benefit of the Lenders under the 2020 Term Loans or the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments (including in respect of any financial covenant applicable to any Incremental Revolving Commitments), as applicable (which will be documented in an amendment to this Agreement requiring only the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent)) shall (A) be substantially identical to, or no more favorable (taken as a whole) to the lenders providing such Incremental Facility than, the 2020 Term Loans or the 2019 Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, in this Agreement and each other Loan Document (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (B) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the time of Incurrence thereof (or obtaining of a commitment with respect thereto), or (C) be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(x) (ix)  Thethe All-In Yield applicable to the Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments made hereunder shall be determined by the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lenders and/or the Incremental Revolving Lenders.; provided that with respect to any Incremental Document in respect of Incremental Term Loans in the form of a broadly syndicated “term B facility” denominated in Dollars or Euros and secured by the Collateral on a

 

-116-


pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans, if the All-In Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loans exceeds the All-In Yield in respect of the 2020 Term Loans denominated in the same currency as such Incremental Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Margin of the 2020 Term Loans denominated in the applicable currency shall be adjusted such that the All-In Yield of the 2020 Term Loans denominated in the applicable currency equals the All-In Yield of such Incremental Term Loans minus 0.50%, effective upon the making of such Incremental Term Loans; provided further that any amendments to the Applicable Margin in respect of the 2020 Term Loans that become effective subsequent to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date but prior to the time such Incremental Term Loans are borrowed shall also be included in such calculations; provided further that this Section 2.15(a)(x) shall not apply to the MFN Exceptions;

(xi) Incremental Term Loans may participate (i) on a pro rata basis, greater than pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis in any voluntary prepayments of the 2020 Term Loans and (ii) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (and on a greater than pro rata basis with respect to mandatory prepayments of any such Incremental Term Loans with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) with respect to any mandatory prepayments of Incremental Term Loans; and

(xii) the Borrower may appoint any Person (or Persons) to arrange any Incremental Facility and provide such arranger (or arrangers) any titles to such Incremental Facility as it deems appropriate.

(b) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments. Except as permitted in clauses (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (ix) of Section 2.15(a), all terms and documentation with respect to Incremental Term Loans and New Revolving Loan Commitments that (i) are materially more restrictive on Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (when taken as a whole) than those with respect to any other Loans under the Facilities or (ii) relate to provisions of a mechanical (including with respect to Collateral and currency mechanics) or administrative nature, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.[Reserved].

(c) Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments may be provided, by any existing Lender or any Additional Lender (provided that no Lender shall be obligated to make all or a portion of any Incremental Term Loan or to provide all or a portion of any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.15; provided that the Administrative Agent and, in respect any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, theeach Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments if such consent would be required under Section 13.4 for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Loan Commitment Increase elected to be provided by an existing Revolving Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Loan Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment”) to this Agreement or, in the case of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments that are not secured on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, pursuant to separate documentation (an “Incremental Agreement” and, together with an Incremental Amendment, “Incremental Documents”) and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental AmendmentDocument may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or

 

-117-


appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.15, including amendments that do not adversely affect the Lenders, which may include amendments to Sections 2.4(a) and 5.1(b) that do not adversely affect. The Borrower may agree with the Issuing Lenders affected thereby. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to increase the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.2(a) and (b) (it being understood that all references to the date of such extension of credit or similar language in suchsublimit for Letters of Credit in Section  7.2(b)3.2 and (unless waived bymay agree with the AdditionalSwingline Lender) Section 7.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree; provided that if the Borrower intends to use the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans or to increase the Maximum Swingline Amount, in connection with any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments for the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction, the conditions set forth in Sections 7.2(a) and (b) may, to the extent mutually agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Lenders, be limited to the following: (i) in respect of Section 7.2(a), the Specified Representations and (ii) in respect of Section 7.2(b), any Significant Event of Default; provided further that any representations and warranties made to the applicable Incremental Lenders that are not contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall also be made for the benefit of the LendersCommitment. The Borrower may use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including working capital, Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions, Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payments (but not other Dissenting Shareholder Payments) and other general corporate purposes.

(d) Upon each increase in the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.15, each Revolving Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Increase (each, a “Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Lender”) in respect of such increase, and each such Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swingline Loans held by each Revolving Lender (including each such Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregateTotal Revolving Loan Commitments of all Revolving LendersCommitment represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment and if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Loans outstanding, such Revolving Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Loan Commitment Increase either be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Loans made hereunder or assigned to a Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Lender (in each case, reflecting such increase in Revolving Loan Commitments, such that Revolving Loans are held ratably in accordance with each Revolving Lender’s pro rata share, after giving effect to such increase), which prepayment or assignment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Loans being prepaid. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence; provided that any existing Revolving Lender electing not to provide a Revolving Loan Commitment Increase shall not be required to fund amounts in an Alternate Currency in excess of such amounts it would otherwise be required to fund by virtue of the immediately preceding sentence.

(e) This Section 2.15 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.8 or 13.12 to the extent they conflict with this Section 2.15.

 

-118-


(f) The Borrower may Incur Incremental Facilities under clause (a) or (b) of the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount in such order as it may elect in its sole discretion and shall be allowed to classify under which clause such Incremental Facilities are being Incurred at the time of such Incurrence, without giving Pro Forma Effect to any Incremental Facilities or any increases of the Term Facility (or any portion thereof) in each case permitted to be Incurred under such clause (b) that is being Incurred in a single transaction or series of related transactions that occur substantially concurrently with an Incurrence under such clause (a) (but giving Pro Forma Effect to the use of proceeds of thereof) when calculating the amount of Incremental Facilities (or any portion thereof) that may be Incurred pursuant to such clause (a) at such time.

2.16. Loan Modification Offers.

(a) The Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes on the same terms to each such Lender (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, a “Specified Class”) to make one or more Permitted Amendments pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower; provided that (i) any such offer shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loans), (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any such offer, (iii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower and (iv) in the case of any Permitted Amendment relating to the Revolving Loan Commitments, each Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender shall have approved such Permitted Amendment. Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days nor more than 30 Business Days after the date of such notice, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) assignments and participations of Specified Classes shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions applicable to Loans set forth in Section 13.4, and (2) no repayment of Specified Classes shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Loans (including previously extended Loans) (or all earlier maturing Loans (including previously extended Loans) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Specified Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Specified Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made. No Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Loan Modification Offer.

(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement (a “Loan Modification Agreement”) executed and delivered by the Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. No Loan Modification Agreement shall provide for any extension of a Specified Class in an aggregate principal amount that is less than (i) in the case of Revolving Loan Commitments, $10,000,000 and (ii) in the case of Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments, $75,000,000 (or €75,000,000 in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans). Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.16, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder; provided that no Loan Modification Agreement may provide for (i) any Specified Class to be secured by any

 

-119-


Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Loans and (ii) so long as any Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to all the Loans on a pro rata basis; provided further that in the case of any Loan Modification Offer relating to Revolving Loan Commitments or Revolving Loans, except as otherwise agreed to by each Issuing Lender, (i) the allocation of the participation exposure with respect to any then-existing or subsequently issued Letter of Credit as between the commitments of such new “Class” and the remaining Revolving Loan Commitments shall be made on a ratable basis as between the commitments of such new “Class” and the remaining Revolving Loan Commitments, (ii) any new “Class” of commitments and the remaining Revolving Loan Commitments shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(f) and (iii) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date may not be extended without the prior written consent of each Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

(c) Subject to Section 2.16(b), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Loan Modification Agreement that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Loan Modification Offer in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Loans of any or all applicable Classes be extended.

(d) This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.8 or 13.12 to the contrary.

2.17. Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) if any Swingline Loans are outstanding or any Letter of Credit Outstandings exist at the time when a Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the participating risk in such Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings shall be reallocated among the Revolving Lenders that are Non-Defaulting Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective RL Percentage but only to the extent (x) the sum of all Revolving Extensions of Credit of all Revolving Lenders that are Non-Defaulting Revolving Lenders does not exceed the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loan Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Revolving Lenders, (y) immediately following the reallocation to a Revolving Lender that is a Non-Defaulting Lender, the Revolving Extensions of Credit of such Revolving Lender do not exceed its Revolving Loan Commitment at such time and (z) the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 are satisfied at such time;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such outstanding Swingline Loans and (y) second, Collateralize in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Lender such Defaulting Lender’s RL Percentage of all Letter of Credit Outstandings (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) for so long as such Letter of Credit Outstandings exist;

(iii) the Borrower shall not be required to pay any Letter of Credit Fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.1(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s RL Percentage of Letter of Credit Outstandings;

(iv) if the participating risk in Letter of Credit Outstandings of the Non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.17(a), then the Letter of Credit Fees payable to the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ RL Percentages; and

 

-120-


(v) if any Defaulting Lenders’ RL Percentage of Letter of Credit Outstandings is neither Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.17(a), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Lender or any Revolving Lender hereunder, all Letter of Credit Fees payable under Section 4.1(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s RL Percentage of Letter of Credit Outstandings shall be payable to each Issuing Lender until such portion of such Letter of Credit Outstandings is Collateralized and/or reallocated.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.1(d) or Section 3, so long as any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Issuing Lender shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Loan Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or collateral has been provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.17(a), and (ii) participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among Revolving Lenders that are Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.17(a) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

(c) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, each Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Revolving Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then (i) the risk participations in Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings of the Revolving Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments and on such date such Revolving Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Revolving Lender to hold such Revolving Loans in accordance with its RL Percentage and (ii) so long as no Event of Default then exists, all funds held as Cash Collateral pursuant to the Letter of Credit Back-Stop Arrangements shall thereafter be promptly returned to the Borrower. If the Revolving Loan Commitments have been terminated, all other Obligations have been paid in full and no Letters of Credit are outstanding, then, so long as no Event of Default then exists, all funds held as Cash Collateral pursuant to the Letter of Credit Back-Stop Arrangements and the Swingline Back-Stop Arrangements shall thereafter be promptly returned to the Borrower.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.2 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize each Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.17(a)(ii); fourth, as the Borrower may

 

-121-


request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize each Issuing Lender’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.17(a)(ii); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, each Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(i). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(d)(i) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(ii) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or (b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided that such Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 4.1(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to its pro rata share of the stated amountStated Amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.17(a).

(iii) With respect to any fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.17(a)(i), (y) pay to each Issuing Lender the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to each Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

-122-


(e) If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Lender agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(i)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided further that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.18. Refinancing Amendment.

(a) At any time after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of (a) all or any portion of any Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans) or (b) all or any portion of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Loan Commitments) under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (b) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Revolving Loans and Other Revolving Commitments), in the form of (x) Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments or (y) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date under Section 7.1. Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitments established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit under the Revolving Loan Commitments and subject to the approval of the Issuing Lender.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and/or Other Term Commitments).

(c) Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or effect a replacement of any Intercreditor Agreement) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.18. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of the Issuing Lender, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be reallocated from Lenders holding Revolving Loans Commitments to Lenders holding extended revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding revolving commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such revolving commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

-123-


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 2.18 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.12 to the contrary and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may amend Section 2.8 to implement any Refinancing Amendment.

SECTION 3.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1. Letters of Credit.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request that an Issuing Lender issue, at any time and from time to time on and after the Original Closing Date and before sixty (60) days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, for the account of the Borrower and for the benefit of (x) any Person, an irrevocable standby letter of credit, in a form customarily used by such Issuing Lender or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to such Issuing Lender, and (y) sellers of goods to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, an irrevocable trade letter of credit, in a form customarily used by such Issuing Lender or in such other form as has been approved by such Issuing Lender (each such letter of credit, a “Letter of Credit” and, collectively, the “Letters of Credit”). All Letters of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars or an Alternate Currency and shall be issued on a sight basis only.

(b) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Issuing Lender agrees that it will, at any time and from time to time on and after the Original Closing Date and prior to the 60th day prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, following its receipt of the respective Letter of Credit Request, issue for account of the Borrower, one or more Letters of Credit as are permitted to remain outstanding hereunder without giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; provided that:

(i) the Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance, unless the Required Revolving Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(B) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Original Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Original Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;

(C) such Issuing Lender shall have received from the Borrower, any other Loan Party or the Required Lenders prior to the issuance of such Letter of Credit notice of the type described in the third sentence of Section 3.3(b);

 

-124-


(D) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Lender applicable to letters of credit generally;

(E) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternate Currency;

(F) in any instance in which a Revolving Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, after giving effect to any automatic reallocation to cover such Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i), such Fronting Exposure is not eliminated; or

(G) the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;

(ii) the Issuing Lender shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Issuing Lender would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof;

(iii) the Issuing Lender shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Lender would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit; and

(iv) the Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Revolving Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Section 12 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and issuer documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 12 included the Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Lender.

3.2. Maximum Letter of Credit Outstandings; Final Maturities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letter of Credit Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings which are repaid on the date of, and prior to the issuance of, the respective Letter of Credit) at such time would exceed either (x) $30,000,000 (based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) or (y) when added to the sum of (I) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding and (II) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans then outstanding, an amount equal to the Total Revolving Loan Commitment at such time; provided that if at any time following one or more fluctuations in the Spot Currency Exchange Rate of any Alternate Currency against the Dollar at any Revaluation Date, the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit would cause the Letter of Credit Outstandings to exceed the amounts set forth in subclauses (x) or (y) above, respectively, then (A) if such excess is in an aggregate amount that is greater than or equal to $1,000,000, within two Business Days of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, (B) if such excess is an aggregate amount that is less than $1,000,000 and such excess continues to exist in an aggregate amount less than $1,000,000 for at least five Business Days, within two Business Days of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, or (iii) if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall immediately (A) make the necessary payments or repayments to reduce the applicable Obligations to an amount necessary to eliminate such excess or (B) Collateralize such Letters of Credit to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess; provided further that, if the Borrower provides Cash Collateral to secure obligations related to Letters of Credit that are denominated in an Alternate Currency and, as a

 

-125-


result of fluctuations in the applicable Spot Currency Exchange Rate between Dollars and such Alternate Currency, the Cash Collateral held by the Administrative Agent is less than the specified amount of Cash Collateral so required to be maintained by the Borrower, the Borrower shall, promptly following a request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deposit additional Cash Collateral equal to such shortfall to be held as Cash Collateral; and (ii) each Letter of Credit shall by its terms terminate on or before the earlier of (x) the date which occurs twelve (12) months after the date of the issuance thereof or such later date as may be acceptable to the Issuing Lender (although any such standby Letter of Credit may be extendible for successive periods of up to twelve (12) months or such later date as may be acceptable to the Issuing Lender, but, in each case, not beyond the third Business Day prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, on terms acceptable to the Issuing Lender) and (y) three Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

3.3. Letter of Credit Requests; Minimum Stated Amount.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued for its account, an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and the respective Issuing Lender (prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York City time)) at least five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as is acceptable to such Issuing Lender) (including by way of facsimile or other electronic means, including pdf) written notice thereof. Each notice shall be in the form of Exhibit K, appropriately completed (each, a “Letter of Credit Request”).

(b) The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the Lenders that such Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.2. Unless the respective Issuing Lender has received notice from the Borrower, any other Loan Party or the Required Lenders before it issues a Letter of Credit that one or more of the conditions specified in Section 7.2 are not then satisfied, or that the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate Section 3.2, then such Issuing Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, issue the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in accordance with such Issuing Lender’s usual and customary practices. Upon the issuance of or modification or amendment to any Letter of Credit, each Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in writing of such issuance, modification or amendment and such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or the respective modification or amendment thereto, as the case may be. Promptly after receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall notify the L/C Participants, in writing, of such issuance, modification or amendment (and if such notification relates to the issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, such notice will include the Dollar Equivalent of the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit). On the first Business Day of each week, each Issuing Lender shall furnish the Administrative Agent with a written (including via facsimile) report of the daily aggregate outstandings of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender for the immediately preceding week. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event that a Lender Default exists with respect to any Revolving Lender, no Issuing Lender shall be required to issue, renew, extend or amend any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate such Issuing Lender’s risk with respect to each Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (which arrangements are hereby consented to by the Lenders), including by Collateralizing each Defaulting Lender’s RL Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings with respect to such Letters of Credit (such arrangements, the “Letter of Credit Back-Stop Arrangements”).

(c) The initial Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $100,000 (or, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, the Dollar Equivalent thereof) or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the respective Issuing Lender.

 

-126-


3.4. Letter of Credit Participations.

(a) Immediately upon the issuance by an Issuing Lender of any Letter of Credit, such Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Issuing Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such L/C Participant’s RL Percentage, in such Letter of Credit, each drawing or payment made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto. Upon any change in the Revolving Loan Commitments or RL Percentages of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.14 or 13.4, it is hereby agreed that, with respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit and Unpaid Drawings relating thereto, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations pursuant to this Section 3.4 to reflect the new RL Percentages of the assignor and assignee Lender, as the case may be.

(b) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, no Issuing Lender shall have any obligation relative to the other Lenders other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit appear to have been delivered and that they appear to substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by an Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it shall not create for such Issuing Lender any resulting liability to the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person unless such action is taken or omitted to be taken with gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Lender (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

(c) In the event that an Issuing Lender makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to such Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5(a), such Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such failure, and each L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to such Issuing Lender the amount of such L/C Participant’s RL Percentage of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in same day funds. If the Administrative Agent so notifies, prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on any Business Day, any L/C Participant required to fund a payment under a Letter of Credit, such L/C Participant shall make available to the respective Issuing Lender in Dollars such L/C Participant’s RL Percentage of the amount of such payment on such Business Day in same day funds. If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its RL Percentage of the amount of such payment available to respective Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to such Issuing Lender, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to such Issuing Lender at the Overnight Rate for the first three (3) days and at the interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are maintained as Base Rate Loans for each day thereafter. The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to an Issuing Lender its RL Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to such Issuing Lender its RL Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to such Issuing Lender such other L/C Participant’s RL Percentage of any such payment.

(d) Whenever an Issuing Lender receives a payment of a reimbursement obligation as to which it has received any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c) above, such Issuing Lender shall pay to each such L/C Participant which has paid its RL Percentage thereof, in Dollars and in same day funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the principal amount of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective participations.

 

-127-


(e) Upon the request of any L/C Participant, each Issuing Lender shall furnish to such L/C Participant copies of any standby Letter of Credit issued by it and such other documentation as may reasonably be requested by such L/C Participant.

(f) The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to each Issuing Lender with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, any of the following circumstances:

(A) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(B) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, any L/C Participant, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(C) any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(D) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan Documents; or

(E) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

3.5. Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings.

(a) The Borrower agrees to reimburse each Issuing Lender, by making payment to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, for any payment or disbursement made by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit issued by it (each such amount, so paid until reimbursed by the Borrower, an “Unpaid Drawing”), not later than (x) one (1) Business Day following receipt by the Borrower of notice of such payment or disbursement if such notice is received on or prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) or (y) two (2) Business Days following receipt by the Borrower of notice of such payment or disbursement if such notice is received after 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) (provided that no such notice shall be required to be given if a Default or an Event of Default under Section 11.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the Unpaid Drawing shall be due and payable immediately without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower)), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by such Issuing Lender, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date of such payment or disbursement, from and including the date paid or disbursed to but excluding the date such Issuing Lender was reimbursed by the Borrower therefor at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate as in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time for Revolving Loans that are maintained as Base Rate Loans; provided, however, to the extent such amounts are not reimbursed prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the receipt by the Borrower of notice of such payment or disbursement or following the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under Section 11.1(f), interest shall thereafter accrue on the amounts so paid or disbursed by such Issuing Lender (and until reimbursed by the Borrower) at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate as in effect from

 

-128-


time to time plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are maintained as Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time plus 2%, with such interest to be payable on demand. Each Issuing Lender shall give the Borrower prompt written notice of each Drawing under any Letter of Credit issued by it; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall in no way affect, impair or diminish the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender in Dollars. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender in such Alternate Currency, unless (x) Issuing Lender (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (y) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified Issuing Lender promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse Issuing Lender in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing as of the applicable Revaluation Date under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, the Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.

(b) The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.5 to reimburse each Issuing Lender with respect to drafts, demands and other presentations for payment under Letters of Credit issued by it (each, a “Drawing”) (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) waiver by the Issuing Lender of any requirement that exists for the Issuing Lender’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by the Issuing Lender which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;

(v) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(vi) any payment made by the Issuing Lender in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

(vii) any payment by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

 

-129-


(viii) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternate Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

(ix) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse any Issuing Lender for any wrongful payment made by such Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Issuing Lender (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

3.6. Increased Costs. If at any time after the Original Closing Date, the introduction of or any change in any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, guideline or request or in the interpretation or administration thereof by the NAIC or any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant with any request or directive by the NAIC or by any such Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall either (i) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by any Issuing Lender or participated in by any L/C Participant, or (ii) impose on any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant any cost or other conditions relating, directly or indirectly, to this Agreement or any Letter of Credit; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant hereunder or reduce the rate of return on its capital with respect to Letters of Credit, then, upon the delivery of the certificate referred to below to the Borrower by any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower agrees to pay to such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction in the amount receivable or reduction on the rate of return on its capital. Any Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant, upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable to it pursuant to this Section 3.6, will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall include a certificate submitted to the Borrower by such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Issuing Lender or such L/C Participant. The certificate required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on the Borrower. This Section 3.6 shall not apply to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (each of which are provided for in Section 5.5) or any Excluded Taxes.

3.7. Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the Issuing Lender’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the Issuing Lender required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Requirement of Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the Issuing Lender or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade – International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

 

-130-


SECTION 4.

COMMITMENT FEES; FEES; REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS

4.1. Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Non-Defaulting Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the Revolving Loan Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Total Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated) computed at a rate per annum equal to 0.50% of the daily Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment in respect of such Non-Defaulting Revolving Lender’s Initial2019 Revolving Loan Commitment as in effect from time to time (“Commitment Fees”). From and after the delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable, for the first full fiscal quarter or the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, as applicable, after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fees shall be reduced to a rate per annum equal to 0.375% of the daily Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and on the date upon which the Total Revolving Loan Commitment is terminated. For purposes of computing Commitment Fees only, outstanding Swingline Loans shall not count as a utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments and shall otherwise be disregarded.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Non-Defaulting Revolving Lender (based on each such Revolving Lender’s respective RL Percentage) a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the date of termination or expiration of such Letter of Credit, computed at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time during such period with respect to Initial2019 Revolving Loans that are maintained as LIBOR Loans on the daily Stated Amount of each such Letter of Credit. Accrued Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and on the first day on or after the termination of the Total Revolving Loan Commitment upon which no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Lender, for its own account, a facing fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it (the “Facing Fee”) for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the date of termination or expiration of such Letter of Credit, computed at a rate per annum equal to 0.125% or such other amount as may be agreed by the applicable Issuing Lender on the daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Accrued Facing Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and upon the first day on or after the termination of the Total Revolving Loan Commitment upon which no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Lender, for its own account, upon each payment under, issuance of, or amendment to, any Letter of Credit issued by it, such amount as shall at the time of such event be the administrative charge and the reasonable expenses which such Issuing Lender is generally imposing in connection with such occurrence with respect to letters of credit.

 

-131-


(e) [Reserved.]The Dollar 2020 Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall be net funded with an original issue discount of 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount thereof. The Euro 2020 Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall be funded at par.

(f) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such fees as may be agreed to in writing from time to time by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, all amounts owing under the Fee Letter).

(g) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 13 Lead ArrangersArranger such fees as may be separately agreed to in writing by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all amounts owing under the Fee Letter and the Amendment No. 1 Engagement Letter).

4.2. Voluntary Termination of Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitments.

(a) Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, without premium or penalty to terminate the Total Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment in whole, or reduce it in part, pursuant to this Section 4.2(a), in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in the case of partial reductions to the Total Unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment; provided that each such reduction shall apply proportionately to permanently reduce the applicable Revolving Loan Commitment of each Revolving Lender. If such notice of termination indicates that such termination is being made in connection with a Refinancing of the Facility or in the context of a transaction involving a Change of Control or a Qualified Public Offering or other contingent transaction, such notice of termination may be revoked if such Refinancing or transaction is not consummated, subject to payment of any costs referred to in Section 2.12 resulting therefrom.

(b) In the event of the refusal by a Lender to consent to a Proposed Modification with respect to such Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments, the Borrower shall have the right upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), to terminate the entire Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender (but not any other Commitments or Loans of such Lender that are not proposed to be modified by such Proposed Modification), so long as all Revolving Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest, Fees and all other amounts owing to such Lender (including all amounts, if any, owing pursuant to Section 2.12) are repaid concurrently with the effectiveness of such termination (at which time Schedule I shall be deemed modified to reflect such changed amounts) and such Lender’s RL Percentage of all outstanding Letters of Credit is cash collateralized in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the respective Issuing Lenders, and at such time, unless the respective Lender continues to have outstanding Loans or commitments in respect of Loans hereunder, such Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement, except with respect to indemnifications under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.11, 2.12, 3.6, 5.5, 12.6, 13.1 and 13.6), which shall survive as to such repaid Lender.

4.3. Mandatory Reduction of Commitments.

(a) The Additional Dollar2020 Term Commitment and Additional Euro TermLoan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate in its entirety on the Amendment No.  13 Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of 2020 Term B-1 Loans on such date).

 

-132-


(b) The Total Revolving Loan Commitment shall terminate in its entirety on, as applicable, (i) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the Incremental Revolving Loan Maturity Date or (iii) the Maturity Date for any Other Revolving Loan set forth in the Refinancing Amendment applicable thereto. Each reduction to, or termination of, the Total Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be applied to proportionately reduce or terminate, as the case may be, the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment.

SECTION 5.

PREPAYMENTS; PAYMENTS; TAXES

5.1. Voluntary Prepayments.

(a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, in each case, without premium or penalty, subject to the requirements of Section 5.1(b), upon irrevocable notice, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior thereto (and with respect to any Alternate Currency Loan, four (4) Business Days prior thereto), in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, and no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) onone Business Day prior to the date of such payment, in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment, whether the prepayment is of Term Loans or Revolving Loans and whether the prepayment is of Fixed Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans; provided that if a Fixed Rate Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.12; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a Refinancing of the Facility or in the context of a transaction involving a Change of Control or Qualified Public Offering or other contingent transaction, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such Refinancing or transaction is not consummated, subject to payment of any costs referred to in Section 2.12. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Swingline Loans (other than in connection with a repayment of all Loans)) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Prepayments shall be accompanied by Prepayment Fees required by Section 5.1(b), if any, and accrued interest. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount (or, in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, €2,000,000 and integral multiples of €1,000,000 in excess of that amount). Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 (or, in the case of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and integral multiples of $100,000 (or, in the case of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess of that amount. Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(b) If the Borrower (x) repays, prepays, refinances, substitutes or replaces any Term B-1 Loans in connection with a Repricing Transaction or (y) effects any amendment, waiver, consent or modification of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, then the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable 2020 Term Lenders, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Term B-1 Loans so repaid, prepaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced and (II) in the case of clause (y), a fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable 2020 Term B-1 Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment, waiver, consent or modification. Such amounts shall be due and payable on the date of effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction (as applicable, the “Prepayment Fees”). If all or any portion of the 2020 Term B-1 Loans held by any Lender are repaid, prepaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced pursuant to Section 2.14 or 5.1(c) as a result of, or in connection with, such Lender not agreeing or otherwise consenting to any waiver, consent or amendment referred to in clause (y) above (or otherwise in connection with a Repricing Transaction), such repayment, prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement will be made at 101.0% of the principal amount so repaid, prepaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced. The Borrower shall be subject to the requirements of this Section 5.1(b) only until but including, in respect of the Term B-1 Loans, July 18, 2018date that is six months following the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

 

-133-


(c) In the event of the refusal by a Lender to consent to a Proposed Modification with respect to such Lender’s Revolving Loans or Term Loans, as applicable, the Borrower may, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), repay all such Revolving Loans or Term Loans, as applicable (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any other Loans (or Tranches) of such Lender that are not proposed to be modified by such Proposed Modification), including all amounts, if any, owing pursuant to Section 2.11, together with accrued and unpaid interest, Fees and all other amounts then owing to such Lender so long as in the case of the repayment of Revolving Loans of any Lender pursuant to this clause (c), (x) the Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender is terminated concurrently with such repayment pursuant to Section 4.2(b) (at which time Schedule I shall be deemed modified to reflect the changed Revolving Loan Commitments) and (y) such Lender’s RL Percentage of all outstanding Letters of Credit is cash collateralized in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the respective Issuing Lenders. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1(c) shall reduce the then remaining scheduled repayments of the respective Tranche of Term Loans on a pro rata basis (based upon the then remaining principal amount of each such scheduled repayment of the respective Tranche after giving effect to all prior reductions thereto).

(d) All voluntary prepayments of Term Loans in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be applied as directed (which may be on a non-pro rata basis among the Term Loans) by the Borrower, and shall be applied within each such Tranche to the remaining amortization payments thereunder as directed by the Borrower (or, if the Borrower has not made such designation, in direct order of maturity); provided that if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing such voluntary prepayments shall be made on pro rata basis among the Term Loans.

5.2. Mandatory Repayments.

(a) If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 9.4 (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 9.4(b)(iv) and (b)(v) to the extent provided therein)), concurrently with, and as a condition to closing of such transaction, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such issuance or incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 5.2.

(b) If, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, an amount equal to (I) the excess of (i) the applicable ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow overminus (ii) the sum of:

(A) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness or a Specified Equity Contribution(other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount of all Purchases by any Permitted Eligible Assignee pursuant to a Dutch Auction (or open market purchases (in each case, determined by the actual cash purchase price paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee for such Purchase and not the par value of the Loans purchased by such Permitted Eligible Assignee) and the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of Term Loans or optional prepayments of Revolving Loans (other than in respect of any Revolving Loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), in each case, actually made in cash during the Specified Period for such Excess Cash Flow Period minus (II) $10,000,000, including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in

 

-134-


connection therewith, in each case (x) to the extent actually paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) and (y) to the extent such Term Loans or Revolving Loans are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans; plus

(B) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs; plus

(C) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Permitted Acquisitions; plus

(D) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all Investments (other than those of the type set forth in clause (a) or clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(E) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, Restricted Payments permitted hereunder and actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(F) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash pursuant to binding contracts entered into prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs and Investments and Restricted Payments in each case that is certified in writing by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be contractually obligated (or, in the case of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, budgeted) to be paid within 365 days after such certificate (provided that (x) no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (F) and not actually paid in such 365-day period shall be prepaid in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

 

-135-


(G) cash Restructuring Charges excluded from Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof made prior to the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date (provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(H) the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 5% of LTM EBITDA,

shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 5.2; provided that to the amountextent any amounts pursuant to clause (ii) above (other than clause (ii)(H) above) reduce the required prepayments with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period to an amount less than $0, such amounts in excess of $0 may be credited against the applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow for any subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period in which the required prepayments under this Section 5.2(b) shall be no less than $0exceed $0 until such excess amount has been fully applied. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) no later than ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of (A) the date on which the financial statementsFinancial Statements Certificate referred to in Section  8.18.2 (ac ) for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are is required to be delivered and (B) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.

(c) If, on any date, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event resulting in Net Cash Proceeds, in each case, in excess of $15,000,000 per annum or any Recovery Event, other dispositions in an amount equal to the greater thanof $15,000,000 and 5.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), then 100.00% of the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of $15,000,000 and 5.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of such date to prepay (A)  outstanding 2020 Term Loans in accordance with this Section 5.2 and (B) at the Borrower’s option, outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.4 (to the extent secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with (and is pari passu in right of payment with) the Facilities) (collectively, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”); provided that the Borrower shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within one year21 months of receipt thereof (or, if later, one hundred eighty (180) days after the date the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding commitment to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds thereof prior to the expiration of such one (1) year21-month period) in assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other similar Investment permitted hereunder; provided, further, that all such Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested within such period must be applied in accordance with this Section 5.2; provided, further, that any suchthe percentage of Net Cash Proceeds may beso applied pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) shall be reduced to Other Applicable Indebtedness only to (and not in excess of) the extent to which a mandatory prepayment in respect of(i) fifty percent (50.0%) if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 but greater than 4.25 to 1.00 and (ii) zero percent (0%) if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.25 to 1.00, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis for such Asset Sale or Recovery Event is required under, as of the termslast day of such Other Applicable Indebtedness (with any remaining Net Cash Proceeds applied to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) unless such application would result in the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness receiving in excess of their pro rata share (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time) of such Net Cash Proceeds relative to Term Lenders, in which case such Net Cash Proceeds may only be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with outstanding Term Loans; provided further that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness

 

-136-


decline to have such indebtedness repurchased, repaid or prepaid with any such Net Cash Proceeds, the declined amount of such Net Cash Proceeds shall promptly (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds would otherwise have been required to be applied if such Other Applicable Indebtedness was not then outstandingthe most recent Test Period at the time any such application is made (this proviso, the “Asset Sale Stepdown Provisions”).

(d) If Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction, then an amount equal to 50.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of the later of (i) the date on which such Sale Leaseback Transaction is designated as a Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction and (ii) the date on which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding 2020 Term Loans in accordance with this Section 5.2.

(e) All amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be applied, first to accrued interest and Fees due on the amount of prepayment of the each Tranche of2020 Term B-1 Loans and any Incremental Term Loans (as applicable), second to the remaining scheduled installments (other than at final maturity) of principal of each Tranche of 2020 Term B-1 Loans and any Incremental Term Loans (as applicable) in direct order of maturity or as otherwise directed by the Borrower, third to the final installment of principal of each Tranche of 2020 Term B-1 Loans and any Incremental Term Loans and Other Term Loans (as applicable) that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans at maturity on a pro rata basis, fourth at any time after each Tranche of 2020 Term B-1 Loans and any Incremental Term Loans and Other Term Loans (as applicable) that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the 2020 Term Loans have been repaid or prepaid in full, to prepay any outstanding Revolving Loans (without reducing the Revolving Loan Commitments) and fifth as otherwise directed by the Borrower; provided that, at the Borrower’s option, amounts to be applied in prepayment pursuant to Sections 5.2(b), (c) and (d) (the “Specified Amounts”) may be applied to prepay outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.4 (to the extent secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is a pari passu basis with a Lien on the Collateral securing (and is pari passu in right of payment with) the 2020 Term Loans) (collectively, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”); provided further that any such Specified Amounts may be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness only to (and not in excess of) the extent to which a mandatory prepayment in respect of such Excess Cash Flow, Asset Sale, Recovery Event or Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction is required under the terms of such Other Applicable Indebtedness (with any remaining Specified Amounts applied to prepay outstanding 2020 Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) unless such application would result in the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness receiving in excess of their pro rata share (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time) of such Specified Amounts relative to Term Lenders, in which case such Specified Amounts may only be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with outstanding 2020 Term Loans; provided further that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Indebtedness repurchased, repaid or prepaid with any such Specified Amounts, the declined amount of such Specified Amounts shall promptly (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay 2020 Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Specified Amounts would otherwise have been required to be applied if such Other Applicable Indebtedness was not then outstanding).

(f) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (who will notify each Lender) notice of each prepayment required under this Section 5.2 other than clause (a) hereof not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date such prepayment shall be made (each such date, a “Mandatory Prepayment Date”). Such notice shall set forth (i) the Mandatory Prepayment Date, (ii) the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and (iii) the Type of each Loan being prepaid. The Borrower

 

-137-


shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 5.2, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Term Loans of the contents of the Borrower’s repayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of any repayment. Each such Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory repayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to this Section 5.2(b), Section 5.2(c) or Section 5.2(d) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on theone Business Day afterprior to the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such repaymentMandatory Prepayment Date. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender fails to deliver such Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory repayment of Term Loans to which such Lender is otherwise entitled. Any Declined Proceeds (Retained Declined Proceeds”)shall be (x) offered to holders of the Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness until such Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness is paid in full and (y) if such Declined Proceeds or any portion thereof are rejected by the holders of such Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness, such Declined Proceeds may be retained by Holdingsthe Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to any prepayment obligations it may have with respect to other Indebtedness) which may, for the avoidance of doubt,, “Retained Declined Proceeds”) and may be used for general corporateany purposes permitted under this Agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Non-U.S. Loan Parties and Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings that are required to be prepaid pursuant to Sections 5.2(b) and (c) would result in material adverse tax consequences or violate local law in respect of upstreaming proceeds (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors), in each case as set forth in a certificate delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, then the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required under Sections 5.2(b) and (c) until such material tax consequences or local law violation no longer existsexist; provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to permit repatriation of the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating local law or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

(h) With respect to each repayment of Loans required by this Section 5.2, the Borrower may designate the Types of Loans of the respective Tranche which are to be repaid and, in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, the specific Borrowing or Borrowings of the respective Tranche pursuant to which such Fixed Rate Loans were made; provided that: (i) repayments of Fixed Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 5.2 may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto unless all Fixed Rate Loans of the respective Tranche with Interest Periods ending on such date of required repayment and all Base Rate Loans of the respective Tranche have been paid in full; (ii) if any repayment of Fixed Rate Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Fixed Rate Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto, (x) in the case of LIBOR Loans, such Borrowing shall be automatically converted into a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans and (y) in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, such Borrowing shall be repaid at the end of the then current Interest Period; and (iii) each repayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its sole discretion.

 

-138-


5.3. Repayment of Revolving Excess, etc. (a) In the event the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolving Loans, L/C Obligations then outstanding (calculated, in the case of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency, at the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and outstanding Swingline Loans exceeds (the “Revolving Excess”) the Total Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately repay Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans and Collateralize Letters of Credit, as applicable, to the extent necessary to remove such Revolving Excess; provided that if such Revolving Excess results from fluctuations in the Dollar Equivalent of Revolving Loans and/or Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency and such Revolving Excess exceeds 5% of the Total Revolving Loan Commitments at such time, such obligation to repay Loans and Collateralize Letters of Credit shall not be effective until five (5) Business Days after the date such Revolving Excess first commenced in an amount greater than 5% of the Total Revolving Loan Commitments (and shall not be required to the extent such Revolving Excess has ceased to exist as a result of fluctuations in currency values).

5.4. Method and Place of Payment. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement and under any Note shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender or Lenders entitled thereto not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date when due and shall be made in Dollars (or, in respect of Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency, in such Alternate Currency) in immediately available funds at the Payment Office. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its pro rata share in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s lending office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) shallmay in the Administrative Agent’s discretion be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (provided that payments stated to be due on any Maturity Date, if stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, shall be deemed to be due on the next preceding Business Day) and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension.

5.5. Net Payments.

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense. All such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes with respect to such payments, unless required by applicable law. If any such Taxes are so levied or imposed, the applicable withholding agent shall pay, or withhold and remit, to the applicable Governmental Authority the full amount of such Taxes, and if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or an Other Tax, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, after any required deductions or withholdings have been made (including any deductions or withholdings attributable to any payments required to be made under this Section 5.5) each Lender (or in the case of a payment made to the Administrative Agent for its own account, such Administrative Agent) receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes not been levied or imposed. The Borrower or Guarantors, if applicable, will furnish to the Administrative Agent within forty-five (45) days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing such payment by the Borrower or Guarantor. The Borrower or Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and to reimburse such Person upon its written request within twenty (20) days of demand therefor, for the amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Person (including any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.5), whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted; provided that if the Administrative Agent or any Lender requests indemnification more than 90 days after the earlier of (1) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender received written demand for payment of the applicable Indemnified Taxes or Other

 

-139-


Taxes from the relevant Governmental Authority or (2) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender paid the applicable Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender shall not be indemnified to the extent that such failure or delay results in prejudice to the Borrower or any Guarantor. A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability and the manner in which such amount was determined, prepared in good faith and delivered by the Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.5(c), each Lender (1) that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Foreign Lender”) agrees to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, whichever of the following is applicable: (i) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8ECI (or successor forms), (ii) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 (any such Exhibit L certificate, a “Non-Bank Certificate”) and (y) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form), (iv) to the extent that a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3, Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-9 and/or other documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, that would be required under this Section 5.5(b) if such beneficial owner were a Lender; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-4 (in lieu of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3) on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner(s), and (v) two accurate and complete original signed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury regulations) as a basis for claiming complete exemption from, or reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under any Loan Document or (2) that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, agrees to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-9 certifying to such Lender’s exemption from United StatesU.S. federal backup withholding. The Administrative Agent shall provide to the Borrower two accurate and complete original signed copies of whichever of the following is applicable: (1) if the Administrative Agent is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-9 certifying to such Administrative Agent’s exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding or (2) if the Administrative Agent is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), (i) Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8ECI with respect to payments received for its own account and (ii) Internal Revenue ServiceIRS Form W-8IMY (together with all required accompanying documentation) assuming primary responsibility for U.S. federal income tax withholding with respect to payments received by it on behalf of the Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.5(b), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Administrative Agent is not legally eligible to deliver as a result of a Change in Tax Law after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.5.

 

-140-


(c) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in any applicable withholding Tax with respect to payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then such Lender agrees to deliver to the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each Lender agrees that from time to time after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, when a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders the previous documentation obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect (including the Internal Revenue ServiceIRS forms and certificates described in Section 5.5(b)), it will deliver to the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or it shall immediately notify the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent of its legal ineligibility to deliver any such documentation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.5(b), (c) or (d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this Section 5.5(d), the term “FATCA” shall include any amendments thereof or successor provisions thereto.

(e) If the Borrower or any Guarantor pays any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes under this Section 5.5 to a Lender or the Administrative Agent and such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion (exercised reasonably) that it has actually received any refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes in respect of which it has received additional payments under this Section 5.5 (a “Tax Benefit”), such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, an amount of such refundTax Benefit, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent (including any Taxes imposed with respect to such refundTax Benefit) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority); provided, however, that (i) any Lender or the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion consistent with its policies, whether to seek a Tax Benefit; (ii) any Taxes that are imposed on a Lender or the Administrative Agent as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax Benefit with respect to which such Lender or the Administrative Agent has made a payment to the Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 5.5(e) (and any interest or penalties or other charges imposed thereon) shall be treated as a Tax for which the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is obligated to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.5 without any exclusions or defenses; (iii) nothing in this Section 5.5(e) shall require any Lender or the Administrative Agent to disclose any confidential information to the Borrower or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, its Tax returns) or any other Person; and (iv) no Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 5.5(e) (A) at any time whichthat a Default or Event of Default exists (provided that such amounts shall be credited against amounts otherwise owed under this Agreement by the Borrower or any Guarantor) or (B) the payment of which would place such Lender or the Administrative Agent in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.

 

-141-


(f) If one or more Guarantors hereunder are required to make any payment with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations that would be subject to any withholding of Tax (whether or not it would result in any Loan Party being required to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments under this Agreement), the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith in order to eliminate or minimize the effects of such withholding of Tax; provided that none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall be required to take any action that would subject it to any unreimbursed cost or expense or would otherwise be disadvantageous to it.

(g) In addition to the payments by a Loan Party required by Section 5.5(a) (and without duplication thereof), the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 5.5, include any Issuing Lender and any Swingline Lender.

SECTION 6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Loan Parties and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (i) on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (other than Section 6.2) and (ii) on each date after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date on which any extension of credit is made (including the Amendment No.  13 Effective Date) that:

6.1. Financial Condition.

(a) As of the Closing Date, the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at and for the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2015 have been prepared in good faith by Holdings, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, and have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on March 31, 2015 in the case of any balance sheet and as if such events had occurred on the first day of such twelve-month period in the case of such statements of income and cash flows) to (i) the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses on the Closing Date in connection with the foregoing (the “Pro Forma Financial Information”). The Pro Forma Financial Information (x) has been prepared based on the best information available to Holdings, the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings as of the date of delivery thereof and (y) presents fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2015 and assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

(a) (b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at March 31September 30, 20152019 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows related to the Companyof Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended March  31September 30, 20152019 present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the CompanyHoldings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such applicable date, and (in the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated stockholder’s equitycase of the balance sheet) or for such period (in the case of the statements of income and cash flows for the respective fiscal quarters then ended). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

 

-142-


(b) (c) The audited consolidated balance sheetssheet at December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 20122018 and the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows related to the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, in each case reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report as to going concern or scope of audit from Ernst & Young LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the CompanyHoldings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such applicable dates, and the consolidated income, stockholders’ equityDecember 31, 2018 (in the case of the balance sheet) and cash flows for the respective fiscal years thenyear ended December 31, 2018 (in the case of the statements of income and cash flows). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

(c) (d) No Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has, as of the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, and excluding obligations under the Loan Documents and the Senior NotesSecond Lien Term Loan Documents, any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities or any long term leases or unusual forward or long term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivative, which are required in conformity with GAAP to be disclosed therein and which are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in paragraphs (ba) and (cb) of this Section 6.1.

6.2. No Change. Since December 31, 20142018, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3. Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has the power, capacity and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Subject to any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Section 7.1(f), each Loan Party has the power, capacity and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational or corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to authorize the other Transactions. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

-143-


6.5. Consents. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 6.19. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the consummation of the Transactions (excluding the Loan Documents), except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 6.19 and (iii) those, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.6. No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any material Requirement of Law, any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party that is material to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). The consummation of the Transactions (excluding the Loan Documents) will not (a) violate (x) any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and (b) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).

6.7. Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened by or against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or against any of their respective properties, assets or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.8. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.9. Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 9.7 and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.10. Intellectual Property. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings own, or are licensed to use, all Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Intellectual Property that Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries license to their customers) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person

 

-144-


challenging or questioning any use by any Loan Party or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property of any Loan Party or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or alleging that the conduct of business by any Loan Party or by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings infringes or violates the rights of any Person, nor does Holdings know of any valid basis for any such claim, except for such claims or allegations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of the business conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

6.11. Taxes. Each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, each Loan Party and the Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all Taxes due and payable (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), whether or not shown on such returns, and any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other Taxes imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any such Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, Loan Party or Borrower) except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim has been filed, and, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties and the Borrower, is being threatened in writing, with respect to any Taxes that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.12. Federal Regulations. No Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the regulationsRegulation U or X of the Board.

6.13. Labor Matters. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, as applicable.

6.14. ERISA.

(a) The Borrower represents and warrants as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date that the Borrower is not and will not be using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments.

(a) (b) Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Single Employer Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan has occurred during the six-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) no Single Employer Plan has applied for or received a waiver of the minimum funding standard or an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA, (iii) each Single Employer Plan has complied and is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code

 

-145-


(including without limitation the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply would not reasonably be excepted to result in any material liability, (iv) no determination has been made that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA, (v) all contributions required to have been made with respect to a Single Employer Plan have been timely made or have been reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet filed prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date or accrued in the accounting records of the Borrower and (vi) no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, no proceedings have been, or are reasonably expected to be, instituted to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Single Employer Plan, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan has arisen. There exists no material Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Single Employer Plan in excess of $20,000,000. TheNeither the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary ornor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had, or reasonably expects to have, a complete or partial withdrawal (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) from any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if Holdings, the Borrower, any such Restricted Subsidiary or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. To the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity has received any notice, and no Multiemployer Plan has received from Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity any notice that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA. None of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity has engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Single Employer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in material liability, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) (c) In respect of each Plan (other than a Non-U.S.Single Employer Plan), there are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Single Employer Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (d) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a liability material to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. All material, individually or the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, all contributions required to have been made by Holdings, anythe Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to a Non -U.S. Plan have been timely made. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not materially exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.

 

-146-


6.15. Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is (and no Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party is required to register as) an “investment company” as such quoted term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.

6.16. Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the TransactionsAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, Schedule 6.16 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary directly owned by a Loan Party and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by anya Loan Party.

6.17. Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been released, generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any real properties currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (the “Properties”), or transported or disposed of from the Properties or any real property formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

(b) (i) no judicial proceeding, governmental or administrative action, or notice of violation is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (collectively, “Environmental Proceedings”); (ii) there are no consent decrees, consent orders, administrative orders, or other orders or decrees outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (collectively, “Environmental Orders”); and (iii) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, including, without limitation, the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, that could form the basis of any such Environmental Proceeding or Environmental Order against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or against any person or entity whose liability for any such Environmental Proceeding or Environmental Order any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and

(c) the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

6.18. Accuracy of Information, etc. No written statement or information (other than the projections specified below and information of a general economic or general industry nature) concerning any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to

 

-147-


state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information, taken as a whole, contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made and as of the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (with respect to such projections and pro forma financial information delivered prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date), it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, forecasts and projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and no assurance can be given that any forecast or projections will be realized.

6.19. Security Documents. (a) Subject to any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Section 7.1(f), each of the Security Documents is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof and the. The Foreign Security has or will have the ranking in priority that it is expressed to have in the Foreign Security Documents. In the case of (i) the Capital Stock described in the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC (the “Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Capital Stock are delivered to the Collateral Agent (provided that, in the case of an issuer of such Certificated Securities that is located in a jurisdiction outside the United States, applicable law provides for perfection of a Lien on such Certificated Securities by delivery of such Certificated Securities to a Secured Party), and (ii) the other Collateral not described in clause (i) constituting personal property described in the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement, when financing statements and other filings, agreements and actions specified on Schedule 6.19(a) in appropriate form are executed and delivered, performed or filed in the offices specified on Schedule 6.19(a), as the case may be, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Permitted Liens). Other than as set forth on Schedule 6.19(a), as of the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, none of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a limited liability company or partnership (organized under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States) is a Certificated Security.

(b) Subject to any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Section 7.1(f), each of the Mortgages delivered on or after the Closing Date is (or, in the case of Mortgaged Properties, located in the United States, upon execution and recording in the applicable United States jurisdiction, will be) effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof. In respect of Mortgaged Properties located in the United States, (x) when the Mortgages are recorded in the recording offices for the applicable United States jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person other than holders of Liens permitted hereunder and (y) the UCC fixture filings on form UCC-1 for filing under the UCC in the appropriate United States jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties (where such Mortgaged Properties are located in a jurisdiction in the United States) covered by the applicable Mortgages are located, will be effective upon filing to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the fixtures created by such Mortgages and described therein, and when the UCC fixture filings are filed in the recording offices for the applicable United States

 

-148-


jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such UCC fixture filing shall constitute a fully perfected security interest in the fixtures, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person other than holders of Liens permitted hereunder. Schedule 6.19(b) lists, as of the Closing Date, each parcel of owned real property located in the United States and owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

6.20. Solvency. Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will be, Solvent on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

6.21. Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

(a) To the extent applicable, each of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly nor, to the knowledge of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance by Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, and Holdings, the Borrower, Holdings, theirits Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employeesdirectors and, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, their directorsrespective employees and agents, are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, in all material respects. None of (a) Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any agent, affiliate or other representative of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, is a Sanctioned Person, nor is Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country.

(d) Neither Holdings nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to their knowledge, none of their respective agents is any of the following:

(i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or itis otherwise the subject toof the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”);

(ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise the subject toof the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering;

(iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

 

-149-


(iv) (v) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign AssetsAsset Control (“OFAC”) at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

6.22. Status as Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations under the Facilities constitute “First Lien Senior Indebtedness” under the Senior NotesSecond Lien Term Loan Documents, “First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations” under the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement and “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “guarantor senior debt,” “senior secured financing” and “designated senior indebtedness” (or any comparable term) for all Subordinated Indebtedness.

6.23. Centre of Main Interests and Establishments. In respect of any Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union, its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/20002015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”)) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

6.24. Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries. Each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 6.24 is, as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, an Immaterial Subsidiary.

SECTION 7.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1. Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. Subject to the Certain Funds Provision (as defined in the Commitment Letter), theThe agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it under this Agreement on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of each of the Lenders, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) (a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, and each Subsidiary Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule I, (ii) the U.S. SecurityAmendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto and the Second Lien Administrative Agent, (iii) the U.S. HoldingsSecurity Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, each executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto and Ithaca G.P. Limited, (iv) each other Security Document listed on Schedule 6.19(a) executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto and (ivv) a Notice of Borrowing executed and delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(b) Transactions. The Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder shall be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications, amendments, waivers or consents thereto that are materially adverse to the Lenders in their capacities as such without the approval of the Joint Lead Arrangers (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (it being understood and agreed that (a) any decrease in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as any such decrease is allocated (i) first, to reduce the amount of the Equity Contribution to the extent it exceeds 40.0% of the Total Capitalization and (ii) second, to reduce the amount of funded debt on the Closing Date where such reduction is allocated ratably to reduce the Equity Contribution, the Term Facility and the Senior Notes (and with respect to the amount of funded debt on the Closing Date, ratably to the Term Facility and the Senior Notes) in proportion to the actual percentages that the amount of the Equity Contribution, the Term Facility and the Senior Notes bear to the Total Capitalization and (b) any increase in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as such increase is funded by the Equity Contribution) and (ii) the Equity Contribution (as such amount shall have been modified pursuant to Section 7.1(b)(i) above) shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under the Facilities shall be, consummated.

 

-150-


(c) No Indebtedness. In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including under the Existing Credit Agreement) shall have been repaid in full and all commitments, guarantees and security interests in respect of any Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including under the Existing Credit Agreement) outstanding prior to the Transactions will be terminated, in each case to the extent set forth in the Merger Agreement, except for Indebtedness identified in Schedule 9.4 or otherwise with a principal amount of $5,000,000 or less (the “Refinancing”).

(b) The Second Lien Credit Agreement shall have become effective, and the funding of the Initial Second Lien Term Loans thereunder shall have occurred, or substantially concurrently with the funding of the 2020 Term Loans, shall occur.

(c) The Amendment No. 3 Refinancing shall have occurred, or substantially concurrently with the funding of the 2020 Term Loans, shall occur.

(d) (d) Fees; Control. The Borrower shall have deposited into an account withOn the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent, under its sole dominion and control and the Lenders shall have received (to the extent a reasonably detailed invoice has been delivered to the Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date), all outstanding costs, fees, expenses (including without limitation legal fees and expenses) and other compensation contemplatedto the extent required by the Commitment Engagement Letter and, the Fee Letter and payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers or the Lenders, which shall be paid immediately following the occurrence of the funding on the Closing Date, Amendment No. 3 or this Agreement.

(e) (e) Closing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) (A) in respect of a U.S. Loan Party, a certificate of each such Loan Party, dated the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including organizational authorizations, incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party, certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and bylaws or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party certified by an Authorized Officer as being in full force and effect on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and (ii) a good standing certificate (long form, to the extent available) for each U.S. Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization;

(ii) (B) in respect of a Luxembourg Loan Party or, an Irish Loan Party or a Guernsey Loan Party, the items set forth on Schedule 7.1(e), as applicable.

(f) (f) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, LLP, specialNew York counsel to the Loan Parties, and (ii) each local counsel listed on Schedule 7.1(f), which opinions, in each case, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

-151-


(g) (g) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Collateral Agent shall have received (i) the Certificated Securities pledged pursuant to the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement and, the Irish share charges and all other Security Documents (and all items required to be delivered thereunder), together with an undated stock power for each such Certificated Security executed in blank by a duly Authorized Officer of the pledgor thereof, (ii) each promissory note, if any, required to be pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement, endorsed in blank or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank by the pledgor thereof and (iii) all other items specified on Schedule 7.1(g).

(h) (h) Lien Search Results; UCC Financing Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have received all customary lien searches in the relevant jurisdictions (including UCC, tax and judgment lien searches and searches of the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country)) as of a recent date. All UCC financing statements and short form intellectual property security agreements required to be filed or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described in the U.S. Security Documents, as applicable, shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and be in proper form for filing.

(i) (i) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of Holdings or the Borrower in the form of Exhibit M, which demonstrates that Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, will be, Solvent.

(j) Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows related to the Company for the three most recently completed fiscal years ended at least ninety (90) days before the Closing Date, (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows related to the Company, for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least forty-five (45) days before the Closing Date and (c) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of income of the Borrower as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least forty-five (45) days before the Closing Date, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statements of income); provided that it is understood and agreed that the Joint Lead Arrangers have received audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014.

(j) (k) Patriot Act. The JointAmendment No. 3 Lead ArrangersArranger shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, all documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing by any Jointthe Amendment No. 3 Lead Arranger at least ten daysBusiness Days prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date about Holdings and its Subsidiaries that is required by U.S. Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act.

(l) Representations and Warrantiesthe Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(k) Each of the (x) Specified Representations and (y) the Company Representations, in each case,representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Datesuch date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects).

 

-152-


(m) No Company Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of the Merger Agreement, there shall not have occurred or arisen any Company Material Adverse Effect that is continuing and that would result in a failure of a condition precedent to U.S. MidCo’s or Merger Sub’s obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any Collateral or any security interest therein (other than the pledge and perfection of security interests in (x) the Certificated Securities of the Borrower and its or Holdings’ Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries, together with undated stock powers executed in blank (provided that Certificated Securities and undated stock powers of the Company’s Subsidiaries will only be required to be delivered on the Closing Date to extent received by the Company after the use of commercially reasonable efforts by Holdings to obtain such Certificated Securities and undated stock powers) and (y) other assets pursuant to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC) is not provided on the Closing Date after the use of commercially reasonable efforts by Holdings, the delivery of such other Collateral (and the perfection of security interests therein) shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of any Facility on the Closing Date, but shall be required to be delivered and perfected after the Closing Date.

Each borrowing by, and each issuance, renewal, extension, increase or amendment of a Letter of Credit on behalf of, the Borrower hereunder on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 7.1 have been satisfied.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 12.2, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 7.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

7.2. Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date (other than its initial extension of credit on the Closing Date) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (in each case subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(c)):

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects).

(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date (immediately prior to giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made) or would result after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

-153-


(c) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received (as and to the extent required by Section 2 or 3, as applicable) a Notice of Borrowing, a notice with respect to the incurrence of Swingline Loans or a Letter of Credit Request, as applicable.

Each borrowing by, and each issuance, renewal, extension, increase or amendment of a Letter of Credit on behalf of, the Borrower hereunder after the Original Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 7.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 8.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than (i) contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made, (ii) Cash Management Obligations not then due and owing or as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the providers thereof have been made and (iii) obligations under Specified Swap Agreements not then due and owing or as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparties have been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized, each of Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower shall, and Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

8.1. Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the end of the fiscal year of Holdings for the first fiscal year ending after the Closing Date and within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of Holdings for each fiscal year ending thereafterof Holdings, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (provided, that if Holdings elects to change its fiscal year end pursuant to Section 9.11, such prior year comparative figures included in the first audited financial statements to be delivered subsequent to such election may be unaudited) reported on without a “going concern” statement or like qualification or exception, or qualification relating to the scope of the audit (in each case other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the upcoming maturity of any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant, including the Financial Covenant, on a future date or for a future period or (iii) any financial covenant breach under any Indebtedness (other than, in respect of the Revolving Facility only, an actual breach of the Financial Covenant that has not been remedied, cured or waived) or (iv) the activities of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries), by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing, together with a reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA consistent with the reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA provided to prospective Lenders prior to the Closing Date; and

 

-154-


(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdings for the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Closing Date and within forty-five (45) days after the end of theeach fiscal quarter of Holdings for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter (limited in each case to the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by an Authorized Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the periods covered thereby (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), together with a reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA consistent with the reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA provided to prospective Lenders prior to the Closing Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1 shall be deemed satisfied with (i) the filing of Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as applicable, with the SEC by Holdings or a direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable or (ii) the delivery of financial statements of a direct or indirect parent of Holdings (so long as such parent does not conduct any material business or operations other than the ownership of shares of Capital Stock of Holdings and any matters incidental to its ownership of such Capital Stock; provided that such parent may engage in transactions in which Holdings may engage pursuant to Section 9.13(b), mutatis mutandis); provided that such information is accompanied bywithin 5 Business Days of the delivery of the financial statements, Holdings shall provide unaudited consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings or such direct or indirect parent of Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except to the extent any such inconsistent application of GAAP has been approved by such accountants or an Authorized Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein). With respect to each quarter (including at the end of each fiscal year) for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1, upon the request of the Administrative Agent and upon reasonably prior notice given to the Administrative Agent and all Lenders, the Borrower shall hold a meeting (which may be held by teleconference and which may include other holders of Indebtedness of Holdings or in Restricted Subsidiaries) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting, during which the financial results and financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be reviewed for, and as of the last of, such quarter, it being understood that only four (4) such meetings shall be held per fiscal year.

8.2. Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (other than in the case of clause (f) below, who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) In connection with the delivery of any financial statements or other information pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2, confirmation of whether such statements or information contain any Private Lender Information. Holdings, the Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information within the meaning of any United States federal and applicable state securities laws with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains Private Lender Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders. Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower which is suitable to make available to “public-side” Lenders. If the Borrower has not

 

-155-


indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2 contains Private Lender Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information within the meaning of any United States federal and applicable state securities laws with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective securities;

(b) concurrently withwithin 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1, (i) a Financial Statements Certificate of an Authorized Officer, which shall, among other things, state that such Authorized Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such Financial Statements Certificate, (ii) (x) to the extent that compliance with the Financial Covenant was required on the last day of the period covered by such financial statements, a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B to the Financial Statements Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by Holdings with the Financial Covenant as of the last day of the respective fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Holdings, as the case may be and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description in each Financial Statements Certificate of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and (iii) in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a), a negative assurance letter by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing who opined on such financial statements stating that, in connection with the normal course procedures conducted in an audit of such consolidated financial statements, no condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default has come to their attention;

(c) concurrently withwithin 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a), a Financial Statements Certificate of an Authorized Officer (i) certifying a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, whether or not each such Restricted Subsidiary is a guarantor, that each such Restricted Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Immaterial Subsidiary and that all such Subsidiaries in the aggregate dosatisfies the 5% Test, and whether or not exceed the limitation set forth in clause (ii) of the definition of the term “Immaterial Subsidiary20% Test is satisfied, (ii) certifying a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries and that each Restricted Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) setting forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (commencing with the financial statements delivered in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 20162021) together with the calculation thereof in reasonable detail;

(d) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, commencing in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, as soon as available, and in any event no later than within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the end of the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2015 and within ninety (90) days after the end of thesuch fiscal year of Holdings for each fiscal year ending thereafter, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including (i) projected consolidated quarterly income statements and (ii) projected consolidated annual balance sheets of Holdings, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall be based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions that are reasonable at the time in light of the circumstances then existing, it being understood that projections are subject to uncertainties and there is no assurance that any projections will be realized;

 

-156-


(e) concurrently withwithin 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), a narrative report and/or management’s discussion and analysis prepared with respect to the period covered by such financial statements as compared to the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year (or the prior fiscal quarter in the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b));

(f) promptly following any Lender’s request therefor, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering or terrorist financing rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(g) concurrently withwithin 5 Business Days of the furnishing thereof, any material notice, statement or report furnished to the Senior Notes TrusteeSecond Lien Administrative Agent, which is not otherwise required to be delivered hereunder; and

(h) (g) as promptly as reasonably practicable from time to time following the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, such other non-privileged information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Lenders through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; provided that nothing in this Section 8.2(h) shall require the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take any action that would violate any third party customary confidentiality agreement (other than any such confidentiality agreement entered into in contemplation of this Agreement) with any Person that is not an Affiliate (and, in all events, so long as such confidentiality agreement does not relate to information regarding the financial affairs ofand

(h) while any Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, within 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1, consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Borrower or any ofand its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or the compliance with the terms ofon a standalone basis, on the other hand (which need not be audited).

Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document) or waive shall require any Loan Party to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable law, (iii) that is subject to attorney -client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (iv); provided, further, that (i) (x) the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to enter into confidentiality or similar agreements that will conflict with their disclosure obligations under this Agreement and (iiy) in the event that any Loan Party does not provide information in reliance on this sentence, to the extent permitted under applicable Law and reasonably practicable, the Borrowerfeasible, such Loan Party shall provide written notice to the Administrative Agent at any time that such information is being withheld pursuant to this Section 8.2(h) as a resultand shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent feasible, the applicable information in a way that would not violate the applicable obligation or risk waiver of asuch privilege or a conflict with a third party confidentiality agreementand none of the foregoing shall be construed to limit any of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents.

8.3. Payment of Taxes. Pay and discharge all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, in each case on a timely basis, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

-157-


8.4. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a) (i) Other than permitted by Section 9.8, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and registration in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises, in each case necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted hereunder and except, in the case of clause (i) (in respect of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties) and (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with all Requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (d) maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by each of the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

8.5. Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) maintain all the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names used in the conduct of its business (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, licenses in connection with Intellectual Property that Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries license to their customers), except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (which may include customary self-insurance), insurance with respect to its properties and businesses in a manner consistent with industry practice for companies similarly situated owning similar properties and engaged in similar businessesSimilar Businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to Collateral Agent, that names Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and that is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

8.6. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects in conformity with all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and from which financial statements conforming with GAAP can be derived and (b) permit, at the Borrower’s expense, representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior notice, and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with employees of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and with the independent certified public accountants of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) in no event shall there be more than one such visit for the Administrative Agent and its representatives as a group per calendar year, except during the continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the Borrower shall have the right to be present during any discussions with accountants.

 

-158-


8.7. Notices. Upon actual knowledge thereof by an Authorized Officer, promptlywithin 3 Business Days, give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time involving Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, that (i) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(c) the following events, promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity has actual knowledge thereof: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan that would reasonably result in a material liability, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan or Non-U.S. Plan in a material amount, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan that would result in the imposition of a material withdrawal liability, (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination (in other than a “standard termination” as defined in ERISA), Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan, (iii) that a Plan has failed to satisfy the minimum funding standard within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or an application may be or has been made for a waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA with respect to a Plan, (iv) that a determination has been made that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA, (v) that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA, (vi) that any contribution required to be made has not been timely made with respect to a Multiemployer Plan (other than inadvertent failures that are promptly corrected without any resulting liability to the Borrower) or a Non-U.S. Plan (other than failures that would not reasonably result in a material liability), (vii) that a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA has occurred with respect to a Plan that would reasonably result in a material liability, (viii) that there has been a material increase in Unfunded Pension Liabilities (taking into account only Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities) since the date the representations hereunder are given or deemed given, or from any prior notice, as applicable, (ix) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and any Commonly Controlled Entities were to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans, (x) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Single Employer Plan by Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, or (xi) the adoption of any amendment to a Single Employer Plan which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity; and

(c) any change in fiscal-year end of Holdings or the Borrower; and

(d) (d) any development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Person proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

-159-


8.8. Additional Collateral, etc.

(a) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to any property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired (including any acquisition pursuant to Division) at any time after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date by any Loan Party (other than any property described in paragraph (b) or (c) below) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, will promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Security Documents or execute all such documents or do all such acts as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in such property, including (where applicable) the filing of UCC financing statements in such United States jurisdictions as may be required by the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement or by law or as may reasonably be requested by the Collateral Agent.

(b) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to any interest in any Real Property (excluding any Leaseholds) having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $10,000,000 (to the extent of a type included in the definition of “Collateral”) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver a Mortgage, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such interest in Real Property, along with, if applicable, a corresponding UCC fixture filing for filing in the applicable United States jurisdiction (or, if relevant, equivalent form in any non-United States jurisdiction), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected first and subsisting Lien, subject to liens permitted under Section 9.7, against such Real Property, (ii) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, provide the Lenders with title and extended coverage insurance covering such interest in Real Property in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such Real Property (or such lesser amount as shall be specified by the Collateral Agent) together with title endorsements reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, (iii) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, in the case of any Real Property located in the United States, provide the Lenders with an ALTA survey thereof (or an existing survey accompanied, if necessary, by a “no-change” affidavit and/or other documents if same is/are sufficient for the title insurer to issue survey coverage in the applicable title policy, remove therefrom the standard survey exceptions, and issue the endorsements required pursuant to clause (ii) above), together with a surveyor’s certification, (iv) such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurer to issue the applicable title policy and endorsements referenced in clause (ii) above, (v) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and covering such matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, the enforceability of the applicable Mortgage, (vi) in the case of Real Property located in the United States, deliver to the Collateral Agent a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each such parcel of Real Property (together with notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance, duly executed by the applicable Loan Party entering into the applicable Mortgage), and in the event any such Real Property or a portion thereof is located within an area designated by the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency to be a “special flood hazard area” and as required by applicable law, evidence of a flood insurance policy for such Real Property or the applicable portion thereof, and (vii) such other information, documentation (including, but not limited to, existing appraisals, existing environmental reports, and to the extent applicable, using commercially reasonable efforts, subordination agreements), certifications, in each case, as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent or necessary in order to create a valid, perfected first and subsisting Lien subject to liens permitted under Section 9.7 against the Real Property covered by the applicable Mortgage.

 

-160-


(b) (c) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to (A) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) that is established, created or acquired after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date by any Loan Party or(including upon the consummation of a Division), (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (regardless of when established, created or acquired) that ceases to be a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or (C) any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Co-Borrower, will promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Guarantor Trigger Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to this Agreement and the Security Documents or execute all such documents or do all such acts as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent of a type included in the definition of “Collateral”) that is owned by any Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the relevant Loan Party and (iii) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (a) to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (x) a Guarantor Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation requested by the Collateral Agent to become a Subsidiary Guarantor andor Co-Borrower, (y) a joinder agreement to the U.S. Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, or additional Foreign Security Documents, to the extent applicable, substantially in the same form as the Foreign Security Documents governed by the laws of such Restricted Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of organization and executed and delivered by other Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement and (z) a counterpart of the Global Intercompany Note, (b) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral described in the U.S. Security Documents or Foreign Security Documents, as applicable, with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including (where applicable) the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Holdings Pledge Agreement or such other filings as may be required by U.S. Security Documents, the Foreign Security Documents or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and (c) to deliver to the Collateral Agent (i) a certificate of such Restricted Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, with appropriate insertions and attachments and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, a legal opinion from counsel to such Restricted Subsidiary in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(c) (d) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary established, created or acquired after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date by any Loan Party (including upon the consummation of a Division) to the extent the Capital Stock of such entity is not an Excluded Asset will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to this Agreement, any U.S. Security Document or any Foreign Security Document as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Capital Stock of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the relevant Loan Party and (iii) cause such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, with appropriate insertions and attachments.

 

-161-


(d) In the event that the 20% Test is not satisfied as of the last day of any Specified Test Period, within 20 Business Days of the date on which Financial Statements Certificate was (or was required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(c), as applicable, in respect of such Specified Test Period, the Borrower shall designate in writing to the Administrative Agent sufficient Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) (the “Additional Material Subsidiaries”) as Material Subsidiaries to satisfy the 20% Test. Additional Material Subsidiaries shall no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries under this Agreement.

(e) If the Borrower has failed to comply with Section 8.8(d), the Administrative Agent may designate Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) as Additional Material Subsidiaries to satisfy the 20% Test.

(f) At its option in its sole discretion, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may, from time to time, release the designation of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as Additional Material Subsidiaries (and as result of such release, such Restricted Subsidiaries shall be Immaterial Subsidiaries to the extent the 5% Test is satisfied) and include other Restricted Subsidiaries as Additional Material Subsidiaries, so long as after such revised designations the 20% Test continues to be satisfied.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable discretion (and without the consent of any Lender or other Secured Party) make exceptions and waive compliance with any requirement under this Section 8.8 if and to the extent the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost associated with such compliance would be excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby to the Secured Parties.

8.9. Credit Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain at all times a public credit rating (but not a specific rating) by each of S&P and Moody’s in respect of the Facilities provided for under this Agreement and a public corporate rating (but not a specific rating) by S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not a specific rating) by Moody’s for Holdings.

8.10. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, at the expense of the Borrower, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing from time to time (including the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, stock powers, financing statements and other documents, the filing or recording of any of the foregoing, and the delivery of stock certificates and other collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession, in each case to the extent required by the applicable Loan Documents) to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets (other than those assets specifically excluded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of such Loan Parties on a first priority basis (subject to Permitted Liens).

8.11. Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Holdings may at any time after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom, and (ii) such designation complies with Section 9.2, and if such designation is made after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, also with Section 9.4 and Section 9.7, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, (A) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such re-designation, in each case determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered)

 

-162-


pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable, as if such designation had occurred on the last day of such Test Period and (iv) the status of any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall at all times be the same under this Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the applicable Loan Party therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the applicable Loan Party’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (x) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time, and (y) a return on any Investment by the applicable Loan Party in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of such Loan Party’s Investment in such Subsidiary (but in no event greater than the original principal amount of such Loan Party’s Investment in such Subsidiary (as measured immediately prior to such designation)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Borrower nor any parent company thereof nor any Specified Finance Company shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such designation by the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolution of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

8.12. Post-Closing Matters. Cause to be delivered or performed the documents and other agreements and actions set forth on Schedule 8.12 within the time frameframes specified on such Schedule 8.12 (as may be extended or waived by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

8.13. ERISA. CauseHoldings and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Commonly Controlled Entity to (i) maintain all Single Employer Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in material compliance with the terms of any such Single Employer Plan, ERISA, the Code and all other applicable laws and (ii) make or cause to be made contributions to all Single Employer Plans and Multiemployer Plans in a timely manner and, with respect to Single Employer Plans, in a sufficient amount to comply with the requirements of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Code, in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14. Use of Proceeds.

(a) The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the 2020 Term B-1 Loans on the Amendment No.  13 Effective Date solely, together with the proceeds of the Initial Second Lien Term Loans, to finance the Amendment No. 1 Transactions and for other general corporate purposes.

(b) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit for working capital, Consolidated Capital Expenditures and for other general corporate purposes (including the financing of Permitted Acquisitions) after the Closing Date; provided that, on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall be permitted to incur up to $30,000,000 of Revolving Loans (exclusive of any Letter of Credit Outstandingsany transactions permitted under Section 9).

8.15. Centre of Main Interest and Establishments. In respect of any Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union, such Loan Party shall not deliberately change its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation).

 

-163-


8.16. Specified Finance CompaniesTransactions with Affiliates. Cause any cash or Cash Equivalents held or received by the Specified Finance Companies to be, directly or indirectly and substantially contemporaneously, paid to, distributed to or invested in, a Loan Party other than Guernsey Holdco (to the extent not retained by such Specified Finance Companies to pay for ordinary course operating expenses). Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall cause their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause all transactions or contracts (including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of the greater of $5,000,000 and 2.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), to be on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary when taken as a whole than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis, except:

(a) (i) transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and (ii) any transaction permitted under Section 9.8 to the extent such transaction is solely among Holdings, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or one or more non-operating companies (without any material assets or liabilities) for purposes of a restructuring or other corporate reorganization;

(b) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 9.2 and the Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

(c) the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided to or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants (or their respective Control Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any contribution to the capital of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto;

(f) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 9.6 or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment or replacement agreement, instrument or arrangement thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date); provided that any such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.6 only to the extent that such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement exceeds $5,000,000;

(g) transactions between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary solely because a director of such Person is also a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(h) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and agreements with, any Investor or any of its Affiliates for any financial advisory, management, monitoring or consulting services, financing, mergers and acquisitions advisory, insurance brokerage, hedging arrangements, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or joint

 

-164-


ventures, and customary indemnities related thereto, pursuant to agreements in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or which are approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower in good faith; provided that that the payment of management and monitoring fees shall be in an amount not to exceed the greater of $2,000,000 and 0.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) per annum plus expenses and termination fees pursuant to such agreements in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, making such payment;

(i) a transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate of Holdings before the transaction but becomes an Affiliate solely as a result of such transaction;

(j) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any contribution to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the granting and performing of reasonable and customary registration rights to any direct or indirect parent company or to any Investor or to any former, present or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company;

(k) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or group payment arrangement (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any payment under any such agreement or arrangement shall not be permitted to the extent it would not expressly be permitted under Section 9.2) or the making of and any payment permitted by Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A) or (B);

(l) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from a nationally recognized investment bank or valuation firm stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(m) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) is a party as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date set forth on Schedule 9.6 and any amendment thereto or similar agreements, transactions or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment or replacement agreement to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement, transaction or arrangement entered into after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall only be permitted by this clause (mto the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, transaction or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

(n) any non-recourse pledge of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(o) (i) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise permitted hereunder, which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (ii) payments to and from, and transactions with, joint venture partners or joint ventures (including pursuant to joint venture agreements), in each case, existing on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

 

-165-


(p) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of payments, loans, advances or guarantees) to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any employment agreements, stock option, benefit, incentive or retirement plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Holdings in good faith;

(q) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of, or interests in, Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as (i) such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and (ii) such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

(r) any Guarantee by any parent company of Holdings of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(s) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as appropriate, in good faith;

(t) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 9.5; and

(u) (i) Investments by any Investor in securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investor in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being generally offered to other non-Affiliate investors in a bona fide offering on the same or more favorable terms, and (ii) payments to, and transactions with, Investors in respect of securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary contemplated in the foregoing clause (i) or securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that were acquired from Persons other than the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in compliance with the terms of such securities.

8.17. Anti-Corruption. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, Holdings and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that their Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees not use, and shall use reasonable best efforts to procure that its agents, all to the extent acting on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries, not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit directly, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent permitted for a Person required to comply with Sanctions or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

Only with respect to any Loan Party that is organized or domiciled in the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union, any provision of this Section 8.17 or Sections 6.21 or 8.4(d) shall not apply to or in favor of any Person if and to the extent that it would result in a breach, by or in respect of that Person, of any applicable Blocking Law. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Blocking Law” means:

 

-166-


(i) any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom);

(ii) section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or

(iii) any similar blocking or anti-boycott law in the United Kingdom.

SECTION 9.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than (i) contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made, (ii) Cash Management Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the providers thereof have been made and (iii) obligations under Specified Swap Agreements to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparties have been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized, each of Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower shall, and Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with this Section 9.

9.1. Financial Covenant. Without the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, Holdings shall not permit the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, to exceed the ratio set forth in the table below6.25 to 1.00 as at the last day of any fiscal quarter of Holdings (but only if the last day of such fiscal quarter constitutes a Compliance Date) ending during the period set forth opposite such ratio in the table below:.

 

September 30, 2015 through December 31, 2017

     7.00 to 1.00  

March 31, 2018 through December 31, 2018

     6.75 to 1.00  

March 31, 2019 and thereafter

     6.25 to 1.00  

9.2. Limitations on Restricted Payments.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’ or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends, payments or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

 

-167-


(B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; provided that no such dividends, payments or distributions shall be made on account of any voting Equity Interests held by Guernsey Holdco;

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including pursuant to a Division or in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value or give any irrevocable notice of redemption with respect thereto, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment, mandatory payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under SectionSections 9.4(b)(x) and (xi); or

(B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(C) the giving of an irrevocable notice of redemption with respect to the transactions described in SectionSections 9.2(b)(ii) and (iii); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(v) (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being, collectively, referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(A) no Default orSignificant Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(B) in respect of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) only, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a Pro Forma Basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 9.4(a)[reserved]; and

(C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (including Restricted Payments permitted bypursuant to Section 9.2(b)(i), (x) and (xx)(c), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.2(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication) (such cumulative amount, the “Available Amount”):

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 20152019 to the end of Holdings’ most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to; provided, that if the cumulative amount available under this Section 8.19.2(a) or (C)(b1 ), or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit is less than $0, it shall be deemed to be $0; plus

 

-168-


(2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceedsNet Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date from the sale of:

(i) Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or, to the extent contributed to Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 9.2(b)(iv); or

(ii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds (w) from Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary sold to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (x) from Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted into Disqualified Stock, (y) from Excluded Contributions or Specified Equity Contributions or (z) to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv); plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property or assets contributed to the capital of Holdings following the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contribution, (iii) any Specified Equity Contribution and (iv) to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv)); plus

(4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date; or

 

-169-


(ii) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date; plus

(5) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or a merger or consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with or into Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, merger, consolidation or transfer, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

(6) the cumulative amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date; plus

(7) the cumulative amount of any Retained Asset Sale Proceeds since the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date; plus

(8) the greater of $100,000,000 and 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); minus

(9) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv) so long as such Indebtedness remains outstanding.

 

(b)

The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any redemption within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of a Loan Party in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) within sixty (60) days thereof of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”); provided that the amount of any proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding paragraph and shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xii) or the amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or any of itstheir Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

 

-170-


(iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness of a Loan Party made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a sale within sixty (60) days thereof of, new Indebtedness of a Loan Party or Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party, or (B) Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale within sixty (60) days thereof of Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party, in each case, which is incurred in compliance with Section 9.4, so long as:

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium paid (including reasonable tender premiums) and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;

(B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to Loans or the applicable Guarantee at least substantially to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(C) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (i) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (ii) the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of the Loans;

(D) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the lesser of (i) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (ii) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans; and

(E) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are either (i) not materially less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Borrower than (x) the terms and conditions of this Agreement (taken as a whole) or (y) the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being refinanced (taken as a whole) or (ii) customary for the issuance of high yield debt securities (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may be in the form of notes or a credit agreement);

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) held by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or any of their Affiliates) or their estates or the beneficiaries of their respective estates, heirs, spouses or former spouses; provided, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (b)(iv) do not exceed $30,000,000 induring any calendar year; with does not exceed (x) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, the greater of $75,000,000 and 20.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) and (y) after a Qualified Public Offering, the greater of $100,000,000 and 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (provided that, in each case, unused amounts in any calendar year mayshall be carried over to the next succeeding calendar years, subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50,000,000 inyear (but not any subsequent calendar year)); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of the following items:

 

-171-


(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings or, to the extent contributed to Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 9.2(a)(v) or clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and have not been designated as Excluded Contributions or used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies (to the extent contributed to Holdings) or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date; less

(C) the amount of anyprior Restricted Payments made in any prior calendar year pursuant to clausesclause (A) and (B) of this clause (b)(iv);

provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants and employees of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary (or any of their Affiliates), or their estates or the beneficiaries of such estates, in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section 9.4 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed ChargesConsolidated Interest”;

(vi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise or vesting of stock options, warrants or similar rights, settlement of restricted stock units or vesting of restricted Capital Stock if such Equity Interests (A) represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or (B) are surrendered in connection with satisfying any federal, state or local income tax obligation (including any withholding in respect thereof) incurred in connection with such exercise, vesting or settlement;

(vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings representing fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a stock dividend, split or combination or any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings;

(viii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition, in each case for nominal value per right, of any rights granted to all holders of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting stockholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of such rights shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations described under this Section 9.2;

 

-172-


(ix) Dissenting Shareholder Payments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payments) and other payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of Holdings’ property or assets that complies with this Agreement;

(x) the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock following the first Public Offering of Holdings’ (or the payment of dividends to any its direct or indirect parent ofcommon stock, or payments by Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on such parent’s common stock) common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companiescompany of Holdings following the first Public Offering of the common stock of such parent company, in each case after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, of up to 6the greater of (A) 7.00% per annum of the market capitalization of Holdings or its direct or indirect parent and (B) 7.00% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from that or any subsequent Public Offering and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(xi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by Holdings, or the making of loans to, its direct parent company or any indirect parent of Holdings, in amounts sufficient for any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to pay:

(A) for any taxable period for which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar income tax group of which a direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings is the common parent (the “Common Parent”), payments to the Common Parent to pay U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income or similar taxes imposed on such direct or indirect parent entity to enable it to pay income tax liabilitiesthe Common Parent attributable to the income of Holdings and/or its applicable Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the amount paid or distributed pursuant to this clause (A) to enable such direct or indirect parentCommon Parent to pay income taxes at any time shall not exceed the income tax liability that would have been payable by Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, onif Holdings or such Subsidiaries had been a stand-alone basiscorporate taxpayer (or stand-alone corporate tax group) for all applicable periods and (ii) dividends or other distributions in respect of the income of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent payments were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose;

(B) without duplication of clause (A) above, Holdings may make Restricted Payments to any of its direct or indirect parents the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and similar taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain the corporate existence of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof;

(C) obligations in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributes of any of the foregoing) relating to their acquisition of, or exercise of options relating to, Capital Stock of Holdings;

 

-173-


(D) customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severances and other benefits are attributable to the direct or indirect ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) general corporate operating overhead, legal, accounting, and other professional fees and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (including indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) and, following the first Public Offering of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company, to the extent such expenses are attributable to the direct or indirect ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(F) reasonable fees and expenses incurred by such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with any debt or equity offering by such parent company, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any acquisition, disposition or other non-ordinary course transaction by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in each case, whether or not successful;

(G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings;

(H) interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in accordance with Section 9.4; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Consolidated Total Debt for all purposes under this Agreement; and

(I) amounts which are applied to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 9.2 if made by Holdings; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 9.8) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Agreement, (D) any property received by Holdings shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(iii)(C) and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 9.2 (other than pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xii)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (i) thereof);

(xii) Restricted Payments that are made in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions);

 

-174-


(xiii) (A) Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay reasonable management, consulting, administrative and similar fees (including for any other financial, advisory financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case, to the extent permitted under Section 9.6) to the Sponsors in an amount not to exceed the greater of $2,000,000 and 0.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) in any fiscal year; (B) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may reimburse the Sponsors for the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their Affiliates on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Acquisition, the Transactions and/or the Amendment No. 1 Transactions; and (C) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their Affiliates in respect of management, consulting, advisory and similar services that are performed for the benefit of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries by third party Persons that are not Affiliates of the Sponsors, Holdings or their respective Subsidiaries to such third party Persons; provided that the payments described in clauses (B) and (C) above shall accrue and may be paid once the Default or Event of Default is no longer continuing;

(xiv) other

(xiv) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (b)(xiv) not to exceed the greater of $50,000,00075,000,000 and 14.020.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(xv)

(xv) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed 50.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions; provided that the Total Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recentrecently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable, at the time such Restricted Payment is made;

(xvi)[reserved];

(xvi) (xvii) other Restricted Payments such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently completed Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than 5.25or equal to 5.50 to 1.00;

(xvii) prepayments, redemptions, repurchases or otherwise acquisitions or retirements for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently completed Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00;

(xviii) cash payments made from time to time in satisfaction of stock options, restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units held by employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are outstanding immediately prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date in accordance with the terms of, and subject to the price specified in, the Merger Agreement (such payments, the “RSU Payments”);

 

 

-175-


(xix) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness, taken together with all other redemptions, repurchases, defeasances, retirements or other acquisitions of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xix), in an amount not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 14.015.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) during the term of this Agreement;

(xx) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by such parent company after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(ii); provided that in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (xx), for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a Pro Forma Basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Chargean Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(xxi) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees, payments and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Investors in connection therewith (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to permit payment by such parent of such amount), in each case to the extent permitted by Section 9.6;

(xxii) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xxiii) distribution or payments of fees in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

provided, however that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 9.2(b)(xiixiv), (xiii), (xivxvi), (xvii) and (xix), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) In the event that a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in the above clauses (including, without limitation Section 9.2(a)) or Permitted Investment described in the definition thereof, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may divide, classify or reclassify, all or any portion of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this Section 9.2 and such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only one of such clauses of this Section 9.2 or of the definition of Permitted Investments

 

-176-


With respect to Section 9.2(b)(xix), the Borrower shall be permitted to convert the ability to repay Subordinated Indebtedness into the ability to make Investments in lieu thereof.

9.3. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings;

(b) except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date;

(ii) the Senior Notes DocumentsSecond Lien Term Loan Documentation;

(iii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and capital leases or operating leases that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 9.3(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, or assumed in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case, that is in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of some or all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, such as restrictions on distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other Disposition;

(vii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4 and Section 9.7 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness or place any restriction on Holdings’ or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ use of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

-177-


(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or arising in connection with any Permitted Lien;

(ix) existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements, limited liability company agreements, partnership agreements, shareholder agreements, operating agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, Sale Leaseback Transactions and other similar agreements or arrangements;

(x) restrictions that arise in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; provided that such restrictions apply only to the receivables that are subject to the Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xi) (x) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, grants, sub-licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual propertyIntellectual Property, or provisions that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) restrictions that arise in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; provided that such restrictions apply only to the receivables that are subject to the Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xii) protective Liens filed in connection with a Sale Leaseback Transaction permitted under this Agreement;

(xiii) any other agreement governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock entered into after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are either (A) not materially more restrictive taken as a whole with respect to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings than those in effect on the Closing DateAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (including pursuant to this Agreement) or (B) ordinary and customary in light of the type of Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;

(xiv) any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 9.2;

(xv) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(xvi) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness either (A) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced or (B) are ordinary and customary in light of the type of Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;

 

-178-


(xvii) in the case of the provision described in clause (ii) of Section 9.3(a) hereof: that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

(xviii) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xix) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 9.3(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xviii) of this Section 9.3(b); provided that either (A) such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing or (B) such encumbrance and other restrictions are customary in light of the type of amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 9.3, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed an encumbrance or restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed an encumbrance or restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

9.4. Limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “Incur” and collectively, an “Incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness and Holdings shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that Holdings may incurand any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incurif, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, issue shares of or Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, ifthe intended use of proceeds thereof as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed), (i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings’ and its Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended Test Period (for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additionalis less

 

-179-


than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00, (ii) with respect to Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been nosecured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, either (A) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than 6.50 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additionalor equal to 2.00 to 1.00, and (iii) with respect to Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Periodthat is unsecured or secured by a Lien on assets not constituting Collateral, either (A) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00; provided further that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 9.4(a) shall comply with the Applicable Requirements Incurred pursuant to this Section 9.4(a) (x) that is a broadly syndicated “term B facility” and denominated in Dollars or Euros and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, shall be subject to clause (c) of the “Applicable Requirements” and (y) shall be subject to clauses (a) and (b) of the “Applicable Requirements”; provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; provided further that Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties may not incurIncur Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in an amount that if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance the amount outstanding at such time pursuant to this Section 9.4(a) would exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap at such time.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 9.4(a) shall not apply to:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(ii) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties pursuant to the Senior NotesSecond Lien Term Loan Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $650,000,000outstanding on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date;

(iii) Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 9.4 (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(b)); provided that any such Indebtedness shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.4(b) only to the extent that such Indebtedness exceeds $5,000,000;

(iv) First Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt;

(v) Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt;

(vi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that complies with the Applicable Requirements, so long as no Default or Event of Default (limited in connection with Indebtedness Incurred to finance a Limited Condition Transaction to a Default orSignificant Event of Default pursuant to Sections 11.1(a) and (f)) is continuing or would result from the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of any such shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that complies with the Applicable Requirements; provided that any Indebtedness that may be Incurred or any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap; provided further that: the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that may be Incurred or any Disqualified Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the sum of:

 

-180-


(A) if such Indebtedness ranks pari passu in right of security with the Obligations, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed the sum of:

(I)

(A) an unlimited amount if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect tothereto, (assuming, in the incurrencecase of such Indebtedness (assuming any revolving loan commitments incurred thereunder are fully borrowedIncremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, (i) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and outstanding throughout the relevant period)the 2019 Revolving Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.00either (A) 5.50 to 1.00 determined (a) as if all such Indebtedness (and all other such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (A)(I) then outstanding) isor (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 5.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on assets constitutingthe Collateral on a pari passujunior basis withto the Obligations (whether or not it actually is) and (b) on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements and certificates were delivered2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, either (I) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or requiredequal to be delivered under Section 8.1either (aA) 6.50 to 1.00 or (bB), as the case may be to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured or secured by assets not constituting Collateral, either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to

 

-181-


1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness and remaining on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdingsor Disqualified Stock shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; plus

(II) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Loans (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction in the Revolving Loan commitment) (minus the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments incurred under clause (b) of the definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” pursuant to Section 2.15(a) prior to such date and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued or Incurred pursuant Section 9.4(b)(vi)(A)(II) or Section 9.4(b)(vi)(B)(II) prior to such date);

(B) if such Indebtedness ranks junior in right of security with the Obligations or is unsecured, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed the sum of:(i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured or secured by assets not constituting Collateral, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, which, in each case, shall be available at all times and not subject to clause (A) above; plus

(I) an unlimited amount if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (assuming any revolving loan commitments incurred thereunder are fully borrowed and outstanding throughout the relevant period), the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.25 to 1.00, determined (a) as if all such Indebtedness (and all other such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (B)(I) then outstanding) is secured by a Lien on assets constituting Collateral (whether or not it actually is) and (b) on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements and certificates were delivered or required to be delivered under Section 8.1(a) or (b), as the case may be; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness and remaining on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio; plus

 

-182-


(C) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), (i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (c)(i) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under this clause (C)(i) prior to such date), (ii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under clause (C)(i) above and this clause (C)(ii) prior to such date), and (iii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured or secured by assets not constituting Collateral, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of First Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness and Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clauses (c)(i), (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under clauses (C)(i) and (C)(ii) and this clause (C)(iii) prior to such date), in each case, (x) with respect to debt buybacks, with credit given to the amount of cash used to make such buybacks if purchased at a discount to par, and (y) with respect to revolving loans, so long as any such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction in such revolving commitment, and which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test; plus

(D) (II) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Loans (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction in the Revolving Loan commitmentgreater of (x) $392,000,000 and (y) 100% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (xA) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments incurred under clause (b) of the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities AmountFacilities Incurred pursuant to Section 2.15clause (ad ) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (yB) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, Incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued orissued under Section 9.4(b)(xv)(b) and this clause (D) prior to such date), which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test;

provided that the final proviso in the definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” shall apply to amounts Incurred or issued pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(vi)(A)(II) or Section 9.4(b)(vi)(B)(II) prior to such date);.

 

-183-


(vii) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance or refinance the acquisition, purchase, lease, rental, construction, installation, development, design, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment (including software) or other assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (“Purchase Money Indebtedness”) in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 27.030.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

(viii) Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within thirtysixty (3060 ) days following such drawing;

(ix) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(x) Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Obligations by Holdings on the terms set forth in Exhibit C-3; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (b)(x);

(xi) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Loan Party incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or Commitments hereunder or the Guarantee of the Obligations of any Guarantor on the terms set forth in Exhibit C-3; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (b)(xi);

 

-184-


(xii) Shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of Preferred Stock issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Preferred Stock is issued to the Borrower or another Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except (x) in the case of Preferred Stock of the Borrower or Guarantor, to the Borrower or another Guarantor and (y) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or Guarantor, to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (b)(xii));

(xiii) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements that are entered into to hedge or manage risks to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has exposure and, at the time such Swap Agreements are entered into, are not for speculative purposes;

(xiv) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees, import and export custom and duty guaranties and similar obligations, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bank acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments and reinvestment obligations related thereto, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(xv), does not at any one time outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the sum of (a) the greater of (x) $150,000,000200,000,000 and (y) 40.055.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) and (b) the greater of (x) $392,000,000 and (y) 100% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (d) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under Section 9.4(b)(vi)(D) and this clause (xv)(b) prior to such date);

(xvi) the Incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 9.4(a) and Sections 9.4(b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xv), (b)(xvii), (b)(xxixviii ), (b)(xxii), (bxxiii), (xxv), (xxvi) and (xxxiii) and this clause (b)(xvi) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the lesser of remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of (i) the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced and (ii) the 2020 Term Loans;

(B) has a stated maturity that is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the stated maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii)(x) in respect of Indebtedness secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Facilities, the Latest Maturity Date and (y) in respect of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date;

 

-185-


(C) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the Loans and Commitments hereunder, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the Loans and Commitments hereunder at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded;

(D) (1) to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended are subordinated to Liens securing the Obligations, the Liens, if any, securing such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to an Intercreditor Agreement (and an Intercreditor Agreement may be amended in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to provide for such Liens to be subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations on a basis consistent with such Intercreditor Agreement prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension), and (2) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness shall be unsecured;

(E) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (y) the amount of premium, fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing;

(F) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are either (i) not materially less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Borrower than (x) the (x) terms and conditions of this Agreement (taken as a whole) or (y) the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being refinanced (taken as a whole) or (ii) customary for the issuance of high yield debt securities (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may bereflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the formtime of notes or a loanIncurrence thereof (or obtaining of a commitment with respect thereto); and

(G) shall not include:

(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings;

(2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings, that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor; or

(3) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) provided that anyIndebtedness or Disqualified Stock assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions so long as such Indebtedness that may beis not Incurred or anyand such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may beis not issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to the first proviso of this clause (xvi) shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Capto finance or in contemplation of any such acquisition;

 

-186-


(xvii)

(xviii) Indebtedness, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions in an the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or assumed under this clause (b)(xvii) not to exceed (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) the sum of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) an unlimited amountand other Investments permitted hereunder if, after giving effect to the Incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and such Permitted Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or(assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed), (A) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the greater of (x) 5.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (B) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a junior basis to the 2020 Term Loans and the 2019 Revolving Loans, either (bI), the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been (i) no greater thanis less than or equal to the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 or (ii) no greater thanand (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence or assumptionIncurrence of such Indebtedness, or issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition; provided that any or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness that may be incurred or anyor issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (xvii) shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap; provided further, that (xand the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, and (C) with respect to any such Indebtednessamounts that are unsecured or secured on a pari passu basis by theby assets not constituting Collateral, ineither (I) the form of loans and Incurred on orTotal Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the date that is twelve months after the Closing Date, if the All-In Yield in respect of such Indebtedness exceeds the All-In Yield in respect of the existing Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable MarginIncurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of the existing Term Loansany such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be adjusted such that the All-In Yield of such existing Term Loans equals the All-In Yield ofincluded as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage

 

-187-


Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; provided further that any such Indebtedness minus 0.50%shall be subject to clauses (a) and (yb) anyof the “Applicable Requirements”; provided further that Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties may not Incur such Indebtedness, or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred (but not assumed) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions complies with the Applicable Requirements; if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the amount outstanding at such time pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(xviii) would exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap;

(xix) (xviii) Cash Management Obligations and Guarantee Obligations in respect thereof, and other Indebtedness in respect of employee credit card programs, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

(xx) (xix) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(xxi) (xx) (A) any Guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that, in each case, (x) such Guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 9.2 and (y) subject to Section 9.4(b)(xxix), in the case of any Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor under this Agreement;

(xxi) Indebtedness Incurred in connection with a joint venture in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) the greater or (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 3.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); provided that any Indebtedness that may be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (xxi) shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap;

(xxii) Indebtedness pursuant to a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xxiii) (xxii) Indebtedness Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) the greater or (x)  $50,000,00075,000,000 and (y)  14.020.0 % of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(xxiv) (xxiii) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (w) the financing of insurance premiums, (x) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any Refinancings thereof, (y) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or (z) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services so long as such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms (which require that all such payments be made within 60 days after the incurrenceIncurrence of the related obligations) in the ordinary course of business;

 

-188-


(xxiv) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xxv) so long as no Significant Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Indebtedness, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an amount equal to the Available Amount;

(xxvi) (xxv) Indebtedness of Holdingsthe Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not to exceed at any one time outstanding, which, when aggregated with all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(xxv) (and together with any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) does not exceed the net cash proceedsan amount equal to 100.00% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date from the issue or sale of its Equity Interests or from contributions to the capital of Holdings (other than proceeds from Disqualified Stock or Specified Equity Contributions, from sales to any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, or that have been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2 or to make Permitted Investments, pursuant to the definition hereof);

(xxvii) (xxvi) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxviii) (xxvii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation, purchase price, earn outs or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder;

(xxix) (xxviii) Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants thereof, their respective estates or the beneficiaries of their respective estates, heirs, or their respective spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.2 or (B) as a result of the inability of Holdings to purchase or redeem its Capital Stock as a result of the restrictions set forth in Section 9.2;

(xxx) (xxix) guarantees (a) by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees that, in each case, are non-Affiliates or (b) otherwise constituting Investments permitted under this Agreement;

(xxxi) (xxx) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxxii) (xxxi) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amountStated Amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee; and

(xxxiii) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) in respect of Permitted Sale Leaseback Transactions;

 

-189-


(xxxiv) (xxxii) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxxv) Indebtedness consisting of obligations owing under any customer or supplier incentive, supply, license or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xxxvi) Indebtedness in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any Issuing Lender to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit issued hereunder;

(xxxvii) Indebtedness arising as a result of the re-characterization as a loan of any transaction permitted under Section 9.5;

(xxxviii) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent that the unfunded amounts are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable Law and would not otherwise cause an Event of Default under Section 11.1(g); and

(xxxix) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in this Section 9.4.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 9.4:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(xxxi) of Section 9.4(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a) hereof, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, shall divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses;

(ii) with respect to clauses (vii), (xv), (xxi) and (xxii) of Section 9.4(b), if at any time Holdings would have been entitled to Incur any then-outstanding item of Indebtedness under Section 9.4(a), such item of Indebtedness shall be automatically reclassified into an item of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a); and(iii) , reborrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” provisions or any similar provisions in respect of any Indebtedness that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid daily (or otherwise periodically) shall only be deemed for purposes of this Section 9.4 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent reborrowing thereof; provided that any such repaid amounts shall continue to be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Agreement.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred

 

-190-


Stock for purposes of this Section 9.4. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 9.4.

9.5. Asset Sales. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(a) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(b) except in the case of a Permitted Non-Core Asset Sale, immediately before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(c) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap or Permitted Non-Core Asset Sale, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (w) any securities publicly-traded on a national securities exchange, (x) cash or Cash Equivalents, (y) Replacement Assets or (z) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (w), (x) and (y); provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations and that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received since the date of this Agreement pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 20.0% LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

(iv) any securities publicly-traded on a national securities exchange;

shall be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

(d) after the Borrower’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale if and to the extent required by Section 5.2(c).

 

-191-


9.6. Transactions with Affiliates. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or contract (including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5,000,000, except:

(a) transactions that are on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary when taken as a whole than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(b) (i) transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and (ii) any transaction permitted under Section 9.8 to the extent such transaction is solely among Holdings, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings and/or one or more non-operating companies (without any material assets or liabilities) for purposes of a restructuring or other corporate reorganization;

(c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 9.2 and the Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

(d) the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any contribution to the capital of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) the Transactions, the Amendment No. 1 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto;

(g) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.6 or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment or replacement agreement, instrument or arrangement thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date); provided that any such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.6 only to the extent that such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement exceeds $5,000,000;

(h) transactions between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary solely because a director of such Person is also a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(i) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and agreements with, the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory, management, monitoring or consulting services, financing, mergers and acquisitions advisory, insurance brokerage, hedging arrangements, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions,

 

-192-


divestitures or joint ventures, and customary indemnities related thereto, pursuant to agreements in effect on the Closing Date or which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith; provided that the payment of management and monitoring fees shall be in an amount not to exceed the greater of $2,000,000 and 0.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) per annum plus expenses and termination fees pursuant to such agreements in effect on the Closing Date or approved by a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Loan Party making such payment;

(j) a transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate of Holdings before the transaction but becomes an Affiliate solely as a result of such transaction;

(k) sales of accounts receivables and any other transaction effected in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(l) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payment permitted by Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A) or (B);

(m) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from a nationally recognized investment bank or valuation firm stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(n) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) is a party as of the Closing Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements, transactions or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment or replacement agreement to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement, transaction or arrangement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (o) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, transaction or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

(o) any non-recourse pledge of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(p) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise permitted hereunder, which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(q) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of payments, loans, advances or guarantees) to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any employment agreements, stock option, benefit, incentive or retirement plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Holdings in good faith;

 

-193-


(r) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of, or interests in, Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as (i) such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and (ii) such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

(s) any Guarantee by any parent company of Holdings of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(t) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as appropriate, in good faith; and

(u) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 9.5.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make Asset Sales in respect of assets not constituting Collateral so long as Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of.

9.6. [Reserved].

9.7. Liens. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or Incur (a) any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) any Lien on any Equity Interests or Intellectual Property constituting Collateral that is senior in right to the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations.

9.8. Fundamental Changes; Specified Finance Companies.

(a) The Borrower shall not consolidate or merge with or into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or wind up into (or be wound up into) (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Borrower is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(ii) the Successor Borrower, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement or other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

-194-


(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, either (x) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 9.4(a) or (y) the Total Net Leveragethe Interest Coverage Ratio of the Successor Borrower would not be lessgreater than the Total Net Leverageor equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Borrower immediately prior to giving effect to such transactiontransactions ;

(v) unless the Borrower is the surviving person, each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 9.8(ec)(ii) shall apply, shall have by a Guarantor Joinder Agreement confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Agreement; and

(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and (unless the Borrower is the surviving person) an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreements, if any, comply with this Agreement and an opinion of counsel to the effect that such Guarantor Joinder Agreement and other agreements (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Borrower; and

(vii) unless the Borrower is the surviving person, the Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information about the Successor Borrower to the extent reasonably requested in writing that any Lender, Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer,” sanctions and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and such Lender, Issuing Lender, or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall be reasonably satisfied that its review of such documentation and information delivered complies with such applicable “know your customer,” sanctions and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

(b) The Successor Borrower shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower, as the case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9.8(a):

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower; and

(ii) the Borrower may merge (or be merged) with an Affiliate of the Borrower solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Holdings may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) Holdings is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a European Company (Societas Europaea) or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, any member state of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by Holdings) or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Holdings”);

 

-195-


(ii) the Successor Holdings, if other than Holdings, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, either (x) the Successor Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 9.4(a) or (y) the Total Net Leveragethe Interest Coverage Ratio of the Successor Holdings would not be lessgreater than the Total Net Leverageor equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio of Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to such transactiontransactions ; and

(v) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreements, if any, comply with this Agreement and an opinion of counsel to the effect that such Guarantor Joinder Agreement (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Holdings.

(d) The Successor Holdings shall succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings, as the case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9.8(c):

(i) the Borrower or any Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings; and

(ii) Holdings may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings as a European Company (Societas Europaea) or under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any member state of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by Holdings) or any territory thereof or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(e) No Guarantor (other than Holdings) shall, and no Borrower shall permit any Guarantor (other than Holdings) to, consolidate or merge with or into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or wind up into (or be wound up into) (whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a European Company (Societas Europaea), corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of any member of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by such Guarantor), the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Guarantor (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

-196-


(ii) the Successor Person, if other than a Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) if the Successor Person is a Person other than a Guarantor, the Borrower shall or shall cause the Successor Person to have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreement, if any, complies with this Agreement; provided, however, that the following shall be permitted:

(A) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 9.5; or

(B) such Guarantor is liquidated and all or substantially all of its assets (if any) are acquired by a Loan Party.

(f) In the case of Section 9.8(e)(i), the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Guarantor may merge into (or be merged into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Borrower.

(g) As a condition to the effectiveness of any transaction described in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 9.8, the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to any Foreign Security shall not have been affected in a manner materially adverse to the interest of the Collateral Agent and/or the Secured Parties.

(h) Guernsey Holdco and each Specified Finance Company will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations, incur Indebtedness or Liens, own or acquire any material assets, dispose of any assets or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities permitted under this paragraph (h), liabilities imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and business and activities permitted by this Agreement), other than (i) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (ii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Transactions, (iv) making any Restricted Payment to a Loan Party, (v) in the case of the Specified Finance Companies, the incurrence of intercompany Indebtedness (including the intercompany loans among the Borrower and the Specified Finance Companies to be executed on the Closing Date) solely among the Loan Parties and the Specified Finance Companies and the performance of their obligations under such Indebtedness, (vi) the incurrence of Liens in favor of any Loan Party, (viivi in the case of the Specified Finance Companies, Investments permitted under Section 9.2 in other Specified Finance Companies or any Loan Parties and, in the case of Guernsey Holdco, making Investments, including any such Investments in existence on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date (provided that any Investment made by Guernsey Holdco in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required hereunder), (viiivii ) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (ixviii) dispositions of Investments to the extent permitted hereunder; provided that (x) in the case of the Specified Finance Companies, such dispositions shall only be made to other Specified Finance Companies or to Loan Parties and (y) in the case of Guernsey Holdco, dispositions of Investments in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall only be made to a Loan Party and (xix) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (ixviii ) of this paragraph.

 

-197-


(i) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall consummate a Division as the Dividing Person, except that any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a LLC may consummate a Division as the Dividing Person if, immediately upon the consummation of the Division, the assets of the applicable Dividing Person are held by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries at such time or, with respect to assets not so held by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, such Division, in the aggregate, would otherwise result in a disposition of assets permitted by Section 9.5(a); provided that each Division Successor shall also become a Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent required by and in accordance with Section 8.8.

9.9. Modifications of Certain Documents. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(a) terminate, amend or modify any Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (including (x) by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation and (y) any election to treat any Certificated Securities as a “security” under Section 8-103 of the UCC other than with the delivery of certificates representing such Certificated Securities to the Collateral Agent within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) other than any such amendments or modifications that are not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders; or. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction, other than a Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction.

9.11. Changes in Fiscal Periods. Holdings shall not permit the fiscal year of Holdings to end on a day other than December 31 or change Holdings’ method of determining fiscal quarters; provided, that Holdings shall be permitted to change its fiscal-year end (and make related changes to its fiscal quarters) on one occasion after the Closing Date; provided, further, that Holdings shall not be permitted to make such change in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

9.12. Negative Pledge Clauses. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to incur any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements evidencing or governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (d) any agreement of a Person in effect at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, (e) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings) pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is to be sold (or whose assets are to be sold) and such sale is permitted hereunder), (f) restrictions and conditions existing on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date identified on Schedule 9.12 and any amendments or modifications thereto so long as such amendment or modification does not expand the scope of any such restriction or condition in any material respect (provided that any such arrangements shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.12 only to the extent that such arrangements exceed $5,000,000), (g) restrictions under agreements evidencing or governing or otherwise relating to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 9.4; provided that such Indebtedness is only with respect to the

 

-198-


assets of Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, (h) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, limited liability company operating agreements, partnership agreements, stockholders agreements and other similar agreements, (i) agreements evidencing or governing Indebtedness permitted under Sections 9.4(a), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(iv), (b)(v), (b)(vi), (b)(xv), (b)(xvii), (b)(xviii), (b)(xxi), (b)(xxiixxiii ), (b)(xxv), (b)(xxvi) and any Refinancing of any such Indebtedness, and (j) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

9.13. Lines of Business. (a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any material business, either directly or through any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for Similar Businesses and (b) Holdings shall not engage in any material business or activity, other than (i) maintaining its corporate existence, (ii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the group of companies that includes the Borrower and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, (iii) the performance of obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iv) making and receiving Restricted Payments and Investments and engaging in other activities to the extent permitted by this Agreement, (v) establishing and maintaining bank accounts and intellectual propertyIntellectual Property rights, (vi) entering into employment agreements and other arrangements with officers and directors, (vii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Transactions, (viii) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (ix) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (x) any activities incidental to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amendedand, in each case, any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and similar laws and regulations of other jurisdictions and the rules of securities exchanges, in each case, as applicable to companies with listed equity or debt securities, as well as activities incidental to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, (xi) activities required to comply with any Requirement of Law, (xii) the obtainment of, and the payment of any fees and expenses for, management, consulting, investment banking and advisory services to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (xiii) in connection with, and following the completion of, a public offering, activities necessary or reasonably advisable for or incidental to the initial registration and listing of Holdings’ (or its direct or indirect parent’s) common stock and the continued existence of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) as a public company, (xiv) performance of its obligations under any management agreement with any Investor, (xv) guarantees of ordinary course obligations incurred by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (xv) any activities incidental to the foregoing.

9.14. Anti-Corruption. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, Holdings and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that their Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and shall use reasonable best efforts to procure that its agents, all to the extent acting on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries, not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

-199-


SECTION 10.

GUARANTEE

10.1. The Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of (1) the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any other jurisdiction) on (i) the Loans made by the Lenders, (ii) the Incremental Term Loans and the Incremental Revolving Loans made by the Incremental Term Lenders and the Incremental Revolving Lenders, (iii) the Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Loans made by the applicable Term Lenders and applicable Revolving Lenders and (iv) the Notes held by each Lender and (2) all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties (including reimbursement and other obligations in respect of Letters of Credit) (such obligations being herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.7, with respect to the Borrower or any Co-Borrower in its capacity as a Guarantor hereunder, this Guarantee shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that, if the Guaranteed Obligations shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such Guarantor will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

10.2. Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 10.1, respectively, shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety by any Guarantor, as applicable (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, in each case, remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Issuing Lender or any Lender or the Administrative Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(e) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.8, or otherwise.

 

-200-


Each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, any defenses it may now or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any law, regulation, decree or order of any jurisdiction, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each of the Guarantors waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this guarantee made under this Section 10 (this “Guarantee”) or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Secured Parties and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

10.3. Reinstatement. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 10 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

10.4. No Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 10.1, whether by subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

10.5. Remedies. Each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11) for purposes of Section 10.1, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower or any Guarantor and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable, or the circumstances occurring where Section 11 provides that such obligations shall become due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 10.1.

10.6. Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee made by the Guarantors in this Section 10 is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

 

-201-


10.7. General Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any federal, state, provincial or territorial, corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, examinership, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 10.1 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 10.1, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability of such Guarantor shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 10.9) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding. This Guaranty shall not apply to any liability of an Irish Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that it would result in this Guaranty constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014.

10.8. Release of Guarantors and Pledges. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and all Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Loan Party or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liquidated in a transaction permitted by Section 9. Upon written notice of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, if, except pursuant to a transaction not permitted by this Agreement, a Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and all Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released. Upon written notice of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, if, except pursuant to a transaction not permitted by this Agreement, (i) any Guarantor becomes an Excludeda Non-Guarantor Subsidiary described in clause (v) of the definition thereof, then the Equity Interests of such Guarantor (other than 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests and 65% of the voting Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC or a CFC Holdco and is directly owned by a Loan Party) shall be automatically released from the security interests created by the Loan Documents to the extent such Equity Interests constitute Excluded Assets or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC or a CFC Holdco ceases to be directly owned by a Loan Party, then the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and (y) neither the Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor nor the pledge of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released, in each case, upon such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary solely pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof, unless such Subsidiary Guarantor so becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a joint venture or other strategic transaction, in each case, entered into for a bona fide business purpose and not entered into primarily to obtain the release specified herein. In connection with any such release of a Guarantor or security interest, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to such Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements and other documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

10.9. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 10.4. The provisions of this Section 10.9 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

 

-202-


10.10. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by any other Loan Party hereunder to honor all of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Section 10 in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.10 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 10.10, or otherwise under this Section 10, as it relates to such Loan Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 10 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.10 constitute, and this Section 10.10 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA.

10.11. Specific Limitations for Luxembourg Guarantor.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the guarantee granted by any Luxembourg Guarantor under this Section 10 (Guarantee) for the obligations of any Loan Party and/or third party security exposure of any Luxembourg Guarantor for obligations of a Loan Party that is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of such Luxembourg Guarantor and/or any similar guarantee and security exposure obligations of such Luxembourg Guarantor arising under or in connection with any other Finance Documents and the Senior Notes Documents (collectively the “Debt Documents”), be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

(i) ninety five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres) (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “2002 Law”)) and as implemented by the Grand-Ducal regulation dated 18 December 2015 setting out the form and the content of the presentation of the balance sheet and profit and loss account (the “Grand Ducal Regulation”) determined as at the date on which the guarantee is called and/or a security interest is enforced, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities; and

(ii) ninety five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres) (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) determined as at the date of this Agreement, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities.

(b) For the purposes of determining the amount of the own funds (capitaux propres) under this Section 10.11 (and by derogation of the rules contained in the 2002 Law and the Grand Ducal Regulation), the assets of the Luxembourg Loan Party will be valued at their market value rather than their book value.

(c) For the purpose of this Section 10.11, “Intra-Group Liabilities” shall mean any amounts owed by the Luxembourg Guarantor to any other Loan Party and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Debt Documents.

(d) In addition, the above limitation shall not apply to (i) any amounts (if any) borrowed directly or indirectly by or made available by whatever means to that Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries under or in connection with the Debt Documents and (ii) any amounts borrowed under or in connection with the Debt Documents and on-lent to the Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (in any form whatsoever).

 

-203-


SECTION 11.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.1. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” shall occur if any of the following events shall occur and be continuing; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied (any such event, an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Unpaid Drawing when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Unpaid Drawing, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect (except where such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to have been inaccurate in any respect) on or as of the date made or deemed made (or if any representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, inaccurate in any material respect as of such specific date (except where such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to have been inaccurate in any respect)), and, in each case, such inaccuracy (to the extent capable of remedy) shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of (i) any agreement contained in Section 8.4(a) (with respect to Holdings and the Borrower only), Section 8.7(a) or Section 9 (other than Section 9.1); or (ii) Section 9.1; provided that an Event of Default under this clause (ii) is subject to cure pursuant to Section 11.3; provided further that an Event of Default under this clause (ii) shall not constitute an Event of Default for purposes of any Facility other than the Revolving Facility unless and until the Required Revolving Lenders have terminated the Revolving Loan Commitments orand declared all outstanding obligations under the Revolving Facility to be immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.2(b); or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 11.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation in respect of Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee

 

-204-


or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default (A) unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $50,000,000Threshold Amount, (B) in the case of any Indebtedness if the sole remedy or option of the holder thereof in the event of the non-payment of such Indebtedness or the non-payment or non-performance of obligations related thereto is to elect to convert such Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares, (C) in the case of Indebtedness which the holder thereof may elect to convert into Qualified Equity Interests, such Indebtedness from and after the date, if any, on which such conversion has been effected and, or (D) the applicable failure has been remedied or waived by the holders of the applicable Indebtedness; provided further, that clause (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary Disposition of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such Disposition is permitted hereunder and such Indebtedness that becomes due is paid upon such Disposition; or

(f) (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary, shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, examinership, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or relief of debtors including any plan of compromise or arrangement or other corporate proceeding involving or affecting its creditors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, examiner, receiver-manager, trustee, custodian, conservator, monitor or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Single Employer Plan, (ii) any Single Employer Plan has failed to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan shall arise on the assets of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted

 

-205-


Subsidiary, or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur liability in connection with a withdrawal from (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA), or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (vi) a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA, (vii) any contribution or payment required to be made with respect to a Single Employer Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Non-U.S. Plan has not been timely made or (viii) a Single Employer Plan has an Unfunded Pension Liability; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii)) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not (x) paid or covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has been notified of the claim and has not denied coverage or (y) covered by valid third party indemnification obligation from a third party which is Solvent) in excess of $50,000,000 or morethe Threshold Amount, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or

(i) any material Security Document shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any such Loan Party shall so assert in writing, or any Lien created by any such Security Document shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, except to the extent that (x) any such loss of perfection or priority results solely from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under any Security Document or from the failure of the Administrative Agent to file UCC continuation statements (or similar statements or filings in other jurisdictions) and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has been notified and has not denied coverage and (y) the Loan Parties take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to remedy such loss of perfection or priority; or

(j) any material Guarantee of any Guarantor contained in Section 10 shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than as provided for in Section 10.8, or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any such Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k) a Change of Control shall occur.

11.2. Action in Event of Default.

(a) Upon any Event of Default specified in Section 11.1(f) in respect of the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action under the laws of the United States, the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall automatically immediately become due and payable and, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.2(b) below, if any other Event of Default under Section 11.1 occurs, any or all of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the

 

-206-


Borrower, declare the Revolving Loan Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Loan Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Collateral Agent, may enforce all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Security Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full and all other Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section 11.2, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 11.1(c)(ii) (a “Financial Covenant Event of Default”) that is uncured or unwaived, the Required Revolving Lenders may (i) declare that such breach constitutes a Default for purposes of Section 7.2 and (ii) on the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter if the Borrower has provided a Notice of Intent to Cure with respect to such breach and, otherwise, immediately upon such breach, either (x) terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment and/or (y) take the actions specified in Section 11.2(a) in respect of the Revolving Loan Commitments and the Revolving Loans. In respect of a Financial Covenant Event of Default that is continuing, the Required Lenders may take the actions specified in Section 11.2(a) on or after the date that the Required Revolving Lenders terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment and/or accelerate all Obligations in respect of the Revolving Loan Commitment; provided that the Required Lenders may not take such actions if either (i) the Revolving Loans have been repaid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and the Revolving Loan Commitments have been terminated or (ii) the Financial Covenant Event of Default has been waived by the Required Revolving Lenders.

11.3. Right to Cure.

(a) Solely to the extent the Borrower is required to comply with the Financial Covenant for the most recent Test Period and solely for purposes of determining such compliance, after the end of such Test Period and on or prior to the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 for such Test Period (the “Equity Cure Period”), the Sponsors shall have the right to make, or cause one or more other Persons to make, an equity investment (which equity shall be common equity) in Holdings in cash, which Holdings shall subsequently contribute to the Borrower on or prior to the expiration of the Equity Cure Period for such fiscal quarter, and such cash will, if so designated by the Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant at the end of such fiscal

 

-207-


quarter and the subsequent three fiscal quarters (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, a “Specified Equity Contribution”); provided that (a) no Lender shall be required to make any extensions of credit to the Borrower during the ten (10) Business Day period referred to above unless Holdings has received proceeds of such Specified Equity contributions, (b) there shall be no more than two (2) quarters in each four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter period in respect of which a Specified Equity Contribution is made, (c) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis, (d) no more than five (5) Specified Equity Contributions shall be made during the term of this Agreement, (e) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of any financial ratio determination under this Agreement other than for determining compliance with the Financial Covenant (and will not be credited as an addition to the builder basket provided for in Section 9.2(a)(v)) and (f) unless the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution are actually applied to prepay Indebtedness hereunder, there shall be no reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with the Financial Covenant for the fiscal quarter for which such Specified Equity Contribution was made.

(b) Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Intent to Cure prior to the last day of the Equity Cure Period, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise any rights or remedies under this Section 11 (or any rights and remedies under any other Loan Document that are available during the continuance of an Event of Default) on the basis of any failure to comply with the Financial Covenant until the expiration of the Equity Cure Period.

11.4. Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may apply, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may elect, all or any part of the proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations (and in the event the Loans and other Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.2, the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, apply the proceeds constituting Collateral, and all other amounts received on account of the Obligations), in the following order:

(a) First, to the payment of all costs and expenses of any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reimbursement for all costs, expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in connection therewith (including, without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection with any action taken pursuant to any Loan Document or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other amount required by any provision of law (including, without limitation, Section 9-615(a)(3) of the UCC)), and all amounts for which Administrative Agent isand Collateral Agent are entitled to indemnification hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and thereunder for the account of any Loan Party (excluding principal and interest in respect of any Loans extended to such Loan Party), and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to the payment or reimbursement of all indemnification obligations, fees, costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

(b) Second, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including reasonable fees and disbursement of counsel payable under Section 13.1 and amounts payable under Section 2.11 and Section 5.5) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

 

-208-


(c) Third, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, and indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including reasonable fees and disbursement of counsel payable under Section 13.1 and amounts payable under Section 2.11 and Section 5.5), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause (c) payable to them;

(d) Fourth, for application by it pro rata to (i) repay the Swingline Lender for any then outstanding Swingline Loans to the extent Revolving Lenders have not funded their obligations to acquire participations therein, (ii) cure any Lender Default that has occurred and is continuing at such time and (iii) repay the Issuing Lender for any amounts not paid by L/C Participants pursuant to Section 3.4;

(e) Fifth, to the payment of that portion of all Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest and fees on the Loans, Commitments, Letters of Credit and Drawings, and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Cash Management Obligations or Specified Swap Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (e) payable to them;

(f) Sixth, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Drawings (including to Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit), and any breakage, termination or other payments under Cash Management Obligations or Specified Swap Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (f) held by them;

(g) Seventh, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

(h) Eighth, any balance of such proceeds remaining after all of the Obligations shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds (or in the case of Letters of Credit, terminated or Collateralized) and the Commitments shall have been terminated, be paid, subject to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent in effect) over to or upon the order of the applicable Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Guarantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Guarantor.

SECTION 12.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

12.1. Appointment; Nature of Duties. The Lenders and each Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC as Administrative Agent (for purposes of this Section 12, Section 11.4 and Section 13, the term “Administrative Agent” also shall include Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC in its capacity as Collateral

 

-209-


Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, along with one or more Affiliates or branches, if applicable under the relevant Security Documents) to act as specified herein and in the other Loan Documents. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its respective duties hereunder by or through its officers, directors, agents, employees, affiliates or Related Persons. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and each Issuing Lender and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 12.1 and of Section 12.6 shall apply to any of the Affiliates or Related Persons of the Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities of the Administrative Agent. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 12.1 and of Section 12.6 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (a) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (b) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) may be modified or amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent (and without the consent of such sub-agent), and (c) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent. Anything hereinNotwithstanding anything to the contrary notwithstandingin this Agreement, none of the Joint Lead Arrangers or Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall not have any other powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Lender hereunder. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into, acknowledge or confirm, the Security Documents (as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement) governed by the laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States and to accept and consent to the pledges and Liens granted thereunder, in each case, to the extent advisable in order to enable the security thereunder to be granted or otherwise necessary or desirable under applicable foreign law, and to execute, acknowledge or consent to amendments, supplements or modifications to the Specified Second Lien Documents, to the extent to enable the security thereunder to be granted or otherwise necessary or desirable under applicable foreign law. The provisions of this Section 12 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and each Issuing Lender, and neither the Borrower, Holdings nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

-210-


12.2. Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower, Holdings or any of the Affiliates of the Borrower or of Holdings that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.2 and 13.12) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Lender.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 7 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

-211-


(f) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Restricted Affiliated Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or Restricted Affiliated Lender or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or Restricted Affiliated Lender.

12.3. Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent. Independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender, or any of their Related Persons, each Lender and the holder of each Note, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender or the holder of any Note for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection, collectability, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the financial condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the financial condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

12.4. Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent requests instructions from the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Lenders, as the case may be; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Lender by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Lender nor the holder of any Note shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Lenders, as the case may be.

12.5. Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of any Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or any Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or any Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower or Holdings), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

-212-


12.6. Indemnification. To the extent the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender (or any Affiliate or Related Person thereof) is required to be reimbursed or indemnified by the Borrower and has not been reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any affiliate thereof), including without limitation in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, in proportion to their respective “percentage” as used in determining the Required Lenders (determined as if there were no Defaulting Lenders) for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent (or any affiliate thereof) in performing its duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s (or such affiliate’s) gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

12.7. The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity. With respect to its obligation to make Loans, or issue or participate in Letters of Credit, under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have the rights and powers specified herein for a “Lender” and may exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties specified herein; and the term “Lender,” “Required Lenders,” “Required Revolving Lenders” or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, include the Administrative Agent in its respective individual capacities. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, investment banking, trust or other business with, or provide debt financing, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (or any Person engaged in a similar businessSimilar Business with any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof) as if they were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

12.8. Holders. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register. Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

12.9. Resignation by the Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may resign from the performance of all its respective functions and duties hereunder and/or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. Any such resignation by an Administrative Agent hereunder shall also constitute its resignation as a Swingline Lender, in which case the resigning Administrative Agent (x) shall not be required to make any additional Swingline Loans hereunder and (y) shall maintain all of its rights as Swingline Lender and with respect to any Swingline Loans made by it prior to the date of such resignation, including the right to require Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(e). Upon such resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, all duties and obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be discharged. Upon the giving of such notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9(a) and until a successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed pursuant to this Section 12.9, all communications or

 

-213-


notices to any Lender required to be given pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be sent to each Lender individually. Such resignation shall take effect pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) below or as otherwise provided below; provided that, until a successor Administrative Agent is so appointed by the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, any collateral security held by Administrative Agent in its role as Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or Issuing Lenders under any of the Loan Documents shall continue to be held by the retiring Collateral Agent as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed.

(b) Upon any such notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists).

(c) If a successor Administrative Agent shall not have been so appointed within such 15 Business Day period, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists), shall then appoint a successor Administrative Agent who shall serve as Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

(d) If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above by the date that is twenty (20) Business Days after the date such notice of resignation was given by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

(e) Upon a resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, the successor Administrative Agent shall become vested with all powers, rights, privileges and duties as the Administrative Agent who has resigned in accordance with this Section 12.9.

(f) Upon a resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, the Administrative Agent shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Section 12 (and the analogous provisions of the other Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent for all of its actions and inactions while serving as the Administrative Agent.

(g) Any resignation of Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute the resignation of Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC or its successor as Swingline Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swingline Lender for all purposes hereunder. If Bank of AmericaNomura Corporate Funding Americas, N.A.LLC resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(e). In such event (i) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swingline Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swingline Lender, (b) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender shall surrender any Swingline Note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation, and (c) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by successor Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, a new Swingline Note to the successor Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, in the principal amount of the Maximum Swingline Amount then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.

 

-214-


(h) Resignation by an Issuing Lender.

(i) An Issuing Lender may resign from the performance of all its respective functions and duties hereunder and/or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. Any resigning Issuing Lender (x) shall not be required to issue any further Letters of Credit hereunder and (y) shall maintain all of its rights as Issuing Lender with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it prior to the date of such resignation. Such resignation shall take effect pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) below or as otherwise provided below.

(ii) Upon any such notice of resignation by an Issuing Lender, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Issuing Lender hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists). Any such successor Issuing Lender appointed pursuant to this Section 12.9(h) shall be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement.

(iii) If a successor Issuing Lender shall not have been so appointed within such 15 Business Day period, the resigning Issuing Lender, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists), shall then appoint a successor Issuing Lender who shall serve as Issuing Lender hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Issuing Lender as provided above.

(iv) If no successor Issuing Lender has been appointed pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above within 20 Business Days after the date such notice of resignation was given by such Issuing Lender, such Issuing Lender’s resignation shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Issuing Lender hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Issuing Lender as provided above.

(v) Upon a resignation of an Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 12.9(h), such Issuing Lender shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Section 12 (and the analogous provisions of the other Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Issuing Lender for all of its actions and inactions while serving as an Issuing Lender.

(vi) Upon the resignation of any Issuing Lender and the appointment of a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 12.9(h), such Issuing Lender shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, privileges and duties of the resigning Issuing Lender.

(vii) Upon the resignation of any Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 12.9(h), the resigning Issuing Lender shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(viii) Upon the appointment of a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 12.9(h), such successor Issuing Lender shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the resigning Issuing Lender to effectively assume the obligations of such resigning Issuing Lender with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

-215-


12.10. Collateral Matters.

(a) Each Secured Party authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and any, the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement, and any other Intercreditor Agreement, intercreditor arrangements or collateral trust arrangements contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties named therein and agrees to be bound by the terms of each Security Document, the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement and any other Intercreditor Agreement and other agreements or documents. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note and each other Secured Party by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Security Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to create, perfect and/or maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

(b) The Secured Parties hereby authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate or release any Lien granted to or held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments, termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit and payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made and (y) Obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement, Cash Management Obligations and other contingent obligations, in each case not then due and owing) at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries) upon the sale or other disposition thereof in compliance with Section 9.5, (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or all of the Lenders hereunder, to the extent required by Section 13.12), (viiv) constituting an Excluded Asset or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.10.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Secured Parties or to any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Secured Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent in this Section 12.10 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

(d) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized, without the consent of any Secured Party, to enter into or execute the Security Documents on or prior to the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date, and, from time to time, to execute or to enter into amendments of, and amendments and restatements of, the Security Documents, any Intercreditor Agreement and any additional and replacement Intercreditor Agreements in each case in order to effect the subordination of and to provide for certain additional rights, obligations and limitations in respect of, any Liens required by the terms of this Agreement to be Liens junior to or pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, that are, in each case, incurred in accordance with Section 9, and to establish certain relative rights as between the holders of the Obligations and the holders of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens.

 

-216-


(e) Subject to Section 13.12, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or Disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other Disposition of assets or to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.12) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee pursuant to Section 10.8 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.12) have otherwise consented.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) Each Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to (i) exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto and (ii) take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the Security Documents. At the request of the Collateral Agent, each Secured Party shall provide the Collateral Agent with a separate written power of attorney for the purposes of executing any agreements or document or otherwise acting on their behalf.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) Each Secured Party hereby ratifies and approves all acts and declarations previously done by the Collateral Agent (or representative acting for and on its behalf) on such Secured Party’s behalf (including, but not limited to, for the avoidance of doubt, the declarations made by the Collateral Agent as representative without power of attorney in relation to the creation of any pledge on behalf and for the benefit of any Secured Party as future pledgee or otherwise).

(j) Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee or take any other action under any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code), the Collateral Agent may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities) shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

-217-


(k) No Swap Agreement or agreement in respect of Cash Management Obligations will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Cash Management Obligation, as applicable, that is a party to such Swap Agreement or agreement in respect of Cash Management Obligations, as applicable, any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Loan Documents except as expressly provided in Section 13.12(a)(7) of this Agreement and any Security Document. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Qualified Counterparty and provider of Cash Management Obligations shall be deemed to have appointed the Collateral Agent as its agent and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party, subject to the limitations set forth in this clause (k).

(l) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12 to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Swap Agreements with a Qualified Counterparty or in respect of Cash Management Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Secured Parties for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made and (ii) Obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement, Cash Management Obligations and other contingent obligations, in each case not then due and owing) have been paid indefeasibly in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any party to any Swap Agreement or provider of Cash Management Obligations) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Obligations in respect of Swap Agreements or Cash Management Obligations. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if, after such release, any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

(n) In each case as specified in this Section 12.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under any Security Document or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 12.10.

12.11. Covenant to Pay the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Loan Party shall, by way of an independent payment obligation, pay to the Collateral Agent, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the other Secured Parties, sums equal to and in the currency of each amount payable by such Loan Party owing from time to time to each of the Secured Parties under each of the Loan Documents, Specified Swap Agreements and any document relating to Cash Management Obligations or otherwise in respect of the Obligations (the “Principal Debt Obligation”) as and

 

-218-


when that amount falls due for payment under the relevant Loan Document, Specified Swap Agreement and any document relating to Cash Management Obligations or would have fallen due but for any discharge from failure of another Secured Party to take appropriate steps, in insolvency proceedings affecting that Loan Party, to preserve its entitlement to be paid that amount (the “Parallel Debt Obligation”).

12.12. Delivery of Information. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver to any Lender originals or copies of any documents, instruments, notices, communications or other information received by the Administrative Agent from any Loan Party, any Subsidiary, the Required Lenders, any Lender or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document except (i) as specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) as specifically requested from time to time in writing by any Lender with respect to a specific document, instrument, notice or other written communication received by and in the possession of the Administrative Agent at the time of receipt of such request and then only to the extent permitted hereunder and in accordance with such specific request.

12.13. Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding Tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days of demand therefor, all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.13. The agreements in this Section 12.13 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 12.13, include any Issuing Lender and any Swingline Lender.

12.14. Intercreditor Agreement. The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement (including the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Intercreditor Agreement) or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be secured pursuant to Sections 9.3(b) and 9.4 of this Agreement (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and the parties hereto acknowledge that any Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (if entered into) will be binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be secured pursuant to Sections 9.3(b) and 9.4 of this Agreement (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof.

 

-219-


12.15. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.

(a) In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent under Sections 4.1(a) and (d), 12.6 and 13.1) allowed in such judicial proceeding;

(ii) (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

(iii) (c) and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 11.4;.

(b) (d) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Lender or in any such proceeding; and

(c) (e) The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations (as defined in any applicable Security Document) pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Section 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving

 

-220-


contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (a) through (i) of Section 13.12 of this Agreement, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

12.16. Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit or, the Commitments, or this Agreement;

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

 

-221-


(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such(2) a Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

 

-222-


(c) The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers hereby inform the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

SECTION 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1. Payment of Expenses, etc. The Borrower hereby agrees to: (i) subject to the limitations set forth in the Commitment Letter and the Amendment No. 1 Engagement Letter (to the extent they are applicable), pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel selected by the Administrative Agent and of a single local and special counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Amendment No. 1Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers in each relevant jurisdiction) (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, a single additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Lendersparties, taken as a whole) in connection with the syndication of the Facilities or preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein and any amendment, waiver, modification, maintenance or protection of any security interest or consent relating hereto or thereto and enforcement or protection of rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 13.1, of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates in connection with its or their syndication efforts with respect to this Agreement and of the Administrative Agent, of each Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender in connection with the Back-Stop Arrangements entered into by such Persons and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each of the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lender and each of the other Lenders in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, any Loans or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to, in each case, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of one special counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the group of Issuing Lenders and the group of Lenders (and, solely in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest as determined by the affected Issuing Lender or Lender, one additional counsel for the affected Lendersparties, taken as a whole)); and (ii) pay and hold the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers,and each of the Issuing Lenders and each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all present and future stamp, excise and other similar

 

-223-


documentary taxes with respect to the foregoing matters and save the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers, and each of the Issuing Lenders and each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, such Issuing Lender or such Lender) to pay such taxes. The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Lender, each Lender and each of their respective Related Persons (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and hold each of them harmless against any and all liabilities, obligations (including removal or remedial actions), losses, damages, penalties, claims (including any claims brought against any Indemnified Person by a third party, a Loan Party, any Affiliate or equity holder of a Loan Party or any director or officer or creditor thereof), actions, judgments, suits, investigations, costs, expenses and disbursements (including any prospective claim, suit, action or investigation) (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees for a single firm of counsel for all Indemnified Persons, taken as a whole, and if necessary, one single local and special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for anythe affected Lendersparties , taken as a whole) incurred by, imposed on or assessed against any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (a) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding related to the entering into and/or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the use of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds of any Loans hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions, the Amendment No. 1 Transactions or any other transactions contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document or the exercise of any of their rights or remedies provided herein or in the other Loan Documents or (b) the actual or alleged presence of Materials of Environmental Concern at any Property; the generation, storage, transportation, handling or disposal of Materials of Environmental Concern by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any location; the non-compliance by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with or liability under any Environmental Law (including applicable permits thereunder) applicablerelating to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Property; or any related claim asserted against Holdings, the Borrower any of its Subsidiaries or any Property; provided that no Indemnified Person will be indemnified under this Section 13.1 for (i) any cost, expense or liability to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or any of its Relatedcontrolled Affiliates or controlling Persons (provided thatand their respective officers, directors, employees, managers or members and in the case of an agent, representative or advisor, such Person was acting at the instruction of such Indemnified Person), a material breach under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any such personsPersons or disputes between and among Indemnified Persons (other than disputes against the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Lender in such capacity or involving any act or omission by the BorrowerHoldings or any of its affiliatesAffiliates), (ii) any settlement entered into by such personPerson without the Borrower’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), but if settled with the Borrower’s consent, or if there is a judgment against an Indemnified Person in any such claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person in the manner set forth above, (iii) without limiting any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 5.5), any Taxes, other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim and (iv) any increased costs, compensation or net payments incurred by or owed to any Indemnified Person that are provided for in Section 2.11. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay or hold harmless the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For clarity, the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Section 13.1 shall include the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents.

 

-224-


To the full extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party, Subsidiary and Indemnified Person shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, punitive or incidental damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations to the extent such special, indirect, consequential and punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such IndemniteeIndemnified Person is entitled to indemnification hereunder. Each Loan Party, Subsidiary and Indemnified Person shall not be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent the liability of such party results from such party’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

This Section 13.1 shall not apply in respect of the matters addressed in Sections 2.11, 2.12, 3.6 and 5.5, which shall be the sole remedy in respect of matters addressed in such sections.

13.2. Right of Setoff.

(a) In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender and each Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to any Loan Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries against and on account of the Obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations purchased by such Lender pursuant to Section 13.4, and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.17(d) and (e) and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff; provided further that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

-225-


(ii) the provisions of this Section 13.2 shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.17, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 13.2 shall apply).

(b) Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

13.3. Notices.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile or overnight courier) and mailed, telefaxed or delivered: if to any Loan Party, at the address specified opposite its signature below or in the other relevant Loan Documents; if to any Term Lender, at its address specified on Schedule II; if to any Revolving Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit O (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower or Holdings); and if to the Administrative Agent, at the Notice Office; or, as to any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto and, as to each Lender, at such other address as shall be designated by such Lender in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telefaxed or sent by overnight courier, be effective when deposited in the mails or overnight courier, as the case may be, or sent by telefax, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or Holdings, as applicable) shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower (or Holdings, as applicable), as the case may be.

(b) (i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and each Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

-226-


(ii) Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iii) The Platform and any electronic communications are provided “as is” and “as available.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the electronic communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the electronic communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives in connection with the Platform or the electronic communications. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Persons (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Loan Documents, Finance Documents or other documentation, information or notices through the Platform, any other electronic messaging service, or through the Internet, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Agent Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iv) Each Loan Party, each Lender and each Issuing Lender and each other party thereto agrees that Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, Lenders or Issuing Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section 13 on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(v) Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephone if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

(c) Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each “public-side” Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such “public-side” Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such “public-side” Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such “public-side” Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to documentation and information that are not made available through the “public-lender information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, Holdings or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws. In the event that any “public-side” Lender has determined for itself to not access any information disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such “public-side” Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither the Borrower nor the Administrative Agent has any responsibility for such “public-side” Lender’s decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

-227-


(d) The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices, Letter of Credit Requests and Notices of Borrowing purportedly given by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, each Lender and the Related Persons of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

13.4. Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations.

(a) (i) Assignments. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of any Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (subject to Section 13.27(b)) neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (b) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Persons of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arranger, each Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and the Note or Notes (if any) held by it) with the prior written consent (such consent pursuant to clauses (A) and (C)(x) below not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) in the case of any Lender, with respect to an assignment of any Term Loan or any Term Loan Commitment, the Borrower; provided that such consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower has not responded within ten (10) daysBusiness Days after notice by the Administrative Agent or the respective assigning Lender; provided further that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) in the case of any Lender, for an assignment of any Term Loan or any Term Loan Commitmentfor assignments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund or (y) if a Significant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Eligible Assignee;

(B) in the case of any Lender, except, with respect to an assignment of any Term Loan or any Term Loan Commitment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

(C) with respect to any proposed assignment of all or a portion of any Revolving Loan or Revolving Loan Commitment, (x) the Borrower (provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Significant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), (y) the Swingline Lender and (z) each Issuing Lender.

 

-228-


(ii) Assignment Conditions. Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any FacilityClass, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (i) with respect to Dollar 2020 Term Loans, $1,000,000 (or, in the case of Euro 2020 Term B-1 Loans, €1,000,000) and (ii) with respect to Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan Commitments, $5,000,000 (provided, in each case, that simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such amount) unless the Administrative Agent and the Borrower otherwise consent; provided that the conditions in this clause (A) shall not be applicable to transfers by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.15(e)(iii);

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); provided that the conditions in this clause (B) shall not be applicable to transfers by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.15(e)(iii); and

(C) the Assignee, if it is not already a Lender hereunder, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire and any applicable Internal Revenue ServiceIRS forms described in Section 5.5(b) (including the Non-Bank Certificate, as applicable) and any documentation described in Section 5.5(c) or (d) (if applicable), and all other documents requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to “know your customer” laws and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

This Section 13.4(a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or any portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii) Assignments to Permitted Eligible Assignees. Each Lender acknowledges that each Permitted Eligible Assignee is an Eligible Assignee hereunder and may purchase or acquire Term Loans hereunder from Lenders from time to time pursuant to (x) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders of one or more Classes on a pro rata basis, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction” or (y) open market purchases, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and the following further limitations:

(A) each Permitted Eligible Assignee agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to any Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Term Loans, (1) under no circumstances, whether or not any Loan Party is subject to a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, shall such Permitted Eligible Assignee be permitted to exercise any voting rights or other privileges with respect to any Term Loans and any Term Loans that are assigned to such Permitted Eligible Assignee shall have no voting rights or other privileges under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not be taken into account in determining any required vote or consent and (2) such Permitted Eligible Assignee shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors; rather, all Loans held by any Permitted Eligible Assignee shall be automatically Cancelled immediately upon the purchase or acquisition thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4);

 

-229-


(B) at the time any Permitted Eligible Assignee is making purchases of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction or open market purchase it shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption;

(C) immediately upon the effectiveness of each Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Term Loans, a Cancellation (it being understood that such Cancellation shall not constitute a voluntary repayment of Loans for purposes of this Agreement) shall be automatically irrevocably effected with respect to all of the Loans and related Obligations subject to such Auction Purchase or other acquisition, with the effect that such Loans and related Obligations shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents no longer be outstanding, and the Borrower and the Guarantors shall no longer have any Obligations relating thereto, it being understood that such forgiveness and cancellation shall result in the Borrower and the Guarantors being irrevocably and unconditionally released from all claims and liabilities relating to such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven, and the Collateral shall cease to secure any such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven;

(D) at the time of such Purchase Notice and Auction Purchase or open market purchase, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; and

(E) in connection with each Auction Purchase or open market purchase, such Auction Purchase or open market purchase is not funded with the proceeds of Revolving Loans.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 13.4(a)(iii) shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.6 to the contrary.

(iv) Assignments to Affiliated Lenders. Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans to an Affiliated Lender (including Affiliated Investment Funds) through (1) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders of one or more Classes on a pro rata basis, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction” or (2) open market purchases, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and the following further limitations:

(A) notwithstanding anything in Section 13.12 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, (x) for purposes of determining whether the Lenders have (1) consented to any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 13.12), (2) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, (3) directed or required the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, or (4) subject to Section 2.14, voted on any plan of reorganization pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code, that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Restricted Affiliated Lender disproportionately in its capacity as a Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, Term Loans held by Restricted Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Restricted Affiliated Lenders voting on such matterdisregarded and (y) Affiliated Lenders and Affiliated Investment Funds may not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the amounts set forth in the calculation of Required Lenders and any amount in excess of 49.9% will be subject to the limitations set forth in clause (x) above;

 

-230-


(B) Restricted Affiliated Lenders shall not receive (x) information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings or conference calls attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 and (y) advice of counsel to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent or challenge the attorney-client privilege afforded to such Persons;

(C) at the time any Affiliated Lender is making purchases of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction or an open market purchase it shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption and identify itself as an Affiliate Lender;and shall not make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent;

(D) any Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to Holdings (whether through any of its direct or indirect parent entities or otherwise) and exchanged for Indebtedness or Capital Stock of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent entities); provided that any such Term Loans so contributed to Holdings shall be immediately Cancelled;

(E) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans which may be purchased by Restricted Affiliated Lenders through Dutch Auctions or assigned to the Restricted Affiliated Lenders through open market purchases shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any aforementioned Purchases or assignments, 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding; and

(F) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom.

In connection with any assignment to or by an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender shall identify itself in the applicable Assignment and Assumption as a Restricted Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Investment Fund, as applicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 13.4(a)(iv) shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.6 to the contrary.

(v) Novation. Subject to Section 13.4(a)(vi) and the acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(vii) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 5.5 and 13.1). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.4 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations if such transaction complies with the requirements of this Section 13.4.

 

-231-


(vi) Each Lender and the Luxembourg Loan Parties hereby expressly reserve and agree to the preservation of (or any action to preserve) the Guarantee in case of assignment, novation, amendment or any other transfer of any Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with any applicable law, including, in respect of Luxembourg law, the provisions of article 1278 of the Luxembourg Civil Code.

(vii) Acceptance and Register. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), together with (x) any processing and recordation fee and (y) any written consents to such assignment required by this Section 13.4, the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (b) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations in respect of Term LoansLoan Commitments and/or, Revolving Loan Commitments, Term Loans or Revolving Loans to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, any of the Sponsors (or their respective Affiliates), Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries or a Disqualified Lender) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations with respect thereto; provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) each Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 12.6 without regard to the existence of any participation. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender pursuant to Section 13.12(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the commitment of, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of, each Participant’s interest in the Loans, L/C Obligations or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, L/C Obligations or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, L/C Obligation or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise required by the IRS, any disclosure required by the foregoing sentence shall be made by the relevant Lender directly and solely to the IRS. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(ii) The Borrower agrees that (x) each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12 and 3.6 (subject to the requirements of those sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a) and (y) each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.5 and subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 5.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender that had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a) (and for the purposes of the definitions of Excluded Taxes, Indemnified Taxes and Taxes, such Participant

 

-232-


shall be treated as if it were a Lender), it being understood that any forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.5(b), (c) or (d) shall be delivered to the participating Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.13 and 2.14 as if it had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a). Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.14 with respect to any Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.11, 3.6 or 5.5 than the applicable participating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such participating Lender to such Participant had no such participation occurred, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Tax Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.2.

(d) (c) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 13.4 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) (d) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in this Section 13.4.

(f) (e) Each Lender, upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that it is an Eligible Assignee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.4 or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 13.4. Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein.

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Holdings, the Borrower, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates shall be required under this Section 13.4 to make any representation as to such entity’s possession of “material non-public information” or similar information in connection with any purchase or sale of Term Loans.

 

-233-


13.5. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document and no course of dealing between the Borrower or any other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights, powers and remedies herein or in any other Loan Document expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

13.6. Payments Pro Rata.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any Obligations hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Lenders entitled thereto (other than any Lender that has consented in writing to waive its pro rata share of any such payment) pro rata (or in accordance with Section 11.4, as applicable) based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such payment was received.

(b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents, or otherwise), which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Loans, Unpaid Drawings, Commitment Fees or Letter of Credit Fees, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by other Lenders is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then owed and due to such Lender bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and due to all of the Lenders immediately prior to such receipt, then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the Obligations of the respective Loan Party to such Lenders in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all the Lenders in such amount; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Lenders, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the preceding Sections 13.6(a) and (b) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which (i) require, or permit, differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) permit disproportionate payments with respect to the Loans as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.

(d) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (i) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender and each other Lender

 

-234-


hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (ii) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

13.7. ReservedAcknowledgement Regarding any Supported QFCs.. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions in this Section 13.7 applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York or of the United States or any other state of the United States), in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

13.8. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY RELATED PARTY THEREOF IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN), IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN

 

-235-


NEW YORK COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN), THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY BUT EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

(d) IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, EACH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE BORROWER (THE “PROCESS AGENT”) WITH AN OFFICE ON THE AMENDMENT NO. 13 EFFECTIVE DATE AT 2000-2100 SEAPORT BLVD., REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON BEHALF OF SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY AND ITS PROPERTY, SERVICE OF COPIES OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT AND ANY OTHER PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. SUCH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY MAILING OR DELIVERING A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS TO SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY IN CARE OF THE PROCESS AGENT AT THE PROCESS AGENT’S ABOVE ADDRESS, AND SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZES AND DIRECTS THE PROCESS AGENT TO ACCEPT SUCH SERVICE ON ITS BEHALF. EACH NON-U.S.

 

-236-


LOAN PARTY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT SHALL TAKE ANY AND ALL REASONABLE ACTION, INCLUDING THE EXECUTION AND FILING OF ANY AND ALL DOCUMENTS, THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CONTINUE THE DESIGNATION OF THE PROCESS AGENT ABOVE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT, AND TO CAUSE THE PROCESS AGENT TO CONTINUE TO ACT AS SUCH.

13.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

13.10. Effectiveness. This Agreement became effective on the Original Closing Date.

13.11. Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

13.12. Amendment or Waiver; etc.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by the respective Loan Parties party hereto or thereto and the Required Lenders (although additional parties may be added to (and annexes may be modified to reflect such additions), and Subsidiaries of Holdings may be released from, the Guarantee and the Security Documents without the consent of the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as set forth below, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof that otherwise permit such release) (with a copy of all amendments provided to the Administrative Agent); provided that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall, without the consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby (other than, except with respect to following clause (i), a Defaulting Lender) (i)(x) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note or extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Loan Maturity Date or (y) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest, premium or Fees thereon or of any scheduled repayment of the Term Loans (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or reduce (or forgive) the principal amount thereof (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement or to Section 1.5(a) shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or Fees for the purposes of this clause (i)) or of any scheduled repayment of the Term Loans, (ii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or Guarantors under all the Security Documents or this Agreement, respectively, (iii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirement provisions of Section 13.6 and any provision of this Section 13.12(a) (except for technical amendments with respect to additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement which afford the protections to such additional extensions of credit of the type provided to the Term Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitments on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date), (iv) reduce the “majority” voting threshold specified in the definition of “Required Lenders” (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Loan Commitments are included on the ClosingAmendment No. 3 Effective Date) or (v) amend or modify the currency in which any Commitment, Loan or Note is denominated; provided further that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total

 

-237-


Commitment or a mandatory repayment of Loans shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of such Lender), (2) without the consent of each Issuing Lender, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 or alter its rights or obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, (3) without the consent of the Swingline Lender, alter the Swingline Lender’s rights or obligations with respect to Swingline Loans, (4) without the consent of the Administrative Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 or any other provision as same relates to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, (5) without the consent of Collateral Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision relating to the rights or obligations of the Collateral Agent, (6) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Revolving Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender under the applicable Revolving Facility or (7) amend, modify or waive this Agreement or the Security Documents so as to alter the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under the Loan Documents and Obligations arising under Swap Agreements or the definition of “Specified Swap Agreement,” “Qualified Counterparty,” “Swap Agreement,” “Obligations,” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Security Document) in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Qualified Counterparty.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoingprovisions of Section 13.12(a), only the consent of the (x) Required Revolving Lenders shall be necessary to (i) amend, waive or modify the terms and provisions of Section 9.1 and the first sentence of Section 11.2(b) (and related definitions as used in such Sections, but not as used in other Sections of this Agreement) and no such amendment, waiver or modification of any such terms or provisions (and related definitions as used in such Sections, but not as used in other Sections of this Agreement) shall be permitted without the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, (ii) amend, modify or waive any condition precedent set forth in Section 7.2 with respect to the making of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit or (iii) except for any amendment, waiver or modification that would require the consent of each Revolving Lender adversely affected thereby pursuant to the first proviso of Section 13.12(a), amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement that solely affects the Revolving Lenders in respect of any Revolving Facility, including the final scheduled maturity, interest, Fees, prepayment penalties and voting in respect of the Revolving Facility and (y) Required Term Lenders shall be necessary to, except for any amendment, waiver or modification that would require the consent of each Term Lender adversely affected thereby pursuant to the first proviso of Section 13.12(a), amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement that solely affects the Term Lenders in respect of any Term Facility, including the final scheduled maturity, interest, Fees, prepayment penalties and voting in respect of the Term Facility.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a) (other than clause (1) of the second proviso in Section 13.12(a)), this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement or to increase the amount of the existing facilities under this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and Revolving Extensions of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (ii) to permit any such additional credit facility that is a term loan facility or any such increase in the Term Facility to share ratably in prepayments with the Term Loans, (iii) to permit any such additional credit facility that is a revolving loan facility or any such increase in the Revolving Facility to share ratably in prepayments with the Revolving Facility and (iv) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in connection with any Permitted Amendment pursuant to a Loan Modification Offer in accordance with Section 2.16 (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the terms of such Permitted Amendment).

 

-238-


(e) In addition, notwithstandingNotwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a) (other than clause (1) of the second proviso in Section 13.12(a)), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or amended and restated as contemplated by Section 2.15 in connection with any Incremental Amendment and any related increase in or new Commitments or Loans, with the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in its respective capacities as both administrative agent and collateral agent) and the Incremental Term Lenders or Incremental Revolving Lenders (as applicable) providing such increased or new Commitments or Loans (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Lenders are intended to have rights to share in the Collateral (either on a pari passu basis or on a second lien, subordinated basis to the Obligations), then the Administrative Agent may enter into an Intercreditor Agreement (or amend, supplement or modify any existing Intercreditor Agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments.

(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or amended and restated as contemplated by Section 2.18 in connection with any Refinancing Amendment and the Lenders providing the Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Loans. In addition, the Administrative Agent may enter into an Intercreditor Agreement (or amend, supplement or modify and existing Intercreditor Agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Loan.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.12, (x) Guarantor Joinder Agreements, Security Documents (including any Additional Security Documents) and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and such documents and this Agreement may be amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Person if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Security Document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) if following the Closing Date(A), the Administrative Agent and any Loan Party shall have jointly identified an ambiguity, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents (other than the Security Documents) or (B) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have agreed to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of the Lenders (or any Class thereof), then the Administrative Agent and the Loan PartiesBorrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), the Administrative Agent may amend an Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof), Additional Security Documents and/or replacement Security Documents (including a collateral trust agreement) in connection with the incurrence of (i) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 2.15 and/or 9.2 to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and (ii) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 2.15 and/or 9.2 to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a second lien,

 

-239-


subordinated basis to the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (a) above; provided that no such Additional Security Document or replacement Security Document (including any collateral trust agreement) shall adversely affect the priority of the security interests securing the Obligations or otherwise materially and adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 13.12:

(i) In connection with any determination as to whether the requisite Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, any Term Lender (other than (x) any Lender that is a Regulated Bank and (y) any Revolving Lender) or any of Affiliate of such Lender with which such Lender is acting in concert (other than Affiliates that (I) make independent investment decisions, (II) have customary information screens in place (that apply to the Borrower), and (III) have investment policies that are not directed by, and whose investment decisions are not influenced by, the holder or a common Affiliate acting in concert with the holder) that, as a result of such Lender’s or any of its Affiliates’ interest in any total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract (other than any such total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract entered into pursuant to bona fide market making activities), has a net short position that is at least 5% short with respect to any Term Loans (each, a “Net Short Lender”) shall, unless the Borrower otherwise elects (in its sole discretion), have no right to vote any of its Term Loans and shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Net Short Lenders.

(ii) In connection with any such determination, each Term Lender (other than any Lender that is a Regulated Bank and any Revolving Lender) that votes in connection with any such amendment or waiver, otherwise acts on any such matter or makes such a direction shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not a Net Short Lender, in each case, unless such Lender shall have notified the Borrower and the Administrative Agent prior to taking such action that it constitutes a Net Short Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on each such representation and deemed representation). The Administrative Agent (and its sub-agents) shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, any other Lender’s compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Net Short Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent (and its sub-agents), in such capacity and not in its capacity as a Lender, if applicable, shall not be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Assignee or Participant is a Net Short Lender.

(iii) For purposes of determining whether a Term Lender (other than any Lender that is a Regulated Bank and any Revolving Lender) has a “net short position” on any date of determination: (A) derivative contracts with respect to the Term Loans and such contracts that are the functional equivalent thereof shall be counted at the notional amount thereof in Dollars, (B) notional amounts in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar equivalent thereof by such Lender in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing conversion rate (determined on a mid-market basis) on the date of determination, (C) derivative contracts in respect of an index that includes any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any instrument issued or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall not be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Term Loans, so long as (x)

 

-240-


such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (y) the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, collectively, shall represent less than 15% of the components of such index, (D) derivative transactions that are documented using either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions (collectively, the “ISDA CDS Definitions”) shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Term Loans if such Lender is a protection buyer or the equivalent thereof for such derivative transaction and (x) the Term Loans are a “Reference Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction (whether specified by name in the related documentation, included as a “Standard Reference Obligation” on the most recent list published by Markit, if “Standard Reference Obligation” is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner), (y) the Term Loans would be a “Deliverable Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction, or (z) any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party (or its successor) is designated as a “Reference Entity” under the terms of such derivative transactions, and (E) credit derivative transactions or other derivatives transactions not documented using the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Term Loans if such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction that offers the Lender protection in respect of the Term Loans, or as to the credit quality of any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party other than, in each case, as part of an index so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (y) the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, collectively, shall represent less than 15% of the components of such index.

13.13. Survival. All indemnities set forth herein including, without limitation, in Sections 2.11, 2.12, 3.6, 5.5, 12.6 and 13.1 shall survive the execution, delivery and termination of this Agreement and the Notes and the making and repayment of the Obligations.

13.14. Domicile of Loans. Each Lender may transfer and carry its Loans at, to or for the account of any office, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that a transfer of Loans pursuant to this Section 13.14 would, at the time of such transfer, result in increased costs under Section 2.11, 2.12, 3.6 or 5.5 from those being charged by the respective Lender prior to such transfer, then nothe Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes in any applicable law, treaty, government rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the official interpretation thereof, after the date of the respective transfer).

13.15. Register. The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as its non-fiduciary agent (and such agency being solely to the extent required for tax purposes), solely for purposes of this Section 13.15, to maintain a register (the “Register”) on which it will record from time to time the name and address of each Lender and each Issuing Lender, the Commitments, the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations and any other obligations under the Loan Documents, and the amounts of stated interest due thereon, owing to each Lender and each Issuing Lender pursuant the terms hereof and any Note. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans, L/C Obligations or other obligations under the Loan Documents. With respect to any Lender or Issuing Lender, the transfer of the Commitments of such Lender or Issuing Lender and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Loans, L/C Obligations and any other obligations under the Loan Documents owing to such Lender or Issuing Lender shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitments and Loans, L/C Obligations and other obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitments, Loans, L/C Obligations or other obligations under the Loan Documents shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register upon and only upon

 

-241-


the acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption pursuant to Section 13.4. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error) and upon such acceptance and recordation, the assignee specified therein shall be treated as a Lender and/or Issuing Lender for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, as to entries pertaining to it, and any Lender or Issuing Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior written notice. Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the assigning or transferor Lender shall surrender the Note (if any) evidencing such Loan, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the assignee or transferee Lender at the request of any such Lender. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 13.15 to the same extent that the Administrative Agent is otherwise indemnified pursuant to Section 13.1 or Section 12.6.

13.16. Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 13.16, each Lender, each Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (each, a “Lender Party”) agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of Holdings (other than to its employees, auditors, advisors, agents, representatives or counsel or to another Lender Party if such Lender Party or such Lender Party’s holding or parent company or other affiliate (other than affiliates that are engaged primarily as private equity investors; it being understood that this parenthetical shall not apply to MIHI LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and their respective affiliates, in each case solely to the extent that any such information that is published, disclosed or otherwise divulged to such affiliate is done so on a “need to know” basis solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any such affiliate is informed of the confidential nature of such information and is or has been advised of their obligation to keep information of this type confidential) in its sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information; provided that such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.16 to the same extent as such Lender Party) any information with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is now or in the future furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that any Lender Party may disclose any such information (i) as has become generally available to the public other than by virtue of a breach of this Section 13.16(a) by the respective Lender Party, (ii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) or as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender Party or to the Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (iii) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process, (iv) to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (v) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, hedge or similar agreement (or to any such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor), so long as such contractual counterparty (or such professional advisor) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or substantially similar terms, (vi) to any prospective or actual transferee or Participant in connection with any contemplated transfer or participation of any of the Notes or Commitments or any interest therein by such Lender; provided that such prospective transferee agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Section 13.16 or substantially similar terms, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance or monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit provided hereunder; provided that,

 

-242-


prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to Loan Parties received by it from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (viii) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (ix) to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (x) to the extent such information becomes available to any Lender Party, or any Affiliates or any Related Persons of such Lender Parties, on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its Affiliates, other than by virtue of a breach of any confidentiality obligation owed by such Person to the Borrower or its Affiliates.

(b) Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Lender Party may share with any of its affiliates, and such affiliates may share with such Lender Party, any information related to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any non-public customer information regarding the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries); provided such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.16 to the same extent as such Lender Party.

(c) Each Lender Party acknowledges that (i) the information with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document may include material non-public information concerning Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws.

13.17. Patriot Act; Beneficial Ownership Regulation. Each Lender subject to the Patriot Act hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower and Holdings shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

13.18. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

13.19. Judgment Currency.

(a) The Loan Parties’ obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to make payments in the respective Available Currency (the “Obligation Currency”) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the Obligation Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the respective Lender of the full amount of the

 

-243-


Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. If for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the Obligation Currency (such other currency being hereinafter referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in the Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made, at the applicable Alternate Currency Equivalent or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, as the case may be, and, in the case of other currencies, the rate of exchange (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent does not quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) determined, in each case, as of the day on which the judgment is given (such day being hereinafter referred to as the “Judgment Currency Conversion Date”).

(b) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the Borrower covenants and agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, such additional amounts, if any (but in any event not a lesser amount), as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial award at the rate or exchange prevailing on the Judgment Currency Conversion Date.

(c) For purposes of determining the Dollar Equivalent or the applicable Alternate Currency Equivalent or any other rate of exchange for this Section 13.19, such amounts shall include any premium and costs payable in connection with the purchase of the Obligation Currency.

13.20. Luxembourg Matters. In this Agreement as far as it relates to a Luxembourg Loan Party, a reference to (i) a winding-up, administration or dissolution, administration or reorganization, composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement includes, without limitation, bankruptcy (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite), moratorium or reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) a compulsory manager,(ii) receiver, administrative receiver, administrator includes any commissaire, juge-commissaire, curateur, liquidateur or similar officer, (iii) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of cessation of payments (cessation de paiements), (iv) a security interest includes any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention and any type of real security or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security, (v) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés) and (vi) a director or a manager includes a gérant or an administrateur.

13.21. Electronic Execution. The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other Notices of Borrowing, Notices of Conversion/Continuation, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

 

-244-


13.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

13.23. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

13.24. Integration. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the provisions of the Commitment Letter that, by its terms, survive the execution of the Loan Documents and the Fee Letter represent the agreement of the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any such parties relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein, therein or in the other Loan Documents. It is expressly agreed and confirmed that the provisions of the Commitment Letter that, by its terms, survive the execution of the Loan Documents and the Fee Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the occurrence of the Original Closing Date and the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and shall continue in effect thereafter in accordance with their terms.

13.25. Financing Statement Authorization. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to file one or more financing statements (including fixture filings), continuation statements, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by each Guarantor, without the signature of any Guarantor, and naming any Guarantor or the Guarantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. Each Guarantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to use the collateral description “all assets,” “all personal property, whether now existing or hereafter acquired,” “all of the debtor’s assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar effect in any such financing statements filed or other filings for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting any security interest granted by such Guarantor under any Loan Document.

 

-245-


13.26. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEAAffected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEAAffected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Downwrite-down and Conversion Powers of an EEAconversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEAthe applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lenderparty hereto that is an EEAAffected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEAAffected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEAthe applicable Resolution Authority.

13.27. Co-Borrowers.

(a) Without limiting their obligations as Guarantors, Holdings may, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.27, designate one or more of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the United States (or another jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Revolving Lenders) to join this Agreement as co-borrowers under any Facility, other than the 2019 Revolving Credit Facility (each such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, a “Co-Borrower”) hereunder and under all other Loan Documents, jointly and severally liable with respect to all Obligations as primary obligors and not merely as sureties.

(b) In order to so designate a Co-Borrower, Holdings shall, upon not less than 10 Business Days’ notice from Holdings to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), request that any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (an “Applicant Borrower”) become a Co-Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Facility by delivering to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each applicable Lender) a duly executed notice and agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit P (a “Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement”). The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming a Co-Borrower hereunder, (i) the obligations with respect to such Applicant Borrower becoming a Co-Borrower set forth in Section 8.8 and this Section 13.27 shall have been satisfied and (ii) for any Applicant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders shall have received (x) not more than 5 Business Days after Holdings’ initial notice required above, the documentation and other information that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and (y) such supporting resolutions, incumbency certificates, opinions of counsel, Security Documents and other documents or information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as may be required by the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders

 

-246-


(in the case of a Revolving Facility) or the Required Term Lenders (in the case of a Term Facility) in their reasonable discretion, and Notes signed by such new Co-Borrower to the extent any Lenders so require (the requirements set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Co-Borrower Requirements”). If the Co-Borrower Requirements are met, the Administrative Agent shall send a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit Q (a “Co-Borrower Notice”) to Holdings and the applicable Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute a Co-Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of the applicable Lenders agrees to permit such Co-Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Facility, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Co-Borrower otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement (and the term “Borrower” shall be deemed to include such Co-Borrower unless the context otherwise requires); provided that no Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Request may be submitted by or on behalf of such Co-Borrower until the date five (5) Business Days after such effective date unless the Administrative Agent otherwise consents.

(c) The Obligations of the Borrower and each Co-Borrower shall be joint and several in nature. Each Subsidiary that becomes a Co-Borrower pursuant to this Section 13.27 hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement, each of the other Loan Documents and all other documents and electronic platforms entered into in connection herewith, including (i) the giving and receipt of notices and (ii) the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and all modifications hereto. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by the Borrower and all Co-Borrowers, or by the Borrower or each Co-Borrower acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the Borrower, whether or not any such other Co-Borrower joins therein. Any notice, demand, consent, acknowledgement, direction, certification or other communication delivered to the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been delivered to each Co-Borrower.

(d) A Co-Borrower may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings and to cease to be a Co-Borrower hereunder upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, such resigning Co-Borrower having delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion); provided, however, that (i) there are no outstanding Loans payable by such Co-Borrower, or other amounts payable by such Co-Borrower on account of any Loans made to it, as of the effective date of such termination and (ii) unless such Person is also released as a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such resignation shall not, to the extent applicable, have any impact on such Person’s obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor and such obligations, to the extent applicable, shall continue to be effective in accordance with this Agreement and the other provisions and undertakings hereunder related thereto. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such termination of a Co-Borrower’s status

(e) Any Lender may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and Holdings, fulfill its Commitment hereunder in respect of any Loans requested to be made by such Lender to a Co-Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, by causing an Affiliate or branch of such Lender to act for such Lender to make such Loans to such Co-Borrower in the place and stead of such Lender; provided that in no event shall the Lender’s exercise of such option increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower or the Co-Borrowers under this Agreement

(f) Holdings may not designate a Co-Borrower in any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) in which any Lender under the applicable Facility is not legally permitted to make Loans or other credit extensions.

 

-247-


(g) To the extent any Co-Borrower is designated hereunder, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to make such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (without the consent of any Lender or any other party) as they reasonably deem necessary in order to effectuate the inclusion of such Co-Borrower.

13.28. Guernsey Matters.

(a) In this Agreement as far as it relates to a Guernsey Loan Party, a reference to:

(i) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, winding up, liquidation, administration, dissolution, insolvency event or insolvency includes, without limitation, a compromise or arrangement of the type referred to in Part VIII of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 and any procedure or process referred to in Part XXI or Part XXIII of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008;

(ii) a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like includes, without limitation, any such party appointed by the Royal Court of Guernsey, or any other person performing the same function of each of the foregoing or any désastre commissioner;

(iii) security or a security interest includes, without limitation, any hypothèque and any security interest created pursuant to the Security Interests (Guernsey) Law 1993 and any related legislation; and

(iv) any like proceeding, analogous proceedings or step being taken in connection with insolvency includes any corporate action, legal proceedings or other formal procedure or formal step being taken in relation to an application for a declaration of en désastre being made in respect of any such entity or any of its assets (or the making of such declaration) or any step in saisie proceedings.

(b) Each Guernsey Loan Party hereby waives any and all of its rights under the existing or future laws of Guernsey, whether by virtue of the droit de division or otherwise, to require that any liability under or in connection with any Finance Document be divided or apportioned with any other person or reduced in any manner whatsoever, and whether by virtue of the droit de discussion or otherwise, to require that recourse be had to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against it.

13.29. Luxembourg Matters. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Agreement, in this Agreement, where it relates to a Luxembourg entity, a reference to:

(a) a winding-up, administration, reorganisation, insolvency or dissolution includes, without limitation, bankruptcy (faillite), judicial liquidation (liquidation judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), moratorium or suspension of payments (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée);

(b) a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer includes, without limitation, a juge délégué, commissaire, juge-commissaire, mandataire ad hoc, administrateur provisoire, liquidateur or curateur;

(c) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of cessation de paiements;

 

-248-


(d) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés); and

(e) a director or a manager includes an administrateur and a gérant.

13.30. Amendment No. 3 Effective Date Releases.

(a) As of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, each of the Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries shall be automatically released from their obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and all Liens granted by Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents shall be automatically released. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are authorized by the Secured Parties to deliver such documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrower to give effect to the foregoing releases. It is acknowledged and agreed that the releases contemplated in this Section 13.30 are without prejudice to the requirements of Section 8.8, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the requirement that each Amendment No. 3 Released Subsidiary that ceases to constitute a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary become a Loan Party after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

(b) As of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the deed of disclosed pledge over registered shares dated August 3, 2016 granted to the Administrative Agent by Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited over the shares of Informatica Nederland B.V. shall be automatically released. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are authorized by the Secured Parties to deliver such documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrower to give effect to the foregoing release. It is acknowledged and agreed that the foregoing release is without prejudice to the requirements of Section 8.8, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the requirement to deliver a pledge agreement in respect of the shares of Informatica Nederland B.V. if it comes a Material Subsidiary.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-249-


SCHEDULE I

Lenders and Commitments

Dollar Term Loan Commitment

 

Lender

   Dollar Term Loan
Commitment
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 1,710,000,000  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 1,710,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Euro Term Loan Commitment

 

Lender

   Euro Term Loan
Commitment
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   250,000,000  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   250,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Revolving Loan Commitment

 

Lender

   Revolving Loan
Commitment
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 33,750,000  

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 33,750,000  

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 13,125,000  

MIHI LLC

   $ 22,500,000  

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   $ 13,125,000  

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC

   $ 13,125,000  

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 13,125,000  

Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch

   $ 7,500,000  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 150,000,000  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE II

Notice Addresses

 

Lender

  

Address

Bank of America, N.A.   

BANK OF AMERICA CORPORATE CENTER

100 N TRYON ST

CHARLOTTE, NC 28255-0001

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

ATTN: Justin Smiley

Phone: ###

Facsimile: ###

Email: ###


SCHEDULE 1.1

Disqualified Lenders

None.


SCHEDULE 1.1(F)

Existing Investments

The intercompany advances set forth on Schedule 9.4 are hereby incorporated by reference.


SCHEDULE 1.1(F)

Existing Liens

None.


SCHEDULE 6.16

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned

  

Equity Owner

29West Inc.    Illinois    100%    Informatica Corporation
29West Ltd.    United Kingdom    100%    29West Inc.
Active Endpoints, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
ActiveBase Ltd.    Israel    100%    I.D.I. Informatica Data Integration Ltd.
AddressDoctor GmbH    Germany    100%    Informatica GmbH
Agent Logic, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Federal Operations Corporation
Applimation, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Data Scout Solutions GmbH    Germany    100%    Data Scout Solutions Group Limited
Data Scout Solutions Group Limited    United Kingdom    100%    Informatica Corporation
Data Scout Solutions Limited    United Kingdom    100%    Data Scout Solutions Group Limited
Data Scout Solutions LLC    Delaware    100%    Data Scout Solutions Group Limited
Heiler Software Corporation    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
I.D.I. Informatica Data Integration Ltd.    Israel    100%    Informatica Corporation
Identity Systems Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.    Australia    100%    Informatica Australia PTY Ltd.


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned

  

Equity Owner

Identity Systems Pty Ltd.    Australia    100%    Identity Systems Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.
Identity Systems (UK) Ltd.    United Kingdom    100%    Identity Systems, LLC
Identity Systems, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
INFA Software Philippines Corporation    The Philippines    100%    Informatica International Inc.
INFA Sweden AB    Sweden    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Info Corp Informática Portugal, sociedade unipessoal Lda.    Portugal    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica (Beijing) Information Technology Company Ltd.    China    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Australia PTY Limited    Australia    100%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Beige BVBA    Belgium    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Business Solutions Private Ltd.    India    100%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Cayman Ltd.    Cayman Islands    100%    Informatica Software C.V.
Informatica Data Integration Iberica SL    Spain    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Development Ltd.    United Kingdom    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Federal Operations Corporation    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica France S.A.S.    France    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned

  

Equity Owner

Informatica GmbH    Germany    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Holdings LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica International, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Ireland Ltd.    Ireland    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Japan KK    Japan    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Korea Corporation    Korea    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Nederland B.V.    The Netherlands    100%    Informatica Software CV
Informatica Research and Development Center LLC    Russia    1.0%    Informatica Cayman Ltd.
Informatica Research and Development Center LLC    Russia    99%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica S.E.A. Pte. Ltd.    Singapore    100%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Software (Schweiz) AG    Switzerland    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Software C.V.    The Netherlands    0.1%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Software C.V.    The Netherlands    99.9%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Software de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico    3.33%    Informatica Corporation


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned

  

Equity Owner

Informatica Software de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico    96.67%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Software Italia S.r.l.    Italy    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Software JLT    Dubai    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Software Limited    Hong Kong    100%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Software Ltd.    Canada    100%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Software Ltd.    United Kingdom    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Software SA    South Africa    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
Informatica Software Services de Mexico SA de C.V.    Mexico    0.2%    Informatica Corporation
Informatica Software Services de Mexico SA de C.V.    Mexico    99.80%    [Informatica Software de Mexico]
Informatica Taiwan Co. Ltd    Taiwan    100%    Informatica International Inc.
Informatica Turkey Software Licenses and Services, LLC    Turkey    100%    Informatica Nederland B.V.
IS Informatica Software Ltda.    Brazil    0.01%    Informatica Corporation
IS Informatica Software Ltda.    Brazil    99.9%    Informatica Interational Inc.
Itemfield, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned

  

Equity Owner

Penguin Acquisition LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Siperian LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
Siperian UK Ltd.    United Kingdom    100%    Siperian LLC
StrikeIron, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Corporation
TierData, Inc.    California    100%    Informatica Corporation
WisdomForce Technologies, Inc.    Washington    100%    Informatica Corporation


SCHEDULE 6.19(A)

Filings

 

Grantor

  

Type of Filing

  

Filing Office

Ithacalux S.à r.l    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithacalux 2 S.à r.l    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithaca Ireland Informatica 3 Limited    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithaca G.P. Limited    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithaca Holdco Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Ithaca Holdco 2 LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Ithaca Merger Sub LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica Corporation    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
   USPTO
TierData, Inc.    UCC-1    California Secretary of State
StrikeIron, LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Siperian LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica Holdings LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Applimation, Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
   USPTO
Heiler Software Corporation    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Agent Logic, LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Identity Systems, LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
   USPTO
WisdomForce Technologies, Inc.    UCC-1    Washington Secretary of State
Informatica Federal Operations Corporation    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica International, Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Itemfield, Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
29West, Inc.    UCC-1    Illinois Secretary of State
Penguin Acquisition LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Active EndPoints, Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State


SCHEDULE 6.19(B)

Owned Real Property

 

1.

2000-2100 Seaport Blvd.

Redwood City, CA 94063


SCHEDULE 7.1(E)

Other Loan Party Requirements

Luxembourg Loan Parties:

Customary closing certificate, in form and substance to be agreed and based substantially on the requirements set forth for each of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.1(e) of the Credit Agreement.

Irish Loan Parties:

Corporate certificate in a form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent appending (amongst other items) a letter of status provided by the Companies Registration Office in respect of each Irish Loan Party.


SCHEDULE 7.1(F)

Local Counsel Opinions

 

1.

Linklaters LLP, Luxembourg, with respect to the enforceability of the security granted by Ithacalux S.à r.l. and Ithacalux 2 S.à r.l.

 

2.

Clifford Chance, with respect to the capacity of Ithacalux S.à r.l. and Ithacalux 2 S.à r.l.

 

3.

Arthur Cox, with respect to the enforceability of the security governed by Irish law.

 

4.

A&L Goodbody with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by each Irish Subsidiary Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.

Carey Olsen LLP, Guernsey, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by Ithaca G.P. Limited of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.


SCHEDULE 7.1(G)

Other Pledged Stock

None.


SCHEDULE 8.12

Post-Closing Matters

 

1.

Deliver to the Administrative Agent on or before the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion),

(a) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 6.19(b) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such parcel of real property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 6.19(b) is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under the applicable Requirement of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(b) with respect to each such Mortgage, a policy of title insurance insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage Lien on each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 6.19(b), which policy (each, a “Title Policy”) shall (A) be issued by a title insurance company retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (B) to the extent necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (C) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), (D) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and (E) contain no exceptions to title other than the Liens permitted by such Mortgage and exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(c) with respect to each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 6.19(b), such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be required to induce the title company to issue the Title Policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

(d) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent of payment by Borrower of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of such Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies referred to above;

(e) ALTA surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 6.19(b);

(f) with respect to such Mortgage, an opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, special counsel for the Loan Parties, and (ii) local counsel in the applicable jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent;


(g) a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under and a copy of the flood insurance policy and a declaration page relating to, the insurance policies required by Section 8.5 (including, without limitation, flood insurance policies, each of which (i) shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable), (ii) shall name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, (iii) in the case of flood insurance, if any, such certificate shall (a) identify the addresses of each property located in a special flood hazard area and (b) indicate the applicable flood zone designation, the flood insurance coverage and the deductible relating thereto; and

(h) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each such Mortgaged Property and, if located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and if applicable, each Loan Party relating thereto.

2. Deliver to the Administrative Agent on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion), insurance endorsements naming the Administrative Agent as an additional insured on all liability insurance policies of each Grantor (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) and naming the Administrative Agent on all property and casualty insurance policies of each Grantor.

3. Deliver to the Administrative Agent on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion), evidence of, and filing of same with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office of, the release of the security interests held against (i) patent number 7523121 in favor of Square 1 Bank, recorded 7/1/2009 at reel/frame 4014/0347and (ii) if determined to be necessary by the Administrative Agent, patent numbers 6016501, 6029178, 6035307 and 6092086 in favor of Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, recorded September 11, 2013 at reel frame 031204/0225.


SCHEDULE 9.4

Existing Indebtedness

 

2.

Loan of €56.55M from Informatica Cayman Ltd. to Informatica GmbH

 

3.

Loan of €5.5M from Informatica Ireland Ltd. to Informatica Corporation

 

4.

Loan of $1,250,000,000 from Ithacalux 2 S.à r.l. to Ithacalux 3 S.à r.l. (to be novated to Ithaca Ireland Informatica 2 Limited, as lender thereunder)

 

5.

Loan of $1,250,000,000 from Ithacalux 3 S.à r.l. to the Borrower

 

6.

Loan of $1,250,000,000 from Ithaca Ireland Informatica 2 Limited to Ithacalux 2 S.à r.l, to be made after the Closing Date.


SCHEDULE 9.6

Existing Affiliate Transactions

None.


SCHEDULE 9.12

Existing Restrictive Agreements

None.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

AND

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT1

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (this “Assignment”), is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the] [each, an] “Assignor”) and [the] [each] Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the] [each, an] “Assignee”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of such [Assignees][and Assignors] hereunder are several and not joint.] Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). The Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption Agreement set forth in Annex 1 hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the] [each] Assignee, and [the] [each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the][each] Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, the interest in and to all of [the][each] Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto that represents the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of the [respective] Assignor’s outstanding rights and obligations under the respective Tranches identified below (including, to the extent included in any such Tranches, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) ([the] [each, an] “Assigned Interest”). [Each] [Such] sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 

[1.    Assignor:                                    
2.    Assignee:                                    ]2
[1][3].    Credit Agreement:    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among, Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders or holders of the Loans and issuers of Letters of Credit, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

1 

This Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement should be used by Lenders for an assignment to a single Assignee or to funds managed by the same or related investment managers.

2 

If the form is used for a single Assignor and Assignee, items 1 and 2 should list the Assignor and the Assignee, respectively. In the case of an assignment to funds managed by the same or related investment managers, or an assignment by multiple Assignors, the Assignors and the Assignee(s) should be listed in the table under bracketed item 2 below.

 

Exhibit A

Page 1


[2. Assigned Interest:3

 

Assignor

  

Assignee

  

Tranche

Assigned4

  

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans

under Relevant

Tranche for all

Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

under Relevant

Tranche Assigned

[Name of Assignor]

   [Name of Assignee]                                           

[Name of Assignor]

   [Name of Assignee]                                           

 

3 

Insert this chart if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used for assignments to funds managed by the same or related investment managers or for an assignment by multiple Assignors. Insert additional rows as needed.

4 

For complex multi-tranche assignments a separate chart for each tranche should be used for ease of reference.

 

Exhibit A

Page 2


[4. Assigned Interest:]5

 

Tranche Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans under Relevant
Tranche for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans under
Relevant Tranche Assigned
 

[__] Term Loans6

   $ ______________      $ ______________  

Revolving Loan Commitment/

Revolving Loans

   $ ______________      $ ______________  

Effective Date ___________, ____, ____.

 

Assignor[s] Information

              

Assignee[s] Information

      

Payment Instructions:

     

 

     Payment Instructions:        

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

        

 

      Reference:_______          Reference:_________

Notice Instructions:

     

 

     Notice Instructions:        

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

        

 

      Reference:______          Reference:_________

 

 

 

5 

Insert this chart if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used by a single Assignor for an assignment to a single Assignee.

6 

Insert rows for additional Tranches of Term Loans as needed.

 

Exhibit A

Page 3


The terms set forth in this Assignment are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR   ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]   [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]7
By:  

 

  By:  

 

  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Title:

 

7 

Add additional signature blocks, as needed, if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used by funds managed by the same or related investment managers.

 

Exhibit A

Page 4


[Consented to and]8 Accepted:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

        as Administrative Agent

By:  

         

(Authorized Signatory)

INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:  

         

Name:

Title:]9

[[NAME OF EACH ISSUING LENDER],

as Letter of Credit Issuer

By:  

         

Name:

Title:

NAME OF SWINGLINE LENDER,

as Swingline Lender

By:  

         

(Authorized Signatory)] 10

 

8 

Insert if assignment is being made to an Eligible Assignee, except with respect to an assignment of any Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(i)(B) of the Credit Agreement. Consent of the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

9 

Insert if no Significant Default has occurred and is continuing unless, in the case of an assignment of Term Loans or any Term Loan Commitment, such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(i)(A) of the Credit Agreement. Consent of Holdings shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

10 

Insert for any assignment of any Revolving Loan or Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(i)(C) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit A

Page 5


ANNEX I

TO

EXHIBIT A

[NAME OF BORROWER]

CREDIT AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1. Assignor. [The] [Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [its] Assigned Interest [and is not a Defaulting Lender],1 (ii) [the] [its] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto (other than this Assignment) or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee. [The] [Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee [and an Affiliated Lender],2 (iii) confirms that it is not a Disqualified Institution, (iv) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of [the][its] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase [the][its] Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision, (vi) it has attached to this Assignment any tax documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by it, (vii) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type and (viii) it has independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, [the][each] Assignor, or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (c) appoints and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to or otherwise conferred upon the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

1 

Delete if the Assignor is a Defaulting Lender.

2 

Assignments to Affiliated Lenders shall comply with the provisions relating thereto in the Credit Agreement.


Annex I

to Exhibit A

Page 2

2. Payment. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees, commissions and other amounts) to [the][each] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [each] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. Effect of Assignment. Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) [the][each] Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) [the][each] Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

4. General Provisions. This Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of the Assignment. THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

*         *         *


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CERTIFICATE1

Reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Pursuant to Section 8.2(b) [and Section 8.2(c)]2 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer, certifies as follows:

 

  1.

[Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year reported on without a “going concern” statement or like qualification or exception, or qualification relating to the scope of the audit (in each case other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the upcoming maturity of any Loans under this Agreement or the Senior Notes or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant, including the Financial Covenant on a future date or for a future period), by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing, together with a reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA consistent with the reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA provided to prospective Lenders prior to the Closing Date.]3

 

  2.

[Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by an Authorized Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the period covered thereby (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), together with a reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA consistent with the reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA provided to prospective Lenders prior to the Closing Date.]4

 

1 

This certificate shall accompany each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Credit Agreement and each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

2 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

3 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

4 

To be included if accompanying quarterly financial statements only.


The “Applicable Test Period” means the Test Period ending on the last day of the fiscal period to which such financial statements relate.

 

  3.

[As of the last day of the Applicable Test Period, Holdings is in compliance with Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is the Compliance Certificate for such Test Period demonstrating compliance by Holdings with Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement.]5

 

  4.

To my knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, describe in reasonable detail the reasons therefor and circumstances thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Exhibit C attached hereto.]

 

  5.

Exhibit D hereto describes any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party since the delivery of the immediately preceding previous Financial Statements Certificate.

 

  6.

[Exhibit E sets forth a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Immaterial Subsidiary and certifies that all such Subsidiaries in the aggregate do not exceed the limitation set forth in clause (ii) of the definition of the term “Immaterial Subsidiary.”]6

 

  7.

[Exhibit F sets forth a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries and certifies that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.]7

 

  8.

[Exhibit G sets forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year together with the calculation thereof in reasonable detail.]8

WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Financial Statements Certificate to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by an Authorized Officer on the date first above written.

 

5 

To be included to the extent Holdings is required to comply with Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement (under the terms of Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement) for such Test Period.

6 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

7 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

8 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only (commencing with the financial statements in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016).


INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

Annual (audited) or Quarterly (unaudited)

Financial Statements


EXHIBIT B

Compliance Certificate


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio

 

**Note:

Without the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Holdings (but only if the last day of such fiscal quarter constitutes a Compliance Date), Section 9.1 requires the below calculation. This covenant shall be calculated on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and shall be subject to the currency translation provisions as provided in Section 1.5(c) of the Credit Agreement.**

As of the Test Period ended [March 31][June 30][September 30][December 31], _______.

 

(A)  The aggregate principal amount (or, if higher, the par value or stated face amount (other than with respect to zero coupon Indebtedness, which shall be the accreted value)) of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as adjusted pursuant to Section 1.5(c) of the Credit Agreement, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any liabilities referred to in clauses (a)(ii) and (a)(iv) of the definition of “Indebtedness” solely in respect of undrawn letters of credit and obligations in respect of Swap Agreements that have not been terminated and any Guarantee Obligations in respect of any such liabilities and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations in connection with any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction, that is secured by a Lien on assets constituting Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations.

   $                

(B)  Aggregate amount of Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the last day of such fiscal quarter and cash and Cash Equivalents Restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent (which may also include cash and Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness secured by a pari passu Lien on the Collateral along with the Facilities, so long as the Lien of such other indebtedness on such cash or Cash Equivalents does not benefit from a control agreement or other steps to perfect on such cash or Cash Equivalents that the Administrative Agent has not taken on behalf of the Lenders), in each case with such Unrestricted cash and Restricted cash and Cash Equivalents to be determined in accordance with GAAP minus 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions, except to the extent any such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xv) of the Credit Agreement,:

   $                

(C)  Consolidated EBITDA:

  

a)  Consolidated Net Income for such Test Period: the aggregate of the Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, minus, without duplication, the sum of:

   $                


(i)  any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, restructuring and business optimization charges and carve-out related items;

   $                

(ii)  the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such Test Period;

   $                

(iii)   any after-tax effect of income (loss) attributable to disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations on fixed assets;

   $                

(iv) any after tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower;

   $                

(v)   the Net Income (but not loss) for such Test Period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting;

 

provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such Test Period by such Person and shall be decreased by the amount of any losses that have been funded with cash from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

   $                

(vi) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction and/or any consummated acquisition and any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting therefrom and any write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes;

   $                

(vii)  any impairment charge or asset write off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

   $                

(viii)  any non-cash items, including mark-to-market items and timing discrepancies between the time when an item is incurred and when it is recorded under GAAP, due to fluctuations in currency values;

   $                


(ix) any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition;

   $                

(x)   any Net Income (but not loss) resulting from any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction;

   $                

(xi) any net after-tax gains or losses (including the effect of all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements or other derivative agreements (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid and any net gain (or loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness);

   $                

(xii)  unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions, foreign exchange transactions and other investments, fluctuations in currency values in accordance with GAAP and mark-to-market of Indebtedness resulting from the application of GAAP;

   $                

(xiii)  any expenses or charges or any amortization thereof related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition (including earn-out provisions) or disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Credit Agreement including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) for such period, including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions;

   $                

(xiv) (i) any non-cash compensation expense realized from employee benefit plans, or recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and management compensation plans or equity incentive programs or the treatment of such options under variable plan accounting and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

   $                

(xv)   any (x) expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment, acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Credit Agreement, or (y) expenses charged or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption covered by insurance, in each case to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that reasonable evidence exists that such indemnification or reimbursement will be made, and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party, obligor or insurer in writing within 365 days after such determination and (ii) in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days after such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 day period);

   $                


(xvi) any amounts paid that are used to fund payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xi) of the Credit Agreement that, if paid by Holdings would have reduced Consolidated Net Income; and

   $                

(xvii) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP;

   $                

Provided that:

  

      The Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties shall be included

   $                

b)   plus, (without duplication) in each case only to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to clause (xi) below) the sum, without duplication, of the following amounts:

   $                

(i)  (x) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such Test Period, (y) tax effect with respect to the items excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (iv) and (xi) of the definition thereof and (z) an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A) of the Credit Agreement, which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person;

   $                

(ii)  Fixed Charges of such Person for such Test Period;

   $                

(iii)   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such Test Period;

   $                


(iv) any expenses or charges or any amortization related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition (including earn-out provisions), disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, prepayment, amendment, modification, restructuring, or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (whether or not successful) for such Test Period, including (A) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions;

 

   $                

(v)   the amount of any restructuring charge, business optimization expenses, or reserve or carve-out related items incurred during such Test Period, including any one time costs (including costs and expenses in connection with the Transaction), costs related to the closure, consolidation and integration of facilities, IT infrastructure and legal entities, severance costs, relocation expenses and retention bonuses;

 

   $                

(vi) any other non-cash, losses, charges, and expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such Test Period, provided, that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Borrower may elect not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Borrower elects to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent;

 

   $                

(vii)  any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings during such Test Period pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

   $                

(viii)  any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights during such Test Period;

 

   $                

(ix) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses incurred during such Test Period to the Investors and the amount of any directors’ fees or reimbursements, including pursuant to the Management Agreement, to the extent permitted under Section 9.2(b)(xiii) of the Credit Agreement;

 

   $                

(x)   earn-out expenses incurred during such Test Period resulting from Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted Investments in which Holdings and/or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to treat such earn-out expenses as compensation costs;

   $                


(xi) the amount of expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expense and cost-saving synergies projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such Test Period) related to the Transactions, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, and cost saving initiatives which are factually supportable, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Test Period from such actions;

 

provided that (x) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expense and cost-saving synergies are expected to be realized within eighteen (18) months of the last day of such Test Period (in the good faith determination of Holdings), (y) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expense and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (xi) to the extent duplicative of any expense or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period and (z) the aggregate add-backs pursuant to this clause (xi) (plus any adjustments made in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings pursuant to clause (ii)(y) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” under the Credit Agreement) shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis but prior to giving effect to any add back under this clause (xi));

   $                

(xii)  actual expenses incurred in such Test Period in connection with obtaining and maintaining credit ratings;

   $                

(xiii)  adjustments and add-backs specifically identified in the Sponsor Model;

   $                

(xiv) expenses relating to changes in GAAP;

   $                

(xv)   the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries increased during such period;

   $                

(xvi) costs and expenses in connection with any stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units; including, but not limited to, the RSU Payments;

   $                

c)   minus, (without duplication)

  

(i)  non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

   $                


(ii)  the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries decreased during such period; and

  

d)   plus or minus, as applicable (without duplication)

  

(i)  any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from obligations under Swap Agreements;

   $                

(ii)  any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk);

   $                

(iii)   any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under Swap Agreements or other derivative;

   $                

(iv) extraordinary non-recurring or unusual losses, charges, or expenses.

   $                

Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period:

   $                
Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio = ((A) – (B)) ÷ (C) =    [___]:1.0
Covenant Requirement for such Test Period:    No more
than
[___]:1.00
Compliance:    [Yes][No]


EXHIBIT C

DISCLOSURE OF DEFAULT

AND/OR EVENT OF DEFAULT


EXHIBIT D

DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN CHANGES

IN THE JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

OF ANY LOAN PARTY


EXHIBIT E

IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES


EXHIBIT F

UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES


EXHIBIT G

EXCESS CASH FLOW

For the Excess Cash Flow Period ended [March 31][June 30][September 30][December 31], [_____]

 

For such Excess Cash Flow Period, the excess, if any, of:   
(1) the sum, without duplication of:   

(A)  Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

(B)  the amount of all non-cash losses and charges (including depreciation and amortization, write-offs, asset impairment charges and reserves for future expenses) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

(C)  the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

(D)  the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of property by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

(E)  the amount of tax expense in excess of the amount of taxes paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period, to the extent such tax expense was deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

over

 

(2) the sum, without duplication, of:

  

(A)  the amount of all non-cash gains or credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

(B)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures during such Excess Cash Flow Period;

   $                    

(C)  to the extent not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period on account of Permitted Acquisitions (to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans));

   $                    


(D)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Credit Agreement actually made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in cash but only to the extent that the Asset Sale or Recovery Event giving rise to the obligation to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Credit Agreement resulted in a corresponding increase in Consolidated Net Income (and any deductions pursuant to this clause (D) shall not exceed such increase in Consolidated Net Income)

   $                    

(E)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal amortization payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) actually made in cash on their due date during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations to the extent not deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income)

   $                    

(F)  the aggregate net amount of non-cash gains on the Disposition of property by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus,

   $                    

(G)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all Investments made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to clauses (n), (o), (p)(i) and (t) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” in the Credit Agreement; plus,

   $                    

(H)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, any cash payments made in such Excess Cash Flow Period in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than non-current liabilities constituting Indebtedness) that were not accrued in such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

   $                    

(I)   to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of taxes actually paid (and required to be paid) in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

   $                    

(J)   to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, Restricted Payments actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period under Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (xiv) of Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, clause (xv) of Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement and clause (xvii) of Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent any such Restricted Payment is declared pursuant to clause (xiv) of Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, clause (i) of Section 9.2(b) of the Credit Agreement; plus,

   $                    


(K)  to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all prepayments or repurchases of Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans and Revolving Loans actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period), except in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder

   $                    

(L)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash pursuant to binding contracts entered into prior to or during such Excess Cash Flow Period relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions and other Permitted Investments and actually paid within 100 days after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period; provided that if any amount is deducted in a prior Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to this clause (xii), such amount may not be deducted pursuant to this clause (xii) in the Excess Cash Flow Period in which such amount was actually paid

   $                    

(M)  to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, capitalized content and software costs paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

(3)   Excess Cash Flow = an amount greater than zero equal to the excess of item 1 over item 2 =

   $                    

(4)   ECF Percentage

   [50][25][0]%1

(5)   ECF Percentage multiplied by Excess Cash Flow =

   $                    

(6)   to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness or a Specified Equity Contribution, the aggregate amount of all Purchases by any Permitted Eligible Assignee pursuant to a Dutch Auction (determined by the actual cash purchase price paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee for such Purchase and not the par value of the Loans purchased by such Permitted Eligible Assignee) and the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of Term Loans or optional prepayments of Revolving Loans (other than in respect of any Revolving Loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), in each case, actually made in cash during the Specified Period for such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

(7)   Amount of mandatory repayment pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of the Credit Agreement = an amount greater than zero equal to the excess of item 5 over item 6 minus $10,000,000 =

   $                    

 

1 

ECF Percentage to be determined based on the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio for such Excess Cash Flow Period in accordance with the definition of “ECF Percentage” in the Credit Agreement.


EXHIBIT C-1

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT TERM SHEETS/

INTERCOMPANY DEBT SUBORDINATION TERMS

 

I.

Intercreditor Agreement Term Sheets

Intercreditor Agreement (Second Lien)

Term Sheet

The following summary is intended to apply to one or more Intercreditor Agreements (each, an “Intercreditor Agreement”) entered into in connection with an issuance of second lien secured Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement (as defined below) in the form of notes (each, “Second Lien Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). The following is not intended to be a definitive list of all of the provisions that will be contained in each Intercreditor Agreement. Each Intercreditor Agreement will include, in addition to the provisions set forth herein, provisions that are otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.

 

Parties    The Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives of the holders of Second Lien Notes (each, a “Second Lien Representative”).
Lien Priorities    So long as the Obligations are outstanding, the liens securing or purporting to secure any Second Lien Notes will be junior in priority and subordinated in all respects to the liens securing or purporting to secured the Obligations (provided, the Second Lien Notes will be subordinate only in respect of the Collateral and the proceeds of realization of collateral and will not be subordinated in right of payment). This subordination shall apply notwithstanding, among other things, any defect or deficiency in the creation, attachment or perfection of, or the avoidance of, any lien securing the Obligations.
Prohibition on Contesting Liens    The Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Representatives will not contest or support any other person in contesting, the priority, validity or enforceability of each other’s liens.

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 1


EXHIBIT C-1

 

No New Liens    If the Administrative Agent or a Second Lien Representative acquires any lien on any assets of the Borrower or any guarantor which assets are not also subject to the lien of the Administrative Agent and each Second Lien Representative, as applicable, then the Administrative Agent or such Second Lien Representative, as applicable, will hold such lien for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Representatives (respecting the relative priorities set forth under “Lien Priorities” above) until the Administrative Agent and/or such Second Lien Representative acquires a lien in such assets.
Enforcement   

No Second Lien Representative or holder of Second Lien Notes may (i) contest, protest or object to any foreclosure or other enforcement action brought by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral or (ii) object to the forbearance by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any foreclosure or other enforcement action with respect to the Collateral.

 

The Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to enforce rights, exercise remedies and make determinations regarding the release or disposition with respect to the Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of any Second Lien Representative or any holder of Second Lien Notes, except that a Second Lien Representative or holder of Second Lien Notes may take the following actions:

 

(a)   taking such actions as it deems necessary to create, continue or protect the perfection of liens on the Collateral;

 

(b)   filing claims, proofs of claim or statements of interest in any insolvency proceeding;

 

(c)   filing responsive proceedings in opposition to any motion objecting to claims or Liens of a Second Lien Representative or holder of Second Lien Notes;

 

(d)   voting on any plan of reorganization to the extent it is consistent with the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(e)   engaging consultants and performing audits, examinations, and appraisals relating to the enforcement of liens on the Collateral.

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 2


EXHIBIT C-1

 

   Additionally, a Second Lien Representative or holder of Second Lien Notes may (a) subject to customary exceptions, exercise the rights of unsecured creditors, including, without limitation, filing pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors (provided, that any judgment lien obtained upon exercise of such rights shall be subordinated to the lien securing the Obligations on the same basis as the other liens securing the Obligations), but only to the extent that the exercise of such rights would not violate or be prohibited by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) retain any amounts obtained in respect of Second Lien Notes, except to the extent such amounts constitute Collateral for the Obligations or the proceeds of such Collateral.
   No Second Lien Representative or any holder of Second Lien Notes will, take or receive any Collateral or any proceeds of Collateral in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff) with respect to any Collateral.
Release of Collateral    The collateral securing the Second Lien Notes shall be released automatically (a) upon any sale of Collateral in which the liens securing the Obligations are released, in the event that such sale is effected as a result of (i) exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent or (ii) pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) upon any release, sale or disposition of such collateral permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement that results in the release of the liens on such collateral securing the Obligations.
DIP Financing    In the event of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding of Holdings, the Borrower or any Guarantor whether voluntary or involuntary, (i) if the Administrative Agent shall desire to consent to the use of cash collateral or to consent to Holdings, the Borrower or any Guarantor to obtain debtor-in-possession financing (a “DIP Financing”), then the Second Lien Representative agrees that it will raise no objection to such use of cash collateral or DIP Financing and will not request adequate protection or any other relief in connection therewith, unless the amount of such DIP Financing exceeds the Cap acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 3


EXHIBIT C-1

 

   Second Lien Representative will subordinate its liens in the Collateral to the liens securing such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto), all adequate protection Liens granted to the First Lien Representative and any “carve out” agreed to by the First Lien Representative to the extent the liens securing the Obligations are subordinated or pari passu with such DIP Financing.
Bankruptcy Proceedings   

In connection with any bankruptcy proceeding, no Second Lien Representative or holder of Second Lien Notes may:

 

(a)   seek relief from an automatic stay in respect of the Collateral without the prior written consent of the First Lien Representative;

 

(b)   contest any request by the Secured Parties for adequate protection or any objection by the Secured Parties to any motion claiming a lack of such adequate protection;

 

(c)   contest any lawful right of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties to credit bid at any foreclosure sale of the Collateral or otherwise under Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code; or

 

(d)   (i) oppose any claim by the Secured Parties for allowance consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses or (ii) seek adequate protection in the form of payments of post-petition interest, fees or expenses unless the Secured Parties are deemed fully secured and also have been granted adequate protection in such form.

 

In the event that any Secured Party is required to pay or return any amount in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, such Secured Party shall be entitled to a reinstatement of the Obligations in respect of such amounts.

Amendments of Documents    Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Notes, documents entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Notes may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Notes may be refinanced, in each case without the

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 4


EXHIBIT C-1

 

  

consent of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties, any Second Lien Representative or any holder of the Second Lien Notes; provided, that (i) a Senior Representative of the holders of any refinancing debt shall bind itself in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor, (ii) no such amendment or refinancing may shorten the maturity of the Second Lien Notes and (iii) no such amendment or refinancing may violate the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no security document entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Notes may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification would contravene any of the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

In the event that any Security Document with respect to the Collateral is amended, waived or otherwise modified for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any of the Security Documents or changing in any manner the rights of any parties thereunder, then such amendment, waiver or modification shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of any comparable security document with respect to the Second Lien Notes.

Amendments, Waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement    The Intercreditor Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Second Lien Representative party thereto.
Governing Law    The State of New York

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 5


EXHIBIT C-2

Intercreditor Agreement (First Lien Pari Passu Debt)

Term Sheet

The Following summary is intended to apply to one or more Intercreditor Agreements (each, an “Intercreditor Agreement”) entered into in connection with an issuance or incurrence of senior secured notes or loans permitted under Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement (each, “First Lien Pari Passu Debt”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”).    The following is not intended to be a definitive list of all of the provisions that will be contained in each Intercreditor Agreement. Each Intercreditor Agreement will include, in addition to the provisions set forth herein, provisions that are customary or typical or are otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.

 

Parties    The Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives of the lenders or holders (as applicable) of First Lien Pari Passu Debt (each, a “First Lien Representative”).
Lien Priorities    So long as the Obligations are outstanding, the liens securing First Lien Pari Passu Debt will be pari passu in all respects to the liens securing the Obligations subject to customary impairment exceptions.
Collateral    The Collateral and the collateral securing the First Lien Pari Passu Debt will be identical.
Prohibition on Contesting Liens    The Administrative Agent and the First Lien Representatives will not contest or support any other person in contesting, the priority, validity or enforceability of each other’s liens.

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 6


EXHIBIT C-2

 

No New Liens    If the Administrative Agent or a First Lien Representative acquires any lien on any assets of the Borrower or any guarantor which assets are not also subject to the lien of the Administrative Agent and each First Lien Representative, as applicable, then the Administrative Agent or such First Lien Representative, as applicable, will hold such lien for the pari passu benefit of the Administrative Agent and the First Lien Representatives until the Administrative Agent and/or each First Lien Representative acquires a lien in such assets.
Enforcement    The Administrative Agent shall act in respect of the liens securing the Obligations and the First Lien Pari Passu Debt based on the instructions of the Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement until such time as the Obligations cease to represent at least 10% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations and the Pari Passu Debt, at which time the Administrative Agent and each First Lien Representative shall act jointly in respect of the liens securing the Obligations and the First Lien Pari Passu Debt based on the instructions of the majority of the outstanding principal amount under the Credit Agreement and the First Lien Pari Passu Debt. Once the Obligations have been discharged in full, the First Lien Representatives shall act based on the instructions of a majority of the First Lien Pari Passu Debt.
Release of Collateral    The Collateral shall be released automatically from securing the First Lien Pari Passu Debt upon any sale of Collateral in which the liens securing the Obligations are released, in the event that such sale is effected as a result of (a) exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent, (b) pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or (c) a transaction that complies with the terms of each of the Credit Agreement and the First Lien Pari Passu Debt.
Amendment of Documents   

Documents entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the First Lien Pari Passu Debt may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and the Credit Agreement and the First Lien Pari Passu Debt may be refinanced, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties, any First Lien Representative or any holders of any First Lien Pari Passu Debt; provided, that a Senior Representative of the holders of any refinancing debt shall bind itself in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no security document entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the First Lien Pari Passu Debt may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification would contravene any of the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 7


EXHIBIT C-2

 

Amendments, Waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement    The Intercreditor Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and each First Lien Representative party thereto.
Governing Law    The State of New York

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 8


EXHIBIT C-3

 

II.

Intercompany Debt Subordination Terms

Intercompany Debt

Subordination Terms

 

   

Each Payee agrees that any and all claims of such Payee against any Payor that is a Loan Party or any endorser of this Promissory Note, or against any of their respective properties, shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of an interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or other amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized; provided, that each Payor that is a Loan Party may make payments to the applicable Payee so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and provided, further, that all loans and advances made by a Payee pursuant to this Promissory Note shall be received by the applicable Payor subject to the provisions of the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any right of any Payee to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Payor, all rights, Liens and security interests of such Payee, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any Payor (whether constituting part of the security or collateral given to any Secured Party to secure payment of all or any part of the Obligations or otherwise) shall be and hereby are subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties in such assets. Except as expressly permitted by the Loan Documents, the Payees shall have no right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon, or exercise any other remedy in respect of, any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of an interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or other amounts payable under any Loan Document (including all interest, fees and other amounts that would accrue, but for the commencement of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed in such proceeding) shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized.

 

   

After the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if all or any part of the assets of any Payor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of any Payor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of any Payor is dissolved or if (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Documents, other than in connection with any foreclosure or exercise of remedies by the Secured Parties) all or substantially all of the assets of any Payor are sold, then, and in any such event, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other investment property, or otherwise, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of such Payor to any Payee (“Payor Indebtedness”) shall be paid or delivered directly to the Collateral Agent for application to any of the Obligations, due or to become due, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of an interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or other amounts payable under any Loan Document (including all interest, fees and other amounts that would accrue, but for the commencement of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed in such proceeding) shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized.

 

Exhibit C-3


EXHIBIT C-3

 

   

After the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Payee that is a Loan Party irrevocably authorizes, empowers and appoints the Collateral Agent as such Payee’s attorney-in-fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable) to demand, sue for, collect and receive every such payment or distribution and to make and present for and on behalf of such Payee such proofs of claim and take such other action, in the Collateral Agent’s own names or in the name of such Payee or otherwise, as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable for the enforcement of this Promissory Note. After the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Payee that is a Loan Party also agrees to execute, verify, deliver and file any such proofs of claim in respect of the Payor Indebtedness requested by the Collateral Agent. After the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may vote such proofs of claim in any such proceeding (and the applicable Payee shall not be entitled to withdraw such vote), receive and collect any and all dividends or other payments or disbursements made on Payor Indebtedness in whatever form the same may be paid or issued and apply the same on account of any of the Obligations in accordance with the Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, should any payment, distribution, security or other investment property or instrument or any proceeds thereof be received by any Payee from a Payor that is a Loan Party upon or with respect to Payor Indebtedness owing to such Payee prior to such time as all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or other amounts payable under any Loan Document (including all interest, fees and other amounts that would accrue, but for the commencement of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed in such proceeding) shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized, such Payee shall receive and hold the same for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall forthwith deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of such Payee where necessary or advisable in the Collateral Agent’s judgment), for application to any of the Obligations in accordance with the Credit Agreement, due or not due, and, until so delivered, the same shall be segregated from the other assets of such Payee for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if such Payee fails to make any such endorsement or assignment to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of its officers, employees or representatives are hereby irrevocably authorized to make the same. Each Payee that is a Loan Party agrees until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of an interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or other amounts payable under any Loan Document (including all interest, fees and other amounts that would accrue, but for the commencement of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed in such proceeding) shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, have expired or have been Collateralized, such Payee will not (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, discount or extend the time for payment of any Payor Indebtedness, or (ii) otherwise amend, modify, supplement or waive any provision of this Subordination Section, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

   

The Secured Parties shall be third party beneficiaries hereof and shall be entitled to enforce the subordination and other provisions hereof and such provisions may not be amended without the Collateral Agent’s consent.

 

Exhibit C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Joinder”) is executed as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR], a _________ [corporation][limited liability company][partnership] (the “Joining Party”), and delivered to Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns under the Credit Agreement (as defined below). Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall be used herein as therein defined.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) have entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), providing for the making of Loans to, and the issuance of, and participations in, Letters of Credit for the account of, the Borrower, all as contemplated therein;

WHEREAS, the Holdings and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time enter into one or more (i) Specified Swap Agreements with one or more Qualified Counterparties and/or (ii) Cash Management Obligations with a bank or other financial institution that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, the Joining Party is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings and desires, or is required pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Joining Party will obtain benefits from the incurrence of Loans by, and the issuance of, and participations in, Letters of Credit for the account of, the Borrower, in each case pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the entering into by the Borrower and/or one or more of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Specified Swap Agreements and the entering into by the Borrower and/or one or more of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Cash Management Obligations and, accordingly, desires to execute this Joinder in order to (i) satisfy the requirements described in the preceding recital and (ii) induce (x) the Lenders to continue to make Loans to the Borrower and the Issuing Lenders to continue to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (y) the Qualified Counterparties to continue to enter into Specified Swap Agreements with Holdings and/or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries thereof and (z) the bank or other financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to continue to enter into Cash Management Obligations;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the other benefits accruing to the Joining Party, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Joining Party hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and hereby covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:

 

Exhibit D

Page 1


1. By this Joinder, the Joining Party becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.

2. The Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement with respect to all Guaranteed Obligations, and will be bound by all terms, conditions and duties applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing, and in furtherance thereof, the Joining Party unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guarantees on a joint and several basis the due and punctual payment and performance of all Guaranteed Obligations (on the same basis as the other Subsidiary Guarantors under the Credit Agreement).

3. Without limiting the foregoing, the Joining Party hereby makes and undertakes, as the case may be, each covenant, representation and warranty made by each Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all covenants, agreements and obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to which it is or becomes a party.

4. This Joinder shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each of the parties hereto and its successors and assigns; provided that the Joining Party may not assign any of its rights, obligations or interest hereunder or under any other Loan Document, except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with Holdings and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

5. From and after the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto, this Joinder shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6. The effective date of this Joinder is [DATE].

7. [Add country-specific limitation language reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.]

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit D

Page 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:

 

 

 

Accepted as of the date first above written:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

     

  (Authorized Signatory)


EXHIBIT E

[Please See Attached]

 

Exhibit E

Page 1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

[Date]

Bank of America, N.A., as

Administrative Agent (the “Administrative

Agent”) for the Lenders party to the Credit

Agreement referred to below

[Address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, [Borrower] (as defined below) refers to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”) and you, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section [2.3(a)][2.3(b)(i)] of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “Proposed Borrowing”) as required by Section [2.3(a)][2.3(b)(i)] of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is __________ __, ____.1

(ii) The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is [__________].

(iii) The Loans to be made pursuant to the Proposed Borrowing shall consist of [Dollar Term Loans] [Euro Term Loans] [Revolving Loans] [Swingline Loans].

(iv) [The Proposed Borrowing shall be denominated in [Dollars] [Euros] [Pounds Sterling] [Alternate Currency]2.]3

 

 

1 

Shall be the Business Day of such borrowing in the case of Base Rate Loans, at least four (4) Business Days in the case of Fixed Rate Loans denominated in Euros or Pounds Sterling and at least three (3) Business Days in the case of Fixed Rate Loans denominated in in Dollars after the date hereof, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before (x) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) with respect to both Fixed Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans, and (y) 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) with respect to Swingline Loans on such day.

2 

Additional Alternate Currencies to be specified to the extent requested by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

3 

To be included for a Proposed Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans or Euro Term Loans.

 

Exhibit F

Page 1


(v) The Loans to be made pursuant to the Proposed Borrowing shall be initially maintained as [Base Rate Loans]4 [Fixed Rate Loans].5

[(vi) The initial Interest Period for the Proposed Borrowing is [one month] [two months] [three months] [six months] [twelve months]6.]7

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

(A) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are and will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); and

(B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (immediately prior to giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing) or would result after giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF APPLICABLE BORROWER]
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

4 

In the case of Dollar Denominated Loans only.

5 

Alternate Currency to be specified.

6 

Twelve month period requires approval by each Lender under the relevant Tranche.

7 

To be included for a Proposed Borrowing of Fixed Rate Loans.

 

Exhibit F

Page 2


EXHIBIT G-1

FORM OF DOLLAR TERM NOTE

 

$_________  

New York, New York

_________ __, ____

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to [_______] or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in Dollars in immediately available funds, at the Payment Office on the Dollar Term Loan Maturity Date the unpaid principal amount of all Dollar Term Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Dollar Term Loan made by the Lender in Dollars at said office from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.9 and Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Dollar Term Note is one of the Dollar Term Notes referred to in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg, the Borrower, Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Dollar Term Note is secured by the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Dollar Term Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Dollar Term Loan Maturity Date, in whole or in part, and Dollar Term Loans may be converted from one Type into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT [TITLE] OF [COMPANY], AT [ADDRESS] OR BY PHONE AT [TEL NUMBER], WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Dollar Term Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Dollar Term Note.

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 1


THIS DOLLAR TERM NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 2


INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:  

         

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 3


EXHIBIT G-2

FORM OF EURO TERM NOTE

 

$_________    New York, New York
                        ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to [_______] or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in Euros in immediately available funds, at the Payment Office on the Euro Term Loan Maturity Date the unpaid principal amount of all Euro Term Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Euro Term Loan made by the Lender in Euros at said office from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.9 and Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Euro Term Note is one of the Euro Term Notes referred to in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Holdings, Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Euro Term Note is secured by the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Euro Term Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Euro Term Loan Maturity Date, in whole or in part.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT [TITLE] OF [COMPANY], AT [ADDRESS] OR BY PHONE AT [TEL NUMBER], WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Euro Term Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Euro Term Note.

 

Exhibit G-2

Page 1


THIS EURO TERM NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit G-2

Page 2


INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit G-2

Page 3


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

 

$_________    New York, New York
                        ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to [_____________] or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in Dollars (or, in respect of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, in such Alternate Currency) in immediately available funds, at the Payment Office on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan made by the Lender in Dollars (or, in respect of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, in such Alternate Currency) at said office from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.9 and Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg , Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Note is secured by the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, in whole or in part, and Revolving Loans may be converted from one Type into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit H

Page 1


EXHIBIT H

 

INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit H

Page 1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF SWINGLINE NOTE

 

$_________    New York, New York
                        ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to [___] or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, at the Payment Office on the Swingline Expiry Date the unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan made by the Lender in like money at said office from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.9 and Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is the Swingline Note referred to in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg , Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Note is secured by the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Swingline Expiry Date, in whole or in part.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit I

Page 1


EXHIBIT I

 

INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit I

Page 1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

[Date]

Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

(the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below

[___]

Attention: [___]

Tel: [___]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, [Borrower] (as defined below) refers to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and you, as Administrative Agent, and hereby give you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests to [convert] [continue] the Borrowing of [Dollar Term Loans] [Euro Term Loans] [Revolving Loans] referred to below, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such [conversion] [continuation] (the “Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation]”) as required by Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] relates to the Borrowing of [Dollar Term Loans] [Euro Term Loans] [Revolving Loans] originally made on _________ __, 20__ (the “Outstanding Borrowing”) in the principal amount of [$][€][£] __________ and currently maintained as a Borrowing of [Base Rate Loans]1 [Fixed Rate Loans with an Interest Period ending on _________ __, ____].

(ii) The Business Day of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] is _________ __, ____.2

[(iii) The Outstanding Borrowing shall be [continued as a Borrowing of Fixed Rate Loans with an Interest Period of ______] [converted into a Borrowing of [Base Rate Loans]3 [Fixed Rate Loans with an Interest Period of ______].]4

 

 

1 

Only Dollar Denominated Loans may be converted or continued as Base Rate Loans.

2 

With respect to Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans, shall be a Business Day at least three (3) Business Days after the date hereof; provided that such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on such day. With respect to LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans, shall be on the same Business Day; provided that such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 12:00 Noon (New York City time).

3 

Only Dollar Denominated Loans may be converted or continued as Base Rate Loans.

4 

In the event that either (x) only a portion of the outstanding Borrowing is to be so converted or continued or (y) the outstanding Borrowing is to be divided into separate Borrowings with different Interest Periods, the Borrower, as applicable, should make appropriate modifications to this clause to reflect same.

 

Exhibit J

Page 1


EXHIBIT J

 

[The undersigned hereby certifies that no Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the Proposed Conversion.]5

[The undersigned hereby certifies that no Event of Default has occurred and will be continuing on the date of the Proposed Conversion.]6

 

Very truly yours,
INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 

5 

In the case of a Proposed Conversion, insert this sentence only in the event that the conversion is from a Base Rate Loan to a Fixed Rate Loan.

6 

In the case of a Proposed Continuation, insert this sentence only in the case of a continuation of a Fixed Rate Loan.

 

Exhibit J

Page 2


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST

Dated                 

 

Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and the Administrative Agent.

 

 

[Address]

Attention: [___]

Tel: [___]

[____1, as Issuing Lender

under the Credit Agreement

                                             

                                             

                                             ]

Attention: [_______________]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement, we hereby request that the Issuing Lender referred to above issue a [trade] [standby] Letter of Credit for the account of the undersigned on     2     (the “Date of Issuance”) in the aggregate Stated Amount of     3    .

For purposes of this Letter of Credit Request, unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meaning provided therein.

The beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit will be     4    , and such Letter of Credit will be in support of     5     and will have a stated expiration date of     6    .

 

1 

Insert name and address of Issuing Lender.

2 

Date of Issuance which shall be (x) a Business Day and (y) at least three (5) Business Days after the date hereof (or such earlier date as is acceptable to the respective Issuing Lender in any given case).

3 

Aggregate initial Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, which should not be less than $100,000 (or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the respective Issuing Lender).

4 

Insert name and address of beneficiary.

5 

Insert a description of L/C supportable obligations (in the case of standby Letters of Credit) and insert description of permitted trade obligations of the applicable Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (in the case of trade Letters of Credit).

6 

Insert the last date upon which drafts may be presented which may not be later than the earlier of (x) the date which occurs twelve (12) months after the date of the issuance thereof or such later date as may be acceptable to the Issuing Lender and (y) three (3) Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

 

Exhibit K

Page 1


We hereby certify that on and as of the date hereof and the Date of Issuance:

 

  (A)

each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are and will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Date of Issuance as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); and

 

  (B)

no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the Date of Issuance (immediately prior to giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit requested hereby) or would result after giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit requested hereby.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit K

Page 2


INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit K

Page 3


Exhibit L-1

EXHIBIT L-1

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and other Obligations in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-United States person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-1


EXHIBIT L-1

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[     ]

 

Exhibit L-1


Exhibit L-2

EXHIBIT L-2

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) and Section 13.4(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document or such participation are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-United States person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-2


EXHIBIT L-2

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[     ]

 

Exhibit L-2


Exhibit L-3

EXHIBIT L-3

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) and Section 13.4(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document or such participation are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or any of its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-3


EXHIBIT L-3

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[     ]

 

Exhibit L-3


EXHIBIT L-4

 

EXHIBIT L-4

FORM OF NON-BANK COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and other Obligations in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and such other Obligations, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or any of its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower in writing and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-4


[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[     ]

 

Exhibit L-4


EXHIBIT M

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and collectively the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

1. I am the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower.

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

3. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 2 above, I certify on behalf of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, that, as of the date hereof and after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement:

(i) The sum of the “fair value” of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, exceeds the sum of all debts of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors.

(ii) The “present fair saleable value” of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, as such quoted term is determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors.

(iii) The capital of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not unreasonably small in relation to the business of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are or are about to become engaged in.

(iv) Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business.

For the purposes of clauses (i) through (iv) above, (a) (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, subordinated, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable

 

Exhibit M

Page 1


EXHIBIT M

 

remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured and (b) the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time has been computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5).

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of [•], 2015.

This certificate is being signed by the undersigned in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity.

[Signature page to follow]

 

Exhibit M

Page 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

INFORMATICA CORPORATION
By:    
Name:
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit M

Page 3


EXHIBIT N

Security and Guarantee Principles

Reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Ithaca Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Informatica Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (each a “Lender” and collectively the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Security and Guarantee    The Guarantees and security interests to be provided in connection with the Credit Agreement will be given in accordance with the security and guarantee principles set out in this Exhibit N (the “Security and Guarantee Principles”). This Exhibit N addresses the manner in which the Security and Guarantee Principles will impact the Guarantees and security interests proposed to be taken; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, (i) under no circumstances shall a security interest be granted in any property or assets that constitute an Excluded Asset, (ii) any obligation to grant a security interest hereunder shall be subject to the definition of Excluded Asset and (ii) shall be qualified entirely by, and subject to, the definition of “Excluded Assets.”
   The Security and Guarantee Principles embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining Guarantees and security interests from all Guarantors in every non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Guarantors are incorporated and/or it has been agreed that Guarantees and security interests will be granted. In particular with respect to such Guarantors:
  

(a) any assets subject to third party arrangements existing on the Closing Date (or with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary acquired in the future, as of the date of the acquisition) which are permitted by the Facility and which prevent those assets from becoming subject to a security interest (but only to the extent that such prohibition was not created in contemplation hereof and is consistent with the business practices of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) will be excluded from the Collateral in any relevant security document; provided, that the relevant Borrower or Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from such third party to grant a security interest in such assets if the relevant asset is material; provided, further, that no action shall be required to obtain third party consents if Holdings determines in good faith and in consultation with the Administrative Agent that such action (x) would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, or (y) would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the use of or ownership by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any asset;


EXHIBIT N

 

  

(b) Foreign Subsidiaries will not be required to give Guarantees or enter into security documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries or if the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of its directors or contravene any legal prohibition or would result in (or in a material risk of) personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer; provided, that the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome any such obstacle; provided, further, that the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries shall take any such relevant actions (e.g., resolutions, consents), as reasonably determined in good faith by such Subsidiary, pursuant to its organizational documents to permit the giving of such Guarantee and/or the entering into of such security documents;

 

(c) perfection of security interests, when required, and other legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the time periods specified in the Loan Documents, or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Loan Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

 

(d) certain supervisory board, works council or another external body’s consent may be required to enable a Guarantor to provide a Guarantee or security interest in the Collateral. Such Guarantee and/or security interest shall not be required unless such consent has been received; provided, that the relevant Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such consent or approval;

 

(e) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of, such assets exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent) will be excluded from the Collateral;

 

(f) the maximum Guaranteed or secured amount of such Foreign Subsidiary may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other similar fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the Guaranteed or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties as determined in good faith by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent;


EXHIBIT N

 

  

(g) where there is material incremental cost involved in creating a security interest over all assets owned by a Foreign Subsidiary in a particular category (e.g. real estate) the principle stated at paragraph (e) above shall apply and, where such security interest is to be given in light of the Security and Guarantee Principles, only the material assets in that category (e.g. real estate of substantial economic or strategic value) shall be subject to such security interest;

 

(h) it is acknowledged that in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions it may be either impossible or impractical to create a security interest over certain categories of assets, in which event a security interest will not be taken over such assets provided such decision is made in accordance with the principle stated in paragraph (e);

 

(i) any assets subject to contracts, leases, licenses or other arrangements with a third party binding on such assets at the time of their acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition which may prevent those assets from becoming subject to a security interest (or assets which, if subject to a security interest, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries in respect of those assets or require the Borrower and its subsidiaries to take any action materially adverse to its interests thereof) will be excluded from any relevant security document provided, that the Borrower or relevant Guarantor shall give notice with respect to any such material assets to the Agent and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent to granting a security interest in any such assets (where otherwise prohibited) shall be used by the relevant Guarantor if the agent determines the relevant asset to be material and the Borrower and its subsidiaries are satisfied that such endeavors will not involve placing commercial relationships with third parties in jeopardy;

 

(j) the giving of a Guarantee, the granting of a security interest or the perfection of the security interest granted will not be required by a Foreign Subsidiary if it would have a material adverse effect (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent) on the ability of the relevant person to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course;

 

(k) to the extent possible, all security interests shall be given in favor of the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Collateral Agent); “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary and such provisions will be contained in the Credit Agreement and not the individual security documents unless required under local laws;


EXHIBIT N

 

  

(l) to the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the Guarantees or security interests when any Lender transfers any of its participation in any of the Term Loans to an Eligible Assignee or a new Lender;

 

(m) information, such as lists of assets, will be provided upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, if and only to the extent such lists are required by local law to be provided to create, perfect or register the relevant security interests and, unless required to be provided more frequently by local law or to protect or maintain the security interests, will be provided no more frequently than once every twelve (12) months, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(n) unless granted under (i) a global security document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of a Guarantor or under New York law or (ii) a pledge agreement governed by the law of the jurisdiction of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries), all security interests shall be governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Guarantor;

 

(o) no security interest will be required over investments/shares in joint ventures, captive insurance companies, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities or, Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or (if so restricted or limited under the relevant joint venture agreement, the shareholders’ agreement or applicable law) the assets of joint ventures or Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, and no joint venture or Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries will be required to provide a Guarantee;

 

(p) co-insured, loss payee or other endorsements shall be made on the material insurance policies required to be maintained under the Credit Agreement in accordance with general market practice in the relevant jurisdiction as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

 

(q) subject to these principles, a grantor shall grant security over all of its Intellectual Property, but it shall be free, prior to an Event of Default, to deal with such Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of its business (including allowing its Intellectual Property to lapse if no longer material to its business);


EXHIBIT N

 

  

(r) no security shall be granted over any intellectual property that (i) cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement, (ii) would materially adversely affect or interfere with the grantor’s ownership of or ability to use such intellectual property or (iii) (without limiting the meaning of subclause (ii)) would require the conveyance of any intellectual property to a trust, or similar arrangement involving conveyance of title, ownership or control of such intellectual property under local law, rule, regulation or practice, prior to occurrence of an Event of Default;and

 

(s) if required under local law, security over non-U.S. Intellectual Property will be registered under the law of the security document or at a relevant supra national registry (such as the EU) only to the extent such Intellectual Property is material.

 

Terms of Security Documents

  

 

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security interest:

 

(a) the security interest will be a first ranking fixed and floating (where available) security interest over such present and future assets of the grantors, subject to liens permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(b) the security interest will not be enforceable until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(c) notification of security interests in receivables to debtors and of security interests over goods held by third parties will only be given if an Event of Default has occurred;

 

(d) notification of security interests over insurance policies will only be served on any insurer of Holdings and its Subsidiaries’ assets if an Event of Default has occurred or in accordance with general market practice in the relevant jurisdiction , if sooner;

 

(e) the security documents should only operate to create security interests rather than to impose new commercial obligations. Accordingly, they will not contain any representations, covenants or undertakings which are already included in the Credit Agreement, nor will they contain any additional representations, covenants or undertakings (such as in respect of title, insurance, information or the payment of

costs) except (i) to the extent not provided elsewhere in the Loan Documents, to confirm due authorization, validity and enforceability, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by local law, (iii) to the extent reasonably required for the creation, registration or perfection of security interests (or the confirmation thereof);

 

(f) in respect of share pledges, until an Event of Default has occurred, the pledgors shall be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares pledged by them in a manner that does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security interest or cause an Event of Default to occur, and the Subsidiaries should be permitted to pay dividends upstream on pledged shares to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(g) the Administrative Agent will only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to it under the security documents after an Event of Default has occurred or after failure by a Guarantor to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation;

 

(h) any rights of set off will not be exercisable until an Event of Default has occurred;

 

(i) subject to clause (e) above, the security documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are not prohibited under the Credit Agreement or to require additional consents or authorizations by the Administrative Agent or Lenders;

 

(j) except as required under applicable law, in the security documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in the Credit Agreement such as those relating to notices, cost and expenses, indemnities, tax gross up, distribution of proceeds and release of security interests; and

 

(k) notification of security interests over bank account receivables will be served on the account banks; provided, that acknowledgement of the account banks shall not be required, unless this is market practice in the relevant jurisdiction, or otherwise required or advisable to have a fully perfected security over bank account receivables.


EXHIBIT O

 

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[Please See Attached]

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Version

 

 

Published Deal CUSIP: 45673YAD8

Initial Loan CUSIP: 45673YAE6

$425,000,000 Second Lien Term Loan Facility

SECOND LIEN CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

among

Ithacalux S.à r.l.,

as Holdings,

Informatica LLC,

as the Borrower,

The Other Loan Parties from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

and

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of February 25, 2020

 

 

Nomura Securities International, Inc.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1.

  Defined Terms      1  

1.2.

  Other Interpretive Provisions      66  

1.3.

  [Reserved      66  

1.4.

  Limited Condition Transactions      67  

1.5.

  Calculations; Computations; Latest Maturity Date      67  

1.6.

  [Reserved]      70  

1.7.

  Divisions      70  

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     70  

2.1.

  The Commitments      70  

2.2.

  [Reserved]      70  

2.3.

  Notice of Borrowing      70  

2.4.

  Repayment of Loans      71  

2.5.

  Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback      71  

2.6.

  Notes      72  

2.7.

  [Reserved]      73  

2.8.

  Pro Rata Borrowings      73  

2.9.

  Interest      73  

2.10.

  [Reserved]      73  

2.11.

  Increased Costs      73  

2.12.

  [Reserved]      74  

2.13.

  Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation      74  

2.14.

  Replacement of Lenders      74  

2.15.

  Incremental Credit Extensions      75  

2.16.

  Loan Modification Offers      78  

2.17.

  [Reserved]      78  

2.18.

  Refinancing Amendment      79  

SECTION 3. [RESERVED]

     79  

SECTION 4. COMMITMENT FEES; FEES; REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS

     79  

4.1.

  Fees      79  

4.2.

  [Reserved]      79  

4.3.

  Mandatory Reduction of Commitments      80  

SECTION 5. PREPAYMENTS; PAYMENTS; TAXES

     80  

5.1.

  Voluntary Prepayments      80  

5.2.

  Mandatory Repayments      81  

5.3.

  [Reserved]      85  

5.4.

  Method and Place of Payment      85  

5.5.

  Net Payments      85  

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     88  

6.1.

  Financial Condition      88  

 

-i-


         Page  

6.2.

  No Change      89  

6.3.

  Existence; Compliance with Law      89  

6.4.

  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      89  

6.5.

  Consents      89  

6.6.

  No Legal Bar      89  

6.7.

  Litigation      90  

6.8.

  No Default      90  

6.9.

  Ownership of Property; Liens      90  

6.10.

  Intellectual Property      90  

6.11.

  Taxes      90  

6.12.

  Federal Regulations      90  

6.13.

  Labor Matters      91  

6.14.

  ERISA      91  

6.15.

  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations      92  

6.16.

  Subsidiaries      92  

6.17.

  Environmental Matters      92  

6.18.

  Accuracy of Information, etc.      93  

6.19.

  Security Documents      94  

6.20.

  Solvency      94  

6.21.

  Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      94  

6.22.

  Status as Senior Indebtedness      95  

6.23.

  Centre of Main Interests and Establishments      95  

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     95  

7.1.

  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit      95  

7.2.

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      97  

SECTION 8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     98  

8.1.

  Financial Statements      98  

8.2.

  Certificates; Other Information      99  

8.3.

  Payment of Taxes      101  

8.4.

  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance      101  

8.5.

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      101  

8.6.

  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions      101  

8.7.

  Notices      102  

8.8.

  Additional Collateral, etc.      102  

8.9.

  Credit Ratings      104  

8.10.

  Further Assurances      104  

8.11.

  Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries      104  

8.12.

  Post-Closing Matters      104  

8.13.

  ERISA      105  

8.14.

  Use of Proceeds      105  

8.15.

  Centre of Main Interest and Establishments      105  

8.16.

  Transactions with Affiliates      105  

8.17.

  Anti-Corruption      108  

SECTION 9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     108  

9.1.

  [Reserved]      108  

9.2.

  Limitations on Restricted Payments      108  

 

-ii-


         Page  

9.3.

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries      117  

9.4.

  Limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock      120  

9.5.

  Asset Sales      129  

9.6.

  [Reserved]      130  

9.7.

  Liens      130  

9.8.

  Fundamental Changes      130  

9.9.

  Modifications of Certain Documents      133  

9.10.

  Sale Leaseback Transactions      133  

9.11.

  Changes in Fiscal Periods      134  

9.12.

  Negative Pledge Clauses      134  

9.13.

  Lines of Business      134  

SECTION 10. GUARANTEE

     135  

10.1.

  The Guarantee      135  

10.2.

  Obligations Unconditional      135  

10.3.

  Reinstatement      136  

10.4.

  No Subrogation      136  

10.5.

  Remedies      137  

10.6.

  Continuing Guarantee      137  

10.7.

  General Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations      137  

10.8.

  Release of Guarantors and Pledges      137  

10.9.

  Right of Contribution      138  

10.10.

  Specific Limitations for Luxembourg Guarantor      138  

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     139  

11.1.

  Events of Default      139  

11.2.

  Action in Event of Default      141  

11.3.

  [Reserved]      142  

11.4.

  Application of Proceeds      142  

SECTION 12. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     143  

12.1.

  Appointment; Nature of Duties      143  

12.2.

  Exculpatory Provisions      144  

12.3.

  Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent      145  

12.4.

  Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent      145  

12.5.

  Reliance      146  

12.6.

  Indemnification      146  

12.7.

  The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity      146  

12.8.

  Holders      146  

12.9.

  Resignation by the Administrative Agent      147  

12.10.

  Collateral Matters      148  

12.11.

  Covenant to Pay the Collateral Agent      150  

12.12.

  Delivery of Information      150  

12.13.

  Withholding Taxes      150  

12.14.

  Intercreditor Agreement      151  

12.15.

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      151  

12.16.

  Certain ERISA Matters      153  

 

-iii-


         Page  

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS

     154  

13.1.

  Payment of Expenses, etc.      154  

13.2.

  Right of Setoff      155  

13.3.

  Notices      156  

13.4.

  Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations      158  

13.5.

  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      164  

13.6.

  Payments Pro Rata      164  

13.7.

  Acknowledgement Regarding any Supported QFCs      165  

13.8.

  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      165  

13.9.

  Counterparts      167  

13.10.

  Effectiveness      167  

13.11.

  Headings Descriptive      167  

13.12.

  Amendment or Waiver; etc.      167  

13.13.

  Survival      171  

13.14.

  Domicile of Loans      171  

13.15.

  Register      171  

13.16.

  Confidentiality      171  

13.17.

  Patriot Act      173  

13.18.

  Interest Rate Limitation      173  

13.19.

  [Reserved]      173  

13.20.

  Luxembourg Matters      173  

13.21.

  Electronic Execution      173  

13.22.

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      174  

13.23.

  Severability      174  

13.24.

  Integration      174  

13.25.

  Financing Statement Authorization      174  

13.26.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      175  

13.27.

  Co-Borrowers.      175  

13.28.

  Guernsey Matters      177  

13.29.

  Luxembourg Matters      177  

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES:     
Schedule I  

Lenders and Commitments

  
Schedule II  

Notice Addresses

  
Schedule 1.1  

Disqualified Lenders

  
Schedule 1.1(f)  

Existing Investments

  
Schedule 1.1(g)  

Existing Liens

  
Schedule 6.16  

Subsidiaries

  
Schedule 6.19  

Security Documents

  
Schedule 7.1(e)  

Other Loan Party Requirements

  
Schedule 7.1(f)  

Local Counsel Opinions

  
Schedule 7.1(g)  

Other Pledged Stock

  
Schedule 8.12  

Post-Closing Matters

  
Schedule 9.4  

Existing Indebtedness

  
Schedule 9.6  

Existing Affiliate Transactions

  
Schedule 9.12  

Existing Restrictive Agreements

  
EXHIBITS:     
Exhibit A  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

  
Exhibit B  

Form of Financial Statements Certificate

  
Exhibit C-1  

Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement

  
Exhibit C-2  

Intercreditor Agreement (Second Lien Pari Passu Debt) Term Sheet

  
Exhibit C-3  

Form of Global Intercompany Note

  
Exhibit D  

Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement

  
Exhibit E-1  

Form of Second Lien U.S. Security Agreement

  
Exhibit E-2  

Form of Second Lien U.S. Pledge Agreement

         
Exhibit F  

Form of Notice of Borrowing

  
Exhibit G  

Form of Second Lien Term Note

  
Exhibit H  

[Reserved]

  
Exhibit I  

[Reserved]

  
Exhibit J  

Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

  
Exhibit K  

[Reserved]

  
Exhibit L-1  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

  
Exhibit L-2  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

  
Exhibit L-3  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

  
Exhibit L-4  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

  
Exhibit M  

Form of Solvency Certificate

  
Exhibit N  

Security and Guarantee Principles

  
Exhibit O  

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

  
Exhibit P  

Form of Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement

  
Exhibit Q  

Form of Co-Borrower Notice

  

 

-v-


SECOND LIEN CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of February 25, 2020, among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488 route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under the number B 196.262 (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, (this and each other capitalized term used herein without definition having the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1) from time to time party hereto, Guernsey Holdco, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as lenders or holders of the Loans and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that, immediately upon the satisfaction in full of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7.1, the Lenders lend to the Borrower $425,000,000 in the form of Initial Loans.

WHEREAS, the Borrower will also enter into the First Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below) pursuant to which the First Lien Lenders (as defined below) will lend to the Borrower $1,790,000,000 in the form of Dollar 2020 Term Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and €480,000,000 in the form of Euro 2020 Term Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and continue to make available to the Borrower a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility.

WHEREAS, the proceeds from the Initial Loans will be used, together with the proceeds of the First Lien Term Loans (as defined below), directly or indirectly, to finance the Transactions (as defined below) and for other general corporate purposes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

Acceptable Price” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Accepting Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Accounting Changes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

Acquisition Debt” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xvii).

Additional Borrower Agreement” shall mean an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 13.27.


Additional Lender” shall mean, at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Loans in accordance with Section 2.15 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.18; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Additional Lender if such consent would be required under Section 13.4 for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Lender, (ii) the Borrower shall have consented to such Additional Lender and (iii) if such Additional Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Additional Lender must comply with the limitations and restrictions set forth in Section 13.4(a)(iv).

Additional Security Documents” shall mean the documents granting to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties security interests in such assets of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties as are not covered by the Security Documents delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.1 or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.12, in each case, subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles.

Administrative Agent” shall mean Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC or any other affiliate or branch of Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC designated by Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC to act in such capacity, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.9.

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit O or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliated Investment Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Sponsor, any Affiliate of Holdings (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person) that is a bona fide diversified debt fund or a diversified investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors in such fund independent of, or in addition to, the duties to such Sponsor.

Affiliated Lender” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that is a Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person) at such time.

After-Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary” shall mean a U.S. Corporate Entity that (i) becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings after the Closing Date, and (ii) is not (and was not previously) a Subsidiary of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco.

Agent Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.3(b)(iii).

 

-2-


Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement hereof), extended or renewed from time to time.

All-In Yield” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount, upfront fees or interest rate floors (it being understood that to the extent any Indebtedness has an interest rate floor in excess of that of other Indebtedness, such excess shall be equated to interest rate for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Rate required by Section 2.15(a)(x) or clause (c) of the definition of “Applicable Requirements”, as applicable), but only to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor in the existing Indebtedness would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate margin applicable to the subject Indebtedness shall be increased to the extent of such differential between interest rate floors; provided that original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming the shorter of actual maturity and a 4-year life to maturity; provided further, that the All-In Yield shall not include any arrangement, structuring, syndication, commitment, underwriting, placement, success, advisory, ticking and unused line fees, consent or amendment fees and any similar fees (regardless of whether shared or paid, in whole or in part, with or to any or all lenders of such Indebtedness) and any other fees not generally paid by the Borrower ratably to all lenders of such Indebtedness; provided further that any Indebtedness that is floating rate debt shall be swapped to a fixed rate on a customary matched maturity basis for the purposes of calculating the All-In Yield.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Discount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Applicable Prepayment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Applicable Rate” shall mean, (I) with respect to Initial Loans, a percentage per annum equal to 7.125%, (II) with respect to Incremental Loans, the rate per annum specified in the Incremental Amendment establishing Incremental Loan Commitments in respect of such Incremental Loans, (III) with respect to Other Loans, the rate per annum specified in the Refinancing Amendment establishing such Loans and (IV) with respect to any Loan modified pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement, as set forth in the Loan Modification Agreement relating to such Loan.

Applicable Requirements” shall mean in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock satisfies the following requirements:

(a) other than (x) Customary Bridge Facilities and (y) First Lien Indebtedness and other Indebtedness secured on a senior basis to the Obligations, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date and does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Initial Loans (except by virtue of prepayment of the Initial Loans prior to such date of determination);

(b) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or an Intercreditor Agreement has been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral on a senior basis, pari passu basis or a junior-lien basis, as applicable);

 

-3-


(c) if such Indebtedness is a broadly syndicated “term loan B” facility that is denominated in Dollars and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, if the All-In Yield in respect of such Indebtedness exceeds the All-In Yield in respect of any then existing Initial Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Rate of such then existing Initial Loans shall be adjusted such that the All-In Yield of such then existing Initial Loans equals the All-In Yield of such Indebtedness minus 0.50%; provided that any amendments to the Applicable Rate in respect of any then existing Initial Loans that become effective subsequent to the Closing Date but prior to the time such Indebtedness is Incurred or borrowed shall also be included in such calculations, effective upon the making of loans under such Indebtedness; provided further, that this clause (c) shall not apply to the MFN Exceptions;

(d) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured, it is not secured by any property or assets other than the Collateral (it being agreed that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors under the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap may be secured by assets of such Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than any Loan Party and shall not have any obligors other than any Loan Party, other than to the extent such Indebtedness is Incurred under the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap; and

(f) other than First Lien Indebtedness and other Indebtedness secured on a senior basis to the Obligations, the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors, premiums and optional prepayment or optional redemption provisions) are (i) not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those set forth in the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (ii) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the time of Incurrence thereof (or obtaining of a commitment with respect thereto), or (iii) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, except in each case for covenants or other provisions contained in such Indebtedness (x) that are applicable only after the then Latest Maturity Date of the Initial Loans or (y) that are also made for the benefit of the Lenders under the Initial Loans (which will be documented in an amendment to this Agreement requiring only the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

Applicable Treasury Rate” shall mean, as of the relevant date, the weekly average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percentage point (for the most recently completed week for which such information is available as of the date that is two Business Days prior to the Prepayment Trigger Date) of the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Borrower in good faith) most nearly equal to the period from such Prepayment Trigger Date to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that if the period from such Prepayment Trigger Date to the first anniversary of the Closing Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a yield is given, the “Applicable Treasury Rate” will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest 1/12th of a year) from the weekly average yields on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

-4-


Approved Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Asset Sale” shall mean:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including pursuant to a Division) outside the ordinary course of business (including by way of a Sale Leaseback Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “Disposition”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings issued in compliance with Section 9.2); in each case other than:

(i) any Disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or of assets no longer used in the business or any sale or disposition of property or assets in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates or any disposition of products, services or inventory held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 9.8;

(iii) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 9.2;

(iv) other Dispositions in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Dispositions made pursuant to this clause (iv) not to exceed the greater of $18,750,000 and 6.25% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(v) any Disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

(vi) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(vii) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) foreclosures, condemnations, nationalizations or any similar actions on assets;

(ix) Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions;

 

-5-


(x) grants, licenses or sublicenses of software, technology, patents, trademarks, copyrights, know-how, trade secrets, content, data and databases and any other Intellectual Property or other intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the creation of any Lien permitted under the Loan Documents;

(xii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xiii) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) sales, transfers, dispositions and discounts of accounts receivable in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing or the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business, including dispositions of accounts receivable in factoring or similar transactions on a non-recourse basis, other than limited recourse customary in such transactions;

(xv) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable or other assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, the settlement or write-off of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(xvi) Dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset;

(xvii) the abandonment or cancellation of Intellectual Property that Holdings or the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, deems no longer useful to maintain;

(xviii) the unwinding of any Swap Agreements;

(xix) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures that are permitted under Section 9.2 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(xx) Dispositions of property, plant and equipment to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property;

(xxi) [reserved];

(xxii) (A) the termination of leases in the ordinary course of business and (B) the expiration of any option agreement in respect of real or personal property;

(xxiii) Dispositions of assets in Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, which consist of leasehold interests in the premises of any office of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, the equipment and fixtures located at such premises and the books and records relating exclusively and directly to the operations of such office;

 

-6-


(xxiv) the sale of motor vehicles and information technology equipment purchased at the end of an operating lease and resold thereafter; and

(xxv) Dispositions of letters of credit or bank guarantees (or the rights thereunder) consisting of the cancellation thereof in the ordinary course of business in exchange for cash or Cash Equivalents.

Assignee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(a)(i).

Assignment and Assumption” shall mean an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as accepted by the Administrative Agent.

Auction Purchase” shall mean a purchase of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction (x) in the case of a Permitted Eligible Assignee, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iii) or (y) in the case of an Affiliated Lender, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iv).

Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to (i) delivering Notices of Borrowing and similar notices, any person or persons that has or have been authorized by the directors of the Borrower to deliver such notices pursuant to this Agreement so designated in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, (ii) delivering financial information and manager’s or officer’s certificates pursuant to this Agreement (including Section 8.7), the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer or, if such position does not exist, a manager or director (as applicable) of the Borrower, and (iii) any other matter in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any officer (or a person or persons so designated by any such officer) of the Borrower.

Available Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v)(C).

Available Currency” shall mean (i) with respect to Initial Loans, Dollars, and (ii) with respect to Incremental Loans, Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling as specified in the respective Incremental Amendment, and any other currency as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Loans (provided that such other currency shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” shall mean (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

 

-7-


Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification in the form published by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association regarding individual beneficial ownership solely to the extent expressly required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 (as amended from time to time).

“Beneficially Own” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 (other than sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3) and Rule 13d 5 under the Securities Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owned,” “Beneficial Ownership” and similar derivations shall have a corresponding meaning.

Benefit Plan” shall mean any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party shall mean an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing” shall mean the borrowing of one type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date.

Business Day” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in New York, New York, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

Cancellation” or “Cancelled” shall mean the cancellation, termination and forgiveness by Permitted Eligible Assignee of all Loans acquired in connection with an Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, which cancellation shall be consummated as described in Section 13.4(a)(iii)(C) and the definition of “Eligible Assignee.”

Capital Lease Obligations” shall mean at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on December 31, 2017) (it being understood that any changes to GAAP after December 31, 2017 shall be disregarded in making this determination and that any obligation that would not be characterized as a capital lease obligation but for such changes, shall for all purposes of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capital Lease Obligations or Indebtedness).

Capital Stock” shall mean:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

-8-


(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a) Dollars;

(b) (i) Euros, or any national currency of any participating member of the EMU, (ii) Pounds Sterling or (iii) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary organized outside of the United States or Europe, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) marketable direct EEA Government Obligations with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(e) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

(f) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c), (d) and (e) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (e) above;

(g) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2- by S&P and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(h) marketable short term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within twenty-four (24) months after the date of creation thereof;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of twenty-four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank, in each case, satisfying the requirements of clause (e) of this definition;

(k) investment funds investing at least 95.00% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (j) above; and

 

-9-


(l) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside of the United States, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (k) customarily utilized in countries in which such Restricted Subsidiary operates.

Cash Management Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Certificated Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.19.

CFC” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFC Holdco” shall mean a Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that has no material assets other than direct or indirect Equity Interests (or Equity Interests and Indebtedness) of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that are CFCs.

Change in Tax Law” shall mean the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law, treaty, regulation or rule (or in the official application or interpretation of any law, treaty, regulation or rule, including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) relating to taxation.

Change of Control” shall occur if, at any time, (a) (I) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, (i) one or more of the Permitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, shall fail to have the right, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco and (ii) one or more of the Permitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, shall fail to Beneficially Own Capital Stock of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco representing a majority of the voting power of Holdings or Guernsey Holdco and (II) after a Qualified Public Offering, any “person” or “group,” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 (other than sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3) and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act) other than one or more of the Permitted Holders, individually or cumulatively, shall Beneficially Own Capital Stock of Holdings representing more than 35.00% of the aggregate ordinary voting power of Holdings and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by such Capital Stock Beneficially Owned by such person or group exceeds the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by Capital Stock of Holdings then Beneficially Own by one or more of the Permitted Holders, unless (i) one or more of the Permitted Holders have, individually or collectively, at such time, the right or the ability, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or (ii) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months immediately prior to such time, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings shall not be occupied by Persons who were (x) members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings on the first day of such period, (y) members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings on the Closing Date or nominated by one or more Permitted Holders or Persons nominated by one or more Permitted Holders, in each case, individually or collectively, or (z) appointed by directors so nominated, (b) Holdings shall cease to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower (other than any Specified Equity Interests) or (c) a “change of control” shall occur under the documentation governing any Indebtedness in excess of the Threshold Amount.

Charges” shall mean any charges, fees, expenses, costs, losses, accruals or reserves of any kind.

 

-10-


Class” shall mean (a) when used with respect to Lenders, whether such Lenders have Loans or Commitments of a Class described in clauses (b) and (c), (b) when used with respect to Commitments, whether such Commitments are Initial Loan Commitments, Incremental Loan Commitments or Other Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial Loans, Incremental Loans, or Other Loans. Incremental Loans, Other Loans, Incremental Loan Commitments and Other Commitments (and, in each case, the Lenders holding such Loans or Commitments) made pursuant to any Incremental Amendment that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.

Closing Date” shall mean February 25, 2020.

Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, among the Administrative Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the other Guarantors party thereto and the other parties party thereto from time to time.

Closing Date Refinancing” shall mean, collectively, (i) the refinancing of the Existing Term B-1 Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and (ii) the refinancing, defeasance, redemption or repayment in full of the Borrower’s existing Senior Notes and the discharge of the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” shall mean all property and assets with respect to which any security interests have been granted (or purported to have been granted) pursuant to any Security Document to secure the Obligations; provided that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent” shall mean the Administrative Agent acting as collateral agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Documents.

Commitment” shall mean any of the commitments of any Lender.

Commonly Controlled Entity” shall mean a person or an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with Holdings or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes Holdings or the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall mean, as of any date for the applicable Test Period, all capital expenditures of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Test Period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Current Assets” shall mean, at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding amounts related to derivative financial instruments and assets held for sale.

Consolidated Current Liabilities” shall mean, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) the current portion of accrued interest except to the extent such accrued interest is past due and unpaid, (c) liabilities relating to current or deferred Taxes based on

 

-11-


income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves or severance, (e) deferred revenue, (f) any revolving extensions of credit or any other liabilities in respect of revolving loans, swingline loans or letter of credit obligations under any revolving credit facility, (g) the current portion of any Capital Lease Obligation, (h) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, (i) liabilities in respect of unpaid earn-outs, and (j) amounts related to derivative financial instruments and assets held for sale.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization Charge, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, and commissions, fees and expenses, and goodwill and other intangibles, for such Test Period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for any Test Period, an amount determined for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to Consolidated Net Income, for such Test Period:

(a) increased by (without duplication) in each case only to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to clause (xi), (xv) and (xviii) below) and without duplication:

(i) (x) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes and any stamp duty taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such Test Period, and (y) an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person; plus

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person for such Test Period; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such Test Period; plus

(iv) the amount of any Charges attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(v) Charges paid in cash during such Test Period to the extent such Charges are reimbursed during such Test Period in cash by third-party Persons not affiliated with Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(vi) any non-cash Charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such Test Period; provided, that if any such non-cash Charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Borrower may elect not to add back such non-cash Charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Borrower elects to add back such non-cash Charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent; plus

(vii) any Charges incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings during such Test Period pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

 

-12-


(viii) any non-cash compensation Charges recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights during such Test Period; plus

(ix) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related and similar Charges incurred during such Test Period to the Investors and the amount of any directors’ fees, indemnities or reimbursements (including pursuant to any management agreement), to the extent permitted under Section 9.2(b)(xiii); plus

(x) earn-out Charges incurred during such Test Period resulting from Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted Investments in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to treat such earn-out expenses as compensation costs; plus

(xi) the amount of expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such Test Period) related to the Transactions, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings and cost saving initiatives which are factually supportable, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Test Period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, expenses and cost saving synergies are expected to be realized within twenty-four (24) months after the last day of such Test Period (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) and (y) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (xi) to the extent duplicative of Charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period; plus

(xii) Charges incurred in such Test Period in connection with obtaining and maintaining credit ratings; plus

(xiii) adjustments and add-backs specifically identified in the Sponsor Model; plus

(xiv) Charges relating to changes in GAAP; plus

(xv) the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries increased during such period; plus

(xvi) Charges in connection with any stock options, restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units, including but not limited to the RSU Payments; plus

 

-13-


(xvii) any Charges of the Borrower or its direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or any other comparable body of laws, rules or regulations, as applicable to companies with equity securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity, initial, non-recurring or infrequent Charges relating to investor relations and other executive costs, legal and other initial or non-recurring professional Charges, and listing Charges, in each case to the extent arising solely by virtue of the listing of the Borrower’s (or the Borrower’s direct or indirect holding company’s) equity securities on a national securities exchange; plus

(xviii) adjustments and add-backs specifically identified in any quality of earnings report prepared by independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder; plus

(xix) Charges associated with pension curtailment or modification to pension or post-retirement plans;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) (i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, (ii) the net amount, if any, by which consolidated deferred revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries decreased during such period and (iii) the amount of any gains attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from obligations under Swap Agreements, plus or minus, as applicable;

(ii) any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable; and

(iii) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under Swap Agreements or other derivative, plus or minus, as applicable;

all as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest” shall mean Consolidated Interest Expense, excluding (a) any prepayment premium or penalty, (b) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents, collateral agents and trustees under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or document, (c) costs associated with entering into Swap Agreements and breakage costs in respect of Swap Agreements related to interest rates, (d) penalties and interest relating to Taxes and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions (or purchases of assets) before or after the Closing Date and any upfront fees payable in connection with the Transactions or any other incurrence of Indebtedness, (e) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (f) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (g) any interest that is paid in kind and (h) any other non-cash interest expense, including interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP.

 

-14-


Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, with reference to any Test Period, total interest expense of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments, (d) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts with respect to Indebtedness, (f) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (g) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees) and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate or currency risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations and (h) the interest component of Permitted Receivables Financings), calculated for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Test Period in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that without duplication:

(a) Restructuring Charges and, for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, extraordinary, infrequent, non-recurring or unusual gains and Charges shall be excluded;

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such Test Period shall be excluded;

(c) any income (loss) attributable to disposed, abandoned, transferred closed or discontinued operations and any gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets shall be excluded;

(d) any gains or Charges (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income for such Test Period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such Test Period by such Person and shall be decreased by the amount of any Charges that have been funded with cash from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

 

-15-


(f) solely for the purpose of the definition of Excess Cash Flow and determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(1), the Net Income (but not loss) for such Test Period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Loan Party) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such Test Period, to the extent not already included therein;

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue, debt line items, current assets and current liabilities in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or any disposition and any increase in amortization or depreciation or other non-cash Charges resulting therefrom and any write-off of any amounts thereof, net of Taxes, shall be excluded;

(h) any impairment Charge or asset write off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(i) any non-cash items (including mark-to-market items and timing discrepancies between the time when an item is incurred and when it is recorded under GAAP, due to fluctuations in currency values) shall be excluded;

(j) any Charges incurred in connection with the Transactions and the Historical Transactions shall be excluded;

(k) any gains or Charges attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements or other derivative agreements (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid and any net gain (or loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness) shall be excluded;

(l) unrealized gains and Charges relating to hedging transactions, foreign exchange transactions (but excluding intercompany transactions) and other investments, fluctuations in currency values in accordance with GAAP and mark-to-market of Indebtedness resulting from the application of GAAP shall be excluded;

(m) for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, any Charges or any amortization thereof related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition (including earn-out provisions) or disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or refinancing of Indebtedness incurred prior to the Closing Date or permitted to be incurred by this Agreement on or after the Closing Date including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) for such period, including (i) such Charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions shall, in each case, be excluded;

 

-16-


(n) (i) any non-cash compensation Charge realized from employee benefit plans or other post-employment benefit plans or recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and management compensation plans or equity incentive programs or the treatment of such options under variable plan accounting and (ii) non-cash income (or Charges) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded;

(o) for all purposes other than the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, any (x) Charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment, acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, or (y) Charges with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption covered by insurance, in each case to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that reasonable evidence exists that such indemnification or reimbursement will be made, and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party, obligor or insurer in writing within 365 days after such determination and (ii) in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days after such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(p) any amounts that are used to fund payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xi) that, if paid by Holdings would have reduced Consolidated Net Income, shall be included to reduce Consolidated Net Income; and

(q) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, the Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 9.2 only (other than clauses (a)(v)(C)(4) and (a)(v)(C)(5)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 9.2(a)(v)(C)(4) and (a)(v)(C)(5).

Consolidated Total Cash” shall mean an amount equal to (x) the Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and cash and Cash Equivalents Restricted in favor of the First Lien Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent (which may also include cash and Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness secured by a senior, pari passu or junior Lien on the Collateral along with the Facility, so long as the Lien of such other Indebtedness on such cash or Cash Equivalents does not benefit from a control agreement or other steps to perfect on such cash or Cash Equivalents that the Administrative Agent has not taken on behalf of the Lenders), in each case with such Unrestricted cash and Restricted cash and Cash Equivalents to be determined in accordance with GAAP minus (y) 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions, except to the extent any such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to make a Designated Restricted Payment.

 

-17-


Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, at any date, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount (or, if higher, the par value or stated face amount (other than with respect to zero coupon Indebtedness, which shall be the accreted value)) of all Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any liabilities referred to in clauses (a)(ii) and (a)(iv) of the definition of “Indebtedness” solely in respect of undrawn letters of credit and obligations in respect of Swap Agreements that have not been terminated and any Guarantee Obligations in respect of any such liabilities and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations in connection with any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction.

Consolidated Working Capital” shall mean, at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment” shall mean, for any Test Period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such Test Period exceeds (or is less than (in which case the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment will be a negative number)) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such Test Period.

Contingent Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (such obligations, “Primary Obligations”) of any other Person (the “Primary Obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(a) to purchase any such Primary Obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefore,

(b) to advance or supply funds

(i) for the purchase or payment of any such Primary Obligation, or

(ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor, or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Primary Obligation of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Primary Obligation against loss in respect of such Primary Obligation.

provided that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related Primary Obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by an Authorized Officer.

 

-18-


Contractual Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Investment Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies.

Covered Entity” shall mean any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean (a) Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (b) Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (c) Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment that complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements, in each case issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans (including any successive Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt) (any such extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced Loans, “Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) not greater than the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt plus an amount equal to unpaid and accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees and original issue discount) and (ii) such Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower to Refinance, in whole or part, any other tranche of Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Debt”):

(a) with respect to all such Indebtedness:

(i) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the providers of such Indebtedness (in each case, as determined by the Borrower in good faith) than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt (except for any financial covenants or other covenants or provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Refinancing, as may be agreed by the Borrower and the providers of such Indebtedness), which amendment shall only require the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) or the applicable Lenders also receive the benefit of such other terms and conditions (without any consent being required hereunder);

 

-19-


(ii) if such Indebtedness is guaranteed, it is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Holdings other than the Subsidiary Guarantors (and such Indebtedness shall not otherwise have any obligors that are not obligors with respect to the Facility); and

(iii) the proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the prepayment of the outstanding amount of the Refinanced Debt;

(b) [reserved];

(c) (i) (A) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis by the Collateral, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (B) if such Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by the Collateral on a junior-lien basis, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions), in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (C) such Indebtedness does not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the Refinanced Debt;

(ii) such Indebtedness shares not greater than ratably in (or, if such Indebtedness constitutes Unsecured Refinancing Debt or Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, on a junior basis with respect to) any mandatory prepayments of any Loans then outstanding; and

(d) if such Indebtedness is secured:

(i) such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets other than the Collateral; and

(ii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the providers of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement shall have been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral as provided in the definition of “Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt,” in the case of Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, or in the definition of “Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt,” in the case of Junior Priority Refinancing Debt); provided that any Indebtedness or Commitments incurred under clause (d) of the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the other Facilities.

Customary Bridge Facilities” shall mean customary “bridge” facilities that automatically convert into or are automatically exchanged for permanent financing that satisfies the requirements of clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), as applicable, of the definition of “Applicable Requirements” or Section 2.15(a)(vii)(A) or (B), as applicable.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

-20-


Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

Default” shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” shall mean preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction designated as such pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Disposition” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Asset Sale.”

Disqualified Lenders” shall mean the Persons set forth on Schedule 1.1 as such schedule may be updated from time to time solely with respect to any competitor of Holdings and its Subsidiaries following the Closing Date with the consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that (i) updates to the Disqualified Lender schedule after a relevant trade date shall not retroactively disqualify a Lender that was not a Disqualified Lender on such trade date and (ii) to the extent the Borrower has consented (in writing in its sole and absolute discretion), a Person will not be considered a Disqualified Lender. The list of Disqualified Lenders shall be made available to all Lenders at all times.

Disqualified Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

-21-


Dissenting Shareholder Payments” shall mean payments made to dissenting shareholders in connection with the Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder.

Distressed Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event.”

Dividing Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Division.”

Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

Division Successor” means any Person that, upon the consummation of a Division of a Dividing Person, holds all or any portion of the assets, liabilities or obligations previously held by such Dividing Person immediately prior to the consummation of such Division. A Dividing Person which retains any of its assets, liabilities or obligations after a Division shall be deemed a Division Successor upon the occurrence of such Division.

Dollars” and the sign “$” shall each mean freely transferable lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person incorporated in, or organized under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dutch Auction” shall mean one or more purchases (each, a “Purchase”) by a Permitted Eligible Assignee or an Affiliated Lender (either, a “Purchaser”) of Loans pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(iii) or 13.4(a)(iv); provided that each such Purchase is made on the following basis:

(a) (i) the Purchaser will notify the Administrative Agent in writing (a “Purchase Notice”) (and the Administrative Agent will deliver such Purchase Notice to each relevant Lender) that such Purchaser wishes to make an offer to purchase from each Lender or each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis Loans, in an aggregate principal amount as is specified by such Purchaser (the “Loan Purchase Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, subject to a range or minimum discount to par expressed as a price at which range or price such Purchaser would consummate the Purchase (the “Offer Price”) of such Loans to be purchased (it being understood that different Offer Prices or Loan Purchase Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this definition); provided that the Purchase Notice shall specify that each Return Bid (as defined below) must be submitted by a date and time to be specified in the Purchase Notice, which date shall be no earlier than the second Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice and no later than the fifth Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice; (ii) at the time of delivery of the Purchase Notice to the Administrative Agent, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (which condition shall be certified as being satisfied in such Purchase Notice); and (iii) the Loan Purchase Amount specified in each Purchase Notice delivered by such Purchaser to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

-22-


(b) such Purchaser will allow each Lender holding the Class of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice to submit a notice of participation (each, a “Return Bid”) which shall specify (i) one or more discounts to par of such Lender’s tranche or tranches of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice expressed as a price (each, an “Acceptable Price”) (but in no event will any such Acceptable Price be greater than the highest Offer Price for the Purchase subject to such Purchase Notice) and (ii) the principal amount of such Lender’s tranches of Loans at which such Lender is willing to permit a purchase of all or a portion of its Loans to occur at each such Acceptable Price (the “Reply Amount”);

(c) based on the Acceptable Prices and Reply Amounts of the Loans as are specified by the Lenders, the Administrative Agent in consultation with such Purchaser, will determine the applicable discount (the “Applicable Discount”) which will be the lower of (i) the lowest Acceptable Price at which such Purchaser can complete the Purchase for the entire Loan Purchase Amount and (ii) in the event that the aggregate Reply Amounts relating to such Purchase Notice are insufficient to allow such Purchaser to complete a purchase of the entire Loan Purchase Amount the highest Acceptable Price that is less than or equal to the Offer Price;

(d) such Purchaser shall purchase Loans from each Lender with one or more Acceptable Prices that are equal to or less than the Applicable Discount at the Applicable Discount (such Loans being referred to as “Qualifying Loans” and such Lenders being referred to as “Qualifying Lenders”), subject to clauses (e), (f), (g) and (h) below;

(e) such Purchaser shall purchase the Qualifying Loans offered by the Qualifying Lenders at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate principal amount required to purchase the Qualifying Loans would exceed the Loan Purchase Amount, such Purchaser shall purchase Qualifying Loans ratably based on the aggregate principal amounts of all such Qualifying Loans tendered by each such Qualifying Lender;

(f) the Purchase shall be consummated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 13.4 and, to the extent not otherwise provided herein, shall otherwise be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to timing, rounding and minimum amounts, and other notices by such Purchaser) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (provided that, subject to the proviso of clause (g) of this definition, such Purchase shall be required to be consummated no later than five (5) Business Days after the time that Return Bids are required to be submitted by Lenders pursuant to the applicable Purchase Notice);

(g) upon submission by a Lender of a Return Bid, subject to the foregoing clause (f), such Lender will be irrevocably obligated to sell the entirety or its pro rata portion (as applicable pursuant to clause (e) above) of the Reply Amount at the Applicable Discount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of purchase to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 13.4 and as otherwise provided herein; provided that as long as no Return Bids have been submitted each Purchaser may rescind its Purchase Notice by notice to the Administrative Agent; and

(h) purchases by a Permitted Eligible Assignee of Qualifying Loans shall result in the immediate Cancellation of such Qualifying Loans.

ECF Percentage” shall mean 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to (i) 25% if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the respective Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 and greater than 4.25 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the respective Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 4.25 to 1.00.

 

-23-


EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Government Obligation” shall mean direct non-callable obligations of the United Kingdom and any EMU member for the payment of which obligations the full faith and credit of the respective nation is pledged; provided that such nation has a credit rating at least equal to that of the highest rated member nation of the European Economic Area.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” shall mean any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 13.4 (a)(i) and (a)(ii)(B) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 13.4(a)(i)); provided that “Eligible Assignee” shall (x) include Permitted Eligible Assignees, subject to the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iii), but solely to the extent that any such Person purchases or acquires Loans and effects a Cancellation immediately upon such contribution, purchase or acquisition pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (y) include Affiliated Investment Funds and Affiliated Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 13.4(a)(iv) and (z) not include any natural person, any Defaulting Lenders or the Borrower or any of Holdings’ or the Borrower’s Affiliates (in each case, other than as set forth in clause (x) or (y) above) or any Disqualified Lenders.

EMU” shall mean the Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated in the EU Treaty.

EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the EMU for the introduction of, changeover to, or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

Engagement Letter” shall mean that certain Engagement Letter, dated February 4, 2020, between the Lead Arranger and the Borrower.

Environmental Laws” shall mean any and all foreign, federal, state, local or municipal Requirements of Law regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern, human health and safety with respect to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern, and protection or restoration of the environment.

Environmental Orders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(b).

Environmental Proceedings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(b).

Equity Interests” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

 

-24-


ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

EU Treaty” shall mean the Treaty on European Union.

Euro” and “” shall mean the single currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the provisions of Article 109(i)4 of the EU Treaty.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, the excess, if any, of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, adjusted to exclude any gains or losses attributable to a prepayment event under Section 5.2(c); plus

(ii) the amount of all non-cash losses and charges (including depreciation and amortization, write-offs, asset impairment charges and reserves for future expenses) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus,

(iv) cash received in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(b) over the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) the amount of all non-cash gains or credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ii) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal amortization payments of Funded Debt (including the Loans and the First Lien Term Loans) actually made in cash on their due date during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations to the extent not deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus

(iii) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all mandatory prepayments of the Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) actually made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in cash but only to the extent that the Asset Sale or Recovery Event giving rise to the obligation to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.2(c) resulted in a corresponding increase in Consolidated Net Income (and any deductions pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed such increase in Consolidated Net Income); plus

 

-25-


(iv) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all voluntary and mandatory prepayments or repurchases (other than regularly scheduled payments) of Funded Debt (other than the Loans and the First Lien Term Loans), including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith; plus

(v) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, any cash payments made in such Excess Cash Flow Period in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than non-current liabilities constituting Indebtedness) that were not accrued in such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

(vi) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of Taxes actually paid (and required to be paid) in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

(vii) [reserved]; plus

(viii) any cash payments that are made during such Excess Cash Flow Period and have the effect of reducing an accrued liability that was not accrued during such period; plus

(ix) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(x) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(xi) the amount of Cash Equivalents made subject to cash collateral or other deposit arrangements made with respect to letters of credit or Swap Agreements in such Excess Cash Flow Period; provided, that if such Cash Equivalents cease to be subject to those arrangements, such amount shall be added back to Excess Cash Flow for the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period when such arrangements cease; plus

(xii) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not otherwise deducted pursuant to clause (b) of this definition or Section 5.2(b)(ii) (or specifically excluded from the deductions in Section 5.2(b)(ii)), the aggregate amount of expenditures in cash actually made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.

For purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period, for each Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition permitted hereunder consummated during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (x) the Consolidated Net Income of a target of any Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition shall be included in such calculation only from and after the date of the consummation

 

-26-


of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition and (y) for the purposes of calculating Consolidated Working Capital, the (A) total assets of a target of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition (other than cash and Cash Equivalents), as calculated as at the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (A), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated) and (B) the total liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as calculated as at the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any long term liabilities and accrued interest thereon) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (B), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated), shall, in the case of both immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B), be calculated as the difference between the Consolidated Working Capital at the end of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period from the date of consummation of the Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition.

Excess Cash Flow Application Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean each fiscal year of Holdings beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021.

Excluded Assets” shall mean, subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles:

(i) all fee-owned Real Property and all Real Property constituting Leaseholds;

(ii) (a) commercial tort claims (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing), (b) any vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing) and (c) any letter of credit rights (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the equivalent under other applicable law or automatically without any additional filing);

(iii) any assets where the grant of a security interest therein is prohibited by law (including restrictions in respect of Margin Stock and financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations) or contract permitted hereunder and binding on such property at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof, or requires governmental or third party consents required pursuant to applicable law that have not been obtained, in each case, after giving effect to applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction or results in material adverse accounting or regulatory consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

(iv) Margin Stock and Equity Interests in any Person other than Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s Organizational Documents or joint venture documents except to the extent such prohibition is rendered ineffective after giving effect to applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

 

-27-


(v) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of, such assets (including the cost of all applicable legal fees) exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent);

(vi) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(vii) any lease, license, contract or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement permitted by the Loan Documents to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Loan Party) or otherwise materially adversely amend any rights, benefits or obligations or require the taking of any action that would be materially adverse to any Loan Party, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(viii) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable U.S. federal law;

(ix) any assets of, or Indebtedness owned by, any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(x) any property (other than Equity Interests) acquired after the Closing Date that is secured by pre-existing Liens permitted by clause (f) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” securing pre-existing secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vii) and not incurred in anticipation of the acquisition by the Borrower or applicable Guarantor of such property, to the extent that the granting of a security interest in such property would be prohibited under the terms of such secured Indebtedness after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction;

(xi) Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, captive insurance companies, joint ventures, special purpose entities and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(xii) to the extent used exclusively to hold funds in trust for the benefit of third parties (other than a Loan Party), (A) payroll, healthcare and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (B) tax accounts, including, without limitation, sales tax accounts, (C) escrow, defeasance and redemption accounts, (D) fiduciary or trust accounts and (E) in the case of clauses (A) through (D) above, the funds or other property held in or maintained in any such account solely for such purposes;

 

-28-


(xiii) any Transferred Assets securing Permitted Receivables Financings;

(xiv) the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC or CFC Holdco, other than 65.0% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100.0% of the total outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of a CFC or a CFC Holdco that, in each case, is directly owned by a Loan Party; and

(xv) the Equity Interests of (i) a Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco formed or acquired from an unrelated party after the Closing Date or (ii) a Subsidiary of an After-Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary if, in each case, the granting of a pledge or security interest in such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent).

In addition, subject to the Security and Guarantee Principles, (i) with respect to U.S. Collateral, no action shall be required to be taken in order to perfect assets requiring perfection through control or similar agreements or by “control” (including deposit accounts, other bank accounts or securities accounts) (other than (x) the delivery of Certificated Securities in the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings required to be pledged under the Loan Documents and (y) intercompany notes and other promissory notes held by the Borrower or any Guarantor with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate and (ii) the Loan Parties shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

Excluded Contribution” shall mean Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date from:

(a) contributions to its common equity capital and

(b) the sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv)),

in each case that are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is a captive insurance company, not-for-profit Subsidiary or special purpose entity; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer a captive insurance company, not-for-profit Subsidiary or special purpose entity, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date in accordance with, and pursuant to, Section 8.11; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, (iv) any Subsidiary to the extent that the burden or cost of obtaining a guarantee is excessive in relation to the benefit (or potential benefit, taking into account the likelihood of any meaningful recovery under such guarantee) afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (vii) any Subsidiary for which the provision of a Guarantee would result in material adverse accounting or regulatory consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower in consultation with the

 

-29-


Administrative Agent; provided that any such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time any such prohibition ceases to exist or apply, (v) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is (a) a CFC, (b) a CFC Holdco, or (c) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC and (vi) any (a) Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco formed or acquired from an unrelated party after the Closing Date or (b) Subsidiary of an After-Acquired U.S. Corporate Subsidiary if, in each case, the provision of a Guarantee by such Subsidiary would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), Holdings may in its sole discretion designate any Excluded Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided further, that (x) neither the Borrower nor any Co-Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary, (y) no Subsidiary of Holdings that directly owns Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Co-Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary and (z) no Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under the First Lien Loan Documents shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (i) any Tax imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated), and any franchise taxes imposed on it and any branch profits Taxes, in each case, imposed (a) as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of or having its principal office or applicable lending office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or (b) as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax or any political subdivision thereof or therein (other than any connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents), (ii) any Tax imposed under FATCA, (iii) any withholding Tax that is attributable to the Administrative Agent’s or a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.5(b), (c) or (d), (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 2.14) pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent such Lender or, in the case of an assignment following a Change in Tax Law, its assignor was entitled, immediately prior to the time of such assignment (or designation of a new lending office), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower or Guarantor with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.5(a), and (v) any withholding tax due under the Luxembourg law dated December 23, 2005, as amended, on savings income paid by a paying agent established in Luxembourg to Luxembourg resident individuals.

Executive Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.21(d)(i).

Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 thereto and as otherwise amended or supplemented prior to the Closing Date), among the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, the guarantors party thereto, Guernsey Holdco and the lenders party thereto.

Facility” shall mean any Class of Loans, as the context may require.

fair market value” shall mean, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

FASB” shall mean the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or any successor thereto.

 

-30-


FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement or any amended or successor version that is substantially comparable (provided that any such amended, or successor version imposes criteria that are not materially more onerous than those contained in such Sections as enacted on the date of this Agreement), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any U.S. or non-U.S. fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities entered into in connection with the implementation of the foregoing.

Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions by three federal funds brokers of national recognized standing as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided further that such rate shall not be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter” shall mean the Fee Letter, dated February 4, 2020, between the Lead Arranger and the Borrower.

Fees” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to or referred to in Section 4.1.

Finance Document” shall mean any Loan Documents, the Fee Letter and any other document designated as such by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Financial Covenant” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Financial Covenant” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Financial Statements Certificate” shall mean a certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

First Lien Administrative Agent” shall mean Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns.

First Lien Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, Guerney Holdco, the First Lien Administrative Agent and the First Lien Lenders.

First Lien Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred under the First Lien Credit Agreement that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations.

First Lien Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Lenders” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Loan Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Loan Documents” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

-31-


First Lien Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to “2020 Term Loans” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person during such period; and

(c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person during such period.

Foreign Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b).

Foreign Security” shall mean the security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Foreign Security Documents.

Foreign Security Documents” shall mean all pledge or other security agreements, charges, deeds of trust, assignments or other similar agreements or instruments, in each case, governed by the law of any jurisdiction other than the United States (whether executed on or after the Closing Date) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funded Debt” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one (1) year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect from time to time (but subject to Section 1.5(a)).

Global Intercompany Note” shall mean a note substantially in the form of Exhibit C-3.

Governmental Approval” shall mean any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial, county, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

-32-


Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2. The term “Guaranteeing” shall have a correlative meaning.

Guarantee Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (x) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Guarantor Joinder Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Guarantor Trigger Date” shall mean (i) in respect of a Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary has ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary, (ii) in respect of a Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary as a result of the 5% Test, the date on which the Financial Statements Certificate was (or was required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(c) showing that such Restricted Subsidiary ceased to be an Immaterial Subsidiary as a result of the 5% Test, (iii) in respect of an Additional Material Subsidiary, the date on which the applicable Restricted Subsidiary was designated as an Additional Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.8(d), (iv) in respect of any other Restricted Subsidiary designated as a Subsidiary Guarantor, the date of such designation and (v) in respect of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) that is established, created or acquired after Closing Date by any Loan Party (including upon the consummation of a Division), the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary is established, created or acquired by such Loan Party.

Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and, in the case of Guaranteed Obligations incurred by Loan Parties other than the Borrower, the Borrower.

Guernsey Holdco” shall mean Ithaca G.P. Limited, a non-cellular company limited by shares registered in Guernsey with company number 60424.

Guernsey Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Guernsey.

 

-33-


Historical Transactions” shall mean the “Transactions” or “Amendment Transactions” or similar terms, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and the amendments thereto, including the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith.

Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

IASB” shall mean the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto.

IFRS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

IFRS Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower or any parent company of the Borrower) that, as of the most recently ended Specified Test Period, contributed less than 5.0% of third party revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the applicable Specified Test Period or had assets with a net book value of less than 5.0% of Total Assets as of such date, in each case calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (the “5% Test”); provided that the aggregate amount of third party revenues and the aggregate amount of total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall not exceed 20.0% (the “20% Test”) of the aggregate amount of third party revenues and the aggregate amount of total assets, respectively, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, for purposes of the 20% Test, all Excluded Subsidiaries) as of the end of any such Specified Test Period.

Immediate Family Members” shall mean with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, grandchild, parent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including formally adopted relationships) and successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incremental Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(c).

Incremental Equivalent Debt” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi).

Incremental Facility” shall mean each Incremental Loan Commitment and Incremental Loan.

Incremental Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incremental Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a), as the same may be terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 11.

Incremental Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which an Incremental Loan matures as set forth in the Incremental Amendment relating to such Incremental Loan.

Incremental Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a).

Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Incur” or “Incurrence” shall have the meanings set forth in Section 9.4(a).

 

-34-


Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capital Lease Obligations), except (x) any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

(iv) in respect of obligations under any Swap Agreements;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and obligations under Swap Agreements) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations (of the type referred to in clause (a) of this definition) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that if such Indebtedness has not been so assumed the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at the date of determination and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

Initial Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule I directly below the column entitled “Initial Loan Commitment,” as the same may be terminated pursuant to Sections 4.3 or 11. The aggregate amount of the Initial Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date is $425,000,000.

 

-35-


Initial Loan Maturity Date” shall mean February 25, 2025; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Initial Loan Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Initial Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Insolvency” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent” shall mean pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Intellectual Property” shall mean all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws, including copyrights, trademarks, domain names, patents, in any of the foregoing cases whether registered, issued or applied for with a Governmental Authority, trade secrets, including any of the foregoing rights in know-how, technology, software and databases, and licenses to copyrights, patents, trademarks, domain names, trade secrets or combinations of any of the foregoing, all rights to past, present or future proceeds and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement executed in connection with any transaction requiring such agreement to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives of Indebtedness incurred under Section 2.15 or Section 9.4 or any other party, as the case may be, substantially on terms set forth on Exhibit C-2 (except to the extent otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) or otherwise on such terms that are reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (or replaced in connection with a Refinancing or incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 9.4) from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Interest Coverage Ratio” shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest to the extent paid or required to be paid in cash for such Test Period. In the event that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility or other Incurrence of Indebtedness for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities unless, in each case, such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom)

 

-36-


had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Interest Rate Protection Agreement” shall mean any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Investments” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person.

Subject to the immediately following sentence, the amount of any non-cash Investments will be the fair market value thereof at the time made, and the amount of any cash Investment will be the original cost thereof. To the extent any Investment in any Person is made in compliance with Section 9.2 in reliance on a category that is subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction on the making of Investments and, subsequently, such Person returns to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary all or any portion of such Investment (in the form of a dividend, distribution, interest, payment, return of capital, repayment, liquidation or otherwise but excluding intercompany Indebtedness), such return shall be deemed to be credited to the Dollar-denominated category against which the Investment is then charged (but in any event not in an amount that would exceed the amount of such Investment or would result in the aggregate Dollar amount able to be invested in reliance on such category to exceed such Dollar-denominated restriction). To the extent the category subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction is also subject to an amount based on a percentage of LTM EBITDA which, at the date of determination, produces a numerical restriction that is greater than such Dollar amount, then such Dollar equivalent shall be deemed to be substituted in lieu of the corresponding Dollar amount in the foregoing sentence for purposes of determining such credit.

 

-37-


Investors” shall mean the Sponsors, the Management Stockholders and each other Person that is an indirect investor in Holdings on the Closing Date and their Affiliates.

Irish Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Ireland.

IRS” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ISDA CDS Definitions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.

Junior Lien Indebtedness” shall mean Incremental Equivalent Debt, Ratio Debt and Acquisition Debt, in each case, that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans.

Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured term loans (each, a “Junior Priority Refinancing Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior lien, subordinated basis (with respect to Liens only) to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, (iii) the holders of such Indebtedness and the Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness are subject to and bound by the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements.

Junior Priority Refinancing Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Loans; provided that any applicable springing maturity date shall be disregarded in making any such determination.

LCT Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(ii).

LCT Test Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(ii).

Lead Arranger” shall mean Nomura Securities International, Inc., in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner in respect of the Initial Loans.

Leaseholds” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, excluding fixtures.

Lender” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule I, and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, a Refinancing Amendment or an Incremental Amendment, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

 

-38-


Lender Default” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, (i) the failure of such Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, (ii) such Lender has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (iii) such Lender has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become subject to a Bail-In Action.

Lender Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.16(a).

Lender-Related Distress Event” shall mean, with respect to any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), as the case may be, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person has commenced under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interests in such Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Leverage Ratios” and “Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any transaction permitted under this Agreement, including any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, any repayment or redemption of, or offer to purchase, any Indebtedness, or the making of any Restricted Payment.

LLC” shall mean any Person that is a limited liability company under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.

Loan” shall mean any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, each Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement, each Co-Borrower Notice, each Guarantor Joinder Agreement, the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement, the Foreign Security Documents, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and, after the execution and delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Note, each other Security Document, each other Intercreditor Agreement, each Incremental Amendment and each Refinancing Amendment.

Loan Modification Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).

 

-39-


Loan Modification Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Loan Parties” shall mean Guernsey Holdco (other than for purposes of Section 10), Holdings, the Borrower, each Co-Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

LTM EBITDA” shall mean the Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period.

Luxembourg” shall mean the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Guarantor” shall mean any Guarantor incorporated or organized under the laws of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of Luxembourg.

Make-Whole Amount” shall mean an amount equal to, as of the Prepayment Trigger Date, (I) the present value of the sum of (i) 102% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Loans being prepaid, plus (ii) the remaining interest payments that would accrue on the applicable portion of the Initial Loans from the Prepayment Trigger Date through the first anniversary of the Closing Date, minus (II) the aggregate principal amount of Initial Loans that are subject to such Prepayment Trigger Event, with the present value of such sum being computed using an annual discount rate (applied quarterly) equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate as of the applicable Prepayment Trigger Date plus 50 basis points; provided, however, that in no case shall the Make-Whole Amount be less than zero.

Management Stockholders” shall mean, at any time, the members of management (and their Control Investment Affiliates) of Holdings or its Subsidiaries who are direct or indirect holders of Capital Stock of Holdings on the Closing Date.

Mandatory Prepayment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board.

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) the rights and remedies available to, or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party hereunder or thereunder.

Materials of Environmental Concern” shall mean any chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead or lead-based paints or materials, radon, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds fungi, mycotoxins, and radioactivity, or radiofrequency radiation defined or regulated as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law.

Material Subsidiary” shall mean each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maturity Date” shall mean, with respect to the relevant Tranche of Loans, the Initial Loan Maturity Date, the Incremental Loan Maturity Date, or the final stated maturity date of any Other Loan as set forth in the applicable Refinancing Amendment, as the case may be.

 

-40-


Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” shall mean, at any date of determination, the sum of:

(a) an unlimited amount if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the intended use of proceeds thereof (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period (i) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, either (I) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and (ii) with respect to amounts that are unsecured, either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Incremental Facility shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; plus

(b) (i) in the case of Second Lien Indebtedness, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Second Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the Second Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness, (ii) in the case of Junior Lien Indebtedness, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Second Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the Second Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness that is unsecured, to the extent such Indebtedness serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Second Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the Second Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness or Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness, which, in each case, shall be available at all times and not subject to clause (a) above; plus

(c) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), (i) with respect to Second Lien Indebtedness, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Second Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(ii) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under this clause (c)(i) prior to such date), (ii) with respect to Junior Lien

 

-41-


Indebtedness, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Second Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(ii) and Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(iii) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under clause (c)(i) above and this clause (c)(ii) prior to such date), and (iii) with respect to amounts that are unsecured, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Second Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Indebtedness and Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(ii), Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(iii) and Section 9.4(b)(vi)(C)(iv) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) above and this clause (c)(iii) prior to such date), in each case, (x) with respect to debt buybacks, with credit given to the amount of cash used to make such buybacks if purchased at a discount to par, and (y) with respect to revolving loans, so long as any such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction in such revolving commitment, and which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test; plus

(d) the greater of (x) $490,000,000 and (y) 125% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(vi)(D) and Section 9.4(b)(xv)(b) prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred under this clause (d) prior to such date), which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test;

provided that (x) the Borrower may Incur such Indebtedness under any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above in such order as it may elect in its sole discretion, (y) if the Borrower intends to Incur Incremental Facilities under clause (a) above, on the one hand, and under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above, on the other hand, in a single transaction or series of substantially simultaneous and related transactions, (I) the Incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clause (a) above shall first be calculated without giving effect to any portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above (but giving pro forma effect to the use of proceeds of all such Incremental Facilities to be Incurred in connection with such transaction or series of substantially simultaneous and related transactions and (II) thereafter, the Incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities to be incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above shall be calculated and (z) any portion of any Incremental Facilities incurred under clauses (b), (c) or (d) above shall be automatically reclassified as Incurred under the applicable ratio test set forth in clause (a) above if at such time such ratio test set forth in clause (a) above would be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis (after giving effect to such reclassification) on the last day of the most recently ended Test Period.

Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.18.

MFN Exceptions” shall mean any Incremental Loan and any Indebtedness subject to clause (c) of the “Applicable Requirements” that is (i) incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (ii) incurred after February 25, 2021.

Merger Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among Italics Inc., the Borrower and the other parties thereto.

Minimum Extension Condition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c).

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

-42-


Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, and each such plan for the six-year period immediately following the latest date on which Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

NAIC” shall mean the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, any Recovery Event, any Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction or any other sale of assets, the proceeds thereof actually received in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, and other bona fide fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event or any other sale of assets (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document), (iii) Taxes paid and the Borrower’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes required to be paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with such Asset Sale or Recovery Event or any other sale of assets, (iv) reserves for any liabilities attributable to the seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to the purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale or any other sale of assets owing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (including pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (fixed or contingent) associated with such transaction) and that are determined by the Borrower in good faith as a reserve in accordance with GAAP; provided that to the extent such indemnification payments are not made and are no longer reserved for, such reserve amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (v) cash escrows to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale price for such Asset Sale or other sale of assets; provided that any cash released from such escrow shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon such release, (vi) in the case of a Recovery Event, costs of preparing assets for transfer upon a taking or condemnation and (vii) other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, and (b) in connection with any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from any such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other bona fide fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Short Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12(i)(i).

Non-Bank Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b).

Non-Defaulting Lender,” and “Non-Defaulting Incremental Lender” shall mean and include each Lender or Incremental Lender, as the case may be, other than a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Guarantor Debt Cap” shall mean an amount equal to the greater of (x) $93,750,000 and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), minus the amount of Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Sections 9.4(a), 9.4(b)(vi) and 9.4(b)(xviii).

 

-43-


Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” shall mean any Excluded Subsidiary and any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is an Immaterial Subsidiary; provided that any such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary shall cease to be a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary or Immaterial Subsidiary, as applicable; provided further that notwithstanding the foregoing Holdings may in its sole discretion designate any Restricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Loan Parties” shall mean any Loan Party that is not a U.S. Loan Party.

Non-U.S. Plan” shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program (other than any government-sponsored plan, including any state-governed social security arrangements or statutory supplemental pension arrangements) established (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding), maintained or contributed to outside the United States by Holdings, the Borrower or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment.

Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

Notice of Borrowing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

Notice Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 309 West 49th Street, New York, New York 10019, or such other office or person as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

Obligations” shall mean the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or examinership, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization, examinership or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower or any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party (including with respect to guarantees) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any other Secured Party, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower or any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and all fees and expenses accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, examinership or the commencement of any insolvency, examinership, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower or any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition fees or expenses is allowed in such proceeding), guarantee obligations or otherwise.

OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.21(d)(v).

Offer Price” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Original Closing Date” shall mean August 6, 2015.

 

-44-


Organizational Document” shall mean (i) relative to each Person that is a corporation, its charter and its by-laws (or similar documents), (ii) relative to each Person that is a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and its operating agreement (or similar documents), (iii) relative to each Person that is a limited partnership, its certificate of formation and its limited partnership agreement (or similar documents), (iv) relative to each Person that is a general partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar document) and (v) relative to any Person that is any other type of entity, such documents as shall be comparable to the foregoing.

Other Applicable Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c).

Other Commitments” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Loans” shall mean one or more Classes of Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Taxes” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including Taxes imposed by Luxembourg due to a registration or filing in Luxembourg of this Agreement or any other Loan Document when such registration or filing in Luxembourg of this Agreement or any other Loan Document is required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of any Lender or any Agent Party), except to the extent any such Taxes are (i) imposed as a result of an assignment by a Lender (other than an assignment pursuant to the Borrower’s request under Section 2.14, an “Assignment Tax”) if such Assignment Tax is imposed as a result of any present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Assignment Tax (other than any connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents), or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

Overnight Rate” shall mean, for any day, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior secured term loans (each, a “Pari Passu Refinancing Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Initial Loans, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements.

Pari Passu Refinancing Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt”.

Parallel Debt Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.11.

Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in 13.4(b)(i).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(b)(i).

Participating Member State” shall mean each state as described in any EMU Legislation.

 

-45-


Patriot Act” shall mean the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act, Pub. L. 109-177 (signed into law March 9, 2009) (as amended from time to time).

Payment Office” shall mean the office or account of the Administrative Agent located at 309 West 49th Street, New York, New York 10019, or such other office or account as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted Acquisition” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Permitted Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.16, providing for an extension of the Maturity Date applicable to the Loans or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, at the Borrower’s option, (a) a decrease or increase in the Applicable Rate with respect to the Loans or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders or (b) a decrease or increase in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders.

Permitted Asset Swap” shall mean the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Replacement Assets or a combination of Replacement Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 9.5 and Section 5.2(c).

Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payments” shall mean Dissenting Shareholder Payments made with the proceeds of Incremental Loans; provided that any Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment shall be permitted only if, and only to the extent that, at the time of such Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment, Holdings or the Borrower would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment equal to the amount of such Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment hereunder; provided further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payment shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments hereunder.

Permitted Eligible Assignee” shall mean Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean, individually or collectively, (a) one or more of the Investors and (b) any Person with which one or more of the Investors form a “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)(3) and 13(d)(5) under the Securities Exchange Act, but excluding sub-section (b) of Rule 13d-3), so long as, in the case of this clause (b), one or more Investors Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the voting stock Beneficially Owned by such group.

Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(a) any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

-46-


(c) any Investment in a Person if, as a result of such Investment, (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in respect of this clause (c), (I) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result from such Investment (subject to Section 1.4 in respect of a Limited Condition Transaction) and (II) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall take, and shall cause such Person to take, all actions (if any) required under Section 8.8 in connection therewith (any such Investment under this clause (c) being, a “Permitted Acquisition”);

(d) Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or consolidates or merges with Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger, and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof;

(e) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.5 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(f) Investments in existence, contemplated, or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 1.1(f); and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof (provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except as otherwise permitted by Section 9.2 or this definition of Permitted Investments); provided that any such Investment shall be required to be described on Schedule 1.1(f) only to the extent that such Investment exceeds $5,000,000;

(g) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of, claims against or dispute with, any Person (other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (ii) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default, (iii) in satisfaction of judgments or in settlements of debt or compromises of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (iv) in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

(h) Investments consisting of Swap Agreements permitted under Section 9.4(b)(xiii);

(i) Investments made with the Net Cash Proceeds of, or the payment for which consists of, Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock and Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided that, in each case, such cash proceeds or such Equity Interests, as the case may be, will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(2);

 

-47-


(j) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.4, performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 9.7;

(k) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 (other than those described in clauses (c) and (g) of Section 9.6);

(l) Investments in Persons engaged in a Similar Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $125,000,000 and (y) 37.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(m) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits made in connection with a letter of intent, purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(n) Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (n), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 68.75% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(o) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors, employees and consultants in an amount at any time outstanding not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 6.25% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(p) (i) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (ii) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any of its Subsidiaries to the extent used to acquire Capital Stock of the Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and to the extent such transactions are cashless; and (iii) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(q) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(s) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(t) [Reserved];

 

-48-


(u) Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are applied in accordance with Section 5.2;

(v) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of Intellectual Property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(w) good faith deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or obligations in respect of surety bonds (other than appeal bonds), statutory obligations to Governmental Authorities, tenders, sales, contracts (other than for borrowed money), bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not more than ninety (90) days overdue or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(x) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (a) endorsements for collection or deposit and (b) customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(y) Investments made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(z) advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, customers and vendors, and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of common Equity Interests (exclusive of Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 9.2(a)(v)(C)(II);

(bb) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and

(cc) Investments in the First Lien Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Borrower.

(dd) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (dd) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $37,500,000 and 12.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(ee) Investments in joint ventures having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ee) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $62,500,000 and 18.75% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); and

 

-49-


(ff) Investments in an unlimited amount if the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00.

For purposes of this definition, any Investment shall be determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Permitted Liens” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

(a) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation (including social security legislation), or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested Taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Liens, imposed by law, constituting carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens or other like Liens (including any retention of title and extended retention of title arrangements), in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(c) Liens for Taxes (i) not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or not subject to penalties for nonpayment or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure (x) public or statutory obligations, utilities, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, bid, performance and similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or (y) letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or completion guarantees;

(e) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) Liens (i) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(i), (b)(ii) (provided that the Lien securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(ii) shall be (x) limited to Liens on the Collateral and (y) subject to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement), (b)(iv), (b)(vii) (so long as such lien is limited to the property or equipment being acquired), (b)(xvi) (provided such Indebtedness being refinanced in accordance with Section 9.4(b)(xvi) is secured), (b)(xvii) (but such Liens may only extend to the assets acquired in the respective Permitted Acquisition or Investment (provided further such liens were not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment)) and (b)(xxi) (to the extent the guaranteed Indebtedness may be secured) and (ii) on property and assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties securing additional Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Section 9.4;

 

-50-


(g) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 1.1(g); provided that any such Lien shall be required to be described on Schedule 1.1(g) only to the extent that such Lien secures Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of $5,000,000;

(h) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens on property or other assets at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 9.2;

(k) Liens (i) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(i), (b)(vi)(A)(i), (b)(vi)(B)(i), (b)(vi)(C)(i), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(A), in each case on a senior basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans (provided that the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(ii), (b)(vi)(A)(ii), (b)(vi)(B)(ii), (b)(vi)(C)(ii), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(B), in each case on a pari passu basis with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans (provided that the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement) and (iii) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(iii), (b)(vi)(A)(iii), (b)(vi)(B)(iii), (b)(vi)(B)(iv), (b)(vi)(C)(iii), (b)(vi)(C)(iv), (b)(vi)(D) and (b)(xviii)(C) (so long as such Liens are secured on a junior basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans (provided that such Liens shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement) or such Liens do not extend to any property constituting Collateral, as applicable);

(l) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document and Liens for the benefit of the Issuing Lenders (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and the First Lien Lenders in respect of Cash Collateral (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement);

(m) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

-51-


(n) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(o) (i) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, (ii) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are located and (iii) Liens and other matters of record shown on any title policies delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

(p) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(r) Liens to secure any Refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive Refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (u) and (v) of this definition; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or in the case of Indebtedness described under clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (u) and (v) of this definition only, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (u) and (v) of this definition at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(s) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto and deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(t) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with an Investment permitted hereunder;

(u) Liens securing obligations, which obligations, together with any Refinancing thereof, do not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $93,750,000 and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); provided, that to the extent such Liens are in respect of assets constituting Collateral, such Liens shall be on a junior lien basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans and shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement;

(v) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.1(h);

(w) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation and exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

-52-


(x) Liens consisting of the licensing of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, other indications of origin, domain names and other forms of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or any comparable or successor provision) on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to a bank’s general banking conditions encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention (including extended retention of title arrangements), consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(aa) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 9.4; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(bb) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(cc) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts or netting arrangements of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(dd) Liens arising out of Permitted Sale Leaseback Transactions (so long as such liens do not extend to any assets other than the property that is the subject of such Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction);

(ee) non-recourse Liens on the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(ff) Liens on Equity Interests (i) deemed to exist in connection with any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or (ii) of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar arrangement;

(gg) Liens in respect of a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(hh) Liens arising as a result of the re-characterization as a loan and as a Lien of any transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.5 (other than sub-clause (xi) of the definition of Asset Sale), including any precautionary financing statement or similar filings in connection therewith;

(ii) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements;

 

-53-


(jj) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ clients;

(kk) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance, discharge or redemption is permitted hereunder;

(ll) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted hereunder to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment

(mm) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or asset; and

(nn) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing Indebtedness pursuant to Sections 9.4(b)(xiii) and 9.4(b)(xix).

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Permitted Non-Core Asset Sales” shall mean any Dispositions of non-core assets (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; provided that the aggregate consideration received shall not exceed 30.0% of the aggregate consideration paid in connection with the Permitted Acquisition in which the applicable non-core assets were acquired.

Permitted Receivables Financing” shall mean any receivables financing facility or arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which a third party purchases or otherwise acquires accounts receivable of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (such accounts receivable, together with the right to collections thereon, the “Transferred Assets”).

Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean a Sale Leaseback Transaction in respect of the Borrower’s headquarters located at 2000-2100 Seaport Blvd., Redwood City, CA 94063 in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $375,000,000 and (y) 100.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) any time outstanding.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, association, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

Platform” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a).

Pounds Sterling” and “£” shall mean freely transferable lawful money of the United Kingdom (expressed in Pounds Sterling).

Preferred Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Premium/Fees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Prepayment Trigger Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

 

-54-


Prepayment Trigger Event” shall mean (i) each voluntary prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1; (ii) each mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.2(a); and (iii) each replacement of a Replaced Lender in connection with a Proposed Modification, in each case, other than in connection with a Qualified Public Offering.

Primary Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Contingent Obligations.”

Primary Obligor” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Contingent Obligations.”

Principal Debt Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.11.

Private Lender Information” shall mean any information and documentation that is not Public Lender Information.

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall mean, for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period, Holdings, or subsequent to such Reference Period (in the case of any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA), Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall have made any Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period, or subsequent to such Reference Period (in the case of any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA), Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall have made an acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person or of assets constituting at least a division of a business unit of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such acquisition of Capital Stock or assets constituting at least a division of a business unit of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including, in each such case, pro forma adjustments (x) arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, which would include expected cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges and (y) such other pro forma adjustments relating to a specific transaction or event and reflective of actual or reasonably anticipated synergies and cost savings and reasonably expected to be realized or achieved in the twenty-four (24) months following such transaction or event, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of the Borrower). The term “Disposition” in this definition shall not include dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business and other ordinary course dispositions of property. Without limiting the preceding sentence, (a) when calculating any Leverage Ratio herein on a Pro Forma Basis for purposes of determining the permissibility of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, such Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness were outstanding on the last day of the applicable Test Period and (b) when calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated according to the provisions set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, when calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio or any Leverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis, Section 1.5(g) shall apply.

Pro Forma Financial Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

 

-55-


Process Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.8(d).

Properties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(a).

Proposed Modification” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender Information” shall mean information and documentation that is either exclusively (i) of a type that would be publicly available if the Borrower, Holdings and its Subsidiaries were public reporting companies or (ii) not material with respect to the Borrower, Holdings and their Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of foreign, United States federal and state securities laws.

Public Market” shall mean that (a) a Public Offering has been consummated and (b) at least 15% of the total issued and outstanding common equity of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent has been distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act or under equivalent security laws and regulations of any other jurisdiction.

Public Offering” shall mean an initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form) or under equivalent securities laws and regulations of any other jurisdiction.

Purchase” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchase Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

QFC Credit Support” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.7.

Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Capital Stock that is not a Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a Public Offering that results in a Public Market.

Qualifying Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Qualifying Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Quarterly Payment Date” shall mean the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December occurring after the Closing Date.

Ratio Debt” shall mean Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(a).

Real Property” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, but excluding fixtures.

 

-56-


Recovery Event” shall mean any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance (excluding business interruption insurance) claim or any condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding relating to any asset of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Reference Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis.”

Refinance” shall mean, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, redeem, defease, refund, extend, renew or repay any Indebtedness with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness in whole or in part; “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Refinanced Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements.”

Refinancing Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.18.

Refinancing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b)(xvi).

Refunding Capital Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(ii).

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.15.

Regulated Bank” means (x) a banking organization with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913, (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board under 12 C.F.R. part 211, (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in clause (iii), or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction or (y) any Affiliate of a Person set forth in clause (x) to the extent that (1) all of the capital stock of such Affiliate is directly or indirectly owned by either (I) such person set forth in clause (x) or (II) a parent entity that also owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock of such person set forth in clause (x) and (2) such Affiliate is a securities broker or dealer registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Regulation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.15.

Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board.

Rejection Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f).

Related Person” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, agents, trustees and advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

-57-


Replaced Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

Replacement Assets” shall mean (a) substantially all the assets of a business operating or engaged in a Similar Business, (b) Capital Stock in any Person operating or engaged in a Similar Business that results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such Person such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) any other property or assets used or useful in a Similar Business.

Replacement Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

Reply Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice period is waived under subsection .22, .23, .25, .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34, or .35 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043.

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding at least a majority of the sum of (i) all outstanding Loans of Non-Defaulting Lenders and (ii) all outstanding Incremental Loans of Non-Defaulting Incremental Lenders.

Requirement of Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Resolution Authority” shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Restricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower (unless such appearance is related to the First Lien Loan Documents, the Liens created under the Security Documents or in respect of other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), it being understood that cash and Cash Equivalents shall not be deemed “Restricted” as a result of the set-off rights of any Lender under this Agreement.

Restricted Affiliated Lender” shall mean any Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Investment Fund).

Restricted Investment” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a)(v).

Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings (including the Borrower) other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Restructuring Charges” shall mean restructuring Charges, business optimization Charges, carve-out related Charges, excess payments under transition services and similar agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions and Historical Transaction, acquisitions, Investments, divestitures, restructurings or other initiatives undertaken by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, severance, retention and recruiting Charges, Charges associated with opening or closing offices and business locations, relocation Charges, Charges related to the discontinuance of any portion of the business or operations, contract termination Charges, cash Charges related to deferred stock compensation plans, Charges related to IT infrastructure and Charges related to the consolidation and reorganization of legal entities.

 

-58-


Retained Asset Sale Proceeds” shall mean the cumulative portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event not required to be offered to prepay First Lien Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the First Lien Credit Agreement as a result of the Asset Sale Stepdown Provisions (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) or Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) as a result of the Asset Sale Stepdown Provisions.

Retained Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning set for in Section 5.2(f).

Return Bid” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

RSU Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(xx).

S&P” shall mean S&P Global Ratings, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC.

Sale Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Sanctioned Country” shall mean, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions and with which dealings are prohibited under applicable law.

Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person described in clause (a) or (b) above, with respect to (b) and (c) only to the extent dealing with such Person is prohibited by applicable law.

Sanctions” shall mean applicable economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or (c) the Policy and Resources Committee of the States of Guernsey and Her Majesty’s Procurer in Guernsey.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Lien Indebtedness” shall mean the Initial Loans and any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans.

Second Lien Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Date” shall mean (x) if the Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations (as defined in the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) has not occurred, the date on which the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower in writing that the First Lien Lenders have declined a mandatory prepayment of First Lien Indebtedness and setting forth the amount of Declined Proceeds (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and (y) if the Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations (as defined in the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) has occurred in the case of Section 5.2(b), the Annual Financial Statement Delivery Date and, in the case of Section 5.2(c), the Asset Sale Application Date.

 

-59-


Secured Parties” shall mean the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the beneficiaries of the Borrower’s Obligations under Section 13.1.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

Security and Guarantee Principles” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit N.

Security Documents” shall mean and include each U.S. Security Document, each Foreign Security Document, each other security agreement, pledge agreement, debenture, share charge or other security instrument executed or delivered on the Closing Date and, after the execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Security Document.

Senior Notes” shall mean the 7.125% senior notes issued by the Borrower due July 15, 2023.

Senior Representative” shall mean, with respect to any series of Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or Indebtedness Incurred under Section 9.4 that is permitted to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities, including the First Lien Administrative Agent.

Settlement Service” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.

Significant Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a) or (f) (in the case of Section 11.1(f), with respect to the Borrower).

Significant Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings (a) whose GAAP value of total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Total Assets at such date or (b) whose third party gross revenues for the most recently completed Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that such calculations shall be determined in the aggregate for all Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings subject to any of the events specified in Section 11.1(f)).

Similar Business” shall mean any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereto and other activities that are not material in nature.

 

-60-


Single Employer Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is covered by Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or to which Holdings, the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity has or may have an obligation to contribute, and such plan for the six-year period immediately following the latest date on which Holdings, the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to (or is deemed under Section 4069 of ERISA to have maintained or contributed to or to have had an obligation to contribute to, or otherwise to have liability with respect to) such plan.

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, that as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will, as of such date, exceed the sum of all debts of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on existing debts of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted term is determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct any business in which it is or is about to become engaged, (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis does not intend to incur, or believe or reasonably should believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature and (e) no declaration has been made that the affairs of such Person or its Subsidiaries are en etat de désastre and no preliminary vesting order in saisie proceedings in Guernsey in respect of the realty of such person or its Subsidiaries has been made. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Class” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Specified Equity Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Specified Equity Interests” shall mean the voting Equity Interests held by Guernsey Holdco in Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that any such Equity Interests shall cease to be Specified Equity Interests to the extent they are not held by Guernsey Holdco or they cease to constitute Collateral.

Specified Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.3(a), 6.4, 6.6 (but only in respect of the Organizational Documents), 6.12, 6.15, 6.19, 6.20, 6.21(a), 6.21(b), 6.22 and, in respect of the use of proceeds only, 6.21(c).

Specified Test Period” shall mean the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings for which the financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent.

 

-61-


Sponsor Model” shall mean the model delivered to the “joint lead arrangers” under the Existing Credit Agreement on March 26, 2015.

Sponsors” shall mean, collectively, (i) funds advised by Permira Advisers LLC, (ii) Canada Pension Plan Investment Board and (iii) their respective Affiliates.

Spot Currency Exchange Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(c).

Subsequent Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean (a) with respect to the Borrower, any Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee, the Guarantee of a Guarantor or the Guarantee Obligations hereunder.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other Capital Stock having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other Capital Stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean other than Excluded Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries, (A) each Subsidiary of Holdings that executes this Agreement as a “Guarantor” on the Closing Date (including the Borrower), (B) each Subsidiary of Holdings that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.8 or Section 8.12 and (C) each other Subsidiary that is designated as a Subsidiary Guarantor by the Borrower, in each case, whether existing on the Closing Date or established, created or acquired after the Closing Date, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary is released from all of its obligations in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Successor Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(a)(i).

Successor Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(c)(i).

Supported QFC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.7.

Swap Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions (including, without limitation, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement)

Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), fees, assessments or other similar charges now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority and all interest, penalties, additions to tax or similar liabilities with respect to such taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges.

Tax Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(e).

 

-62-


Test Period” shall mean, at the Borrower’s option, (i) the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings for which the financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable, have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent or (ii) the latest period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal unaudited financial statements are available.

Threshold Amount” shall mean the greater of $62,500,000 and 18.75% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination).

Top U.S. Corporate Holdco” shall mean the Borrower, or if the Borrower is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by one or more U.S. Corporate Entities that are Subsidiaries of Holdings, the highest such U.S. Corporate Entity.

Total Assets” shall mean the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the applicable consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Total Assets shall be calculated after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

Total Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Commitments of each of the Lenders at such time.

Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day that is secured by a Lien on the assets constituting Collateral on a pari passu or senior basis with the Obligations over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as at the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Debt on such day that is secured by a lien on the assets constituting Collateral over (ii) Consolidated Total Cash on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Tranche” shall mean the respective facility and commitments utilized in making Loans hereunder, with there being one Tranche on the Closing Date, i.e., the Initial Loans.

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (i) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, the incurrence of Loans on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of the First Lien Loan Documents, the incurrence of the First Lien Indebtedness on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof, (iii) the Closing Date Refinancing, (iv) matters ancillary to the foregoing and (v) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

Transferred Assets” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Receivables Financing”.

Transformative Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition that either (x) is not permitted under this Agreement, (y) is permitted under this Agreement but following the Closing Date thereof this Agreement would not provide adequate flexibility for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to operate their business (in the reasonable determination of the Borrower), or (z) the result of which is that Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently completed Test Period, determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto, increases by no less than 25.0%.

 

-63-


Treasury Capital Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b)(ii).

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the relevant jurisdiction.

UK Financial Institution” shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unfunded Pension Liability” of any Single Employer Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the present value of all accrued benefits under such Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Single Employer Plan), as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceeds the value of the assets of such Single Employer Plan allocable to such accrued benefits (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions).

United States” and “U.S.” shall each mean the United States of America.

Unrestricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings designated by the members or Authorized Officers of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.11 subsequent to the Closing Date and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Unsecured / Other Secured Indebtedness” shall mean Incremental Equivalent Debt, Ratio Debt and Acquisition Debt, in each case, that is either unsecured or secured by a Lien on assets not constituting Collateral.

Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt” shall mean any unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or term loans (each, an “Unsecured Refinancing Debt”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and (ii) such Indebtedness complies with the Credit Agreement Refinancing Requirements.

Unsecured Refinancing Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

U.S. Collateral” shall mean the Collateral pledged under the U.S. Security Documents.

U.S. Corporate Entity” shall mean any entity incorporated or organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

-64-


U.S. Loan Parties” shall mean the Loan Parties incorporated or organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Second Lien U.S. Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibit E-2, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement thereof), extended or renewed from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

U.S. Security Agreement” shall mean the Second Lien U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement in the form of Exhibit E-1, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any amendment and restatement thereof), extended or renewed from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

U.S. Security Documents” shall mean the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement and all other pledge or security agreements, charges, deeds of trust, assignments or other similar agreements or instruments, in each case, governed by U.S. law and executed and delivered by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation 100% of whose Capital Stock is at the time owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person has a 100% equity interest at such time (other than, (x) in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), director’s qualifying shares or other nominal amount of shares required to be held by Persons other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries under applicable law and (y) in the case of a Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), any Specified Equity Interests).

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

-65-


1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) unless the context otherwise requires, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (iv) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall,” (v) the word “or” is not exclusive and has the meaning represented by the phrase “and/or,” unless the context otherwise requires, (vi) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other theory extends and such phrase shall not mean “if,” and (vii) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein (A) to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns and (B) to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be construed to include Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party as debtor and debtor-in-possession and any receiver, examinership or trustee for Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, in any insolvency, examinership or liquidation proceeding.

(c) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) Any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein) and all references to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or facts known by any such Person shall mean actual knowledge of any Authorized Officer of such Person.

(f) Any Authorized Officer executing any Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, so executes or certifies in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer on behalf of the applicable Loan Party and not in any individual capacity.

(g) The term “enforceability” and its derivatives when used to describe the enforceability of an agreement shall mean that such agreement is enforceable except as enforceability may be limited by any Debtor Relief Law and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

1.3. [Reserved].

 

-66-


1.4. Limited Condition Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(i) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any financial ratio set forth in the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount);

(ii) determining compliance with representations and warranties, or a requirement regarding the absence of Defaults or Events of Default; or

(iii) testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including provisions measured as a percentage of LTM EBITDA);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into or irrevocable notice is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) on a Pro Forma Basis as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, the Borrower would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets of the Borrower or of the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, the making of Restricted Payments, the making of any Permitted Investment, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Subsequent Transaction”) following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction is permitted under this Agreement, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

1.5. Calculations; Computations; Latest Maturity Date.

(a) The financial statements to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise permitted under Section 8.1); provided that (A) except as otherwise specifically provided below, all computations of Excess Cash Flow, all computations with respect to any basket, standard or term in this Agreement and all computations and all definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio (collectively, the “Leverage Ratios” and, each, a “Leverage Ratio”) and the Interest Coverage Ratio, shall utilize GAAP and policies as in effect from time to time, (B) notwithstanding

 

-67-


anything to the contrary contained herein, all such financial statements shall be prepared and the Leverage Ratios and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated, in each case, without giving effect to any election under any accounting principle permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof and (C) to the extent expressly provided herein, certain calculations shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis. In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of any of the computations and definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining any of the items described in clause (A) above, then at the Borrower’s request or at the Administrative Agent’s request (at the direction of the Required Lenders), the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Holdings’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made; provided that (i) no amendment fee shall be payable in connection therewith and (ii) all amendments relating to the Leverage Ratios and the Interest Coverage Ratio (and their component definitions) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Until such time as such an amendment (whether or not such amendment is or was requested by the Borrower) shall have been executed and delivered by the parties hereto in accordance with this Section 1.5, all computations of Excess Cash Flow, all computations with respect to any basket, standard or term in this Agreement and all computations and all definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining any Leverage Ratio or Interest Coverage Ratio shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred (other than for purposes of delivery of financial statements under Sections 8.1(a) and (b)). “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in, at the Borrower’s option, specific accounting principles or accounting principles taken as a whole (i) required by the FASB or, if applicable, the SEC, (ii) as a result of a proper IFRS Election or (iii) otherwise proposed by the Borrower to, and approved by, the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower may elect (the “IFRS Election”), by providing a written notice to the Administrative Agent, in connection with the delivery of financial statements and other information hereunder, to adopt the accounting standards and interpretations (“IFRS”) adopted by the International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect on the first date of the period for which the Borrower is making such election; provided that (a) any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable and (b) from and after the date of the IFRS Election, (i) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS, (ii) all ratios, financial definitions, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with IFRS, (iii) all references herein to GAAP shall be deemed to be references to IFRS, (iv) all references to the FASB shall be deemed to be references to the IASB and (v) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings given to them under IFRS; provided that any such term phrased in a manner customary under GAAP shall be interpreted to refer to the equivalent accounting or financial concept under IFRS and, if there is no such equivalent accounting or financial concept, shall be interpreted in a manner that best approximates the effect that such term would have if it were construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date.

(b) All computations of interest and other Fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or Fees are payable.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except as provided in Section 1.5(d), where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required actions or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation shall be based on the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at

 

-68-


approximately 11:00 A.M. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency (the “Spot Currency Exchange Rate”)); provided that for purposes of determining any Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, such ratios will be determined at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the Borrower’s financial statements corresponding to the Test Period with respect to the applicable date of determination.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the Spot Currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred; provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the Spot Currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Indebtedness so Refinanced does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the Spot Currency Exchange Rate that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

(e) With respect to the provisions of this Agreement (A) that require newly incurred or issued Indebtedness or Capital Stock (or Indebtedness or Capital Stock that is proposed to be incurred or issued) to have a maturity not earlier than the Latest Maturity Date (or not earlier than ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date) or to have Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of existing Loans (including Incremental Loans) having the Latest Maturity Date or (B) that otherwise refer to the Latest Maturity Date in respect of any such incurrence or issuance (or proposed incurrence or issuance), such provisions shall be deemed to refer to the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of determination.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 and in connection with any Incremental Facility at any time (whether at the time of incurrence or thereafter), any Lien, Restricted Payment, Restricted Investment, Permitted Investment, Investment, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, Asset Sale or Affiliate transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to the applicable covenant set forth in Section 9 and any related definitions or provisions used therein (including in connection with any Incremental Facility), the Borrower (i) shall in its sole discretion determine under which category such Lien (other than Liens with respect to the Initial Loans), Investment, Restricted Payment, Restricted Investment, Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness consisting of the Initial Loans), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, Asset Sale or Affiliate transaction (or, in each case, any portion there) is permitted and (ii) shall be permitted to make any such determination or redetermination or classification or reclassification at such time and from time to time as it may determine and without notice to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(g) If the Borrower Incurs any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or takes any other action under a ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) under this Agreement on the same date that it Incurs Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or takes any other action under any “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof), compliance with the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio or

 

-69-


Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, on a Pro Forma Basis will be calculated with respect to such Incurrence or action, as applicable, under the ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) without regard to any Incurrence or action, as applicable, under the “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof). Unless the Borrower elects otherwise, any Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or other action shall be deemed to have been Incurred or taken, as applicable, first, under the ratio-based basket or exception (or component thereof) and, second, under the “fixed,” “freebie” or “starter” basket or exception (or component thereof).

1.6. [Reserved].

1.7. Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.

SECTION 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

2.1. The Commitments. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender with an Initial Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a term loan or term loans (each, an “Initial Loan” and, collectively, the “Initial Loans”) to the Borrower, which Initial Loans shall (i) be incurred pursuant to a single drawing on the Closing Date, (ii) be denominated in Dollars and (iii) be made by each such Lender in that aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Loan Commitment of such Lender on the Closing Date. Once repaid, prepaid, repurchased, refinanced or replaced, Initial Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed.

2.2. [Reserved].

2.3. Notice of Borrowing.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Loans hereunder, an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice of each Loan to be incurred hereunder; provided that (in each case) any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such day. Each such notice (each, a “Notice of Borrowing”), except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.11, shall be irrevocable and shall be in writing, in the form of Exhibit F (or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent)), appropriately completed to specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be incurred pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day). The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender which is required to make Loans of the Tranche specified in the respective Notice of Borrowing, notice of such proposed Borrowing, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters required by the immediately preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing.

(b) [Reserved].

 

-70-


(c) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any telephonic notice of any Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, the Administrative Agent may act without liability upon the basis of telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment, as the case may be, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, prior to receipt of written confirmation. In each such case, the Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s record of the terms of such telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, as the case may be, absent manifest error.

2.4. Repayment of Loans.

(a) The principal amount of the Initial Loans of each Lender shall be repaid (subject to a Permitted Amendment) on the Initial Loan Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, (i) each Incremental Loan shall be due and payable on the Incremental Loan Maturity Date applicable to such Incremental Loan and (ii) each Other Loan shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date of such Other Loan set forth in the Refinancing Amendment applicable thereto.

2.5. Payments Generally; Administrative Agents Clawback.

(a) Disbursement of Funds. No later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender with a Commitment of the respective Tranche will make available its pro rata portion (determined in accordance with Section 2.8) of each such Borrowing requested to be made on such date. All such amounts will be made available in Dollars and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, and upon receipt of all requested funds the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower at such account as may be specified in the Notice of Borrowing, or to such other account as the Borrower may specify in writing prior to the Closing Date, the aggregate of the amounts so made available by the Lenders.

(b) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date and at such time in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

-71-


(c) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the appropriate Lenders, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the appropriate Lenders, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable credit extension set forth in Section 7 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or to purchase its participation.

(f) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

2.6. Notes.

(a) The Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.15 and shall, if requested by such Lender, also be evidenced by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Note” and, collectively, the “Notes”).

(b) Each Lender will note on its internal records the amount of each Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and prior to any transfer of any of its Notes will endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 2.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Notes shall only be delivered to Lenders which at any time specifically request the delivery of such Notes. No failure of any Lender to request or obtain a Note evidencing its

 

-72-


Loans to the Borrower shall affect or in any manner impair the obligations of the Borrower to pay the Loans (and all related Obligations) incurred by the Borrower which would otherwise be evidenced thereby in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the security or guaranties therefor provided pursuant to the various Loan Documents. Any Lender which does not have a Note evidencing its outstanding Loans shall in no event be required to make the notations otherwise described in the preceding clause (b). At any time when any Lender requests the delivery of a Note to evidence any of its Loans, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to the respective Lender the requested Note in the appropriate amount or amounts to evidence such Loans.

2.7. [Reserved].

2.8. Pro Rata Borrowings. All Borrowings of Loans under this Agreement shall be incurred from the Lenders pro rata within each Tranche on the basis of their applicable Commitments. It is understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender of its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder (solely to the extent such Lender is so obligated) regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

2.9. Interest.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of Borrowing thereof until the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall be equal to the Applicable Rate.

(b) Overdue principal shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate then borne by such Loans. All other overdue amounts (including, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest) payable hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate applicable to the Initial Loans. Interest that accrues under this Section 2.9(b) shall be payable on demand.

(c) Accrued (and theretofore unpaid) interest shall be payable (i) quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, (ii) on the date of any repayment or prepayment in full of all outstanding Loans of any Tranche, and (iii) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

2.10. [Reserved].

2.11. Increased Costs.

(a) If any Lender determines that after the Closing Date the introduction of or any change in any applicable law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law) concerning capital adequacy, liquidity or any change in interpretation or administration thereof by the NAIC or any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency or any change in a Requirement of Law, will have the effect of increasing the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Lenders or any corporation controlling such Lenders based on the existence of such the Lender’s Commitments hereunder or their obligations hereunder, then the Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders, upon their written demand therefor, such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Lenders or such other corporation for the increased cost to such Lenders or such other corporation or the reduction in the rate of return to such Lenders or such other corporation as a result of such increase of capital. In determining such additional amounts, the Lenders will act reasonably and in good faith and will use averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable; provided that such

 

-73-


Lender’s determination of compensation owing under this Section 2.11(a) shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto. The Lenders, upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.11(a), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall show in reasonable detail the basis for calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) upon the subsequent receipt of such notice.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and CRD IV and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, shall be deemed to be a change after the Closing Date in a Requirement of Law or government rule, regulation or order, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented (including for purposes of this Section 2.11); provided that increased costs because of a change in a Requirement of Law resulting from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and CRD IV may only be requested by the Lenders imposing such increased costs on borrowers similarly situated to the Borrower under syndicated credit facilities comparable to those provided hereunder.

(c) This Section 2.11 shall not apply to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (each of which are provided for in Section 5.5) or any Excluded Taxes.

2.12. [Reserved].

2.13. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

(a) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation for any amounts under Section 2.11, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender if such Lender notifies Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim more than 180 days after such event; provided that if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(b) Each Lender agrees that on the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.11(a) or Section 5.5 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no legal, regulatory or unreimbursed economic disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.13(b) shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.11 and 5.5.

2.14. Replacement of Lenders. (x) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, (y) upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.11(a) or Section 5.5 with respect to any Lender which results in the Borrower being required to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments with respect to such Lender or such Lender charging to the Borrower increased costs in excess of those being generally charged by the other Lenders or (z) in the case of a refusal by a Lender to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to this Agreement that requires (or would require) the consent of all Lenders, the consent of all Lenders of a Class or each Lender adversely affected thereby under Section 13.12(a) and that has been approved by the Required Lenders as (and to the extent) provided in Section 13.12(a) (a “Proposed Modification”), the Borrower shall have the right, in accordance with Section 13.4, to replace such Lender (the “Replaced Lender”) with one or more other Eligible Assignees, none of whom shall constitute a Defaulting Lender at the time of such replacement (collectively, the “Replacement Lender”) and each of which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that:

 

-74-


(i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 2.14, the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or more Assignment and Assumptions pursuant to Section 13.4 (and with all fees payable pursuant to said Section 13.4 to be paid by the Replacement Lender or the Replaced Lender (as may be agreed to at such time by and among the Borrower, the Replacement Lender and the Replaced Lender)) pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall consent to the Proposed Modification, if applicable, and acquire all of the Commitments and outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith, shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, and any premium applicable to, all outstanding Loans of the respective Replaced Lender under each Tranche with respect to which such Replaced Lender is being replaced and (B) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Lender (but only with respect to the relevant Tranche, in the case of the replacement of less than all Tranches of Loans then held by the respective Replaced Lender) pursuant to Section 4.1; and

(ii) all obligations of any Loan Party then owing to the Replaced Lender (other than those (a) specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid, but including all amounts, if any, owing under Section 5.1(b) or (b) relating to any Tranche of Loans or Commitments of the respective Replaced Lender which will remain outstanding after giving effect to the respective replacement) shall be paid in full to such Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement.

Upon receipt by the Replaced Lender of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to this Section 2.14, such Replaced Lender shall execute an Assignment and Assumption within two (2) Business Days of the date on which the Replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Replaced Lender (or such executed Assignment and Assumption is delivered by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Replacement Lender). If such Replaced Lender does not execute and deliver such Assignment and Assumption within such two (2) Business Day period, then such Replaced Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of such Lender and the Assignment and Assumption so executed by such Replacement Lender shall be effective for the purposes of this Section 2.14 and Section 13.4. Upon the execution of the respective Assignment and Assumption, the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, recordation of the assignment on the Register by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.15 and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender, delivery to the Replacement Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and, unless the respective Replaced Lender continues to have outstanding Loans, the Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.11, 5.5, 12.6, 13.1 and 13.6), which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender.

2.15. Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date request one or more additional Tranches of term loans or one or more increases to an existing Tranche of Loans (the commitments thereof, the “Incremental Loan Commitment”, the loans thereunder, the “Incremental Loans” and a Lender making such loans, an “Incremental Lender”); provided that:

(i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount;

 

-75-


(ii) no Person shall be an obligor under any Incremental Facility that is not a Loan Party and no Incremental Facility may be secured by assets that are not Collateral;

(iii) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Document and at the time that any such Incremental Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist; provided that if the proceeds of any Incremental Loans are intended to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case that is a Limited Condition Transaction, then the requirement of no Event of Default set forth in this clause (iii) may be waived or not required by the applicable Incremental Lenders (other than with respect to a Significant Event of Default);

(iv) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Document and at the time that any such Incremental Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); provided that if the proceeds of any Incremental Loans are intended to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case that is a Limited Condition Transaction, then the requirements set forth in this clause (iv) may be limited by the applicable Incremental Lenders to the Specified Representations;

(v) Incremental Loans may be denominated in Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling or any other Available Currency;

(vi) Incremental Facilities shall rank no greater than pari passu in right of payment and no greater than pari passu in right of security with the Initial Loans; provided that any Incremental Facility that is secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Obligations or that is set forth in an Incremental Agreement shall be subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement;

(vii) other than Customary Bridge Facilities, Incremental Loans shall not mature earlier than the Initial Loan Maturity Date and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Initial Loans (except by virtue of prepayment of the Initial Loans prior to such date of determination);

(viii) subject to clause (vii) above, (A) the amortization schedule applicable to any such Incremental Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Lenders;

(ix) except to the extent permitted by clauses (v), (vii) and (viii) above and clauses (x) and (xi) below, the terms of such Incremental Loans (other than any terms (x) applicable after the Latest Maturity Date of the Initial Loans or (y) that are also made for the benefit of the Lenders under the Initial Loans (which will be documented in an amendment to this Agreement requiring only the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent)) shall (A) be substantially identical to, or no more favorable (taken as a whole) to the lenders providing such

 

-76-


Incremental Facility than, the Initial Loans in this Agreement and each other Loan Document (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (B) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the time of Incurrence thereof (or obtaining of a commitment with respect thereto), or (C) be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(x) the All-In Yield applicable to the Incremental Loans made hereunder shall be determined by the Borrower and the Incremental Lenders; provided that with respect to any Incremental Document in respect of Incremental Loans in the form of a broadly syndicated “term B facility” denominated in Dollars and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, if the All-In Yield in respect of such Incremental Loans exceeds the All-In Yield in respect of the Initial Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Rate of the Initial Loans shall be adjusted such that the All-In Yield of the Initial Loans equals the All-In Yield of such Incremental Loans minus 0.50%, effective upon the making of such Incremental Loans; provided further that any amendments to the Applicable Rate in respect of the Initial Loans that become effective subsequent to the Closing Date but prior to the time such Incremental Loans are borrowed shall also be included in such calculations; provided further that this Section 2.15(a)(x) shall not apply to the MFN Exceptions;

(xi) Incremental Loans may participate (i) on a pro rata basis, greater than pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis in any voluntary prepayments of the Initial Loans, and (ii) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (and on a greater than pro rata basis with respect to mandatory prepayments of any such Incremental Loans with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) with respect to any mandatory prepayments of Incremental Loans; and

(xii) the Borrower may appoint any Person (or Persons) to arrange any Incremental Facility and provide such arranger (or arrangers) any titles to such Incremental Facility as it deems appropriate.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Incremental Loans may be made by any existing Lender or any Additional Lender (provided that no Lender shall be obligated to make all or a portion of any Incremental Loan), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.15; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s making such Incremental Loans if such consent would be required under Section 13.4 for an assignment of Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender. Incremental Loan Commitments shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment”) to this Agreement or, in the case of any Incremental Loans that are not secured on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans pursuant to separate documentation (an “Incremental Agreement” and, together with an Incremental Amendment, “Incremental Documents”) and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Document may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.15, including amendments that do not adversely affect the Lenders, which may include amendments to Sections 2.4(a) and 5.1(b). The Borrower may use the proceeds of Incremental Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

(d) [Reserved].

 

-77-


(e) This Section 2.15 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.8 or 13.12 to the extent they conflict with this Section 2.15.

2.16. Loan Modification Offers.

(a) The Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes on the same terms to each such Lender (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, a “Specified Class”) to make one or more Permitted Amendments pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower; provided that (i) any such offer shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loans), (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any such offer, and (iii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days nor more than 30 Business Days after the date of such notice, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, assignments and participations of Specified Classes shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions applicable to Loans set forth in Section 13.4. Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Specified Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Specified Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made. No Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Loan Modification Offer.

(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement (a “Loan Modification Agreement”) executed and delivered by the Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. No Loan Modification Agreement shall provide for any extension of a Specified Class in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $20,000,000. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.16, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new “Class” of loans or commitments hereunder; provided that no Loan Modification Agreement may provide for (i) any Specified Class to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Loans and (ii) so long as any Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to all the Loans on a pro rata basis.

(c) Subject to Section 2.16(b), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Loan Modification Agreement that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Loan Modification Offer in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Loans of any or all applicable Classes be extended.

(d) This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.8 or 13.12 to the contrary.

2.17. [Reserved].

 

-78-


2.18. Refinancing Amendment.

(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of all or any portion of any Tranche of Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Loans) in the form of Other Loans or Other Commitments, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 7.1.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Loans or Other Commitments).

(c) Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or effect a replacement of any Intercreditor Agreement) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.18.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 2.18 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.12 to the contrary and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may amend Section 2.8 to implement any Refinancing Amendment.

SECTION 3.

[RESERVED]

SECTION 4.

COMMITMENT FEES; FEES; REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS

4.1. Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such fees as may be agreed to in writing from time to time by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, all amounts owing under the Fee Letter).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lead Arranger such fees as may be separately agreed to in writing by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all amounts owing under the Fee Letter).

(c) The Initial Loans made on the Closing Date shall be net funded with an original issue discount of 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

4.2. [Reserved].

 

-79-


4.3. Mandatory Reduction of Commitments. The Initial Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate in its entirety on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Loans on such date).

SECTION 5.

PREPAYMENTS; PAYMENTS; TAXES

5.1. Voluntary Prepayments.

(a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, in each case, without premium or penalty, subject to the requirements of Section 5.1(b), upon irrevocable notice, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the date of such payment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment; provided that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a Refinancing of the Facility or in the context of a transaction involving a Change of Control or Qualified Public Offering or other contingent transaction, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such Refinancing or transaction is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Prepayments shall be accompanied by Prepayment Premium/Fees required by Section 5.1(b), if any, and accrued interest. Partial prepayments of Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Prepayment Trigger Event, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lenders, in each case in respect of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Loans affected by such Prepayment Trigger Event, plus a prepayment premium or fee (such premium or fee, the “Prepayment Premium/Fee”), as applicable, in an amount equal to (i) the Make-Whole Amount if such Prepayment Trigger Event occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) 2.0% if such Prepayment Trigger Event occurs after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (iii) 1.0% if such Prepayment Trigger Event occurs after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date or (iv) 0.0% if such Prepayment Trigger Event occurs after the third anniversary of the Closing Date. Such amounts shall be due and payable upon the occurrence of any such Prepayment Trigger Event (any such date, a “Prepayment Trigger Date”).

(c) In the event of the refusal by a Lender to consent to a Proposed Modification with respect to such Lender’s Loans, the Borrower may, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), repay all such Loans (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any other Loans (or Tranches) of such Lender that are not proposed to be modified by such Proposed Modification), including all amounts, if any, owing pursuant to Section 2.11, together with accrued and unpaid interest, Fees, Prepayment Premium/Fees (if applicable) and all other amounts then owing to such Lender. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1(c) shall reduce the then remaining scheduled repayments of the respective Tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis (based upon the then remaining principal amount of each such scheduled repayment of the respective Tranche after giving effect to all prior reductions thereto).

(d) All voluntary prepayments of Loans in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be applied as directed (which may be on a non-pro rata basis among the Loans) by the Borrower; provided that if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing such voluntary prepayments shall be made on pro rata basis among the Loans.

 

-80-


5.2. Mandatory Repayments.

(a) If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 9.4 (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 9.4(b)(iv) and (b)(v) to the extent provided therein)), concurrently with, and as a condition to closing of such transaction, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such issuance or incurrence toward the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in this Section 5.2.

(b) If, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, an amount equal to (i) the applicable ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) the sum of:

(A) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount of all (I) Purchases by any Permitted Eligible Assignee pursuant to a Dutch Auction or open market purchases (in each case, determined by the actual cash purchase price paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee for such Purchase and not the par value of the Loans purchased by such Permitted Eligible Assignee), (II) Purchases (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) by any Permitted Eligible Assignee (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) pursuant to a Dutch Auction (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) (in each case, determined by the actual cash purchase paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) for such Purchase (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) and not the par value of the First Lien Term Loans purchased by such Permitted Eligible Assignee (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations))), (III) the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of Loans, including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith and (IV) the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of First Lien Term Loans or optional prepayments of Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (other than in respect of any Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith, in each case, (x) to the extent actually paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) and (y) to the extent such term loans, revolving loans or Loans are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with (or senior to) the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans; plus

 

-81-


(B) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs; plus

(C) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Permitted Acquisitions; plus

(D) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all Investments (other than those of the type set forth in clause (a) or clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(E) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, Restricted Payments permitted hereunder and actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(F) to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash pursuant to binding contracts entered into prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs and, Investments and Restricted Payments, in each case that is certified in writing by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be contractually obligated (or, in the case of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, budgeted) to be paid within 365 days after such certificate (provided that (x) no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (F) and not actually paid in such 365-day period shall be prepaid in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(G) cash Restructuring Charges excluded from Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof made prior to the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date (provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period); plus

(H) the greater of (x) $18,750,000 and (y) 6.25% of LTM EBITDA, shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, be applied toward the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in this Section 5.2;

 

-82-


provided that to the extent any amounts pursuant to clause (ii) above (other than clause (ii)(H) above) reduce the required prepayments with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period to an amount less than $0, such amounts in excess of $0 may be credited against the applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow for any subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period in which the required prepayments under this Section 5.2(b) exceed $0 until such excess amount has been fully applied. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) no later than ten (10) Business Days after the later of (x) the Annual Financial Statement Delivery Date and (y) the Second Lien Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Date. “Annual Financial Statement Delivery Date” shall mean the date on which the Financial Statements Certificate referred to in Section 8.2(c) for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made is required to be delivered.

(c) If, on any date, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event resulting in Net Cash Proceeds, in each case, in excess of an amount equal to the greater of $18,750,000 and 6.25% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), then 100.00% of the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of $18,750,000 and 6.25% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) shall be applied within the later of (x) five (5) Business Days of such date (the “Asset Sale Application Date”) and (y) the Second Lien Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Date, to prepay outstanding Initial Loans in accordance with this Section 5.2; provided that the Borrower shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 21 months of receipt thereof (or, if later, one hundred eighty (180) days after the date the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding commitment to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds thereof prior to the expiration of such 21-month period) in assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other similar Investment permitted hereunder; provided further, that all such Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested within such period must be applied in accordance with this Section 5.2; provided further, that the percentage of Net Cash Proceeds so applied pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) shall be reduced to (i) fifty percent (50.0%) if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 but greater than 4.25 to 1.00 and (ii) zero percent (0%) if the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.25 to 1.00, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis for such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, as of the last day of the most recent Test Period at the time any such application is made (this proviso, the “Asset Sale Stepdown Provisions”).

(d) If Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction, then an amount equal to 50.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of the later of (x) the later of (i) the date on which such Sale Leaseback Transaction is designated as a Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction and (ii) the date on which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) the Second Lien Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Date, to prepay outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 5.2.

(e) Subject to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement, all amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be applied, first to accrued interest and Fees due on the amount of prepayment of the Loans, second to the Prepayment Premium/Fee payable, if any, in respect of such prepayment, third to the final installment of principal of each Tranche of Initial Loans and any Incremental Loans and Other Loans (as applicable) that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans at maturity on a pro rata basis, and fourth as otherwise directed by the Borrower; provided that, at the Borrower’s option, amounts to be applied in prepayment pursuant to Sections 5.2(b), (c) and (d) (the “Specified Amounts”) may be applied to prepay outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.4 (to the extent secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is on a pari passu basis with a Lien on the Collateral securing (and is pari

 

-83-


passu in right of payment with) the Initial Loans) (collectively, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”); provided further that any such Specified Amounts may be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness only to (and not in excess of) the extent to which a mandatory prepayment in respect of such Excess Cash Flow, Asset Sale, Recovery Event or Designated Sale Leaseback Transaction is required under the terms of such Other Applicable Indebtedness (with any remaining Specified Amounts applied to prepay outstanding Initial Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) unless such application would result in the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness receiving in excess of their pro rata share (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time) of such Specified Amounts relative to Lenders, in which case such Specified Amounts may only be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with outstanding Initial Loans; provided further that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Indebtedness repurchased, repaid or prepaid with any such Specified Amounts, the declined amount of such Specified Amounts shall promptly (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay Initial Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Specified Amounts would otherwise have been required to be applied if such Other Applicable Indebtedness was not then outstanding).

(f) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (who will notify each Lender) notice of each prepayment required under this Section 5.2 other than clause (a) hereof not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date such prepayment shall be made (each such date, a “Mandatory Prepayment Date”). Such notice shall set forth (i) the Mandatory Prepayment Date, (ii) the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and (iii) the Tranche of each Loan being prepaid. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 5.2, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Loans of the contents of the Borrower’s repayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of any repayment. Each such Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory repayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) of Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(b), Section 5.2(c) or Section 5.2(d) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the Mandatory Prepayment Date. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender fails to deliver such Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory repayment of Loans to which such Lender is otherwise entitled. Any Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to any prepayment obligations it may have with respect to other Indebtedness, “Retained Declined Proceeds”) and may be used for any purposes permitted under this Agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings that are required to be prepaid pursuant to Sections 5.2(b) and (c) would result in material adverse tax consequences or violate local law in respect of upstreaming proceeds (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors), in each case as set forth in a certificate delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, then the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required under Sections 5.2(b) and (c) until such material tax consequences or local law violation no longer exist; provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to permit repatriation of the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating local law or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

 

-84-


(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, no prepayment of the Loans shall be permitted or required pursuant to this Section 5.2 until the mandatory prepayments required to be made under (and the amount that otherwise would be applied to such mandatory prepayment hereunder is applied to a prepayment under) the First Lien Credit Agreement have been made in full, declined or waived by the First Lien Lenders in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement; provided that any such mandatory prepayments required to be made under the First Lien Credit Agreement that have been declined or waived by the First Lien Lenders must be offered to the Lenders as prepayment for any outstanding Loans.

5.3. [Reserved].

5.4. Method and Place of Payment. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement and under any Note shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender or Lenders entitled thereto not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date when due and shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Payment Office. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its pro rata share in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s lending office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) may in the Administrative Agent’s discretion be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (provided that payments stated to be due on any Maturity Date, if stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, shall be deemed to be due on the next preceding Business Day) and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension.

5.5. Net Payments.

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense. All such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes with respect to such payments, unless required by applicable law. If any such Taxes are so levied or imposed, the applicable withholding agent shall pay, or withhold and remit, to the applicable Governmental Authority the full amount of such Taxes, and if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or an Other Tax, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, after any required deductions or withholdings have been made (including any deductions or withholdings attributable to any payments required to be made under this Section 5.5) each Lender (or in the case of a payment made to the Administrative Agent for its own account, such Administrative Agent) receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes not been levied or imposed. The Borrower or Guarantors, if applicable, will furnish to the Administrative Agent within forty-five (45) days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing such payment by the Borrower or Guarantor. The Borrower or Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and to reimburse such Person upon its written request within twenty (20) days of demand therefor, for the amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Person (including any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.5), whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted; provided that if the Administrative Agent or any Lender requests indemnification more than 90 days after the earlier of (1) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender received written demand for payment of the applicable Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from the relevant Governmental Authority

 

-85-


or (2) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender paid the applicable Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender shall not be indemnified to the extent that such failure or delay results in prejudice to the Borrower or any Guarantor. A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability and the manner in which such amount was determined, prepared in good faith and delivered by the Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.5(c), each Lender (1) that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Foreign Lender”) agrees to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, whichever of the following is applicable: (i) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor forms), (ii) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 (any such Exhibit L certificate, a “Non-Bank Certificate”) and (y) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form), (iv) to the extent that a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3, IRS Form W-9 or other documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, that would be required under this Section 5.5(b) if such beneficial owner were a Lender; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-4 (in lieu of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3) on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner(s), and (v) two accurate and complete original signed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury regulations) as a basis for claiming complete exemption from, or reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under any Loan Document or (2) that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, agrees to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying to such Lender’s exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding. The Administrative Agent shall provide to the Borrower two accurate and complete original signed copies of whichever of the following is applicable: (1) if the Administrative Agent is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), IRS Form W-9 certifying to such Administrative Agent’s exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding or (2) if the Administrative Agent is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), (i) IRS Form W-8ECI with respect to payments received for its own account and (ii) IRS Form W-8IMY (together with all required accompanying documentation) assuming primary responsibility for U.S. federal income tax withholding with respect to payments received by it on behalf of the Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.5(b), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Administrative Agent is not legally eligible to deliver as a result of a Change in Tax Law after the Closing Date. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.5.

 

-86-


(c) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in any applicable withholding Tax with respect to payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then such Lender agrees to deliver to the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each Lender agrees that from time to time after the Closing Date, when a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders the previous documentation obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect (including the IRS forms and certificates described in Section 5.5(b)), it will deliver to the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or it shall immediately notify the Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent of its legal ineligibility to deliver any such documentation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.5(b), (c) or (d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this Section 5.5(d), the term “FATCA” shall include any amendments thereof or successor provisions thereto.

(e) If the Borrower or any Guarantor pays any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes under this Section 5.5 to a Lender or the Administrative Agent and such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion (exercised reasonably) that it has actually received any refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes in respect of which it has received additional payments under this Section 5.5 (a “Tax Benefit”), such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, an amount of such Tax Benefit, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent (including any Taxes imposed with respect to such Tax Benefit) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority); provided, however, that (i) any Lender or the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion consistent with its policies, whether to seek a Tax Benefit; (ii) any Taxes that are imposed on a Lender or the Administrative Agent as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax Benefit with respect to which such Lender or the Administrative Agent has made a payment to the Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 5.5(e) (and any interest or penalties or other charges imposed thereon) shall be treated as a Tax for which the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is obligated to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.5 without any exclusions or defenses; (iii) nothing in this Section 5.5(e) shall require any Lender or the Administrative Agent to disclose any confidential information to the Borrower or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, its Tax returns) or any other Person; and (iv) no Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 5.5(e) (A) at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists (provided that such amounts shall be credited against amounts otherwise owed under this Agreement by the Borrower or any Guarantor) or (B) the payment of which would place such Lender or the Administrative Agent in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.

 

-87-


(f) If one or more Guarantors hereunder are required to make any payment with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations that would be subject to any withholding of Tax (whether or not it would result in any Loan Party being required to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments under this Agreement), the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith in order to eliminate or minimize the effects of such withholding of Tax; provided that none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall be required to take any action that would subject it to any unreimbursed cost or expense or would otherwise be disadvantageous to it.

(g) In addition to the payments by a Loan Party required by Section 5.5(a) (and without duplication thereof), the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, the Loan Parties and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (i) on the Closing Date (other than Section 6.2) and (ii) on each date after the Closing Date on which any extension of credit is made (including the Closing Date) that:

6.1. Financial Condition.

(a) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2019 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2019 present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date (in the case of the balance sheet) or for such period (in the case of the statements of income and cash flows). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2018 and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows, in each case reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report as to going concern or scope of audit from Ernst & Young LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2018 (in the case of the balance sheet) and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 (in the case of the statements of income and cash flows). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

(c) No Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has, as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, and excluding obligations under the Loan Documents and the First Lien Loan Documents, any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities or any long term leases or unusual forward or long term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivative, which are required in conformity with GAAP to be disclosed therein and which are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.1.

 

-88-


6.2. No Change. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3. Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has the power, capacity and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Subject to any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Section 7.1(f), each Loan Party has the power, capacity and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational or corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to authorize the other Transactions. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

6.5. Consents. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 6.19. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the consummation of the Transactions (excluding the Loan Documents), except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 6.19 and (iii) those, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.6. No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any material Requirement of Law, any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party that is material to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). The consummation of the Transactions (excluding the Loan Documents) will not (a) violate (x) any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material

 

-89-


Adverse Effect or (y) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and (b) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).

6.7. Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened by or against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or against any of their respective properties, assets or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.8. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.9. Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 9.7 and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.10. Intellectual Property. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings own, or are licensed to use, all Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Intellectual Property that Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries license to their customers) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any use by any Loan Party or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property of any Loan Party or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or alleging that the conduct of business by any Loan Party or by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings infringes or violates the rights of any Person, nor does Holdings know of any valid basis for any such claim, except for such claims or allegations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of the business conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

6.11. Taxes. Each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, each Loan Party and the Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all Taxes due and payable (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), whether or not shown on such returns, and any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other Taxes imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any such Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, Loan Party or Borrower) except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim has been filed, and, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties and the Borrower, is being threatened in writing, with respect to any Taxes that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.12. Federal Regulations. No Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulation U or X of the Board.

 

-90-


6.13. Labor Matters. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, as applicable.

6.14. ERISA.

(a) Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA with respect to any Single Employer Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan has occurred during the six-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) no Single Employer Plan has applied for or received a waiver of the minimum funding standard or an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA, (iii) each Single Employer Plan has complied and is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code (including without limitation the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, (iv) no determination has been made that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA, (v) all contributions required to have been made with respect to a Single Employer Plan have been timely made or have been reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet filed prior to the Closing Date or accrued in the accounting records of the Borrower and (vi) no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, no proceedings have been, or are reasonably expected to be, instituted to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Single Employer Plan, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan has arisen. There exists no material Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Single Employer Plan in excess of $20,000,000. Neither the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had, or reasonably expects to have, a complete or partial withdrawal (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) from any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if Holdings, the Borrower, any such Restricted Subsidiary or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. To the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity has received any notice, and no Multiemployer Plan has received from Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity any notice that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA. None of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity has engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Single Employer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-91-


(b) In respect of each Single Employer Plan, there are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Single Employer Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, all contributions required to have been made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to a Non U.S. Plan have been timely made. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not materially exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.

6.15. Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an “investment company” as such quoted term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.

6.16. Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 6.16 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary directly owned by a Loan Party and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by a Loan Party.

6.17. Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been released, generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any real properties currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (the “Properties”), or transported or disposed of from the Properties or any real property formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

(b) (i) no judicial proceeding, governmental or administrative action, or notice of violation is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (collectively, “Environmental Proceedings”); (ii) there are no consent decrees, consent orders, administrative orders, or other orders or decrees outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (collectively, “Environmental Orders”); and (iii) to the knowledge of any Loan Party, there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents with respect to the Properties or the business operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, including, without limitation, the release,

 

-92-


emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, that could form the basis of any such Environmental Proceeding or Environmental Order against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or against any person or entity whose liability for any such Environmental Proceeding or Environmental Order any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and

(c) the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

6.18. Accuracy of Information, etc. No written statement or information (other than the projections specified below and information of a general economic or general industry nature) concerning any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information, taken as a whole, contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made and as of the Closing Date (with respect to such projections and pro forma financial information delivered prior to the Closing Date), it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, forecasts and projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and no assurance can be given that any forecast or projections will be realized.

 

-93-


6.19. Security Documents. Subject to any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Section 7.1(f), each of the Security Documents is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. The Foreign Security has or will have the ranking in priority that it is expressed to have in the Foreign Security Documents. In the case of (i) the Capital Stock described in the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC (the “Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Capital Stock are delivered to the Collateral Agent or the First Lien Administrative Agent (acting as bailee pursuant to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) (provided that, in the case of an issuer of such Certificated Securities that is located in a jurisdiction outside the United States, applicable law provides for perfection of a Lien on such Certificated Securities by delivery of such Certificated Securities to a Secured Party), and (ii) the other Collateral not described in clause (i) constituting personal property described in the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, when financing statements and other filings, agreements and actions specified on Schedule 6.19 in appropriate form are executed and delivered, performed or filed in the offices specified on Schedule 6.19, as the case may be, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Permitted Liens). Other than as set forth on Schedule 6.19, as of the Closing Date, none of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a limited liability company or partnership (organized under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States) is a Certificated Security.

6.20. Solvency. Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will be, Solvent on the Closing Date.

6.21. Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

(a) To the extent applicable, each of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly nor, to the knowledge of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance by Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, and Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors and, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, their respective employees and agents, are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws. None of (a) Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any agent, or other representative of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, is a Sanctioned Person, nor is Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country.

 

-94-


(d) Neither Holdings nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to their knowledge, none of their respective agents is any of the following:

(i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise the subject of the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”);

(ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise the subject of the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering; or

(iv) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

6.22. Status as Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations under the Facility constitute “Second Lien Term Loan Indebtedness” under the First Lien Documents, “Second Lien Credit Agreement Obligations” under the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and “senior debt,” “senior indebtedness,” “guarantor senior debt,” “senior secured financing” and “designated senior indebtedness” (or any comparable term) for all Subordinated Indebtedness.

6.23. Centre of Main Interests and Establishments. In respect of any Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union, its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”)) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

SECTION 7.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1. Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it under this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of each of the Lenders, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Subsidiary Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule I, (ii) the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto, and the First Lien Administrative Agent, (iii) the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, each executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto, (iv) each other Security Document listed on Schedule 6.19 executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto and (v) a Notice of Borrowing executed and delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

-95-


(b) The First Lien Credit Agreement shall have become effective, and the funding of the First Lien Term Loans thereunder shall have occurred, or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Loans, shall occur.

(c) The Closing Date Refinancing shall have occurred, or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Loans, shall occur.

(d) On the Closing Date, the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (to the extent a reasonably detailed invoice has been delivered to the Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date), all outstanding costs, fees, expenses (including without limitation legal fees and expenses) and other compensation to the extent required by the Engagement Letter, the Fee Letter or this Agreement.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) in respect of a U.S. Loan Party, a certificate of each such Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including organizational authorizations, incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party, certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and bylaws or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party certified by an Authorized Officer as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (ii) a good standing certificate for each U.S. Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization;

(ii) in respect of a Luxembourg Loan Party, an Irish Loan Party or a Guernsey Loan Party, the items set forth on Schedule 7.1(e), as applicable.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, and (ii) each local counsel listed on Schedule 7.1(f), which opinions, in each case, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) The Collateral Agent or the First Lien Administrative Agent (acting as bailee pursuant to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) shall have received (i) the Certificated Securities pledged pursuant to the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement, the Irish share charges and all other Security Documents (and all items required to be delivered thereunder), together with an undated stock power for each such Certificated Security executed in blank by a duly Authorized Officer of the pledgor thereof, (ii) each promissory note, if any, required to be pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the U.S. Security Agreement and the U.S. Pledge Agreement, endorsed in blank or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank by the pledgor thereof and (iii) all other items specified on Schedule 7.1(g).

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received all customary lien searches in the relevant jurisdictions (including UCC, tax and judgment lien searches and searches of the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country)) as of a recent date. All UCC financing statements and short form intellectual property security agreements required to be filed or recorded in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described in the U.S. Security Documents, as applicable, shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and be in proper form for filing.

 

-96-


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of Holdings or the Borrower in the form of Exhibit M, which demonstrates that Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, will be, Solvent.

(j) The Lead Arranger shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing by the Lead Arranger at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date about Holdings and its Subsidiaries that is required by U.S. Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(k) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects).

Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder on the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 7.1 have been satisfied.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 12.2, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 7.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

7.2. Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (in each case subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(c)):

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects).

(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date (immediately prior to giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made) or would result after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

(c) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received (as and to the extent required by Section 2) a Notice of Borrowing.

 

-97-


Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 7.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 8.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each of Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower shall, and Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

8.1. Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (provided, that if Holdings elects to change its fiscal year end pursuant to Section 9.11, such prior year comparative figures included in the first audited financial statements to be delivered subsequent to such election may be unaudited) reported on without a “going concern” statement or like qualification or exception, or qualification relating to the scope of the audit (in each case other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the upcoming maturity of any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant, including the Financial Covenant, on a future date or for a future period, (iii) any financial covenant breach under any Indebtedness that has not been remedied, cured or waived, or (iv) the activities of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries), by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdings (limited to the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by an Authorized Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the periods covered thereby (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1 shall be deemed satisfied with (i) the filing of Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as applicable, with the SEC by Holdings or a direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable or (ii) the delivery of financial statements of a direct or indirect parent of Holdings (so long as such parent does not conduct any material business or operations other than the ownership of shares of Capital Stock of Holdings and any matters incidental to its ownership of such Capital Stock; provided that such parent may engage in transactions in which Holdings may engage pursuant to Section 9.13(b), mutatis mutandis); provided that within 5 Business Days of the delivery of the financial statements, Holdings shall provide unaudited consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings or such direct or indirect parent of Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

-98-


All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except to the extent any such inconsistent application of GAAP has been approved by such accountants or an Authorized Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein).

8.2. Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent:

(a) In connection with the delivery of any financial statements or other information pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2, confirmation of whether such statements or information contain any Private Lender Information. Holdings, the Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information within the meaning of any United States federal and applicable state securities laws with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains Private Lender Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders. Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower which is suitable to make available to “public-side” Lenders. If the Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 or this Section 8.2 contains Private Lender Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information within the meaning of any United States federal and applicable state securities laws with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective securities;

(b) within 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1, (i) a Financial Statements Certificate of an Authorized Officer, which shall, among other things, state that such Authorized Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such Financial Statements Certificate, (ii) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description in each Financial Statements Certificate of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and (iii) in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a), a negative assurance letter by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing who opined on such financial statements stating that, in connection with the normal course procedures conducted in an audit of such consolidated financial statements, no condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default has come to their attention;

(c) within 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a), a Financial Statements Certificate of an Authorized Officer (i) certifying a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, whether or not each such Restricted Subsidiary is a guarantor, that each such Restricted Subsidiary satisfies the 5% Test, and whether or not the 20% Test is satisfied, (ii) certifying a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (iii) setting forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (commencing with the financial statements delivered in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021) together with the calculation thereof in reasonable detail;

 

-99-


(d) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, commencing in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, as soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of such fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including (i) projected consolidated quarterly income statements and (ii) projected consolidated annual balance sheets of Holdings, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall be based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions that are reasonable at the time in light of the circumstances then existing, it being understood that projections are subject to uncertainties and there is no assurance that any projections will be realized;

(e) within 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), a narrative report or management’s discussion and analysis prepared with respect to the period covered by such financial statements as compared to the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year (or the prior fiscal quarter in the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b));

(f) within 5 Business Days of the furnishing thereof, any material notice, statement or report furnished to the First Lien Administrative Agent, which is not otherwise required to be delivered hereunder;

(g) as promptly as reasonably practicable from time to time following the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, such other non-privileged information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and

(h) while any Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, within 5 Business Days of the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1, consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand (which need not be audited).

Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall require any Loan Party to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable law, (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (iv); provided that (x) the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to enter into confidentiality or similar agreements that will conflict with their disclosure obligations under this Agreement and (y) in the event that any Loan Party does not provide information in reliance on this sentence, to the extent permitted under applicable Law and reasonably feasible, such Loan Party shall provide notice to the Administrative Agent that such information is being withheld and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent feasible, the applicable information in a way that would not violate the applicable obligation or risk waiver of such privilege and none of the foregoing shall be construed to limit any of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents.

 

-100-


8.3. Payment of Taxes. Pay and discharge all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, in each case on a timely basis, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

8.4. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a) (i) Other than permitted by Section 9.8, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and registration in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises, in each case necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted hereunder and except, in the case of clause (i) (in respect of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties) and (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with all Requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (d) maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by each of the Borrower, their Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Sanctions, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

8.5. Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) maintain all the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names used in the conduct of its business (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, licenses in connection with Intellectual Property that Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries license to their customers), except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (which may include customary self-insurance), insurance with respect to its properties and businesses in a manner consistent with industry practice for companies similarly situated owning similar properties and engaged in Similar Businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to Collateral Agent, that names Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and that is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

8.6. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects in conformity with all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and from which financial statements conforming with GAAP can be derived and (b) permit, at the Borrower’s expense, representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior notice, and as often as may reasonably be desired

 

-101-


and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with employees of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and with the independent certified public accountants of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) in no event shall there be more than one such visit for the Administrative Agent and its representatives as a group per calendar year, except during the continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the Borrower shall have the right to be present during any discussions with accountants.

8.7. Notices. Upon actual knowledge thereof by an Authorized Officer, within 3 Business Days, give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time involving Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, that (i) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(c) any change in fiscal-year end of Holdings or the Borrower; and

(d) any development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Person proposes to take with respect thereto.

8.8. Additional Collateral, etc.

(a) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to any property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired (including any acquisition pursuant to Division) at any time after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any property described in paragraph (b) below) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, will promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Security Documents or execute all such documents or do all such acts as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in such property, including (where applicable) the filing of UCC financing statements in such United States jurisdictions as may be required by the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement or by law or as may reasonably be requested by the Collateral Agent.

(b) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to (A) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) that is established, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including upon the consummation of a Division), (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (regardless of when established, created or acquired) that ceases to be a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or (C) any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Co-Borrower, will promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Guarantor Trigger Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to this Agreement and the Security Documents or execute all such documents or do all such acts as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Restricted

 

-102-


Subsidiary (to the extent of a type included in the definition of “Collateral”) that is owned by any Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the relevant Loan Party and (iii) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (a) to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (x) a Guarantor Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation requested by the Collateral Agent to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or Co-Borrower (y) a joinder agreement to the U.S. Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, or additional Foreign Security Documents, to the extent applicable, substantially in the same form as the Foreign Security Documents governed by the laws of such Restricted Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of organization and executed and delivered by other Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement and (z) a counterpart of the Global Intercompany Note, (b) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest in the Collateral described in the U.S. Security Documents or Foreign Security Documents, as applicable, with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including (where applicable) the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement or such other filings as may be required by U.S. Security Documents, the Foreign Security Documents or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and (c) to deliver to the Collateral Agent (i) a certificate of such Restricted Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, with appropriate insertions and attachments and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, a legal opinion from counsel to such Restricted Subsidiary in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(c) Subject to and consistent with the Security and Guarantee Principles, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary established, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including upon the consummation of a Division) to the extent the Capital Stock of such entity is not an Excluded Asset will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (and in no event later than ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to this Agreement, any U.S. Security Document or any Foreign Security Document as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Capital Stock of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the relevant Loan Party.

(d) In the event that the 20% Test is not satisfied as of the last day of any Specified Test Period, within 20 Business Days of the date on which Financial Statements Certificate was (or was required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(c), as applicable, in respect of such Specified Test Period, the Borrower shall designate in writing to the Administrative Agent sufficient Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) (the “Additional Material Subsidiaries”) as Material Subsidiaries to satisfy the 20% Test. Additional Material Subsidiaries shall no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries under this Agreement.

(e) If the Borrower has failed to comply with Section 8.8(d), the Administrative Agent may designate Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Excluded Subsidiaries) as Additional Material Subsidiaries to satisfy the 20% Test.

(f) At its option in its sole discretion, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may, from time to time, release the designation of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as Additional Material Subsidiaries (and as result of such release, such Restricted Subsidiaries shall be Immaterial Subsidiaries to the extent the 5% Test is satisfied) and include other Restricted Subsidiaries as Additional Material Subsidiaries, so long as after such revised designations the 20% Test continues to be satisfied.

 

-103-


(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable discretion (and without the consent of any Lender or other Secured Party) make exceptions and waive compliance with any requirement under this Section 8.8 if and to the extent the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost associated with such compliance would be excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby to the Secured Parties.

8.9. Credit Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain at all times a public credit rating (but not a specific rating) by each of S&P and Moody’s in respect of the Facility provided for under this Agreement and a public corporate rating (but not a specific rating) by S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not a specific rating) by Moody’s for Holdings.

8.10. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, at the expense of the Borrower, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing from time to time (including the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, stock powers, financing statements and other documents, the filing or recording of any of the foregoing, and the delivery of stock certificates and other collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession, in each case to the extent required by the applicable Loan Documents) to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets (other than those assets specifically excluded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of such Loan Parties on a second priority basis (subject to Permitted Liens).

8.11. Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries . Holdings may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom and (ii) such designation complies with Section 9.2, and if such designation is made after the Closing Date, also with Section 9.4 and Section 9.7. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the applicable Loan Party therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the applicable Loan Party’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (x) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time, and (y) a return on any Investment by the applicable Loan Party in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of such Loan Party’s Investment in such Subsidiary (but in no event greater than the original principal amount of such Loan Party’s Investment in such Subsidiary (as measured immediately prior to such designation)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Borrower nor any parent company thereof shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

8.12. Post-Closing Matters. Cause to be delivered or performed the documents and other agreements and actions set forth on Schedule 8.12 within the time frames specified on such Schedule 8.12 (as may be extended or waived by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

 

-104-


8.13. ERISA. Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Commonly Controlled Entity to (i) maintain all Single Employer Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Single Employer Plan, ERISA, the Code and all other applicable laws and (ii) make or cause to be made contributions to all Single Employer Plans and Multiemployer Plans in a timely manner and, with respect to Single Employer Plans, in a sufficient amount to comply with the requirements of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Code, in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date, together with the proceeds of the First Lien Term Loans, to finance the Transactions and for other general corporate purposes.

8.15. Centre of Main Interest and Establishments. In respect of any Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union, such Loan Party shall not deliberately change its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation).

8.16. Transactions with Affiliates. Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall cause their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause all transactions or contracts (including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of the greater of $6,250,000 and 3.125% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination), to be on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary when taken as a whole than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis, except:

(a) (i) transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and (ii) any transaction permitted under Section 9.8 to the extent such transaction is solely among Holdings, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or one or more non-operating companies (without any material assets or liabilities) for purposes of a restructuring or other corporate reorganization;

(b) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 9.2 and the Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

(c) the payment of reasonable and customary fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided to or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants (or their respective Control Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any contribution to the capital of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto;

(f) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.6 or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment or replacement agreement, instrument or arrangement thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date); provided that any such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.6 only to the extent that such agreement, instrument, transaction or arrangement exceeds $5,000,000;

 

-105-


(g) transactions between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary solely because a director of such Person is also a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(h) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and agreements with, any Investor or any of its Affiliates for any financial advisory, management, monitoring or consulting services, financing, mergers and acquisitions advisory, insurance brokerage, hedging arrangements, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or joint ventures, and customary indemnities related thereto, pursuant to agreements in effect on the Closing Date or which are approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower in good faith; provided that the payment of management and monitoring fees shall be in an amount not to exceed the greater of $2,500,000 and 0.625% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) per annum plus expenses and termination fees pursuant to such agreements in effect on the Closing Date or approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, making such payment;

(i) a transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate of Holdings before the transaction but becomes an Affiliate solely as a result of such transaction;

(j) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any contribution to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the granting and performing of reasonable and customary registration rights to any direct or indirect parent company or to any Investor or to any former, present or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company

(k) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or group payment arrangement (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any payment under any such agreement or arrangement shall not be permitted to the extent it would not expressly be permitted under Section 9.2) or the making of and any payment permitted by Section 9.2(b)(xi)(A) or (B);

(l) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from a nationally recognized investment bank or valuation firm stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(m) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) is a party as of the Closing Date set forth on Schedule 9.6 and any amendment thereto or similar agreements, transactions or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment or replacement agreement to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement, transaction or arrangement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (m) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, transaction or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

 

-106-


(n) any non-recourse pledge of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(o) (i) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise permitted hereunder, which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (ii) payments to and from, and transactions with, joint venture partners or joint ventures (including pursuant to joint venture agreements), in each case, existing on the Closing Date, entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(p) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of payments, loans, advances or guarantees) to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any employment agreements, stock option, benefit, incentive or retirement plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Holdings in good faith;

(q) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of, or interests in, Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as (i) such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and (ii) such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

(r) any Guarantee by any parent company of Holdings of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(s) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as appropriate, in good faith;

(t) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 9.5; and

(u) (i) Investments by any Investor in securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investor in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being generally offered to other non-Affiliate investors in a bona fide offering on the same or more favorable terms, and (ii) payments to, and transactions with, Investors in respect of securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary contemplated in the foregoing clause (i) or securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that were acquired from Persons other than the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in compliance with the terms of such securities.

 

-107-


8.17. Anti-Corruption.

(a) The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, Holdings and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that their Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees not use and shall use reasonable best efforts to procure that its agents, all to the extent acting on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries, not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing directly, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent permitted for a Person required to comply with Sanctions or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

(b) Only with respect to any Loan Party that is organized or domiciled in the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union, any provision of this Section 8.17 or Sections 6.21 or 8.4(d) shall not apply to or in favor of any Person if and to the extent that it would result in a breach, by or in respect of that Person, of any applicable Blocking Law. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Blocking Law” means:

(i) any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom);

(ii) section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or

(iii) any similar blocking or anti-boycott law in the United Kingdom.

SECTION 9.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each of Guernsey Holdco, Holdings and the Borrower shall, and Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with this Section 9.

9.1. [Reserved].

9.2. Limitations on Restricted Payments.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’ or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends, payments or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

 

-108-


(B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; provided that no such dividends, payments or distributions shall be made on account of any voting Equity Interests held by Guernsey Holdco;

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including pursuant to a Division or in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value or give any irrevocable notice of redemption with respect thereto, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment, mandatory payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under Sections 9.4(b)(x) and (xi); or

(B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(C) the giving of an irrevocable notice of redemption with respect to the transactions described in Sections 9.2(b)(ii) and (iii); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(v) (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being, collectively, referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(A) no Significant Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(B) [reserved]; and

(C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(i), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.2(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication) (such cumulative amount, the “Available Amount”):

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2019 to the end of Holdings’ most recently completed Test Period; provided, that if the cumulative amount available under this Section 9.2(a)(C)(1) is less than $0, it shall be deemed to be $0; plus

 

-109-


(2) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date from the sale of:

(i) Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or, to the extent contributed to Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 9.2(b)(iv); or

(ii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings; provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds (w) from Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary sold to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (x) from Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted into Disqualified Stock, (y) from Excluded Contributions or Specified Equity Contributions or (z) to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv); plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property or assets contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contribution, (iii) any Specified Equity Contribution and (iv) to the extent used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv)); plus

(4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

 

-110-


(5) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or a merger or consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with or into Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, merger, consolidation or transfer, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

(6) the cumulative amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the Closing Date; plus

(7) the cumulative amount of any Retained Asset Sale Proceeds since the Closing Date; plus

(8) the greater of $125,000,000 and 37.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination); minus

(9) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv) so long as such Indebtedness remains outstanding.

(b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any redemption within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of a Loan Party in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) within sixty (60) days thereof of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”); provided that the amount of any proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding paragraph and shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xii) or the amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness of a Loan Party made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a sale within sixty (60) days thereof of, new Indebtedness of a Loan Party or Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party, or (B) Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale within sixty (60) days thereof of Disqualified Stock of a Loan Party, in each case, which is incurred in compliance with Section 9.4, so long as:

 

-111-


(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium paid (including reasonable tender premiums) and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;

(B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to Loans or the applicable Guarantee at least substantially to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(C) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (i) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (ii) the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of the Loans;

(D) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the lesser of (i) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (ii) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Loans; and

(E) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are either (i) not materially less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Borrower than (x) the terms and conditions of this Agreement (taken as a whole) or (y) the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being refinanced (taken as a whole) or (ii) customary for the issuance of high yield debt securities (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may be in the form of notes or a credit agreement);

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) held by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or any of their Affiliates) or their estates or the beneficiaries of their respective estates, heirs, spouses or former spouses; provided, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (b)(iv) during any calendar year does not exceed (x) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, the greater of $93,750,000 and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) and (y) after a Qualified Public Offering, the greater of $125,000,000 and 37.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (provided that, in each case, unused amounts shall be carried over to the next succeeding calendar year (but not any subsequent calendar year)); provided further, that such amount may be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of the following items:

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings or, to the extent contributed to Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after

 

-112-


the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 9.2(a)(v) or clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and have not been designated as Excluded Contributions or used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(xxv); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies (to the extent contributed to Holdings) or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; less

(C) the amount of prior Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (A) and (B) of this clause (b)(iv);

provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants and employees of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary (or any of their Affiliates), or their estates or the beneficiaries of such estates, in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section 9.4 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest”;

(vi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise or vesting of stock options, warrants or similar rights, settlement of restricted stock units or vesting of restricted Capital Stock if such Equity Interests (A) represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or (B) are surrendered in connection with satisfying any federal, state or local income tax obligation (including any withholding in respect thereof) incurred in connection with such exercise, vesting or settlement;

(vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings representing fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a stock dividend, split or combination or any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings;

(viii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition, in each case for nominal value per right, of any rights granted to all holders of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting stockholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of such rights shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations described under this Section 9.2;

(ix) Dissenting Shareholder Payments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Dissenting Shareholder Payments) and payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of Holdings’ property or assets that complies with this Agreement;

 

-113-


(x) the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock following the first Public Offering of Holdings’ common stock, or payments by Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings following the first Public Offering of the common stock of such parent company, in each case after the Closing Date, up to the greater of (A) 7.00% per annum of the market capitalization of Holdings or its direct or indirect parent and (B) 7.00% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from that or any subsequent Public Offering and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(xi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by Holdings, or the making of loans to, its direct parent company or any indirect parent of Holdings, in amounts sufficient for any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to pay:

(A) for any taxable period for which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar income tax group of which a direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings is the common parent (the “Common Parent”), payments to the Common Parent to pay U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income or similar taxes imposed on the Common Parent attributable to the income of Holdings or its applicable Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the amount paid or distributed pursuant to this clause (A) to enable such Common Parent to pay income taxes at any time shall not exceed the income tax liability that would have been payable by Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, if Holdings or such Subsidiaries had been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer (or stand-alone corporate tax group) for all applicable periods and (ii) dividends or other distributions in respect of the income of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent payments were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose;

(B) without duplication of clause (A) above, Holdings may make Restricted Payments to any of its direct or indirect parents the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and similar taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain the corporate existence of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings;

(C) obligations in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributes of any of the foregoing) relating to their acquisition of, or exercise of options relating to, Capital Stock of Holdings;

(D) customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severances and other benefits are attributable to the direct or indirect ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) general corporate operating overhead, legal, accounting, and other professional fees and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (including indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) and, following the first Public Offering of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company, to the extent such expenses are attributable to the direct or indirect ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-114-


(F) reasonable fees and expenses incurred by such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with any debt or equity offering by such parent company, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any acquisition, disposition or other non-ordinary course transaction by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in each case, whether or not successful;

(G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings;

(H) interest or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in accordance with Section 9.4; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Consolidated Total Debt for all purposes under this Agreement; and

(I) amounts which are applied to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 9.2 if made by Holdings; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 9.8) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Agreement, (D) any property received by Holdings shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(iii)(C) and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 9.2 (other than pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(xii)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (i) thereof);

(xii) Restricted Payments that are made in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions);

(xiii) (A) Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay reasonable management, consulting, administrative and similar fees (including for any other financial, advisory financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case, to the extent permitted under Section 9.6) to the Sponsors in an amount not to exceed the greater of $2,500,000 and 0.625% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) in any fiscal year; (B) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may reimburse the Sponsors for the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their Affiliates in connection with the Transactions; and (C) Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Sponsors and their Affiliates in respect of management, consulting, advisory and similar services that are performed for the benefit of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries by third party Persons that are not Affiliates of the Sponsors, Holdings or their respective Subsidiaries to such third party Persons;

 

-115-


(xiv) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (b)(xiv) not to exceed the greater of $93,750,000 and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(xv) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed 50.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received in respect of Designated Sale Leaseback Transactions; provided that the Total Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xvi) Restricted Payments such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently completed Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00;

(xvii) prepayments, redemptions, repurchases or otherwise acquisitions or retirements for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time of determination based on the most recently completed Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00;

(xviii) cash payments made from time to time in satisfaction of stock options, restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units held by employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of, and subject to the price specified in, the Merger Agreement (such payments, the “RSU Payments”);

(xix) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness, taken together with all other redemptions, repurchases, defeasances, retirements or other acquisitions of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xix), in an amount not to exceed the greater of $62,500,000 and 18.75% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) during the term of this Agreement;

(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Closing Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by such parent company after the Closing Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(ii); provided that in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (xx), for the most recently ended Test Period immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a Pro Forma Basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

-116-


(xxi) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees, payments and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Investors in connection therewith (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to permit payment by such parent of such amount), in each case to the extent permitted by Section 9.6;

(xxii) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents); and

(xxiii) distribution or payments of fees in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

provided, however that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 9.2(b)(xiv), (xvi), (xvii) and (xix), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

With respect to Section 9.2(b)(xix), the Borrower shall be permitted to convert the ability to repay Subordinated Indebtedness into the ability to make Investments in lieu thereof.

9.3. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings;

(b) except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date;

(ii) the First Lien Loan Documents;

(iii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and capital leases or operating leases that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 9.3(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

-117-


(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, or assumed in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case, that is in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of some or all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, such as restrictions on distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other Disposition;

(vii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.4 and Section 9.7 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness or place any restriction on Holdings’ or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ use of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or arising in connection with any Permitted Lien;

(ix) existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements, limited liability company agreements, partnership agreements, shareholder agreements, operating agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, Sale Leaseback Transactions and other similar agreements or arrangements;

(x) restrictions that arise in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; provided that such restrictions apply only to the receivables that are subject to the Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, grants, sub-licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to Intellectual Property, or provisions that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) protective Liens filed in connection with a Sale Leaseback Transaction permitted under this Agreement;

(xiii) any other agreement governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock entered into after the Closing Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are either (A) not materially more restrictive taken as a whole with respect to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings than those in effect on the Closing Date (including pursuant to this Agreement) or (B) ordinary and customary in light of the type of Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;

(xiv) any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 9.2;

 

-118-


(xv) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(xvi) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness either (A) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced or (B) are ordinary and customary in light of the type of Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;

(xvii) in the case of the provision described in clause (ii) of Section 9.3(a) hereof: that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

(xviii) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xix) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 9.3(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xviii) of this Section 9.3(b); provided that either (A) such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing or (B) such encumbrance and other restrictions are customary in light of the type of amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings and the jurisdiction of the obligor and will not materially affect the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 9.3, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed an encumbrance or restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed an encumbrance or restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

-119-


9.4. Limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “Incur” and collectively, an “Incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness and Holdings shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, if, on a Pro Forma Basis, after giving effect to the Incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and the intended use of proceeds thereof as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed), (i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00, (ii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis to the Initial Loans, either (A) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, and (iii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured or secured by a Lien on assets not constituting Collateral or secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans, either (A) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00; provided further that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 9.4(a) (x) that is a broadly syndicated “term B facility” and denominated in Dollars and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, shall be subject to clause (c) of the “Applicable Requirements” and (y) shall be subject to clauses (a) and (b) of the “Applicable Requirements”; provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; provided further that Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties may not Incur Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance the amount outstanding at such time pursuant to this Section 9.4(a) would exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 9.4(a) shall not apply to:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(ii) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties pursuant to the First Lien Loan Documents outstanding on the Closing Date;

(iii) Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.4 (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(b)); provided that any such Indebtedness shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.4(b) only to the extent that such Indebtedness exceeds $5,000,000;

(iv) Pari Passu Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt and Junior Priority Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt;

(v) Unsecured Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt;

(vi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that complies with the Applicable Requirements, so long as no Event of Default (limited in connection with Indebtedness Incurred to finance a Limited Condition Transaction to a Significant Event of Default) is continuing or would result from the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of any shares of Disqualified Stock; provided that any Indebtedness that may be Incurred or any Disqualified

 

-120-


Stock that may be issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that may be Incurred or any Disqualified Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the sum of:

(A) an unlimited amount if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto, (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, (i) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 5.50 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 5.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis to the Initial Loans, either (I) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 6.50 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured, secured by assets not constituting Collateral or secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans, either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to either (A) 7.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; plus

 

-121-


(B) (i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, an amount equal to the portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior or pari passu basis to the Initial Loans, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, (iii) in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity of effect the repricing of any Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the First Lien Indebtedness, Second Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and (iv) with respect to Indebtedness of Disqualified Stock unsecured or secured by assets not constituting Collateral, to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock serves to effectively extend the maturity or effect the repricing of any Indebtedness, an amount equal to the portion of the Indebtedness that will be replaced by such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, which, in each case, shall be available at all times and not subject to clause (A) above; plus

(C) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), (i) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans (minus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under this clause (C)(i) prior to such date), (ii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior or pari passu basis to the Initial Loans (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (c)(i) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under clause (C)(i) above and this clause (C)(ii) prior to such date), (iii) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under clauses (C)(i) and (C)(ii) and this clause (C)(iii) prior to such date) and (iv) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that is unsecured or secured by assets not constituting Collateral, the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments or debt buybacks of Indebtedness (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clauses (c)(i), (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under clauses (C)(i), (C)(ii) and (C)(iii) and this clause (C)(iv) prior to such date), in each case, (x) with respect to debt buybacks, with credit given to the amount of cash used to make such buybacks if purchased at a discount to par, and (y) with respect to revolving loans, so long as any such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction in such revolving commitment, and which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test; plus

 

-122-


(D) the greater of (x) $490,000,000 and (y) 125% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (d) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under Section 9.4(b)(xv)(b) and this clause (D) prior to such date), which shall be available at all times and not subject to any ratio test;

provided that the final proviso in the definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” shall apply to amounts Incurred or issued pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(vi).

(vii) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance or refinance the acquisition, purchase, lease, rental, construction, installation, development, design, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment (including software) or other assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (“Purchase Money Indebtedness”) in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $125,000,000 and (y) 37.5% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

(viii) Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within sixty (60) days following such drawing;

(ix) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(x) Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Obligations by Holdings on the terms set forth in Exhibit C-3; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (b)(x);

 

-123-


(xi) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Loan Party incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or Commitments hereunder or the Guarantee of the Obligations of any Guarantor on the terms set forth in Exhibit C-3; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (b)(xi);

(xii) Shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (b)(xii);

(xiii) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements that are entered into to hedge or manage risks to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has exposure and, at the time such Swap Agreements are entered into, are not for speculative purposes;

(xiv) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees, import and export custom and duty guaranties and similar obligations, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bank acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments and reinvestment obligations related thereto, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(xv), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not at any one time outstanding exceed the sum of (a) the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 68.75% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) and (b) the greater of (x) $490,000,000 and (y) 125% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (minus the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (d) of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount prior to such date and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under Section 9.4(b)(vi)(D) and this clause (xv)(b) prior to such date);

(xvi) the Incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 9.4(a) and Sections 9.4(b)(ii), (iii), (vi), (vii), (xv), (xvii), (xviii), (xxii), (xxiii), (xxv), (xxvi) and (xxxiii) and this clause (b)(xvi) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

-124-


(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the lesser of remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of (i) the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced and (ii) the Initial Loans;

(B) has a stated maturity that is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the stated maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii)(x) in respect of Indebtedness secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Facilities, the Latest Maturity Date and (y) in respect of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date;

(C) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and Commitments hereunder, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and Commitments hereunder at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded;

(D) (1) to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended are subordinated to Liens securing the Obligations, the Liens, if any, securing such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to an Intercreditor Agreement (and an Intercreditor Agreement may be amended in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to provide for such Liens to be subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations on a basis consistent with such Intercreditor Agreement prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension), and (2) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness shall be unsecured;

(E) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (y) the amount of premium, fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing;

(F) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are either (i) not materially less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Borrower than (x) the terms and conditions of this Agreement (taken as a whole) or (y) the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being refinanced (taken as a whole) or (ii) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) at the time of Incurrence thereof (or obtaining of a commitment with respect thereto); and

(G) shall not include:

(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor; or

 

-125-


(3) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions so long as such Indebtedness is not Incurred and such Disqualified Stock is not issued to finance or in contemplation of any such acquisition;

(xviii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock Incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period (assuming, in the case of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments established substantially concurrently with the Indebtedness Incurred hereunder, that such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully borrowed), (A) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Initial Loans, the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the greater of (x) 5.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (B) with respect to amounts secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Initial Loans, either (I) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the greater of (x) 6.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, and (C) with respect to amounts that are unsecured, secured by assets not constituting Collateral or secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a junior basis to the Initial Loans, either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the greater of (x) 7.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to the lesser of (x) 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock and the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds actually received (or contemplated to be received) in respect of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be included as cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of determining the Total Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable; provided further that any such Indebtedness shall be subject to clauses (a) and (b) of the “Applicable Requirements”; provided further that Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties may not Incur such Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the amount outstanding at such time pursuant to this Section 9.4(b)(xviii) would exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap;

(xix) Cash Management Obligations and Guarantee Obligations in respect thereof, and other Indebtedness in respect of employee credit card programs, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

 

-126-


(xx) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi) (A) any Guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that such Guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 9.2;

(xxii) Indebtedness pursuant to a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(xxiii) Indebtedness Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) the greater or (x) $93,750,000 and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination);

(xxiv) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (w) the financing of insurance premiums, (x) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any Refinancings thereof, (y) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or (z) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services so long as such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms (which require that all such payments be made within 60 days after the Incurrence of the related obligations) in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) so long as no Significant Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Indebtedness, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an amount equal to the Available Amount;

(xxvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which, when aggregated with all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(xxv) (and together with any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) does not exceed an amount equal to 100.00% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of its Equity Interests or from contributions to the capital of Holdings (other than proceeds from Disqualified Stock or Specified Equity Contributions, from sales to any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, or that have been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 9.2 or to make Permitted Investments, pursuant to the definition hereof);

(xxvii) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxviii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation, purchase price, earn outs or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder;

 

-127-


(xxix) Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants thereof, their respective estates or the beneficiaries of their respective estates, heirs, or their respective spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 9.2 or (B) as a result of the inability of Holdings to purchase or redeem its Capital Stock as a result of the restrictions set forth in Section 9.2;

(xxx) guarantees (a) by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees or (b) otherwise constituting Investments permitted under this Agreement;

(xxxi) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxxii) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee in a principal amount not in excess of the statement amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(xxxiii) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) in respect of Permitted Sale Leaseback Transactions;

(xxxiv) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxxv) Indebtedness consisting of obligations owing under any customer or supplier incentive, supply, license or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xxxvi) Indebtedness in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any Issuing Lender (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) to support any Defaulting Lender’s (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) participation in letters of credit issued under the First Lien Credit Agreement;

(xxxvii) Indebtedness arising as a result of the re-characterization as a loan of any transaction permitted under Section 9.5;

(xxxviii) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent that the unfunded amounts are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable Law and would not otherwise cause an Event of Default under Section 11.1(g); and

(xxxix) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in this Section 9.4.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 9.4, reborrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” provisions or any similar provisions in respect of any Indebtedness that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid daily (or otherwise periodically) shall only be deemed for purposes of this Section 9.4 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent reborrowing thereof; provided that any such repaid amounts shall continue to be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

-128-


(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 9.4. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 9.4.

9.5. Asset Sales. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(a) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(b) except in the case of a Permitted Non-Core Asset Sale, immediately before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(c) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap or Permitted Non-Core Asset Sale, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (w) any securities publicly-traded on a national securities exchange, (x) cash or Cash Equivalents, (y) Replacement Assets or (z) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (w), (x) and (y); provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations and that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received since the date of this Agreement pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $93,750,000 and (y) 25.0% LTM EBITDA (calculated at the time of determination) (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); shall be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

 

-129-


(d) after the Borrower’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale if and to the extent required by Section 5.2(c).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make Asset Sales in respect of assets not constituting Collateral so long as Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of.

9.6. [Reserved].

9.7. Liens. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or Incur any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

9.8. Fundamental Changes.

(a) The Borrower shall not consolidate or merge with or into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or wind up into (or be wound up into) (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Borrower is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(ii) the Successor Borrower, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement or other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Successor Borrower would be greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Borrower immediately prior to giving effect to such transactions;

(v) unless the Borrower is the surviving person, each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 9.8(c)(ii) shall apply, shall have by a Guarantor Joinder Agreement confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

-130-


(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and (unless the Borrower is the surviving person) an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreements, if any, comply with this Agreement and an opinion of counsel to the effect that such Guarantor Joinder Agreement and other agreements (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Borrower; and

(vii) unless the Borrower is the surviving person, the Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information about the Successor Borrower to the extent reasonably requested in writing that any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer,” sanctions and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall be reasonably satisfied that its review of such documentation and information delivered complies with such applicable “know your customer,” sanctions and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

(b) The Successor Borrower shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower, as the case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9.8(a):

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower; and

(ii) the Borrower may merge (or be merged) with an Affiliate of the Borrower solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Holdings may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) Holdings is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a European Company (Societas Europaea) or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, any member state of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by Holdings) or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Holdings”);

(ii) the Successor Holdings, if other than Holdings, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Successor Holdings would be greater than or equal to either (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest Coverage Ratio of Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to such transactions; and

 

-131-


(v) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreements, if any, comply with this Agreement and an opinion of counsel to the effect that such Guarantor Joinder Agreement (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Holdings.

(d) The Successor Holdings shall succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings, as the case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9.8(c):

(i) the Borrower or any Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings; and

(ii) Holdings may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings as a European Company (Societas Europaea) or under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any member state of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by Holdings) or any territory thereof or any other jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(e) No Guarantor (other than Holdings) shall, and no Borrower shall permit any Guarantor (other than Holdings) to, consolidate or merge with or into (or be consolidated or merged with or into) or wind up into (or be wound up into) (whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a European Company (Societas Europaea), corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of any member of the European Union (to the extent not limiting the Guarantee or Collateral provided by such Guarantor), the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Guarantor (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

(ii) the Successor Person, if other than a Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) if the Successor Person is a Person other than a Guarantor, the Borrower shall or shall cause the Successor Person to have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guarantor Joinder Agreement, if any, complies with this Agreement; provided, however, that the following shall be permitted:

(A) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 9.5; or

 

-132-


(B) such Guarantor is liquidated and all or substantially all of its assets (if any) are acquired by a Loan Party.

(f) In the case of Section 9.8(e)(i), the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Guarantor may merge into (or be merged into) or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Borrower.

(g) As a condition to the effectiveness of any transaction described in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 9.8, the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to any Foreign Security shall not have been affected in a manner materially adverse to the interest of the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties.

(h) Guernsey Holdco will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations, incur Indebtedness or Liens, own or acquire any material assets, dispose of any assets or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities permitted under this paragraph (h), liabilities imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and business and activities permitted by this Agreement), other than (i) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (ii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Transactions, (iv) making any Restricted Payment to a Loan Party, (v) the incurrence of Liens in favor of any Loan Party, (vi) making Investments, including any such Investments in existence on the Closing Date (provided that any Investment made by Guernsey Holdco in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required hereunder), (vii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (viii) dispositions of Investments to the extent permitted hereunder; provided that dispositions of Investments in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings shall only be made to a Loan Party and (ix) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (viii) of this paragraph.

(i) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall consummate a Division as the Dividing Person, except that any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a LLC may consummate a Division as the Dividing Person if, immediately upon the consummation of the Division, the assets of the applicable Dividing Person are held by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries at such time or, with respect to assets not so held by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, such Division, in the aggregate, would otherwise result in a disposition of assets permitted by Section 9.5(a); provided that each Division Successor shall also become a Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent required by and in accordance with Section 8.8.

9.9. Modifications of Certain Documents. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to terminate, amend or modify any Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (including (x) by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation and (y) any election to treat any Certificated Securities as a “security” under Section 8-103 of the UCC other than with the delivery of certificates representing such Certificated Securities to the Collateral Agent within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)) other than any such amendments or modifications that are not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

9.10. Sale Leaseback Transactions. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction, other than a Permitted Sale Leaseback Transaction.

 

-133-


9.11. Changes in Fiscal Periods. Holdings shall not permit the fiscal year of Holdings to end on a day other than December 31 or change Holdings’ method of determining fiscal quarters; provided, that Holdings shall be permitted to change its fiscal-year end (and make related changes to its fiscal quarters) on one occasion after the Closing Date.

9.12. Negative Pledge Clauses. Holdings and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to incur any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements evidencing or governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (d) any agreement of a Person in effect at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, (e) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings) pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is to be sold (or whose assets are to be sold) and such sale is permitted hereunder), (f) restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date identified on Schedule 9.12 and any amendments or modifications thereto so long as such amendment or modification does not expand the scope of any such restriction or condition in any material respect (provided that any such arrangements shall be required to be described on Schedule 9.12 only to the extent that such arrangements exceed $5,000,000), (g) restrictions under agreements evidencing or governing or otherwise relating to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 9.4; provided that such Indebtedness is only with respect to the assets of Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, (h) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, limited liability company operating agreements, partnership agreements, stockholders agreements and other similar agreements, (i) agreements evidencing or governing Indebtedness permitted under Sections 9.4(a), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(iv), (b)(v), (b)(vi), (b)(xv), (b)(xvii), (b)(xviii), (b)(xxi), (b)(xxiii), (b)(xxv), (b)(xxvi) and any Refinancing of any such Indebtedness, and (j) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

9.13. Lines of Business. (a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any material business, either directly or through any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for Similar Businesses and (b) Holdings shall not engage in any material business or activity, other than (i) maintaining its corporate existence, (ii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the group of companies that includes the Borrower and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, (iii) the performance of obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iv) making and receiving Restricted Payments and Investments and engaging in other activities to the extent permitted by this Agreement, (v) establishing and maintaining bank accounts and Intellectual Property rights, (vi) entering into employment agreements and other arrangements with officers and directors, (vii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Transactions, (viii) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (ix) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (x) any activities incidental to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and, in each case, any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and similar laws and regulations of other jurisdictions and the rules of securities exchanges, in each case, as applicable to companies with listed equity or debt securities, as well as activities incidental to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or

 

-134-


debtholders, (xi) activities required to comply with any Requirement of Law, (xii) the obtainment of, and the payment of any fees and expenses for, management, consulting, investment banking and advisory services to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (xiii) in connection with, and following the completion of, a public offering, activities necessary or reasonably advisable for or incidental to the initial registration and listing of Holdings’ (or its direct or indirect parent’s) common stock and the continued existence of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) as a public company, (xiv) performance of its obligations under any management agreement with any Investor, (xv) guarantees of ordinary course obligations incurred by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (xv) any activities incidental to the foregoing.

SECTION 10.

GUARANTEE

10.1. The Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of (1) the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any other jurisdiction) on (i) the Loans made by the Lenders, (ii) the Incremental Loans made by the Incremental Lenders (iii) the Other Loans made by the applicable Lenders and (iv) the Notes held by each Lender and (2) all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties (such obligations being herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.7, with respect to the Borrower or any Co-Borrower in its capacity as a Guarantor hereunder, this Guarantee shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that, if the Guaranteed Obligations shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such Guarantor will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

10.2. Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 10.1, respectively, shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety by any Guarantor, as applicable (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, in each case, remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

-135-


(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Lender or the Administrative Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(e) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.8, or otherwise.

Each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, any defenses it may now or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any law, regulation, decree or order of any jurisdiction, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each of the Guarantors waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this guarantee made under this Section 10 (this “Guarantee”) or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Secured Parties and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

10.3. Reinstatement. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 10 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

10.4. No Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 10.1, whether by subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-136-


10.5. Remedies. Each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11) for purposes of Section 10.1, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower or any Guarantor and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable, or the circumstances occurring where Section 11 provides that such obligations shall become due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 10.1.

10.6. Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee made by the Guarantors in this Section 10 is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

10.7. General Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any federal, state, provincial or territorial, corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, examinership, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 10.1 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 10.1, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability of such Guarantor shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 10.9) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding. This Guaranty shall not apply to any liability of an Irish Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that it would result in this Guaranty constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014.

10.8. Release of Guarantors and Pledges. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and all Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Loan Party or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liquidated in a transaction permitted by Section 9. Upon written notice of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, if, except pursuant to a transaction not permitted by this Agreement, a Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and all Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released. Upon written notice of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, if, except pursuant to a transaction not permitted by this Agreement, (i) any Guarantor becomes a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, then the Equity Interests of such Guarantor shall be automatically released from the security interests created by the Loan Documents to the extent such Equity Interests constitute Excluded Assets or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Top U.S. Corporate Holdco that is a CFC or a CFC Holdco ceases to be directly owned by a Loan Party, then the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder and (y) neither the Liens granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor nor the pledge of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released, in each case, upon such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary solely pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof, unless such Subsidiary Guarantor so becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a joint venture or other strategic transaction,

 

-137-


in each case, entered into for a bona fide business purpose and not entered into primarily to obtain the release specified herein. In connection with any such release of a Guarantor or security interest, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to such Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements and other documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

10.9. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 10.4. The provisions of this Section 10.9 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

10.10. Specific Limitations for Luxembourg Guarantor.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the guarantee granted by any Luxembourg Guarantor under this Section 10 (Guarantee) for the obligations of any Loan Party or third party security exposure of any Luxembourg Guarantor for obligations of a Loan Party that is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of such Luxembourg Guarantor or any similar guarantee and security exposure obligations of such Luxembourg Guarantor arising under or in connection with any other Finance Documents and the Senior Notes Documents (collectively the “Debt Documents”), be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

(i) ninety five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres) (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “2002 Law”)) and as implemented by the Grand-Ducal regulation dated 18 December 2015 setting out the form and the content of the presentation of the balance sheet and profit and loss account (the “Regulation”) determined as at the date on which the guarantee is called or a security interest is enforced, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities; and

(ii) ninety five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres) (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) determined as at the date of this Agreement, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities.

(b) For the purposes of determining the amount of the own funds (capitaux propres) under this Section 10.10 (and by derogation of the rules contained in the 2002 Law and the Regulation), the assets of the Luxembourg Loan Party will be valued at their market value rather than their book value.

(c) For the purpose of this Section 10.10, “Intra-Group Liabilities” shall mean any amounts owed by the Luxembourg Guarantor to any other Loan Party and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Debt Documents.

(d) In addition, the above limitation shall not apply to (i) any amounts (if any) borrowed directly or indirectly by or made available by whatever means to that Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries under or in connection with the Debt Documents and (ii) any amounts borrowed under or in connection with the Debt Documents and on-lent to the Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (in any form whatsoever).

 

-138-


SECTION 11.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.1. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” shall occur if any of the following events shall occur and be continuing; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied (any such event, an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect (except where such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to have been inaccurate in any respect) on or as of the date made or deemed made (or if any representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, inaccurate in any material respect as of such specific date (except where such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to have been inaccurate in any respect)), and, in each case, such inaccuracy (to the extent capable of remedy) shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 8.4(a) (with respect to Holdings and the Borrower only), Section 8.7(a) or Section 9; or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 11.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation in respect of Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity;

 

-139-


provided that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default (A) unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds the Threshold Amount, (B) in the case of any Indebtedness if the sole remedy or option of the holder thereof in the event of the non-payment of such Indebtedness or the non-payment or non-performance of obligations related thereto is to elect to convert such Indebtedness into Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares, (C) in the case of Indebtedness which the holder thereof may elect to convert into Qualified Equity Interests, such Indebtedness from and after the date, if any, on which such conversion has been effected, or (D) the applicable failure has been remedied or waived by the holders of the applicable Indebtedness; provided further, that clause (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary Disposition of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such Disposition is permitted hereunder and such Indebtedness that becomes due is paid upon such Disposition; provided further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such default or other event or condition described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 11.1(e) in respect of the First Lien Documents and other Indebtedness secured on a senior basis to the Obligations (other than any default in making any payment of principal of any such Indebtedness on the final maturity date thereof) shall constitute an Event of Default under this clause (e) until the acceleration of the Indebtedness under the First Lien Loan Documents or relevant agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, as applicable, due to such default or other event or condition; or

(f) (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary, shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, examinership, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or relief of debtors including any plan of compromise or arrangement or other corporate proceeding involving or affecting its creditors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, examiner, receiver-manager, trustee, custodian, conservator, monitor or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Holdings, the Borrower or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

-140-


(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Single Employer Plan, (ii) any Single Employer Plan has failed to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan shall arise on the assets of Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur liability in connection with a withdrawal from (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA), or the Insolvency of, a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, (vi) a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA, (vii) any contribution or payment required to be made with respect to a Single Employer Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Non-U.S. Plan has not been timely made or (viii) a Single Employer Plan has an Unfunded Pension Liability; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii)) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not (x) paid or covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has been notified of the claim and has not denied coverage or (y) covered by valid third party indemnification obligation from a third party which is Solvent) in excess of the Threshold Amount, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or

(i) any material Security Document shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, or any Lien created by any such Security Document shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, except to the extent that (x) any such loss of perfection or priority results solely from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under any Security Document or from the failure of the Administrative Agent to file UCC continuation statements (or similar statements or filings in other jurisdictions) and (y) the Loan Parties take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to remedy such loss of perfection or priority; or

(j) any material Guarantee of any Guarantor contained in Section 10 shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than as provided for in Section 10.8, or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any such Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k) a Change of Control shall occur.

11.2. Action in Event of Default. Upon any Event of Default specified in Section 11.1(f) in respect of the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action under the laws of the United States, the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable and, if any other Event of Default under Section 11.1 occurs, any or all of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and (ii) the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Collateral Agent, may enforce all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Security Documents. Except as expressly provided above in this Section 11.2, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

-141-


11.3. [Reserved].

11.4. Application of Proceeds. Subject to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may apply, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may elect, all or any part of the proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations (and in the event the Loans and other Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.2, the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, apply the proceeds constituting Collateral, and all other amounts received on account of the Obligations), in the following order:

(a) First, to the payment of all costs and expenses of any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reimbursement for all costs, expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in connection therewith (including, without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection with any action taken pursuant to any Loan Document or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other amount required by any provision of law (including, without limitation, Section 9-615(a)(3) of the UCC)), and all amounts for which Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent are entitled to indemnification hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and thereunder for the account of any Loan Party (excluding principal and interest in respect of any Loans extended to such Loan Party), and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to the payment or reimbursement of all indemnification obligations, fees, costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

(b) Second, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including reasonable fees and disbursement of counsel payable under Section 13.1 and amounts payable under Section 2.11 and Section 5.5) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

(c) Third, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees and indemnities (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including reasonable fees and disbursement of counsel payable under Section 13.1 and amounts payable under Section 2.11 and Section 5.5), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause (c) payable to them;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) Fourth, to the payment of that portion of all Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest and fees on the Loans and Commitments, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (e) payable to them;

 

-142-


(f) Fifth, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (f) held by them;

(g) Sixth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

(h) Seventh, any balance of such proceeds remaining after all of the Obligations shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds and the Commitments shall have been terminated, be paid, subject to the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent in effect) over to or upon the order of the applicable Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

SECTION 12.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

12.1. Appointment; Nature of Duties. The Lenders hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC as Administrative Agent (for purposes of this Section 12, Section 11.4 and Section 13, the term “Administrative Agent” also shall include Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, along with one or more Affiliates or branches, if applicable under the relevant Security Documents) to act as specified herein and in the other Loan Documents. Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its respective duties hereunder by or through its officers, directors, agents, employees, affiliates or Related Persons. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 12.1 and of Section 12.6 shall apply to any of the Affiliates or Related Persons of the Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities of the Administrative Agent. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 12.1 and of Section 12.6 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (a) such sub-agent shall

 

-143-


be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (b) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) may be modified or amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent (and without the consent of such sub-agent), and (c) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Lead Arranger shall not have any other powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder. The provisions of this Section 12 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower, Holdings nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

12.2. Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower, Holdings or any of the Affiliates of the Borrower or of Holdings that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.2 and 13.12) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

 

-144-


(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 7 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Restricted Affiliated Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or Restricted Affiliated Lender or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or Restricted Affiliated Lender.

12.3. Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent. Independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender, or any of their Related Persons, each Lender and the holder of each Note, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender or the holder of any Note for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection, collectability, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the financial condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the financial condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

12.4. Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent requests instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Lender by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Lender nor the holder of any Note shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.

 

-145-


12.5. Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of any Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower or Holdings), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

12.6. Indemnification. To the extent the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate or Related Person thereof) is required to be reimbursed or indemnified by the Borrower and has not been reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any affiliate thereof), including without limitation in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, in proportion to their respective “percentage” as used in determining the Required Lenders (determined as if there were no Defaulting Lenders) for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent (or any affiliate thereof) in performing its duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s (or such affiliate’s) gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

12.7. The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity. With respect to its obligation to make Loans under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have the rights and powers specified herein for a “Lender” and may exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties specified herein; and the term “Lender,” “Required Lenders” or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, include the Administrative Agent in its respective individual capacities. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, investment banking, trust or other business with, or provide debt financing, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (or any Person engaged in a Similar Business with any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof) as if they were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

12.8. Holders. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register. Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

-146-


12.9. Resignation by the Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may resign from the performance of all its respective functions and duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon such resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, all duties and obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be discharged. Upon the giving of such notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9(a) and until a successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed pursuant to this Section 12.9, all communications or notices to any Lender required to be given pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be sent to each Lender individually. Such resignation shall take effect pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) below or as otherwise provided below; provided that, until a successor Administrative Agent is so appointed by the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, any collateral security held by Administrative Agent in its role as Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents shall continue to be held by the retiring Collateral Agent as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed.

(b) Upon any such notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists).

(c) If a successor Administrative Agent shall not have been so appointed within such 15 Business Day period, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required if a Significant Event of Default then exists), shall then appoint a successor Administrative Agent who shall serve as Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

(d) If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above by the date that is twenty (20) Business Days after the date such notice of resignation was given by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

(e) Upon a resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, the successor Administrative Agent shall become vested with all powers, rights, privileges and duties as the Administrative Agent who has resigned in accordance with this Section 12.9.

(f) Upon a resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9, the Administrative Agent shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Section 12 (and the analogous provisions of the other Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent for all of its actions and inactions while serving as the Administrative Agent.

 

-147-


12.10. Collateral Matters.

(a) Each Secured Party authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement, and any other Intercreditor Agreement, intercreditor arrangements or collateral trust arrangements contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties named therein and agrees to be bound by the terms of each Security Document, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and any other Intercreditor Agreement and other agreements or documents. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note and each other Secured Party by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Security Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to create, perfect or maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

(b) The Secured Parties hereby authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate or release any Lien granted to or held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries) upon the sale or other disposition thereof in compliance with Section 9.5, (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or all of the Lenders hereunder, to the extent required by Section 13.12), (iv) constituting an Excluded Asset or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.10.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Secured Parties or to any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Secured Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent in this Section 12.10 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

(d) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized, without the consent of any Secured Party, to enter into or execute the Security Documents on or prior to the Closing Date, and, from time to time, to execute or to enter into amendments of, and amendments and restatements of, the Security Documents, any Intercreditor Agreement and any additional and replacement Intercreditor Agreements in each case in order to effect the subordination of and to provide for certain additional rights, obligations and limitations in respect of, any Liens required by the terms of this Agreement to be Liens junior to or pari passu with or senior to the Obligations, that are, in each case, incurred in accordance with Section 9, and to establish certain relative rights as between the holders of the Obligations and the holders of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens.

 

-148-


(e) Subject to Section 13.12, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or Disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other Disposition of assets or to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.12) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee pursuant to Section 10.8 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.12) have otherwise consented.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) Each Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to (i) exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto and (ii) take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the Security Documents. At the request of the Collateral Agent, each Secured Party shall provide the Collateral Agent with a separate written power of attorney for the purposes of executing any agreements or document or otherwise acting on their behalf.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) Each Secured Party hereby ratifies and approves all acts and declarations previously done by the Collateral Agent (or representative acting for and on its behalf) on such Secured Party’s behalf (including, but not limited to, for the avoidance of doubt, the declarations made by the Collateral Agent as representative without power of attorney in relation to the creation of any pledge on behalf and for the benefit of any Secured Party as future pledgee or otherwise).

(j) Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee or take any other action under any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code), the Collateral Agent may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities) shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

(k) [Reserved].

(l) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Secured Parties for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

 

-149-


(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid indefeasibly in full and all Commitments have terminated or expired, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if, after such release, any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

(n) In each case as specified in this Section 12.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under any Security Document or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 12.10.

12.11. Covenant to Pay the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Loan Party shall, by way of an independent payment obligation, pay to the Collateral Agent, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the other Secured Parties, sums equal to and in the currency of each amount payable by such Loan Party owing from time to time to each of the Secured Parties under each of the Loan Documents or otherwise in respect of the Obligations (the “Principal Debt Obligation”) as and when that amount falls due for payment under the relevant Loan Document or would have fallen due but for any discharge from failure of another Secured Party to take appropriate steps, in insolvency proceedings affecting that Loan Party, to preserve its entitlement to be paid that amount (the “Parallel Debt Obligation”).

12.12. Delivery of Information. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver to any Lender originals or copies of any documents, instruments, notices, communications or other information received by the Administrative Agent from any Loan Party, any Subsidiary, the Required Lenders, any Lender or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document except (i) as specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) as specifically requested from time to time in writing by any Lender with respect to a specific document, instrument, notice or other written communication received by and in the possession of the Administrative Agent at the time of receipt of such request and then only to the extent permitted hereunder and in accordance with such specific request.

12.13. Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without

 

-150-


deduction of applicable withholding Tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days of demand therefor, all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.13. The agreements in this Section 12.13 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

12.14. Intercreditor Agreement. The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement (including the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be secured pursuant to Sections 9.3(b) and 9.4 of this Agreement (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and the parties hereto acknowledge that any Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (if entered into) will be binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be secured pursuant to Sections 9.3(b) and 9.4 of this Agreement (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof.

12.15. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.

(a) In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 12.6 and 13.1) allowed in such judicial proceeding;

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

-151-


(iii) and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 11.4.

(b) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding; and

(c) The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations (as defined in any applicable Security Document) pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Section 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (a) through (i) of Section 13.12 of this Agreement, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

 

-152-


12.16. Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, or the Commitments or this Agreement;

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

 

-153-


SECTION 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1. Payment of Expenses, etc. The Borrower hereby agrees to: (i) subject to the limitations set forth in the Commitment Letter (to the extent they are applicable), pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lead Arranger (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel selected by the Administrative Agent and of a single local and special counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lead Arranger in each relevant jurisdiction) (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, a single additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected parties, taken as a whole) in connection with the syndication of the Facilities or preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein and any amendment, waiver, modification, maintenance or protection of any security interest or consent relating hereto or thereto and enforcement or protection of rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 13.1, of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates in connection with its or their syndication efforts with respect to this Agreement and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the other Lenders in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, any Loans issued hereunder, and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to, in each case, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of one special counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the group of Lenders (and, solely in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest as determined by the affected Lender, one additional counsel for the affected parties, taken as a whole)); and (ii) pay and hold the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all present and future stamp, excise and other similar documentary taxes with respect to the foregoing matters and save the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger, each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender) to pay such taxes. The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each of their respective Related Persons (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and hold each of them harmless against any and all liabilities, obligations (including removal or remedial actions), losses, damages, penalties, claims (including any claims brought against any Indemnified Person by a third party, a Loan Party, any Affiliate or equity holder of a Loan Party or any director or officer or creditor thereof), actions, judgments, suits, investigations, costs, expenses and disbursements (including any prospective claim, suit, action or investigation) (limited in respect of legal costs and expenses to reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees for a single firm of counsel for all Indemnified Persons, taken as a whole, and if necessary, one single local and special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the affected parties, taken as a whole) incurred by, imposed on or assessed against any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (a) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding related to the entering into or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the proceeds of any Loans hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document or the exercise of any of their rights or remedies provided herein or in the other Loan Documents or (b) the actual or alleged presence of Materials of Environmental Concern at any Property; the generation, storage, transportation, handling or disposal of Materials of Environmental Concern by Holdings, the

 

-154-


Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any location; the non-compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law (including applicable permits thereunder) relating to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Property; or any related claim asserted against Holdings, the Borrower any of its Subsidiaries or any Property; provided that no Indemnified Person will be indemnified under this Section 13.1 for (i) any cost, expense or liability to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or any of its controlled Affiliates or controlling Persons and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers or members and in the case of an agent, representative or advisor, such Person acting at the instruction of such Indemnified Person, a material breach under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any such Persons or disputes between and among Indemnified Persons (other than disputes against the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in such capacity or involving any act or omission by Holdings or any of its Affiliates), (ii) any settlement entered into by such Person without the Borrower’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), but if settled with the Borrower’s consent, or if there is a judgment against an Indemnified Person in any such claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person in the manner set forth above, (iii) without limiting any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 5.5), any Taxes, other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim and (iv) any increased costs, compensation or net payments incurred by or owed to any Indemnified Person that are provided for in Section 2.11. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay or hold harmless the Administrative Agent or any Lender set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For clarity, the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Section 13.1 shall include the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents.

To the full extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party, Subsidiary and Indemnified Person shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, punitive or incidental damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations to the extent such special, indirect, consequential and punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification hereunder. Each Loan Party, Subsidiary and Indemnified Person shall not be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent the liability of such party results from such party’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

This Section 13.1 shall not apply in respect of the matters addressed in Sections 2.11, and 5.5, which shall be the sole remedy in respect of matters addressed in such sections.

13.2. Right of Setoff.

(a) In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any

 

-155-


kind to any Loan Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries against and on account of the Obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations purchased by such Lender pursuant to Section 13.4, and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured; provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section 13.2 shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 13.2 shall apply).

(b) Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

13.3. Notices.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile or overnight courier) and mailed, telefaxed or delivered: if to any Loan Party, at the address specified opposite its signature below or in the other relevant Loan Documents; if to any Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit O (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower or Holdings); and if to the Administrative Agent, at the Notice Office; or, as to any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto and, as to each Lender, at such other address as shall be designated by such Lender in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telefaxed or sent by overnight courier, be effective when deposited in the mails or overnight courier, as the case may be, or sent by telefax, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or Holdings, as applicable) shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower (or Holdings, as applicable), as the case may be.

 

-156-


(b) (i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and each Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(ii) Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iii) The Platform and any electronic communications are provided “as is” and “as available.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the electronic communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the electronic communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives in connection with the Platform or the electronic communications. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Persons (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Loan Documents, Finance Documents or other documentation, information or notices through the Platform, any other electronic messaging service, or through the Internet, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Agent Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iv) Each Loan Party, each Lender and each other party thereto agrees that Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section 13 on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(v) Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephone if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

 

-157-


(c) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each “public-side” Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such “public-side” Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such “public-side” Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such “public-side” Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to documentation and information that are not made available through the “public-lender information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, Holdings or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws. In the event that any “public-side” Lender has determined for itself to not access any information disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such “public-side” Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither the Borrower nor the Administrative Agent has any responsibility for such “public-side” Lender’s decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(d) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices and Notices of Borrowing purportedly given by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent each Lender and the Related Persons of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

13.4. Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations.

(a) (i) Assignments. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (subject to Section 13.27(b)) neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (b) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Persons of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and the other Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and the Note or Notes (if any) held by it) with the prior written consent (such consent pursuant to clauses (A) and (C)(x) below not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 

-158-


(A) in the case of any Lender, with respect to an assignment of any Loan or any Commitment, the Borrower; provided that such consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower has not responded within ten (10) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent or the respective assigning Lender; provided further that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) for assignments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund or (y) if a Significant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(B) in the case of any Lender, except, with respect to an assignment of any Loan or any Commitment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Assignment Conditions. Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Class, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (provided that simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such amount) unless the Administrative Agent and the Borrower otherwise consent; provided that the conditions in this clause (A) shall not be applicable to transfers by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.15(e)(iii);

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); provided that the conditions in this clause (B) shall not be applicable to transfers by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.15(e)(iii); and

(C) the Assignee, if it is not already a Lender hereunder, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire and any applicable IRS forms described in Section 5.5(b) (including the Non-Bank Certificate, as applicable) and any documentation described in Section 5.5(c) or (d) (if applicable), and all other documents requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to “know your customer” laws and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

This Section 13.4(a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or any portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii) Assignments to Permitted Eligible Assignees. Each Lender acknowledges that each Permitted Eligible Assignee is an Eligible Assignee hereunder and may purchase or acquire Loans hereunder from Lenders from time to time pursuant to (x) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders of one or more Classes on a pro rata basis, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction” or (y) open market purchases, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and the following further limitations:

 

-159-


(A) each Permitted Eligible Assignee agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to any Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, (1) under no circumstances, whether or not any Loan Party is subject to a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, shall such Permitted Eligible Assignee be permitted to exercise any voting rights or other privileges with respect to any Loans and any Loans that are assigned to such Permitted Eligible Assignee shall have no voting rights or other privileges under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not be taken into account in determining any required vote or consent and (2) such Permitted Eligible Assignee shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors; rather, all Loans held by any Permitted Eligible Assignee shall be automatically Cancelled immediately upon the purchase or acquisition thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4);

(B) at the time any Permitted Eligible Assignee is making purchases of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction or open market purchase it shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption;

(C) immediately upon the effectiveness of each Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, a Cancellation (it being understood that such Cancellation shall not constitute a voluntary repayment of Loans for purposes of this Agreement) shall be automatically irrevocably effected with respect to all of the Loans and related Obligations subject to such Auction Purchase or other acquisition, with the effect that such Loans and related Obligations shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents no longer be outstanding, and the Borrower and the Guarantors shall no longer have any Obligations relating thereto, it being understood that such forgiveness and cancellation shall result in the Borrower and the Guarantors being irrevocably and unconditionally released from all claims and liabilities relating to such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven, and the Collateral shall cease to secure any such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven;

(D) at the time of such Purchase Notice and Auction Purchase or open market purchase, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; and

(E) in connection with each Auction Purchase or open market purchase, such Auction Purchase or open market purchase is not funded with the proceeds of Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 13.4(a)(iii) shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.6 to the contrary.

(iv) Assignments to Affiliated Lenders. Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Loans to an Affiliated Lender (including Affiliated Investment Funds) through (1) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders of one or more Classes on a pro rata basis, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Dutch Auction” or (2) open market purchases, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 13.4), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and the following further limitations:

 

-160-


(A) notwithstanding anything in Section 13.12 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, (x) for purposes of determining whether the Lenders have (1) consented to any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 13.12), (2) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, (3) directed or required the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, or (4) subject to Section 2.14, voted on any plan of reorganization pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code, that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Restricted Affiliated Lender disproportionately in its capacity as a Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, Loans held by Restricted Affiliated Lenders will be disregarded and (y) Affiliated Investment Funds may not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the amounts set forth in the calculation of Required Lenders;

(B) Restricted Affiliated Lenders shall not receive (x) information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings or conference calls attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 and (y) advice of counsel to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent or challenge the attorney-client privilege afforded to such Persons;

(C) and shall not make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent;

(D) any Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to Holdings (whether through any of its direct or indirect parent entities or otherwise) and exchanged for Indebtedness or Capital Stock of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent entities); provided that any such Loans so contributed to Holdings shall be immediately Cancelled;

(E) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans which may be purchased by Restricted Affiliated Lenders through Dutch Auctions or assigned to the Restricted Affiliated Lenders through open market purchases shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any aforementioned Purchases or assignments, 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans then outstanding; and

(F) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would otherwise result therefrom.

In connection with any assignment to or by an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender shall identify itself in the applicable Assignment and Assumption as a Restricted Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Investment Fund, as applicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 13.4(a)(iv) shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.8 and 13.6 to the contrary.

(v) Novation. Subject to Section 13.4(a)(vi) and the acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(vii) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment

 

-161-


and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 5.5 and 13.1). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.4 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations if such transaction complies with the requirements of this Section 13.4.

(vi) Each Lender and the Luxembourg Loan Parties hereby expressly reserve and agree to the preservation of (or any action to preserve) the Guarantee in case of assignment, novation, amendment or any other transfer of any Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with any applicable law, including, in respect of Luxembourg law, the provisions of article 1278 of the Luxembourg Civil Code.

(vii) Acceptance and Register. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), together with (x) any processing and recordation fee and (y) any written consents to such assignment required by this Section 13.4, the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations in respect of Commitments or Loans to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, any of the Sponsors (or their respective Affiliates), Holdings, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries or a Disqualified Lender) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations with respect thereto; provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) each Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 12.6 without regard to the existence of any participation. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender pursuant to Section 13.12(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the commitment of, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of, each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise required by the IRS, any disclosure required by the foregoing sentence shall be made by the relevant Lender directly and solely to the IRS. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

-162-


(ii) The Borrower agrees that (x) each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.11 (subject to the requirements of that section) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a) and (y) each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.5 and subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 5.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender that had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a) (and for the purposes of the definitions of Excluded Taxes, Indemnified Taxes and Taxes, such Participant shall be treated as if it were a Lender), it being understood that any forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.5(b), (c), or (d) shall be delivered to the participating Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.13 and 2.14 as if it had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 13.4(a). Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.14 with respect to any Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.11 or 5.5 than the applicable participating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such participating Lender to such Participant had no such participation occurred, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Tax Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.2.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 13.4 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in this Section 13.4.

(f) Each Lender, upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that it is an Eligible Assignee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.4 or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans and Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 13.4. Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans and Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, and Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, and Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein.

 

-163-


For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Holdings, the Borrower, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates shall be required under this Section 13.4 to make any representation as to such entity’s possession of “material non-public information” or similar information in connection with any purchase or sale of Loans.

13.5. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document and no course of dealing between the Borrower or any other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights, powers and remedies herein or in any other Loan Document expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

13.6. Payments Pro Rata.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any Obligations hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Lenders entitled thereto (other than any Lender that has consented in writing to waive its pro rata share of any such payment) pro rata (or in accordance with Section 11.4, as applicable) based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such payment was received.

(b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents, or otherwise), which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Loans, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by other Lenders is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then owed and due to such Lender bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and due to all of the Lenders immediately prior to such receipt, then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the Obligations of the respective Loan Party to such Lenders in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all the Lenders in such amount; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Lenders, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the preceding Sections 13.6(a) and (b) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which (i) require, or permit, differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) permit disproportionate payments with respect to the Loans as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.

 

-164-


(d) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (i) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent and each Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (ii) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

13.7. Acknowledgement Regarding any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions in this Section 13.7 applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York or of the United States or any other state of the United States), in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

13.8. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY RELATED PARTY THEREOF IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS

 

-165-


AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN), IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN), THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY BUT EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

(d) IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, EACH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE BORROWER (THE “PROCESS AGENT”) WITH AN OFFICE ON THE CLOSING DATE AT 2000-2100 SEAPORT BLVD., REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON BEHALF OF SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY AND ITS PROPERTY, SERVICE OF COPIES OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT AND ANY OTHER PROCESS

 

-166-


WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. SUCH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY MAILING OR DELIVERING A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS TO SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY IN CARE OF THE PROCESS AGENT AT THE PROCESS AGENT’S ABOVE ADDRESS, AND SUCH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZES AND DIRECTS THE PROCESS AGENT TO ACCEPT SUCH SERVICE ON ITS BEHALF. EACH NON-U.S. LOAN PARTY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT SHALL TAKE ANY AND ALL REASONABLE ACTION, INCLUDING THE EXECUTION AND FILING OF ANY AND ALL DOCUMENTS, THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CONTINUE THE DESIGNATION OF THE PROCESS AGENT ABOVE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT, AND TO CAUSE THE PROCESS AGENT TO CONTINUE TO ACT AS SUCH.

13.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

13.10. Effectiveness. This Agreement became effective on the Closing Date.

13.11. Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

13.12. Amendment or Waiver; etc.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by the respective Loan Parties party hereto or thereto and the Required Lenders (although additional parties may be added to (and annexes may be modified to reflect such additions), and Subsidiaries of Holdings may be released from, the Guarantee and the Security Documents without the consent of the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as set forth below, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof that otherwise permit such release) (with a copy of all amendments provided to the Administrative Agent); provided that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall, without the consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby (other than, except with respect to following clause (i), a Defaulting Lender) (i)(x) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note or (y) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest, premium or Fees thereon or of any scheduled repayment of the Loans (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or reduce (or forgive) the principal amount thereof (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement or to Section 1.5(a) shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or Fees for the purposes of this clause (i)) or of any scheduled repayment of the Loans, (ii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or Guarantors under all the Security Documents or this Agreement, respectively, (iii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirement provisions of Section 13.6 and any provision of this Section 13.12(a) (except for technical amendments with respect to additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement which afford the protections to such additional extensions of credit of the type provided to the Loans on the Closing Date), (iv) reduce the “majority” voting threshold specified in the definition of “Required Lenders” (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the extensions of Loans are included on the Closing Date) or (v) amend or modify the currency in which any Commitment, Loan or Note is denominated; provided further that no such change, waiver,

 

-167-


discharge or termination shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment or a mandatory repayment of Loans shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of such Lender), (2) without the consent of the Administrative Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 or any other provision as same relates to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent or (3) without the consent of Collateral Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision relating to the rights or obligations of the Collateral Agent.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a) (other than clause (1) of the second proviso in Section 13.12(a)), this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement or to increase the amount of the existing facilities under this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (ii) to permit any such additional credit facility that is a term loan facility or any such increase in the Term Facility to share ratably in prepayments with the Loans, and (iii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in connection with any Permitted Amendment pursuant to a Loan Modification Offer in accordance with Section 2.16 (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the terms of such Permitted Amendment).

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a) (other than clause (1) of the second proviso in Section 13.12(a)), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or amended and restated as contemplated by Section 2.15 in connection with any Incremental Amendment and any related increase in or new Commitments or Loans, with the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in its respective capacities as both administrative agent and collateral agent) and the Incremental Lenders providing such increased or new Commitments or Loans (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If any Incremental Loans are intended to have rights to share in the Collateral (either on a pari passu basis or on a second lien, subordinated basis to the Obligations), then the Administrative Agent may enter into an Intercreditor Agreement (or amend, supplement or modify any existing Intercreditor Agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any such Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments.

(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or amended and restated as contemplated by Section 2.18 in connection with any Refinancing Amendment and the Lenders providing the Other Loans. In addition, the Administrative Agent may enter into an Intercreditor Agreement (or amend, supplement or modify and existing Intercreditor Agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any Other Loans.

 

-168-


(g) [Reserved].

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.12, (x) Guarantor Joinder Agreements, Security Documents (including any Additional Security Documents) and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and such documents and this Agreement may be amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Person if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Security Document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) if (A), the Administrative Agent and any Loan Party shall have jointly identified an ambiguity, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents (other than the Security Documents) or (B) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have agreed to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of the Lenders (or any Class thereof), then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.12(a), the Administrative Agent may amend an Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof), Additional Security Documents or replacement Security Documents (including a collateral trust agreement) in connection with the incurrence of (i) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 2.15 or 9.2 to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a senior basis with the Obligations (ii) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 2.15 or 9.2 to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and (iii) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 2.15 or 9.2 to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a junior lien, subordinated basis to the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (a) above; provided that no such Additional Security Document or replacement Security Document (including any collateral trust agreement) shall adversely affect the priority of the security interests securing the Obligations or otherwise materially and adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 13.12:

(i) In connection with any determination as to whether the requisite Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, any Lender (other than any Lender that is (x) a Regulated Bank or (y) an initial Lender in respect of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date) or any of Affiliate of such Lender with which such Lender is acting in concert (other than Affiliates that (I) make independent investment decisions, (II) have customary information screens in place (that apply to the Borrower), and (III) have investment policies that are not directed by, and whose investment decisions are not influenced by, the holder or a common Affiliate acting in concert with the holder) that, as a result of such Lender’s or any of its Affiliates’ interest in any total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract (other than any such total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract entered into pursuant to bona fide market making activities), has a net short position that is at least 5% short with respect to the Loans or Commitments (each, a “Net Short Lender”) shall, unless the Borrower otherwise elects (in its sole discretion) have no right to vote any of its Loans and shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Net Short Lenders.

 

-169-


(ii) In connection with any such determination, each Lender (other than any Lender that is (x) a Regulated Bank or (y) an initial Lender in respect of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date) that votes in connection with any such amendment or waiver, otherwise acts on any such matter or makes such direction shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not a Net Short Lender, in each case, unless such Lender shall have notified the Borrower and the Administrative Agent prior to taking such action that it constitutes a Net Short Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on each such representation and deemed representation). The Administrative Agent (and its sub-agents) shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, any other Lender’s compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Net Short Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent (and its sub-agents), in such capacity and not in its capacity as a Lender, if applicable, shall not be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Assignee or Participant is a Net Short Lender.

(iii) For purposes of determining whether a Lender (other than any Lender that is (x) a Regulated Bank or (y) an initial Lender in respect of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date) has a “net short position” on any date of determination: (A) derivative contracts with respect to the Loans and such contracts that are the functional equivalent thereof shall be counted at the notional amount thereof in Dollars, (B) notional amounts in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar equivalent thereof by such Lender in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing conversion rate (determined on a mid-market basis) on the date of determination, (C) derivative contracts in respect of an index that includes any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any instrument issued or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall not be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Loans, so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (y) the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, collectively, shall represent less than 15% of the components of such index, (D) derivative transactions that are documented using either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions (collectively, the “ISDA CDS Definitions”) shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Loans if such Lender is a protection buyer or the equivalent thereof for such derivative transaction and (x) the Loans are a “Reference Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction (whether specified by name in the related documentation, included as a “Standard Reference Obligation” on the most recent list published by Markit, if “Standard Reference Obligation” is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner), (y) the Loans would be a “Deliverable Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction, or (z) any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party (or its successor) is designated as a “Reference Entity” under the terms of such derivative transactions, and (E) credit derivative transactions or other derivatives transactions not documented using the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Loans if such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction that offers the Lender protection in respect of the Loans, or as to the credit quality of any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party other than, in each case, as part of an index so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (y) the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, collectively, shall represent less than 15% of the components of such index.

 

-170-


13.13. Survival. All indemnities set forth herein including, without limitation, in Sections 2.11, 5.5, 12.6 and 13.1 shall survive the execution, delivery and termination of this Agreement and the Notes and the making and repayment of the Obligations.

13.14. Domicile of Loans. Each Lender may transfer and carry its Loans at, to or for the account of any office, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that a transfer of Loans pursuant to this Section 13.14 would, at the time of such transfer, result in increased costs under Section 2.11 or 5.5 from those being charged by the respective Lender prior to such transfer, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes in any applicable law, treaty, government rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the official interpretation thereof, after the date of the respective transfer).

13.15. Register. The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as its non-fiduciary agent (and such agency being solely to the extent required for tax purposes), solely for purposes of this Section 13.15, to maintain a register (the “Register”) on which it will record from time to time the name and address of each Lender, the Commitments, the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and any other obligations under the Loan Documents, and the amounts of stated interest due thereon, owing to each Lender pursuant the terms hereof and any Note. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents. With respect to any Lender, the transfer of the Commitments of such Lender and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Loans and any other obligations under the Loan Documents owing to such Lender shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitments and Loans and other obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitments, Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register upon and only upon the acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption pursuant to Section 13.4. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error) and upon such acceptance and recordation, the assignee specified therein shall be treated as a Lender for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, as to entries pertaining to it, and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior written notice. Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the assigning or transferor Lender shall surrender the Note (if any) evidencing such Loan, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the assignee or transferee Lender at the request of any such Lender. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 13.15 to the same extent that the Administrative Agent is otherwise indemnified pursuant to Section 13.1 or Section 12.6.

13.16. Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 13.16, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (each, a “Lender Party”) agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of Holdings (other than to its employees, auditors, advisors, agents, representatives or counsel or to another Lender Party if such Lender Party or such Lender Party’s holding or parent company or other affiliate (other than affiliates that are engaged primarily as private equity investors, in each case solely to the extent that any such information that is published, disclosed or

 

-171-


otherwise divulged to such affiliate is done so on a “need to know” basis solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any such affiliate is informed of the confidential nature of such information and is or has been advised of their obligation to keep information of this type confidential) in its sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information; provided that such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.16 to the same extent as such Lender Party) any information with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is now or in the future furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that any Lender Party may disclose any such information (i) as has become generally available to the public other than by virtue of a breach of this Section 13.16(a) by the respective Lender Party, (ii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) or as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender Party or to the Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (iii) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process, (iv) to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (v) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, hedge or similar agreement (or to any such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor), so long as such contractual counterparty (or such professional advisor) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or substantially similar terms, (vi) to any prospective or actual transferee or Participant in connection with any contemplated transfer or participation of any of the Notes or Commitments or any interest therein by such Lender; provided that such prospective transferee agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Section 13.16 or substantially similar terms, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance or monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit provided hereunder; provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to Loan Parties received by it from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (viii) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (ix) to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (x) to the extent such information becomes available to any Lender Party, or any Affiliates or any Related Persons of such Lender Parties, on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or its Affiliates, other than by virtue of a breach of any confidentiality obligation owed by such Person to the Borrower or its Affiliates.

(b) Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Lender Party may share with any of its affiliates, and such affiliates may share with such Lender Party, any information related to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any non-public customer information regarding the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries); provided such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.16 to the same extent as such Lender Party.

(c) Each Lender Party acknowledges that (i) the information with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document may include material non-public information concerning Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws.

 

-172-


13.17. Patriot Act; Beneficial Ownership Regulation. Each Lender subject to the Patriot Act hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower and Holdings shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

13.18. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

13.19. [Reserved].

13.20. Luxembourg Matters. In this Agreement as far as it relates to a Luxembourg Loan Party, a reference to (i) a winding-up, administration or dissolution, administration or reorganization, composition includes, without limitation, bankruptcy (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite), moratorium or reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée) (ii) receiver, administrative receiver, administrator includes any commissaire, juge-commissaire, curateur, liquidateur or similar officer, (iii) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of cessation of payments (cessation de paiements), (iv) a security interest includes any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention and any type of real security or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security, (v) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés) and (vi) a director or a manager includes a gérant or an administrateur.

13.21. Electronic Execution. The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other Notices of Borrowing, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

 

-173-


13.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

13.23. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

13.24. Integration. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the provisions of the Commitment Letter that, by its terms, survive the execution of the Loan Documents and the Fee Letter represent the agreement of the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any such parties relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein, therein or in the other Loan Documents. It is expressly agreed and confirmed that the provisions of the Commitment Letter that, by its terms, survive the execution of the Loan Documents and the Fee Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the occurrence of the Closing Date and shall continue in effect thereafter in accordance with their terms.

13.25. Financing Statement Authorization. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to file one or more financing statements (including fixture filings), continuation statements, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by each Guarantor, without the signature of any Guarantor, and naming any Guarantor or the Guarantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. Each Guarantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to use the collateral description “all assets,” “all personal property, whether now existing or hereafter acquired,” “all of the debtor’s assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar effect in any such financing statements filed or other filings for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting any security interest granted by such Guarantor under any Loan Document.

 

-174-


13.26. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

13.27. Co-Borrowers.

(a) Without limiting their obligations as Guarantors, Holdings may, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.27, designate one or more of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the United States (or another jurisdiction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to join this Agreement as co-borrowers under any Facility (each such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, a “Co-Borrower”) hereunder and under all other Loan Documents, jointly and severally liable with respect to all Obligations as primary obligors and not merely as sureties.

(b) In order to so designate a Co-Borrower, Holdings shall, upon not less than 10 Business Days’ notice from Holdings to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), request that any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (an “Applicant Borrower”) become a Co-Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Facility by delivering to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each applicable Lender) a duly executed notice and agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit P (a “Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement”). The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming a Co-Borrower hereunder, (i) the obligations with respect to such Applicant Borrower becoming a Co-Borrower set forth in Section 8.8 and this Section 13.27 shall have been satisfied and (ii) for any Applicant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders shall have received (x) not more than 5 Business Days after Holdings’ initial notice required above, the documentation and other information that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and (y) such supporting resolutions, incumbency certificates, opinions

 

-175-


of counsel, Security Documents and other documents or information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as may be required by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in their reasonable discretion, and Notes signed by such new Co-Borrower to the extent any Lenders so require (the requirements set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Co-Borrower Requirements”). If the Co-Borrower Requirements are met, the Administrative Agent shall send a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit Q (a “Co-Borrower Notice”) to Holdings and the applicable Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute a Co-Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of the applicable Lenders agrees to permit such Co-Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Facility, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Co-Borrower otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement (and the term “Borrower” shall be deemed to include such Co-Borrower unless the context otherwise requires); provided that no Notice of Borrowing may be submitted by or on behalf of such Co-Borrower until the date five (5) Business Days after such effective date unless the Administrative Agent otherwise consents.

(c) The Obligations of the Borrower and each Co-Borrower shall be joint and several in nature. Each Subsidiary that becomes a Co-Borrower pursuant to this Section 13.27 hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement, each of the other Loan Documents and all other documents and electronic platforms entered into in connection herewith, including (i) the giving and receipt of notices and (ii) the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and all modifications hereto. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by the Borrower and all Co-Borrowers, or by the Borrower or each Co-Borrower acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the Borrower, whether or not any such other Co-Borrower joins therein. Any notice, demand, consent, acknowledgement, direction, certification or other communication delivered to the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been delivered to each Co-Borrower.

(d) A Co-Borrower may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings and to cease to be a Co-Borrower hereunder upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, such resigning Co-Borrower having delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion); provided, however, that (i) there are no outstanding Loans payable by such Co-Borrower, or other amounts payable by such Co-Borrower on account of any Loans made to it, as of the effective date of such termination and (ii) unless such Person is also released as a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such resignation shall not, to the extent applicable, have any impact on such Person’s obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor and such obligations, to the extent applicable, shall continue to be effective in accordance with this Agreement and the other provisions and undertakings hereunder related thereto. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such termination of a Co-Borrower’s status.

(e) Any Lender may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and Holdings, fulfill its Commitment hereunder in respect of any Loans requested to be made by such Lender to a Co-Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, by causing an Affiliate or branch of such Lender to act for such Lender to make such Loans to such Co-Borrower in the place and stead of such Lender; provided that in no event shall the Lender’s exercise of such option increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower or the Co-Borrowers under this Agreement.

 

-176-


(f) Holdings may not designate a Co-Borrower in any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) in which any Lender under the applicable Facility is not legally permitted to make Loans or other credit extensions.

(g) To the extent any Co-Borrower is designated hereunder, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to make such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (without the consent of any Lender or any other party) as they reasonably deem necessary in order to effectuate the inclusion of such Co-Borrower.

13.28. Guernsey Matters.

(a) In this Agreement as far as it relates to a Guernsey Loan Party, a reference to:

(i) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, winding up, liquidation, administration, dissolution, insolvency event or insolvency includes, without limitation, a compromise or arrangement of the type referred to in Part VIII of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 and any procedure or process referred to in Part XXI or Part XXIII of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008;

(ii) a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like includes, without limitation, any such party appointed by the Royal Court of Guernsey, or any other person performing the same function of each of the foregoing or any désastre commissioner;

(iii) security or a security interest includes, without limitation, any hypothèque and any security interest created pursuant to the Security Interests (Guernsey) Law 1993 and any related legislation; and

(iv) any like proceeding, analogous proceedings or step being taken in connection with insolvency includes any corporate action, legal proceedings or other formal procedure or formal step being taken in relation to an application for a declaration of en désastre being made in respect of any such entity or any of its assets (or the making of such declaration) or any step in saisie proceedings.

(b) Each Guernsey Loan Party hereby waives any and all of its rights under the existing or future laws of Guernsey, whether by virtue of the droit de division or otherwise, to require that any liability under or in connection with any Finance Document be divided or apportioned with any other person or reduced in any manner whatsoever, and whether by virtue of the droit de discussion or otherwise, to require that recourse be had to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against it.

13.29. Luxembourg Matters(a) . Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Agreement, in this Agreement, where it relates to a Luxembourg entity, a reference to:

(a) a winding-up, administration, reorganisation, insolvency or dissolution includes, without limitation, bankruptcy (faillite), judicial liquidation (liquidation judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), moratorium or suspension of payments (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée);

(b) a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer includes, without limitation, a juge délégué, commissaire, juge-commissaire, mandataire ad hoc, administrateur provisoire, liquidateur or curateur;

 

-177-


(c) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of cessation de paiements;

(d) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés); and

(e) a director or a manager includes an administrateur and a gérant.

[Signature pages follow]

 

 

-178-


BORROWER:     
  INFORMATICA LLC
  By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

  Name:    Bradford Lewis
  Title:    Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
GUARANTORS:   ITHACALUX S.À R.L.
  By:   

/s/ Jean-Christophe Gladek

  Name:    Jean-Christophe Gladek
  Title:    manager A and authorized signatory
  By:   

/s/ Cedric Pedoni

  Name:    Cedric Pedoni
  Title:    manager B and authorized signatory
  INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
  By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

  Name:    Bradford Lewis
  Title:    Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
  INFORMATICA HOLDCO 2 LLC
  By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

  Name:    Bradford Lewis
  Title:    Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
  INFORMATICA IRELAND EMEA UNLIMITED COMPANY
  By:   

/s/ Mark Pellowski

  Name:    Mark Pellowski
  Title:    Director
  INFA GUERNSEY LP INC., acting by its general partner, INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
  By:   

/s/ Bradford Lewis

  Name:    Bradford Lewis
  Title:    Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Second Lien Credit Agreement]


ITHACA G.P. LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ryan Lanpher

Name:   Ryan Lanpher
Title:   Director
NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Lender
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director
NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Garrett P. Carpenter

Name:   Garrett P. Carpenter
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Second Lien Credit Agreement]


Schedule I

Lenders and Commitments

Initial Loan Commitment

 

Lender

   Initial Loan
Commitment
 

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC

   $ 425,000,000  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 425,000,000  
  

 

 

 


Schedule II

Notice Addresses

 

Administrative Agent

  

Address

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC   

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC

309 West 49th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attn: US Loan Support

Telephone: ###

Fax: ###

Email: ###

 

With a copy to:

 

Cortland Capital Market Services LLC

225 W. Washington St., 9th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attn: Agency Services – Nomura

Telephone: ###

Fax: ###

Email: ###


Schedule 1.1

Disqualified Lenders

None.


Schedule 1.1(f)

Existing Investments

None.


Schedule 1.1(g)

Existing Liens

None.


Schedule 6.16

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned /

% of Limited

Partnership Interests

  

Equity Owner

29West Inc.    Illinois    100%    Informatica LLC
Active Endpoints, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
AllSight USA, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Applimation, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Data Scout Solutions Group Limited UK    United Kingdom    100%    Informatica LLC
Diaku Limited    United Kingdom    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Heiler Software Corporation    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
I.D.I. Informatica Data Integration Ltd.    Israel    1%    Informatica LLC
Identity Systems, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
INFA Guernsey LP Inc    Guernsey    50%    Ithacalux S.à r.l.
   50%    Informatica Holdco Inc.
Informatica International LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Ireland Financing Unlimited Company    Ireland    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica AllSight ULC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica (Beijing) Information Technology Company Ltd.    China    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned /

% of Limited

Partnership Interests

  

Equity Owner

Informatica Australia PTY Limited    Australia    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica Business Solutions Private Ltd.    India    99.49%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Federal Operations Corporation    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Holdco Inc.    Delaware    50%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica Holdco 2 LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Holdco Inc.
Informatica Holdings LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company    Ireland    100%    INFA Guernsey LP Inc
Informatica Ireland Limited    Ireland    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica Holdco 2 LLC
Informatica Japan KK    Japan    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Korea Corporation    Korea    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica Nederland B.V.    The Netherlands    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica Research and Development Center LLC    Russia    1%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica S.E.A. Pte. Ltd.    Singapore    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Formation

  

% of Shares Owned /

% of Limited

Partnership Interests

  

Equity Owner

Informatica Software de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico    3.33%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Software Limited    Hong Kong    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
Informatica Software Ltd.    Canada    100%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Software Services de Mexico SA de C.V.    Mexico    0.2%    Informatica LLC
Informatica Taiwan Co. Ltd    Taiwan    100%    Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company
IS Informatica Software Ltda.    Brazil    0.01%    Informatica LLC
Itemfield, Inc.    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Proact Bost LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
Siperian LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
StrikeIron, LLC    Delaware    100%    Informatica LLC
TierData, Inc.    California    100%    Informatica LLC
WisdomForce Technologies, Inc.    Washington    100%    Informatica LLC


Schedule 6.19

Security Documents

Filings

 

Name

  

Type of Filing

  

Filing Office

Informatica LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica Holdco 2 LLC    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica Holdco Inc.    UCC-1    Delaware Secretary of State
Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithaca G.P. Limited    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia
Ithacalux S.à r.l.    UCC-1    Recorder of Deeds of District of Columbia

Other Actions

None.

Certificated Securities

None.


Schedule 7.1(e)

Other Loan Party Requirements

Luxembourg Loan Parties:

Customary closing certificate, in form and substance to be agreed and based substantially on the requirements set forth for each of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.1(e) of the Credit Agreement.

Irish Loan Parties:

Corporate certificate in a form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent appending (amongst other items) a letter of status provided by the Companies Registration Office in respect of each Irish Loan Party.

Guernsey Loan Parties:

Customary closing certificate, in form and substance to be agreed and based substantially on the requirements set forth for each of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.1(e) of the Credit Agreement.


Schedule 7.1(f)

Local Counsel Opinions

 

1.

Clifford Chance LLP, with respect to the capacity of Ithacalux S.à r.l.

 

2.

Arthur Cox, with respect to the enforceability of the security governed by Irish law.

 

3.

Matheson, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

4.

Carey Olsen (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by Ithaca G.P. Limited of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.

Carey Olsen (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey, with respect to the enforceability of the Guernsey law governed Security Documents.

 

6.

Ogier (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by INFA Guernsey LP Inc. of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.


Schedule 7.1(g)

Other Pledged Stock

None.


Schedule 8.12

Post-Closing Matters

 

1.

The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion), insurance certificates and endorsements to the extent required pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

2.

The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) evidence that an assignment from “Similarity Systems Limited” to “Informatica Corporation” or “Informatica LLC” of patent no. 7281001 has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and (ii) evidence that an assignment from “Active-Base Ltd.” to “Informatica LLC” of patent no. RE45,806 has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.


Schedule 9.4

Existing Indebtedness

 

1.

Loan of $8,647,544.25 from Ithaca Ireland Informatica Ltd. to Ithacalux S. à r.l.


Schedule 9.6

Existing Affiliate Transactions

None.


Schedule 9.12

Existing Restrictive Agreements

None.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

AND

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT1

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (this “Assignment”), is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “Assignor”) and [the][each] Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “Assignee”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of such [Assignees][and Assignors] hereunder are several and not joint.] Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). The Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption Agreement set forth in Annex 1 hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the][each] Assignee, and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the][each] Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, the interest in and to all of [the][each] Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto that represents the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of the [respective] Assignor’s outstanding rights and obligations under the respective Tranches identified below ([the] [each, an] “Assigned Interest”). [Each][Such] sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 

[1.    Assignor:                                                     
2.    Assignee:                                                     ]2
[1][3].    Credit Agreement:    Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among, Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

 

 

1 

This Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement should be used by Lenders for an assignment to a single Assignee or to funds managed by the same or related investment managers.

2 

If the form is used for a single Assignor and Assignee, items 1 and 2 should list the Assignor and the Assignee, respectively. In the case of an assignment to funds managed by the same or related investment managers, or an assignment by multiple Assignors, the Assignors and the Assignee(s) should be listed in the table under bracketed item 2 below.

 

Exhibit A

Page 1


[2. Assigned Interest:3

 

Assignor

  

Assignee

  

Tranche

Assigned4

  

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans

under Relevant

Tranche for all

Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

under Relevant

Tranche Assigned

[Name of Assignor]    [Name of Assignee]                                                           
[Name of Assignor]    [Name of Assignee]                                                           

 

 

3 

Insert this chart if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used for assignments to funds managed by the same or related investment managers or for an assignment by multiple Assignors. Insert additional rows as needed.

4 

For complex multi-tranche assignments a separate chart for each tranche should be used for ease of reference.

 

Exhibit A

Page 2


[4.

Assigned Interest:]5

 

Tranche Assigned

  

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans under Relevant

Tranche for all Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans under

Relevant Tranche Assigned

[__] Term Loans6   

 

$______________

  

 

$______________

Effective Date ___________, ____, ____.

 

Assignor[s] Information

       

Assignee[s] Information

    
Payment Instructions:                                                 Payment Instructions:                                             
                                                                                            
                                                                                            
                                                                                            
   Reference:___________       Reference:___________
Notice Instructions:                                                 Notice Instructions:                                             
                                                                                            
                                                                                            
                                                                                            
   Reference:___________       Reference:___________

 

 

5 

Insert this chart if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used by a single Assignor for an assignment to a single Assignee.

6 

Insert rows for additional Tranches of Loans as needed.

 

Exhibit A

Page 3


The terms set forth in this Assignment are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]     [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]7
By:  

             

    By:  

             

  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

 

 

7 

Add additional signature blocks, as needed, if this Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being used by funds managed by the same or related investment managers.

 

Exhibit A

Page 4


[Consented to and]8 Accepted:

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC, as Administrative Agent

By:  

                 

  (Authorized Signatory)
INFORMATICA LLC
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:]9

 

 

 

8 

Insert if assignment is being made to an Eligible Assignee, except with respect to an assignment of any Loans or Commitments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(i)(B) of the Credit Agreement. Consent of the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

9 

Insert if no Significant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless, in the case of an assignment of Loans or any Commitment, such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund pursuant to Section 13.4(a)(i)(A) of the Credit Agreement. Consent of Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Exhibit A

Page 5


ANNEX I

TO

EXHIBIT A

[NAME OF BORROWER]

CREDIT AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1. Assignor. [The] [Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [its] Assigned Interest [and is not a Defaulting Lender],1 (ii) [the] [its] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto (other than this Assignment) or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee. [The] [Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee [and an Affiliated Lender],2 (iii) confirms that it is not a Disqualified Institution, (iv) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of [the][its] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase [the][its] Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision, (vi) it has attached to this Assignment any tax documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by it, (vii) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type and (viii) it has independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, [the][each] Assignor, or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (c) appoints and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to or otherwise conferred upon the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

1 

Delete if the Assignor is a Defaulting Lender.

2 

Assignments to Affiliated Lenders shall comply with the provisions relating thereto in the Credit Agreement.


Annex I

to Exhibit A

Page 2

 

2. Payment. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees, commissions and other amounts) to [the][each] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [each] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. Effect of Assignment. Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) [the][each] Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) [the][each] Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

4. General Provisions. This Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of the Assignment. THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

*         *         *


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CERTIFICATE1

Reference is made to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders, and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Pursuant to Section 8.2(b) [and Section 8.2(c)]2 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer, certifies as follows:

 

  1.

[Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year reported on without a “going concern” statement or like qualification or exception, or qualification relating to the scope of the audit (in each case other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the upcoming maturity of any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant, including the Financial Covenant on a future date or for a future period, (iii) any financial covenant breach under any Indebtedness that has not been remedied, cured or waived) or (iv) the activities of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries), by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of internationally recognized standing.]3

 

  2.

[Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by an Authorized Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the period covered thereby (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).]4

 

1 

This certificate shall accompany each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Credit Agreement and each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

2 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

3 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.

4 

To be included if accompanying quarterly financial statements only.


The “Applicable Test Period” means the Test Period ending on the last day of the fiscal period to which such financial statements relate.

 

  3.

[Reserved]

 

  4.

To my knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, describe in reasonable detail the reasons therefor and circumstances thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Exhibit C attached hereto.]

 

  5.

[Exhibit D hereto describes any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party since the delivery of the immediately preceding previous Financial Statements Certificate.]5

 

  6.

[Exhibit E sets forth a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, whether or not each such Restricted Subsidiary is a guarantor, that each such Restricted Subsidiary satisfies the 5% Test, and whether or not the 20% Test is satisfied.]6

 

  7.

[Exhibit F sets forth a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries and certifies that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.]7

 

  8.

[Exhibit G sets forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year together with the calculation thereof in reasonable detail.]8

 

  9.

[Exhibit H sets forth a narrative report or management’s discussion and analysis prepared with respect to the period covered by the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable, of the Credit Agreement as compared to the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year (or the prior fiscal quarter in the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b) of the Credit Agreement ).]9

WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Financial Statements Certificate to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by an Authorized Officer on the date first above written.

 

 

5 

Due within 5 Business Days of delivery of financial statements.

6 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only. Due within 5 Business Days of delivery of financial statements.

7 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only. Due within 5 Business Days of delivery of financial statements.

8 

To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only (commencing with the financial statements in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021). Due within 5 Business Days of delivery of financial statements.

9 

Due within 5 Business Days of delivery of financial statements.


INFORMATICA LLC

By:

 

                  

 

Name:

 

Title:


EXHIBIT A

Annual (audited) or Quarterly (unaudited)

Financial Statements


EXHIBIT B

Compliance Certificate

[Reserve]


EXHIBIT C

DISCLOSURE OF DEFAULT

AND/OR EVENT OF DEFAULT


EXHIBIT D

DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN CHANGES

IN THE JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

OF ANY LOAN PARTY


EXHIBIT E

IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES


EXHIBIT F

UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES


EXHIBIT G

EXCESS CASH FLOW

For the Excess Cash Flow Period ended [March 31][June 30][September 30][December 31], [_____]

 

For such Excess Cash Flow Period, the excess, if any, of:   

(1)   the sum, without duplication of:

  

(A)  Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, adjusted to exclude any gains or losses attributable to a prepayment event under Section 5.2(c)

   $                    

(B)  the amount of all non-cash losses and charges (including depreciation and amortization, write-offs, asset impairment charges and reserves for future expenses) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

(C)  the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such Excess Cash Flow Period

   $                    

(D)  cash received in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

over

 

(2)   the sum, without duplication, of:

  

(A)  the amount of all non-cash gains or credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

   $                    

(B)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal amortization payments of Funded Debt (including the Loans and the First Lien Term Loans) actually made in cash on their due date during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations to the extent not deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income);

   $                    

(C)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all mandatory prepayments of the Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Credit Agreement actually made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in cash but only to the extent that the Asset Sale or Recovery Event giving rise to the obligation to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Credit Agreement resulted in a corresponding increase in Consolidated Net Income (and any deductions pursuant to this clause (D) shall not exceed such increase in Consolidated Net Income);

   $                    


(D)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, all voluntary and mandatory prepayments or repurchases (other than regularly scheduled payments) of Funded Debt (other than the Loans and the First Lien Term Loans), including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith;

   $                    

(E)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, any cash payments made in such Excess Cash Flow Period in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than non-current liabilities constituting Indebtedness) that were not accrued in such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

   $                    

(F)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of Taxes actually paid (and required to be paid) in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period; plus

   $                    

(G)  any cash payments that are made during such Excess Cash Flow Period and have the effect of reducing an accrued liability that was not accrued during such period;

   $                    

(H)  cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

   $                    

(I)   the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

   $                    

(J)   the amount of Cash Equivalents made subject to cash collateral or other deposit arrangements made with respect to letters of credit or Swap Agreements in such Excess Cash Flow Period; provided, that if such Cash Equivalents cease to be subject to those arrangements, such amount shall be added back to Excess Cash Flow for the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period when such arrangements cease; and

   $                    

(K)  to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not otherwise deducted pursuant to clause (b) of this definition or Section 5.2(b)(ii) (or specifically excluded from the deductions in Section 5.2(b)(ii)), the aggregate amount of expenditures in cash actually made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.

   $                    


(3)   Excess Cash Flow = an amount greater than zero equal to the excess of item 1 over item 2 =

   $                    

(4)   ECF Percentage

   [50][25][0]%1

(5)   ECF Percentage multiplied by Excess Cash Flow =

   $                    

(6)   to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount of all (I) Purchases by any Permitted Eligible Assignee pursuant to a Dutch Auction or open market purchases (in each case, determined by the actual cash purchase price paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee for such Purchase and not the par value of the Loans purchased by such Permitted Eligible Assignee), (II) Purchases (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) by any Permitted Eligible Assignee (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) pursuant to a Dutch Auction (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)) (in each case, determined by the actual cash purchase paid by such Permitted Eligible Assignee (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (or the definitive documentation governing any other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a senior basis to the Obligations)), (III) the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of Loans, including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith and (IV) the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of First Lien Term Loans or optional prepayments of Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (other than in respect of any Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) including the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash in connection therewith, in each case, (x) to the extent actually paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) and (y) to the extent such term loans, revolving loans or Loans are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with (or senior to) the Liens on the Collateral securing the Initial Loans;

   $                    

 

1 

ECF Percentage to be determined based on the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio for such Excess Cash Flow Period in accordance with the definition of “ECF Percentage” in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.


(7)   to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs;

   $                    

(8)   to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans), the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if paid prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period) on account of Permitted Acquisitions;

   $                    

(9)   to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, the aggregate amount of all Investments (other than those of the type set forth in clause (a) or clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period);

   $                    

(10)  to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, Restricted Payments permitted hereunder and actually made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrower, after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period if made prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date, provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period);

   $                    

(11)  to the extent not funded with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) and not deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash pursuant to binding contracts entered into prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures and software development and capitalized development costs and Investments and Restricted Payments in each case that is certified in writing by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be contractually obligated (or, in the case of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, budgeted) to be paid within 365 days after such certificate (provided that (x) no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (F) and not actually paid in such 365-day period shall be prepaid in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period);

   $                    


(12)  cash Restructuring Charges excluded from Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof made prior to the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date (provided that no such amount shall be credited against any payments due pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in the subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period);

   $                    

(13)  the greater of (x) $18,750,000 and (y) 6.25% of LTM EBITDA;

   $                    

(14)  (x) the amount, for any prior Excess Cash Flow Period, by which the sum of the amounts of items (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (12) exceeded the amount set forth in item (5) in such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus (y) amounts deducted in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods pursuant to this item (14).

   $                    

Excess Cash Flow Payment Obligations = (5) minus the sum of (6) plus (7) plus (8) plus (9) plus (10) plus (11) plus (12) plus (13) plus (14) =

   $                    


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF CLOSING DATE

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

[see attached]

 

Exhibit C-1

Page 1


EXHIBIT C-2

Intercreditor Agreement (Second Lien Pari Passu Debt)

Term Sheet

The Following summary is intended to apply to one or more Intercreditor Agreements (each, an “Intercreditor Agreement”) entered into in connection with an issuance or incurrence of senior secured notes or loans permitted under Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement (each, “Second Lien Pari Passu Debt”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). The following is not intended to be a definitive list of all of the provisions that will be contained in each Intercreditor Agreement. Each Intercreditor Agreement will include, in addition to the provisions set forth herein, provisions that are customary or typical or are otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.

 

Parties    The Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives of the lenders or holders (as applicable) of Second Lien Pari Passu Debt (each, a “Second Lien Representative”).
Lien Priorities    So long as the Obligations are outstanding, the liens securing Second Lien Pari Passu Debt will be pari passu in all respects to the liens securing the Obligations subject to customary impairment exceptions.
Collateral    The Collateral and the collateral securing the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt will be identical.
Prohibition on Contesting Liens    The Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Representatives will not contest or support any other person in contesting, the priority, validity or enforceability of each other’s liens.
No New Liens    If the Administrative Agent or a Second Lien Representative acquires any lien on any assets of the Borrower or any guarantor which assets are not also subject to the lien of the Administrative Agent and each Second Lien Representative, as applicable, then the Administrative Agent or such Second Lien Representative, as applicable, will hold such lien for the pari passu benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Representatives until the Administrative Agent and/or each Second Lien Representative acquires a lien in such assets.

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 2


EXHIBIT C-2

 

Enforcement    The Administrative Agent shall act in respect of the liens securing the Obligations and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt based on the instructions of the Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement until such time as the Obligations cease to represent at least 10% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt, at which time the Administrative Agent and each Second Lien Representative shall act jointly in respect of the liens securing the Obligations and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt based on the instructions of the majority of the outstanding principal amount under the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt. Once the Obligations have been discharged in full, the Second Lien Representatives shall act based on the instructions of a majority of the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt.
Release of Collateral    The Collateral shall be released automatically from securing the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt upon any sale of Collateral in which the liens securing the Obligations are released, in the event that such sale is effected as a result of (a) exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent, (b) pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or (c) a transaction that complies with the terms of each of the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt.
Amendment of Documents   

Documents entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt may be refinanced, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties, any Second Lien Representative or any holders of any Second Lien Pari Passu Debt; provided, that a Senior Representative of the holders of any refinancing debt shall bind itself in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no security document entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Pari Passu Debt may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification would contravene any of the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 3


EXHIBIT C-2

 

Amendments, Waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement    The Intercreditor Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Second Lien Representative party thereto.
Governing Law    The State of New York

 

Exhibit C-2

Page 4


EXHIBIT C-3

FORM OF GLOBAL INTERCOMPANY NOTE

[see attached]

 

Exhibit C-3

Page 5


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Joinder”) is executed as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR], a _________ [corporation][limited liability company][partnership] (the “Joining Party”), and delivered to Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns under the Credit Agreement (as defined below). Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall be used herein as therein defined.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) have entered into a Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), providing for the making of Loans to the Borrower, all as contemplated therein;

WHEREAS, the Joining Party is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings and desires, or is required pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Joining Party will obtain benefits from the incurrence of Loans by the Borrower, in each case pursuant to the Credit Agreement and, accordingly, desires to execute this Joinder in order to (i) satisfy the requirements described in the preceding recital and (ii) induce the Lenders to continue to make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the other benefits accruing to the Joining Party, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Joining Party hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and hereby covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:

1. By this Joinder, the Joining Party becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.

2. The Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement with respect to all Guaranteed Obligations, and will be bound by all terms, conditions and duties applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing, and in furtherance thereof, the Joining Party unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guarantees on a joint and several basis the due and punctual payment and performance of all Guaranteed Obligations (on the same basis as the other Subsidiary Guarantors under the Credit Agreement).

3. Without limiting the foregoing, the Joining Party hereby makes and undertakes, as the case may be, each covenant, representation and warranty made by each Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all covenants, agreements and obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to which it is or becomes a party.

 

Exhibit D

Page 1


4. This Joinder shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each of the parties hereto and its successors and assigns; provided that the Joining Party may not assign any of its rights, obligations or interest hereunder or under any other Loan Document, except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with Holdings and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

5. From and after the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto, this Joinder shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6. The effective date of this Joinder is [DATE].

7. [Add country-specific limitation language reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.]

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit D

Page 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted as of the date first above written:

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,

        as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  (Authorized Signatory)


EXHIBIT E-1

FORM OF SECOND LIEN U.S. SECURITY AGREEMENT

[see attached]

 

Exhibit E-1

Page 1


EXHIBIT E-2

FORM OF SECOND LIEN U.S. PLEDGE AGREEMENT

[see attached]

 

Exhibit E-2

Page 1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

[Date]

Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as

Administrative Agent (the “Administrative

Agent”) for the Lenders party to the Credit

Agreement referred to below

c/o Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC

309 West 49th Street

New York, New York 10018

Attn: US Loan Support

c/o Cortland Capital Market Services LLC

225 W. Washington St., 9th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attn: Agency Services – Nomura

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Borrower (as defined below) refers to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders, and you, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “Proposed Borrowing”) as required by Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is __________ __, ____.1

(ii) The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is [__________].

(iii) The Loans to be made pursuant to the Proposed Borrowing shall consist of [Initial Loans].

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

 

1 

Shall be the Business Day at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time).

 

Exhibit F

Page 1


(A) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are and will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); and

(B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (immediately prior to giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing) or would result after giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF APPLICABLE BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit F

Page 2


EXHIBIT G-1

FORM OF NOTE

 

$                       New York, New York

_________ __, ____

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Informatica LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to [_______] or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in Dollars in immediately available funds, at the Payment Office on the Initial Loan Maturity Date the unpaid principal amount of all Initial Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Lender in Dollars at said office from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.9 and Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented and/or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Note is secured by the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Maturity Date, in whole or in part, and Loans may be converted from one Type into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT [TITLE] OF [COMPANY], AT [ADDRESS] OR BY PHONE AT [TEL NUMBER], WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 1


THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 2


INFORMATICA LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit G-1

Page 3


EXHIBIT G-2

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit G-2

Page 1


EXHIBIT H

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit H

Page 1


EXHIBIT I

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit I

Page 1


EXHIBIT J

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit J

Page 1


EXHIBIT K

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit K

Page 1


Exhibit L-1

Exhibit L-1

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and other Obligations in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-United States person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-1

Page 1


Exhibit L-1

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

 

Exhibit L-1

Page 2


Exhibit L-2

Exhibit L-2

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) and Section 13.4(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document or such participation are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-United States person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-2

Page 1


Exhibit L-2

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

 

Exhibit L-2

Page 2


Exhibit L-3

Exhibit L-3

FORM OF NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) and Section 13.4(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document or such participation are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or any of its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-3

Page 1


Exhibit L-3

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

 

Exhibit L-3

Page 2


EXHIBIT L-4

EXHIBIT L-4

FORM OF NON-BANK COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and other Obligations in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and such other Obligations, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or any of its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower in writing and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit L-4

Page 1


[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

 

Exhibit L-4

Page 2


EXHIBIT M

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1.

I am the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower.

 

  2.

I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

 

  3.

Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 2 above, I certify on behalf of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, that, as of the date hereof and after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement:

(i) The sum of the “fair value” of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, exceeds the sum of all debts of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors.

(ii) The “present fair saleable value” of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, as such quoted term is determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors.

(iii) The capital of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not unreasonably small in relation to the business of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are or are about to become engaged in.

(iv) Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business.

(v) No declaration has been made that the affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries are en etat de désastre and no preliminary vesting order in saisie proceedings in Guernsey in respect of the realty of Holdings or its Subsidiaries has been made.

 

Exhibit M

Page 1


EXHIBIT M

For the purposes of clauses (i) through (v) above, (a) (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, subordinated, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured and (b) the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time has been computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5).

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of [•], 20[ ].

This certificate is being signed by the undersigned in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity.

[Signature page to follow]

 

Exhibit M

Page 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

INFORMATICA LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit M

Page 3


EXHIBIT N

Security and Guarantee Principles

Reference is made to that certain Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Security and Guarantee    The Guarantees and security interests to be provided by Loan Parties and Subsidiaries organized in jurisdictions outside of the United States in connection with the Credit Agreement will be given in accordance with the security and guarantee principles set out in this Exhibit N (the “Security and Guarantee Principles”). This Exhibit N addresses the manner in which the Security and Guarantee Principles will impact the Guarantees and security interests proposed to be taken in jurisdictions outside of the United States; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, (i) under no circumstances shall a security interest be granted in any property or assets that constitute an Excluded Asset and (ii) any obligation to grant a security interest hereunder shall be subject to the definition of Excluded Asset.
   The Security and Guarantee Principles embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining Guarantees and security interests from all Guarantors in every non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Guarantors are incorporated and/or it has been agreed that Guarantees and security interests will be granted. In particular with respect to such Guarantors:
  

(a) any assets subject to third party arrangements permitted under the Credit Agreement which prevent those assets from becoming subject to a security interest (but only to the extent that such prohibition was not created in contemplation hereof and is consistent with the business practices of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) will be excluded from the Collateral in any relevant security document; provided, that the relevant Borrower or Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from such third party to grant a security interest in such assets if the relevant asset is material; provided, further, that no action shall be required to obtain third party consents if Holdings determines in good faith and in consultation with the Administrative Agent that such action (x) would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, or (y) would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the use of or ownership by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any asset;


EXHIBIT N

 

 

(b) Foreign Subsidiaries will not be required to give Guarantees or enter into security documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries or if the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of its directors or contravene any legal prohibition or would result in (or in a material risk of) personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer; provided, that the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome any such obstacle; provided, further, that the relevant Foreign Subsidiaries shall take any such relevant actions (e.g., resolutions, consents), as reasonably determined in good faith by such Subsidiary, pursuant to its organizational documents to permit the giving of such Guarantee and/or the entering into of such security documents;

 

(c) perfection of security interests, when required, and other legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the time periods specified in the Loan Documents, or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Loan Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

 

(d) certain supervisory board, works council or another external body’s consent may be required to enable a Guarantor to provide a Guarantee or security interest in the Collateral. Such Guarantee and/or security interest shall not be required unless such consent has been received; provided, that the relevant Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such consent or approval;

 

(e) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of, such assets exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent) will be excluded from the Collateral;

 

(f) the maximum Guaranteed or secured amount of such Foreign Subsidiary may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other similar fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the Guaranteed or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties as determined in good faith by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent;


EXHIBIT N

 

 

(g) where there is material incremental cost involved in creating a security interest over all assets owned by a Foreign Subsidiary in a particular category the principle stated at paragraph (e) above shall apply and, where such security interest is to be given in light of the Security and Guarantee Principles, only the material assets in that category shall be subject to such security interest;

 

(h) it is acknowledged that in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions it may be either impossible or impractical to create a security interest over certain categories of assets, in which event a security interest will not be taken over such assets provided such decision is made in accordance with the principle stated in paragraph (e);

 

(i) any assets subject to contracts, leases, licenses or other arrangements with a third party binding on such assets at the time of their acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition which may prevent those assets from becoming subject to a security interest (or assets which, if subject to a security interest, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries in respect of those assets or require the Borrower and its subsidiaries to take any action materially adverse to its interests thereof) will be excluded from any relevant security document provided, that the Borrower or relevant Guarantor shall give notice with respect to any such material assets to the Agent and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent to granting a security interest in any such assets (where otherwise prohibited) shall be used by the relevant Guarantor if the agent determines the relevant asset to be material and the Borrower and its subsidiaries are satisfied that such endeavors will not involve placing commercial relationships with third parties in jeopardy;

 

(j) the giving of a Guarantee, the granting of a security interest or the perfection of the security interest granted will not be required by a Foreign Subsidiary if it would have a material adverse effect (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent) on the ability of the relevant person to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course;

 

(k) to the extent possible, all security interests shall be given in favor of the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Collateral Agent); “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary and such provisions will be contained in the Credit Agreement and not the individual security documents unless required under local laws;


EXHIBIT N

 

 

(l) to the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the Guarantees or security interests when any Lender transfers any of its participation in any of the Term Loans to an Eligible Assignee or a new Lender;

 

(m) information, such as lists of assets, will be provided upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, if and only to the extent such lists are required by local law to be provided to create, perfect or register the relevant security interests and, unless required to be provided more frequently by local law or to protect or maintain the security interests, will be provided no more frequently than once every twelve (12) months, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(n) unless granted under (i) a global security document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of a Guarantor or under New York law or (ii) a pledge agreement governed by the law of the jurisdiction of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries), all security interests shall be governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Guarantor;

 

(o) no security interest will be required over investments/shares in joint ventures, captive insurance companies, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities or, Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or (if so restricted or limited under the relevant joint venture agreement, the shareholders’ agreement or applicable law) the assets of joint ventures or Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, and no joint venture or Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries will be required to provide a Guarantee;

 

(p) co-insured, loss payee or other endorsements shall be made on the material insurance policies required to be maintained under the Credit Agreement in accordance with general market practice in the relevant jurisdiction as reasonably determined by Holdings in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

 

(q) subject to these principles, a grantor shall grant security over all of its Intellectual Property, but it shall be free, prior to an Event of Default, to deal with such Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of its business (including allowing its Intellectual Property to lapse if no longer material to its business);


EXHIBIT N

 

 

(r) no security shall be granted over any intellectual property that (i) cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement, (ii) would materially adversely affect or interfere with the grantor’s ownership of or ability to use such intellectual property or (iii) (without limiting the meaning of subclause (ii)) would require the conveyance of any intellectual property to a trust, or similar arrangement involving conveyance of title, ownership or control of such intellectual property under local law, rule, regulation or practice, prior to occurrence of an Event of Default;and

 

(s) if required under local law, security over non-U.S. Intellectual Property will be registered under the law of the security document or at a relevant supra national registry (such as the EU) only to the extent such Intellectual Property is material.

Terms of Security Documents  

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security interest:

 

(a) the security interest will be a first ranking fixed and floating (where available) security interest over such present and future assets of the grantors, subject to liens permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(b) the security interest will not be enforceable until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(c) notification of security interests in receivables to debtors and of security interests over goods held by third parties will only be given if an Event of Default has occurred;

 

(d) notification of security interests over insurance policies will only be served on any insurer of Holdings and its Subsidiaries’ assets if an Event of Default has occurred or in accordance with general market practice in the relevant jurisdiction , if sooner;

 

(e) the security documents should only operate to create security interests rather than to impose new commercial obligations. Accordingly, they will not contain any representations, covenants or undertakings which are already included in the Credit Agreement, nor will they contain any additional representations, covenants or undertakings (such as in respect of title, insurance, information or the payment


EXHIBIT N

 

 

of costs) except (i) to the extent not provided elsewhere in the Loan Documents, to confirm due authorization, validity and enforceability, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by local law, (iii) to the extent reasonably required for the creation, registration or perfection of security interests (or the confirmation thereof);

 

(f) in respect of share pledges, until an Event of Default has occurred, the pledgors shall be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares pledged by them in a manner that does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security interest or cause an Event of Default to occur, and the Subsidiaries should be permitted to pay dividends upstream on pledged shares to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(g) the Administrative Agent will only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to it under the security documents after an Event of Default has occurred or after failure by a Guarantor to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation;

 

(h) any rights of set off will not be exercisable until an Event of Default has occurred;

(i) subject to clause (e) above, the security documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are not prohibited under the Credit Agreement or to require additional consents or authorizations by the Administrative Agent or Lenders;

 

(j) except as required under applicable law, in the security documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in the Credit Agreement such as those relating to notices, cost and expenses, indemnities, tax gross up, distribution of proceeds and release of security interests; and

 

(k) notification of security interests over bank account receivables will be served on the account banks; provided, that acknowledgement of the account banks shall not be required, unless this is market practice in the relevant jurisdiction, or otherwise required or advisable to have a fully perfected security over bank account receivables.


EXHIBIT O

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

[Please See Attached]


EXHIBIT P

FORM OF CO-BORROWER

REQUEST AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

Date: ___________, _____

To: Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement is made and delivered pursuant to Section 13.27 of that certain Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and reference is made thereto for full particulars of the matters described therein. All capitalized terms used in this Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

Each of ______________________ (the “Co-Borrower”) and the Borrower hereby confirms, represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the Co-Borrower is a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower.

The documents required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 13.27 of the Credit Agreement will be furnished to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

Complete if the Co-Borrower is a Domestic Subsidiary: The true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number of the Co-Borrower is _____________.

Complete if the Co-Borrower is a Foreign Subsidiary: The true and correct unique identification number that has been issued to the Co-Borrower by its jurisdiction of organization and the name of such jurisdiction are set forth below:

 

Identification Number   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
 

The parties hereto hereby confirm that with effect from the date of the Co-Borrower Notice for the Co-Borrower, the Co-Borrower shall have obligations, duties and liabilities toward each of the other parties to the Credit Agreement identical to those which the Co-Borrower would have had if the Co-Borrower had been an original party to the Credit Agreement as a Borrower. Effective as of the date of the Co-Borrower Notice for the Co-Borrower, the Co-Borrower confirms its acceptance of, and consents to, all representations and warranties, covenants, and other terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement.

The parties hereto hereby request that the Co-Borrower be entitled to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the Credit Agreement, and understand, acknowledge and agree that neither the Co-Borrower nor the Borrower on its behalf shall have any right to request any Loans for its account unless and until the date five Business Days after the effective date designated by the Administrative Agent in a Co-Borrower Notice delivered to the Borrower and the Lenders pursuant to Section 13.27 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit P

Page 1


EXHIBIT P

 

This Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

THIS CO-BORROWER REQUEST AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Co-Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[CO-BORROWER]
By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

INFORMATICA LLC
By:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT Q

FORM OF CO-BORROWER NOTICE

Date: ___________, _____

 

To:

Informatica LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Co-Borrower Notice is made and delivered pursuant to Section 13.27 of that certain Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company, incorporated under the laws of the grand duchy of Luxembourg (“Holdings”), Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto as lenders and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and reference is made thereto for full particulars of the matters described therein. All capitalized terms used in this Co-Borrower Notice and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Administrative Agent hereby notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that effective as of the date hereof [_________________________] shall be a Co-Borrower and may receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans for its account on the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Co-Borrower Notice shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Exhibit Q

Page 1

Exhibit 10.16

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of July 14, 2020 (this “Amendment”), among (i) Ithacalux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and governed under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 488 route de Longwy, L-1940 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under the number B 196.262 (“Holdings”), (ii) Informatica LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), (iii) the Subsidiary Guarantors (this and each other capitalized term used herein without definition having the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) party hereto, (iv) Guernsey Holdco, (v) Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and (vi) each person identified on the signature pages hereto as an “Additional Term B Lender”.

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and, as amended by this Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Existing Lenders”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested $50,000,000 of additional term loans in Dollars having the same terms as the Initial Loans (the “Additional Term B Loans”) and the incurrence of the Additional Term B Loans are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Existing Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment are necessary and appropriate to effect the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Existing Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Additional Term B Loans will be used (i) for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of outstanding revolving loans under the First Lien Credit Agreement and (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby ((a) the payment of such fees and expenses, (b) the incurrence of the Additional Term B Loans and (c) the other transactions contemplated hereunder, are collectively referred to herein as the “Amendment No. 1 Transactions”);

WHEREAS, the Additional Term B Lender has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that it will make the Additional Term B Loans to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:


Section 1. Additional Term Loans.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Additional Term B Lender hereby (i) commits to provide Additional Term B Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to $50,000,000 and (ii) agrees, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, to fund such Additional Term B Loans to the Borrower, after which such commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action.

(b) The Additional Term B Loans shall be “Initial Loans” and “Term Loans” under the Credit Agreement and shall have the same terms as the Initial Loans under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Unless otherwise required by law, the parties hereto intend to treat the Additional Term B Loans as being fungible with the existing Initial Loans for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Administrative Agent shall record the Additional Term B Loans in the Register.

(d) The Borrower and the Additional Term B Lender hereby agree that the Additional Term B Loans will be issued at a price equal to 99.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

Section 2. Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement. On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrower and the Additional Term B Lender agree that the following amendments will be made to the Existing Credit Agreement:

(a) Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definitions in proper alphabetical order:

““Additional Term B Loans” shall mean the “Additional Term B Loans” made pursuant to Section 1 of Amendment No. 1.”

““Amendment No. 1” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Borrower, Guernsey Holdco, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.”

““Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” shall mean July 14, 2020.”

(b) Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the definition of “Initial Loan” in the Existing Credit Agreement with the definition set forth below:

““Initial Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Term B Loans shall constitute Initial Loans.”

(c) Section 8.14 of the Existing Credit is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof: “The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Additional Term B Loans (i) for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of outstanding revolving loans under the First Lien Credit Agreement and (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with Amendment No. 1 and the transactions contemplated thereby.”

 

2


Section 3. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (immediately before and after giving effect to the consummation of the Amendment No. 1 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date) that:

(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party of this Amendment and the consummation of the Amendment No. 1 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and do not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organizational Documents, or (b) violate any Law; except with respect to any violation referred to in this clause (b) to the extent that such violation could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) All representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date, and except that, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.1(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) of the Existing Credit Agreement, respectively, prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(d) No Default or Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to or immediately after giving effect to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(e) As of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, both before and after giving effect to this Amendment and the Amendment No. 1 Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

(f) The execution, delivery, performance or effectiveness of this Amendment will not (a) impair the validity, effectiveness, perfection or priority of the Liens granted pursuant to any Loan Document, and such Liens continue unimpaired with the same priority to secure repayment of all of the Obligations, whether heretofore or hereafter incurred or (b) require that any new filings be made or other action taken to perfect or to maintain the perfection of such Liens.

 

3


Section 4. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date upon which this Amendment becomes effective, the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”):

(a) Certain Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date unless otherwise indicated or agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of Holdings, the Borrower, each Subsidiary Guarantor, Guernsey Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender;

(ii) in respect of a U.S. Loan Party, a certificate of each such Loan Party, dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (1) (x) organizational authorizations, incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party, certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and bylaws or other similar organizational document of each such Loan Party certified by an Authorized Officer as being in full force and effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date or (y) a written certification by an Authorized Officer of such U.S. Loan Party that such U.S. Loan Party’s organizational authorizations, incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such U.S. Loan Party, and/or bylaws or other similar organizational document of such U.S. Loan Party, in each case, certified and delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents remain in full force and effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date without modification or amendment since the Closing Date and (2) a good standing certificate for each U.S. Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization;

(iii) in respect of a Luxembourg Loan Party, an Irish Loan Party or a Guernsey Loan Party, the items set forth on Schedule 1 hereto;

(iv) the legal opinions set forth on Schedule 2 hereto;

(v) a Notice of Borrowing relating to the Additional Term B Loans, delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement;

(vi) a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that (i) each of the conditions set forth in this Section 4 have been satisfied and (ii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 are true and correct; and

(vii) a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of Holdings in the form of Exhibit M to the Existing Credit Agreement, certifying as to Solvency before and after giving effect to the Amendment No. 1 Transactions taking place on or prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

4


(b) Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of lien searches reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Fees and Expenses Paid. The Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger (as defined below) and the Additional Term B Lender shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, including pursuant to Section 5 of this Amendment.

(d) Compliance with Credit Agreement. The conditions set forth in Sections 2.15 and 7.2 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(e) Patriot Act; Beneficial Ownership Certificate. The Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger and the Additional Term B Lender shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing by either of them at least five days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date about Holdings and its Subsidiaries that is required by U.S. Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 5. Fees and Expenses. Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, as and to the extent provided in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with this Amendment, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, Linklaters LLP, Luxembourg counsel to the Administrative Agent, Arthur Cox, Irish counsel for the Administrative Agent, and Ogier (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey, Guernsey counsel for the Administrative Agent.

Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by one party to any other party may be made by facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature complying with the New York Electronic Signatures and Records Act (N.Y. State Tech. §§ 301-309), as amended from time to time, or other applicable law) or other transmission method, and the parties hereto agree that any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 7. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN TORT OR CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

5


Section 8. Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 9. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. As of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, each reference in the Existing Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” or words of like import, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the Existing Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, by means of words like “thereunder,” “thereof” and words of like import), shall mean and be a reference to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and this Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be read together and construed as a single instrument. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document and an Incremental Amendment. Upon the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (i) all conditions and requirements set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the effectiveness of this Amendment shall be deemed satisfied, (ii) all conditions and requirements set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the incurrence of the Additional Term B Loans shall be deemed satisfied and (iii) the incurrence of the Additional Term B Loans shall be deemed arranged and consummated in accordance with the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 10. Acknowledgement and Affirmation; No Novation. It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended pursuant to this Amendment so as to preserve the validity, effectiveness, perfection and priority of all Liens securing the Obligations and that all Obligations (including, without limitation, the Additional Term B Loans) are and, after giving effect to this Amendment, shall continue to be secured by the security interests and Liens granted under the Security Documents and that this Amendment is not interpreted to be, and shall not constitute, a novation or termination of the Obligations, the Existing Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Loan Party hereby expressly acknowledges, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and agrees that (i) all of its obligations under the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, as the same existed immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Amendment and the Amendment No. 1 Transactions, (ii) its prior grants of security interests and Liens pursuant to the Security Documents are reaffirmed and all such security interests and Liens remain in full force and effect after giving effect to this Amendment and the Amendment No. 1 Transactions, (iii) the Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, interest on, and premium (if any) on, the Additional Term B Loans and (iv) except as expressly set forth herein, the execution of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

 

6


Section 11. Roles. It is agreed that Nomura Securities International, Inc. will act as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner for the Additional Term B Loans (collectively, the “Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger”). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger shall not have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Amendment, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

[signature pages follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:     INFORMATICA LLC
    By:  

/s/ Eric Brown

    Name: Eric Brown
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

GUARANTORS:     ITHACALUX S.À R.L.
    By:  

/s/ Jean-Christophe Gladek

    Name: Jean-Christophe Gladek
    Title: manager A and authorized signatory
    By:  

/s/ Cedric Pedoni

    Name: Cedric Pedoni
    Title: manager B and authorized signatory
    INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
    By:  

/s/ Eric Brown

    Name: Eric Brown
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
    INFORMATICA HOLDCO 2 LLC
    By:  

/s/ Eric Brown

    Name: Eric Brown
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
    INFORMATICA IRELAND EMEA UNLIMITED COMPANY
    By:  

/s/ Mark Pellowski

    Name: Mark Pellowski
    Title: Director
    INFA GUERNSEY LP INC., acting by its general partner, INFORMATICA HOLDCO INC.
    By:  

/s/ Eric Brown

    Name: Eric Brown
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[Informatica – Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


ITHACA G.P. LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ryan Lanpher

Name:   Ryan Lanpher
Title:   Director

[Informatica – Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Administrative Agent and as Additional Term B Lender
By:  

/s/ G. Andrew Keith

Name: G. Andrew Keith
Title: Executive Director

[Informatica – Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


SCHEDULE 1

Other Loan Party Requirements

Luxembourg Loan Parties:

Customary formalities certificate, in form and substance to be agreed and based substantially on the requirements set forth for each of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) of the Amendment.

Irish Loan Parties:

Corporate certificate in a form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent appending (amongst other items) a print-out from the Companies Registration Office in respect of each Irish Loan Party.

Guernsey Loan Parties:

Customary closing certificate, in form and substance to be agreed and based substantially on the requirements set forth for each of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) of the Amendment.


SCHEDULE 2

Local Counsel Opinions

 

1.

Clifford Chance Luxembourg, with respect to the capacity of Ithacalux S.à r.l.

 

2.

Arthur Cox, with respect to the enforceability of the security governed by Irish law.

 

3.

Matheson, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

4.

Carey Olsen (Guernsey) LLP, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by Ithaca G.P. Limited of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.

Carey Olsen (Guernsey) LLP, with respect to the enforceability of the Guernsey law governed Security Documents.

 

6.

Ogier (Guernsey) LLP, Guernsey, with respect to the capacity, authority and due execution by INFA Guernsey LP Inc. of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Informatica Inc.*

 

Subsidiary Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Informatica Ireland EMEA Unlimited Company    Ireland
Informatica LLC    Delaware
Informatica Business Solutions Pvt. Ltd.    India

 

*

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Informatica Inc are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by the report.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated June 24, 2021, with respect to the financial statement of Informatica Inc. and the consolidated financial statements of Ithacalux Topco S.C.A. in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-259963) and related Prospectus of Informatica Inc. for the registration of shares of its Class A common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

October 18, 2021